Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2014

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   46-1073877

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50

San Diego, CA 92037

(858) 550-7810

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Brian Lian, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50

San Diego, CA 92037

(858) 550-7810

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Jeffrey T. Hartlin, Esq.

Paul Hastings LLP

1117 S. California Avenue

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 320-1804

  

Michael D. Maline, Esq.

Thomas S. Levato, Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

The New York Times Building

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10018

(212) 813-8800

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(3)

Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share

  $57,500,000   $7,406

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(3) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information contained in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated July 1, 2014

             Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

$         per share

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation. We are offering              shares.

We expect that the price to the public in this offering will be between $         and $         per share.

We intend to apply to have our shares of common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “VKTX”. We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Investing in the common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Price to the public

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount(1)

     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

     

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for additional disclosure regarding underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses.

We have granted an over-allotment option to the underwriters. Under this option, the underwriters may elect to purchase a maximum of              additional shares from us within 30 days following the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

Oppenheimer & Co.

  Roth Capital Partners

Craig-Hallum Capital Group

 

MLV & Co.   Summer Street Research Partners

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2014


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

       Page    

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     46   

Industry and Market Data

     48   

Use of Proceeds

     49   

Dividend Policy

     51   

Capitalization

     52   

Dilution

     54   

Selected Financial Data

     56   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     58   

Business

     71   

Management

     111   

Executive Compensation

     121   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     135   

Principal Stockholders

     139   

Description of Capital Stock

     142   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     147   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     150   

Underwriting

     153   

Legal Matters

     158   

Changes in and Disagreements with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     158   

Experts

     158   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     158   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give information that is not contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is correct only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of the delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these securities.

Until                     , 2014 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscription.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Before you decide whether to purchase shares of our common stock, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Viking,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Viking Therapeutics, Inc., and “this offering” refers to the offering contemplated in this prospectus.

The Company

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development of novel, first-in-class or best-in-class therapies for metabolic and endocrine disorders. We have exclusive worldwide rights to a portfolio of five drug candidates in clinical trials or preclinical studies, which are based on small molecules licensed from Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, or Ligand. Our lead clinical program is VK0612, a first-in-class, orally available drug candidate entering a Phase 2b clinical trial for type 2 diabetes, one of the largest global healthcare challenges today. Preliminary clinical data suggest VK0612 has the potential to provide substantial glucose-lowering effects, with an attractive safety and convenience profile compared with existing type 2 diabetes therapies. Our second clinical program is VK5211, an orally available drug candidate entering a Phase 2 clinical trial for the treatment of cancer cachexia, a complex disease characterized by an uncontrolled decline in muscle mass. VK5211 is designed to selectively produce the therapeutic benefits of testosterone in muscle tissue, with improved safety, tolerability and patient acceptance compared with administration of exogenous testosterone. We expect to commence Phase 2 clinical trials for both VK0612 and VK5211 in early 2015 and to complete the clinical trials in 2016. We are also developing three preclinical programs targeting metabolic diseases and anemia. Our most advanced preclinical program is VK0214, a novel liver-selective thyroid hormone receptor beta, or TRß, agonist for lipid disorders such as dyslipidemia and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, or NASH. We expect to file an investigational new drug application, or IND, and commence clinical trials for this program in 2015.

VK0612 for Type 2 Diabetes

VK0612 is a potent, selective inhibitor of fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase, or FBPase, an enzyme that plays an important role in endogenous glucose production, or the synthesis of glucose by the body. We believe the inhibition of FBPase provides an attractive approach to controlling blood glucose levels in patients with diabetes. Clinical trials have shown that VK0612 is safe, well-tolerated and leads to significant glucose-lowering effects in patients with type 2 diabetes. We intend to commence a Phase 2b clinical trial of VK0612 in approximately 500 patients with poorly-controlled type 2 diabetes, defined as having baseline fasting plasma glucose, or FPG, levels greater than or equal to 180 mg/dL. We expect to commence the clinical trial in early 2015 and to complete the clinical trial in 2016.

VK0612 has been evaluated in seven clinical trials, including one Phase 2a and six Phase 1 clinical trials. Based on these clinical and additional preclinical data, we believe VK0612 has the following important advantages over many existing type 2 diabetes therapies:

 

    Greater efficacy: Preliminary Phase 1 and 2 data suggest VK0612 could reduce plasma glycated hemoglobin A1c, or HbA1c, an important measure of long-term blood glucose levels, by 1% or more, potentially exceeding the typical anti-glycemic effects of newer drug classes.

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents
    Encouraging safety profile: VK0612 has demonstrated encouraging safety to date in over 250 subjects. No cases of hypoglycemia, or low blood glucose levels, lacticemia, or sustained lactic acid in the blood, or other drug-related safety issues were observed in these subjects.

 

    Improved tolerability: VK0612 has been well-tolerated at and above doses that we plan to administer in our Phase 2b clinical trial, which we expect to be at or below 300 mg, with specific doses to be chosen based on the outcome of planned pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic calculations.

 

    Novel mechanism of action: Based on its insulin-independent mechanism of action, we believe VK0612 lowers blood glucose levels independently of pancreatic function. We expect VK0612’s novel mechanism of action to provide critical durability and combinability advantages.

 

  Durability : Diabetes is characterized by deteriorating pancreatic beta cell function. Given VK0612’s insulin-independent mechanism of action, the drug could provide a more durable therapeutic effect than many currently available type 2 diabetes therapies.

 

  Combinability : VK0612’s novel mechanism of action is expected to allow combinability with many existing type 2 diabetes therapies, leading to enhanced efficacy and potentially delaying transition to subsequent therapies.

 

    Weight and lipid neutral profile: Clinical and preclinical data suggest VK0612 has the potential to provide robust anti-glycemic effects while maintaining a weight and lipid neutral profile.

 

    Once-daily convenience: Clinical data suggest that VK0612 has the potential to lower blood glucose levels in type 2 diabetes patients as a once-daily oral therapy.

We plan to commence a Phase 2b clinical trial with VK0612 in type 2 diabetes patients in early 2015, which we expect to complete in 2016. We also plan to complete a Phase 1 drug-drug interaction clinical trial evaluating the safety and tolerability of VK0612 in combination with metformin, a generic pharmaceutical commonly prescribed for type 2 diabetes, as well as a Phase 1 clinical trial in renally-impaired type 2 diabetes patients, or patients having reduced kidney function, both within the same period. Pending clinical data from these clinical trials, we plan to commence Phase 3 clinical trials in type 2 diabetes patients either on our own or with a third party.

Diabetes is an undertreated and underdiagnosed disease of epidemic proportion. The economic burden of diabetes and its associated complications cost the U.S. healthcare system approximately $245.0 billion in 2012 according to the American Diabetes Association, or the ADA. The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or the CDC, estimates that, as of 2010, 6.0% of the U.S. population, or roughly 18.8 million people, have been diagnosed with diabetes, and more than 7.0 million additional people in the U.S. are undiagnosed. Type 2 diabetes is the most common form of the disease, accounting for 90% to 95% of diagnosed cases. Due to a combination of factors, including urbanization, changing diets and the rise of sedentary lifestyles, the International Diabetes Federation estimates that the prevalence of diabetes will continue to grow. The International Diabetes Federation estimates that the global prevalence of diabetes will exceed 590.0 million people by 2035.

VK5211 for Cancer Cachexia

Our second clinical program, VK5211 (formerly LGD-4033), is an orally available small molecule drug candidate in development for the treatment of cancer cachexia. VK5211 is a non-steroidal selective androgen receptor modulator, or SARM. A SARM is designed to selectively interact with a subset of receptors that have a normal physiologic role of interacting with naturally-occurring hormones called androgens. Broad activation of androgen receptors with drugs, such as exogenous testosterone, can stimulate muscle growth but often results in unwanted side effects, such as prostate growth, hair growth and acne. VK5211 belongs to a family of novel SARM compounds based on its effects on tissue-specific gene expression and other functional, cell-based

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

technologies. We expect VK5211 to produce the therapeutic benefits of testosterone with improved safety, tolerability and patient acceptance due to a tissue-selective mechanism of action and an oral route of administration. In Phase 1 clinical trials, subjects treated with VK5211 experienced increases in lean body mass following 21 days of treatment. We observed positive dose-dependent trends in functional exercise and strength measures consistent with anabolic activity. In addition, no drug-related serious adverse events were reported. We plan to commence a Phase 2 proof-of-concept clinical trial in approximately 100 patients with cancer cachexia in early 2015. We expect this clinical trial to be completed in 2016. We also plan to discuss with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, potential clinical development of VK5211 in acute rehabilitation settings, such as hip fracture recovery.

Approximately 2.0 million cancer patients in North America and Europe suffer from cachexia, and it is estimated that up to 20% of all cancer deaths are a direct result of cachexia. It is particularly common among patients with lung, gastric, colorectal or pancreatic cancers, with up to 80% of patients with gastric or pancreatic cancers, and approximately 50% of patients with lung or colorectal cancers, suffering from the syndrome. There are currently no approved therapies in the U.S. for cancer cachexia, and pharmacological interventions have demonstrated limited clinical benefit or expose patients to the risk of undesirable side-effects such as virilization in women and prostate growth in men. As a result, we believe the potential size of the worldwide cancer cachexia market exceeds $1.0 billion.

Preclinical Programs

We are also developing three preclinical programs targeting multi-billion dollar indications. Our most advanced preclinical program is VK0214, a novel liver-selective TRß agonist for lipid disorders such as dyslipidemia, a disease characterized by an elevation of lipids, such as cholesterol or triglycerides, in the bloodstream that, if left untreated, increases the risk of cardiovascular disease, heart attack or stroke, and related disorders, and NASH, a liver disease characterized by a buildup of fat in the liver. We expect to file an IND and commence clinical trials for VK0214 in 2015. Our second preclinical program is focused on identifying orally available erythropoietin receptor, or EPOR, agonists, for the potential treatment of anemia. Our third preclinical program is focused on the development of tissue-selective inhibitors of diacylglycerol acyltransferase-1, or DGAT-1, for the potential treatment of obesity and dyslipidemia.

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents

Our Product Pipeline

The following table highlights our product pipeline:

 

LOGO

Key: FBPase, fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase; DDI, drug-drug interaction; SARM, selective androgen receptor modulator; TRß, thyroid receptor beta; EPOR, erythropoietin receptor; DGAT-1, diacylglycerol acyltransferase-1; NASH, nonalcoholic steatohepatitis.

Our Strategy

We intend to become a leading biopharmaceutical company focused on the development of novel, first-in-class or best-in-class therapies for metabolic and endocrine disorders. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

    Advance the development of VK0612 for type 2 diabetes. We intend to commence a Phase 2b clinical trial for VK0612 evaluating once-daily doses of VK0612 in approximately 500 patients with poorly-controlled type 2 diabetes in early 2015 and expect to complete this clinical trial in 2016. We also plan to complete a Phase 1 drug-drug interaction clinical trial evaluating the safety and tolerability of VK0612 in combination with metformin, as well as a Phase 1 clinical trial in renally-impaired type 2 diabetes patients, both within the same period. Pending clinical data from these clinical trials, we plan to commence Phase 3 clinical trials in type 2 diabetes patients either on our own or with a third party.

 

    Advance the development of VK5211 for cancer cachexia and other muscle wasting disorders. We plan to commence a Phase 2 proof-of-concept clinical trial in approximately 100 patients with cancer cachexia in early 2015. We expect this clinical trial to be completed in 2016. Pending positive data from this clinical trial, we plan to advance VK5211 in further clinical trials. We also plan to discuss with the FDA potential clinical development of VK5211 in acute rehabilitation settings, such as hip fracture recovery.

 

    Advance the development of our preclinical programs. We currently have three programs in preclinical development. Our most advanced preclinical program is VK0214, a novel liver-selective TRß agonist for lipid disorders such as dyslipidemia and NASH. We plan to complete the toxicity, pharmacology and chemistry, manufacturing and controls studies needed for an IND filing. In the event these VK0214 preclinical studies are favorable, we expect to file an IND and commence clinical trials for this program in 2015. We also plan to further advance our EPOR agonist and DGAT-1 inhibitor programs and anticipate filing INDs for these programs in 2016.

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents
    Evaluate strategic partnership and collaboration opportunities. We plan to selectively evaluate partnership and collaboration opportunities throughout the duration of our development programs. In addition, we may opportunistically pursue in-licensing opportunities.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors,” which you should read carefully before making a decision to invest in our common stock. Some of these risks include:

 

    We are a clinical-stage company, have a very limited operating history and are expected to incur significant operating losses during the early stage of our corporate development;

 

    We are substantially dependent on technologies we license from Ligand, and if we lose the right to license such technologies or the Master License Agreement with Ligand is terminated for any reason, our ability to develop existing and new drug candidates would be harmed;

 

    We are dependent on the success of our current drug candidates and we cannot be certain that any of them will receive regulatory approval or be commercialized;

 

    If development of our drug candidates does not produce favorable results, we and our collaborators, if any, may be unable to commercialize these products;

 

    Our efforts to discover drug candidates beyond our current drug candidates may not succeed, and any drug candidates we recommend for clinical development may not actually begin clinical trials;

 

    Our independent registered public accounting firm has expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern;

 

    We may need to raise additional capital after completion of this offering, which may be unavailable to us and, even if we raise capital, it may cause dilution or place significant restrictions on our ability to operate;

 

    We rely completely on third parties to manufacture our preclinical and clinical drug supplies, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed if those third parties fail to provide us with sufficient quantities of drug product, or fail to do so at acceptable quality levels or prices;

 

    The commercial success of our drug candidates depends upon their market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and the medical community;

 

    We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to our drug candidates through acquisitions and in-licenses;

 

    If we fail to comply with our obligations in the agreements under which we license intellectual property and other rights from third parties or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our licensors, we could lose license rights that are important to our business; and

 

    If we fail to retain current members of our senior management and scientific personnel, or to attract and keep additional key personnel, we may be unable to successfully develop or commercialize our drug candidates.

Agreements with Ligand

On May 21, 2014, we entered into a Master License Agreement with Ligand, or the Master License Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, Ligand granted us an exclusive worldwide license to VK0612, VK5211 and three preclinical programs. Under the terms of the Master License Agreement, we will pay Ligand an upfront fee of $29.0 million, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, payable in equity upon the closing of this offering, in addition to development and commercial milestone payments of up to $1.54 billion, as well as single-digit royalties on future worldwide net product sales.

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents

In connection with entering into the Master License Agreement, we also entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Ligand, dated May 21, 2014, or the Loan and Security Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, Ligand agreed to provide us with loans in the aggregate amount of up to $2.5 million. The loans will be evidenced by a Secured Convertible Promissory Note, or the Note. Upon the consummation of this offering, Ligand will have the option to convert the amounts outstanding under the Note into shares of our common stock.

Further details regarding the Master License Agreement, the Loan and Security Agreement, the Note and certain other agreements we entered into with Ligand in connection with the Master License Agreement are discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Business – Agreements with Ligand”.

Common Stock Issuances to Ligand Upon the Consummation of this Offering

Upon consummation of this offering, we will be obligated to issue an aggregate of             shares of common stock to Ligand pursuant to the Master License Agreement, based on             shares of common stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering (excluding shares issued in this offering) and an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Ligand has the option to convert the amounts outstanding under the Note into shares of our common stock upon the consummation of this offering. Therefore, upon the consummation of this offering, we may be obligated to issue an aggregate of             shares of common stock to Ligand pursuant to the Note, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on September 24, 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at 11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50, San Diego, CA 92037, and our telephone number is (858) 550-7810. Our website address is www.vikingtherapeutics.com. We do not incorporate the information on, or accessible through, our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or accessible through, our website as part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as that term is defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that do not qualify as emerging growth companies, including, without limitation, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, reduced disclosure obligations relating to executive compensation and exemptions from the requirements of holding advisory “say-on-pay,” “say-when-on-pay” and “golden parachute” executive compensation votes.

Under the JOBS Act, we will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

 

    the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion or more;

 

    the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering;

 

    the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; and

 

    the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act ( i.e. , the first day of the fiscal year after we have (1) more than $700.0 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates, measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter, and (2) been public for at least 12 months).

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than the information you receive from other public reporting companies.

The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for companies that are not emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to “opt out” of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

The Offering

 

Common stock being offered by Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

                       shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                       shares

Underwriters option to purchase additional shares

   The underwriters have an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional                      shares from us.

Use of proceeds

   We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering of approximately $            million, assuming an initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, to fund clinical trials for VK0612 and VK5211 and the research and development of our preclinical drug candidates and for other working capital and general corporate purposes. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds” on page 49 for a more complete description of the intended use of the net proceeds from this offering.

Risk Factors

   You should read the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Concentration of Ownership

   Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers and directors will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately         % of our outstanding shares of common stock, and Ligand is expected to beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately         % of our outstanding shares of common stock.

Dividend Policy

   Currently, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends.

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market Symbol

   “VKTX”

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 6,000,000 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014, and excludes shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    a         -for-         stock split of our common stock, which will occur prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the conversion of our outstanding convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $310,350 and accrued interest of approximately $9,083 as of March 31, 2014 into an aggregate of                 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

    the issuance of an aggregate of             shares of common stock to Ligand pursuant to the Master License Agreement, based on             shares of common stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering (excluding shares issued in this offering) and an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

    the issuance of an aggregate of             shares of common stock to Ligand pursuant to the Note, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us in this offering.

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following table sets forth our summary financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. We have derived the summary statement of operations data for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2013 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the cumulative period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through March 31, 2014, and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014, are derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for a fair statement of the information for the interim periods.

The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. The following summaries of our financial data for the periods presented should be read in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors,” “Selected Financial Data,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Period from
September 24,
2012
(Inception)
through
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2013
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2013
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2014
    Cumulative
Period from
September 24,
2012
(Inception)
through
March 31,
2014
 
                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Statement of Operations

         

Revenue

  $      $      $      $      $   

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development

    68,871        11,613        575        50,000        130,484   

General and administrative

    40,770        89,463        2,615        159,737        289,970   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    109,641        101,076        3,190        209,737        420,454   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (109,641     (101,076     (3,190     (209,737     (420,454

Other expenses:

         

Loss from change in fair value of debt conversion feature

           20,622        37        10,249        30,871   

Interest expense

    1,386        24,549        1,356        8,955        34,890   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses

    1,386        45,171        1,393        19,204        65,761   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (111,027     (146,247     (4,583     (228,941     (486,215
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (0.07   $ (0.07   $ (0.00   $ (0.07   $ (0.24
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

    1,482,625        2,043,295        1,794,444        3,191,666        2,026,311   

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited)

    $          $       

Weighted-average pro forma shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

         
         

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2014
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
     Pro Forma as
Adjusted(2)(3)
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)

Balance Sheet Data

       

Cash

   $ 78,849      $ 78,849      

Working capital (deficit)

     (349,912     

Total assets

     276,716        276,716      

Convertible notes payable, current

     47,930        —        

Convertible notes payable, non-current

     237,194        —        

Debt conversion feature liability

     81,904        —        

Common stock

     60        

Additional paid-in capital

     10,010        

Accumulated deficit

     (486,215     

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (478,643     

 

 

(1) The pro forma column in the balance sheet data table above reflects (a) the conversion of our outstanding convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $310,350 and accrued interest of approximately $9,083 into an aggregate of              shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (b) the issuance of an aggregate of              shares of our common stock to Ligand pursuant to the Master License Agreement and conversion of the Note upon the consummation of this offering, based on shares of common stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering (excluding shares issued in this offering) and an assumed initial public offering price of $             , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The pro forma information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

(2) The pro forma as adjusted column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above reflects (a) the conversion of our outstanding convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $310,350 and accrued interest of approximately $9,083 into an aggregate of              shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, (b) the issuance of an aggregate of              shares of our common stock to Ligand pursuant to the Master License Agreement and conversion of the Note upon the consummation of this offering, based on shares of common stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering (excluding shares issued in this offering) and an assumed initial public offering price of $             , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (c) the sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of the pro forma as adjusted cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease each of the pro forma as adjusted cash, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

-10-


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below may not be the only ones we face. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We are a clinical-stage company, have a very limited operating history and are expected to incur significant operating losses during the early stage of our corporate development.

We are a clinical-stage company. We were incorporated in, and have only been conducting operations since, September 2012. Our operations to date have been limited to raising capital, building infrastructure, obtaining the worldwide rights to certain technology from Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, or Ligand, and planning and preparing for preclinical studies and clinical trials of our drug candidates, including VK0612, which is currently in Phase 2 clinical development, VK5211, which has completed Phase 1 clinical development, and VK0214 and the EPOR and DGAT-1 programs, which are currently in preclinical development. As a result, we have no meaningful historical operations upon which to evaluate our business and prospects and have not yet demonstrated an ability to obtain marketing approval for any of our drug candidates or successfully overcome the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in the biopharmaceutical industry. We also have not generated any revenue to date, and we continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses. Our net loss for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 was $146,247 and for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 was $111,027. Our net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 was $4,583 and $228,941, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, we had a deficit accumulated during the development stage of $257,274 and $486,215, respectively. For the foreseeable future, we expect to continue to incur losses, which will increase significantly from historical levels as we expand our drug development activities, seek regulatory approvals for our drug candidates and begin to commercialize them if they are approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, or comparable foreign authorities. Even if we succeed in developing and commercializing one or more drug candidates, we may never become profitable. If we fail to achieve or maintain profitability, it would adversely affect the value of our common stock.

We are substantially dependent on technologies we in-license from Ligand, and if we lose the right to license such technologies or the Master License Agreement is terminated for any reason, our ability to develop existing and new drug candidates would be harmed, and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

Our business is substantially dependent upon technology licensed from Ligand. Pursuant to the Master License Agreement, we have been granted exclusive worldwide rights to VK0612, VK5211 and three preclinical programs. Inhibitors of the enzyme fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase, such as our lead program VK0612, are key compounds used by us in the development and commercialization of our drug candidates. All of the intellectual property related to our drug candidates is currently owned by Ligand, and we have the rights to use such intellectual property pursuant to the Master License Agreement. Therefore, our ability to develop and commercialize our drug candidates depends entirely on the effectiveness and continuation of the Master License Agreement. If we lose the right to license any of these key compounds, our ability to develop existing and new drug candidates would be harmed.

Ligand has the right to terminate the Master License Agreement under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to: (1) if, on or before April 30, 2015, we have neither (a) completed a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act on Form S-1 or any successor form, nor (b) received aggregate net

 

-11-


Table of Contents

proceeds of at least $20.0 million in one or more private financings of our equity securities, (2) in the event of our insolvency or bankruptcy, (3) if we do not pay an undisputed amount owing under the Master License Agreement when due and fail to cure such default within a specified period of time, or (4) if we default on certain of our material obligations and fail to cure the default within a specified period of time.

We are dependent on the success of one or more of our current drug candidates and we cannot be certain that any of them will receive regulatory approval or be commercialized.

We have spent significant time, money and effort on the development of our core metabolic and endocrine disease assets, VK0612 and VK5211, and our earlier-stage assets, VK0214 and the EPOR and DGAT-1 programs. To date, no pivotal clinical trials designed to provide clinically and statistically significant proof of efficacy, or to provide sufficient evidence of safety to justify approval, have been completed with any of our drug candidates. All of our drug candidates will require additional development, including clinical trials as well as further preclinical studies to evaluate their toxicology, carcinogenicity and pharmacokinetics and optimize their formulation, and regulatory clearances before they can be commercialized. Positive results obtained during early development do not necessarily mean later development will succeed or that regulatory clearances will be obtained. Our drug development efforts may not lead to commercial drugs, either because our drug candidates fail to be safe and effective or because we have inadequate financial or other resources to advance our drug candidates through the clinical development and approval processes. If any of our drug candidates fail to demonstrate safety or efficacy at any time or during any phase of development, we would experience potentially significant delays in, or be required to abandon, development of the drug candidate.

We do not anticipate that any of our current drug candidates will be eligible to receive regulatory approval from the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities and begin commercialization for a number of years, if ever. Even if we ultimately receive regulatory approval for any of these drug candidates, we or our potential future partners, if any, may be unable to commercialize them successfully for a variety of reasons. These include, for example, the availability of alternative treatments, lack of cost-effectiveness, the cost of manufacturing the product on a commercial scale and competition with other drugs. The success of our drug candidates may also be limited by the prevalence and severity of any adverse side effects. If we fail to commercialize one or more of our current drug candidates, we may be unable to generate sufficient revenues to attain or maintain profitability, and our financial condition and stock price may decline.

If development of our drug candidates does not produce favorable results, we and our collaborators, if any, may be unable to commercialize these products.

To receive regulatory approval for the commercialization of our core metabolic and endocrine disease assets, VK0612 and VK5211, our earlier-stage assets, VK0214 and the EPOR and DGAT-1 programs, or any other drug candidates that we may develop, adequate and well-controlled clinical trials must be conducted to demonstrate safety and efficacy in humans to the satisfaction of the FDA, EMA and comparable foreign authorities. In order to support marketing approval, these agencies typically require successful results in one or more Phase 3 clinical trials, which our current drug candidates have not yet reached and may never reach. The development process is expensive, can take many years and has an uncertain outcome. Failure can occur at any stage of the process. We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, the development process that could delay or prevent commercialization of our current or future drug candidates, including the following:

 

    clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results;

 

    preclinical studies conducted with drug candidates during clinical development to, among other things, evaluate their toxicology, carcinogenicity and pharmacokinetics and optimize their formulation may produce unfavorable results;

 

    patient recruitment and enrollment in clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate;

 

    costs of development may be greater than we anticipate;

 

-12-


Table of Contents
    our drug candidates may cause undesirable side effects that delay or preclude regulatory approval or limit their commercial use or market acceptance, if approved;

 

    collaborators who may be responsible for the development of our drug candidates may not devote sufficient resources to these clinical trials or other preclinical studies of these candidates or conduct them in a timely manner; or

 

    we may face delays in obtaining regulatory approvals to commence one or more clinical trials.

Success in early development does not mean that later development will be successful because, for example, drug candidates in later-stage clinical trials may fail to demonstrate sufficient safety and efficacy despite having progressed through initial clinical trials.

We in-license all of the intellectual property related to our drug candidates from Ligand pursuant to the Master License Agreement. All clinical trials, preclinical studies and other analyses performed to date with respect to our drug candidates have been conducted by Ligand. Therefore, as a company, we do not have any experience in conducting clinical trials for our drug candidates. Since our experience with our drug candidates is limited, we will need to train our existing personnel and hire additional personnel in order to successfully administer and manage our clinical trials and other studies as planned, which may result in delays in completing such planned clinical trials and preclinical studies. Moreover, to date our drug candidates have been tested in less than the number of patients that will likely need to be studied to obtain regulatory approval. The data collected from clinical trials with larger patient populations may not demonstrate sufficient safety and efficacy to support regulatory approval of these drug candidates.

We currently do not have strategic collaborations in place for clinical development of any of our current drug candidates. Therefore, in the future, we or any potential future collaborative partner will be responsible for establishing the targeted endpoints and goals for development of our drug candidates. These targeted endpoints and goals may be inadequate to demonstrate the safety and efficacy levels required for regulatory approvals. Even if we believe data collected during the development of our drug candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support marketing approval by the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities. Further, data generated during development can be interpreted in different ways, and the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities may interpret such data in different ways than us or our collaborators. Our failure to adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our drug candidates would prevent our receipt of regulatory approval, and ultimately the potential commercialization of these drug candidates.

Since we do not currently possess the resources necessary to independently develop and commercialize our drug candidates, including our core metabolic and endocrine disease assets, VK0612 and VK5211, our earlier-stage assets, VK0214 and the EPOR and DGAT-1 programs, or any other drug candidates that we may develop, we may seek to enter into collaborative agreements to assist in the development and potential future commercialization of some or all of these assets as a component of our strategic plan. However, our discussions with potential collaborators may not lead to the establishment of collaborations on acceptable terms, if at all, or it may take longer than expected to establish new collaborations, leading to development and potential commercialization delays, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We expect to continue to incur significant research and development expenses, which may make it difficult for us to attain profitability.

We expect to expend substantial funds in research and development, including preclinical studies and clinical trials of our drug candidates, and to manufacture and market any drug candidates in the event they are approved for commercial sale. We also may need additional funding to develop or acquire complementary companies, technologies and assets, as well as for working capital requirements and other operating and general corporate purposes. Moreover, our planned increases in staffing will dramatically increase our costs in the near and long-term.

 

-13-


Table of Contents

Because the successful development of our drug candidates is uncertain, we are unable to precisely estimate the actual funds we will require to develop and potentially commercialize them. In addition, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue, even if we are able to commercialize any of our drug candidates, to become profitable.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

We are a clinical-stage company, and the development and commercialization of our drug candidates is uncertain and expected to require substantial expenditures. We have not yet generated any revenues from our operations to fund our activities, and are therefore dependent upon external sources for financing our operations. The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm for our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 states that our independent registered public accounting firm has substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk that we may not have sufficient cash and liquid assets at December 31, 2013 to cover our operating and capital requirements for the next 12 months; and if in that case sufficient cash cannot be obtained, we would have to substantially alter, or possibly even discontinue, operations. Additionally, as of March 31, 2014, we do not believe that we will have sufficient cash to meet our operating requirements for at least the next 12 months unless this offering is successfully completed and we receive the full $2.5 million loan from Ligand pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement. Our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Given our lack of cash flow, we may need to raise additional capital after completion of this offering, which may be unavailable to us or, even if consummated, may cause dilution or place significant restrictions on our ability to operate our business.

Since we will be unable to generate sufficient, if any, cash flow to fund our operations for the foreseeable future, we may need to seek additional equity or debt financing to provide the capital required to maintain or expand our operations. As of March 31, 2014, we had cash of $78,849.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise sufficient additional capital, if needed, on acceptable terms, or at all. If such additional financing is not available on satisfactory terms, or is not available in sufficient amounts, we may be required to delay, limit or eliminate the development of business opportunities and our ability to achieve our business objectives, our competitiveness, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In addition, we may be required to grant rights to develop and market drug candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. Our inability to fund our business could lead to the loss of your investment.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

    the scope, rate of progress, results and cost of our clinical trials, preclinical studies and other related activities;

 

    the timing of, and the costs involved in, obtaining regulatory approvals for any of our current or future drug candidates;

 

    the number and characteristics of the drug candidates we seek to develop or commercialize;

 

    the cost of manufacturing clinical supplies, and establishing commercial supplies, of our drug candidates;

 

    the cost of commercialization activities if any of our current or future drug candidates are approved for sale, including marketing, sales and distribution costs;

 

    the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel;

 

    the costs associated with being a public company;

 

    our ability to establish and maintain strategic collaborations, licensing or other arrangements and the financial terms of such arrangements;

 

-14-


Table of Contents
    the amount of revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our drug candidates, should any of our drug candidates receive marketing approval; and

 

    the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing possible patent claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of any such litigation.

If we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders may be reduced, and accordingly these stockholders may experience substantial dilution. We may also issue equity securities that provide for rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our common stock. Given our need for cash and that equity issuances are the most common type of fundraising for companies like ours, the risk of dilution is particularly significant for stockholders of our company.

Our drug candidates may cause undesirable side effects that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval or commercialization or have other significant adverse implications on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Undesirable side effects observed in clinical trials or in supportive preclinical studies with our drug candidates could interrupt, delay or halt their development and could result in the denial of regulatory approval by the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities for any or all targeted indications or adversely affect the marketability of any such drug candidates that receive regulatory approval. In turn, this could eliminate or limit our ability to commercialize our drug candidates.

We are aware of several previous drug development programs targeting fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase. The most advanced of these was the small molecule inhibitor CS-917. Sankyo Company, Ltd., now Daiichi Sankyo Company, Ltd., was responsible for funding and conducting the clinical development program for CS-917. In a 12 week Phase 2 clinical trial, CS-917 showed poor efficacy in type 2 diabetes patients. In addition, toxicity was observed in a separate Phase 1 clinical trial. These issues may have contributed to the decision to discontinue development of CS-917. We believe CS-917 may have failed due to inadequate drug exposures in the Phase 2 clinical trial as well as the toxicities observed in the Phase 1 clinical trial.

Our drug candidates may exhibit adverse effects in preclinical toxicology studies and adverse interactions with other drugs. There are also risks associated with additional requirements the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities may impose for marketing approval with regard to a particular disease. For example, VK0612 is in development for treatment of patients with type 2 diabetes. The FDA has issued guidance for companies developing anti-diabetic compounds that requires companies to demonstrate that use of the product will not lead to an unacceptable increased risk of cardiovascular side effects. There is a risk that our drug candidate will not show an acceptable risk level of cardiovascular side effects and the FDA may require additional studies of VK0612 before we can obtain regulatory approval.

Our drug candidates may require a risk management program that could include patient and healthcare provider education, usage guidelines, appropriate promotional activities, a post-marketing observational study, and ongoing safety and reporting mechanisms, among other requirements. Prescribing could be limited to physician specialists or physicians trained in the use of the drug, or could be limited to a more restricted patient population. Any risk management program required for approval of our drug candidates could potentially have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Undesirable side effects involving our drug candidates may have other significant adverse implications on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example:

 

    we may be unable to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, if at all;

 

    our collaborators may terminate any development agreements covering these drug candidates;

 

    if any development agreements are terminated, we may determine not to further develop the affected drug candidates due to resource constraints and may not be able to establish additional collaborations for their further development on acceptable terms, if at all;

 

-15-


Table of Contents
    if we were to later continue the development of these drug candidates and receive regulatory approval, earlier findings may significantly limit their marketability and thus significantly lower our potential future revenues from their commercialization;

 

    we may be subject to product liability or stockholder litigation; and

 

    we may be unable to attract and retain key employees.

In addition, if any of our drug candidates receive marketing approval and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by the product:

 

    regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval of the product, or we or our partners may decide to cease marketing and sale of the product voluntarily;

 

    we may be required to change the way the product is administered, conduct additional clinical trials or preclinical studies regarding the product, change the labeling of the product, or change the product’s manufacturing facilities; and

 

    our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product and could substantially increase the costs and expenses of commercializing the product, which in turn could delay or prevent us from generating significant revenues from the sale of the product.

Our efforts to discover drug candidates beyond our current drug candidates may not succeed, and any drug candidates we recommend for clinical development may not actually begin clinical trials.

We intend to use our technology, including our licensed technology, knowledge and expertise to develop novel drugs to address some of the world’s most widespread and costly chronic diseases. We intend to expand our existing pipeline of core assets by advancing drug compounds from current ongoing discovery programs into clinical development. However, the process of researching and discovering drug compounds is expensive, time-consuming and unpredictable. Data from our current preclinical programs may not support the clinical development of our lead compounds or other compounds from these programs, and we may not identify any additional drug compounds suitable for recommendation for clinical development. Moreover, any drug compounds we recommend for clinical development may not demonstrate, through preclinical studies, indications of safety and potential efficacy that would support advancement into clinical trials. Such findings would potentially impede our ability to maintain or expand our clinical development pipeline. Our ability to identify new drug compounds and advance them into clinical development also depends upon our ability to fund our research and development operations, and we cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all.

Delays in the commencement or completion of clinical trials could result in increased costs to us and delay our ability to establish strategic collaborations.

Delays in the commencement or completion of clinical trials could significantly impact our drug development costs. We do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. The commencement of clinical trials can be delayed for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to, delays related to:

 

    obtaining regulatory approval to commence one or more clinical trials;

 

    reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective third-party contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites;

 

    manufacturing sufficient quantities of a drug candidate or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials;

 

    obtaining institutional review board approval to conduct one or more clinical trials at a prospective site;

 

-16-


Table of Contents
    recruiting and enrolling patients to participate in one or more clinical trials; and

 

    the failure of our collaborators to adequately resource our drug candidates due to their focus on other programs or as a result of general market conditions.

In addition, once a clinical trial has begun, it may be suspended or terminated by us, our collaborators, the institutional review boards or data safety monitoring boards charged with overseeing our clinical trials, the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities due to a number of factors, including:

 

    failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or clinical protocols;

 

    inspection of the clinical trial operations or clinical trial site by the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold;

 

    unforeseen safety issues; or

 

    lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial.

If we experience significant delays in the commencement or completion of clinical trials, our drug development costs may increase, we may lose any competitive advantage associated with early market entry and our ability to establish strategic collaborations may be delayed or limited. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a drug candidate.

We intend to rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials and perform other tasks for us. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines, or comply with regulatory requirements, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our drug candidates and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be substantially harmed.

Ligand, the licensor of our development programs, has relied upon and plans to continue to rely upon third-party CROs, medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories to monitor and manage data for our licensed ongoing preclinical and clinical programs. We have relied and expect to continue to rely on these parties for execution of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, and we control only certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we maintain responsibility for ensuring that each of our clinical trials and preclinical studies is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory, and scientific standards and our reliance on these third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We and our CROs and other vendors are required to comply with current requirements on good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, good clinical practices, or GCP, and good laboratory practice, or GLP, which are a collection of laws and regulations enforced by the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities for all of our drug candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these regulations through periodic inspections of preclinical study and clinical trial sponsors, principal investigators, preclinical study and clinical trial sites, and other contractors. If we or any of our CROs or vendors fails to comply with applicable regulations, the data generated in our preclinical studies and clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities may require us to perform additional preclinical studies and clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with GCP regulations. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with products produced consistent with cGMP regulations. Our failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the development and regulatory approval processes.

If any of our relationships with these third-party CROs, medical institutions, clinical investigators or contract laboratories terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, our CROs are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such CROs, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and

 

-17-


Table of Contents

resources to our ongoing preclinical and clinical programs. If CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our protocols, regulatory requirements, or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our drug candidates. CROs may also generate higher costs than anticipated. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations and the commercial prospects for our drug candidates could be materially and adversely affected, our costs could increase, and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.

Switching or adding additional CROs, medical institutions, clinical investigators or contract laboratories involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work replacing a previous CRO. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our drug candidates are subject to extensive regulation under the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities, which can be costly and time consuming, cause unanticipated delays or prevent the receipt of the required approvals to commercialize our drug candidates.

The clinical development, manufacturing, labeling, storage, record-keeping, advertising, promotion, export, marketing and distribution of our drug candidates are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other U.S. regulatory agencies, EMA or comparable authorities in foreign markets. In the U.S., neither we nor our collaborators are permitted to market our drug candidates until we or our collaborators receive approval of an NDA from the FDA or receive similar approvals abroad. The process of obtaining these approvals is expensive, often takes many years, and can vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the drug candidates involved. Approval policies or regulations may change and may be influenced by the results of other similar or competitive products, making it more difficult for us to achieve such approval in a timely manner or at all. For example, the FDA has released draft guidance regarding clinical trials for drug candidates treating diabetes that may result in more stringent requirements for the clinical trials and regulatory approval of such drug candidates. This and any future guidance that may result from recent FDA advisory panel discussions may make it more expensive to develop and commercialize such drug candidates. Such increased expense could make it more difficult to obtain favorable terms in the collaborative arrangements we require to maximize the value of our programs seeking to develop new drug candidates for diabetes. In addition, as a company, we have not previously filed NDAs with the FDA or filed similar applications with other foreign regulatory agencies. This lack of experience may impede our ability to obtain FDA or other foreign regulatory agency approval in a timely manner, if at all, for our drug candidates for which development and commercialization is our responsibility.

Despite the time and expense invested, regulatory approval is never guaranteed. The FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities can delay, limit or deny approval of a drug candidate for many reasons, including:

 

    a drug candidate may not be deemed safe or effective;

 

    agency officials of the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities may not find the data from non-clinical or preclinical studies and clinical trials generated during development to be sufficient;

 

    the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities may not approve our third-party manufacturers’ processes or facilities; or

 

    the FDA, EMA or a comparable foreign authority may change its approval policies or adopt new regulations.

Our inability to obtain these approvals would prevent us from commercializing our drug candidates.

 

-18-


Table of Contents

Even if our drug candidates receive regulatory approval in the U.S., we may never receive approval or commercialize our products outside of the U.S.

In order to market any products outside of the U.S., we must establish and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries regarding safety and efficacy. Approval procedures vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries might differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. The regulatory approval process in other countries may include all of the risks detailed above regarding FDA approval in the U.S. as well as other risks. Regulatory approval in one country does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in others. Failure to obtain regulatory approval in other countries or any delay seeking or obtaining such approval would impair our ability to develop foreign markets for our drug candidates.

Even if any of our drug candidates receive regulatory approval, our drug candidates may still face future development and regulatory difficulties.

If any of our drug candidates receive regulatory approval, the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities may still impose significant restrictions on the indicated uses or marketing of the drug candidates or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies and trials. In addition, regulatory agencies subject a product, its manufacturer and the manufacturer’s facilities to continual review and periodic inspections. If a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product, our collaborators or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. Our drug candidates will also be subject to ongoing FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities’ requirements for the labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, record-keeping and submission of safety and other post-market information on the drug. If our drug candidates fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may:

 

    issue warning letters or other notices of possible violations;

 

    impose civil or criminal penalties or fines or seek disgorgement of revenue or profits;

 

    suspend any ongoing clinical trials;

 

    refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or our collaborators;

 

    withdraw any regulatory approvals;

 

    impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements, or shut down our manufacturing operations; or

 

    seize or detain products or require a product recall.

The FDA, EMA and comparable foreign authorities actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses.

The FDA, EMA and comparable foreign authorities strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products, such as our drug candidates, if approved. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. If we receive marketing approval for our drug candidates for our proposed indications, physicians may nevertheless use our products for their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved label, if the physicians personally believe in their professional medical judgment that our products could be used in such manner. However, if we are found to have promoted our products for any off-label uses, the federal government could levy civil, criminal or administrative penalties, and seek fines against us. Such

 

-19-


Table of Contents

enforcement has become more common in the industry. The FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities could also request that we enter into a consent decree or a corporate integrity agreement, or seek a permanent injunction against us under which specified promotional conduct is monitored, changed or curtailed. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of our drug candidates, if approved, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our competitors have drug candidates that are approved faster, marketed more effectively or demonstrated to be more effective than ours, our commercial opportunity may be reduced or eliminated.

The biopharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our technology, knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including commercial biopharmaceutical enterprises, academic institutions, government agencies and private and public research institutions. Any drug candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical studies, clinical trials, regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. Our competitors may succeed in developing technologies and therapies that are more effective, better tolerated or less costly than any which we are developing, or that would render our drug candidates obsolete and noncompetitive. Even if we obtain regulatory approval of any of our drug candidates, our competitors may succeed in obtaining regulatory approvals for their products earlier than we do. We will also face competition from these third parties in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, and in acquiring and in-licensing technologies and products complementary to our programs or advantageous to our business.

VK0612

The key competitive factors affecting the success of VK0612, if approved, are likely to be its efficacy, safety, tolerability, frequency and route of administration, convenience and price, and the level of branded and generic competition and the availability of coverage and reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

In the U.S., there are a variety of currently marketed oral type 2 diabetes therapies, including metformin (generic), pioglitazone (generic), glimepiride (generic), sitagliptin (Merck & Co., Inc.) and canagliflozin (Johnson & Johnson). These therapies are well-established and are widely accepted by physicians, patients, caregivers and third-party payors as the standard of care for the treatment of type 2 diabetes. Physicians, patients and third-party payors may not accept the addition of VK0612 to their current treatment regimens for a variety of potential reasons, including:

 

    if they do not wish to incur any potential additional costs related to VK0612; or

 

    if they perceive the use of VK0612 to be of limited additional benefit to patients.

In addition to the currently approved and marketed type 2 diabetes therapies, there are a number of experimental drugs that are in various stages of clinical development by companies such as Eli Lilly and Company, Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited and TransTech Pharma, Inc.

VK5211

The key competitive factors affecting the success of VK5211, if approved, are likely to be its efficacy, safety, tolerability, frequency and route of administration, convenience and price, the level of branded and generic competition and the availability of coverage and reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

 

-20-


Table of Contents

In the U.S., there are currently no marketed therapies for the treatment of cancer cachexia, though steroids such as nandrolone (generic), oxandrolone (generic) and testosterone (generic) are sometimes prescribed for the treatment of weight loss in cancer patients. There are several experimental therapies that are in various stages of clinical development by companies including GTx, Inc., Helsinn Group and Morphosys AG. In addition, nutritional and growth hormone-based therapies are sometimes used in patients experiencing muscle wasting.

Preclinical Programs

If any of our preclinical programs are ultimately determined safe and effective and approved for marketing, they may compete for market share with established therapies from a number of competitors, including large biopharmaceutical companies. Many therapies are currently available and numerous others are being developed for the treatment of dyslipidemia, NASH, anemia and obesity. Any products that we may develop from our preclinical programs may not be able to compete effectively with existing or future therapies.

We are subject to a multitude of manufacturing risks, any of which could substantially increase our costs and limit supply of our drug candidates.

The process of manufacturing our drug candidates is complex, highly regulated, and subject to several risks. For example, the process of manufacturing our drug candidates is extremely susceptible to product loss due to contamination, equipment failure or improper installation or operation of equipment, or vendor or operator error. Even minor deviations from normal manufacturing processes for any of our drug candidates could result in reduced production yields, product defects, and other supply disruptions. If microbial, viral, or other contaminations are discovered in our drug candidates or in the manufacturing facilities in which our drug candidates are made, such manufacturing facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and remedy the contamination. In addition, the manufacturing facilities in which our drug candidates are made could be adversely affected by equipment failures, labor shortages, natural disasters, power failures and numerous other factors.

In addition, any adverse developments affecting manufacturing operations for our drug candidates may result in shipment delays, inventory shortages, lot failures, withdrawals or recalls, or other interruptions in the supply of our drug candidates. We also may need to take inventory write-offs and incur other charges and expenses for drug candidates that fail to meet specifications, undertake costly remediation efforts, or seek more costly manufacturing alternatives.

We rely completely on third parties to manufacture our preclinical and clinical drug supplies, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed if those third parties fail to provide us with sufficient quantities of drug product, or fail to do so at acceptable quality levels or prices.

We do not currently have, nor do we plan to acquire, the infrastructure or capability internally to manufacture our preclinical and clinical drug supplies for use in our clinical trials, and we lack the resources and the capability to manufacture any of our drug candidates on a clinical or commercial scale. We rely on our manufacturers to purchase from third-party suppliers the materials necessary to produce our drug candidates for our clinical trials. There are a limited number of suppliers for raw materials that we use to manufacture our drugs, and there may be a need to identify alternate suppliers to prevent a possible disruption of the manufacture of the materials necessary to produce our drug candidates for our clinical trials, and, if approved, ultimately for commercial sale. We do not have any control over the process or timing of the acquisition of these raw materials by our manufacturers. Although we generally do not begin a clinical trial unless we believe we have a sufficient supply of a drug candidate to complete such clinical trial, any significant delay or discontinuity in the supply of a drug candidate, or the raw material components thereof, for an ongoing clinical trial due to the need to replace a third-party manufacturer could considerably delay completion of our clinical trials, product testing and potential regulatory approval of our drug candidates, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

-21-


Table of Contents

We and our contract manufacturers are subject to significant regulation with respect to manufacturing our drug candidates. The manufacturing facilities on which we rely may not continue to meet regulatory requirements.

All entities involved in the preparation of therapeutics for clinical trials or commercial sale, including our existing contract manufacturers for our drug candidates, are subject to extensive regulation. Components of a finished therapeutic product approved for commercial sale or used in late-stage clinical trials must be manufactured in accordance with cGMP. These regulations govern manufacturing processes and procedures and the implementation and operation of quality systems to control and assure the quality of investigational products and products approved for sale. Poor control of production processes can lead to the introduction of contaminants or to inadvertent changes in the properties or stability of our drug candidates that may not be detectable in final product testing. We or our contract manufacturers must supply all necessary documentation in support of an NDA or marketing authorization application, or MAA, on a timely basis and must adhere to good laboratory practice and cGMP regulations enforced by the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities through their facilities inspection program. Some of our contract manufacturers may not have produced a commercially approved pharmaceutical product and therefore may not have obtained the requisite regulatory authority approvals to do so. The facilities and quality systems of some or all of our third-party contractors must pass a pre-approval inspection for compliance with the applicable regulations as a condition of regulatory approval of our drug candidates or any of our other potential products. In addition, the regulatory authorities may, at any time, audit or inspect a manufacturing facility involved with the preparation of our drug candidates or any of our other potential products or the associated quality systems for compliance with the regulations applicable to the activities being conducted. Although we oversee the contract manufacturers, we cannot control the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, our contract manufacturing partners for compliance with the regulatory requirements. If these facilities do not pass a pre-approval plant inspection, regulatory approval of the products may not be granted or may be substantially delayed until any violations are corrected to the satisfaction of the regulatory authority, if ever.

The regulatory authorities also may, at any time following approval of a product for sale, audit the manufacturing facilities of our third-party contractors. If any such inspection or audit identifies a failure to comply with applicable regulations or if a violation of our product specifications or applicable regulations occurs independent of such an inspection or audit, we or the relevant regulatory authority may require remedial measures that may be costly or time consuming for us or a third party to implement, and that may include the temporary or permanent suspension of a clinical trial or commercial sales or the temporary or permanent closure of a facility. Any such remedial measures imposed upon us or third parties with whom we contract could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we or any of our third-party manufacturers fail to maintain regulatory compliance, the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign authorities can impose regulatory sanctions including, among other things, refusal to approve a pending application for a drug candidate, withdrawal of an approval, or suspension of production. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Additionally, if supply from one manufacturer is interrupted, an alternative manufacturer would need to be qualified through an NDA supplement or MAA variation, or equivalent foreign regulatory filing, which could result in further delay. The regulatory agencies may also require additional studies or trials if a new manufacturer is relied upon for commercial production. Switching manufacturers may involve substantial costs and is likely to result in a delay in our desired clinical and commercial timelines.

These factors could cause us to incur higher costs and could cause the delay or termination of clinical trials, regulatory submissions, required approvals, or commercialization of our drug candidates. Furthermore, if our suppliers fail to meet contractual requirements and we are unable to secure one or more replacement suppliers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost, our clinical trials may be delayed or we could lose potential revenue.

 

-22-


Table of Contents

Any collaboration arrangement that we may enter into in the future may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our current and potential future drug candidates.

We may seek collaboration arrangements with biopharmaceutical companies for the development or commercialization of our current and potential future drug candidates. To the extent that we decide to enter into collaboration agreements, we will face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Moreover, collaboration arrangements are complex and time consuming to negotiate, execute and implement. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish and implement collaborations or other alternative arrangements should we choose to enter into such arrangements, and the terms of the arrangements may not be favorable to us. If and when we collaborate with a third party for development and commercialization of a drug candidate, we can expect to relinquish some or all of the control over the future success of that drug candidate to the third party. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborators generally have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations.

Disagreements between parties to a collaboration arrangement can lead to delays in developing or commercializing the applicable drug candidate and can be difficult to resolve in a mutually beneficial manner. In some cases, collaborations with biopharmaceutical companies and other third parties are terminated or allowed to expire by the other party. Any such termination or expiration would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to enter into agreements with third parties to sell and market our drug candidates, we may be unable to generate significant revenues.

We do not have a sales and marketing organization, and we have no experience as a company in the sales, marketing and distribution of pharmaceutical products. If any of our drug candidates are approved for commercialization, we may be required to develop our sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, or make arrangements with a third party to perform sales and marketing services. Developing a sales force for any resulting product or any product resulting from any of our other drug candidates is expensive and time consuming and could delay any product launch. We may be unable to establish and manage an effective sales force in a timely or cost-effective manner, if at all, and any sales force we do establish may not be capable of generating sufficient demand for our drug candidates. To the extent that we enter into arrangements with collaborators or other third parties to perform sales and marketing services, our product revenues are likely to be lower than if we marketed and sold our drug candidates independently. If we are unable to establish adequate sales and marketing capabilities, independently or with others, we may not be able to generate significant revenues and may not become profitable.

The commercial success of our drug candidates depends upon their market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and the medical community.

Even if our drug candidates obtain regulatory approval, our products, if any, may not gain market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and the medical community. The degree of market acceptance of any of our approved drug candidates will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

    the effectiveness of our approved drug candidates as compared to currently available products;

 

    patient willingness to adopt our approved drug candidates in place of current therapies;

 

    our ability to provide acceptable evidence of safety and efficacy;

 

    relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

    the prevalence and severity of any adverse side effects;

 

    restrictions on use in combination with other products;

 

-23-


Table of Contents
    availability of alternative treatments;

 

    pricing and cost-effectiveness assuming either competitive or potential premium pricing requirements, based on the profile of our drug candidates and target markets;

 

    effectiveness of our or our partners’ sales and marketing strategy;

 

    our ability to obtain sufficient third-party coverage or reimbursement; and

 

    potential product liability claims.

In addition, the potential market opportunity for our drug candidates is difficult to precisely estimate. Our estimates of the potential market opportunity for our drug candidates include several key assumptions based on our industry knowledge, industry publications, third-party research reports and other surveys. Independent sources have not verified all of our assumptions. If any of these assumptions proves to be inaccurate, then the actual market for our drug candidates could be smaller than our estimates of our potential market opportunity. If the actual market for our drug candidates is smaller than we expect, our product revenue may be limited, it may be harder than expected to raise funds and it may be more difficult for us to achieve or maintain profitability. If we fail to achieve market acceptance of our drug candidates in the U.S. and abroad, our revenue will be limited and it will be more difficult to achieve profitability.

If we fail to obtain and sustain an adequate level of reimbursement for our potential products by third-party payors, potential future sales would be materially adversely affected.

There will be no viable commercial market for our drug candidates, if approved, without reimbursement from third-party payors. Reimbursement policies may be affected by future healthcare reform measures. We cannot be certain that reimbursement will be available for our current drug candidates or any other drug candidate we may develop. Additionally, even if there is a viable commercial market, if the level of reimbursement is below our expectations, our anticipated revenue and gross margins will be adversely affected.

Third-party payors, such as government or private healthcare insurers, carefully review and increasingly question and challenge the coverage of and the prices charged for drugs. Reimbursement rates from private health insurance companies vary depending on the company, the insurance plan and other factors. Reimbursement rates may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. There is a current trend in the U.S. healthcare industry toward cost containment. Large public and private payors, managed care organizations, group purchasing organizations and similar organizations are exerting increasing influence on decisions regarding the use of, and reimbursement levels for, particular treatments. Such third-party payors, including Medicare, may question the coverage of, and challenge the prices charged for, medical products and services, and many third-party payors limit coverage of or reimbursement for newly approved healthcare products. In particular, third-party payors may limit the covered indications. Cost-control initiatives could decrease the price we might establish for products, which could result in product revenues being lower than anticipated. We believe our drugs will be priced significantly higher than existing generic drugs and consistent with current branded drugs. If we are unable to show a significant benefit relative to existing generic drugs, Medicare, Medicaid and private payors may not be willing to provide reimbursement for our drugs, which would significantly reduce the likelihood of our products gaining market acceptance.

We expect that private insurers will consider the efficacy, cost-effectiveness, safety and tolerability of our potential products in determining whether to approve reimbursement for such products and at what level. Obtaining these approvals can be a time consuming and expensive process. Our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected if we do not receive approval for reimbursement of our potential products from private insurers on a timely or satisfactory basis. Limitations on coverage could also be imposed at the local Medicare carrier level or by fiscal intermediaries. Medicare Part D, which provides a pharmacy benefit to Medicare patients as discussed below, does not require participating prescription drug plans

 

-24-


Table of Contents

to cover all drugs within a class of products. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if Part D prescription drug plans were to limit access to, or deny or limit reimbursement of, our drug candidates or other potential products.

Reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region, and reimbursement approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country basis. In many countries, the product cannot be commercially launched until reimbursement is approved. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. The negotiation process in some countries can exceed 12 months. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our products to other available therapies.

If the prices for our potential products are reduced or if governmental and other third-party payors do not provide adequate coverage and reimbursement of our drugs, our future revenue, cash flows and prospects for profitability will suffer.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost of commercializing our drug candidates and may affect the prices we may obtain if our drug candidates are approved for commercialization.

In the U.S. and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of adopted and proposed legislative and regulatory changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay regulatory approval of our drug candidates, restrict or regulate post-marketing activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any of our drug candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval.

In the U.S., the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, changed the way Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products. Cost reduction initiatives and other provisions of this legislation could decrease the coverage and reimbursement rate that we receive for any of our approved products. While the MMA only applies to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively the PPACA, intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against healthcare fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. The PPACA increased manufacturers’ rebate liability under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program by increasing the minimum rebate amount for both branded and generic drugs and revised the definition of “average manufacturer price,” or AMP, which may also increase the amount of Medicaid drug rebates manufacturers are required to pay to states. The legislation also expanded Medicaid drug rebates and created an alternative rebate formula for certain new formulations of certain existing products that is intended to increase the rebates due on those drugs. The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, which administers the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, also has proposed to expand Medicaid rebates to the utilization that occurs in the territories of the U.S., such as Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. Further, beginning in 2011, the PPACA imposed a significant annual fee on companies that manufacture or import branded prescription drug products and required manufacturers to provide a 50% discount off the negotiated price of prescriptions filled by beneficiaries in the Medicare Part D coverage gap, referred to as the “donut hole.” Although it is too early to determine the full effects of the PPACA, the law appears likely to continue the downward pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

Legislative and regulatory proposals have been introduced at both the state and federal level to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We are not sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our drug candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing approval testing and other requirements.

We are subject to “fraud and abuse” and similar laws and regulations, and a failure to comply with such regulations or prevail in any litigation related to noncompliance could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the U.S., we are subject to various federal and state healthcare “fraud and abuse” laws, including anti-kickback laws, false claims laws and other laws intended, among other things, to reduce fraud and abuse in federal and state healthcare programs. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer, or a party acting on its behalf, to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce the referral of business, including the purchase, order or prescription of a particular drug, or other good or service for which payment in whole or in part may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Although we seek to structure our business arrangements in compliance with all applicable requirements, these laws are broadly written, and it is often difficult to determine precisely how the law will be applied in specific circumstances. Accordingly, it is possible that our practices may be challenged under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute.

The federal False Claims Act prohibits anyone from, among other things, knowingly presenting or causing to be presented for payment to the government, including the federal healthcare programs, claims for reimbursed drugs or services that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services that were not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we are prohibited from knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services to obtain money or property of any healthcare benefit program. Violations of fraud and abuse laws may be punishable by criminal or civil sanctions, including penalties, fines or exclusion or suspension from federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and debarment from contracting with the U.S. government. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions on behalf of the government under the federal False Claims Act as well as under the false claims laws of several states.

Many states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any source, not just governmental payors. In addition, some states have passed laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the April 2003 Office of Inspector General Compliance Program Guidance for Pharmaceutical Manufacturers or the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America’s Code on Interactions with Healthcare Professionals. Several states also impose other marketing restrictions or require pharmaceutical companies to make marketing or price disclosures to the state. There are ambiguities as to what is required to comply with these state requirements and if we fail to comply with an applicable state law requirement we could be subject to penalties.

Neither the government nor the courts have provided definitive guidance on the application of fraud and abuse laws to our business. Law enforcement authorities are increasingly focused on enforcing these laws, and it is possible that some of our practices may be challenged under these laws. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. If we are found in violation of one of these laws, we could be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from governmental funded federal or state

 

-26-


Table of Contents

healthcare programs and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If this occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

If we face allegations of noncompliance with the law and encounter sanctions, our reputation, revenues and liquidity may suffer, and any of our drug candidates that are ultimately approved for commercialization could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market.

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response, and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to generate revenues from any of our drug candidates that are ultimately approved for commercialization. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withdrawn, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected. Additionally, if we are unable to generate revenues from product sales, our potential for achieving profitability will be diminished and our need to raise capital to fund our operations will increase.

If we fail to retain current members of our senior management and scientific personnel, or to attract and keep additional key personnel, we may be unable to successfully develop or commercialize our drug candidates.

Our success depends on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management and scientific personnel. We are highly dependent upon our senior management, particularly Brian Lian, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael Dinerman, our Chief Operating Officer. The loss of any of our key personnel could delay or prevent the development of our drug candidates. These personnel are “at-will” employees and may terminate their employment with us at any time; however, our current executive officers have agreed to provide us with at least 60 days’ advance notice of resignation pursuant to their employment agreements with us. The replacement of Dr. Lian or Dr. Dinerman likely would involve significant time and costs, and the loss of services of either individual may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. We do not maintain “key person” insurance on any of our employees.

From time to time, our management seeks the advice and guidance of certain scientific advisors and consultants regarding clinical and regulatory development programs and other customary matters. These scientific advisors and consultants are not our employees and may have commitments to, or consulting or advisory contracts with, other entities that may limit their availability to us. In addition, our scientific advisors may have arrangements with other companies to assist those companies in developing products or technologies that may compete with ours.

Competition for qualified personnel is intense, especially in the greater San Diego, California area where we have a substantial presence and need for highly skilled personnel. We may not be successful in attracting qualified personnel to fulfill our current or future needs. Competitors and others have in the past attempted, and are likely in the future to attempt, to recruit our employees. While our employees are required to sign standard agreements concerning confidentiality and ownership of inventions, we generally do not have employment contracts or non-competition agreements with any of our personnel. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, the inability to attract or retain highly qualified personnel in the future or delays in hiring such personnel, particularly senior management and other technical personnel, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We will need to increase the size of our organization and may not successfully manage our growth.

We currently have only four full-time employees, one consultant and one part-time employee, and our management systems currently in place are not likely to be adequate to support our future growth plans. Our ability to grow and to manage our growth effectively will require us to hire, train, retain, manage and motivate additional employees and to implement and improve our operational, financial and management systems. These

 

-27-


Table of Contents

demands also may require the hiring of additional senior management personnel or the development of additional expertise by our senior management personnel. Hiring a significant number of additional employees, particularly those at the management level, would increase our expenses significantly. Moreover, if we fail to expand and enhance our operational, financial and management systems in conjunction with our potential future growth, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our management’s relative lack of public company experience could put us at greater risk of incurring fines or regulatory actions for failure to comply with federal securities laws and could put us at a competitive disadvantage, and could require our management to devote additional time and resources to ensure compliance with applicable corporate governance requirements.

Some of our executive officers have limited experience in managing and operating a public company, which could have an adverse effect on their ability to quickly respond to problems or adequately address issues and matters applicable to public companies. Any failure to comply with federal securities laws, rules or regulations could subject us to fines or regulatory actions, which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, since some of our executive officers have minimal public company experience, we may have to dedicate additional time and resources to comply with legally mandated corporate governance policies relative to our competitors whose management teams have more public company experience.

We are exposed to product liability, non-clinical and clinical liability risks which could place a substantial financial burden upon us, should lawsuits be filed against us.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability and other liability risks that are inherent in the testing, manufacturing and marketing of pharmaceutical formulations and products. In addition, the use in our clinical trials of pharmaceutical products and the subsequent sale of these products by us or our potential collaborators may cause us to bear a portion of or all product liability risks. A successful liability claim or series of claims brought against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently carry product liability insurance with limits of $         million in the aggregate and $         million per occurrence. Our current product liability insurance coverage may not be sufficient to reimburse us for any expenses or losses we may suffer. Moreover, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive and in the future we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses due to liability. If and when we obtain marketing approval for our drug candidates, we intend to expand our insurance coverage to include the sale of commercial products. However, we may be unable to obtain product liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms or in adequate amounts. On occasion, large judgments have been awarded in class action lawsuits based on drugs that had unanticipated adverse effects. A successful product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could cause our stock price to decline and, if judgments exceed our insurance coverage, could adversely affect our results of operations and business.

Our research and development activities involve the use of hazardous materials, which subject us to regulation, related costs and delays and potential liabilities.

Our research and development activities involve the controlled use of hazardous materials, chemicals and various radioactive compounds, and we will need to develop additional safety procedures for the handling and disposing of hazardous materials. If an accident occurs, we could be held liable for resulting damages, which could be substantial. We are also subject to numerous environmental, health and workplace safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures, exposure to blood-borne pathogens and the handling of biohazardous materials. Additional federal, state and local laws and regulations affecting our operations may be adopted in the future. We may incur substantial costs to comply with, and substantial fines or penalties if we violate any of these laws or regulations.

 

-28-


Table of Contents

We rely significantly on information technology and any failure, inadequacy, interruption or security lapse of that technology, including any cybersecurity incidents, could harm our ability to operate our business effectively.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of third parties with which we contract are vulnerable to damage from cyber-attacks, computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. System failures, accidents or security breaches could cause interruptions in our operations, and could result in a material disruption of our drug development and clinical activities and business operations, in addition to possibly requiring substantial expenditures of resources to remedy. The loss of drug development or clinical trial data could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and our development programs and the development of our drug candidates could be delayed.

Our employees and consultants may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk of employee or consultant fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by our employees or consultants could include intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations, provide accurate information to the FDA, comply with manufacturing standards, comply with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Employee and consultant misconduct also could involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter such misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and result in the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions against us.

Business disruptions such as natural disasters could seriously harm our future revenues and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our corporate headquarters are located in greater San Diego, California, a region known for seismic activity. Our suppliers may also experience a disruption in their business as a result of natural disasters. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, flood or fire, occurring at our headquarters or facilities or where our suppliers are located, could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, terrorist acts or acts of war targeted at the U.S., and specifically the greater San Diego, California region, could cause damage or disruption to us, our employees, facilities, partners and suppliers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may engage in strategic transactions that could impact our liquidity, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.

From time to time, we may consider strategic transactions, such as acquisitions of companies, asset purchases and out-licensing or in-licensing of products, drug candidates or technologies. Additional potential transactions that we may consider include a variety of different business arrangements, including spin-offs, strategic

 

-29-


Table of Contents

partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures, business combinations and investments. Any such transaction may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, may increase our near- and long-term expenditures and may pose significant integration challenges or disrupt our management or business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, these transactions may entail numerous operational and financial risks, including:

 

    exposure to unknown liabilities;

 

    disruption of our business and diversion of our management’s time and attention in order to develop acquired products, drug candidates or technologies;

 

    incurrence of substantial debt or dilutive issuances of equity securities to pay for any of these transactions;

 

    higher-than-expected transaction and integration costs;

 

    write-downs of assets or goodwill or impairment charges;

 

    increased amortization expenses;

 

    difficulty and cost in combining the operations and personnel of any acquired businesses or product lines with our operations and personnel;

 

    impairment of relationships with key suppliers or customers of any acquired businesses or product lines due to changes in management and ownership; and

 

    inability to retain key employees of any acquired businesses.

Accordingly, although there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any transactions of the nature described above, any transactions that we do complete may be subject to the foregoing or other risks, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our employment agreements with each of our executive officers may require us to pay severance benefits to any of those persons who are terminated in connection with a change in control of our company, which could harm our financial condition or results.

All of our executive officers are parties to employment agreements that contain change in control and severance provisions providing for aggregate cash payments of up to approximately $             for severance and other benefits and acceleration of vesting of stock options with a value of approximately $             (as of March 31, 2014, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) in the event of a termination of employment in connection with a change in control of our company. The accelerated vesting of options could result in dilution to our existing stockholders and lower the market price of our common stock. The payment of these severance benefits could harm our financial condition and results. In addition, these potential severance payments may discourage or prevent third parties from seeking a business combination with us.

Risks Relating to Our Intellectual Property

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to our drug candidates through acquisitions and in-licenses.

We currently have intellectual property rights to develop our drug candidates through licenses from Ligand. As of March 31, 2014, we did not own any patents or have any patent applications pending. Because many of our programs require the use of proprietary rights held by Ligand, the growth of our business will likely depend in part on our ability to maintain and exploit these proprietary rights. In addition, we may need to acquire or in-license additional intellectual property in the future. We may be unable to acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes or other intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary for our drug candidates. We face competition with regard to acquiring and in-licensing third-party intellectual

 

-30-


Table of Contents

property rights, including from a number of more established companies. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license intellectual property rights to us. We also may be unable to acquire or in-license third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment.

We may enter into collaboration agreements with U.S. and foreign academic institutions to accelerate development of our current or future preclinical drug candidates. Typically, these agreements include an option for the company to negotiate a license to the institution’s intellectual property rights resulting from the collaboration. Even with such an option, we may be unable to negotiate a license within the specified timeframe or under terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to license rights from a collaborating institution, the institution may offer the intellectual property rights to other parties, potentially blocking our ability to pursue our desired program.

If we are unable to successfully obtain required third-party intellectual property rights or maintain our existing intellectual property rights, we may need to abandon development of the related program and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

If we fail to comply with our obligations in the agreements under which we in-license intellectual property and other rights from third parties or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our licensors, we could lose intellectual property rights that are important to our business.

The Master License Agreement is important to our business and we expect to enter into additional license agreements in the future. The Master License Agreement imposes, and we expect that future license agreements will impose, various diligence, milestone payment, royalty and other obligations on us. If we fail to comply with our obligations under these agreements, or if we file for bankruptcy, we may be required to make certain payments to the licensor, we may lose the exclusivity of our license, or the licensor may have the right to terminate the license, in which event we would not be able to develop or market products covered by the license. Additionally, the milestone and other payments associated with these licenses could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Pursuant to the terms of the Master License Agreement, Ligand may terminate the Master License Agreement under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to: (1) if, on or before April 30, 2015, we have neither (a) completed a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act on Form S-1 or any successor form, nor (b) received aggregate net proceeds of at least $20.0 million in one or more private financings of our equity securities, (2) in the event of our insolvency or bankruptcy, (3) if we do not pay an undisputed amount owing under the Master License Agreement when due and fail to cure such default within a specified period of time, or (4) if we default on certain of our material obligations and fail to cure the default within a specified period of time. If the Master License Agreement is terminated in its entirety or with respect to a specific licensed program for any reason, among other consequences, all licenses granted to us under the Master License Agreement (or with respect to the specific licensed program) will terminate and we may be requested to assign and transfer to Ligand certain regulatory documentation and regulatory approvals related to the licensed programs (or those related to the specific licensed program), and we may be required to wind down any ongoing clinical trials with respect to the licensed programs (or those related to the specific licensed program). Additionally, Ligand may require us to assign to Ligand the trademarks owned by us relating to the licensed programs (or those related to the specific licensed program), and we would be obligated to grant to Ligand a license under any patent rights and know-how controlled by us to the extent necessary to make, have made, import, use, offer to sell and sell the licensed programs (or those related to the specific licensed program) anywhere in the world at a royalty rate in the low single digits.

In some cases, patent prosecution of our licensed technology may be controlled solely by the licensor. If our licensors fail to obtain and maintain patent or other protection for the proprietary intellectual property we in-license from them, we could lose our rights to the intellectual property or our exclusivity with respect to those

 

-31-


Table of Contents

rights, and our competitors could market competing products using the intellectual property. In certain cases, we may control the prosecution of patents resulting from licensed technology. In the event we breach any of our obligations related to such prosecution, we may incur significant liability to our licensing partners. Licensing of intellectual property is of critical importance to our business and involves complex legal, business and scientific issues. Disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including, but not limited to:

 

    the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

    the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

    the sublicensing of patent and other rights;

 

    our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

    the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our collaborators; and

 

    the priority of invention of patented technology.

If disputes over intellectual property and other rights that we have in-licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected drug candidates.

We may be required to pay milestones and royalties to Ligand in connection with our use of the licensed technology under the Master License Agreement, which could adversely affect the overall profitability for us of any products that we may seek to commercialize.

Under the terms of the Master License Agreement, we may be obligated to pay Ligand up to an aggregate of approximately $1.54 billion in development, regulatory and sales milestones. We will also be required to pay Ligand single-digit royalties on future worldwide net product sales. These royalty payments could adversely affect the overall profitability for us of any products that we may seek to commercialize. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Business – Agreements with Ligand”.

We may not be able to protect our proprietary or licensed technology in the marketplace.

We depend on our ability to protect our proprietary or licensed technology. We rely on trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws, and confidentiality, licensing and other agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. Our success depends in large part on our ability, Ligand’s and any future licensor’s or licensee’s ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the U.S. and other countries with respect to our proprietary or licensed technology and products. We believe we will be able to obtain, through prosecution of patent applications covering technology licensed from others, adequate patent protection for our proprietary drug technology, including those related to our in-licensed intellectual property. If we are compelled to spend significant time and money protecting or enforcing our licensed patents and future patents we may own, designing around patents held by others or licensing or acquiring, potentially for large fees, patents or other proprietary rights held by others, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. If we are unable to effectively protect the intellectual property that we own or in-license, other companies may be able to offer the same or similar products for sale, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The patents of others from whom we may license technology, and any future patents we may own, may be challenged, narrowed, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing the same or similar products or limit the length of term of patent protection that we may have for our products.

The patent positions of pharmaceutical products are often complex and uncertain. The breadth of claims allowed in pharmaceutical patents in the U.S. and many jurisdictions outside of the U.S. is not consistent. For example, in many jurisdictions, the support standards for pharmaceutical patents are becoming increasingly strict. Some

 

-32-


Table of Contents

countries prohibit method of treatment claims in patents. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretations of patent laws in the U.S. and other countries may diminish the value of our licensed or owned intellectual property or create uncertainty. In addition, publication of information related to our current drug candidates and potential products may prevent us from obtaining or enforcing patents relating to these drug candidates and potential products, including without limitation composition-of-matter patents, which are generally believed to offer the strongest patent protection.

Our intellectual property includes licenses covering issued patents and pending patent applications for composition of matter and method of use. For VK0612, we in-license two patents in the U.S. and several other patents in certain foreign jurisdictions. For VK5211, we in-license four patents in the U.S. and several other patents in certain foreign jurisdictions. With respect to our other current drug candidates, we have a license covering several issued patents and pending patent applications both in the U.S. and in certain foreign jurisdictions. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Business – Intellectual Property” for further information about our licenses covering issued patents and patent applications.

Patents that we currently license and patents that we may own or license in the future do not necessarily ensure the protection of our licensed or owned intellectual property for a number of reasons, including without limitation the following:

 

    the patents may not be broad or strong enough to prevent competition from other products that are identical or similar to our drug candidates;

 

    there can be no assurance that the term of a patent can be extended under the provisions of patent term extension afforded by U.S. law or similar provisions in foreign countries, where available;

 

    the issued patents and patents that we may obtain or license in the future may not prevent generic entry into the U.S. market for our drug candidates;

 

    we do not at this time license or own a granted European patent or national phase patents in any European jurisdictions that would prevent generic entry into the European market for our primary drug candidate, VK0612;

 

    we, or third parties from who we in-license or may license patents, may be required to disclaim part of the term of one or more patents;

 

    there may be prior art of which we are not aware that may affect the validity or enforceability of a patent claim;

 

    there may be prior art of which we are aware, which we do not believe affects the validity or enforceability of a patent claim, but which, nonetheless, ultimately may be found to affect the validity or enforceability of a patent claim;

 

    there may be other patents issued to others that will affect our freedom to operate;

 

    if the patents are challenged, a court could determine that they are invalid or unenforceable;

 

    there might be a significant change in the law that governs patentability, validity and infringement of our licensed patents or any future patents we may own that adversely affects the scope of our patent rights;

 

    a court could determine that a competitor’s technology or product does not infringe our licensed patents or any future patents we may own; and

 

    the patents could irretrievably lapse due to failure to pay fees or otherwise comply with regulations or could be subject to compulsory licensing.

If we encounter delays in our development or clinical trials, the period of time during which we could market our potential products under patent protection would be reduced.

Our competitors may be able to circumvent our licensed patents or future patents we may own by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. Our competitors may seek to market

 

-33-


Table of Contents

generic versions of any approved products by submitting abbreviated new drug applications to the FDA in which our competitors claim that our licensed patents or any future patents we may own are invalid, unenforceable or not infringed. Alternatively, our competitors may seek approval to market their own products similar to or otherwise competitive with our products. In these circumstances, we may need to defend or assert our licensed patents or any future patents we may own, including by filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or other agency with jurisdiction may find our licensed patents or any future patents we may own invalid or unenforceable. We may also fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Even if we own or in-license valid and enforceable patents, these patents still may not provide protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, ownership, priority, validity or enforceability. In this regard, third parties may challenge our licensed patents or any future patents we may own in the courts or patent offices in the U.S. and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and potential products. In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new drug candidates, patents protecting such drug candidates might expire before or shortly after such drug candidates are commercialized.

We may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may prevent or delay our drug development efforts and prevent us from commercializing or increase the costs of commercializing our products.

Our commercial success depends significantly on our ability to operate without infringing the patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties. For example, there could be issued patents of which we are not aware that our current or potential future drug candidates infringe. There also could be patents that we believe we do not infringe, but that we may ultimately be found to infringe.

Moreover, patent applications are in some cases maintained in secrecy until patents are issued. The publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature frequently occurs substantially later than the date on which the underlying discoveries were made and patent applications were filed. Because patents can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending applications of which we are unaware that may later result in issued patents that our drug candidates or potential products infringe. For example, pending applications may exist that claim or can be amended to claim subject matter that our drug candidates or potential products infringe. Competitors may file continuing patent applications claiming priority to already issued patents in the form of continuation, divisional, or continuation-in-part applications, in order to maintain the pendency of a patent family and attempt to cover our drug candidates.

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization and may sue us for patent or other intellectual property infringement. These lawsuits are costly and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and divert the attention of managerial and scientific personnel. If we are sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our drug candidates, potential products or methods either do not infringe the claims of the relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid, and we may not be able to do this. Proving invalidity is difficult. For example, in the U.S., proving invalidity requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents. Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel could be diverted in pursuing these proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, we may not have sufficient resources to bring these actions to a successful conclusion. If a court holds that any third-party patents are valid, enforceable and cover our products or their use, the holders of any of these patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize our products unless we acquire or obtain a license under the applicable patents or until the patents expire.

 

-34-


Table of Contents

We may not be able to enter into licensing arrangements or make other arrangements at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms. Any inability to secure licenses or alternative technology could result in delays in the introduction of our products or lead to prohibition of the manufacture or sale of products by us. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, in any such proceeding or litigation, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our drug candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any claims by third parties that we have misappropriated their confidential information or trade secrets could have a similar material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations.

Any claims or lawsuits relating to infringement of intellectual property rights brought by or against us will be costly and time consuming and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be required to initiate litigation to enforce or defend our licensed and owned intellectual property. These lawsuits can be very time consuming and costly. There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biopharmaceutical industry generally. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating expenses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities.

In any infringement litigation, any award of monetary damages we receive may not be commercially valuable. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. Moreover, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient financial or other resources to file and pursue such infringement claims, which typically last for years before they are resolved. Further, any claims we assert against a perceived infringer could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we have infringed their patents. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

In addition, our licensed patents and patent applications, and patents and patent applications that we may own or license in the future, could face other challenges, such as interference proceedings, opposition proceedings, re-examination proceedings and other forms of post-grant review. Any of these challenges, if successful, could result in the invalidation of, or in a narrowing of the scope of, any of our licensed patents and patent applications and patents and patent applications that we may own or license in the future subject to challenge. Any of these challenges, regardless of their success, would likely be time consuming and expensive to defend and resolve and would divert our management and scientific personnel’s time and attention.

In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involves both

 

-35-


Table of Contents

technological and legal complexity and is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. For example, the U.S. has recently enacted and is currently implementing wide-ranging patent reform legislation. Specifically, on September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law and included a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These included changes in the way patent applications will be prosecuted, including a transition to a “first-to-file” system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention, and may also affect patent litigation. Under a “first-to-file” system, a third party that files a patent application with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, before us could be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we made the invention before it was made by the third party. The USPTO has developed new and untested regulations and procedures to govern the full implementation of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the “first-to-file” provisions, only became effective in March 2013. The Leahy-Smith Act has also introduced procedures that may make it easier for third parties to challenge issued patents, as well as to intervene in the prosecution of patent applications. Finally, the Leahy-Smith Act contains new statutory provisions that still require the USPTO to issue new regulations for their implementation, and it may take the courts years to interpret the provisions of the new statute. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on our business, the cost of prosecuting our licensed and future patent applications, our ability to obtain patents based on our licensed and future patent applications and our ability to enforce or defend our licensed or future issued patents. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our licensed and future patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our licensed and future patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we might obtain in the future.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on drug candidates throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. Competitors may use our licensed and owned technologies in jurisdictions where we have not licensed or obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we may obtain or license patent protection, but where patent enforcement is not as strong as that in the U.S. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued or licensed patents and any future patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our licensed patents and future patents we may own, or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the U.S. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our licensed and owned intellectual property both in the U.S. and abroad. For example, China, where we currently have 7 licensed patents and 3 licensed patent applications, currently affords less protection to a company’s intellectual property than some other jurisdictions. As such, the lack of strong patent and other intellectual property protection in China may significantly increase our vulnerability as regards unauthorized

 

-36-


Table of Contents

disclosure or use of our intellectual property and undermine our competitive position. Proceedings to enforce our future patent rights, if any, in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

Many countries, including European Union countries, India, Japan and China, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled under certain circumstances to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we currently have an aggregate of 14 licensed patents and 20 licensed patent applications and may have limited remedies if patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we own or license.

We may be unable to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

In order to protect our proprietary and licensed technology and processes, we rely in part on confidentiality agreements with our corporate partners, employees, consultants, manufacturers, outside scientific collaborators and sponsored researchers and other advisors. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information. Failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties.

We employ individuals who were previously employed at other biopharmaceutical companies. Although we have no knowledge of any such claims against us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed confidential information of our employees’ former employers or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. There is no guarantee of success in defending these claims, and even if we are successful, litigation could result in substantial cost and be a distraction to our management and other employees. To date, none of our employees have been subject to such claims.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our licensed patents, any future patents we may own and other intellectual property.

Although we are not currently experiencing any claims challenging the inventorship of our licensed patents or our licensed or owned intellectual property, we may in the future be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our licensed patents or other licensed or owned intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, we may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our drug candidates. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

If we do not obtain additional protection under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments and similar foreign legislation extending the terms of our licensed patents and any future patents we may own, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA regulatory approval for our drug candidates, one or more of our licensed U.S. patents or future U.S. patents that we may license or own may be eligible for limited

 

-37-


Table of Contents

patent term restoration under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during drug development and the FDA regulatory review process. This period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an investigational new drug application, or IND (falling after issuance of the patent), and the submission date of a NDA, plus the time between the submission date of a NDA and the approval of that application. Patent term restorations, however, cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval by the FDA.

The application for patent term extension is subject to approval by the USPTO, in conjunction with the FDA. It takes at least six months to obtain approval of the application for patent term extension. We may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we will have the right to exclusively market our product will be shortened and our competitors may obtain earlier approval of competing products, and our ability to generate revenues could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Relating to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile.

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. Our stock price could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, including the following:

 

    any delay in filing an NDA for any of our drug candidates and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the FDA’s review of that NDA;

 

    adverse results or delays in clinical trials, if any;

 

    significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

 

    inability to obtain additional funding;

 

    failure to successfully develop and commercialize our drug candidates;

 

    changes in laws or regulations applicable to our drug candidates;

 

    inability to obtain adequate product supply for our drug candidates, or the inability to do so at acceptable prices;

 

    unanticipated serious safety concerns related to any of our drug candidates;

 

    adverse regulatory decisions;

 

    introduction of new products or technologies by our competitors;

 

    failure to meet or exceed drug development or financial projections we provide to the public;

 

    failure to meet or exceed the estimates and projections of the investment community;

 

    the perception of the biopharmaceutical industry by the public, legislatures, regulators and the investment community;

 

    announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors;

 

    disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our licensed and owned technologies;

 

    additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

-38-


Table of Contents
    changes in the market valuations of similar companies;

 

    general economic and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the U.S. equity market;

 

    sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future; and

 

    trading volume of our common stock.

In addition, the stock market, in general, and small biopharmaceutical companies, in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. Further, a decline in the financial markets and related factors beyond our control may cause our stock price to decline rapidly and unexpectedly.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, you may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at an acceptable price. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. If no active trading market for our common stock develops or is sustained following this offering, you may be unable to sell your shares when you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider attractive or satisfactory. The lack of an active market may also adversely affect our ability to raise capital by selling securities in the future, or impair our ability to acquire or in-license other drug candidates, businesses or technologies using our shares as consideration.

Our management owns a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

As of March 31, 2014, our executive officers, directors, 5% or greater stockholders and their affiliates and family members beneficially own 100% of our common stock. Based on the number of shares to be sold in this offering as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors, 5% or greater stockholders and their affiliates and family members will beneficially own approximately         % of our outstanding common stock. Therefore, even after this offering these stockholders will have the ability to influence us through this ownership position.

This significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. As a result, these stockholders, if they acted together, could significantly influence all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. The interests of these stockholders may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of other stockholders. This may also prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders, including seeking a premium value for their common stock, and might affect the prevailing market price for our common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, Ligand will be our largest stockholder, which may limit the ability of our stockholders to influence corporate matters and may give rise to conflicts of interest.

Based on             shares of common stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering (excluding shares issued in this offering) and an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of

 

-39-


Table of Contents

the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the estimated             shares to be issued to Ligand upon the consummation of this offering pursuant to the Master License Agreement, Ligand will beneficially own approximately         % of our outstanding common stock. In addition to the above ownership, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, Ligand may elect to convert the amounts outstanding under the Note upon the consummation of this offering and receive an additional             shares of our common stock upon conversion of the Note. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Stockholders”. Accordingly, Ligand will exert significant influence over us and any action requiring the approval of the holders of our common stock, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. This concentration of voting power may make it less likely that any other holder of our common stock or our board of directors will be able to affect the way we are managed and could delay or prevent an acquisition of us on terms that other stockholders may desire.

Furthermore, the interests of Ligand may not be aligned with our other stockholders and this could lead to actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders. For example, Ligand may have different tax positions or strategic plans for us, which could influence its decisions regarding whether and when we should dispose of assets or incur new or refinance existing indebtedness. In addition, Ligand’s significant ownership in us may discourage someone from making a significant equity investment in us, or could discourage transactions involving a change in control, including transactions in which our stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over the then-current market price.

Pursuant to the management rights letter between us and Ligand, dated May 21, 2014, Ligand has the right to nominate one individual for election to our board of directors. Matthew W. Foehr, Ligand’s Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, is the current member of our board of directors nominated by Ligand. As a result of our relationship with Ligand, there may be transactions between us and Ligand that could present an actual or perceived conflict of interest. These conflicts of interest may lead Mr. Foehr to recuse himself from actions of our board of directors with respect to any transactions involving Ligand or its affiliates.

In addition, if Ligand obtains a majority of our common stock, Ligand would be able to control a number of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, Ligand would be able to control the election of directors, and may be able to control amendments to our organizational documents and approvals of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or other business combination or reorganization. In addition, if Ligand obtains a majority of our common stock, we would be deemed a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules and listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Under the rules and listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain rules and listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC regarding corporate governance, including: (1) the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that the compensation of our officers be determined or recommended to our board of directors by a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors, and (3) the requirement that director nominees be selected or recommended to our board of directors by a majority of independent directors or a nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we decide to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock could be less attractive to investors.

For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, we will have the option to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and other requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of

 

-40-


Table of Contents

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these and other exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company”.

The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we have chosen to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to “opt out” of the extended transition period is irrevocable.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion or more, (2) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt, and (4) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act ( i.e. , the first day of the fiscal year after we have (a) more than $700.0 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates, measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter, and (b) been public for at least 12 months).

Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements including exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Our internal control over financial reporting does not currently meet the standards required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and we have previously identified a material weakness, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, could have a material adverse effect on our business and share price.

As a privately held company, we were not required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404. We anticipate being required to meet these standards in the course of preparing our financial statements as of and for the year ending December 31, 2015, and our management will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for such year. Additionally, under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation.

In connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies or material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements and receiving a favorable attestation in connection with the attestation provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. Failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could limit our ability to report our financial results accurately and in a timely manner.

In the course of auditing our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over

 

-41-


Table of Contents

financial reporting relating to our failure to perform periodic reconciliations on various accounts. The material weakness resulted in adjusting entries to our financial statements and delays in producing such financial information to our independent registered public accounting firm. We plan to remediate this material weakness primarily by adding personnel to our accounting staff and implementing reconciliation policies and procedures, including effective review and oversight, to ensure the timely delivery and accuracy of financial information and minimize the risk of misstatement or misappropriation. These planned actions are subject to ongoing management review and the oversight of the audit committee of our board of directors. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting or to avoid potential future material weaknesses.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, our management has limited experience managing a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company and particularly after we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC have imposed various requirements on public companies. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact (in ways we cannot currently anticipate) the manner in which we operate our business. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain our current levels of such insurance coverage.

As a publicly traded company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses estimated to initially range from $750,000 to $1.5 million per year, associated with the SEC reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, as well as corporate governance requirements, including those under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act and other rules implemented by the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. However, it is possible that our initial actual costs will be higher than we currently estimate. In addition, we expect that we will need to hire additional personnel in our finance department following this offering. The expenses incurred by public companies generally to meet SEC reporting, finance and accounting and corporate governance requirements have been increasing in recent years as a result of changes in rules and regulations and the adoption of new rules and regulations applicable to public companies.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma as adjusted book value (deficit) per share of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $         per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2014. For more information on the dilution you may suffer as a result of investing in this offering, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Dilution”.

 

-42-


Table of Contents

This dilution is due to the substantially lower price paid by our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering as compared to the price offered to the public in this offering. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our common stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecast of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock.

All of our existing stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering that restrict the stockholders’ ability to transfer shares of our common stock for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The lock-up agreements limit the number of shares of common stock that may be sold immediately following the public offering. Subject to certain limitations, including sales volume limitations with respect to shares held by our affiliates, substantially all of our outstanding shares prior to this offering will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up period, as calculated and described in more detail in the section of this prospectus entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale”. In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options vested as of the expiration of the lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of stock by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Certain holders of our securities are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders, or the perception that these sales may occur, could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We are at risk of securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because biopharmaceutical companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

-43-


Table of Contents

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to fund clinical trials and the research and development of our drug candidates and for other working capital and general corporate purposes, as further described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds”. We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds in the category of other working capital and general corporate purposes and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds of this offering.

The amount and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the results of our research and development efforts, the timing and success of preclinical studies, our ongoing clinical trials or clinical trials we may commence in the future and the timing of regulatory submissions. The costs and timing of development activities, particularly conducting clinical trials and preclinical studies, are highly uncertain, subject to substantial risks and can often change. Depending on the outcome of these activities and other unforeseen events, our plans and priorities may change and we may apply the net proceeds of this offering in different proportions than we currently anticipate.

The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities or certificates of deposit. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to certain limitations.

At December 31, 2013, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $158,000 for both federal and state tax purposes, which begin to expire in 2032. Our ability to utilize our federal net operating loss carryforwards may be limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Specifically, this limitation may arise in the event of an “ownership change,” which is defined by Section 382 of the Code as a cumulative change in ownership of our company of more than 50% within a three-year period. We do not believe that we have experienced an ownership change at any time in the past. However, if a taxing authority disagrees with us, or if we undergo one or more ownership changes in connection with this offering or future transactions in our stock, our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards to offset federal taxable income, if any, could be limited by Section 382, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us.

We may never pay dividends on our common stock so any returns would be limited to the appreciation of our stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire us or change our board of directors or current management.

Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management. These provisions include:

 

    authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval;

 

-44-


Table of Contents
    limiting the removal of directors by the stockholders;

 

    creating a classified board of directors;

 

    providing that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors;

 

    allowing the authorized number of our directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

    prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

    requiring the approval of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast to amend or repeal specified provisions of our charter documents;

 

    eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders; and

 

    establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless such transactions are approved in advance by our board of directors or ratified by our board of directors and certain of our stockholders. This provision could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control, whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders. Further, other provisions of Delaware law may also discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring us or merging with us. For more information regarding these provisions, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Capital Stock – Anti-Takeover Provisions”.

Our amended and restated bylaws designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us or our directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of our amended and restated bylaws, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or the DGCL, (4) any action asserting a claim against us or our directors, officers or employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, or (5) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated bylaws or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this provision of our amended and restated bylaws. This choice-of-forum provision may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our amended and restated bylaws inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

-45-


Table of Contents

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    risks and uncertainties associated with our research and development activities, including our clinical trials and preclinical studies;

 

    the timing or likelihood of regulatory filing and approvals or of alternative regulatory pathways for our drug candidates;

 

    the potential market opportunities for commercializing our drug candidates;

 

    our expectations regarding the potential market size and the size of the patient populations for our drug candidates, if approved for commercial use, and our ability to serve such markets;

 

    estimates of our expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

 

    our ability to develop, acquire, and advance drug candidates into, and successfully complete, clinical trials and preclinical studies;

 

    the implementation of our business model and strategic plans for our business and drug candidates;

 

    the initiation, cost, timing, progress and results of future preclinical studies and clinical trials, and our research and development programs;

 

    the terms of future licensing arrangements, and whether we can enter into such arrangements at all;

 

    timing and receipt or payments of licensing and milestone revenues, if any;

 

    the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our drug candidates and our ability to operate our business without infringing the intellectual property rights of others;

 

    regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

    the performance of our third party suppliers and manufacturers;

 

    our ability to maintain and establish collaborations or obtain additional funding;

 

    the success of competing therapies that are currently or may become available;

 

    our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

    our use of proceeds from this offering;

 

    our ability to continue as a going concern;

 

    our financial performance; and

 

    developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industry.

We caution you that the forward-looking statements highlighted above do not encompass all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and challenging environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, other strategic transactions or investments we may make.

 

-47-


Table of Contents

Industry and Market Data

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates, forecasts, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for certain diseases, including data regarding the estimated size of those markets and the incidence and prevalence of certain medical conditions. Information that is based on statistical data, estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances reflected in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other data from reports, research surveys, medical and general publications, government data, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties. These third parties may, in the future, alter the manner in which they conduct surveys and studies regarding the markets in which we operate our business. The market and other estimates included in this prospectus, as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

-48-


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $             million (or $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $             million.

We are undertaking this offering in order to access the public capital markets and to increase our liquidity. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

    approximately $             to fund the continued clinical development of our lead drug candidate, VK0612, including a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter Phase 2b clinical trial to evaluate various doses of VK0612, as well as a Phase 1 drug-drug interaction clinical trial and a Phase 1 clinical trial to evaluate the effect of renal impairment on VK0612 pharmacokinetics and lactate clearance;

 

    approximately $             to fund the continued clinical development of VK5211, including a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter Phase 2 proof-of-concept clinical trial in patients with cancer cachexia;

 

    approximately $             to fund the continued development of our three preclinical drug candidates, including VK0214, a novel liver-selective thyroid hormone receptor beta agonist for lipid disorders such as dyslipidemia and NASH; and

 

    the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

Although it is difficult to predict our liquidity requirements, based upon our current operating plan, and assuming successful completion of this offering and the receipt of the full $2.5 million loan from Ligand pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, we believe we will have sufficient cash to meet our projected operating requirements for at least the next 12 months, and to reach the following milestones, based on their estimated timelines, with respect to our current drug programs: complete the planned clinical trials for VK0612 and VK5211; file an IND for VK0214; establish proof-of-concept in a relevant animal model of anemia for the EPOR program, and complete the lead-optimization process for the DGAT-1 inhibitor program, in preparation for a potential IND filing. Therefore, even with the expected net proceeds from this offering and the receipt of the full $2.5 million loan from Ligand pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, we do not expect to have sufficient cash to complete the clinical development of any of our drug candidates or, if applicable, to prepare for commercializing any drug candidate that is approved.

Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with complete certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the actual amounts that we will spend on the uses set forth above. The costs and timing of development activities, particularly conducting clinical trials and preclinical studies are highly uncertain, subject to substantial risks and can often change. Due to the many variables inherent to the development of our drug candidates, we cannot currently predict the stage of development we expect the net proceeds of this offering to achieve for our clinical trials, preclinical studies and drug candidates.

 

-49-


Table of Contents

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds in the category of other working capital and general corporate purposes. For example, if we identify opportunities that we believe are in the best interests of our stockholders, we may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to acquire, invest in or license complementary products, technologies or businesses, although we have no current understandings, agreements or commitments to do so. In addition, the amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the results of our research and development efforts, the timing and success of preclinical studies, our ongoing clinical trials or clinical trials we may commence in the future and the timing of regulatory submissions. Depending on the outcome of these activities and other unforeseen events, our plans and priorities may change and we may apply the net proceeds of this offering toward different uses and in different proportions than we currently anticipate.

Pending use of the proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities or certificates of deposit.

 

-50-


Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors or any authorized committee thereof after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors or such committee deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in our current or future financing instruments.

 

-51-


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of March 31, 2014:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the conversion of our outstanding convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $310,350 and accrued interest of approximately $9,083 into an aggregate of              shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, (2) the issuance of an aggregate of              shares of our common stock to Ligand pursuant to the Master License Agreement and the Note upon the consummation of this offering, based on              shares of common stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering (excluding shares issued in this offering) and an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (3) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The information in this table should be read in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     March 31, 2014  
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)(2)
     Pro Forma as
Adjusted(1)(2)
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)  

Cash

   $ 78,849      $                    $                
  

 

 

      

Convertible notes payable, current

     47,930        

Convertible notes payable, non-current

     237,194        

Debt conversion feature liability

     81,904        

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

       

Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 6,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     60        

Additional paid-in capital

     10,010        

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (486,215     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (478,643     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ (111,615   $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only and following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

(2)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of the pro forma as adjusted cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An

 

-52-


Table of Contents
  increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease each of the pro forma as adjusted cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table set forth above is based on 6,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014. The table does not reflect              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

 

-53-


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the net tangible book value per share after this offering.

As of March 31, 2014, we had net tangible book value (deficit) of approximately $(478,643), or $(0.08) per share. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding.

Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2014 was $            , or $             per share of our common stock, after giving effect to (1) the conversion of our outstanding convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $310,350 and accrued interest of approximately $9,083 into an aggregate of              shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (2) the issuance of an aggregate of             shares of our common stock to Ligand pursuant to the Master License Agreement and conversion of the Note upon the consummation of this offering, based on             shares of common stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering (excluding shares issued in this offering) and an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

After giving further effect to the sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2014 would have been approximately $             million, or approximately $             per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) of approximately $             per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

       $                

Net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2014

     $ (0.08 )     

Increase per share attributable to the conversion of our convertible notes and issuance of shares pursuant to the Master License Agreement

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014

    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

       $     
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the dilution per common share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering by $             per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease the dilution per common share to new investors by $             per share, assuming an initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

-54-


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2014, the total number of shares of common stock owned by existing stockholders, and to be owned by new investors, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table below shows, new investors participating in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 

    Shares Purchased     Total
Consideration
    Average Price
Per Share
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent    

Existing stockholders

    6,000,000        %      $ 60,000        %      $ 0.01   

New investors

      %          %     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

      100%          100%     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by all stockholders by $            , $             and $             per share, respectively, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by all stockholders by $            , $             and $             per share, respectively, assuming an initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase              additional shares of our common stock in this offering in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to             , or     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to             , or     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering.

The tables and calculations above exclude              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

Furthermore, we will issue stock options and stock awards in connection with and following this offering and we may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. New investors will experience further dilution when new options are issued and exercised and stock awards are issued under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock or convertible debt or equity securities in the future.

 

-55-


Table of Contents

Selected Financial Data

The following selected statement of operations data and comprehensive loss data for each of the periods from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2013 and the cumulative period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2013, and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013, have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected statement of operations data and comprehensive loss data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, the cumulative period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through March 31, 2014, and the selected balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014, are derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for a fair statement of the information for the interim periods.

The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. You should read the selected financial and operating data for the periods presented in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Period from
September 24,

2012
(Inception)

through
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2013
    Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2013
    Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2014
    Cumulative
Period from
September 24,
2012
(Inception)

through
March 31, 2014
 
                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Statement of Operations

         

Revenues

  $      $      $      $      $   

Operating expenses

         

Research and development

    68,871        11,613        575        50,000        130,484   

General and administrative

    40,770        89,463        2,615        159,737        289,970   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    109,641        101,076        3,190        209,737        420,454   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (109,641     (101,076     (3,190     (209,737     (420,454

Other expenses

         

Loss from change in fair value of debt conversion feature

           20,622        37        10,249        30,871   

Interest expense

    1,386        24,549        1,356        8,955        34,890   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses

    1,386        45,171        1,393        19,204        65,761   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (111,027   $ (146,247   $ (4,583   $ (228,941   $ (486,215
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (0.07   $ (0.07   $ (0.00   $ (0.07   $ (0.24
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

    1,482,625        2,043,295        1,794,444        3,191,666        2,026,311   

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited)

    $          $       

Weighted-average pro forma shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

         
         

 

-56-


Table of Contents
     December 31,     March 31,
2014
 
     2012     2013    
                 (Unaudited)  

Balance Sheet Data

      

Cash

   $      $ 179,619      $ 78,849   

Working capital (deficit)

     (54,379     52,128        (349,912

Total assets

            180,394        276,716   

Convertible notes payable, current

            46,894        47,930   

Convertible notes payable, non-current

     42,750        231,851        237,194   

Debt conversion feature liability

     8,286        71,655        81,904   

Accumulated deficit

     (111,027     (257,274     (486,215

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (105,415     (250,604     (478,643

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section of this prospectus entitled “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors. We discuss factors that we believe could cause or contribute to these differences below and elsewhere in this prospectus, including those set forth in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development of novel, first-in-class or best-in-class therapies for metabolic and endocrine disorders. We have exclusive worldwide rights to a portfolio of five drug candidates in clinical trials or preclinical studies, which are based on small molecules licensed from Ligand. Our lead clinical program is VK0612, a first-in-class, orally available drug candidate entering a Phase 2b clinical trial for type 2 diabetes, one of the largest global healthcare challenges today. Preliminary clinical data suggest VK0612 has the potential to provide substantial glucose-lowering effects, with an attractive safety and convenience profile compared with existing type 2 diabetes therapies. Our second clinical program is VK5211, an orally available drug candidate entering a Phase 2 clinical trial for the treatment of cancer cachexia, a complex disease characterized by an uncontrolled decline in muscle mass. VK5211 is a non-steroidal selective androgen receptor modulator, or SARM. A SARM is designed to selectively interact with a subset of receptors that have a normal physiologic role of interacting with naturally-occurring hormones called androgens. Broad activation of androgen receptors with drugs, such as exogenous testosterone, can stimulate muscle growth but often results in unwanted side effects, such as prostate growth, hair growth and acne. VK5211 is expected to selectively produce the therapeutic benefits of testosterone in muscle tissue, with improved safety, tolerability and patient acceptance. We expect to commence Phase 2 clinical trials for both VK0612 and VK5211 in early 2015 and to complete the clinical trials in 2016. We are also developing three preclinical programs targeting metabolic diseases and anemia. Our most advanced preclinical program is VK0214, a novel liver-selective thyroid hormone receptor beta, or TRß, agonist for lipid disorders such as dyslipidemia and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, or NASH. We expect to file an investigational new drug application, or IND, and commence clinical trials for this program in 2015.

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on September 24, 2012. Since our incorporation, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to raising capital, building infrastructure and obtaining the worldwide rights to certain technology, including VK0612 and VK5211, pursuant to an exclusive license agreement with Ligand. The terms of this license agreement are detailed in the Master License Agreement, which we entered into on May 21, 2014. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Business – Agreements with Ligand”.

To date, we have not generated any revenues and have financed our operations primarily with net proceeds from private placements of our convertible promissory notes. Although it is difficult to predict our liquidity requirements, based upon our current operating plan, and assuming successful completion of this offering and the receipt of the full $2.5 million loan from Ligand pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, we believe we will have sufficient cash to meet our projected operating requirements for at least the next 12 months.

Our net loss was $146,247 and $228,941 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively. As of March 31, 2014, we had a deficit accumulated during the development stage of $486,215. These losses have resulted principally from costs incurred in connection with license option fees, consulting fees and general and administrative expenses, including planning for the continued clinical development of VK0612 and VK5211. We anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future as we continue the development of our clinical drug candidates and preclinical programs and incur additional costs associated with being a public company.

 

-58-


Table of Contents

Financial Operations Overview

Revenues

To date, we have not generated any revenue. We do not expect to receive any revenue from any drug candidates that we develop unless and until we obtain regulatory approval for, and commercialize, such drug candidates or enter into collaborative agreements with third parties.

Research and Development Expenses

We have had limited operating expenses related to research and development activities. From our inception in September 2012 through March 31, 2014, we have incurred $130,484 in research and development expenses, which have been primarily related to obtaining the option to license compounds and related intellectual property rights from Ligand, and our subsequent extension of the option term. We obtained the license to these and other intellectual property rights from Ligand in May 2014, and we expect that our ongoing research and development expenses will consist of costs incurred for the development of our drug candidates, which include:

 

    expenses incurred under agreements with investigative sites and contract research organizations, or CROs, which will conduct a substantial portion of our research and development activities on our behalf;

 

    employee and consultant-related expenses, which will include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, and certain consultant fees and travel expenses;

 

    payments to third-party manufacturers, which will produce our active pharmaceutical ingredients and finished products;

 

    license fees paid to third parties for use of their intellectual property; and

 

    facilities, depreciation and other allocated expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and equipment, depreciation of leasehold improvements and equipment and laboratory and other supplies.

We expense all research and development costs as incurred.

The process of conducting the necessary clinical research to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time consuming and the successful development of our drug candidates is highly uncertain. Our future research and development expenses will depend on the clinical success of each of our drug candidates, as well as ongoing assessments of the commercial potential of such drug candidates. In addition, we cannot forecast with any degree of certainty which drug candidates may be subject to future collaborations, when such arrangements will be secured, if at all, and to what degree such arrangements would affect our development plans and capital requirements. We expect to incur increased research and development expenses as we commence our Phase 2 clinical trials for VK0612 and VK5211 and seek to advance our preclinical programs.

General and Administrative Expenses

To date, general and administrative expenses have consisted primarily of fees paid to certain consultants to help commence and continue our operations. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future in order to support our research and development activities, including increased salaries and other related costs, stock-based compensation and consulting fees for executive, finance, accounting and business development functions. Other significant costs are expected to include legal fees relating to patent and corporate matters, facility costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses, and fees for accounting and other consulting services. We also expect general and administrative expenses to increase as we begin operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and those of any national securities exchange on which our securities are traded, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administration and professional services.

 

-59-


Table of Contents

Other Expenses

Other expenses include the change in fair value of the debt conversion feature contained in our outstanding convertible promissory notes issued from September 2012 through June 2013, or the Convertible Notes, which accounts for non-cash interest expense associated with the increase in fair value of the debt conversion feature of the Convertible Notes, and interest expense, which consists primarily of interest accrued on the Convertible Notes, and non-cash interest related to the amortization of debt discount costs associated with the Convertible Notes.

JOBS Act

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act, and we will utilize certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For example, as an emerging growth company, we will not be required to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected to “opt out” of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act. As a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods.

Since our incorporation, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to raising capital, building infrastructure and obtaining the worldwide rights to certain technology from Ligand. To date, we have not generated any revenues and have financed our operations primarily with net proceeds from private placements of the Convertible Notes. Our estimates are based on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which will form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies will be critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates in the preparation of our financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We have not recorded any revenues since our inception. However, in the future we may enter into collaborative research and licensing agreements, under which we could be eligible for payments made in the form of upfront license fees, research funding, cost reimbursement, contingent event-based payments and royalties.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

Revenue from upfront, nonrefundable license fees is recognized over the period that any related services are to be provided by us. Amounts received for research funding are recognized as revenue as the research services that are the subject of such funding are performed. Revenue derived from reimbursement of research and development costs in transactions where we act as a principal are recorded as revenue for the gross amount of the reimbursement, and the costs associated with these reimbursements are reflected as a component of research and development expense in our statements of operations.

Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 605-28, Revenue Recognition – Milestone Method , or ASC 605-28, established the milestone method as an acceptable method of revenue recognition for certain contingent event-based payments under research and development arrangements. Under the milestone method, a payment that is contingent upon the achievement of a substantive milestone is recognized in its entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved. A milestone is an event (1) that can be achieved based in whole or in part on either our performance or on the occurrence of a specific outcome resulting from our performance, (2) for which there is substantive uncertainty at the date the arrangement is entered into that the event will be achieved, and (3) that would result in additional payments being due to us. The determination that a milestone is substantive is judgmental and is made at the inception of the arrangement. Milestones are considered substantive when the consideration earned from the achievement of the milestone (a) is commensurate with either our performance to achieve the milestone or the enhancement of value of the item delivered as a result of a specific outcome resulting from our performance to achieve the milestone, (b) relates solely to past performance, and (c) is reasonable relative to all deliverables and payment terms in the arrangement.

Other contingent event-based payments received for which payment is either contingent solely upon the passage of time or the results of a collaborative partner’s performance are not considered milestones under ASC 605-28. In accordance with ASC Topic 605-25, Revenue Recognition – Multiple-Element Arrangements , or ASC 605-25, such payments will be recognized as revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenues recognized for royalty payments, if any, are based upon actual net sales of the licensed compounds, as provided by the collaboration arrangement, in the period the sales occur. Any amounts received prior to satisfying our revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue on our balance sheets.

Research and Development

Our historical research and development expenses have primarily related to obtaining the option to license compounds and related intellectual property rights from Ligand. We expect to begin certain clinical and preclinical efforts following acquisition of the rights from Ligand. All costs of research and development are expensed in the period incurred. Research and development costs primarily consist of fees paid to CROs and clinical trial sites, employee and consultant related expenses, which include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for research and development personnel; external research and development expenses incurred pursuant to agreements with third-party manufacturing organizations; license fees paid to third parties for use of their intellectual property; facilities costs; travel costs; dues and subscriptions; depreciation and materials used in preclinical studies, clinical trials and research and development.

We estimate our preclinical study and clinical trial expenses based on the services we received pursuant to contracts with research institutions and CROs that conduct and manage preclinical studies and clinical trials on our behalf. Clinical trial-related contracts vary significantly in length, and may be for a fixed amount, based on milestones or deliverables, a variable amount based on actual costs incurred, capped at a certain limit, or for a combination of these elements. We accrue service fees based on work performed, which relies on estimates of total costs incurred based on milestones achieved, patient enrollment and other events. The majority of our service providers invoice us in arrears, and to the extent that amounts invoiced differ from our estimates of

 

-61-


Table of Contents

expenses incurred, we accrue for additional costs. The financial terms of these agreements vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven expenses and payment flows. Preclinical study and clinical trial expenses include:

 

    fees paid to CROs, laboratories and consultants in connection with preclinical studies;

 

    fees paid to CROs, clinical trial sites, investigators and consultants in connection with clinical trials; and

 

    fees paid to contract manufacturers and service providers in connection with the production, testing and packaging of active pharmaceutical ingredients and drug materials for preclinical studies and clinical trials.

Payments under some of these agreements depend on factors such as the milestones accomplished, including enrollment of certain numbers of patients, site initiation and the completion of clinical trial milestones. To date, we have not experienced any events requiring us to make material adjustments to our accruals for service fees. If we do not identify costs that we have begun to incur or if we underestimate or overestimate the level of services performed or the costs of these services, our actual expenses could differ from our estimates which could materially affect our results of operations. Adjustments to our accruals are recorded as changes in estimates become evident. Furthermore, based on amounts invoiced to us by our service providers, we may also record payments made to those providers as prepaid expenses that will be recognized as expense in future periods as services are rendered.

Convertible Notes Payable and Related Debt Conversion Feature Liability

In September 2012, our board of directors authorized us to issue and sell up to an aggregate of $1.0 million in Convertible Notes to one or more accredited investors in multiple closings through September 2014. We issued Convertible Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $310,350 from our inception in September 2012 through March 31, 2014. The Convertible Notes bear interest at a rate equal to the lesser of the short-term monthly applicable federal rate as published by the Internal Revenue Service or the maximum rate permissible by law. Interest is due and payable at maturity. The cumulative accrued interest payable on the Convertible Notes as of March 31, 2014 was $9,083. Unless repaid in full or converted into shares of our capital stock in full, each Convertible Note matures two years from the date of its purchase. In the event that any principal amount due under the Convertible Notes is not paid in full by the maturity date, such unpaid principal amount will bear interest at the lesser of 2% or the maximum rate permissible by law.

Pursuant to the terms of the Convertible Notes, if, prior to maturity of the Convertible Notes, we issue capital stock resulting in net proceeds of at least $5.0 million, or a Qualifying Financing, the Convertible Notes will convert automatically into shares of the capital stock issued in the Qualifying Financing. The number of shares issued upon conversion will be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the then-outstanding loan balance by either 70% or 75%, as applicable, of the lowest purchase price per share paid by another investor in the Qualifying Financing. If, prior to the maturity of the Convertible Notes, we issue preferred stock in a financing that does not qualify as a Qualifying Financing, or a Non-Qualifying Financing, the holders of the Convertible Notes will have the option of converting their Convertible Notes into shares of the preferred stock issued in the Non-Qualifying Financing on the same terms as the investors in the Non-Qualifying Financing. In the event we undergo a change in control, as defined in the Convertible Notes, prior to the maturity date and repayment of the Convertible Notes, the holders of the Convertible Notes will have the option to either convert the loan balance into shares of our common stock or demand immediate repayment of an amount equal to 125% of the then-outstanding loan balance.

The debt conversion feature embedded in the Convertible Notes qualifies for liability accounting under FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 – Derivatives and Hedging . The fair value of the debt conversion feature of each Convertible Note is determined at issuance of the Convertible Note. The fair value of the debt conversion feature is then allocated from the gross proceeds of the Convertible Notes with the respective discount amortized to interest expense over the original term of the Convertible Notes using the effective interest method. The valuation of the bifurcated debt conversion feature is performed using Level 3 fair value inputs,

 

-62-


Table of Contents

requiring us to make assumptions about the probability of the occurrence of a Qualifying Financing and the Convertible Notes being converted and the terms of such conversion. Alternative probabilities may result in increases or decreases in the value of the debt conversion feature of the Convertible Notes.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation by measuring and recognizing compensation expense for all stock-based payments made to employees, consultants and directors based on estimated grant date fair values. From our inception on September 24, 2012 through March 31, 2014, we issued the following stock awards and did not grant any stock options or other equity awards:

 

    on September 26, 2012, we issued an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of stock at a deemed fair value of $0.01 per share;

 

    on April 15, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 500,000 shares of stock at a purchase price of $0.01 per share;

 

    on July 15, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 200,000 shares of stock at a purchase price of $0.01 per share; and

 

    on February 20, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of stock at a deemed fair value of $0.01 per share, or the 2014 Award.

We use the straight-line method to allocate compensation cost to reporting periods over each restricted common stockholder’s requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.

Common Stock Fair Value

Due to the absence of an active market for our common stock, the fair value of our common stock for purposes of determining the value of our restricted common stock issuance was determined by our board of directors, with the assistance of our management, in good faith based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including:

 

    our stage of development and business strategy;

 

    the composition of and changes to our management team;

 

    the market value of a comparison group of privately held biopharmaceutical companies that are in a stage of development similar to ours;

 

    the lack of liquidity of our common stock as a private company;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of our common stock, such as an initial public offering, given prevailing market conditions; and

 

    the material risks related to our business.

Based on these factors, our restricted common stock issued for the period from September 26, 2012 through March 31, 2014 was sold at a purchase price of $0.01 per share. These restricted common stock issuances are subject to time-based vesting, which generally runs three to four years, or milestone-based vesting tied to our company’s achievement of specific events. If the purchaser’s service with us terminates prior to the vesting of a restricted common stock award, we can repurchase any unvested shares at a price of $0.01 per share.

In connection with the preparation of the financial statements necessary for inclusion in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, in 2014 we reassessed the estimated fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes using a retrospective valuation performed by a third party valuation specialist prepared in accordance with methodologies outlined in the AICPA Practice Aid Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the AICPA Guide. We reassessed the estimated fair value of our common stock for each quarterly period from our inception on September 24, 2012 through March 31,

 

-63-


Table of Contents

2014. When we performed retrospective valuation analyses for September 26, 2012, April 15, 2013 and July 15, 2013, we concluded that our common stock issued on these dates had fair values less than or equal to the then estimated fair value of common stock at the date of issuance. When we performed retrospective valuation analysis for the 2014 Award, we concluded that our common stock issued on February 20, 2014 had a deemed fair value lower than the reassessed fair value of the common stock at the date of issuance. Since the 2014 Award is subject to vesting based on two company performance milestones related to the filing of a provisional patent application and commencement of a clinical trial, we reviewed the probability of achieving these milestones at both February 20, 2014 and at March 31, 2014, and it was determined that as of each of those dates, neither of the milestones was probable of being met. Therefore, no compensation expense has been recorded for the 2014 Award through March 31, 2014. We will continue to reassess the 2014 Award at each reporting period to determine whether either of the two company performance milestones are probable of being met. If and when either of the vesting milestones are deemed probable, we will begin to record compensation expense over the estimated period for when we estimate the performance criteria will actually be met using the reassessed fair value to determine stock-based compensation expense in our financial statements.

Our analysis of stock-based compensation was based on a methodology that first estimated the fair value of our business as a whole, or enterprise value, and then allocated a portion of the enterprise value to our common stock. This approach is consistent with the methods outlined in the AICPA Guide.

The valuation methodology used in 2014 to reassess the estimates of fair value for our common stock issued on September 26, 2012, April 15, 2013 and July 15, 2013 was consistent with AICPA Guide. We relied on the capital contributions made to us as of each date as the basis for the enterprise value. We used a Monte Carlo market approach simulation method and performed an allocation of value to common stock based on the estimated time to a liquidity event. The inputs to the Monte Carlo simulation analysis included the estimated invested capital as the starting value for the enterprise, volatilities based on companies comparable to us and risk-free rates equal to the risk-free rates of U.S. Treasury Constant maturities commensurate to the expected time to liquidity. The fair value price per share of the common stock was simulated using risk-free rates and estimated volatilities.

The valuation methodology used in 2014 to reassess the estimate of the fair value for the 2014 Award relied on Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, which incorporates relevant events and expected future exit scenarios for the company. The exit scenarios consisted of the merger and acquisition and initial public offering scenarios. The enterprise value under each scenario was based primarily on the market approach and probability weighted expected exit values for the company under each scenario. Similar merger and acquisition transactions and publicly traded companies were used within the market approach and metrics were applied and qualitative comparable assessments were performed. The indicated value under the market approach was used as the starting aggregate value for the valuation of the 2014 Award. We utilized a Monte Carlo simulation method to determine the fair value of the performance based shares as of the measurement dates. The Monte Carlo simulation method takes into consideration the expected timing of the performance vesting milestones, probability of achieving the milestones and estimated per share common stock prices at expected vesting dates. The following outlines the key assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation method for the 2014 Award:

 

    The starting enterprise value for the 2014 Award was estimated using the market approach as of February 20, 2014 and March 31, 2014.

 

    Comparable company volatilities ranged from 58.3% to 70.9%.

 

    The risk-free rates were based on risk-free rates of U.S. Treasury constant maturity rates ranging from 0.07% to 0.10% and were commensurate with the expected vesting period for the shares under the 2014 Award.

 

    The expected timing of one milestone under the 2014 Award was estimated to be April 30, 2015 and the other milestone achievement was estimated to be November 31, 2015. The probability of achieving each of the two milestones was estimated to be less-than-probable as of March 31, 2014.

 

-64-


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation Summary

Stock-based compensation is reported in our statements of operations as follows:

 

    Period from
September 24, 2012
(Inception) through

December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2013
    Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2014
    Cumulative
Period from
September 24,
2012 (Inception)
through
March 31, 2014
 
                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Research and development

  $ –       $ 750       $ –       $ –       $ 750    

General and administrative

    5,612         2,804         965         904         9,320    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 5,612       $ 3,554       $ 965       $ 904       $ 10,070    

At March 31, 2014, there were 2,912,500 unvested shares and $173,547 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to the 6,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.05 years.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

Research and Development Expenses

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     $
Change
     %
Change
 
     2013      2014                
     (Unaudited)                

Research and development expenses

   $ 575       $ 50,000       $ 49,425         8,596 %

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we incurred minimal research and development expenses, since we were in the process of negotiating to license certain technology from Ligand and had not engaged in any significant research or development during such time. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we expensed a $50,000 payment made to Ligand to extend our option to license certain technology from Ligand.

General and Administrative Expenses

The following table summarizes our general and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     $
Change
     %
Change
 
     2013      2014                
     (Unaudited)                

General and administrative expenses

   $ 2,615       $ 159,737       $ 157,122         6,008 %

The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to an increase of $77,403 in legal fees and an increase in salaries and wages, including stock-based compensation expense of $29,939, during the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013. We began paying salaries to our founders during the second half of 2013. No salaries were paid by us during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase also reflects $40,769 in accounting fees incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014 as we prepared for and commenced our financial audits during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to no accounting fees incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

-65-


Table of Contents

Other Expenses

The following table summarizes our other expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     $
Change
     %
Change
 
     2013      2014                
     (Unaudited)                

Other expenses

   $ 1,393       $ 19,204       $ 17,811         1,279 %

Other expenses increased during the three months ended March 31, 2014 primarily due to an increase in the fair value of the debt conversion feature of the Convertible Notes and an increase in interest expense under the Convertible Notes. The increase in loss from change in fair value of debt conversion feature of $10,212 during the three months ended March 31, 2014 relative to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was due primarily to our issuance of additional Convertible Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $260,350 after March 31, 2013, which carried their own additional loss from change in debt conversion feature charge. In addition, interest expense during the three months ended March 31, 2014 increased by $7,599 as compared to the same period in 2013, due primarily to an increase in amortization of the debt discount and additional interest expense accrued on Convertible Notes issued after March 31, 2013.

Comparison of the Period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

Research and Development Expenses

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Period from
September 24, 2012
(Inception) through

December 31, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
     Increase
(Decrease)
     %
Increase
(Decrease)
 

Research and development expenses

   $ 68,871       $ 11,613       $ (57,258)         (83 %) 

Research and development expenses for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 related primarily to costs associated with an option to license intellectual property from Ligand and other legal costs related to negotiation discussions. We paid an option fee of $50,000 in the period ended December 31, 2012. We did not make any option or similar payments in 2013 and did not engage in significant research and development efforts during this period.

General and Administrative Expenses

The following table summarizes our general and administrative expenses for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Period from
September 24, 2012
(Inception) through

December 31, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
     Increase
(Decrease)
     %
Increase
(Decrease)
 

General and administrative expenses

   $ 40,770       $ 89,463       $ 48,693         119

The increase in general and administrative expenses during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 was primarily due to the payment of salaries and wages, including stock-based compensation expense of $53,054 in 2013, an increase in rent for

 

-66-


Table of Contents

office space of $7,237 and certain travel-related costs of $3,733, offset by a decrease in legal fees of $11,100. We did not pay wages or salaries or incur travel-related costs for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012.

Other Expenses

The following table summarizes our other expenses for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Period from
September 24, 2012
(Inception) through

December 31, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
     Increase
(Decrease)
     %
Increase
(Decrease)
 

Other expenses

   $ 1,386       $ 45,171       $ 43,785         3,159

The increase in other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 versus the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 was due to an increase in loss from change in fair value of debt conversion feature of the Convertible Notes and an increase in interest expense under our outstanding Convertible Notes. The increase in loss from change in fair value of debt conversion feature of the outstanding Convertible Notes in 2013 as compared to 2012 of $20,622 was due primarily to our issuance of additional Convertible Notes in 2013, which added to the debt conversion feature charge. The increase in interest expense of $23,163 for the year ended December 31, 2013 versus the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 was due primarily to an increase in amortization of the debt discount caused by the issuance of additional Convertible Notes in 2013, plus a full year of interest expense incurred on the $50,000 in Convertible Notes issued in 2012 and expensed in 2013.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations and have not generated any revenues since our inception. The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm for our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 states that our independent registered public accounting firm has substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk that we may not have sufficient cash and liquid assets at December 31, 2013 to cover our operating and capital requirements for the next 12 month period; and if in the case sufficient cash cannot be obtained, we would have to substantially alter, or possibly even discontinue, operations. Additionally, as of March 31, 2014, we do not believe that we will have sufficient cash to meet our projected operating requirements for at least the next 12 months unless this offering is successfully completed and we receive the full $2.5 million loan from Ligand pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement. Our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

To date, we have funded our operations primarily with net proceeds from the issuance of the Convertible Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $310,350 as of March 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2014, we had cash of $78,849, and a deficit accumulated during the development stage of $486,215.

Our primary use of cash is to fund operating expenses, which to date have consisted of the cost to obtain an option to license intellectual property from Ligand and certain general and administrative expenses. Since we have not generated any revenues, we have incurred operating losses since our inception. Cash used to fund operating expenses is impacted by the timing of payment of these expenses, as reflected in the change in our outstanding accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 

-67-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated below:

 

    For the
Period from
September 24, 2012
(Inception) through
December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Three
Months Ended
March 31,
2013
    Three
Months Ended
March 31,
2014
    For the
Period from
September 24, 2012
(Inception) through
March 31, 2014
 
                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Cash used in operating activities

  $ (50,000   $ (78,235   $      $ (100,768   $ (229,003

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  $ 50,000      $ 257,854      $      $ (2   $ 307,852   

Cash Used in Operating Activities

During the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012, cash used in operating activities was $50,000. Cash used in operating activities primarily reflected our net losses for the period, offset by changes in our working capital accounts, primarily an increase in accounts payable.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, cash used in operating activities was $78,235. Cash used in operating activities primarily reflected our net losses for the period, offset by non-cash charges such as amortization of discount charged to interest expense on Convertible Notes and an increase in change in fair value of debt conversion feature as well as changes in our working capital accounts, primarily an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, cash used in operating activities was $0. Cash used in operating activities was $0 as a result of our net losses for the period being offset by non-cash charges such as amortization of discount charged to interest expense on Convertible Notes as well as changes in our working capital accounts, primarily an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, cash used in operating activities was $100,768. Cash used in operating activities primarily reflected our net losses for the period, offset by non-cash charges such as amortization of discount charged to interest expense on Convertible Notes and an increase in change in fair value of debt conversion feature as well as changes in our working capital accounts, primarily an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and an increase in deferred IPO financing costs.

During the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through March 31, 2014, cash used in operating activities was $229,003. Cash used in operating activities primarily reflected our net losses for the period, offset by non-cash charges such as amortization of discount charged to interest expense on convertible notes and an increase in change in fair value of debt conversion feature as well as changes in our working capital accounts, primarily an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and an increase in deferred IPO financing costs.

Cash Used in Investing Activities

We have not engaged in any investing activities since our inception.

Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

During the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012, cash provided by financing activities was $50,000 and consisted of proceeds from the issuance of Convertible Notes.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, cash provided by financing activities was $257,854, which consisted of proceeds from the issuance of Convertible Notes in the amount of $260,350, offset by the repurchase of shares of restricted common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $2,503.

 

-68-


Table of Contents

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, cash used in financing activities was $2, which consisted of the repurchase of shares of restricted common stock from a former service provider at par value.

During the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through March 31, 2014, cash provided by financing activities was $307,852, which consisted primarily of $310,350 in proceeds from the issuance of Convertible Notes and $7 in proceeds from the issuance of common stock, offset by $2,505 paid to repurchase shares of restricted common stock from former service providers.

Future Funding Requirements

Based upon our current operating plan, and assuming successful completion of this offering and the receipt of the full $2.5 million loan from Ligand pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, we believe we will have sufficient cash to meet our projected operating requirements for at least the next 12 months.

We anticipate that we will continue to generate losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect the losses to increase materially as we continue the development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our drug candidates, and seek to commercialize any drugs for which we receive regulatory approval. We anticipate that we will need to raise additional capital after this offering to fund our operations and complete our ongoing and planned clinical trials. Although we expect to finance future cash needs through public or private equity or debt offerings, funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our drug development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market drug candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

    the scope, rate of progress, results and cost of our clinical trials, preclinical studies and other related activities;

 

    the timing of, and the costs involved in, obtaining regulatory approvals for any of our current or future drug candidates;

 

    the number and characteristics of the drug candidates we seek to develop or commercialize;

 

    the cost of manufacturing clinical supplies, and establishing commercial supplies, of our drug candidates;

 

    the cost of commercialization activities if any of our current or future drug candidates are approved for sale, including marketing, sales and distribution costs;

 

    the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel;

 

    the costs associated with being a public company;

 

    our ability to establish and maintain strategic collaborations, licensing or other arrangements and the financial terms of such agreements;

 

    the amount of revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our drug candidates, should any of our drug candidates receive marketing approval; and

 

    the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing possible patent claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of any such litigation.

 

-69-


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our payments due by period pursuant to our outstanding contractual obligations at March 31, 2014:

 

     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      4-5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 

Convertible notes payable and estimated interest

   $ 327,652       $ 52,840       $ 274,812       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 327,652       $ 52,840       $ 274,812       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists , which sets forth circumstances in which an unrecognized tax benefit, generally reflecting the difference between a tax position taken or expected to be taken on a company’s income tax return and the benefit recognized on its financial statements, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. This guidance became effective for us beginning in fiscal year 2014 and the adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements or notes thereto.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

As of March 31, 2014, we had cash totaling $78,849, consisting of bank deposits. These cash balances are not subject to significant interest rate risk and the carrying value of our cash approximated its fair value. We also hold convertible notes payable which carry variable interest rates and the interest payments are therefore subject to interest rate risk, while the principal is not subject to interest rate risk. If the applicable federal rate were to change by 1%, thereby changing our effective borrowing rate by the same amount, interest expense related to the convertible notes payable would change by approximately $3,104 annually. Consequently, our results of operations and cash flows are not subject to significant interest rate risk related to these convertible notes payable.

We do not have any foreign currency or derivative financial instruments accounted for under hedge accounting.

 

-70-


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development of novel, first-in-class or best-in-class therapies for metabolic and endocrine disorders. We have exclusive worldwide rights to a portfolio of five drug candidates in clinical trials or preclinical studies, which are based on small molecules licensed from Ligand. Our lead clinical program is VK0612, a first-in-class, orally available drug candidate entering a Phase 2b clinical trial for type 2 diabetes, one of the largest global healthcare challenges today. Preliminary clinical data suggest VK0612 has the potential to provide substantial glucose-lowering effects, with an attractive safety and convenience profile compared with existing type 2 diabetes therapies. Our second clinical program is VK5211, an orally available drug candidate entering a Phase 2 clinical trial for the treatment of cancer cachexia, a complex disease characterized by an uncontrolled decline in muscle mass. VK5211 is a non-steroidal selective androgen receptor modulator, or SARM. A SARM is designed to selectively interact with a subset of receptors that have a normal physiologic role of interacting with naturally-occurring hormones called androgens. Broad activation of androgen receptors with drugs, such as exogenous testosterone, can stimulate muscle growth but often results in unwanted side effects, such as prostate growth, hair growth and acne. VK5211 is expected to selectively produce the therapeutic benefits of testosterone in muscle tissue, with improved safety, tolerability and patient acceptance. We expect to commence Phase 2 clinical trials for both VK0612 and VK5211 in early 2015 and to complete the clinical trials in 2016. We are also developing three preclinical programs targeting metabolic diseases and anemia. Our most advanced preclinical program is VK0214, a novel liver-selective thyroid hormone receptor beta, or TRß, agonist for lipid disorders such as dyslipidemia and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, or NASH. We expect to file an investigational new drug application, or IND, and commence clinical trials for this program in 2015.

VK0612 is a potent, selective inhibitor of fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase, or FBPase, an enzyme that plays an important role in endogenous glucose production, or the synthesis of glucose by the body. We believe the inhibition of FBPase provides an attractive approach to controlling blood glucose levels in patients with diabetes. VK0612 has demonstrated potent glucose lowering effects in diabetic animal models. Clinical trials have shown that VK0612 is safe, well-tolerated and leads to significant glucose-lowering effects in patients with type 2 diabetes. We intend to commence a Phase 2b clinical trial of VK0612 in approximately 500 patients with poorly-controlled type 2 diabetes, defined as having baseline fasting plasma glucose, or FPG, levels greater than or equal to 180 mg/dL. We expect to commence the clinical trial in early 2015 and to complete the clinical trial in 2016.

VK0612 has been evaluated in seven clinical trials, including one Phase 2a and six Phase 1 clinical trials. Based on these clinical and additional preclinical data, we believe VK0612 has the following important advantages over many existing type 2 diabetes therapies:

 

    Greater efficacy: Preliminary Phase 1 and 2 data suggest VK0612 could reduce plasma glycated hemoglobin A1c, or HbA1c, an important measure of long-term blood glucose levels, by 1% or more, potentially exceeding the typical anti-glycemic effects of newer drug classes.

 

    Encouraging safety profile: VK0612 has demonstrated encouraging safety to date in over 250 subjects. No cases of hypoglycemia, or low blood glucose levels, lacticemia, or sustained lactic acid in the blood, or other drug-related safety issues were observed in these subjects.

 

    Improved tolerability: VK0612 has been well-tolerated at and above doses that we plan to administer in our Phase 2b clinical trial, which we expect to be at or below 300 mg, with specific doses to be chosen based on the outcome of planned pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic calculations.

 

    Novel mechanism of action: Based on its insulin-independent mechanism of action, we believe VK0612 lowers blood glucose levels independently of pancreatic function. We expect VK0612’s novel mechanism of action to provide critical durability and combinability advantages.

 

-71-


Table of Contents
    Durability: Diabetes is characterized by deteriorating pancreatic beta cell function. Given VK0612’s insulin-independent mechanism of action, the drug could provide a more durable therapeutic effect than many currently available type 2 diabetes therapies.

 

    Combinability: VK0612’s novel mechanism of action is expected to allow combinability with many existing type 2 diabetes therapies, leading to enhanced efficacy and potentially delaying transition to subsequent therapies.

 

    Weight and lipid neutral profile: Clinical and preclinical data suggest VK0612 has the potential to provide robust anti-glycemic effects while maintaining a weight and lipid neutral profile.

 

    Once-daily convenience: Clinical data suggest that VK0612 has the potential to lower blood glucose levels in type 2 diabetes patients as a once-daily oral therapy.

We plan to commence a Phase 2b clinical trial with VK0612 in type 2 diabetes patients in early 2015, which we expect to complete in 2016. We also plan to complete a Phase 1 drug-drug interaction clinical trial evaluating the safety and tolerability of VK0612 in combination with metformin, a generic pharmaceutical commonly prescribed for type 2 diabetes, as well as a Phase 1 clinical trial in renally-impaired type 2 diabetes patients, or patients having reduced kidney function, both within the same period. Pending clinical data from these clinical trials, we plan to hold an end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and to commence Phase 3 clinical trials in type 2 diabetes patients either on our own or with a third party. The purpose of our end-of-Phase 2 meeting is to review our data with the FDA, discuss appropriate potential Phase 3 clinical trial designs and obtain agreement between us and the FDA on Phase 3 efficacy and safety objectives.

Diabetes is an undertreated and underdiagnosed disease of epidemic proportion. The economic burden of diabetes and its associated complications cost the U.S. healthcare system approximately $245.0 billion in 2012 according to the American Diabetes Association, or the ADA. The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or the CDC, estimates that, as of 2010, 6.0% of the U.S. population, or roughly 18.8 million people, have been diagnosed with diabetes, and more than 7.0 million additional people in the U.S. are undiagnosed. Type 2 diabetes is the most common form of the disease, accounting for 90% to 95% of diagnosed cases. Due to a combination of factors, including urbanization, changing diets and the rise of sedentary lifestyles, the International Diabetes Federation estimates that the prevalence of diabetes will continue to grow. The International Diabetes Federation estimates that the global prevalence of diabetes will exceed 590.0 million people by 2035.

Our second clinical program, VK5211 (formerly LGD-4033), is an orally available small molecule drug candidate in development for the treatment of cancer cachexia. VK5211 is a non-steroidal selective androgen receptor modulator, or SARM. A SARM is designed to selectively interact with a subset of receptors that have a normal physiologic role of interacting with naturally-occurring hormones called androgens. Broad activation of androgen receptors with drugs, such as exogenous testosterone, can simulate muscle growth but often results in unwanted side effects, such as prostate growth, hair growth and acne. VK5211 belongs to a family of novel SARM compounds based on its effects on tissue-specific gene expression and other functional, cell-based technologies. We expect VK5211 to produce the therapeutic benefits of testosterone with improved safety, tolerability and patient acceptance due to a tissue-selective mechanism of action and an oral route of administration. In Phase 1 clinical trials, VK5211 demonstrated statistically significant increases in lean body mass among treated subjects following 21 days of treatment. Statistically significant refers to a low probability, generally regarded as less than or equal to 5%, of obtaining the observed result under a hypothesis that assumes no difference between treatment groups. We also observed positive dose-dependent trends in functional exercise and strength measures consistent with anabolic activity. In addition, no drug-related serious adverse events were reported. We plan to commence a Phase 2 proof-of-concept clinical trial in approximately 100 patients with cancer cachexia in early 2015. We expect this clinical trial to be completed in 2016. We also plan to discuss with the FDA potential clinical development of VK5211 in acute rehabilitation settings, such as hip fracture recovery.

Approximately 2.0 million cancer patients in North America and Europe suffer from cachexia, and it is estimated that up to 20% of all cancer deaths are a direct result of cachexia. It is particularly common among patients with

 

-72-


Table of Contents

lung, gastric, colorectal or pancreatic cancers, with up to 80% of patients with gastric or pancreatic cancers, and approximately 50% of patients with lung or colorectal cancers, suffering from the syndrome. There are currently no approved therapies in the U.S. for cancer cachexia, and pharmacological interventions have demonstrated limited clinical benefit or expose patients to the risk of undesirable side-effects such as virilization in women and prostate growth in men. As a result, we believe the potential size of the worldwide cancer cachexia market exceeds $1.0 billion.

We are also developing three preclinical programs targeting multi-billion dollar indications. Our most advanced preclinical program is VK0214, a novel liver-selective TRß agonist for lipid disorders such as dyslipidemia, a disease characterized by an elevation of lipids, such as cholesterol or triglycerides, in the bloodstream that, if left untreated, increases the risk of cardiovascular disease, heart attack or stroke, and related disorders, and NASH, a liver disease characterized by a buildup of fat in the liver. We expect to file an IND and commence clinical trials for VK0214 in 2015. Our second preclinical program is focused on identifying orally available erythropoietin receptor, or EPOR, agonists, for the potential treatment of anemia. Our third preclinical program is focused on the development of tissue-selective inhibitors of diacylglycerol acyltransferase-1, or DGAT-1, for the potential treatment of obesity and dyslipidemia.

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on September 24, 2012. We have an exclusive license agreement with Ligand for worldwide rights to VK0612, VK5211 and three preclinical programs. Under the terms of the Master License Agreement, we will pay Ligand an upfront fee of $29.0 million, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, payable in equity upon the closing of this offering, in addition to development and commercial milestone payments of up to $1.54 billion, as well as single-digit royalties on future worldwide net product sales. Further details regarding our license agreement with Ligand are discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “– Agreements with Ligand”.

Our Product Pipeline

The following table highlights our current product pipeline:

 

LOGO

Key: FBPase, fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase; DDI, drug-drug interaction; SARM, selective androgen receptor modulator; TRß, thyroid receptor beta; EPOR, erythropoietin receptor; DGAT-1, diacylglycerol acyltransferase-1; NASH, nonalcoholic steatohepatitis.

 

-73-


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

We intend to become a leading biopharmaceutical company focused on the development of novel, first-in-class or best-in-class therapies for metabolic and endocrine disorders. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

    Advance the development of VK0612 for type 2 diabetes. We intend to commence a Phase 2b clinical trial for VK0612 evaluating once-daily doses of VK0612 in approximately 500 patients with poorly-controlled type 2 diabetes in early 2015 and expect to complete this clinical trial in 2016. We also plan to complete a Phase 1 drug-drug interaction clinical trial evaluating the safety and tolerability of VK0612 in combination with metformin, as well as a Phase 1 clinical trial in renally-impaired type 2 diabetes patients, both within the same period. Pending clinical data from these clinical trials, we plan to hold an end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA and to commence Phase 3 clinical trials in type 2 diabetes patients either on our own or with a third party.

 

    Advance the development of VK5211 for cancer cachexia and other muscle wasting disorders. We plan to commence a Phase 2 proof-of-concept clinical trial in approximately 100 patients with cancer cachexia in early 2015. We expect this clinical trial to be completed in 2016. Pending positive data from this clinical trial, we plan to advance VK5211 in further clinical trials. We also plan to discuss with the FDA potential clinical development of VK5211 in acute rehabilitation settings, such as hip fracture recovery.

 

    Advance the development of our preclinical programs. We currently have three programs in preclinical development. Our most advanced preclinical program is VK0214, a novel liver-selective TRß agonist for lipid disorders such as dyslipidemia and NASH. We plan to complete the toxicity, pharmacology and chemistry, manufacturing and controls studies needed for an IND filing. In the event these VK0214 preclinical studies are favorable, we expect to file an IND and commence clinical trials for this program in 2015. We also plan to further advance our EPOR agonist and DGAT-1 inhibitor programs and anticipate filing INDs for these programs in 2016.

 

    Evaluate strategic partnership and collaboration opportunities. We plan to selectively evaluate partnership and collaboration opportunities throughout the duration of our development programs. In addition, we may opportunistically pursue in-licensing opportunities.

VK0612: A Fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase (FBPase) Inhibitor for Type 2 Diabetes

Product Summary

Our lead clinical program is VK0612, a first-in-class orally available small molecule for type 2 diabetes. The initial IND filing for VK0612 was submitted in December 2005 by Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. The subject of the IND was an application to begin clinical investigations of the drug substance in healthy volunteers. In Phase 1 and 2a clinical trials, VK0612 has been shown to significantly lower blood glucose levels in patients with type 2 diabetes and to be safe and well-tolerated. VK0612 is a potent, selective inhibitor of FBPase, an enzyme that plays an important role in endogenous glucose production. We believe the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic profile of VK0612 suggests it has the potential to be a once-daily treatment for type 2 diabetes patients.

VK0612 has demonstrated potent glucose lowering effects in diabetic animal models. Clinical trials have shown that VK0612 is safe, well-tolerated and leads to clinically significant glucose-lowering effects in patients with type 2 diabetes, meaning the effect would be expected to have a potentially meaningful benefit on a patient’s health. In Phase 1b and 2a clinical trials of patients with type 2 diabetes, VK0612 has demonstrated reductions in FPG that have exceeded 50 mg/dL. We believe the totality of existing data suggests that the inhibition of FBPase is an attractive approach to controlling blood glucose levels in patients with diabetes. We intend to commence a Phase 2b clinical trial evaluating once-daily doses of VK0612 in approximately 500 patients with poorly-controlled type 2 diabetes in early 2015 and expect to complete this clinical trial in 2016. We also plan to complete a Phase 1 drug-drug interaction clinical trial evaluating the safety and tolerability of VK0612 in combination with metformin, as well as a Phase 1 clinical trial in renally-impaired type 2 diabetes patients, both

 

-74-


Table of Contents

within the same period. Pending clinical data from these clinical trials, we plan to hold an end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA and to commence Phase 3 clinical trials in type 2 diabetes patients either on our own or with a third party.

Diabetes and the Market

Diabetes is an undertreated and underdiagnosed disease of epidemic proportion. The International Diabetes Federation estimates that 382.0 million people currently have diabetes and that the number of people with the disease will grow to exceed 590.0 million patients worldwide by 2035. The economic burden of diabetes and its associated complications cost the U.S. healthcare system approximately $245.0 billion in 2012 according to the ADA. The CDC estimates that, as of 2010, 6.0% of the U.S. population, or roughly 18.8 million people, have been diagnosed with diabetes, and more than 7.0 million additional people in the U.S. are undiagnosed. Due to a combination of factors, including urbanization, changing diets and the rise of obesity and sedentary lifestyles, the prevalence of diabetes in the U.S. is expected to grow to exceed 44.0 million patients in 2034.

Diabetes is a complex, metabolic disorder of carbohydrate, fat and protein metabolism, resulting from a combination of deteriorating pancreatic function and insulin-resistance in peripheral tissues, such as skeletal muscle. Insulin is a hormone produced by the pancreas that plays a central role in helping the body process, convert and store energy from glucose. Between meals, when blood glucose is not being supplied by food, the liver releases glucose into the blood to sustain adequate glucose levels. Patients with diabetes suffer from an inability to properly regulate blood glucose levels. In individuals with diabetes, the relative shortage of insulin impairs the ability of glucose to enter and fuel the body’s cells and, as a result, glucose builds up in the bloodstream causing high blood glucose levels, or hyperglycemia. One of the most common measures of blood glucose levels is FPG, which measures plasma glucose levels after an overnight fast and provides a measure of short-term blood glucose control. Another important measure of blood glucose levels is HbA1c, which measures long-term blood glucose levels over a preceding three month period. Patients are diagnosed with diabetes when confirmed FPG readings are greater than or equal to 126 mg/dL or HbA1c levels are greater than or equal to 6.5%. HbA1c is a particularly important measure from both a clinical and regulatory perspective as it is the standard measure accepted by the FDA and the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, for demonstrating the effectiveness of type 2 diabetes therapies in controlling blood glucose levels. According to regulatory authorities, a reduction in HbA1c indicates a beneficial effect, which is reasonably expected to lower a patient’s long-term risk of complications from type 2 diabetes.

There are two major forms of diabetes, type 1 and type 2. Patients with type 1 diabetes lack the ability to produce adequate insulin, so insulin must be supplied from outside the body in order to sustain life. Type 2 diabetes is the most common form of the disease, accounting for 90% to 95% of diagnosed diabetes cases, or approximately 16.9 million patients in the U.S. as of 2010. In type 2 diabetes patients, the secretion of insulin from the pancreas and the action of insulin on tissues, such as fat and muscle, are impaired. Patients continue producing insulin, sometimes in excessive amounts, but its secretion and effectiveness in stimulating tissues to absorb glucose deteriorate over time. The CDC estimates that approximately 1.7 million new patients are diagnosed with type 2 diabetes in the U.S. each year. Type 2 diabetes is prevalent in patients with obesity; approximately 85% of people with type 2 diabetes are considered overweight and approximately 55% are considered obese. In addition, there are currently approximately 79.0 million U.S. adults over the age of 20 with pre-diabetes, a condition characterized by higher than normal blood glucose levels, though not high enough to establish a diabetes diagnosis. This condition raises the risk of developing type 2 diabetes, heart disease and stroke.

It is estimated that over half of all patients treated for type 2 diabetes fail to achieve ADA-recommended target blood glucose levels. The ADA recommends a target HbA1c level of 7%, or an estimated average glucose level of 154 mg/dL, for type 2 diabetes patients. Prolonged elevation of blood glucose levels may result in damage to the kidneys, retina and nerves, and may lead to kidney failure, blindness, permanent nerve damage, amputation and/or death. High blood glucose levels also increase the risk of cardiovascular disease, and can lead to dysregulation of plasma triglycerides, which in turn can contribute to liver diseases such as NASH.

 

-75-


Table of Contents

Glucose Regulation

Glucose is critical for tissue function and survival. In healthy people, glucose is provided by exogenous sources, via diet, and endogenous processes, which occur primarily in the liver. Following meals, the regulation of plasma glucose levels is the result of a complex balance of glucose processing, utilization and storage, modulated by the secretion of insulin from the pancreas. Excess glucose is stored in the form of glycogen in liver tissue and released into the bloodstream when needed, through a process known as glycogenolysis. During periods of fasting, endogenous glucose production serves to maintain adequate glucose levels. Endogenous glucose production is the result of two processes, glycogenolysis and gluconeogenesis, or the formation of glucose from smaller precursor molecules.

In healthy individuals, any changes in flux through the gluconeogenesis pathway are balanced by compensatory changes in glycogenolysis rates, through a process called hepatic autoregulation. However, in patients with type 2 diabetes, this autoregulatory mechanism becomes less effective at controlling blood glucose levels. While the glycogenolysis pathway is relatively unchanged in diabetic patients, the rate of gluconeogenesis becomes accelerated. Through the course of their disease, type 2 diabetes patients experience increasing levels of gluconeogenic output, which correlate with increased levels of FPG. This increase in activity is a significant contributor to the underlying hyperglycemia that is characteristic of diabetes. We believe the gluconeogenesis pathway therefore represents a highly therapeutically relevant target for pharmacologic intervention.

Schematic Overview of Hepatic Gluconeogenesis

LOGO

Many steps in the gluconeogenesis pathway are the reverse of those involved in the process of glycolysis, by which glucose is metabolized to produce energy. FBPase is an important enzyme in the gluconeogenesis pathway by virtue of its position above key glucose precursor inputs, its non-reversible participation in the pathway, and its independence from glucose-6-phosphate derived from glycogenolysis. The independence from glycogenolysis potentially reduces the risk of hypoglycemia, which is a common concern for many diabetes therapies, and hypoglycemia can lead to safety issues such as loss of consciousness.

 

-76-


Table of Contents

Glycolysis and Gluconeogenesis Pathways

 

LOGO

Many current therapies are designed to stimulate insulin production, enhance its activity, or increase tissue sensitivity to its presence. However, progression of type 2 diabetes is accompanied by a deterioration of pancreatic function and reduced insulin secretion. This diminishes the therapeutic effect of these drugs over time since their activity is dependent on pancreatic function. In contrast, FBPase is an attractive target for diabetes drug development because it not only plays an important role in glucose production, but its activity is also independent of both pancreatic function and glycogenolysis.

Current Type 2 Diabetes Therapies and Unmet Need

The ADA recommends that the initial management of hyperglycemia in type 2 diabetes patients be based on lifestyle interventions designed to increase physical activity, stimulate weight reduction, and provide personalized dietary advice. However, most type 2 diabetes patients cannot maintain adequate control of blood glucose levels through these modifications alone. Initial pharmacologic therapy to control a patient’s blood glucose levels often begins with a single-drug regimen, such as metformin or a sulfonylurea. Subsequent drug intervention often requires transitioning patients to multi-drug regimens, which become increasingly complex as the disease progresses. Many patients ultimately transition to an insulin-based regimen, which can include combinations with one or more non-insulin therapeutics.

The CDC estimates that 58% of the 18.8 million diagnosed type 2 diabetes patients in the U.S., or approximately 10.9 million patients, receive exclusively oral medication for their disease. In addition, approximately 14% of U.S. type 2 diabetes patients, or approximately 2.4 million patients, receive a combination of oral and injectable diabetes therapies, such as insulin.

 

-77-


Table of Contents

Overview of Treatment Regimens for Type 2 Diabetes

 

LOGO

 

Approximately 1.7 million new patients are diagnosed with type 2 diabetes in the U.S. each year. These newly diagnosed type 2 diabetes patients are most frequently prescribed low-cost oral therapies such as metformin or a sulfonylurea. Unfortunately, for many patients the progression of type 2 diabetes requires the addition of one or more therapies to maintain adequate control of blood glucose levels. Ultimately, many patients transition to injectable therapies, including insulin. Most oral therapies belong to one of the following drug classes:

 

LOGO

Metformin is the only marketed drug that targets endogenous glucose production. Consistent with the importance of this pathway to hyperglycemia, metformin is a highly effective glucose-lowering therapy and, as such, is the most widely prescribed drug for type 2 diabetes patients. In 2012, approximately 69.0 million prescriptions were written for metformin, accounting for approximately 51% of all prescriptions for oral diabetes therapies.

 

-78-


Table of Contents

While metformin is often used initially as a monotherapy and later as a backbone therapy in many type 2 diabetes combination treatment regimens, it is not suitable for many patients. A significant percentage of patients are either not good candidates for metformin or fail to receive a sustained benefit from the drug. For example, approximately 5% of U.S. type 2 diabetes patients, or 545,000 patients, cannot tolerate metformin, primarily due to gastrointestinal side effects, including diarrhea and abdominal discomfort. In addition, approximately 15% of U.S. type 2 diabetes patients, or 1.6 million patients, are contraindicated for treatment with metformin due to factors such as age, renal impairment and congestive heart failure. Furthermore, multiple studies have demonstrated that metformin efficacy wanes for up to approximately 50% of U.S. type 2 diabetes patients within five years from initial treatment, which would translate into approximately 2.7 to 3.4 million existing patients. Due to one or more of the aforementioned issues, an estimated 25% to 30% of patients transition from metformin to an alternative treatment within 12 months of initiating therapy. Moreover, a recent analysis of U.S. prescribing patterns in 255,000 newly-diagnosed type 2 diabetes patients found that 35% of those initiating oral therapy did not receive metformin as first-line treatment. These prescribing data suggest that, on an annual basis, approximately 600,000 newly-diagnosed type 2 diabetes patients in the U.S. receive an oral therapy other than metformin.

We estimate that the potential market opportunity for VK0612 is approximately 4.9 million existing patients in the U.S., with approximately 880,000 new patients in the U.S. diagnosed annually. We believe the potential markets for an alternative gluconeogenesis inhibitor such as VK0612 include patients with poorly-controlled type 2 diabetes on existing regimens, patients who no longer experience a benefit from metformin-based regimens, patients switching from metformin due to dissatisfaction with its efficacy, convenience or tolerability profile, and treatment-naïve patients who prefer or require an alternative to metformin.

We also believe the opportunity for VK0612 could be expanded to include all combinations of metformin-containing regimens. We plan to complete a Phase 1 drug-drug interaction clinical trial evaluating the safety and tolerability of VK0612 in combination with metformin. Based on current epidemiologic data, this patient population would include many of the existing 10.9 million U.S. type 2 diabetes patients currently taking an all oral diabetes medication regimen. We believe both the metformin alternative market and the combination market therefore represent potentially multi-billion dollar market opportunities for new type 2 diabetes therapies.

VK0612: A Potent Inhibitor of Gluconeogenesis

VK0612 is designed to inhibit FBPase, a rate-controlling enzyme in gluconeogenesis. Patients with type 2 diabetes have elevated rates of gluconeogenesis, which contributes significantly to increased endogenous glucose production and fasting hyperglycemia. Metformin is currently the only marketed drug that targets hepatic gluconeogenesis, but it does so only partially and indirectly. Despite being used in the treatment of diabetes since the 1960s, the mechanism of metformin is poorly understood. Multiple studies have shown that up to 50% of patients receiving metformin become refractory, or no longer experience a benefit from the drug, within five years from initial treatment. In contrast to metformin, FBPase inhibitors directly inhibit gluconeogenesis in a highly specific manner. This direct and specific mechanism has been shown to inhibit gluconeogenesis more effectively than metformin. For example, the maximum prescribed dose of metformin inhibits the rate of gluconeogenesis by approximately 33%. However, most patients are never prescribed the maximum approved dose of metformin due to tolerability or other issues. By comparison, maximal doses of an FBPase inhibitor have been shown to inhibit approximately 80% of gluconeogenesis. As a result, we believe FBPase inhibitors may prove to be more effective at lowering plasma glucose compared with other diabetes therapies such as metformin, with a potentially improved side effect profile.

FBPase inhibitors may be particularly effective in patients with advanced type 2 diabetes because these drugs lower blood glucose levels independent of insulin. Moreover, unlike drugs that depend on pancreatic function for efficacy, the glucose lowering effect of FBPase inhibitors is expected to be independent of the deterioration in pancreatic ß-cell activity that occurs with type 2 diabetes progression. Additionally, by virtue of their novel mechanism of action, we believe FBPase inhibitors may be effective in combination with therapies that primarily affect glucose uptake and metabolism and, as such, have the potential to be used in combination with a wide variety of existing type 2 diabetes therapies.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

The rare genetic disorder known as Baker Winegrad Disease provides important insight into the long-term effects of FBPase inhibition. Patients with Baker Winegrad Disease lack functional FBPase, and are therefore unable to convert fructose-1,6- bisphosphate to glucose. Endogenous glucose production among these patients is therefore dramatically impaired. If diet and behavior are well-controlled in these patients, they do not experience problems derived from abnormal plasma glucose levels. However, hypoglycemia can occur upon prolonged fasting, which can precipitate further complications. Hypoglycemia in these patients can be reversed via treatment with glucose. Baker Winegrad Disease patients who avoid prolonged fasting and excessive alcohol consumption are known to live normal lifespans and are not known to be predisposed to elevated rates of heart attack, stroke and other significant cardiovascular risks.

We believe the underlying metabolic and physiological characteristics of Baker Winegrad Disease patients suggest that pharmacologic inhibition of FBPase can be achieved with a potentially lower risk of hypoglycemia and long-term safety issues. We believe that since FBPase in type 2 diabetes patients is not completely inhibited by VK0612, these patients are less likely to experience hypoglycemia compared to Baker Winegrad Disease patients. These characteristics provide support for our plans to develop VK0612 as a potentially effective, durable and safe therapeutic for type 2 diabetes.

Clinical Data for VK0612

Our lead program has been evaluated in seven clinical trials, including one Phase 2a and six Phase 1 clinical trials.

Phase 2a Proof-of-Concept Clinical Trial

The completed Phase 2a clinical trial was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial in 105 patients with type 2 diabetes. Patients received a capsule formulation of VK0612-treated or placebo-treated patients once daily for 28 days. The efficacy endpoint assessed the change from baseline in FPG compared with placebo at 28 days. In the intent-to-treat population, patients in the highest dose cohort (200 mg QD, n=23) experienced a statistically significant placebo-adjusted 28.9 mg/dL reduction in FPG at 28 days (p=0.0177). In a prospectively-defined analysis, a subset of patients with baseline FPG greater than 180 mg/dL (n=16), the placebo-adjusted difference in FPG increased to 49.7 mg/dL (p=0.0099). VK0612 was also shown to be safe and well-tolerated at all doses; no instances of hypoglycemia or lacticemia were observed, and no drug-related serious adverse events were reported. In addition, there were no differences in high-density lipoprotein, or HDL, low-density lipoprotein, or LDL, cholesterol levels, weight, heart rate or blood pressure among treated patients compared to placebo. We believe these results provide support for the thesis that FBPase inhibition represents a potentially attractive therapeutic option for patients with poorly-controlled type 2 diabetes.

Summary of Phase 2a Efficacy Data

 

LOGO

 

-80-


Table of Contents

Phase 1b Clinical Trial in Patients with Poorly-Controlled Type 2 Diabetes

Following completion of the Phase 2a clinical trial, a 14 day Phase 1b clinical trial was successfully conducted using a new tablet formulation of VK0612 with a potentially superior pharmacokinetic profile. This clinical trial was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial in 42 patients with poorly-controlled type 2 diabetes, defined as having baseline FPG levels of at least 180 mg/dL. Patients received either 50 mg, 200 mg or 400 mg doses of VK0612 or placebo twice daily. The primary objective of the clinical trial was to examine the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetic profile of twice-daily doses of VK0612 in patients with type 2 diabetes. Secondary endpoints assessed changes in FPG from baseline in VK0612-treated compared with placebo-treated patients at 14 days.

The efficacy data demonstrated that patients receiving 200 mg twice per day experienced a statistically significant placebo-adjusted 58.2 mg/dL reduction in FPG (p=0.01). Patients receiving 400 mg twice per day experienced a statistically significant placebo-adjusted 55.1 mg/dL reduction in FPG (p=0.03). We believe the apparent moderation of dose response at higher doses likely reflects similar exposures at the upper limits of the dose response curve. We also believe the statistical significance observed in a clinical trial of this small size (total n=42) underscores the potent impact FBPase inhibition appears to have on plasma glucose levels. Furthermore, the efficacy data from both the Phase 2a and 1b clinical trials suggest that VK0612 has the potential to reduce plasma HbA1c in excess of 1%, based on a 35 mg/dL plasma glucose to HbA1c conversion factor.

VK0612 was found to be safe and well-tolerated, with dose-limiting vomiting observed at 400 mg twice per day. No instances of hypoglycemia or lacticemia were observed, and no drug-related serious adverse events were reported. These data, combined with the drug’s encouraging preliminary cardiovascular profile, provide evidence that treatment with VK0612 may result in a promising combination of safety and efficacy in patients with type 2 diabetes. We believe the drug exposures and efficacy demonstrated in the Phase 1b trial suggest that a once-daily regimen will provide adequate control of blood glucose in our planned Phase 2b clinical trial.

The following table summarizes the efficacy data from the Phase 1b clinical trial.

Summary of Phase 1b Efficacy Data

 

LOGO

Other Clinical Trials

In addition to the Phase 2a proof-of-concept and Phase 1b clinical trials, a total of five additional Phase 1 clinical trials of VK0612 were successfully completed. These clinical trials evaluated the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetic properties of the drug in a total of 164 healthy adult subjects. In these trials, subjects received single doses of VK0612 up to 1,000 mg, and multiple doses of up to 400 mg over 14 days, and no drug-related serious adverse events were reported. In addition, the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic profile of VK0612 suggests it has the potential to be a once-daily treatment for type 2 diabetes patients.

Prior FBPase Inhibitors

We are aware of several previous drug development programs targeting fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase. The most advanced of these was the small molecule inhibitor CS-917. Sankyo Company, Ltd., now Daiichi Sankyo

 

-81-


Table of Contents

Company, Ltd., was responsible for funding and conducting the clinical development program for CS-917. In a 12 week Phase 2 clinical trial, CS-917 showed poor efficacy in type 2 diabetes patients. In addition, toxicity was observed in a separate Phase 1 clinical trial. These issues may have contributed to the decision to discontinue development of CS-917. We believe CS-917 may have failed due to inadequate drug exposures in the Phase 2 clinical trial as well as the toxicities observed in the Phase 1 clinical trial.

In the Phase 2 clinical trial, we believe that patients were treated with doses of CS-917 which were sub-optimal for demonstration of an anti-glycemic effect in type 2 diabetes patients. Moreover, 90% of the treated patients were less severe diabetics, as characterized by average baseline FPG (approximately 164 mg/dL) and HbA1c (approximately 7.7%) levels. As a result, we believe these patients were less likely to experience benefit from a gluconeogenesis inhibitor. In a Phase 1 clinical trial, two patients treated with CS-917 and metformin experienced lactic acidosis, characterized by investigators as drug-related serious adverse events. Subsequent mitochondrial toxicity studies found that CS-917 can be converted by N-acetyl transferase enzymes to acetylated metabolites. These metabolites were determined to be mitochondrial toxins, which we believe may have contributed to the observed lactic acidosis. In clinical trials with CS-917, plasma levels of these toxic metabolites exceeded levels of the active drug substance by a factor of 1.8x to 9x.

VK0612 is a poor substrate for N-acetyl transferase enzymes, and therefore metabolism of VK0612 does not produce meaningful levels of derivatives that may impair mitochondrial function. In studies comparing VK0612 with CS-917, VK0612 was shown to generate less than 1/100 th of the corresponding N-acetylated metabolites as compared to CS-917, while producing approximately 4.5x higher amounts of active drug as compared to CS-917. To date, over 250 patients have been treated with VK0612, with no reported instances of lactic acidosis or other drug-related serious adverse events.

VK0612 Profile Versus Existing Oral Diabetes Therapies

We believe VK0612 has the potential to provide substantial glucose-lowering effects with an attractive safety and convenience profile compared to existing oral diabetes therapies. We also believe the effects on glycemia observed to date in type 2 diabetes patients implies that VK0612 has the potential to reduce plasma HbA1c in excess of 1%. The established relationship between plasma glucose levels and HbA1c suggests that a 35 mg/dL reduction in average plasma glucose translates to an approximately 1% reduction in HbA1c. HbA1c is a particularly important measure from a regulatory perspective as it is the standard measure of blood glucose levels accepted by the FDA and EMA for demonstrating the effectiveness of type 2 diabetes therapies. Therefore, the observed anti-glycemic effects among patients with poorly-controlled type 2 diabetes in both the Phase 2a and 1b clinical trials suggest VK0612 has a highly clinically significant impact on plasma HbA1c.

To our knowledge, VK0612 is the only clinical-stage therapy directly targeting an enzyme in the gluconeogenesis pathway. We believe VK0612 is therefore significantly differentiated relative to major marketed and experimental therapies. Current data suggest potential competitive advantages of VK0612 versus the developmental and commercial landscape in the following areas:

 

    Greater efficacy: Preliminary Phase 1 and 2 data suggest VK0612 could reduce plasma HbA1c by 1% or more, potentially exceeding the typical anti-glycemic effects of newer drug classes such as the dipeptidyl peptidase-4, or DPP-4, and sodium-glucose co-transporter 2, or SGLT2, inhibitors.

 

    Encouraging safety profile: VK0612 has demonstrated encouraging safety to date in over 250 subjects. No cases of hypoglycemia, lacticemia or other drug-related safety issues were observed in these subjects. In addition, no weight gain or adverse cardiovascular signals were observed in clinical trials to date. Existing therapies have been associated with certain safety issues, including hypoglycemia (sulfonylureas), lactic acidosis (metformin), weight gain (insulin, thiazolidinediones), elevated cardiovascular risks (thiazolidinediones, DPP-4 inhibitors), genital infections (SGLT2 inhibitors) and pancreatitis (DPP-4 inhibitors, GLP-1 agonists).

 

-82-


Table of Contents
    Improved tolerability: VK0612 has been well-tolerated at and above doses that we plan to administer in our Phase 2b clinical trial, which we expect to be at or below 300 mg, with specific doses to be chosen based on the outcome of planned pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic calculations. By comparison, commonly prescribed doses of metformin are associated with gastrointestinal side effects such as diarrhea and discomfort or pain in up to 30% of type 2 diabetes patients.

 

    Novel mechanism of action: Based on its insulin-independent mechanism of action, we believe VK0612 lowers blood glucose levels independently of pancreatic function. Therapies such as insulin secretagogues (sulfonylureas, DPP-4 inhibitors, GLP-1 agonists) and sensitizers (thiazolidinediones, metformin) depend at least partially on pancreatic function for their treatment effects. We expect VK0612’s novel mechanism of action to provide critical durability and combinability advantages.

 

  Durability : Diabetes is characterized by deteriorating pancreatic beta cell function. As a result, the efficacy of therapies currently available wanes with disease progression. Recent data suggest that even the recently-introduced SGLT2 inhibitor class has limited impact on HbA1c after four years, potentially due to a compensatory stimulation of glucagon secretion. Given VK0612’s insulin-independent mechanism of action, the drug could provide a more durable therapeutic effect than many currently available type 2 diabetes therapies.

 

  Combinability : VK0612’s novel mechanism of action is expected to allow combinability with many existing type 2 diabetes therapies, leading to enhanced efficacy and potentially delaying transition to subsequent therapies. Preliminary clinical data have demonstrated that FBPase inhibitors can be safely combined with sulfonylureas and thiazolidinediones.

 

    Weight and lipid neutral profile: Clinical and preclinical data suggest VK0612 has the potential to provide robust anti-glycemic effects while maintaining a weight and lipid neutral profile. The preliminary data are further supported by the observation that patients with Baker Winegrad Disease, who lack functional FBPase, are not known to be predisposed to elevated cardiovascular risk or abnormal weight gain.

 

    Once-daily convenience: Clinical data suggest that VK0612 has the potential to lower blood glucose levels in type 2 diabetes patients as a once-daily oral therapy. This compares favorably to therapies such as metformin, the only approved agent targeting endogenous glucose production, which requires up to three daily doses.

 

-83-


Table of Contents

The combined efficacy and safety demonstrated by VK0612 in clinical trials conducted to date compare favorably to the existing competitive landscape.

 

 

LOGO

Development Plans

We plan to conduct three clinical trials of VK0612 in patients with type 2 diabetes. The first is a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter Phase 2b clinical trial to evaluate various doses of VK0612. We expect to enroll approximately 500 patients with poorly-controlled type 2 diabetes across five arms, including three VK0612 dose cohorts, one metformin cohort and one placebo cohort. The primary endpoint will assess change in HbA1c after 12 weeks of treatment. Secondary endpoints will explore effects on body weight, lipid profiles and cardiovascular parameters. Data from this clinical trial will indicate the potential for VK0612 to provide a robust and durable reduction in HbA1c in type 2 diabetes patients. HbA1c is the standard measure accepted by the FDA and EMA for demonstrating the effectiveness of type 2 diabetes therapies with regard to blood glucose levels. We expect to initiate the Phase 2b clinical trial in early 2015 and expect to complete this clinical trial in 2016.

The second planned clinical trial is a Phase 1 drug-drug interaction clinical trial evaluating the safety and tolerability of VK0612 in combination with metformin. This clinical trial will utilize a two tier dosing strategy, evaluating low dose VK0612 and high dose VK0612, with low and high doses of metformin, respectively. Data from this clinical trial will serve to inform us of the broader market utility of VK0612 in various combination regimens employing metformin as a backbone therapy. We expect to conduct this clinical trial in North America and plan to conduct this clinical trial concurrently with the Phase 2b clinical trial and expect to complete it in 2016.

Our third planned clinical trial is a Phase 1 clinical trial to evaluate the effect of renal impairment on VK0612 pharmacokinetics and lactate clearance. This clinical trial will be a single dose pharmacokinetic study in

 

-84-


Table of Contents

approximately 30 patients with varying degrees of renal impairment. The primary objective will be to evaluate the safety and tolerability of VK0612 in renally-impaired patients. Data from this clinical trial will serve to inform us of the potential to safely dose patients with renal impairment, a population that is contraindicated for treatment with metformin. We expect to conduct this clinical trial in the U.S. and plan to conduct this clinical trial concurrently with the Phase 2b clinical trial and the Phase 1 drug-drug interaction clinical trial, and expect to complete it in 2016.

Pending clinical data from these clinical trials, we plan to hold an end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA and to commence Phase 3 clinical trials in type 2 diabetes patients either on our own or with a third party.

VK5211: A Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator (SARM) for Muscle Wasting

Product Summary

Our second clinical program, VK5211, is an orally available, non-steroidal selective androgen receptor modulator, or SARM, in development for the treatment of cancer cachexia. VK5211 is designed to selectively produce the therapeutic benefits of testosterone in muscle tissue with improved safety and tolerability. Tissue selectivity is critical in treating cancer cachexia. Patients suffering from cachexia experience increased rates of metabolic breakdown of muscle tissue, resulting in a loss of muscle strength and reduced body weight. Androgens, such as testosterone, are hormones that stimulate a variety of physiologic processes, including muscle, bone, hair and prostate growth. However, testosterone’s lack of selectivity can produce undesirable side effects such as prostate growth in men, and hair growth and masculinization in women.

The initial IND filing for VK5211 was submitted in December 2008 by Ligand. The subject of the IND was an application to begin clinical investigations of the drug substance in healthy volunteers. In a Phase 1 clinical trial, VK5211 was shown to be safe and well-tolerated following daily oral administration for 21 days. In this clinical trial, statistically significant increases in lean muscle mass were observed in drug-treated subjects, and positive dose-dependent trends in functional exercise and strength measures were consistent with anabolic activity. No clinically significant drug-related adverse events were reported. In animal models, VK5211 has demonstrated anabolic activity in muscles, anti-resorptive and anabolic activity in bones, and robust selectivity for muscle and bone versus prostate and sebaceous glands.

We intend to commence a Phase 2 proof-of-concept clinical trial in approximately 100 patients with cancer cachexia in early 2015, and to complete this clinical trial in 2016. Pending positive data from this clinical trial, we plan to advance VK5211 in further clinical trials. We also plan to discuss with the FDA potential clinical development of VK5211 in acute rehabilitation settings, such as hip fracture recovery.

Androgens and Androgen Receptors

Androgens are important for the proper regulation of the reproductive system, and play critical roles in the homeostasis of the muscular, skeletal, cardiovascular, metabolic and central nervous systems. The most predominant androgen hormone is testosterone. Testosterone is predominately produced in the testes in men and in the adrenal glands and ovaries in women, albeit at lower levels than in men. Testosterone stimulates the growth of muscle and bone, also known as anabolic effects, as well as the growth of the prostate and sebaceous gland, also known as androgenic effects and, as such, testosterone is considered a non-tissue-selective androgen.

While testosterone preparations are widely used for the treatment of male hypogonadism, the androgenic activity of testosterone limits its use in women and in elderly men who have a higher risk of developing benign prostatic hyperplasia, or BPH, a benign increase in prostate size, and prostate cancer. In men, the lack of selectivity of anabolic steroids may result in side effects such as acne, hair loss, progression of BPH and/or prostate cancer. In women, exposure to exogenous testosterone can be associated with hair growth, acne and masculinization. Furthermore, testosterone must be administered by intramuscular injections, transdermal patches or gels. These routes of administration can be inconvenient or associated with potential safety issues. We believe VK5211’s

 

-85-


Table of Contents

selectivity, limited off-target effects and convenient route of administration may make it superior to off-label testosterone for treating cancer cachexia and other muscle wasting disorders.

SARMs are a class of small molecules designed to elicit the benefits of androgens on tissues such as muscle and bone, without the undesirable effects on prostate and sebaceous glands, by selectively activating androgen receptors in certain tissues. We believe that, based on their robust activity on muscle and bone, SARMs can be used for the potential treatment of a number of diseases or disorders, including muscle wasting, osteoporosis, frailty and hormone deficiency in both men and women in cases where testosterone supplements or anabolic steroid treatments are ineffective or where the side effect profile is inappropriate.

Although muscle wasting associated with cancer can be partially attributed to nutritional deficiencies, the use of appetite stimulants and nutritional interventions are generally ineffective. This is likely due to the failure of these approaches to address the underlying catabolic processes contributing to muscle wasting. Additionally, cancer patients with severe weight loss, poor performance status and metastatic disease who no longer respond to therapy may be less likely to respond to single therapies designed to increase muscle mass and improve physical function. Because muscle wasting, which often leads to refractory cachexia, has significant negative impacts on patients and their families, early intervention with therapeutic agents aimed at stimulating muscle mass is critically important.

Cachexia and Other Muscle Wasting Market Opportunities

Cachexia is a complex disease characterized by an uncontrolled decline in muscle mass. Patients suffering from cachexia experience increased rates of metabolic breakdown of muscle tissue, resulting in a loss of muscle strength and reduced body weight. The condition is often found secondary to an underlying disease, such as cancer, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, heart failure and HIV/AIDS. It is estimated that a combined total of approximately 9.0 million people suffer from cachexia in the U.S., Europe and Japan. A combination of factors tied to the underlying disease, including reduced growth factor production and overproduction of inflammatory and apoptosis, or cell-death, mediators, create an imbalance in muscle formation and degradation. The resulting dysregulation and associated weight loss leads to increased mortality rates in affected patients. Common clinical symptoms include decline in physical function and impaired immune function, which contribute to increased disability, fatigue, diminished quality of life and reduced rate of survival.

Approximately 2.0 million cancer patients in North America and Europe suffer from cachexia, and it is estimated that up to 20% of all cancer deaths are a direct result of cachexia. It is particularly common among patients with lung, gastric, colorectal or pancreatic cancers, with up to 80% of patients with gastric or pancreatic cancers, and approximately 50% of patients with lung or colorectal cancers, suffering from the syndrome. There are currently no approved therapies in the U.S. for cancer cachexia, and pharmacological interventions have demonstrated limited clinical benefit or expose patients to the risk of undesirable side-effects such as virilization in women and prostate growth in men. As a result, we believe the potential size of the worldwide cancer cachexia market exceeds $1.0 billion.

We plan to initially investigate VK5211 in non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC, patients with cachexia. According to the American Cancer Society, an estimated 224,000 patients in the U.S. are projected to be diagnosed with lung cancer in 2014, of which approximately 85% of these cases are expected to be NSCLC. At diagnosis, approximately half of NSCLC patients present with some form of muscle wasting syndrome. Muscle wasting in this population is associated with reduced strength, increased fatigue and a decrease in overall quality of life. In addition, data indicate that lean body mass may correlate with overall survival, suggesting a potential link between improvement in lean body mass and survival. We believe VK5211 may benefit a large segment of the NSCLC patient population, due to the drug’s potential therapeutic benefits on muscle mass and associated functional gains.

We also intend to explore the use of VK5211 in patients recovering from surgery for hip fractures. More than 250,000 patients in the U.S. experience hip fractures each year, and approximately 50% lose the ability to live

 

-86-


Table of Contents

independently following the fracture. Due to required limitations in mobility following hip fracture, patients experience muscle atrophy, or deterioration from lack of use, which impacts the time required for rehabilitation to restore physical function. We believe VK5211’s potential stimulatory effect on lean body mass could result in benefits to patients recovering from hip fracture or other conditions requiring orthopedic intervention, such as hip or knee replacement surgery.

VK5211: A Potent, Non-Steroidal SARM

VK5211 is an orally available, non-steroidal SARM. VK5211 is a third generation SARM with greatly improved tissue-selectivity and other characteristics relative to earlier-generation SARM-targeting drug candidates. VK5211 selectively activates androgen receptors in muscle, which stimulates muscle growth, while avoiding undesirable side effects, such as unwanted hair growth, acne or stimulation of sebaceous glands and prostate growth. We believe VK5211 is a potential best-in-class compound due to its selectivity, potency and ability to show positive effects within a short treatment duration.

Clinical Data for VK5211

In two Phase 1 clinical trials, VK5211 was shown to be safe and well-tolerated at all doses following daily oral administration for up to 21 days. There were no reported serious adverse events determined to be related to treatment, and no clinically significant changes in liver function tests, prostate-specific antigen, hematocrit or electrocardiogram readings were observed. Moreover, subjects treated with VK5211 demonstrated statistically significant increases in lean muscle mass, and positive dose-dependent trends in functional exercise and strength measures were consistent with anabolic activity.

The first Phase 1 clinical trial was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial in 48 healthy male volunteers. In this clinical trial, six cohorts received an escalating single dose of VK5211 ranging from 0.1 mg to 22 mg. The primary objective of this clinical trial was to evaluate the safety and tolerability profiles following escalating single doses of VK5211 in healthy male subjects. Secondary objectives of the first Phase 1 clinical trial included a determination of the pharmacokinetics, or PK, and pharmacodynamics, or PD, of single escalating doses of VK5211 in healthy male subjects. The actual results showed that single doses at the levels administered were well-tolerated and no serious or severe adverse events were observed among subjects receiving VK5211. The PD results showed dose-related decreases in total testosterone and sex-hormone binding protein, consistent with the mechanism of action of selective androgen receptor modulation. A dose-related decrease in fasting serum HDL was also observed. VK5211 was well-tolerated and demonstrated predictable dose-proportional increases in systemic exposure.

In a subsequent Phase 1 multiple ascending dose clinical trial, 76 healthy men in three cohorts were dosed daily with placebo, 0.1 mg, 0.3 mg or 1 mg of VK5211 for 21 days. The primary objective of the second Phase 1 clinical trial for VK5211 was to assess the safety and tolerability of escalating doses of VK5211 following repeated once-daily oral administration for 21 days in healthy men. Secondary objectives included a determination of the PK and PD of VK5211 following repeated once-daily oral administration for 21 days. Exploratory objectives included a determination of the effects of 21 days of treatment with VK5211 on lean body mass measured by dual energy X-ray absorptiometry scan, maximal voluntary strength measured by the one repetition maximum method and stair climbing power. The average body mass index in all cohorts ranged from 24.6 kg/m 2 to 27.0 kg/m 2 . In this clinical trial, subjects receiving 1 mg doses of VK5211 demonstrated a statistically significant 1.21 kilogram average increase in lean body mass. Positive, dose-dependent trends in strength and performance measurements were also observed. There were no significant changes or trends in fat

 

-87-


Table of Contents

mass across cohorts. VK5211 was shown to be safe, with a similar frequency of adverse events between the treated and placebo groups. VK5211 also displayed a favorable pharmacokinetic profile, without any changes in prostate-specific antigen.

 

LOGO

Preclinical Data

VK5211 has also demonstrated anabolic activity in muscles, anti-resorptive and anabolic activity in bones and robust selectivity for muscle and bone verses prostate and sebaceous glands in animal models.

The tissue-selectivity of VK5211 was examined in a castrated rat model. The castrated rat model is a standard animal model for examining tissue selectivity for SARMs due to the rapid nature of muscle atrophy in castrated animals and the high sensitivity to muscle growth upon androgen-based treatment. Muscle mass can be restored with a potent androgen-receptor agonist, such as testosterone. Initially, rats are castrated or receive sham surgery. Upon recovering from the surgery, castrated and sham rats are administered either an active therapy such as VK5211 or testosterone. The effects of therapy in this model are assessed by measuring muscle and prostate tissue mass. Muscle mass in castrated animals treated with vehicle is assigned 0% relative efficacy, while muscle mass in non-castrated animals that underwent sham surgery is assigned 100% relative efficacy. For example, a castrated rat treated with a drug that demonstrates 100% relative efficacy would have equivalent tissue mass to a non-castrated rat.

In this model, VK5211 demonstrated greater than 500-fold selectivity for maintaining muscle weight at non-castrate levels relative to the effects on prostate weight. By comparison, testosterone shows similar effects on both muscle and prostate tissue. These data suggest that VK5211 is highly tissue-selective for muscle, potentially leading to an improved therapeutic profile relative to testosterone.

 

-88-


Table of Contents

Effects of VK5211 in Muscle and Prostate Tissue in Castrated Rats

 

LOGO

In a primate model, VK5211 treatment resulted in a dramatic increase in muscle growth compared to a placebo group after only two weeks of daily oral treatment. VK5211 was shown to be safe and well-tolerated in this model.

Development Plans

We expect to develop VK5211 for potential treatment of a wide range of diseases and disorders in both men and women. Initially, we plan to commence a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter Phase 2 proof-of-concept trial for muscle wasting in patients with cancer cachexia in early 2015. We expect to enroll approximately 100 patients with NSCLC who are receiving taxane-based chemotherapies. We will evaluate up to three doses of VK5211 and plan to assess changes in lean body mass among treated versus untreated patients after 12 weeks of therapy. We expect this clinical trial to be completed in 2016. Pending positive data from this clinical trial, we plan to advance VK5211 in further clinical trials. We also plan to discuss with the FDA potential clinical development of VK5211 in acute rehabilitation settings, such as hip fracture recovery.

VK0214: A Novel Liver-Selective Thyroid Hormone Receptor-ß, or TRß, Agonist for Lipid Disorders

VK0214 is a novel, orally available, liver-selective TRß agonist for lipid disorders such as dyslipidemia and NASH. The unique liver-targeting properties of our TRß agonists are designed to reduce or eliminate the deleterious effects of extra-hepatic thyroid receptor activation. In particular, high tissue and TRß selectivity may lead to reduced activity at the TR a receptor, which can be associated with increased respiration and cardiac tissue hypertrophy. We are advancing VK0214 for lipid disorders, such as dyslipidemia and NASH. In the U.S., the number of patients with dyslipidemia is expected to increase from 111.0 million in 2006 to 124.0 million in 2015. In the U.S., 33.5% of adults, or 71.0 million people, have high low-density lipoprotein, or LDL, cholesterol. NASH is a growing epidemic in the U.S., and is quickly becoming a leading cause of cirrhosis and liver failure. It is estimated that NASH affects 2% to 5% of Americans, or 6.0 to 15.0 million people. VK0214 is a prodrug of a potent, selective TRß agonist with liver-specific effects on TR-responsive gene expression. In a canine model of hypercholesterolemia, or high levels of cholesterol in the blood, VK0214 demonstrated

 

-89-


Table of Contents

promising reductions in plasma cholesterol with minimal effects on the thyroid hormone axis at doses effective for cholesterol reduction. We plan to complete the toxicity, pharmacology and chemistry, manufacturing and controls studies needed for an IND filing for VK0214. If the results of these preclinical studies are favorable, we expect to file an IND and commence clinical trials for VK0214 in 2015.

EPO Receptor (EPOR) Agonist Program

We are developing small molecule agonists of the erythropoietin, or EPO, receptor, or EPOR, for the potential treatment of anemia. Anemia results from a decrease in red blood cells and is typically experienced by patients with renal complications, cancer patients and HIV/AIDS patients. These patients currently receive recombinant human EPO and other erythropoiesis-stimulating agents, or ESAs. Total worldwide sales of these agents exceeded $7.0 billion in 2012. However, these agents have a number of limitations, including cost of drug manufacturing, cost of treatment, a non-oral route of administration, and potential for immunogenicity, or possibility of inducing an immune response. Furthermore, ESA treatment is associated with an increased risk of adverse cardiovascular complications in patients with kidney disease when used to increase hemoglobin levels above 13.0 g/dL, and may be related to an increase in mortality in cancer patients. We believe that our drug candidates have the potential to treat anemia with improved safety, tolerability and route of administration. We plan to conduct further preclinical studies and file an IND with the FDA in 2016.

Diacylglycerol Acyltransferase-1 (DGAT-1) Inhibitor Program

We are developing small molecule inhibitors of the enzyme DGAT-1 for the potential treatment of lipid disorders such as obesity and dyslipidemia. According to the CDC, approximately 36% of the adult U.S. population is obese, with the prevalence expected to exceed 40% by 2018. The World Health Organization estimates at least 500.0 million people are currently obese worldwide. DGAT-1 is a potential therapeutic target for reduction of triglyceride levels in the circulation and fat accumulation in adipose tissues. DGAT-1 null mice exhibit both reduced post-meal plasma triglyceride levels and increased energy expenditure, but have normal levels of circulating free fatty acids. Conversely, transgenic mice that overexpress DGAT-1 in adipose tissue are predisposed to obesity when fed a high-fat diet and have elevated levels of circulating free fatty acids. We have developed a series of novel compounds with tissue-targeting properties intended to mitigate potential side effects by selectively targeting the enterocyte, or intestinal absorptive cells, in the intestine, to inhibit dietary triglyceride uptake, or the liver, to inhibit de novo triglyceride synthesis. We plan to conduct further preclinical studies and file an IND with the FDA in 2016.

Competition

The biopharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our technology, knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including commercial biopharmaceutical enterprises, academic institutions, government agencies and private and public research institutions. Any drug candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical studies, clinical trials, regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. Our competitors may succeed in developing technologies and therapies that are more effective, better tolerated or less costly than any which we are developing, or that would render our drug candidates obsolete and noncompetitive. Even if we obtain regulatory approval of any of our drug candidates, our competitors may succeed in obtaining regulatory approvals for their products earlier than we do. We will also face competition from these third parties in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, and in acquiring and in-licensing technologies and products complementary to our programs or advantageous to our business.

 

-90-


Table of Contents

VK0612

The key competitive factors affecting the success of VK0612, if approved, are likely to be its efficacy, safety, tolerability, frequency and route of administration, convenience and price, and the level of branded and generic competition and the availability of coverage and reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

In the U.S., there are a variety of currently marketed oral type 2 diabetes therapies, including metformin (generic), pioglitazone (generic), glimepiride (generic), sitagliptin (Merck & Co., Inc.) and canagliflozin (Johnson & Johnson). These therapies are well-established and are widely accepted by physicians, patients, caregivers and third-party payors as the standard of care for the treatment of type 2 diabetes. Physicians, patients and third-party payors may not accept the addition of VK0612 to their current treatment regimens for a variety of potential reasons, including:

 

    if they do not wish to incur any potential additional costs related to VK0612; or

 

    if they perceive the use of VK0612 to be of limited additional benefit to patients.

In addition to the currently approved and marketed type 2 diabetes therapies, there are a number of experimental drugs that are in various stages of clinical development by companies such as Eli Lilly and Company, Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited and TransTech Pharma, Inc.

VK5211

The key competitive factors affecting the success of VK5211, if approved, are likely to be its efficacy, safety, tolerability, frequency and route of administration, convenience and price, the level of branded and generic competition and the availability of coverage and reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

In the U.S., there are currently no marketed therapies for the treatment of cancer cachexia, though steroids such as nandrolone (generic), oxandrolone (generic) and testosterone (generic) are sometimes prescribed for the treatment of weight loss in cancer patients. There are several experimental therapies that are in various stages of clinical development by companies including GTx, Inc., Helsinn Group and Morphosys AG. In addition, nutritional and growth hormone-based therapies are sometimes used in patients experiencing muscle wasting.

Preclinical Programs

If any of our preclinical programs are ultimately determined safe and effective and approved for marketing, they may compete for market share with established therapies from a number of competitors, including large biopharmaceutical companies. Many therapies are currently available and numerous others are being developed for the treatment of dyslipidemia, NASH, anemia and obesity. Any products that we may develop from our preclinical programs may not be able to compete effectively with existing or future therapies.

Manufacturing and Supply

We do not have any manufacturing facilities and do not intend to develop any manufacturing capabilities. We believe that we currently possess sufficient VK0612 and VK5211 drug substance to allow for completion of our planned VK0612 and VK5211 clinical trials. Bulk active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, and certain dosage forms are currently in storage in compliance with cGMP requirements. We believe that a majority of the existing API will be suitable for formulation into clinical trial material. We also have identified multiple contract manufacturers to provide commercial supplies of the formulated drug candidates if they are approved for marketing. We intend to secure contract manufacturers with established track records of quality product supply and significant experience with the regulatory requirements of the FDA and EMA.

 

-91-


Table of Contents

Our History

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on September 24, 2012. Since our incorporation, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to raising capital, building infrastructure, obtaining the worldwide rights to certain technology from Ligand, including VK0612 and VK5211, and planning and preparing for preclinical studies and clinical trials of our drug candidates. Each of our programs is based on small molecules licensed from Ligand pursuant to the Master License Agreement, which we entered into on May 21, 2014.

Agreements with Ligand

Master License Agreement

On May 21, 2014, we entered into a Master License Agreement, or the Master License Agreement, with Ligand pursuant to which, among other things, Ligand granted to us and our affiliates an exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, royalty-bearing right and license under (1) patents related to (a) our VK0612 program and any other compounds comprised by specified FBPase patents and derivatives of such compounds, or FBPase Compounds, (b) our VK5211 program and any other compounds comprised by specified SARM patents and derivatives of such compounds, or SARM Compounds, (c) our VK0214 program and any other compounds comprised by specified TRß patents and any derivatives of such compounds, or TRß Compounds, (d) our EPOR program and any other compounds comprised by specified EPOR patents and derivatives of such compounds, or EPOR Compounds, and (e) our DGAT-1 program and any other compounds comprised by specified DGAT-1 patents and derivatives of such compounds, or DGAT-1 Compounds, (2) related know-how controlled by Ligand, and (3) physical quantities of FBPase, SARM, TRß, EPOR and DGAT-1 Compounds, or, collectively, the Licensed Technology, to research, develop, manufacture, have manufactured, use and commercialize the Licensed Technology in and for all therapeutic and diagnostic uses in humans or animals. We have the right to sublicense these rights in certain circumstances. Pursuant to the terms of the Master License Agreement, we have the exclusive right and sole responsibility and decision-making authority for researching and developing any pharmaceutical products that contain or comprise one or any combination of an FBPase Compound, SARM Compound, TRß Compound, EPOR Compound or DGAT-1 Compound, or, collectively, the Licensed Products. We also have the exclusive right and sole responsibility and decision-making authority to conduct all clinical trials and preclinical studies that we believe are appropriate to obtain the regulatory approvals necessary for commercialization of the Licensed Products, and we will own and maintain all regulatory filings and all regulatory approvals for the Licensed Products. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the Master License Agreement, we have the sole decision-making authority and responsibility and the exclusive right to commercialize any of the Licensed Products, either by ourselves or, in certain circumstances, through sublicensees selected by us. We also have the exclusive right to manufacture or have manufactured any Licensed Product ourselves or, in certain circumstances, through sublicensees or third parties selected by us. We will own any intellectual property that we develop in connection with the license granted under the Master License Agreement.

As partial consideration for the grant of the rights and licenses to us under the Master License Agreement, in the event we consummate a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act on a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or any successor form, or an Initial Public Offering, we will issue to Ligand at the closing of the Initial Public Offering a number of shares of our common stock having an aggregate value of $29.0 million, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. In the event we consummate a private financing of our equity securities, or a Private Financing, prior to an Initial Public Offering, Ligand has the option to receive a number of shares of the same class and type of securities issued and sold by us in the Private Financing having an aggregate value of $29.0 million, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, or, in lieu of receiving the same class and type of shares issued in the Private Financing, to defer its right to receive equity in Viking until an Initial Public Offering or subsequent private financing of Viking. Furthermore, as partial consideration for the grant of the rights and licenses to us under the Master License Agreement, we entered into the Loan and Security Agreement with Ligand (as discussed below).

 

-92-


Table of Contents

As further partial consideration for the grant of the rights and licenses to us by Ligand under the Master License Agreement, we have agreed to pay to Ligand certain one-time, non-refundable milestone payments in connection with licensed products containing (1) VK0612 or any other FBPase Compound, in an aggregate amount of up to $60.0 million per indication (for up to a total of four indications) upon the achievement of certain development and regulatory milestones and up to $150.0 million upon the achievement of certain sales milestones, (2) VK5211 or any other SARM Compound, in an aggregate amount of up to $85.0 million per indication (for up to a total of two indications) upon the achievement of certain development and regulatory milestones and up to $100.0 million upon the achievement of certain sales milestones, (3) VK0214 or any other TRß Compound, in an aggregate amount of up to $75.0 million per indication (for up to a total of three indications) upon the achievement of certain development and regulatory milestones and up to $150.0 million upon the achievement of certain sales milestones, (4) any EPOR Compound, in an aggregate amount of up to $48.0 million per indication (for up to a total of three indications) upon the achievement of certain development and regulatory milestones and up to $50.0 million upon the achievement of certain sales milestones, and (5) any DGAT-1 Compound, in an aggregate amount of up to $78.0 million per indication (for up to a total of two indications) upon the achievement of certain development and regulatory milestones and up to $150.0 million upon the achievement of certain sales milestones. Additionally, we will pay to Ligand a one-time, non-refundable milestone payment of $2.5 million upon the occurrence of the first commercial sale of VK0612 or any other FBPase Compound by one of our sublicensees. We will also pay to Ligand royalties on aggregate annual worldwide net sales of Licensed Products by us, our affiliates and our sublicensees at tiered percentage rates in the following ranges based upon net sales: (a) upper single digit royalties upon sales of VK0612 or any other FBPase Compound, (b) upper single digit royalties upon sales of VK5211 or any other SARM Compound, (c) low-to-middle single digit royalties upon sales of VK0214 or any other TRß Compound, (d) middle-to-upper single digit royalties upon sales of any EPOR Compound, and (e) low-to-middle single digit royalties upon sales of any DGAT-1 Compound; in each case subject to reduction in certain circumstances.

The term of the Master License Agreement will continue unless the agreement is terminated by us or Ligand. Ligand has the right to terminate the Master License Agreement under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to: (1) if, on or before April 30, 2015, we have neither (a) completed an Initial Public Offering, nor (b) received aggregate net proceeds of at least $20.0 million in one or more Private Financings, (2) in the event of our insolvency or bankruptcy, (3) if we do not pay an undisputed amount owing under the Master License Agreement when due and fail to cure such default within a specified period of time, or (4) if we default on certain of our material and substantial obligations and fail to cure the default within a specified period of time. We have the right to terminate the Master License Agreement under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to: (i) if Ligand does not pay an undisputed amount owing under the Master License Agreement when due and fails to cure such default within a specified period of time, or (ii) if Ligand defaults on certain of its material and substantial obligations and fails to cure the default within a specified period of time. In addition, provisions of the Master License Agreement can be terminated on a licensed program-by-program basis under certain circumstances. In the event that the Master License Agreement is terminated in its entirety or with respect to a specific licensed program for any reason: (A) all licenses granted to us under the Master License Agreement (or with respect to the specific licensed program) will terminate and we will, upon Ligand’s request (subject to Ligand assuming legal responsibility for any clinical trials of the Licensed Products then ongoing), assign and transfer to Ligand (or to such transferee as Ligand may direct), at no cost to Ligand, all regulatory documentation and all regulatory approvals prepared or obtained by us or on our behalf related to the Licensed Products (or those related to the specific licensed program), or, if Ligand does not make such a request, we will wind down any ongoing clinical trials with respect to the Licensed Products (or those related to the specific licensed program) at no cost to Ligand; (B) we will, upon Ligand’s request, sell and transfer to Ligand (or to such transferee as Ligand may direct), at a price equal to 125% of our costs of goods, any and all chemical, biological or physical materials relating to or comprising the Licensed Products (or those related to the specific licensed program); (C) we will have, for a period of six months following termination, the right to sell on the normal business terms in existence before such termination any finished commercial inventory of Licensed Products (or those related to the specific licensed program) which remains on hand, so long as we pay to Ligand the applicable royalties and sales milestones; (D) Ligand has the right to require us to assign to Ligand the

 

-93-


Table of Contents

trademarks owned by us relating to the Licensed Products (or those related to the specific licensed program); and (E) we will grant to Ligand a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing sublicensable license under any patent rights and know-how controlled by us to the extent necessary to make, have made, import, use, offer to sell and sell the Licensed Products (or those related to the specific licensed program) anywhere in the world at a royalty rate in the low single digits.

Under the Master License Agreement, we have agreed to indemnify Ligand for claims relating to the performance of our obligations under the Master License Agreement, any breach of the representations and warranties made by us under the Master License Agreement, clinical trials conducted by us and the research, development and commercialization of the Licensed Products by us and our affiliates, sublicensees, distributors and agents. In addition, Ligand has agreed to indemnify us for claims relating to the performance of its obligations under the Master License Agreement, its breach of representations and warranties under the agreement and its research and development of the licensed compounds before the effective date of the Master License Agreement. Each party’s indemnification obligations will not apply to the extent the claims result from the negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnified party or any of its employees, agents, officers or directors or from the indemnified party’s breach of its representations or warranties set forth in the Master License Agreement.

Loan and Security Agreement

In connection with entering into the Master License Agreement, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Ligand, dated May 21, 2014, or the Loan and Security Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, Ligand agreed to provide us with loans in the aggregate amount of up to $2.5 million. Pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, Ligand initially loaned $1.0 million to us on May 27, 2014 and an additional $250,000 on June 1, 2014, and has agreed to loan an additional $250,000 to us each month from July 2014 through and including November 2014. The principal amount outstanding under the loans will accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the lesser of 5% and the maximum interest rate permitted by law. In the event we default under the loans, the loans will accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the lesser of 8% and the maximum interest rate permitted by law.

The loans will be evidenced by a Secured Convertible Promissory Note, or the Note. Pursuant to the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement and the Note, the loans will become due and payable upon the written demand of Ligand at any time after the earlier to occur of an event of default under the Loan and Security Agreement or the Note, and four years from the date of the initial loan, or the Maturity Date, unless the loans are converted into equity prior to such time. Upon the consummation of the earlier to occur of (1) a bona fide capital financing transaction or series of financing transactions with one or more financial non-strategic investors with aggregate net proceeds to us of at least $20.0 million and pursuant to which we issue shares of our equity securities, or a Qualified Private Financing, and (2) an Initial Public Offering, Ligand may elect either to (a) receive such number of shares of the type of equity we issue in the Qualified Private Financing or the Initial Public Offering equal to 200% of the amount obtained by dividing the entire then-outstanding principal amount of the loans, plus all accrued and previously unpaid interest thereon, by the lowest per share price paid by investors in the Qualified Private Financing or Initial Public Offering, or (b) require us to prepay an amount equal to 200% of the principal amount of the loans then-outstanding plus all accrued and previously unpaid interest thereon, or the Prepayment. Moreover, if a Qualified Private Financing occurs prior to an Initial Public Offering and Ligand has not elected to receive shares of the type of equity we issue in the Qualified Private Financing or to receive the Prepayment, Ligand may elect to extend the Maturity Date to a date agreed upon by us and Ligand. Furthermore, if a change of control of our company occurs prior to the earlier of the Maturity Date, the closing of the Qualified Private Financing or the closing of an Initial Public Offering, Ligand may elect to either receive a specified number of shares of our securities equal to 200% of the amount obtained by dividing the entire then-outstanding principal amount of the loans, plus all accrued and previously unpaid interest thereon, by the lowest per share price set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement or require us to make the Prepayment.

We also granted Ligand a continuing security interest in all of our right, title and interest in and to our assets as collateral for the full, prompt, complete and final payment and performance when due of all obligations under the Loan and Security Agreement and the Note.

 

-94-


Table of Contents

Under the Loan and Security Agreement and the Note, we are subject to affirmative and negative covenants. We agreed to, among other things, deliver financial statements, forecasts and budget information to Ligand. In addition, we agreed to use the proceeds from the loans solely as working capital and to fund our general business requirements in accordance with our forecast and budget. Under the Loan and Security Agreement and the Note, we may not take certain actions without Ligand’s consent, such as declare or pay dividends, incur or repay certain indebtedness or engage in certain related party transactions.

An event of default under the Loan and Security Agreement will be deemed to occur or exist upon the termination of the Master License Agreement; in the event we fail to make principal or interest payments under the Note when due; if we become insolvent or breach and fail to cure within a specified period of time any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement in the Loan and Security Agreement, the Master License Agreement, the Option Agreement, dated September 27, 2012, by and between us and Ligand, as amended, the Voting Agreement (as defined below) or the Management Rights Letter (as defined below); or upon the occurrence of certain other events.

This offering will constitute an Initial Public Offering under the Loan and Security Agreement, and Ligand has the option to convert the amounts outstanding under the Note into shares of our common stock upon consummation of this offering. Upon consummation of this offering, we may be obligated to issue to Ligand an aggregate of                 shares of our common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $                , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the Loan and Security Agreement and the Note will terminate in their entirety.

Management Rights Letter

As a condition to entering into the Master License Agreement, the Loan and Security Agreement and the Note, we entered into a Management Rights Letter with Ligand, dated as of May 21, 2014, or the Management Rights Letter. Pursuant to the Management Rights Letter, we agreed to: (1) expand the size of our board of directors so as to create one new directorship on our board of directors, and (2) appoint an individual named by Ligand, or the Ligand Director, to fill the newly-created directorship. Pursuant to the terms of the Management Rights Letter, the Ligand Director is entitled to receive the same compensation, including cash payments and equity incentive grants, as is provided to our other directors; however, the Ligand Director is not entitled to receive the compensation provided to our directors in their capacity as members of a committee of our board of directors. Furthermore, we agreed to provide Ligand with advance written notice of the date of the annual meeting of our stockholders for each year in which the Ligand Director is up for election so as to permit Ligand to designate the Ligand Director for election at such annual meeting, and to nominate the Ligand Director to our board of directors at each such annual meeting of our stockholders. In addition, under the Management Rights Letter, we granted Ligand certain contractual management rights in the event Ligand is not represented on our board of directors, including the right to consult with us and offer advice to our management on significant business issues and the right to receive copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other material that we provide to our directors, subject to certain exceptions. We also agreed that, upon consummation of this offering, we will appoint a Chairperson of our board of directors who is “independent” under applicable SEC rules and the rules and listings standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or the Nasdaq rules. In accordance with the terms of the Management Rights Letter, we appointed Matthew W. Foehr to our board of directors as the Ligand Director on May 27, 2014. The Management Rights Letter will terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (a) the liquidation, dissolution or indefinite cessation of our business operations; (b) the execution by us of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or the appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of our property and assets; (c) an acquisition of us by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) if our stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction hold less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity; (d) following our issuance of securities pursuant to the Master License Agreement, the date that Ligand and its affiliates collectively cease to beneficially own at least 7.5% of our outstanding voting stock; or (e) May 21, 2024.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

Voting Agreement

In connection with the terms of the Management Rights Letter, we, Ligand, Brian Lian, Ph.D., and Michael Dinerman, M.D., entered into a Voting Agreement dated as of May 21, 2014, or the Voting Agreement, pursuant to which each of Ligand, Dr. Lian and Dr. Dinerman agreed to vote all of his or its shares of our voting securities so as to elect the Ligand Director as a member of our board of directors, and, if requested by Ligand, to vote in favor of any removal of the Ligand Director or selection of a new Ligand Director. The Voting Agreement will terminate under the same circumstances in which the Management Rights Letter will terminate.

Sublease Agreement

On May 21, 2014, we entered into a Sublease Agreement with Ligand, as sublandlord, or the Sublease Agreement, for approximately 5,851 square feet of individual and shared space within the building located at 11119 North Torrey Pines, San Diego, California 92037. Under the Sublease Agreement, we are required to pay base rent in the amount of approximately $13,500 per month. We are also obligated to pay Ligand for our pro-rated portion of certain operating expenses, including, without limitation, fees for operating costs, taxes, assessments, utilities, services, repairs and maintenance. Pursuant to the Sublease Agreement, Ligand has agreed to provide us with technical and scientific, professional, human resources, administrative, information technology and general office services during some or all of the sublease term for a fee based on the number of full-time equivalents utilized by us in a given time period multiplied by $300,000 per year per full-time equivalent. The sublease commences on May 21, 2014 and expires on December 31, 2014; however, we can terminate the sublease early, without penalty, upon 30 days written notice to Ligand following the completion of this offering. We use this space as our principal executive office.

Registration Rights Agreement

As a condition to the parties entering into the Master License Agreement and the Loan and Security Agreement, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, with Ligand, or the Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which we granted certain registration rights to Ligand with respect to (1) the securities of Viking issuable pursuant to the Master License Agreement and the Note, or, collectively, the Viking Securities, (2) the shares of our common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Viking Securities, if applicable, and (3) the shares of our common stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, in exchange for or in replacement of the Viking Securities, or, collectively, the Registrable Securities.

Mandatory Resale Registration Rights

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we have agreed that we will file with the SEC, by no later than the first date on which the lock-up requested by the underwriters in this offering expires or lapses with respect to Ligand (or the first business day thereafter), or the Lock-Up Expiration Date, a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that covers the resale of the full amount of the Registrable Securities. We are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable after it is filed with the SEC, but in no event later than (1) in the event the SEC Staff does not review the Registration Statement, 60 days after the Lock-Up Expiration Date, or (2) in the event the SEC Staff reviews the Registration Statement, 120 days after the Lock-Up Expiration Date. If we do not file a Registration Statement for the resale of the Registrable Securities within the requisite time period, if such Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC Staff by a certain date, or if, on any day after the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC Staff, sales of all of the Registrable Securities required to be included in the Registration Statement cannot be made pursuant to the Registration Statement, then we will, subject to certain exceptions, be obligated to pay to Ligand an amount in cash equal to 1% of the aggregate value of the Registrable Securities, measured as of the date of their issuance, on the day of such failure or ineffectiveness of, or inability to use, the Registration Statement and on every thirtieth day thereafter (pro-rated for partial periods) until such failure or ineffectiveness of, or inability to use, the Registration Statement is cured; up to a maximum of 5% of the aggregate value of the Registrable Securities, measured as of the date of their issuance.

 

-96-


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, in the event the SEC Staff takes the position that the registration of some or all of the Registrable Securities is not eligible to be made on a delayed or continuous basis under the provisions of Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or would require Ligand to be named as an “underwriter” in the Registration Statement, we have agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to persuade the SEC Staff that the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement is a valid secondary offering, is not made “by or on behalf of the issuer” (as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act) and that Ligand is not an “underwriter” for purposes of the registration. If the SEC Staff does not agree with our proposal, we will remove from the Registration Statement the portion of the Registrable Securities, and/or we and Ligand will agree to certain restrictions and limitations on the registration and resale of the Registrable Securities, as the SEC Staff may require to ensure the registration complies with Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, we also agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep each Registration Statement filed pursuant to the agreement effective with respect to all Registrable Securities until the earlier of (1) the date on which all shares of Registrable Securities may immediately be sold under Rule 144, as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, or Rule 144, during any 90-day period, or (2) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement that are held by Ligand are sold.

Additionally, we have the right during certain periods after the effective date of the Registration Statement covering the resale of the Registrable Securities, to delay the disclosure of material, non-public information if, in the good faith opinion of our board of directors, it is not in our best interests to disclose the information. In addition, we have the ability to prohibit sales under the Registration Statement during certain periods, subject to certain limitations.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The Registration Rights Agreement also provides that after the Initial Public Offering, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for the use of Form S-3 for purposes of registering the issuance and/or resale of the Registrable Securities. Once we have qualified for the use of Form S-3, we have agreed to convert the Registration Statement on Form S-1 that is initially to be filed to register the resale of the Registrable Securities into a Registration Statement on Form S-3.

Limitation on Registration Rights

Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, we have agreed that we will not, except with Ligand’s prior written consent, from and after the date of the Registration Rights Agreement and prior to the date the Registration Statement covering the resale of the full amount of the Registrable Securities is declared effective by the SEC, enter into an agreement with another holder or prospective holder of our securities which provides demand registration rights that are more favorable than the registration rights provided to Ligand under the Registration Rights Agreement.

Termination of Registration Rights

Ligand’s registration rights terminate upon the earlier of (1) the date on which all shares of Registrable Securities may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period, or (2) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement that are held by Ligand are sold.

Expenses

We will bear all registration expenses in connection with the mandatory resale registration rights granted pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, including but not limited to all registration, qualification and filing fees, except that we will not be required to pay selling expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the holders of our capital stock other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel in an amount of up to $20,000.

 

-97-


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

FDA Regulation and Marketing Approval

In the U.S., the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act of 1938, as amended, or FDCA, and related regulations. Drugs are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. regulatory requirements at any time during the drug development process, approval process or after approval may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions and non-approval of drug candidates. These sanctions could include the imposition by the FDA or an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, of a clinical hold on clinical trials, the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications or related supplements, withdrawal of an approval, untitled or warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, restitution, disgorgement, civil penalties or criminal prosecution. Such actions by government agencies could also require us to expend a large amount of resources to respond to the actions. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

The FDA and comparable regulatory agencies in state and local jurisdictions and in foreign countries impose substantial requirements upon the clinical development, manufacture and marketing of pharmaceutical products.

These agencies and other federal, state and local entities regulate research and development activities and the testing, manufacture, quality control, safety, effectiveness, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, record-keeping, approval, post-approval monitoring, advertising, promotion, sampling and import and export of our products. Our drugs must be approved by the FDA through the new drug application, or NDA, process before they may be legally marketed in the U.S. See the section of this prospectus entitled “– The NDA Approval Process”.

The process required by the FDA before drugs may be marketed in the U.S. generally involves the following:

 

    completion of non-clinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies conducted according to good laboratory practice or other applicable regulations;

 

    submission of an IND, which allows clinical trials to begin unless the FDA objects within 30 days;

 

    adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for its intended use or uses conducted in accordance with FDA regulations, good clinical practices, or GCP, which are international ethical and scientific quality standards meant to assure that the rights, safety and well-being of trial participants are protected, and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators and monitors and to assure clinical trial data integrity;

 

    pre-approval inspection of manufacturing facilities and clinical trial sites; and

 

    FDA approval of an NDA, which must occur before a drug can be marketed or sold.

IND and Clinical Trials

Prior to commencing the first clinical trial, an IND, which contains the results of preclinical studies along with other information, such as information about product chemistry, manufacturing and controls and a proposed protocol, must be submitted to the FDA. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA unless the FDA within the 30-day time period raises concerns or questions about the conduct of the clinical trial. In such a case, the IND sponsor must resolve any outstanding concerns with the FDA before the clinical trial may begin. A separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial to be conducted during drug development. Further, an independent IRB for each site proposing to conduct the clinical

 

-98-


Table of Contents

trial must review and approve the investigational plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that site. Informed written consent must also be obtained from each trial subject. Regulatory authorities, including the FDA, an IRB, a data safety monitoring board or the sponsor, may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the participants are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or that the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements.

For purposes of NDA approval, human clinical trials are typically conducted in sequential phases that may overlap:

 

    Phase 1 – the drug is initially given to healthy human subjects or patients in order to determine metabolism and pharmacologic actions of the drug in humans, side effects and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness. During Phase 1 clinical trials, sufficient information about the investigational drug’s pharmacokinetics and pharmacologic effects may be obtained to permit the design of well-controlled and scientifically valid Phase 2 clinical trials.

 

    Phase 2 – clinical trials are conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of the drug for a particular indication or in a limited number of patients in the target population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to determine the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted by the sponsor to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 clinical trials. Throughout this prospectus, we refer to our initial Phase 2 clinical trials as “Phase 2a clinical trials” and our subsequent Phase 2 clinical trials as “Phase 2b clinical trials.”

 

    Phase 3 – when Phase 2 clinical trials demonstrate that a dosage range of the product appears effective and has an acceptable safety profile, and provide sufficient information for the design of Phase 3 clinical trials, Phase 3 clinical trials in an expanded patient population at multiple clinical sites may be undertaken. They are performed after preliminary evidence suggesting effectiveness of the drug has been obtained, and are intended to further evaluate dosage, effectiveness and safety, to establish the overall benefit-risk relationship of the investigational drug and to provide an adequate basis for product labeling and approval by the FDA. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug in an expanded patient population at multiple clinical trial sites.

All clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with FDA regulations, GCP requirements and their protocols in order for the data to be considered reliable for regulatory purposes.

An investigational drug product that is a combination of two different drugs in the same dosage form must comply with an additional rule that requires that each component make a contribution to the claimed effects of the drug product. This typically requires larger studies that test the drug against each of its components. In addition, typically, if a drug product is intended to treat a chronic disease, as is the case with our products, safety and efficacy data must be gathered over an extended period of time, which can range from six months to three years or more. Government regulation may delay or prevent marketing of drug candidates or new drugs for a considerable period of time and impose costly procedures upon our activities.

Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information

Sponsors of clinical trials of FDA-regulated products, including drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial, is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.

 

-99-


Table of Contents

The NDA Approval Process

In order to obtain approval to market a drug in the U.S., a marketing application must be submitted to the FDA that provides data establishing to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the investigational drug for the proposed indication. Each NDA submission requires a substantial user fee payment (currently exceeding $2.1 million for fiscal year 2014) unless a waiver or exemption applies. The application includes all relevant data available from pertinent non-clinical studies, or preclinical studies and clinical trials, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacturing, controls and proposed labeling, among other things. Data can come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and effectiveness of a use of a product, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators that meet GCP requirements.

During the development of a new drug, sponsors are given opportunities to meet with the FDA at certain points. These points may be prior to submission of an IND, at the end of Phase 2 clinical trials, and before an NDA is submitted. Meetings at other times may be requested. These meetings can provide an opportunity for the sponsor to share information about the data gathered to date, for the FDA to provide advice and for the sponsor and the FDA to reach agreement on the next phase of development. Sponsors typically use the end-of-Phase 2 clinical trials meetings to discuss their Phase 2 clinical trials results and present their plans for the pivotal Phase 3 registration trial that they believe will support approval of the new drug.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional preclinical safety studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug and finalize a process for the NDA sponsor’s manufacturing the product in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final drugs. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf-life.

The results of drug development, non-clinical studies and clinical trials, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the chemistry of the drug, proposed labeling and other relevant information are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product. The FDA reviews all NDAs submitted to ensure that they are sufficiently complete for substantive review before it accepts them for filing. It may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the NDA must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to conduct an initial review to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the FDA’s threshold determination that the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. If the NDA submission is accepted for filing, the FDA reviews the NDA to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product is safe and effective for its intended use, and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. The FDA has agreed to specific performance goals on the review of NDAs and seeks to review standard NDAs within 12 months from submission of the NDA. The review process may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider certain late submitted information or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission. After the FDA completes its initial review of an NDA, it will communicate to the sponsor that the drug will either be approved, or it will issue a complete response letter to communicate that the NDA will not be approved in its current form and inform the sponsor of changes that must be made or additional clinical, non-clinical or manufacturing data that must be received before the application can be approved, with no implication regarding the ultimate approvability of the application or the timing of any such approval, if ever. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two to six months depending on the type of information included. The FDA may refer applications for novel drug products or drug products that present difficult questions of safety or effectiveness to an advisory committee, typically a panel that

 

-100-


Table of Contents

includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and, if so, under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facilities at which the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP regulations. If the FDA determines the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it typically will outline the deficiencies and often will request additional testing or information. This may significantly delay further review of the application. If the FDA finds that a clinical site did not conduct the clinical trial in accordance with GCP regulations, the FDA may determine the data generated by the clinical site should be excluded from the primary efficacy analyses provided in the NDA. Additionally, notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

The FDA may require, or companies may pursue, additional clinical trials after a product is approved. These so-called Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials may be made a condition to be satisfied for continuing drug approval. The results of Phase 4 clinical trials can confirm the effectiveness of a drug candidate and can provide important safety information. In addition, the FDA now has express statutory authority to require sponsors to conduct post-marketing trials to specifically address safety issues identified by the agency. See the section of this prospectus entitled “– Post-Marketing Requirements”.

The FDA also has authority to require a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or a REMS, from manufacturers to ensure that the benefits of a drug outweigh its risks. A sponsor may also voluntarily propose a REMS as part of the NDA submission. The need for a REMS is determined as part of the review of the NDA. Based on statutory standards, elements of a REMS may include “dear doctor letters,” a medication guide, more elaborate targeted educational programs, and in some cases elements to assure safe use, or ETASU, which is the most restrictive REMS. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring and the use of patient registries. These elements are negotiated as part of the NDA approval, and in some cases if consensus is not obtained until after the Prescription Drug User Fee Act of 1992, as amended, review cycle, the approval date may be delayed. Once adopted, REMS are subject to periodic assessment and modification.

Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement before the change can be implemented. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs.

Even if a drug candidate receives regulatory approval, the approval may be limited to specific disease states, patient populations and dosages, or might contain significant limitations on use in the form of warnings, precautions or contraindications, or in the form of onerous risk management plans, restrictions on distribution or post-marketing trial requirements. Further, even after regulatory approval is obtained, later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market. Delay in obtaining, or failure to obtain, regulatory approval for our products, or obtaining approval but for significantly limited use, would harm our business. In addition, we cannot predict what adverse governmental regulations may arise from future U.S. or foreign governmental action.

The Hatch-Waxman Amendments

Under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, as amended, commonly known as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, a portion of a product’s U.S. patent term that was lost during clinical

 

-101-


Table of Contents

development and regulatory review by the FDA may be restored. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments also provide a process for listing patents pertaining to approved products in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations (commonly known as the Orange Book) and for a competitor seeking approval of an application that references a product with listed patents to make certifications pertaining to such patents. In addition, the Hatch-Waxman Amendments provide for a statutory protection, known as non-patent exclusivity, against the FDA’s acceptance or approval of certain competitor applications.

Patent Term Restoration

Patent term restoration can compensate for time lost during drug development and the regulatory review process by returning up to five years of patent life for a patent that covers a new product or its use. This period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND (falling after issuance of the patent) and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the approval of that application, provided the sponsor acted with diligence. Patent term restorations, however, cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended and the extension must be applied for prior to expiration of the patent. The United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration.

Orange Book Listing

In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA each patent whose claims cover the applicant’s product. Upon approval of a drug, each of the patents listed by the NDA holder listed in the drug’s application or otherwise are then published in the FDA’s Orange Book. Drugs listed in the Orange Book can, in turn, be cited by potential generic competitors in support of approval of an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA. An ANDA provides for marketing of a drug product that has the same active ingredients in the same strengths and dosage form as the listed drug and has been shown through bioequivalence testing to be therapeutically equivalent to the listed drug. Other than the requirement for bioequivalence testing, ANDA applicants are not required to conduct, or submit results of, preclinical studies or clinical trials to prove the safety or effectiveness of their drug product. Drugs approved in this way are commonly referred to as “generic equivalents” to the listed drug, and can often be substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the original listed drug.

The ANDA applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the FDA’s Orange Book. Specifically, the applicant must certify that: (1) the required patent information has not been filed; (2) the listed patent has expired; (3) the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (4) the listed patent is invalid or will not be infringed by the new product. The ANDA applicant may also elect to submit a Section VIII statement certifying that its proposed ANDA label does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method-of-use rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired.

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents, or that such patents are invalid, is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

An applicant submitting an NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA, which permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by, or for, the

 

-102-


Table of Contents

applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference, is required to certify to the FDA regarding any patents listed in the Orange Book for the approved product it references to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would.

Market Exclusivity

Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA also can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the U.S. to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an ANDA or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a Paragraph IV certification. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, for new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions associated with the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for drugs containing the original active agent. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA; however, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the non-clinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Post-Marketing Requirements

Following approval of a new product, a pharmaceutical company and the approved product are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, monitoring and record-keeping activities, reporting to the applicable regulatory authorities of adverse experiences with the product, providing the regulatory authorities with updated safety and efficacy information, product sampling and distribution requirements, and complying with promotion and advertising requirements, which include, among others, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, restrictions on promoting drugs for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the drug’s approved labeling (known as “off-label use”), limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and requirements for promotional activities involving the internet, including social media. Although physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such off-label uses. Modifications or enhancements to the product or its labeling or changes of the site of manufacture are often subject to the approval of the FDA and other regulators, who may or may not grant approval, or may include in a lengthy review process.

Prescription drug advertising is subject to federal, state and foreign regulations. In the U.S., the FDA regulates prescription drug promotion, including direct-to-consumer advertising. Prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use. Any distribution of prescription drug products and pharmaceutical samples must comply with the U.S. Prescription Drug Marketing Act of 1987, as amended, or the PDMA, a part of the FDCA.

In the U.S., once a product is approved, its manufacture is subject to comprehensive and continuing regulation by the FDA. The FDA regulations require that products be manufactured in specific, approved facilities and in accordance with cGMP. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of our products in accordance with cGMP regulations. cGMP regulations require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMP. Drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their

 

-103-


Table of Contents

establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. These regulations also impose certain organizational, procedural and documentation requirements with respect to manufacturing and quality assurance activities. NDA holders using contract manufacturers, laboratories or packagers are responsible for the selection and monitoring of qualified firms and, in certain circumstances, qualified suppliers to these firms. These firms and, where applicable, their suppliers are subject to inspections by the FDA at any time, and the discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to cGMP, could result in enforcement actions that interrupt the operation of any such product or may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer, or holder of an approved NDA, including, among other things, recall or withdrawal of the product from the market.

In addition, the manufacturer or sponsor under an approved NDA is subject to annual product and establishment fees, currently exceeding $104,000 per product and $554,000 per establishment for fiscal year 2014. These fees are typically increased annually.

The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, also known as Phase 4 testing, REMS to monitor the effects of an approved product or place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. Discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or the failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements can have negative consequences, including adverse publicity, judicial or administrative enforcement, untitled or warning letters from the FDA, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, withdrawal of approval, and civil or criminal penalties, among others. Newly-discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product’s approved labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures. Also, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products in development.

Reimbursement, Anti-Kickback and False Claims Laws and Other Regulatory Matters

In the U.S., the research, manufacturing, distribution, sale and promotion of drug products and medical devices are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services ( e.g. , the Office of Inspector General), the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency, state Attorneys General and other state and local government agencies. For example, sales, marketing and scientific/educational grant programs must comply with the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the federal False Claims Act of 1986, as amended, or the federal False Claims Act, the privacy regulations promulgated under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, or HIPAA, and similar state laws. Pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requirements of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990, as amended, and the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992, as amended. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. The handling of any controlled substances must comply with the U.S. Controlled Substances Act and Controlled Substances Import and Export Act. Products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the U.S. Poison Prevention Packaging Act. All of these activities are also potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, established the Medicare Part D program to provide a voluntary prescription drug benefit to Medicare beneficiaries. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities which will provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Unlike Medicare Part A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan

 

-104-


Table of Contents

can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for products for which we receive regulatory approval. However, any negotiated prices for our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-government payors.

The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 provides funding for the federal government to compare the effectiveness of different treatments for the same illness. A plan for the research will be developed by the Department of Health and Human Services, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Institutes for Health, and periodic reports on the status of the research and related expenditures will be made to Congress. Although the results of the comparative effectiveness studies are not intended to mandate coverage policies for public or private payors, it is not clear what effect, if any, the research will have on the sales of our drug candidate, if any such product or the condition that it is intended to treat is the subject of a clinical trial. It is also possible that comparative effectiveness research demonstrating benefits in a competitor’s product could adversely affect the sales of our drug candidate. If third-party payors do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a profitable basis.

In addition, in some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the U.S. and generally tend to be priced significantly lower than in the U.S.

As noted above, in the U.S., we are subject to complex laws and regulations pertaining to healthcare “fraud and abuse,” including, but not limited to, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the federal False Claims Act, and other state and federal laws and regulations. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer, or a party acting on its behalf, to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer, or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce the referral of business, including the purchase, order or prescription of a particular drug, or other good or service for which payment in whole or in part may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Violations of this law are punishable by up to five years in prison, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties, and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, many states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Some of these state prohibitions apply to the referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any insurer, not just federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Due to the breadth of these federal and state anti-kickback laws, the absence of guidance in the form of regulations or court decisions, and the potential for additional legal or regulatory change in this area, it is possible that our future sales and

 

-105-


Table of Contents

marketing practices or our future relationships with medical professionals might be challenged under anti-kickback laws, which could harm us. Because we intend to commercialize products that could be reimbursed under a federal healthcare program and other governmental healthcare programs, we plan to develop a comprehensive compliance program that establishes internal controls to facilitate adherence to the rules and program requirements to which we will or may become subject.

The federal False Claims Act prohibits anyone from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, for payment to federal programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for items or services, including drugs, that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. Although we would not submit claims directly to payors, manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. In addition, our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our products, are subject to scrutiny under this law. For example, pharmaceutical companies have been found liable under the federal False Claims Act in connection with their off-label promotion of drugs. Penalties for a federal False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs and, although the federal False Claims Act is a civil statute, conduct that results in a federal False Claims Act violation may also implicate various federal criminal statutes. If the government were to allege that we were, or convict us of, violating these false claims laws, we could be subject to a substantial fine and may suffer a decline in our stock price. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions under the federal False Claims Act and certain states have enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act.

There are also an increasing number of state laws that require manufacturers to make reports to states on pricing and marketing information. Many of these laws contain ambiguities as to what is required to comply with the laws. In addition, as discussed below, beginning in 2013, a similar federal requirement requires manufacturers to track and report to the federal government certain payments made to physicians and teaching hospitals in the previous calendar year. These laws may affect our sales, marketing and other promotional activities by imposing administrative and compliance burdens on us. In addition, given the lack of clarity with respect to these laws and their implementation, our reporting actions could be subject to the penalty provisions of the pertinent state, and soon federal, authorities.

The failure to comply with regulatory requirements subjects companies to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals, or refusal to allow a company to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts.

Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (1) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (2) additions or modifications to product labeling; (3) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (4) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or the PPACA, was enacted, which includes measures that have or will significantly change the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among the provisions of the PPACA of greatest importance to the pharmaceutical industry are the following:

 

    The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services as a condition for states to receive federal matching funds for the manufacturer’s covered outpatient drugs furnished to Medicaid patients. Effective in 2010, the PPACA made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs and biologic agents to 23.1% of the average manufacturer price, or AMP, and adding a new rebate calculation for “line extensions” ( i.e. , new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP. The PPACA also expanded the universe of Medicaid utilization subject to drug rebates by requiring pharmaceutical manufacturers to pay rebates on Medicaid managed care utilization as of 2010 and by expanding the population potentially eligible for Medicaid drug benefits, to be phased-in by 2014. The CMS have proposed to expand Medicaid rebate liability to the territories of the U.S. as well. In addition, the PPACA provides for the public availability of retail survey prices and certain weighted average AMPs under the Medicaid program. The implementation of this requirement by the CMS may also provide for the public availability of pharmacy acquisition of cost data, which could negatively impact our sales.

 

    In order for a pharmaceutical product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicare Part B and Medicaid programs or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the AMP and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer. Effective in 2010, the PPACA expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although, under the current state of the law, with the exception of children’s hospitals, these newly-eligible entities will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs when used for the orphan indication. In addition, as 340B drug pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discount to increase.

 

    Effective in 2011, the PPACA imposed a requirement on manufacturers of branded drugs and biologic agents to provide a 50% discount off the negotiated price of branded drugs dispensed to Medicare Part D patients in the coverage gap ( i.e. , “donut hole”).

 

    Effective in 2011, the PPACA imposed an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs and biologic agents, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs, although this fee would not apply to sales of certain products approved exclusively for orphan indications.

 

    Effective in 2012, the PPACA required pharmaceutical manufacturers to track certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals, including any “transfer of value” made or distributed to such entities, as well as any investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Manufacturers are required to track this information beginning in 2013 and were required to make their first reports in March 2014. The information reported will be publicly available on a searchable website in September 2014.

 

    As of 2010, a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute was established pursuant to the PPACA to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research. The research conducted by the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute may affect the market for certain pharmaceutical products.

 

-107-


Table of Contents
    The PPACA created the Independent Payment Advisory Board, which, beginning in 2014, has the authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program to reduce expenditures by the program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs. Under certain circumstances, these recommendations will become law unless Congress enacts legislation that will achieve the same or greater Medicare cost savings.

 

    The PPACA established the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation within CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending. Funding has been allocated to support the mission of the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation from 2011 to 2019.

Many of the details regarding the implementation of the PPACA are yet to be determined, and, at this time, the full effect of the PPACA on our business remains unclear.

Pediatric Exclusivity and Pediatric Use

Under the Best Pharmaceuticals for Children Act, or the BPCA, certain drugs may obtain an additional six months of exclusivity if the sponsor submits information requested in writing by the FDA, or a Written Request, relating to the use of the active moiety of the drug in children. Conditions for exclusivity include the FDA’s determination that information relating to the use of a new drug in the pediatric population may produce health benefits in that population, the FDA making a written request for pediatric studies and the applicant agreeing to perform, and reporting on, the requested studies within the statutory timeframe. The FDA may not issue a Written Request for studies on unapproved or approved indications or where it determines that information relating to the use of a drug in a pediatric population, or part of the pediatric population, may not produce health benefits in that population. Applications under the BPCA are treated as priority applications, with all of the benefits that designation confers.

We have not received a Written Request for such pediatric studies, although we may ask the FDA to issue a Written Request for such studies in the future. To receive the six-month pediatric market exclusivity, we would need to receive a Written Request from the FDA, conduct the requested studies in accordance with a written agreement with the FDA or, if there is no written agreement, in accordance with commonly accepted scientific principles, and submit reports of the studies. A Written Request may include studies for indications that are not currently in the labeling if the FDA determines that such information will benefit the public health. The FDA will accept the reports upon its determination that the studies were conducted in accordance with, and are responsive to, the original Written Request or commonly accepted scientific principles, as appropriate, and that the reports comply with the FDA’s filing requirements.

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, or the PREA, an NDA or supplement thereto must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The PREA also authorizes the FDA to require holders of approved NDAs for marketed drugs to conduct pediatric studies under certain circumstances. With the enactment of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or the FDASIA, in 2012, sponsors must also submit pediatric study plans prior to the assessment data. Those plans must contain an outline of the proposed pediatric study or studies the applicant plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, any deferral or waiver requests, and other information required by regulation. The applicant, the FDA and the FDA’s internal review committee must then review the information submitted, consult with each other and agree upon a final plan. The FDA or the applicant may request an amendment to the plan at any time.

The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. Additional requirements and procedures relating to deferral requests and requests for extension of deferrals are contained in the FDASIA. Unless otherwise required by regulation, the pediatric data requirements do not apply to products with orphan designation.

 

-108-


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

Our portfolio of drug candidates is protected by a number of U.S. composition-of-matter patents, foreign patents and U.S. and foreign patent applications, all of which we in-license from Ligand. We plan to file additional patent applications in the U.S., E.U. and other foreign jurisdictions on our clinical and preclinical programs. Information regarding the issued patents and pending patent applications are as follows:

 

LOGO

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on September 24, 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at 11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50, San Diego, CA 92037, and our telephone number is (858) 550-7810. Our website address is www.vikingtherapeutics.com. We do not incorporate the information on, or accessible through, our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or accessible through, our website as part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

Employees

As of June 15, 2014, we had four full-time employees, one part-time employee and one consultant, five of whom hold a Ph.D. or M.D. degree. All employees were engaged in research and development, project management, business development and finance. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced a material work stoppage or disruption to our business relating to employee matters. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our facilities consist of office space in San Diego, California. We lease approximately 5,851 square feet of space for our headquarters in San Diego, California under an agreement that expires December 31, 2014. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current needs, and that suitable additional alternative spaces will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

 

-109-


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be party to lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

 

-110-


Table of Contents

Management

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides the names, ages, positions and descriptions of the business experience of our current executive officers and director and our directors as of June 15, 2014:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers :

     

Brian Lian, Ph.D.

     48       President, Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chairperson of the Board of Directors

Michael Morneau

     49       Chief Financial Officer

Michael Dinerman, M.D.

     37       Chief Operating Officer

Rochelle Hanley, M.D.

     62       Chief Medical Officer

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Matthew W. Foehr

     41       Director

Lawson Macartney, DVM, Ph.D.

     56       Director (1), (2)

Matthew Singleton

     61       Director (1), (3)

Stephen W. Webster

     53       Director (1), (2), (3)

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
(2) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
(3) Member of the Compensation Committee.

Executive Officers

Brian Lian, Ph.D., has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a Director since our inception in September 2012. Dr. Lian has over 15 years of experience in the biotechnology and financial services industries. Prior to joining Viking, he was a Managing Director and Senior Research Analyst at SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, an investment bank, from 2012 to 2013. At SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, he was responsible for coverage of small and mid-cap biotechnology companies with an emphasis on companies in the diabetes, oncology, infectious disease and neurology spaces. Prior to SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, he was Managing Director and Senior Research Analyst at Global Hunter Securities, an investment bank, from 2011 to 2012. Prior to Global Hunter Securities, he was Senior Healthcare Analyst at The Agave Group, LLC, a registered investment advisor, from 2008 to 2011. Prior to The Agave Group, he was an Executive Director and Senior Biotechnology Analyst at CIBC World Markets, an investment bank, from 2006 to 2008. Prior to CIBC, he was a research scientist in small molecule drug discovery at Amgen, a biotechnology company. Prior to Amgen, he was a research scientist at Microcide Pharmaceuticals, a biotechnology company. Dr. Lian holds an MBA in accounting and finance from Indiana University, an MS and Ph.D. in organic chemistry from The University of Michigan, and a BA in chemistry from Whitman College. We believe that Dr. Lian’s experience in the biotechnology industry, as well as his extensive investment banking and other experience in the financial services industry, provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a member of our board of directors and bring relevant strategic and operational guidance to our board of directors.

Michael Morneau has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2014. Mr. Morneau has over 20 years of accounting and financial experience at public and private companies in the biotechnology and accounting industries. Prior to Viking, from 2009 to 2014, he was VP of Finance and Chief Accounting Officer at Trius Therapeutics, Inc., a subsidiary of Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, following Cubist’s acquisition of Trius in September 2013. Prior to Trius, from 2008 to 2009, he was Director of Lilly Research Labs Finance at Eli Lilly and Company, a pharmaceutical company. Prior to Eli Lilly, from 2006 to 2008, he was Director of Finance and Accounting at SGX Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biotechnology company, which was acquired by Eli Lilly. Prior to SGX, from 2004 to 2006, he was Controller at Momenta Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a

 

-111-


Table of Contents

biotechnology company. Mr. Morneau earned his MBA and MA in accounting from New Hampshire College, and a BA in mathematics from the University of New Hampshire.

Michael Dinerman, M.D., has served as our Chief Operating Officer since our inception in September 2012. He also served as a member of our board of directors from our inception until May 2014. Dr. Dinerman has over seven years of experience in healthcare equity research across multiple therapeutic disciplines. From 2009 to 2013, he was a Research Analyst with Piper Jaffray & Co., an investment bank, covering the Specialty Pharmaceuticals and Medical Device industries. Prior to Piper Jaffray, he was an Associate and, most recently, a Director, at CIBC World Markets, an investment bank, covering large and small cap biotechnology companies, from 2005 to 2008. Dr. Dinerman earned his M.D. from the University of Cincinnati College of Medicine and an MBA from the Freeman School of Business at Tulane University with a focus in finance and management. Dr. Dinerman received a BS in Economics with honors from Tulane University.

Rochelle Hanley M.D., F.A.C.P., has served as our Chief Medical Officer since April 2013. Dr. Hanley is Board Certified in internal medicine and clinical pharmacology and has 20 years of drug development experience, primarily in diabetes and metabolic disorders. She is a fellow of the American College of Physicians and is the recipient of several awards and honors, including the Pfizer Medical Research Merit Award in 1984, NIH Physician Scientist from 1986 to 1991, Established Investigator, American Heart Association, from 1991 to 1993, and the NIH FIRST Award from 1991 to 1993. Dr. Hanley is also a Diplomate of the American Board of Internal Medicine and a Diplomate of the American Board of Clinical Pharmacology. From 2011 to 2013, Dr. Hanley was an independent consultant to the pharmaceutical industry. Prior to that, she was Medical Director, Cardiovascular, Metabolic and Musculoskeletal Diseases at GlaxoSmithKline, or GSK, a pharmaceutical company, responsible for Asia Pacific research and development activities for albiglutide and darapladib, from 2008 to 2011. Prior to her position with GSK, from 2006 to 2008, she served as Chief Medical Officer for Quatrx Pharmaceuticals, a biotechnology company, managing the clinical program for ospemifene, for vaginal atrophy, which received U.S. approval in 2013. Prior to Quatrx, she was VP and Clinical Site Head, Ann Arbor at Pfizer, Inc., a pharmaceutical company. Prior to becoming Site Head, she was VP and Therapeutic Area Development Leader, Cardiovascular and Metabolic Diseases, Pfizer Global R&D. Prior to Pfizer, she was Senior Director, Endocrine and Diabetes Clinical Development, Parke Davis Pharmaceutical Research. Prior to Parke Davis, she was International Therapeutic Head, Metabolic Diseases, Glaxo Wellcome, a pharmaceutical company. Prior to Glaxo Wellcome, Dr. Hanley was an Assistant Professor, Division of Endocrinology, Duke University Medical Center. Dr. Hanley received her M.D. from the University of Michigan and a BA in molecular and cell biology from Smith College, and is licensed to practice medicine in Michigan and North Carolina (inactive).

Non-Employee Directors

Matthew W. Foehr has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2014. Mr. Foehr has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer at Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated since April 2011 and has 20 years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry, having managed global operations and research and development programs. From March 2010 to April 2011, he was Vice President and Head of Consumer Dermatology R&D, as well as Acting Chief Scientific Officer of Dermatology, in the Stiefel division of GSK. Following GSK’s $3.6 billion acquisition of Stiefel Laboratories, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, in 2009, Mr. Foehr led the R&D integration of Stiefel into GSK. At Stiefel Laboratories, Inc., Mr. Foehr served as Senior Vice President of Global R&D Operations, Senior Vice President of Product Development & Support, and Vice President of Global Supply Chain Technical Services from January 2007 to March 2010. Prior to Stiefel, Mr. Foehr held various executive roles at Connetics Corporation, a pharmaceutical company, including Senior Vice President of Technical Operations and Vice President of Manufacturing. Early in his career, Mr. Foehr managed manufacturing activities and worked in process sciences at both LXR Biotechnology Inc. and Berlex Biosciences. Mr. Foehr is the author of multiple scientific publications and is named on numerous U.S. patents. He received his BS in Biology from Santa Clara University. We believe that Mr. Foehr’s past service in executive management roles for companies in the pharmaceutical industry and related experience provide him

 

-112-


Table of Contents

with the qualifications and skills to serve as a member of our board of directors. Pursuant to the management rights letter between us and Ligand, dated May 21, 2014, Ligand has the right to nominate one individual for election to our board of directors, and Mr. Foehr is the current member of our board of directors nominated by Ligand.

Lawson Macartney, DVM, Ph.D., has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2014. Dr. Macartney has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Ambrx Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, since February 2013. Prior to Ambrx, Dr. Macartney served at Shire AG, a specialty biopharmaceutical company, as Senior Vice President of the Emerging Business Unit from 2011 to 2013, where he was responsible for discovery initiatives through Phase 3 development of Shire’s Specialty Pharmaceutical portfolio. Prior to joining Shire AG, he served at GSK, a pharmaceutical company, from 1999 to 2011, serving as Senior Vice President of Global Product Strategy and Project/Portfolio Management from 2007 to 2011, as Senior Vice President, Cardiovascular and Metabolic Medicine Development Center from 2004 to 2007, and as Vice President, Global Head of Cardiovascular, Metabolic and Urology Therapeutic Areas from 1999 to 2004. Prior to joining GSK, Dr. Macartney was employed at Astra Pharmaceuticals from 1998 to 1999 in leadership roles in operations, marketing and sales, and served as Executive Director, Commercial Operations at AstraMerck, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, from 1996 to 1998. Dr. Macartney received his Ph.D. from Glasgow University in Scotland in 1982, where he was a Royal Society Research Fellow, and his B.V.M.S. (equivalent to a D.V.M.) in 1979 from Glasgow University Veterinary School. He is also trained in diagnostic pathology and is a Fellow of the Royal College of Pathologists. We believe that Dr. Macartney’s extensive experience in leadership positions at numerous pharmaceutical companies qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Matthew Singleton has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2014. In October 2011, Mr. Singleton retired from his position as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CitationAir (formerly CitationShares LLC), a privately held jet services company wholly-owned by Textron Inc., a public industrial conglomerate. He had served in this position since 2000. Mr. Singleton has extensive financial, accounting and transactional experience, including through his role as Managing Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of CIBC World Markets, an investment banking company, for 20 years, from 1974 to 1994, at Arthur Andersen & Co., a public accounting firm, including as Partner-in-Charge of the Metro New York Audit and Business Advisory Practice, and as a Practice Fellow at the Financial Accounting Standards Board, a private organization responsible for establishing financial accounting reporting standards. From 2003 until 2014, Mr. Singleton served as a director of Cubist Pharmaceuticals Inc., and as Audit Committee Chair beginning in 2004. Mr. Singleton previously served as an independent director of Salomon Reinvestment Company Inc., a privately held investment services company. Mr. Singleton received an AB in Economics from Princeton University and his MBA from New York University with a focus in Accounting. We believe that Mr. Singleton’s financial, accounting and business expertise provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a member of our board of directors, and are of particular importance as we continue to finance our operations.

Stephen W. Webster has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2014. Mr. Webster was previously SVP and Chief Financial Officer of Optimer Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biotechnology company, from 2012 to 2013, until its acquisition by Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prior to joining Optimer, Mr. Webster served as SVP and Chief Financial Officer of Adolor Corporation, a biopharmaceutical company, from June 2008 until its acquisition by Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in December 2011. From 2007 until joining Adolor Corporation in 2008, Mr. Webster served as Managing Director, Investment Banking Division, Health Care Group for Broadpoint Capital Inc. (formerly First Albany Capital). Mr. Webster previously served as co-founder, President and Chief Executive Officer for Neuronyx, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from 2000 to 2006. From 1987 to 2000, Mr. Webster served in positions of increased responsibility, including as Director, Investment Banking Division, Health Care Group for PaineWebber Incorporated. He previously served as a Director of HearUSA (now Husa Liquidating Corporation), a public company specializing in hearing care, from 2008-2012, and he currently serves as a Director of the Pennsylvania Biotechnology Association. Mr. Webster holds an AB in Economics cum laude from Dartmouth College and an MBA in Finance from The Wharton School of the

 

-113-


Table of Contents

University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Webster’s extensive experience in the biopharmaceutical industry, and in particular his prior service as chief financial officer and in other executive management roles, provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Other Significant Employees and Consultants

The following sets forth the names, ages, positions and descriptions of the business experience of our significant employees and consultants other than our executive officers as of June 15, 2014:

Hiroko Masamune, Ph.D. , age 57, has served as our Senior Vice President of Pharmaceutical Development since June 2014. Prior to joining Viking, Dr. Masamune was Vice President, Product Development at Aires Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a company focused on developing therapies for pulmonary vascular disorders, from 2010 to 2014. Before joining Aires, Dr. Masamune served as Vice President, Product Development at Palkion Inc., from 2008 to 2010. At Palkion, she was responsible for all aspects of preclinical development and served as its alliance manager. From 2005 to 2008, Dr. Masamune served as a Senior Director, Pharmaceutical Sciences at Neurogen Corp., where she oversaw two Phase 2 candidates for the treatment of insomnia and Parkinson’s disease/restless leg syndrome, one Phase 1 candidate for the treatment of obesity, and a range of early development and late discovery candidates. Previously she spent 14 years in drug discovery and development at Pfizer working in the areas of cardiovascular, pulmonary and infectious diseases. She earned a BS in Organic Chemistry from the University of Wisconsin, and a Ph.D. in Organic Chemistry from the University of California, Los Angeles. Dr. Masamune completed her post-doctoral fellowship in Organic Chemistry at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Michael Bleavins, Ph.D., DABT , age 59, has served as our Vice President of Preclinical Development in a consultant capacity since June 2014. Dr. Bleavins is currently the owner of White Crow Innovation, LLC, a pharmaceutical consulting firm, where he has served as an industry consultant since 2012. Prior to White Crow, from 2006 to 2012, he was a co-founder of Michigan Technology and Research Institute, a consulting and pharmacogenomic testing company for biopharmaceutical companies. Prior to Michigan Technology and Research Institute, he served as Executive Director, Safety Translation and Technology, Worldwide Safety Sciences, at Pfizer Inc., a pharmaceutical company, from 2000 to 2006. Prior to Pfizer, he was employed by Parke-Davis/Warner-Lambert Company, a pharmaceutical company, from 1987 to 2000 (until its merger with Pfizer), as Senior Director, Clinical and Molecular Pathology, Worldwide Preclinical Safety. Dr. Bleavins is an adjunct faculty member in the Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences at Wayne State University, and in the Department of Environmental Health Sciences at The University of Michigan. Dr. Bleavins earned an MS and Ph.D. in Environmental Toxicology at Michigan State University, and a Bachelor of Philosophy in natural science at Monteith College (Wayne State University).

Scientific Advisors and Consultants

From time to time, our management seeks the advice and guidance of certain scientific advisors and consultants regarding clinical and regulatory development programs and other customary matters. Our scientific advisors are experts in various areas of medicine and drug development, including physiology, biophysics, chemistry, and endocrine, metabolic and cardiovascular diseases. We refer to the following individuals as our scientific advisors and consultants:

David Bullough, Ph.D. VP, Preclinical Development, RaNA Therapeutics. Former Executive Director, Pfizer. Former VP, Preclinical Development, Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc.

Alan D. Cherrington, Ph.D. Professor of Molecular Physiology and Biophysics, Professor of Medicine, Turner Chair in Diabetes Research, Vanderbilt University Medical Center. Past President, American Diabetes Association.

 

-114-


Table of Contents

G. Alexander Fleming, M.D. CEO, Kinexum. Former Group Leader, Division of Metabolic and Endocrine Drug Products, FDA. Former member, ICH working groups E6-Good Clinical Practice; and E8-General Considerations for Clinical Trials.

Dr. Trevor Gibbs, FRCP, MRCGP, DCH, FFPM. Co-founder, MyMedsandMe Ltd, Founder, ClinSentry, Ltd. Chair, Cambridge Clinical Trials Unit Steering Committee. Former Head, Clinical Development, Medical Affairs, Safety, Pharmacovigilance & Medical Governance, GSK.

Scott J. Hecker, Ph.D. VP, Chemistry, Rempex Pharmaceuticals (a subsidiary of The Medicines Company). Former VP, Chemistry, Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Former VP, Chemistry, Microcide Pharmaceuticals. Former Senior Research Investigator, Discovery Research, Pfizer.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of five members. The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, immediately after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    our class I director will be Mr. Foehr and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

 

    our class II directors will be Mr. Singleton and Mr. Webster and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and

 

    our class III directors will be Dr. Lian and Dr. Macartney and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to the directors whose term will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. In addition, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Under the Nasdaq Rules, a majority of the members of our board of directors must satisfy the Nasdaq criteria for “independence.” No director qualifies as independent under the Nasdaq Rules unless our board of directors affirmatively determines that the director does not have a relationship with us that would impair independence (directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us). Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Macartney and Messrs. Singleton and Webster are independent directors as defined under the Nasdaq Rules. Dr. Lian is not independent under the Nasdaq Rules as a result of his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Foehr is not independent under the Nasdaq Rules in light of the Master License Agreement and related agreements between us and Ligand and Mr. Foehr’s position as an executive officer of Ligand.

 

-115-


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation, disqualification or removal or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of Dr. Macartney and Messrs. Singleton and Webster, with Mr. Singleton serving as Chairperson of the committee. Each member of the audit committee must be independent as defined under the applicable Nasdaq Rules and SEC rules and financially literate under the Nasdaq Rules. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee is “independent” and “financially literate” under the Nasdaq Rules and the SEC rules and that Mr. Singleton is an “audit committee financial expert” under the rules of the SEC. The responsibilities of the audit committee are included in a written charter. The audit committee acts on behalf of our board of directors in fulfilling our board of directors’ oversight responsibilities with respect to our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes, the systems of internal control over financial reporting and audits of financial statements, and also assists our board of directors in its oversight of the quality and integrity of our financial statements and reports and the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm. For this purpose, the audit committee performs several functions. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    appointing, determining the compensation of, retaining, overseeing and evaluating our independent registered public accounting firm and any other registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of performing other review or attest services for us;

 

    prior to commencement of the audit engagement, reviewing and discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm a written disclosure by the prospective independent registered public accounting firm of all relationships between us, or persons in financial oversight roles, and such independent registered public accounting firm or their affiliates;

 

    determining and approving engagements of the independent registered public accounting firm, prior to commencement of the engagement, and the scope of and plans for the audit;

 

    monitoring the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our audit engagement;

 

    reviewing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm any fraud that includes management or employees who have a significant role in our internal control over financial reporting and any significant changes in internal controls;

 

    establishing and overseeing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or other auditing matters and the confidential and anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

    reviewing management’s efforts to monitor compliance with our policies designed to ensure compliance with laws and rules; and

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the independent registered public accounting firm’s assessment of the quality and acceptability of our accounting principles and practices and all other matters required to be communicated to the audit committee by the independent registered public accounting firm under generally accepted accounting standards, the results of the independent registered public accounting firm’s review of our quarterly financial information prior to public disclosure and our disclosures in our periodic reports filed with the SEC.

 

-116-


Table of Contents

The audit committee will review, discuss and assess its own performance and composition at least annually. The audit committee will also periodically review and assesses the adequacy of its charter, including its role and responsibilities as outlined in its charter, and recommend any proposed changes to our board of directors for its consideration and approval.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Singleton and Webster, with Mr. Webster serving as Chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the committee is “independent” under the Nasdaq Rules and all applicable laws. Each of the members of this committee is also a “nonemployee director” as that term is defined under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and an “outside director” as that term is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-27(3). The compensation committee acts on behalf of our board of directors to fulfill our board of directors’ responsibilities in overseeing our compensation policies, plans and programs; and in reviewing and determining the compensation to be paid to our executive officers and non-employee directors. The responsibilities of the compensation committee include:

 

    reviewing, modifying and approving (or, if the compensation committee deems appropriate, making recommendations to our board of directors regarding) our overall compensation strategies and policies, and reviewing and approving corporate performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and senior management;

 

    determining and approving (or, if the compensation committee deems appropriate, recommending to our board of directors for determination and approval) the compensation and terms of employment of our Chief Executive Officer, including seeking to achieve an appropriate level of risk and reward in determining the long-term incentive component of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation;

 

    determining and approving (or, if the compensation committee deems appropriate, recommending to our board of directors for determination and approval) the compensation and terms of employment of our executive officers and senior management;

 

    evaluating and approving (or, if it deems appropriate, making recommendations to our board of directors regarding) corporate performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and senior management;

 

    reviewing and approving (or, if it deems appropriate, making recommendations to our board of directors regarding) the terms of employment agreements, severance agreements, change-of-control protections and other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and senior management;

 

    conducting periodic reviews of the base compensation levels of all of our employees generally;

 

    reviewing and approving the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to non-employee directors;

 

    reviewing and approving the adoption, amendment and termination of our stock option plans, stock appreciation rights plans, pension and profit sharing plans, incentive plans, stock bonus plans, stock purchase plans, bonus plans, deferred compensation plans and similar programs, if any; and administering all such plans, establishing guidelines, interpreting plan documents, selecting participants, approving grants and awards and exercising such other power and authority as may be permitted or required under such plans;

 

    reviewing our incentive compensation arrangements to determine whether such arrangements encourage excessive risk-taking, and reviewing and discussing the relationship between our risk management policies and practices and compensation, and evaluating compensation policies and practices that could mitigate any such risk, at least annually;

 

    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors for approval the frequency with which we conduct a vote on executive compensation, taking into account the results of the most recent stockholder advisory vote on the frequency of the vote on executive compensation, and reviewing and approving the proposals regarding the frequency of the vote on executive compensation to be included in our annual meeting proxy statements; and

 

-117-


Table of Contents
    reviewing and discussing with management our Compensation Discussion and Analysis, and recommending to our board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be approved for inclusion in our annual reports on Form 10-K, registration statements and our annual meeting proxy statements.

Under its charter, the compensation committee may form, and delegate authority to, subcommittees as appropriate. The compensation committee will review, discuss and assess its own performance and composition at least annually. The compensation committee will also periodically review and assess the adequacy of its charter, including its role and responsibilities as outlined in its charter, and recommend any proposed changes to our board of directors for its consideration and approval.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Dr. Macartney and Mr. Webster, with Dr. Macartney serving as Chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the committee is “independent” under the Nasdaq Rules and all applicable laws. The responsibilities of the nominating and corporate governance committee are included in its written charter. The nominating and corporate governance committee acts on behalf of our board of directors to fulfill our board of directors’ responsibilities in overseeing all aspects of our nominating and corporate governance functions. The responsibilities of the nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

    making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance issues;

 

    identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve as directors (consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors);

 

    determining the minimum qualifications for service on our board of directors;

 

    reviewing and evaluating incumbent directors;

 

    instituting and overseeing director orientation and director continuing education programs;

 

    serving as a focal point for communication between candidates, non-committee members and our management;

 

    recommending to our board of directors for selection candidates to serve as nominees for director for the annual meeting of stockholders;

 

    making other recommendations to our board of directors regarding matters relating to the directors;

 

    reviewing succession plans for our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers; and

 

    considering any recommendations for nominees and proposals submitted by stockholders.

The nominating and corporate governance committee will periodically review, discuss and assess the performance of our board of directors and the committees of our board of directors. In fulfilling this responsibility, the nominating and corporate governance committee will seek input from senior management, our board of directors and others. In assessing our board of directors, the nominating and corporate governance committee will evaluate the overall composition of our board of directors, our board of directors’ contribution as a whole and its effectiveness in serving our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. The nominating and corporate governance committee will also periodically review and assess the adequacy of its charter, including its role and responsibilities as outlined in its charter, and recommend any proposed changes to our board of directors for its consideration and approval.

Board Leadership Structure

Our amended and restated bylaws provide our board of directors with flexibility in its discretion to combine or separate the positions of Chairperson of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Lian currently

 

-118-


Table of Contents

serves as the Interim Chairperson of our board of directors. Commencing on the closing date of this offering, an independent director will assume the role of Chairperson of our board of directors. As a general policy, our board of directors believes that separation of the positions of Chairperson of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the independence of our board of directors from management, creates an environment that encourages objective oversight of management’s performance and enhances the effectiveness of our board of directors as a whole. We believe that this separation of responsibilities will provide a balanced approach to managing our board of directors and overseeing the company. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Our board of directors is responsible for overseeing our overall risk management process. The responsibility for managing risk rests with executive management while the committees of our board of directors and our board of directors as a whole participate in the oversight process. Our board of directors’ risk oversight process builds upon management’s risk assessment and mitigation processes, which include reviews of long-term strategic and operational planning, executive development and evaluation, regulatory and legal compliance, and financial reporting and internal controls.

Executive Officers

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no familial relationships between our directors and executive officers.

Code of Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior officers. Upon completion of this offering, the code of conduct and ethics will be posted on our website. Upon adoption, the code of conduct and ethics can only be amended by the approval of our audit committee and any waiver to the code of conduct and ethics for an executive officer or director may only be granted by our audit committee and must be timely disclosed as required by applicable law. We expect that any amendments to the code of conduct and ethics, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time since our inception been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the last completed fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

During the year ended December 31, 2013, Dr. Lian and Dr. Dinerman were our only directors. Therefore, we had no non-employee members of our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2013.

We have approved a compensation policy for our non-employee directors that consists of annual retainer fees and long-term equity awards, which will become effective upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Under this policy, each non-employee director will receive an annual retainer of $33,170 for serving on our board of directors. The Chairperson of our board of directors will receive an additional annual retainer of $32,800, the chairperson of the audit committee will receive an additional annual

 

-119-


Table of Contents

retainer of $16,650, the chairperson of the compensation committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $11,350 and the chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $9,280. Each other member of the audit committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $8,900, each other member of the compensation committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $6,750 and each other member of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $4,900. All cash retainers will be earned on quarterly basis based on a calendar quarter and will be paid in arrears no later than the 30th day following the end of each calendar quarter.

In addition to cash fees, each non-employee director will receive an annual equity award having a value, as of the date of grant, equal to $55,000. If a non-employee director joins our board of directors other than at an annual meeting of our stockholders, the annual equity award would be reduced on a pro rata basis for each day prior to the date of grant that has passed since the last annual meeting. Annual equity awards will be granted on the date of each of our annual meeting of stockholders and will vest in full on the date of the first annual meeting of stockholders following the applicable date of grant, subject to the director’s continuous service through such date.

In addition, each non-employee director who is providing services as a director on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part will be entitled to receive a one-time initial equity award having a value, as of the date of grant, equal to $55,000. This initial equity award will vest in full on the date of our first annual meeting of stockholders following completion of this offering, subject to the director’s continuous service through such date.

Each initial equity award and each annual equity award will have a maximum term of ten years and will be made in the form of nonstatutory stock options. For any non-employee director serving at the time of a change in control of our company (as defined in our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan), all then-outstanding and unvested compensatory equity awards granted under the non-employee director compensation policy would become fully vested and exercisable, if applicable, immediately prior to the change in control.

 

-120-


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2013, which consist of our principal executive officer and the two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2013, are:

 

    Brian Lian, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Michael Dinerman, M.D., our Chief Operating Officer; and

 

    Rochelle Hanley, M.D., our Chief Medical Officer.

Summary Compensation Table for 2013

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the compensation paid to our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013:

 

Name and Principal Position

   Salary
($)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)
     Stock
Awards
($)
     All Other
Compensation

($)
     Total
($)
 

Brian Lian, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer

     39,500                                 39,500   

Michael Dinerman, M.D.

Chief Operating Officer

     6,500                                 6,500   

Rochelle Hanley, M.D.

Chief Medical Officer

                                       

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table for 2013

2013 Employment Agreements and Arrangements

Pursuant to an agreement among us, Dr. Lian and Dr. Dinerman, we agreed to make monthly salary payments to each of Dr. Lian and Dr. Dinerman. Pursuant to this agreement, we agreed to pay (1) Dr. Lian a salary of $7,000 for the month of July 2013 and a salary of $6,500 per month thereafter, and (2) Dr. Dinerman a salary of $3,000 for the month of November 2013 and $3,500 per month thereafter. This agreement was terminated effective as of June 1, 2014.

New Employment Agreements

Employment Agreement – President and Chief Executive Officer

On May 21, 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Brian Lian, Ph.D., as our President and Chief Executive Officer, or the Lian Employment Agreement, which became effective on June 2, 2014. The Lian Employment Agreement has an initial term of one year, or through June 2, 2015, subject to automatic renewal for additional one-year periods unless either party gives the other written notice of its or his election to not renew, or a Lian Non-Renewal Notice. Pursuant to the Lian Employment Agreement, we agreed to nominate Dr. Lian, and to continue to nominate him, to serve as a member of our board of directors, and Dr. Lian agreed to continue to serve as a member of our board of directors for as long as he is elected by our stockholders, until his employment with us is terminated. Pursuant to the terms of the Lian Employment Agreement, Dr. Lian’s base salary is currently $193,193 per year. Commencing on the date following completion of this offering, Dr. Lian’s annual base salary will increase to $386,386, subject to annual review by our board of directors or compensation committee and, if appropriate, increase (but not decrease except in certain limited circumstances). Additionally, the Lian Employment Agreement provides that Dr. Lian will be eligible to receive a target annual bonus in an

 

-121-


Table of Contents

amount equal to 40% of his base salary in effect on June 30th of each calendar year for 2015 and after (and an amount of $115,915 for 2014, pro rated from the effective date of his employment agreement), which bonus will be based on our financial performance and Dr. Lian’s individual performance, in each case as determined by our board of directors or compensation committee. However, for 2014, Dr. Lian’s target annual bonus will be equal to 40% of his salary in effect prior to completion of this offering, pro-rated from June 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

Under the Lian Employment Agreement, our board of directors will recommend to our compensation committee that, on the closing date of this offering, Dr. Lian be granted (1) a stock option to purchase 87,500 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the option will be vested upon grant and 25% of the shares subject to the option will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of grant for the next three years, so long as Dr. Lian continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; (2) an award of 87,500 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the award will be vested upon issuance and 25% of the shares subject to the award will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of issuance for the next three years, so long as Dr. Lian continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; and (3) an additional award of shares of common stock in an amount equal to: the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the product of $289,789.74 multiplied by the number of days between the date of the closing of this offering and June 2, 2014, by (ii) the product obtained by multiplying 365 by the closing sales price of our common stock on the date of the closing of this offering, rounded down to the nearest whole share, which will be fully vested upon grant, or, collectively, the Lian Awards. The Lian Awards will be issued under and subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Dr. Lian’s employment with us is at-will, meaning either we or Dr. Lian may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause. However, Dr. Lian must provide at least 60 days’ written notice of resignation. If we terminate Dr. Lian’s employment, then, so long as Dr. Lian complies with certain obligations, including execution and delivery of a general release within a specified period of time, we will pay Dr. Lian: (1) his base salary as of the termination date for six months following the termination date, if such termination is pursuant to a Lian Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, or for 12 months in the case of termination other than by Lian Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death; (2) six monthly payments if such termination is pursuant to a Lian Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, or 12 monthly payments in the case of termination other than by Lian Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, in each case equal to 1/12 of the amount equal to Dr. Lian’s target annual bonus percentage as of the termination date multiplied by Dr. Lian’s base salary as of such date; and (3) subject to Dr. Lian’s timely election of COBRA, the amount equal to the COBRA premiums for the lesser of (a) six months if such termination is pursuant to a Lian Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, or 12 months in the case of termination other than by Lian Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, or (b) until Dr. Lian becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan. Additionally, if Dr. Lian’s employment is terminated by us (i) pursuant to a Lian Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, the outstanding equity awards subject to the Lian Awards that would have vested within six months following the termination date will vest and become fully exercisable as of such termination date, and Dr. Lian will have six months from the termination date to exercise vested options under the Lian Awards (unless they terminate sooner pursuant to their terms), and (ii) other than by Lian Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, the outstanding equity awards subject to the Lian Awards that would have vested within 12 months following the termination date will vest and become fully exercisable as of the termination date, and Dr. Lian will have 12 months from the termination date to exercise vested options under the Lian Awards (unless they terminate sooner pursuant to their terms). In each case, all other equity awards subject to the Lian Awards will terminate without compensation therefore on the termination date. Furthermore, if Dr. Lian resigns for good reason, he will be entitled to receive the same payments and accelerated vesting as if he had been terminated other than by Lian Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, as set forth above.

In the event of a change in control of our company, 100% of the unvested outstanding equity awards granted under the Lian Awards will vest and become fully exercisable immediately prior to the change in control. Additionally, if any vested equity awards held by Dr. Lian are not assumed or substituted for in accordance with

 

-122-


Table of Contents

certain conditions, we will pay cash to Dr. Lian on the change in control in exchange for the satisfaction and cancellation of the outstanding equity awards. If Dr. Lian’s employment is terminated within 24 months following a change in control, subject to certain conditions, he will be entitled to receive the same payments and accelerated vesting as if he had been terminated other than by Lian Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, as set forth above; however, he will be entitled to such payments for a period of 18 months and the vesting of the Lian Awards will be accelerated by 18 months.

Employment Agreement – Chief Financial Officer

On May 21, 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Michael Morneau, as our Chief Financial Officer, or the Morneau Employment Agreement, which became effective on May 21, 2014. The Morneau Employment Agreement has an initial term of one year, or through May 21, 2015, subject to automatic renewal for additional one-year periods unless either party gives the other written notice of its or his election to not renew, or a Morneau Non-Renewal Notice. Pursuant to the terms of the Morneau Employment Agreement, Mr. Morneau’s base salary is currently $189,000 per year. Commencing on the date following completion of this offering, Mr. Morneau’s annual base salary will increase to $270,000, subject to annual review by our board of directors or compensation committee and, if appropriate, increase (but not decrease except in certain limited circumstances). Additionally, the Morneau Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Morneau will be eligible to receive a target annual bonus in an amount equal to 30% of his base salary in effect on June 30th of each calendar year for 2015 and after (and an amount of $68,850 for 2014, pro rated from the effective date of his employment agreement), which bonus will be based on our financial performance and Mr. Morneau’s individual performance, in each case as determined by our board of directors or compensation committee. However, for 2014, Mr. Morneau’s target annual bonus will be equal to 30% of his salary in effect prior to completion of this offering, pro-rated from May 21, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

Under the Morneau Employment Agreement, our board of directors will recommend to our compensation committee that, on the closing date of this offering, Mr. Morneau be granted (1) a stock option to purchase 25,500 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the option will be vested upon grant and 25% of the shares subject to the option will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of grant for the next three years, so long as Mr. Morneau continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; (2) an award of 67,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the award will be vested upon issuance and 25% of the shares subject to the award will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of issuance for the next three years, so long as Mr. Morneau continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; and (3) an additional award of shares of common stock in an amount equal to: the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the product of $121,500 multiplied by the number of days between the date of the closing of this offering and May 21, 2014, by (ii) the product obtained by multiplying 365 by the closing sales price of our common stock on the date of the closing of this offering, rounded down to the nearest whole share, which will be fully vested upon grant, or, collectively, the Morneau Awards. The Morneau Awards will be issued under and subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Mr. Morneau’s employment with us is at-will, meaning either we or Mr. Morneau may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause. However, Mr. Morneau must provide at least 60 days’ written notice of resignation. If we terminate Mr. Morneau’s employment, then, so long as Mr. Morneau complies with certain obligations, including execution and delivery of a general release within a specified period of time, we will pay Mr. Morneau: (1) his base salary as of the termination date for three months following the termination date, if such termination is pursuant to a Morneau Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, or for six months in the case of termination other than by Morneau Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death; (2) three monthly payments if such termination is pursuant to a Morneau Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, or six monthly payments in the case of termination other than by Morneau Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, in each case equal to 1/12 of the amount equal to Mr. Morneau’s target annual bonus percentage as of the termination date multiplied by Mr. Morneau’s base salary as of such date; and (3) subject to

 

-123-


Table of Contents

Mr. Morneau’s timely election of COBRA, the amount equal to the COBRA premiums for the lesser of (a) three months if such termination is pursuant to a Morneau Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, or six months in the case of termination other than by Morneau Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, or (b) until Mr. Morneau becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan. Additionally, if Mr. Morneau’s employment is terminated by us (i) pursuant to a Morneau Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, the outstanding equity awards subject to the Morneau Awards that would have vested within three months following the termination date will vest and become fully exercisable as of such termination date, and Mr. Morneau will have three months from the termination date to exercise vested options under the Morneau Awards (unless they terminate sooner pursuant to their terms), and (ii) other than by Morneau Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, the outstanding equity awards subject to the Morneau Awards that would have vested within six months following the termination date will vest and become fully exercisable as of the termination date, and Mr. Morneau will have six months from the termination date to exercise vested options under the Morneau Awards (unless they terminate sooner pursuant to their terms). In each case, all other equity awards subject to the Morneau Awards will terminate without compensation therefore on the termination date. Furthermore, if Mr. Morneau resigns for good reason, he will be entitled to receive the same payments and accelerated vesting as if he had been terminated other than by Morneau Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, as set forth above.

In the event of a change in control of our company, 100% of the unvested outstanding equity awards granted under the Morneau Awards will vest and become fully exercisable immediately prior to the change in control. Additionally, if any vested equity awards held by Mr. Morneau are not assumed or substituted for in accordance with certain conditions, we will pay cash to Mr. Morneau on the change in control in exchange for the satisfaction and cancellation of the outstanding equity awards. If Mr. Morneau’s employment is terminated within 24 months following a change in control, subject to certain conditions, he will be entitled to receive the same payments and accelerated vesting as if he had been terminated other than by Morneau Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, as set forth above; however, he will be entitled to such payments for a period of 12 months and the vesting of the Morneau Awards will be accelerated by 12 months.

Employment Agreement – Chief Operating Officer

On May 21, 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Michael Dinerman, M.D., as our Chief Operating Officer, or the Dinerman Employment Agreement, which became effective on June 2, 2014. The Dinerman Employment Agreement has an initial term of one year, or through June 2, 2015, subject to automatic renewal for additional one-year periods unless either party gives the other written notice of its or his election to not renew, or a Dinerman Non-Renewal Notice. Pursuant to the terms of the Dinerman Employment Agreement, Dr. Dinerman’s base salary is currently $178,831 per year. Commencing on the date following completion of this offering, Dr. Dinerman’s annual base salary will increase to $298,052, subject to annual review by our board of directors or compensation committee and, if appropriate, increase (but not decrease except in certain limited circumstances). Additionally, the Dinerman Employment Agreement provides that Dr. Dinerman will be eligible to receive a target annual bonus in an amount equal to 30% of his base salary in effect on June 30th of each calendar year for 2015 and after (and an amount of $71,532 for 2014, pro rated from the effective date of his employment agreement), which bonus will be based on our financial performance and Dr. Dinerman’s individual performance, in each case as determined by our board of directors or compensation committee. However, for 2014, Dr. Dinerman’s target annual bonus will be equal to 30% of his salary in effect prior to completion of this offering, pro-rated from June 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

Under the Dinerman Employment Agreement, our board of directors will recommend to our compensation committee that, on the closing date of this offering, Dr. Dinerman be granted (1) a stock option to purchase 45,000 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the option will be vested upon grant and 25% of the shares subject to the option will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of grant for the next three years, so long as Dr. Dinerman continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; (2) an award of 105,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the award will be

 

-124-


Table of Contents

vested upon issuance and 25% of the shares subject to the award will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of issuance for the next three years, so long as Dr. Dinerman continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; and (3) an additional award of shares of common stock in an amount equal to: the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the product of $178,831.35 multiplied by the number of days between the date of the closing of this offering and June 2, 2014, by (ii) the product obtained by multiplying 365 by the closing sales price of our common stock on the date of the closing of this offering, rounded down to the nearest whole share, which will be fully vested upon grant, or, collectively, the Dinerman Awards. The Dinerman Awards will be issued under and subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Dr. Dinerman’s employment with us is at-will, meaning either we or Dr. Dinerman may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause. However, Dr. Dinerman must provide at least 60 days’ written notice of resignation. If we terminate Dr. Dinerman’s employment, then, so long as Dr. Dinerman complies with certain obligations, including execution and delivery of a general release within a specified period of time, we will pay Dr. Dinerman: (1) his base salary as of the termination date for three months following the termination date, if such termination is pursuant to a Dinerman Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, or for six months in the case of termination other than by Dinerman Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death; (2) three monthly payments if such termination is pursuant to a Dinerman Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, or six monthly payments in the case of termination other than by Dinerman Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, in each case equal to 1/12 of the amount equal to Dr. Dinerman’s target annual bonus percentage as of the termination date multiplied by Dr. Dinerman’s base salary as of such date; and (3) subject to Dr. Dinerman’s timely election of COBRA, the amount equal to the COBRA premiums for the lesser of (a) three months if such termination is pursuant to a Dinerman Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, or six months in the case of termination other than by Dinerman Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, or (b) until Dr. Dinerman becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan. Additionally, if Dr. Dinerman’s employment is terminated by us (i) pursuant to a Dinerman Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, the outstanding equity awards subject to the Dinerman Awards that would have vested within three months following the termination date will vest and become fully exercisable as of such termination date, and Dr. Dinerman will have three months from the termination date to exercise vested options under the Dinerman Awards (unless they terminate sooner pursuant to their terms), and (ii) other than by Dinerman Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, the outstanding equity awards subject to the Dinerman Awards that would have vested within six months following the termination date will vest and become fully exercisable as of the termination date, and Dr. Dinerman will have six months from the termination date to exercise vested options under the Dinerman Awards (unless they terminate sooner pursuant to their terms). In each case, all other equity awards subject to the Dinerman Awards will terminate without compensation therefore on the termination date. Furthermore, if Dr. Dinerman resigns for good reason, he will be entitled to receive the same payments and accelerated vesting as if he had been terminated other than by Dinerman Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, as set forth above.

In the event of a change in control of our company, 100% of the unvested outstanding equity awards granted under the Dinerman Awards will vest and become fully exercisable immediately prior to the change in control. Additionally, if any vested equity awards held by Dr. Dinerman are not assumed or substituted for in accordance with certain conditions, we will pay cash to Dr. Dinerman on the change in control in exchange for the satisfaction and cancellation of the outstanding equity awards. If Dr. Dinerman’s employment is terminated within 24 months following a change in control, subject to certain conditions, he will be entitled to receive the same payments and accelerated vesting as if he had been terminated other than by Dinerman Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, as set forth above; however, he will be entitled to such payments for a period of 12 months and the vesting of the Dinerman Awards will be accelerated by 12 months.

Employment Agreement – Chief Medical Officer

On May 21 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Rochelle Hanley, M.D., as our Chief Medical Officer, or the Hanley Employment Agreement, which became effective on June 2, 2014. The Hanley

 

-125-


Table of Contents

Employment Agreement has an initial term of one year, or through June 2, 2015, subject to automatic renewal for additional one-year periods unless either party gives the other written notice of its or her election to not renew, or a Hanley Non-Renewal Notice. Pursuant to the terms of the Hanley Employment Agreement, Dr. Hanley’s base salary is currently $156,539 per year. Commencing on the date following completion of this offering, Dr. Hanley’s annual base salary will increase to $223,628, subject to annual review by our board of directors or compensation committee and, if appropriate, increase (but not decrease except in certain limited circumstances). Additionally, the Hanley Employment Agreement provides that Dr. Hanley will be eligible to receive a target annual bonus in an amount equal to 30% of her base salary in effect on June 30th of each calendar year for 2015 and after (and an amount of $57,025, pro rated from the effective date of her employment agreement), which bonus will be based on our financial performance and Dr. Hanley’s individual performance, in each case as determined by our board of directors or compensation committee. However, for 2014, Dr. Hanley’s target annual bonus will be equal to 30% of her salary in effect prior to completion of this offering, pro-rated from June 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

Under the Hanley Employment Agreement, our board of directors will recommend to our compensation committee that, on the closing date of this offering, Dr. Hanley be granted (1) a stock option to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the option will be vested upon grant and 25% of the shares subject to the option will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of grant for the next three years, so long as Dr. Hanley continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; (2) an award of 70,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the award will be vested upon issuance and 25% of the shares subject to the award will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of issuance for the next three years, so long as Dr. Hanley continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; and (3) an additional award of shares of common stock in an amount equal to: the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the product of $120,375 multiplied by the number of days between the date of the closing of this offering and June 2, 2014, by (ii) the product obtained by multiplying 365 by the closing sales price of our common stock on the date of the closing of this offering, rounded down to the nearest whole share, which will be fully vested upon grant, or, collectively, the Hanley Awards. The Hanley Awards will be issued under and subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Dr. Hanley’s employment with us is at-will, meaning either we or Dr. Hanley may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause. However, Dr. Hanley must provide at least 60 days’ written notice of resignation. If we terminate Dr. Hanley’s employment, then, so long as Dr. Hanley complies with certain obligations, including execution and delivery of a general release within a specified period of time, we will pay Dr. Hanley: (1) her base salary as of the termination date for three months following the termination date, if such termination is pursuant to a Hanley Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, or for six months in the case of termination other than by Hanley Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death; (2) three monthly payments if such termination is pursuant to a Hanley Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, or six monthly payments in the case of termination other than by Hanley Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, in each case equal to 1/12 of the amount equal to Dr. Hanley’s target annual bonus percentage as of the termination date multiplied by Dr. Hanley’s base salary as of such date; and (3) subject to Dr. Hanley’s timely election of COBRA, the amount equal to the COBRA premiums for the lesser of (a) three months if such termination is pursuant to a Hanley Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, or six months in the case of termination other than by Hanley Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, or (b) until Dr. Hanley becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan. Additionally, if Dr. Hanley’s employment is terminated by us (i) pursuant to a Hanley Non-Renewal Notice, disability or death, the outstanding equity awards subject to the Hanley Awards that would have vested within three months following the termination date will vest and become fully exercisable as of such termination date, and Dr. Hanley will have three months from the termination date to exercise vested options under the Hanley Awards (unless they terminate sooner pursuant to their terms), and (ii) other than by Hanley Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, the outstanding equity awards subject to the Hanley Awards that would have vested within six months following the termination date will vest

 

-126-


Table of Contents

and become fully exercisable as of the termination date, and Dr. Hanley will have six months from the termination date to exercise vested options under the Hanley Awards (unless they terminate sooner pursuant to their terms). In each case, all other equity awards subject to the Hanley Awards will terminate without compensation therefore on the termination date. Furthermore, if Dr. Hanley resigns for good reason, she will be entitled to receive the same payments and accelerated vesting as if she had been terminated other than by Hanley Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, as set forth above.

In the event of a change in control of our company, 100% of the unvested outstanding equity awards granted under the Hanley Awards will vest and become fully exercisable immediately prior to the change in control. Additionally, if any vested equity awards held by Dr. Hanley are not assumed or substituted for in accordance with certain conditions, we will pay cash to Dr. Hanley on the change in control in exchange for the satisfaction and cancellation of the outstanding equity awards. If Dr. Hanley’s employment is terminated within 24 months following a change in control, subject to certain conditions, she will be entitled to receive the same payments and accelerated vesting as if she had been terminated other than by Hanley Non-Renewal Notice, for cause, disability or death, as set forth above; however, she will be entitled to such payments for a period of 12 months and the vesting of the Hanley Awards will be accelerated by 12 months.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Our executive officers will be entitled to receive certain payments and benefits upon termination of their employment or a change in control of our company, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “– New Employment Agreements.”

Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Plans and Benefits

Health and Welfare Benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group life and disability insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as other employees.

Perquisites and Personal Benefits

We do not currently provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers. We do, however, pay certain premiums for term life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment for all of our employees, including all of our named executive officers.

Pension Benefits and Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

None of our named executive officers participate in or have account balances in qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2013

None of our named executive officers held any equity awards at December 31, 2013.

Proposed Equity Awards to Executive Officers

As provided for in the Lian Employment Agreement, our board of directors will recommend to our compensation committee that Dr. Lian be granted, on the closing date of this offering: (1) a stock option to purchase 87,500 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the option will be vested upon grant and 25% of the shares subject to the option will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of grant for the next three years, so long as Dr. Lian continues to provide service to us on

 

-127-


Table of Contents

each applicable vesting date; (2) an award of 87,500 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the award will be vested upon issuance and 25% of the shares subject to the award will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of issuance for the next three years, so long as Dr. Lian continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; and (3) an additional award of shares of common stock in an amount equal to: the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the product of $289,789.74 multiplied by the number of days between the date of the closing of this offering and June 2, 2014, by (ii) the product obtained by multiplying 365 by the closing sales price of our common stock on the date of the closing of this offering, rounded down to the nearest whole share, which will be fully vested upon grant, or, collectively, the Lian Awards. The Lian Awards will be issued under and subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

As provided for in the Morneau Employment Agreement, our board of directors will recommend to our compensation committee that Mr. Morneau be granted, on the closing date of this offering: (1) a stock option to purchase 25,500 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the option will be vested upon grant and 25% of the shares subject to the option will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of grant for the next three years, so long as Mr. Morneau continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; (2) an award of 67,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the award will be vested upon issuance and 25% of the shares subject to the award will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of issuance for the next three years, so long as Mr. Morneau continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; and (3) an additional award of shares of common stock in an amount equal to: the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the product of $121,500 multiplied by the number of days between the date of the closing of this offering and May 21, 2014, by (ii) the product obtained by multiplying 365 by the closing sales price of our common stock on the date of the closing of this offering, rounded down to the nearest whole share, which will be fully vested upon grant, or, collectively, the Morneau Awards. The Morneau Awards will be issued under and subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

As provided for in the Dinerman Employment Agreement, our board of directors will recommend to our compensation committee that Dr. Dinerman be granted, on the closing date of this offering: (1) a stock option to purchase 45,000 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the option will be vested upon grant and 25% of the shares subject to the option will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of grant for the next three years, so long as Dr. Dinerman continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; (2) an award of 105,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the award will be vested upon issuance and 25% of the shares subject to the award will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of issuance for the next three years, so long as Dr. Dinerman continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; and (3) an additional award of shares of common stock in an amount equal to: the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the product of $178,831.35 multiplied by the number of days between the date of the closing of this offering and June 2, 2014, by (ii) the product obtained by multiplying 365 by the closing sales price of our common stock on the date of the closing of this offering, rounded down to the nearest whole share, which will be fully vested upon grant, or, collectively, the Dinerman Awards. The Dinerman Awards will be issued under and subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

As provided for in the Hanley Employment Agreement, our board of directors will recommend to our compensation committee that Dr. Hanley be granted, on the closing date of this offering: (1) a stock option to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the option will be vested upon grant and 25% of the shares subject to the option will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of grant for the next three years, so long as Dr. Hanley continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; (2) an award of 70,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits), whereby 25% of the shares subject to the award will be vested upon issuance and 25% of the shares subject to the award will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of issuance for the next three years, so long as Dr. Hanley continues to provide service to us on each applicable vesting date; and (3) an additional award of shares of common stock in an amount equal to: the

 

-128-


Table of Contents

quotient obtained by dividing (i) the product of $120,375 multiplied by the number of days between the date of the closing of this offering and June 2, 2014, by (ii) the product obtained by multiplying 365 by the closing sales price of our common stock on the date of the closing of this offering, rounded down to the nearest whole share, which will be fully vested upon grant, or, collectively, the Hanley Awards. The Hanley Awards will be issued under and subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, on                 , 2014, and our stockholders approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan on                 , 2014. The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The following is only a summary of the material terms of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, is not a complete description of all provisions of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and should be read in conjunction with the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Purpose . The purpose of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan is to enhance our ability to attract highly qualified personnel, to strengthen our retention capabilities, to enhance our long-term performance and competitiveness, and to align the interests of the participants of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan with those of our stockholders.

Plan Administration . The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the compensation committee, although our board of directors may at any time act in lieu of the compensation committee; however, (1) in the case of awards intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, the committee administering such awards will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and (2) in the case of awards made to an employee, director or consultant who is required to file reports with respect to such individual’s “beneficial ownership” of our capital stock with the SEC pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, the committee administering such awards will consist of two or more directors who are “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3. The compensation committee may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards, in each case subject to certain conditions. In connection with administering the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the compensation committee has responsibility for determining, among other things, the recipient of each award, the type of award, the number of shares, units or dollars subject to each award and the terms and conditions of each award, including the exercise or purchase price and the vesting and duration of the award, and the terms for any modification, substitution or cancellation of awards, subject to certain conditions. Pursuant to the terms of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, we have agreed to indemnify any individuals who take action on behalf of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, so long as such action is taken in good faith, for any claims, liabilities and costs arising out of such individual’s good faith performance of duties on behalf of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, and to reimburse any such individual for all expenses incurred with respect to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Types of Awards. The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan provides that the compensation committee may grant or issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted stock units and unrestricted shares, deferred share units, performance and cash-settled awards and dividend equivalent rights to participants under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. Under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the compensation committee may establish an exchange program and grant replacement awards, in each case in accordance with the terms of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and applicable law (including any associated stockholder approval requirements).

Authorized Shares . Initially, a total of                      shares of our common stock have been reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which number is also the limit on shares of common stock available for awards of ISOs (as described under “Stock Options” below). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will, unless otherwise determined by our board of directors or the

 

-129-


Table of Contents

compensation committee, be automatically increased on January 1st of each year commencing on January 1, 2015 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2024, in an amount equal to 3.5% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year. The shares of common stock deliverable pursuant to awards under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will be authorized but unissued shares of our common stock, or shares of our common stock that we otherwise hold in treasury or in trust. Any shares of our common stock underlying awards that are settled in cash or otherwise expire, or are forfeited, terminated or cancelled (including pursuant to an exchange program established by the compensation committee) prior to the issuance of stock will again be available for issuance under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, shares of our common stock that are withheld (or not issued) in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an award, and shares of our common stock equal to the number surrendered in payment of any exercise price or withholding taxes relating to an award, will again be available for issuance under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Eligibility. The compensation committee will select participants from among our employees, directors and consultants, including non-employees and non-consultants to whom an offer of employment or a consulting role has been or is being extended by us. For each calendar year during the term of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, no participant may receive stock options, stock appreciation rights and other awards that relate to more than 25% of the maximum number of shares issuable under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan as of its effective date, subject to adjustments as permitted in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, and the maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be paid to any one participant during any calendar year with respect to one or more awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code is $1.0 million. Nevertheless, stock options, stock appreciation rights and bonus awards may be made in excess of the limits described in the preceding sentence so long as such awards are not intended to qualify as performance-based compensation and are therefore not intended to be exempt from the deduction limit imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

Stock Options . The exercise price of stock options granted under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan must not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date, subject to two exceptions, as set forth in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The term of a stock option may not exceed ten years. If a stock option or stock appreciation right is granted to an employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the stock option or stock appreciation right, as applicable, will not be first exercisable for any shares of our common stock until at least six months following its grant date (although the award may vest prior to such date). An incentive stock option, or ISO, is a stock option granted to qualify for tax treatment applicable to ISOs under Section 422 of the Code. A nonqualified stock option, or Non-ISO, is a stock option that is not subject to statutory requirements and limitations required for certain tax advantages allowed under Section 422 of the Code. An ISO may only be granted to our employees or employees of certain of our affiliates, including officers who are employees. An ISO granted to an employee who owns more than 10% of the combined voting power of all of our classes of stock must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date, and the term of the ISO may not exceed five years from the grant date. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of shares of common stock with respect to which ISOs first become exercisable by a participant in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such excess stock options will be treated as Non-ISOs. If expressly provided in a stock option award agreement, the exercise price for stock options will be equitably adjusted (in a manner that is reasonably intended to avoid triggering additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code) for some or all of the cash dividends or extraordinary capital distributions that we pay with respect to our shares of common stock during the period between the stock option’s grant date and its exercise date. The compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, set forth in an award agreement that the participant may exercise unvested Non-ISOs, in which case the participant will receive shares of restricted common stock having the same vesting schedule that applied to the unvested stock options. The methods of payment of the exercise price of a stock option may include, among other things, cash, promissory note, other shares (subject to certain conditions), “net exercise”, cashless exercise, as well as other forms of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the compensation committee and specified in the applicable stock option award agreement; however, our directors and executive officers may not make payment with respect to any awards granted under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or continue an extension of credit with respect to such

 

-130-


Table of Contents

payment, with a loan from or arranged by us in violation of applicable securities laws. The compensation committee may establish and set forth in the applicable stock option award agreement the terms and conditions on which a stock option will remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of a participant’s service. Unless an award agreement provides otherwise: (i) if termination is due to death or disability, the stock option will remain exercisable for one year after such termination of service; and (ii) if the termination is due to reasons other than for death, disability or cause, the stock option generally will remain exercisable for 30 days following termination of service. If the termination is for cause, then the stock option generally will cease to be exercisable upon termination of service or on the date when cause first existed, whichever is earlier. If there is a blackout period under our insider trading policy or applicable law that prohibits the buying or selling of shares of common stock during any part of the ten day period before the expiration of a stock option based on termination of service, the period for exercising the stock option will be extended until ten days beyond when the blackout period ends; however, no stock option will ever be exercisable after the expiration date of its original term set forth in the applicable stock option award agreement. If a participant is not entitled to exercise a stock option at the date of termination of service, or if the participant does not exercise the stock option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the applicable stock option award agreement or in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the stock option will terminate and the shares of common stock underlying the unexercised portion of the stock option will revert to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and become available for future awards.

Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs) . Stock appreciation rights, or SARs, allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the grant date. SARs may not have a term ending more than ten years after the grant date, and must otherwise have terms consistent with those described above for stock options. The reserve of shares of common stock available for future awards under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will be reduced upon each exercise of a SAR that is settled through the delivery of shares of common stock to the participant. After termination of service, a recipient of SARs may exercise the SARs for the period of time stated in the recipient’s SARs award agreement, which will generally be consistent with the period of time applicable to stock option awards. Additionally, the SARs award agreement may provide for settlement either in shares of common stock, cash or in any combination of shares of common stock or cash that the compensation committee may authorize pursuant to the applicable award agreement. Subject to the terms of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the compensation committee will determine the other terms of SARs; however, the award agreement for each SAR must set forth terms and conditions that are consistent with those for a stock option. The per share exercise price for the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the exercise of SARs must not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date.

Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) . Restricted share awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the compensation committee and as set forth in the applicable award agreement. Restricted stock units, or RSUs, give recipients the right to acquire a specified number of shares of our common stock at a future date upon the satisfaction of certain vesting criteria established by the compensation committee and as set forth in an RSU award agreement. Unlike restricted shares, the shares underlying RSUs will not be issued until the RSUs have vested and are settled. The compensation committee may impose restrictions in the award agreement granting restricted shares or RSUs, including but not limited to restrictions concerning voting rights, transferability and receipt of dividends, which restrictions will lapse pursuant to circumstances or based upon criteria selected by the compensation committee, such as the participant’s duration of continuous service, individual, group or divisional performance criteria, company performance or other criteria selected by the compensation committee. Restricted shares and RSUs may be awarded for such consideration as the compensation committee may determine, including without limitation cash, past or future services or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the compensation committee and permissible under applicable law. Except as set forth in the applicable award agreement or as determined by the compensation committee, upon termination of a participant’s service for any reason, the participant will forfeit the restricted shares and RSUs to the extent the participant’s interest therein has not vested on or before the termination date; however, if restricted shares are forfeited for any reason, we will return the

 

-131-


Table of Contents

purchase price to the participant to the extent either set forth in the applicable award agreement or required by applicable law. Unless settled for cash in lieu of shares, vested restricted shares will be settled in unrestricted shares.

Unrestricted Shares . Unrestricted shares will vest in full upon the grant date and therefore are not subject to forfeiture restrictions. Unrestricted shares may be granted to participants, selected by the compensation committee in its sole discretion, who elect to pay for such unrestricted shares or to receive unrestricted shares in lieu of cash bonuses that would otherwise be paid.

Deferred Share Units (DSUs) . Deferred share units, or DSUs, represent the right to receive shares of our common stock on a future date. The compensation committee may make DSU awards to participants pursuant to award agreements regardless of whether there is a deferral of such participants’ compensation and may permit directors, members of management or “highly compensated employees” to forego the receipt of cash or other compensation (including shares settled for any RSU award) and in lieu thereof credit to an internal account for the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan a number of DSUs having a fair market value equal to the shares of common stock and other compensation deferred. Credits will be made at the end of each calendar quarter during which compensation is deferred. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, any shares subject to DSUs are 100% vested at all times and the DSUs are settled by our delivery of one share for each DSU, in five substantially equal annual installments that are issued before the last day of each of the five calendar years after the date on which the participant’s service terminates for any reason, subject to certain conditions.

Performance and Cash-Settled Awards . Performance awards, including performance units, may be granted under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The compensation committee may (but is not required to) designate a performance award as a “performance compensation award” that is intended to be exempt from limitations under Section 162(m) of the Code. A participant is eligible to receive payment in respect of a performance compensation award only if the performance goals for such award are achieved and the performance formula as applied against such performance goals determines that all or some portion of such participant’s award has been earned for the performance period. The compensation committee will decide the length of a certain performance period, but such period may not be less than one fiscal year. The compensation committee is required under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan to specify in writing the performance period to which the performance compensation award relates, one or more goals for the performance period and an objective formula by which to measure whether or the extent to which the award is earned on the basis of the level of performance achieved with respect to one or more performance measures. Such criteria must be specified in writing no later than the earlier of the date that is 90 days after the commencement of the performance period and the date on which 25% of the performance period elapses. Once established for a performance period, the performance goals and performance formula applicable to the award may not be amended or modified in a manner that would cause the compensation payable under the award to fail to constitute qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code; however, the compensation committee may exercise negative discretion to reduce or eliminate the amount of the performance compensation award if, in its sole discretion, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. The maximum performance compensation award that any one participant may receive for any one performance period will not exceed                      shares of our common stock, subject to adjustments as permitted in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or, for performance units to be settled in cash, the greater of $1.0 million or the fair market value of such number of shares of common stock on the grant date.

Dividend Equivalent Rights . The compensation committee may grant dividend equivalent rights either in tandem with an award (other than a stock option or SAR) or as a separate award, to participants on terms and conditions determined by the compensation committee at the time of grant and set forth in an award agreement. Unless otherwise provided in the award agreement, dividend equivalent rights will be paid out on the record date for the underlying dividends if the award occurs on a stand-alone basis, and on the vesting or later settlement date for an award if the dividend equivalent rights are granted as part of it. Dividend equivalent rights are settled in shares with cash paid in lieu of fractional shares, unless the applicable award agreement provides for settlement in cash of all or part of the dividend equivalent right.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

Taxes. Award recipients are solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may arise in connection with awards granted pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, including any taxes arising from Section 409A of the Code (although awards are generally intended to be exempt from, or compliant with, its restrictions). Our obligation to deliver shares of common stock (or to pay cash) to an award holder is at all times subject to such person’s prior or coincident satisfaction of all required withholding taxes.

Non-Transferability of Awards . Unless the compensation committee provides otherwise in an award agreement, or unless transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order as approved by the compensation committee, the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the participant who is granted an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, such as stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or reclassifications with respect to our common stock, or mergers, consolidations, changes in organization form or other increases or decreases in the number of issued shares of common stock effected without receipt or payment of consideration by us, the compensation committee will equitably adjust the number and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the total number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. In the event of any proposed winding up, dissolution or liquidation of our company, other than as part of a change in control, we will notify each participant as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Change in Control . In the event of a change in control of our company, unless otherwise provided in any award agreement or other applicable agreements between us or any of our affiliates, on the one hand, and the applicable participant, on the other hand, each outstanding award will be assigned to or assumed or substituted by the surviving or successor company or a parent or subsidiary of such company upon consummation of the change in control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the compensation committee has the discretion to take one or more of the following actions with respect to any or all awards: (1) accelerate the vesting of the award and provide for its termination if not exercised at or prior to the effective time of the change in control; (2) arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us; (3) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or successor company; (4) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for cash or other consideration; (5) make a payment equal to the excess of (a) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award immediately prior to the effective time of the change in control, over (b) the exercise price payable in connection with the stock award; or (6) make such other modifications, adjustments or amendments to outstanding awards as the compensation committee deems necessary or appropriate, subject to the terms set forth in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The compensation committee is not required to take the same action or actions with respect to all awards granted under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or portions thereof, or with respect to all participants, and may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of any award. A change in control generally includes, among other things: (i) an acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then-outstanding securities, (ii) a change in board control whereby individuals who, on the date the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan is first effective, constituted our board of directors (or their approved replacements), cease to constitute a majority of our board of directors, (iii) a merger, subject to certain exceptions, (iv) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or (v) a liquidation or dissolution of our company.

Forfeiture and Recoupment. To the extent provided in the applicable award agreement, we have the following recourse against an award recipient who does not comply with certain covenants, including non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, inventions or secrecy covenants: (1) we may terminate any outstanding, unexercised, unexpired, unpaid or deferred awards; (2) we may rescind any exercise, payment or delivery pursuant to the award; or (3) we may recapture any shares of common stock (whether restricted or unrestricted) or proceeds from the award recipient’s sale of shares of common stock issued pursuant to the award. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the applicable award agreement, and to the extent permitted by applicable law,

 

-133-


Table of Contents

essentially the same forfeiture and recoupment rights are available to us, in addition to a right to reimbursement for all or any portion of any awards granted under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, with respect to awards that are granted, vested or settled during certain periods affected by an award recipient’s fraud or misconduct, or a financial restatement, and all awards are subject to any recoupment that is required under applicable law.

Initial Public Offering-Related Restrictions . Shares that are issued pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan are subject to certain market stand-off restrictions during specified periods following our initial public offering.

Amendment; Termination; Governing Law . The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan may be amended or terminated by our board of directors as it deems advisable; however, stockholder approval is required for any change that increases the total number of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to awards. No amendment may materially and adversely impact any participant’s vested rights under an award that was previously granted under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan without the consent of either the impacted participant or participants holding a majority of awards being similarly impacted. The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its effective date, if not sooner terminated by our board of directors. Delaware law will generally govern and control any issues arising under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and the awards issued thereunder.

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register all of the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

-134-


Table of Contents

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive Compensation,” the following is a summary of material provisions of transactions since our inception in September 2012 that we have been a party to and in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock, or their immediate family members, have had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Common Stock Issuances to and Convertible Promissory Notes with Executives

In conjunction with the formation of our company, in September 2012, we issued and sold 2,650,000 shares of our common stock to Dr. Lian, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder, and 2,100,000 shares of our common stock to Dr. Dinerman, our Chief Operating Officer and Co-Founder. These shares were issued at a deemed fair value of $0.01 per share, in each case in exchange for the contribution of certain intellectual property and assets to us having a deemed value of $26,500 and $21,000, respectively.

Also in conjunction with the formation of our company, in September 2012, we issued and sold convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $15,000 and $20,000 to Dr. Lian and Dr. Dinerman, respectively. These convertible promissory notes have a maturity date of September 28, 2014 and bear interest at the lesser of (1) the short-term Applicable Federal Rate (for short-term loans) as published by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, and (2) the maximum rate permissible by law. As of March 31, 2014, the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest, outstanding under each convertible promissory note was $15,656 and $20,875, respectively. These convertible promissory notes will, in accordance with their terms, be converted into an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

In April 2013, we issued and sold 250,000 shares of our common stock to Dr. Hanley, our Chief Medical Officer, at a price of $0.01 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,500. As partial consideration for the issuance by us of the 250,000 shares of our common stock to Dr. Hanley, Dr. Hanley issued to us a promissory note, dated as of April 15, 2013, in the aggregate principal amount of $2,497.50. Simple interest on the unpaid principal balance of the promissory note accrues at the lesser of: (1) the short-term Applicable Federal Rate, as published by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, and (2) the highest lawful rate permissible under applicable usury laws. All unpaid principal and all accrued and previously unpaid interest under the promissory note were due and payable in full on April 15, 2016. As of March 31, 2014, approximately $2,570 in principal and interest remained outstanding under the promissory note. On May 15, 2014, we forgave all of the outstanding principal and unpaid interest under the promissory note, which totaled $2,581 as of such date.

In May 2013, we issued and sold a convertible promissory note in an aggregate principal amount of $55,350 to Dr. Lian. This convertible promissory note has a maturity date of May 15, 2015 and bears interest at the lesser of (1) the short-term Applicable Federal Rate as published by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, and (2) the maximum rate permissible by law. As of March 31, 2014, the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest, outstanding under this convertible promissory note was $56,853. This convertible promissory note will, in accordance with its terms, be converted into an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

In February 2014, we issued and sold 1,000,000 shares of our common stock to Dr. Lian at a deemed fair value of $0.01 per share in exchange for the contribution by Dr. Lian of services to us having a deemed value of $10,000.

 

-135-


Table of Contents

Equity Awards to Executive Officers

In connection with this offering, we expect to issue equity awards to our executive officers. Further details regarding these equity awards are discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive Compensation –Proposed Equity Awards to Executive Officers”.

Agreements with Ligand

On May 21, 2014, we entered into the Master License Agreement with Ligand, pursuant to which Ligand granted us worldwide rights under (1) patents related to FBPase Compounds, SARM Compounds, TRß Compounds, EPOR Compounds and DGAT-1 Compounds, (2) related know-how controlled by Ligand, and (3) physical quantities of FBPase, SARM, TRß, EPOR and DGAT-1 Compounds. Under the terms of the Master License Agreement, we will pay to Ligand an upfront fee of $29.0 million, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, payable in equity upon the closing of this offering, in addition to development and commercial milestone payments and single-digit royalties on future worldwide net product sales. In connection with the Master License Agreement, we also entered into the Loan and Security Agreement, the Note, the Sublease Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement. Under the Sublease Agreement, we are required to pay Ligand base rent in the amount of approximately $13,500 per month, as well as our pro rata portion of certain operating expenses. Further details regarding the Master License Agreement, the Loan and Security Agreement, the Note, the Sublease Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement are discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Business – Agreements with Ligand”.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or

 

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we will, under certain circumstances, indemnify our directors, officers, employees or agents, subject to any provisions contained in our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was one of our directors or officers, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expense, liability and loss (including, among other things, attorney’s fees and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such director, officer, employee or agent in connection therewith, subject to certain conditions. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide us with the power to, to the extent authorized by our board of directors, grant

 

-136-


Table of Contents

rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses to any of our employees or agents to the fullest extent indemnification may be granted to our directors and officers. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to certain exceptions.

Further, prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding, subject to certain exceptions. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that will be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we may purchase and maintain insurance, at our expense, to protect us and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of us or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not we would have the power to indemnity such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL. We will obtain prior to the closing of this offering insurance under which, subject to the limitations of the insurance policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

-137-


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors will adopt a written related person transaction policy to be effective upon completion of this offering to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement, or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements, or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness, and employment by us of a related person. A related person is any individual who is, or who has been since the beginning of our last fiscal year, one of our directors or executive officers, or a nominee to become one of our directors, or any person known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons. Additionally, any firm, corporation or other entity by which any of the foregoing persons is employed or in which such person is a general partner or principal, or in a similar position, or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest, will also be deemed to be a related person. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, consultant or director are not considered related-person transactions under this policy. As provided by our audit committee charter to be effective upon completion of this offering, our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any related party transaction. Prior to the creation of our audit committee, our full board of directors will review related party transactions.

 

-138-


Table of Contents

Principal Stockholders

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2014, and the beneficial ownership of our common stock as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of any class of our voting securities.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014 and convertible securities that are currently convertible or convertible within 60 days of March 31, 2014 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but have not treated them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

We have based percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering on 6,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, excluding the shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the conversion of outstanding convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $310,350 and accrued interest of approximately $9,083 and the shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the Master License Agreement and conversion of the Note.

We have based percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering on 6,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, plus                     shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the conversion of outstanding convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $310,350 and accrued interest of approximately $9,083, plus                     shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the Master License Agreement, plus                     shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Note, or the Note Shares, in each case based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming the sale of                     shares of common stock in this offering. Ligand has the option to receive a cash payment from us, in the aggregate amount of approximately $        , in lieu of receiving the Note Shares.

 

-139-


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Viking Therapeutics, Inc., 11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50, San Diego, CA 92037. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

Beneficial Owner Name

  Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Before this Offering
    Common Stock Beneficially Owned After this Offering  
  Shares     Percentage     Assuming No Exercise of
Option to Purchase
Additional Shares
    Assuming Full Exercise of Option
to Purchase Additional
Shares
 
      Shares     Percentage     Shares     Percentage  

Greater than 5% Stockholders:

           

Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated(1)

                       (2)          %              %   

Isabelle Dinerman(3)

    525,000        8.8%              %              %   

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Brian Lian, Ph.D.

    3,650,000        60.8%             (4)          %             (4)          %   

Michael Morneau

                       (5)          %             (5)          %   

Michael Dinerman, M.D. 

    1,575,000        26.3%             (6)          %             (6)          %   

Rochelle Hanley, M.D.

    250,000        4.2%             (7)          %             (7)          %   

Matthew W. Foehr

                                         

Lawson Macartney, DVM, Ph.D. 

                                         

Matthew Singleton

                                         

Stephen W. Webster

                                         

All current executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)

    5,475,000        91.3%             (8)          %             (8)          %   

 

* Denotes less than 1%

 

(1) Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated’s address is 11119 North Torrey Pines Rd., Suite 200, San Diego, CA 92037.

 

(2) Consists of                     shares of common stock that will be issued to Ligand upon the consummation of this offering pursuant to the Master License Agreement and                     shares of common stock issuable to Ligand upon the consummation of this offering upon conversion of the Note, in each case based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Of these shares of common stock,                     shares are beneficially owned directly by Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, and                     shares are beneficially owned by Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated.

 

(3) Ms. Dinerman is Dr. Dinerman’s sister.

 

(4) Consists of: (a) 3,650,000 shares of common stock owned directly, (b)                     shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible notes that will be converted into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (c)                     shares of common stock and                     shares of unvested restricted common stock to be issued to Dr. Lian on the closing date of this offering in accordance with the terms of the Lian Employment Agreement. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive Compensation – Proposed Equity Awards to Executive Officers” for additional information regarding the shares of common stock to be issued to Dr. Lian on the closing date of this offering.

 

(5) Consists of                     shares of common stock and                     shares of unvested restricted common stock to be issued to Mr. Morneau on the closing date of this offering in accordance with the terms of the Morneau Employment Agreement. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive Compensation – Proposed Equity Awards to Executive Officers” for additional information regarding the shares of common stock to be issued to Mr. Morneau on the closing date of this offering.

 

(6) Consists of: (a) 1,575,000 shares of common stock owned directly, (b)                     shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of a convertible note that will be converted into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (c)                     shares of common stock and                     shares of unvested restricted common stock to be issued to Dr. Dinerman on the closing date of this offering in accordance with the terms of the Dinerman Employment Agreement. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive Compensation – Proposed Equity Awards to Executive Officers” for additional information regarding the shares of common stock to be issued to Dr. Dinerman on the closing date of this offering.

 

-140-


Table of Contents
(7) Consists of: (a) 250,000 shares of common stock owned directly, and (b)                     shares of common stock and                     shares of unvested restricted common stock to be issued to Dr. Hanley on the closing date of this offering in accordance with the terms of the Hanley Employment Agreement. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive Compensation – Proposed Equity Awards to Executive Officers” for additional information regarding the shares of common stock to be issued to Dr. Hanley on the closing date of this offering.

 

(8) Consists of (a) 5,475,000 shares of common stock held by all of our executive officers and directors as a group, (b)                     shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible notes held by all of our executive officers and directors as a group that will be converted into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (c)                     shares of common stock and                     shares of unvested restricted common stock to be issued to all of our executive officers and directors as a group on the closing date of this offering in accordance with the terms of our employment agreements with our executive officers. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive Compensation – Proposed Equity Awards to Executive Officers” for additional information regarding the shares of common stock to be issued to our executive officers on the closing date of this offering.

 

-141-


Table of Contents

Description of Capital Stock

General

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that will be included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this “Description of Capital Stock,” you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and the Registration Rights Agreement, each of which will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                     shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, and                     shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share.

As of March 31, 2014, there were 6,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by four stockholders of record. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval except as required by the Nasdaq Rules, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors that is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class will be subject to election at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of our common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

-142-


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Following this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue up to                     shares of our preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Equity Awards

As of March 31, 2014, we had no outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock or other equity awards. Upon the effectiveness of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan,                     shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance of equity awards under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. We will grant options to purchase an aggregate of                     shares of our common stock under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan to our non-employee directors on the effective date of this offering, and we will issue                     shares of restricted common stock and grant options to purchase an aggregate of                     shares of our common stock under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan to our executive officers on the closing date of this offering. See the sections of this prospectus entitled “Executive Compensation – Proposed Equity Awards to Executive Officers” and “Management – Non-Employee Director Compensation” for additional information regarding the options and shares of restricted common stock to be issued to our directors and executive officers on and prior to the closing date of this offering.

Convertible Notes

As of March 31, 2014, we had outstanding convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $310,350 and accrued interest of approximately $9,083, which will be converted into an aggregate of                     shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Ligand Convertible Note

As of                 , 2014, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Note, plus all accrued and previously unpaid interest thereon, was approximately $        . This offering will constitute an Initial Public Offering under the Loan and Security Agreement, and Ligand has the option to convert the amounts outstanding under the Note into shares of our common stock upon the consummation of this offering. Therefore, upon the consummation of this offering, we may be obligated to issue an aggregate of                     shares of common stock to Ligand pursuant to the Note, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Ligand has the option to receive a cash payment from us, in the aggregate amount of approximately $        , in lieu of receiving shares issuable under the Note. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Business – Agreements with Ligand – Loan and Security Agreement” for additional information regarding the Note and the Loan and Security Agreement.

 

-143-


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

On May 21, 2014, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with Ligand, or the Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which we agreed, among other things, that we will file with the SEC, by no later than the first date on which the lock-up requested by the underwriters in this offering expires or lapses with respect to Ligand (or the first business day thereafter), a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that covers the resale of the full amount of the Registrable Securities. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Business – Agreements with Ligand – Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of these registration rights.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certain provisions of Delaware law, along with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as will take effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all of which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. However, these provisions could have the effect of delaying, discouraging or preventing attempts to acquire us, which could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Delaware Law

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, those provisions prohibit a public Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    the transaction is approved by the board of directors before the date the interested stockholder attained that status;

 

    upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or

 

    on or after the date of the transaction, the transaction is approved by the board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 of the DGCL defines a business combination to include the following:

 

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

    any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

    subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

    any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 of the DGCL defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning, or who within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own,

 

-144-


Table of Contents

15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any such entity or person.

A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. However, we have not opted out of, and do not currently intend to opt out of, this provision. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire our company.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as will take effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering, include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes relating to the control of our board of directors or management team, including the following:

 

    Board of Directors Vacancies. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors and promotes continuity of management.

 

    Classified Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Management – Board of Directors”.

 

    Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the Chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder (in the capacity as a stockholder) from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

    Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed . We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

    No Cumulative Voting. The DGCL provides that stockholders may cumulate votes in the election of directors if the corporation’s certificate of incorporation allows for such mechanism. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

 

-145-


Table of Contents
    Directors Removed Only for Cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

    Exclusive Jurisdiction for Certain Actions. Our amended and restated bylaws require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against our directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware, unless we otherwise consent. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

 

    Amendment of Charter Provisions. Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, with the exception of the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and designate any rights, preferences and privileges thereto, would require approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our then outstanding common stock.

 

    Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock. Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to                      shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

Listing

We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “VKTX”.

 

-146-


Table of Contents

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, we will have a total of                     shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming (1) the conversion of our outstanding convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $310,350 and accrued interest of approximately $9,083 as of March 31, 2014 into an aggregate of                     shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, (2) the issuance of an aggregate of                     shares of common stock to Ligand pursuant to the Master License Agreement, and (3) the issuance of an aggregate of                     shares of common stock to Ligand upon conversion of the Note, in each case based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Of these outstanding shares, all of the                     shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    no restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market upon the closing of this offering;

 

    beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,                     shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which                     shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below; and

 

    the remainder of the shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below, and the availability of a resale registration statement.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our executive officers directors and holders of all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and Roth Capital Partners, LLC, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock. Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and Roth Capital Partners, LLC may, in their discretion, and without our consent but with advance notice to us, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time. Upon expiration of the “lock-up” period, we will be required to register the shares held by certain of our stockholders under the Securities Act. See the sections of this prospectus entitled “Business – Agreements with Ligand – Registration Rights Agreement”, “– Registration Rights” and “Description of Capital Stock – Registration Rights”.

 

-147-


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                     shares as of immediately after this offering, based on the number of shares to be sold in this offering as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of all of our restricted shares have entered into lock-up agreements as described below and their restricted shares will become eligible for sale at the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by such rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

As of March 31, 2014, we had no outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock or other equity awards issued pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

Promptly after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and applicable lock-up agreements. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive Compensation – 2014 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of our equity incentive plan.

 

-148-


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we have agreed to register an aggregate of                     shares of common stock that will be issued to Ligand pursuant to the Master License Agreement, based on                     shares of common stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering (excluding shares issued in this offering) and an assumed initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, we have agreed that, if Ligand elects to convert the amounts outstanding under the Note into shares of our common stock upon the consummation of this offering, we will also register the                     shares of common stock issuable to Ligand pursuant to the Note, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the offer and sale of these shares is registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. See the sections of this prospectus entitled “Business – Agreements with Ligand – Registration Rights Agreement” and “Description of Capital Stock – Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights.

 

-149-


Table of Contents

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-U.S. Holder (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this section addresses only common stock that is held as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

For purposes of this section, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership) that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

 

    An individual citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

    A corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

    An estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    A trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This section is based upon provisions of the Code, existing and proposed regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis, which may result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. This section does not consider the specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder, nor does it address any estate or gift tax consequences or the treatment of a non-U.S. holder under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company” or a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding the common stock should consult its tax advisor with regard to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of an investment in the common stock.

You should consult a tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of common stock in your particular circumstances, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.

Distributions on Common Stock

In general, if distributions are made with respect to our common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock, but not below zero, and to the extent such portion exceeds the holder’s adjusted tax basis, will be treated as gain from the disposition of the common stock and will be treated as described under “Gain on Disposition of Common Stock” below.

Except as described below, if you are a non-U.S. holder of common stock, dividends paid to you are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by

 

-150-


Table of Contents

the non-U.S. holder within the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the holder in the U.S.) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate for dividends will be required (1) to complete Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalties of perjury that such holder is not a U.S. person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (2) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate refund claim with the Internal Revenue Service.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the below discussions of backup withholding and withholding tax relating to foreign accounts, if you are a non-U.S. holder, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain that you recognize on a disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. (and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the U.S.),

 

    you are an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale and certain other conditions exist, or

 

    we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation for federal income tax purposes and you held, directly or indirectly, at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition, more than 5% of the common stock and you are not eligible for any treaty exemption.

Gain described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” gains that you recognize may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the U.S.

We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a U.S. real property holding corporation.

Additional Withholding Tax Relating to Foreign Accounts

Under legislation enacted in 2010 commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and related administrative guidance, a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid after June 30, 2014, and the gross proceeds from a disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2016, in each case paid to (1) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the legislation), whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its U.S. “account” holders (as specifically defined in the legislation) and meets certain other specified requirements, or (2) a non-financial foreign entity, whether such non-financial foreign entity is

 

-151-


Table of Contents

the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such entity provides a certification that the beneficial owner of the payment does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each such substantial U.S. owner and certain other specified requirements are met. In certain cases, the relevant foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity may qualify for an exemption from, or be deemed to be in compliance with, these rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding this legislation and whether it may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to those distributions, regardless of whether withholding was required. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding may apply to distribution payments to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock and information reporting and backup withholding may apply to the payments of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the U.S. or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we have or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

 

-152-


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and Roth Capital Partners, LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We are entering into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of Shares

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  

Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC

  

MLV & Co. LLC

  

Summer Street Research Partners

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults on its purchase commitment, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or this offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, this offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the U.S. may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to                     additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Without
exercise of option
to purchase
additional shares
     With full
exercise of option
to purchase
additional shares
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            , which will be paid by us. This amount includes up to $            that we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses.

 

-153-


Table of Contents

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not, for a period of 180 days after the date of the underwriting agreement between us and the underwriters managing this offering and subject to certain exceptions, sell or register with the SEC or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our equity securities (or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities), except for the issuance of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus and the issuance of shares, options or equity awards pursuant to our stock incentive plans or bonus plans as described in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In the event that during this 180-day period, (1) any shares are issued pursuant to our stock incentive plans or bonus plans that are exercisable during such 180-day period, or (2) any registration is effected on Form S-8 or on any successor form relating to shares that are exercisable during such 180-day period, we will obtain the written agreement of such grantee, purchaser or holder of such registered securities that, for the 180-day period, such person will not, without the prior written consent of Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and Roth Capital Partners, LLC, offer for sale, sell, distribute, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or exercise any registration rights with respect to, any shares of our common stock (or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock) owned by such person.

Our directors and executive officers and all of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and Roth Capital Partners, LLC, (1) offer, pledge, assign, encumber, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock owned either of record or beneficially (as defined in the Exchange Act) by such person or entity on the date of the lock-up agreement or thereafter, or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing.

The restrictions described in the foregoing paragraph do not apply to (1) transfers that are a bona fide gift, (2) transfers pursuant to a valid domestic order or divorce decree or settlement or by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession upon the death of the holder, (3) transfers to any family member or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or the immediate family of the holder, so long as any such transfer does not involve a disposition for value, (4) transfers as part of a transfer or distribution by the holder to its stockholders, members, partners, beneficiaries or other equity holders, so long as the holder is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other business, and so long as any such transfer or distribution does not involve a disposition for value, (5) transfers to us pursuant to the exercise by the holder of any equity incentive awards issued pursuant to our stock option or incentive plans as disclosed in this prospectus, on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis; so long as the shares of our common stock received upon such exercise will remain subject to the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement, (6) transfers to us pursuant to any contractual arrangement that provides for the repurchase of the holder’s shares of our common stock or such other securities by us or in connection with the termination of the holder’s employment or other service relationship with us, or (7) transfers pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change in control of our company, so long as, in the event the tender offer, merger, consolidation or similar transaction is not completed, the holder’s shares of our common stock will remain subject to the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement and the consideration per share of common stock paid in such transaction shall be no less than the public offering price in this offering.

 

-154-


Table of Contents

In the event that any director, officer or holder of more than 1% of our common stock is permitted by the underwriters to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of shares of our common stock for value, the underwriters will also release a pro-rata portion of the securities held by each of our other securityholders that is a party to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “VKTX”.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

    the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives of the underwriters;

 

    our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

    an assessment of our management;

 

    our prospects for future earnings;

 

    the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

    the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

    other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

 

-155-


Table of Contents

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the U.S., no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities referred to by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or solicitation is unlawful.

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (1) persons who are outside the United Kingdom, (2) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order, or (3) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a ‘‘Relevant Member State’’), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the ‘‘EU Prospectus Directive’’) is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the ‘‘Relevant Implementation Date’’) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

    to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

-156-


Table of Contents
    to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000; and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

    to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the book-running managers for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an ‘‘offer of securities to the public’’ in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression EU Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

In the State of Israel, the shares of common stock sold in this offering may not be offered to any person or entity other than the following:

 

(1) a fund for joint investments in trust ( i.e. , mutual fund), as such term is defined in the Law for Joint Investments in Trust, 5754-1994, or a management company of such a fund;

 

(2) a provident fund as defined in Section 47(a)(2) of the Income Tax Ordinance of the State of Israel, or a management company of such a fund;

 

(3) an insurer, as defined in the Law for Oversight of Insurance Transactions, 5741-1981;

 

(4) a banking entity or satellite entity, as such terms are defined in the Banking Law (Licensing), 5741-1981, other than a joint services company, acting for their own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

 

(5) a company that is licensed as a portfolio manager, as such term is defined in Section 8(b) of the Law for the Regulation of Investment Advisors and Portfolio Managers, 5755-1995, acting on its own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

 

(6) a company that is licensed as an investment advisor, as such term is defined in Section 7(c) of the Law for the Regulation of Investment Advisors and Portfolio Managers, 5755-1995, acting on its own account;

 

(7) a company that is a member of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, acting on its own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

 

(8) an underwriter fulfilling the conditions of Section 56(c) of the Securities Law, 5728-1968;

 

(9) a venture capital fund (defined as an entity primarily involved in investments in companies which, at the time of investment, (a) are primarily engaged in research and development or manufacture of new technological products or processes and (b) involve above-average risk);

 

(10) an entity primarily engaged in capital markets activities in which all of the equity owners meet one or more of the above criteria; and

 

(11) this offering, in which the shareholders equity (including pursuant to foreign accounting rules, international accounting regulations and U.S. generally accepted accounting rules, as defined in the Securities Law Regulations (Preparation of Annual Financial Statements), 1993) is in excess of NIS 250 million.

Any offeree of the shares of common stock sold in this offering in the State of Israel shall be required to submit written confirmation that it falls within the scope of one of the above criteria. This prospectus will not be distributed or directed to investors in the State of Israel who do not fall within one of the above criteria.

 

-157-


Table of Contents

Legal Matters

Paul Hastings LLP, Palo Alto, California, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. The underwriters have been represented by Goodwin Procter LLP, New York, New York.

Changes in and Disagreements with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

On March 4, 2014, we engaged MaloneBailey LLP, or MaloneBailey, to audit our financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. On April 7, 2014, our board of directors approved the dismissal of MaloneBailey as our independent registered public accounting firm, effective immediately.

MaloneBailey did not issue any reports with respect to our financial statements. Accordingly, there were no reports issued by MaloneBailey with respect to us that contained an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and MaloneBailey did not issue any report that was qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

From September 24, 2012 (Inception) through April 7, 2014: (1) there were no disagreements between us and MaloneBailey on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of MaloneBailey, would have caused MaloneBailey to make reference to the matter in any report they would have issued; and (2) there were no “reportable events” as that term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

We provided MaloneBailey with a copy of the foregoing disclosures and requested that MaloneBailey provide a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the foregoing statements. MaloneBailey furnished such a letter, dated July 1, 2014, and a copy of such letter is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Effective as of April 7, 2014, our board of directors appointed Marcum LLP, or Marcum, as our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014. From September 24, 2012 (Inception) through April 7, 2014, neither we nor anyone on our behalf consulted with Marcum regarding (1) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, (2) the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, or (3) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement, as described in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions thereto, or a “reportable event” as described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

Experts

The audited financial statements for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2013 have been included herein in reliance upon the report of Marcum LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where You Can Find Additional Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is

 

-158-


Table of Contents

contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov .

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.vikingtherapeutics.com . Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

-159-


Table of Contents

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

       Pages  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-1

Balance Sheets

   F-2

Statements of Operations

   F-3

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   F-4

Statements of Cash Flows

   F-5

Notes to Financial Statements

   F-6 – F-20


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

of Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Viking Therapeutics, Inc., as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has had recurring net losses and has a working capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding these matters also are described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Irvine, California

May 22, 2014

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Balance Sheets

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2013     March 31, 2014  
                 (Unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets

      

Cash

   $      $ 179,619      $ 78,849   

Prepaids and other current assets

                   7,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

            179,619        86,349   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Assets

      

Deposits

            775        775   

Deferred IPO financing costs

                   189,592   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other assets

            775        190,367   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $      $ 180,394      $ 276,716   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

      

Current liabilities

      

Accounts payable

   $ 49,013      $ 73,378      $ 378,324   

Accounts payable – related party

     5,016        712        924   

Accrued interest

     350        6,507        9,083   

Convertible notes payable, current portion (net of discount of $3,106 and $2,070 at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively)

            46,894        47,930   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     54,379        127,491        436,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities

      

Convertible notes payable (net of discount of $7,250, $28,499 and $23,156 at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively)

     42,750        231,851        237,194   

Debt conversion feature liability

     8,286        71,655        81,904   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     51,036        303,506        319,098   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     105,415        430,997        755,359   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

      

Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 5,000,000, 5,200,000 and 6,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively

     50        52        60   

Additional paid-in capital

     5,562        11,114        10,010   

Notes receivable from stockholders

            (4,496     (2,498

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (111,027     (257,274     (486,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (105,415     (250,604     (478,643
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $      $ 180,394      $ 276,716   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Statements of Operations

 

    Period from
September 24,
2012 (Inception)
through

December 31,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Three Months
Ended

March 31,
2013
    Three Months Ended
March 31, 2014
    Cumulative Period
from September 24,
2012 (Inception)
through

March 31, 2014
 
                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenues

  $      $      $      $      $   

Operating expenses

         

Research and development

    68,871        11,613        575        50,000        130,484   

General and administrative

    40,770        89,463        2,615        159,737        289,970   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    109,641        101,076        3,190        209,737        420,454   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (109,641     (101,076     (3,190     (209,737     (420,454

Other expenses

         

Loss from change in fair value of debt conversion feature

           20,622        37        10,249        30,871   

Interest expense

    1,386        24,549        1,356        8,955        34,890   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses

    1,386        45,171        1,393        19,204        65,761   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (111,027   $ (146,247   $ (4,583   $ (228,941   $ (486,215
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (0.07   $ (0.07   $ (0.00   $ (0.07   $     

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

    1,482,625        2,043,295        1,794,444        3,191,666        2,026,311   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

    $          $       
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Weighted-average pro forma shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

         

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

                Additional
Paid-In Capital
    Notes
Receivable
from
Stockholders
    Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total  
    Common Stock                          
    Shares     Amount                          

Balance, September 24, 2012

         $      $      $      $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock to directors (founders stock) for services

    4,750,000        48        5,501                      5,549   

Issuance of common stock for services

    250,000        2        61                      63   

Net loss

                                (111,027     (111,027
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

    5,000,000        50        5,562               (111,027     (105,415
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

    (500,000     (5     (4,995     2,497               (2,503

Issuance of common stock for notes receivable

    700,000        7        6,993        (6,993            7   

Employee stock-based compensation expense

                  3,554                      3,554   

Net loss

                           (146,247     (146,247
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

    5,200,000        52        11,114        (4,496     (257,274     (250,604
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

    (200,000     (2     (1,998     1,998               (2

Issuance of performance based common stock

    1,000,000        10        (10                     

Employee stock-based compensation expense

                  904                      904   

Net loss

                                (228,941     (228,941
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    6,000,000      $ 60      $ 10,010      $ (2,498   $ (486,215   $ (478,643
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Statements of Cash Flows

 

    For the Period from
September 24, 2012
(Inception) through
December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2013
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2014
    Cumulative
Period from
September 24,
2012 (Inception)
through
March 31, 2014
 
                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

         

Net loss

  $ (111,027   $ (146,247   $ (4,583   $ (228,941   $ (486,215

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

         

Amortization of discount charged to interest expense on convertible notes

    1,036        18,392        1,036        6,379        25,807   

Change in fair value of debt conversion feature

           20,622        37        10,249        30,871   

Stock issued for services

    5,612       3,554        965        904        10,070   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

         

Prepaids and other current assets

                         (7,500     (7,500

Deferred IPO financing costs

                         (189,592     (189,592

Deposits

           (775                   (775

Accounts payable

    49,013        24,366        1,679        305,657        379,036   

Accounts payable – related party

    5,016        (4,304     546        (500     212   

Accrued expenses

    350        6,157        320        2,576        9,083   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (50,000     (78,235            (100,768     (229,003
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

         

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

           7                      7   

Repurchase of common stock

           (2,503            (2     (2,505

Proceeds from convertible notes payable

    50,000        260,350                      310,350   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    50,000        257,854               (2     307,852   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

           179,619               (100,770     78,849   

Cash, beginning of period

                         179,619          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of period

  $      $ 179,619      $      $ 78,849      $ 78,849   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

         

Cash paid during the year for:

         

Interest

  $      $      $      $      $   

Income taxes

  $      $      $      $      $   

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued shares of its common stock in exchange for $4,496 in notes receivable and repurchased common stock through a reversal of previously recorded notes receivable. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company repurchased common stock through a reversal of previously recorded notes receivable in the amount of $1,998. In addition, there was a non-cash increase in the discount on notes payable of $8,249 and $42,747 for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) to December 31, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

1. Organization, Liquidity and Management’s Plan, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

The Company

Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development of novel, first-in-class or best-in-class therapies for metabolic and endocrine disorders.

The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on September 24, 2012 and its principal executive offices are located in San Diego, CA.

Development Stage

Through March 31, 2014, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to raising capital, building infrastructure and acquiring rights to intellectual property, and has not realized revenues from its planned principal operations. Accordingly, the Company is considered to be in the development stage.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the accompanying financial statements. Significant estimates made in preparing these financial statements relate to determining the fair value of the debt conversion liability and accounting for certain commitments. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk principally consist of cash. The Company maintains its cash balances at what it believes are high credit-quality financial institutions. At times, balances at a single financial institution may exceed federally insured limits of $250,000.

Liquidity and Management’s Plan

As of March 31, 2014, the Company did not have sufficient working capital to fund its planned operations without additional financing. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. This basis of accounting contemplates the recovery of the Company’s assets and the satisfaction of its liabilities in the normal course of business. A successful transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon achieving a level of positive cash flows adequate to support the Company’s cost structure. In order to continue its operations, the Company must raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or generate revenues from collaborative partners. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional equity or debt financing on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. If the Company is unable to obtain sufficient funding, it may be required to significantly curtail its planned operations, which may have a material, adverse impact on its ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be forced to take any such actions.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The financial statements as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, and for the cumulative period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through March 31, 2014 are unaudited. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth therein, in accordance with GAAP.

The results of operations for the unaudited interim period ended March 31, 2014 are not indicative of the results which may be reported for the year ending December 31, 2014.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, accounts payable, debt and its related debt conversion feature liability. The carrying amount reported in the accompanying balance sheets for cash and accounts payable approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of those instruments. The Company’s convertible notes are convertible into capital stock, and this debt conversion feature (see Note 2) has been recorded as a liability based on “Level 3” fair value inputs, which consist of unobservable inputs and generally reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the liability. The fair value of the debt conversion feature required management to make assumptions about the probability of the occurrence of a Qualifying Financing and the convertible notes being converted based on the applicable conversion terms. Alternate probabilities would have resulted in increases or decreases in the fair value of the debt conversion feature. The Company did not have any assets or liabilities categorized as Level 1 or Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 or March 31, 2014. There have been no changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 or March 31, 2014.

The fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are presented below:

 

     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2013
     March 31,
2014
 
                   (Unaudited)  

Liabilities

        

Debt Conversion Feature (Level 3)

   $ 8,286       $ 71,655       $ 81,904   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities Measured at Fair Value

   $ 8,286       $ 71,655       $ 81,904   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

The table below presents a summary of changes in the Company’s debt conversion feature measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through March 31, 2014:

 

Balance at September 24, 2012 (Inception)

   $  

Additions

     8,249   

Adjustments Resulting from Changes

  

In Fair Value Recognized in Earnings

     37   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     8,286   

Additions

     42,747   

Adjustments Resulting from Changes

  

In Fair Value Recognized in Earnings

     20,622   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     71,655   

Adjustments Resulting from Changes

  

In Fair Value Recognized in Earnings

     10,249   
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

   $ 81,904   
  

 

 

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company has not recorded any revenues since its inception. However, in the future the Company may enter into collaborative research and licensing agreements, under which the Company could be eligible for payments made in the form of upfront license fees, research funding, cost reimbursement, contingent event-based payments and royalties.

Revenue from upfront, nonrefundable license fees is recognized over the period that any related services are to be provided by the Company. Amounts received for research funding are recognized as revenue as the research services that are the subject of such funding are performed. Revenue derived from reimbursement of research and development costs in transactions where the Company acts as a principal are recorded as revenue for the gross amount of the reimbursement, and the costs associated with these reimbursements are reflected as a component of research and development expense in the statements of operations.

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605-28, Revenue Recognition – Milestone Method (“ASC 605-28”), established the milestone method as an acceptable method of revenue recognition for certain contingent event-based payments under research and development arrangements. Under the milestone method, a payment that is contingent upon the achievement of a substantive milestone is recognized in its entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved. A milestone is an event (1) that can be achieved based in whole or in part on either the Company’s performance or on the occurrence of a specific outcome resulting from the Company’s performance, (2) for which there is substantive uncertainty at the date the arrangement is entered into that the event will be achieved, and (3) that would result in additional payments being due to the Company. The determination that a milestone is substantive is judgmental and is made at the inception of the arrangement. Milestones are considered substantive when the consideration earned from the achievement of the milestone is (a) commensurate with either the Company’s performance to achieve the milestone or the enhancement of value of the item delivered as a result of a specific outcome resulting from the Company’s performance to achieve the milestone, (b) relates solely to past performance, and (c) is reasonable relative to all deliverables and payment terms in the arrangement.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Other contingent event-based payments received for which payment is either contingent solely upon the passage of time or the results of a collaborative partner’s performance are not considered milestones under ASC 605-28. In accordance with ASC Topic 605-25, Revenue Recognition – Multiple-Element Arrangements (“ASC 605-25”), such payments will be recognized as revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenues recognized for royalty payments, if any, are based upon actual net sales of the licensed compounds, as provided by the collaboration arrangement, in the period the sales occur. Any amounts received prior to satisfying the Company’s revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue on its balance sheets.

Research and Development Expenses

The Company’s historical research and development expenses have primarily related to obtaining the option to license compounds and related intellectual property rights from Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated (“Ligand”). The Company expects to begin certain clinical and preclinical efforts following acquisition of the rights from Ligand. All costs of research and development are expensed in the period incurred. Research and development costs primarily consist of fees paid to clinical research organizations (“CROs”) and clinical trial sites, employee and consultant related expenses, which include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for research and development personnel; external research and development expenses incurred pursuant to agreements with third-party manufacturing organizations; license fees paid to third parties for use of their intellectual property, facilities costs, travel costs, dues and subscriptions, depreciation and materials used in preclinical studies, clinical trials and research and development.

The Company estimates its preclinical study and clinical trial expenses based on the services it received pursuant to contracts with research institutions and CROs that conduct and manage preclinical studies and clinical trials on the Company’s behalf. Clinical trial-related contracts vary significantly in length, and may be for a fixed amount, based on milestones or deliverables, a variable amount based on actual costs incurred, capped at a certain limit, or for a combination of these elements. The Company accrues service fees based on work performed, which relies on estimates of total costs incurred based on milestones achieved, patient enrollment and other events. The majority of the Company’s service providers invoice the Company in arrears, and to the extent that amounts invoiced differ from its estimates of expenses incurred, the Company accrues for additional costs. The financial terms of these agreements vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven expenses and payment flows. Preclinical study and clinical trial expenses include:

 

    fees paid to CROs, consultants and laboratories in connection with preclinical studies;

 

    fees paid to CROs, clinical trial sites, investigators and consultants in connection with clinical trials; and

 

    fees paid to contract manufacturers and service providers in connection with the production, testing and packaging of active pharmaceutical ingredients and drug materials for preclinical studies and clinical trials.

Payments under some of these agreements depend on factors such as the milestones accomplished, including enrollment of certain numbers of patients, site initiation and the completion of clinical trial milestones. To date, the Company has not experienced any events requiring it to make material adjustments to its accruals for service fees. If the Company does not identify costs that it has begun to incur or if it underestimates or overestimates the level of services performed or the costs of these services, its actual expenses could differ from its estimates which could materially affect its results of operations. Adjustments to the Company’s accruals are recorded as changes in estimates become evident. Furthermore, based on amounts invoiced to the Company by its service providers, the Company may also record payments made to those providers as prepaid expenses that will be recognized as expense in future periods as services are rendered.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation by measuring and recognizing compensation expense for all share based payments made to employees and directors based on estimated award date fair values. These estimates are highly complex and subjective in nature. These valuations and estimates will no longer be necessary assuming the Company is successful in becoming a publicly traded company as it will then rely on the market price to determine market value for the Company’s common stock. The Company uses the straight-line method to allocate compensation cost to reporting periods over each restricted award’s requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, and has estimated the fair value of restricted stock-based awards to employees and consultants using a Monte Carlo market approach simulation method and performed an allocation of value to common stock based on the estimated time to a liquidity event. In addition, the Company accounts for performance-based restricted stock awards to employees by determining the fair value of the restricted stock award at the date of issuance by using the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method (“PWERM”) and then assessing at each balance sheet date the probability of the performance criteria being met. If the probability of achieving the criteria are deemed less-than-probable, then no expense is recorded. At the point where the criteria are deemed probable of being met, then the Company begins recording stock-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the remaining period for which the performance criteria are expected to be completed.

As of March 31, 2014, the Company does not have a formal stock option plan; however, the Company expects to begin issuing stock options to its employees and directors and potentially to consultants. The Company will use the straight-line method to allocate compensation cost to reporting periods over each optionee’s requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, and will estimate the fair value of share-based awards to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-valuation model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of subjective assumptions, including volatility, the expected term and the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant, among other inputs. Stock options granted to non-employees are accounted for using the fair value approach. Stock options granted to non-employees are subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting terms.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for its income taxes using the liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the basis used for financial reporting and income tax reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes are provided based on the enacted tax rates in effect at the time such temporary differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize those tax assets through future operations.

Income tax positions must meet a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold to be recognized. Income tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.

Net Loss per Common Share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common share equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. For purposes of this calculation, the Company currently does not have any deemed common share equivalents; therefore, its basic and diluted net loss per share calculations are the same.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted net loss per common share:

 

    Period from
September 24,
2012
(Inception)

through
December 31,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
2013
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2014
    Cumulative Period
from September 24,
2012 (Inception)
through
March 31, 2014
 
                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Historical net loss per share

         

Numerator

         

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (111, 027   $ (146,247   $ (4,583   $ (228,941   $ (486,215

Denominator

         

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    4,897,959        5,020,685        5,000,000        5,433,333        4,961,573   

Less: Weighted-average shares subject to repurchase

    (3,415,334     (2,977,390     (3,205,556     (2,241,667     2,935,262   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share

    1,482,625        2,043,295        1,794,444        3,191,666        2,026,311   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (0.07   $ (0.07   $ (0.00   $ (0.07   $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Potentially dilutive securities that are not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect is anti-dilutive are as follows (in common equivalent shares):

 

     Period from
September 24,
2012 (Inception)
through
December 31,
2012
     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
2013
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
2014
     Cumulative Period
from September 24,
2012 (Inception)
through March 31,
2014
 
                   (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)  

Common stock subject to repurchase

     3,297,917         2,389,583         3,020,833         2,912,500         2,912,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segments

The Company operates in only one segment. Management uses cash flows as the primary measure to manage its business and does not segment its business for internal reporting or decision making.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists , which sets forth circumstances in which an unrecognized tax benefit, generally reflecting the difference between a tax position taken or expected to be taken on a company’s income tax return and the benefit recognized on its financial statements, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. This guidance becomes effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2014, and the adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on its financial statements or notes thereto.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

2. Convertible Notes Payable

Long-term convertible notes payable consisted of the following at:

 

     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2013
     March 31,
2014
 
                   (unaudited)  

Various convertible notes payable issued during 2012 with interest rates ranging from 2.16% to 3.84% annually, due during 2014

   $ 50,000       $ 50,000       $ 50,000   

Various convertible notes payable issued during 2013 with interest rates ranging from 2.16% to 3.84% annually, due during 2015

             260,350         260,350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     50,000         310,350         310,350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less current maturities

             50,000         50,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less discount on notes payable

     7,250         28,499         23,156   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term convertible notes payable

   $ 42,750       $ 231,851       $ 237,194   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In September 2012, the Company’s board of directors authorized the Company to issue and sell up to an aggregate of $1.0 million in convertible promissory notes (the “Notes”) to accredited investors in one or more closings through September 2014 (the “Note Authorization”). The Notes bear interest at a rate equal to the lesser of the short-term monthly applicable federal rate as published by the Internal Revenue Service or the maximum rate permissible by law. Interest under the Notes is due and payable at maturity. Unless repaid in full or converted in full, each Note matures two years from its date of purchase. In the event that any principal amount due under the Notes is not paid in full by the maturity date, such unpaid principal amount will bear interest at the lesser of 2% or the maximum rate permissible by law. Principal amounts due under the Notes as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) are $50,000 in 2014 and $260,350 in 2015.

If, prior to maturity of the Notes, the Company issues capital stock resulting in net proceeds of at least $5.0 million (a “Qualifying Financing”), the Notes will convert into shares of the capital stock issued in the Qualifying Financing. The number of shares issued upon conversion will be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the then-outstanding loan balance by either 70% or 75%, as applicable, of the lowest purchase price paid per share paid by another investor in the Qualifying Financing. If, prior to the maturity of the Notes, the Company issues preferred stock in a financing that does not qualify as a Qualifying Financing (a “Non-Qualifying Financing”), the holders of the Notes will have the option of converting their Notes into shares of the preferred stock issued in the Non-Qualifying Financing on the same terms as the investors in the Non-Qualifying Financing. In the event the Company undergoes a change in control, as defined in the Notes, prior to the maturity date and repayment of the Notes, the holders of the Notes will have the option to either (1) convert the loan balance into shares of the Company’s common stock in an amount equal to the ratio of (a) the then-outstanding loan balance over (b) the ratio of $7,500,000 divided by the number of shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the change in control, or (2) demand immediate repayment of an amount equal to 125% of the then-outstanding loan balance. If the Notes are still outstanding at their maturity date, the holders of the Notes have the option to either demand immediate repayment of all outstanding principal and interest or to convert the loan balance into shares of the Company’s common stock in an amount equal to the ratio of the then-outstanding loan balance over the ratio of $7,500,000 divided by the number of shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the maturity date.

The debt conversion feature embedded in the Notes is accounted for under ASC Topic 815 – Derivatives and Hedging . At issuance, the fair value of the debt conversion feature totaled $8,286 on the Notes issued during 2012 and $42,747 on the Notes issued during 2013. The fair value of the debt conversion feature was allocated from the gross proceeds of the Notes with the respective discount amortized to interest expense over the original

 

F-12


Table of Contents

term of the Notes using the effective interest method. The valuation of the bifurcated debt conversion feature was performed using Level 3 inputs, requiring the Company to make assumptions about the probability of the occurrence of a Qualifying Financing and the Notes being converted based on the applicable conversion terms. Alternative probabilities would have resulted in increases or decreases in the value of the debt conversion feature. The Company amortized $1,036 and $18,392 of the discount in 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $1,036 and $6,379 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Pursuant to the terms of the Note Authorization, from September 2012 through June 2013, the Company issued a total aggregate principal amount of $310,350 in Notes and recorded interest expense at interest rates ranging from 2.16% to 3.84% on an annual basis of $350, $6,157 and $2,576 for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three month period ended March 31, 2014, respectively. The cumulative accrued interest payable on the Notes as of March 31, 2014 was $9,083.

3. Stockholders’ Equity

The Company is authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value per share. On September 26, 2012, the Company issued 4,750,000 shares of common stock to its founders for services valued at $0.0033 per share. The shares of common stock issued to the founders are subject to a repurchase feature whereby the Company can repurchase the stock if the applicable founder’s arrangements with the Company are terminated. The repurchase feature lapses over time and the repurchase option immediately ceases upon the occurrence of certain triggering events. The related expense is being charged over the requisite service period. At December 31, 2013, 2,810,417 shares were no longer subject to the repurchase option. At December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, there was $6,325 and $5,421, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation costs related to these shares, which are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.75 and 1.5 years, respectively.

On September 26, 2012, the Company also issued 250,000 shares of common stock for services, valued at $0.0033 per share, to a consultant. The shares of common stock issued to the consultant were subject to a repurchase feature whereby the Company can repurchase the stock if the consultant’s arrangement with the Company is terminated. The repurchase feature lapses over time. In June 2013, the Company exercised its right to repurchase all 250,000 shares of its common stock in connection with the termination of the consulting arrangement. The Company paid $2,500 in cash, representing an approximate fair value of $0.01 per share, to repurchase such shares of common stock.

During fiscal year 2013, the Company sold an additional 700,000 shares of its common stock to consultants. The purchase price of the shares of common stock was $0.01, which approximated fair value. The Company received a total of $7 in cash and $6,993 in notes receivable as consideration for the issuance of the 700,000 shares of common stock. The shares of common stock were subject to repurchase features whereby the Company can repurchase the shares from the consultants if their arrangements with the Company are terminated. The repurchase features lapse over time. In June 2013, the Company exercised its right to repurchase 250,000 shares of its common stock issued earlier in 2013 in connection with the termination of one of the consulting arrangements. The Company paid $3 in cash to refund the cash contributed by the consultant and eliminated the $2,497 note receivable issued by the consultant to the Company. In March 2014, the Company terminated another one of the consulting agreements. In conjunction with the termination of the consulting agreement, the Company exercised its right to repurchase 200,000 shares by repaying the $2 in cash contributed by the consultant and eliminating the $1,998 note receivable issued by the consultant to the Company.

In June 2013, the Company entered into a consulting agreement for research and development services. The agreement provides that the Company will pay the consultant $125 and 25 shares of its common stock per hour, for up to 100 hours of work performed during the period from June 2013 to June 2014. The shares of common stock are to be issued at the completion of the consulting term, or upon termination of the arrangement. At

 

F-13


Table of Contents

December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a payable in the accompanying balance sheet totaling $750, representing the fair value of the common stock earned under the agreement.

In connection with the preparation of the financial statements necessary for inclusion in this registration statement, in May 2014 the Company reassessed the estimated fair value of its common stock for financial reporting purposes. The Company reassessed the estimated fair value of its common stock for each quarterly period from its inception on September 24, 2012 through December 31, 2013. Valuation analyses were performed as of September 26, 2012, April 15, 2013 and July 15, 2013 (the respective dates of stock activity noted above). The Company concluded that its shares of common stock as of each such date had a fair value less than or equal to the then estimated fair value of common stock at the date of issuance. Therefore, no additional stock expense was required to be expensed by the Company.

In February 2014, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with one of its founders. The agreement provides for the purchase of 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share of $0.01 in exchange for future services to be rendered to the Company as measured by certain performance criteria. The shares are subject to a repurchase option and vest in two tranches of 500,000 shares each, upon achievement of the performance target or upon a triggering event as defined.

To appropriately account for this stock purchase, the Company determined the fair value of the common stock on the date of purchase as well as the likelihood of achievement of each of the performance conditions included in the agreement. The valuation methodology utilized in determining fair value relied on the PWERM, which incorporates relevant events and expected future exit scenarios for the Company. The exit scenarios included merger and acquisition and initial public offering scenarios. The enterprise value under each scenario was based primarily on the market approach and probability-weighted expected exit values for the Company under each scenario. Similar merger and acquisition transactions and publicly traded companies were utilized within the market approach and appropriate metrics were applied to the Company along with qualitative comparable assessments. The indicated value under the market approach was used as the starting aggregate value for the valuation of these performance-based shares. The Company utilized a Monte Carlo simulation method to determine the fair value of the performance-based shares as of the issuance date. The Monte Carlo simulation method takes into consideration the expected timing of the performance milestones, probability of achieving the milestones and estimated per share common stock prices at expected vesting dates.

The Company determined that the issuance in February 2014 had a deemed fair value lower than the reassessed fair value of the common stock on the date of issuance based upon the PWERM. Since the stock issuance to the founder is tied to certain performance criteria, the Company reviewed the probability of achieving such criteria at February 20, 2014 and determined that it was not probable that the criteria would be met. Therefore, no compensation expense has been recorded for this issuance through March 31, 2014. The Company will continue to reassess at each reporting period whether it is probable that either of the two performance criteria will be met, and if and when either are deemed probable, the Company will begin to record compensation expense using the fair value to determine stock-based compensation expense in its financial statements over the period the Company estimates the performance criteria will actually be met. The Company determined that the fair value of the unrecognized expense was approximately $168,000 at March 31, 2014.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense includes restricted stock awards issued to employees and non-employees and has been reported in the Company’s statements of operations as follows:

 

    Period from
September 24, 2012
(Inception) through

December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2013
    Three Months
Ended

March 31,
2014
    Cumulative Period
from September 24,
2012 (Inception)
through March 31,
2014
 
                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Research and development

  $      $ 750      $      $      $ 750   

General and administrative

    5,612        2,804        965        904        9,320   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 5,612      $ 3,554      $ 965      $ 904      $ 10,070   

At March 31, 2014, there were 2,912,500 unvested shares and $173,547 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the issuance of the 6,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.05 years.

4. Income Taxes

The reconciliations of the U.S. federal statutory rate to the effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Tax provision at U.S. Federal statutory rates

     34%         34%   

State income taxes net of federal benefit

     4%         6%   

Non-deductible permanent items

     –             -6%   

Stock options

     –             –       

Other

     3%         –       

Change in valuation allowance

     -41%         -34%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     –             –       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred taxes as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Intangible assets

   $ 19,401      $ 18,086   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     23,376        64,772   

Share-based compensation

     2,286        3,747   

Other

     102        8,680   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     45,165        95,285   

Valuation Allowance

     (45,165     (95,285
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A valuation allowance of approximately $45,000 and $95,000 at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively, has been recorded to offset net deferred tax assets, as the Company is unable to conclude that it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will be realized.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $158,000 and $158,000, respectively. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2032. The Company’s ability to utilize its federal net operating loss carryforwards may be limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Specifically, this limitation may arise in the event of an “ownership change,” which is defined by Section 382 of the Code as a cumulative change in ownership of the Company of more than 50% within a three-year period. If the Company undergoes one or more ownership changes in connection with any future transactions in its stock, the Company’s ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards to offset federal taxable income, if any, could potentially result in increased future tax liability to the Company.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no material unrecognized tax benefits, interest or penalties related to federal and state income tax matters. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as New York income tax. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and the New York Department of Taxation for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

The differences between the Company’s effective income tax rate and the statutory federal rate for the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 relate primarily to losses incurred for which no tax benefit was recognized, due to the uncertainty of realization. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the period in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. At each of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the Company provided a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to uncertainty surrounding the realization of those assets as a result of historical taxable net losses.

The Company has reviewed its operations and has not identified any material uncertain tax positions. As a result, there is no liability for uncertain tax positions in the income tax provision as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 or March 31, 2014. Tax years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions.

5. Related Party Transactions

Convertible Notes

In conjunction with the formation of the Company, in September 2012, the Company issued and sold convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $15,000 and $20,000 to two Company executives, respectively. These convertible promissory notes have a maturity date of September 28, 2014 and bear interest at the short-term Applicable Federal Rate (for short-term loans) as published by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. As of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest, outstanding under the first convertible promissory note was $15,104, $15,530 and $15,654, respectively. The aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest, outstanding as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, under the second convertible promissory note was $20,138, $20,706 and $20,872, respectively.

In May 2013, the Company issued and sold a convertible promissory note in an aggregate principal amount of $55,350 to a Company executive. This convertible promissory note has a maturity date of May 15, 2015 and bears interest at the short-term Applicable Federal Rate (for short-term loans) as published by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest, outstanding under this convertible promissory note was $56,393 and $56,853, respectively.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Founder Payment of Expenses

During the period from September 24, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012, the Company’s co-founder, President and Chief Executive Officer paid certain expenses on behalf of the Company totaling $5,016. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company’s founders paid an additional $1,046 in expenses on behalf of the Company. Accounts payable to a related party of $5,350 were converted into a convertible note payable during fiscal year 2013. These amounts are included in accounts payable-related party and convertible notes on the accompanying balance sheets.

6. Commitments and Contingencies

In September 2012, the Company paid $50,000 for the option to potentially enter into a license agreement to develop and commercialize products. The option term extended through March 29, 2014. In March 2014, the Company paid an additional $50,000 to extend the option term through March 29, 2015. In order to exercise the option, the Company would need to deliver to the licensor a notice of exercise accompanied by a $1.0 million payment. Alternatively, the Company may deliver a notice of exercise accompanied by a $500,000 payment and 10% of the gross amount the Company received in any financing resulting in at least $1.0 million in gross proceeds to the Company. The maximum amount due to the licensor to exercise the option if the Company elects the alternative payment method is $1.5 million. In May 2014, the Company entered into a master license agreement with the licensor that included a license to the products covered by the option. See Note 7 for a description of the terms of the master license agreement.

7. Subsequent Events

In May 2014, the Company entered into a master license agreement with Ligand (the “Master License Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Company acquired the rights to a number of research and development programs under patents related to the Company’s VK0612, VK5211, VK0214, EPOR and DGAT-1 programs, related know-how controlled by Ligand and physical quantities of VK0612, VK5211, VK0214, EPOR and DGAT-1 compounds.

Pursuant to the terms of the Master License Agreement, the Company has the exclusive right and sole responsibility and decision-making authority for researching and developing any pharmaceutical products that contain or comprise one or any combination of the technology and compounds licensed from Ligand pursuant to the Master License Agreement (the “Licensed Products”). The Company also has the exclusive right and sole responsibility and decision-making authority to conduct all clinical trials and preclinical studies that the Company believes are appropriate to obtain the regulatory approvals necessary for commercialization of the Licensed Products, and the Company will own and maintain all regulatory filings and all regulatory approvals for the Licensed Products. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the Master License Agreement, the Company has the sole decision-making authority and responsibility and the exclusive right to commercialize any of the Licensed Products, either by itself or, in certain circumstances, through sublicensees selected by the Company. The Company also has the exclusive right to manufacture or have manufactured any Licensed Product itself or, in certain circumstances, through sublicensees or third parties selected by the Company. The Company will own any intellectual property that it develops in connection with the license granted under the Master License Agreement.

As partial consideration for the grant of the rights and licenses to the Company under the Master License Agreement, in the event the Company consummates a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or any successor form (an “Initial Public Offering”), the Company will issue to Ligand at the closing of the Initial Public Offering a number of shares of its common stock having an aggregate value of $29.0 million, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. In the event the Company consummates a private financing of its equity securities (a “Private Financing”) prior to an Initial Public Offering, Ligand has the option to receive a number of shares of the same class and type of securities issued and

 

F-17


Table of Contents

sold by the Company in the Private Financing having an aggregate value of $29.0 million, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, or, in lieu of receiving the same class and type of shares issued in the Private Financing, to defer its right to receive equity in the Company until an Initial Public Offering or subsequent private financing of the Company. Furthermore, as partial consideration for the grant of the rights and licenses to the Company under the Master License Agreement the Company entered into the Loan and Security Agreement with Ligand (as discussed below).

As further partial consideration for the grant of the rights and licenses to the Company by Ligand under the Master License Agreement, the Company has agreed to pay to Ligand certain one-time, non-refundable milestone payments in connection with the Licensed Products of up to $1.54 billion in the aggregate upon the achievement of certain development, regulatory and sales milestones. Additionally, the Company will pay to Ligand a one-time, non-refundable milestone payment of $2.5 million upon the occurrence of the first commercial sale of VK0612 or any other FBPase compound by one of the Company’s sublicensees. The Company will also pay to Ligand royalties on aggregate annual worldwide net sales of Licensed Products by the Company, its affiliates and its sublicensees at tiered percentage rates from the low-to-upper single digits based upon net sales.

The term of the Master License Agreement will continue unless the agreement is terminated by the Company or Ligand, and each of the Company and Ligand have the right to terminate the Master License Agreement in certain circumstances, including, without limitation, if the other party defaults on certain of its obligations under the Master License Agreement.

The term of the Master License Agreement will continue unless the agreement is terminated by the Company or Ligand. Ligand has the right to terminate the Master License Agreement under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to: (1) if, on or before April 30, 2015, the Company has neither (a) completed an Initial Public Offering, nor (b) received aggregate net proceeds of at least $20.0 million in one or more Private Financings, (2) in the event of the Company’s insolvency or bankruptcy, (3) if the Company does not pay an undisputed amount owing under the Master License Agreement when due and fails to cure such default within a specified period of time, or (4) if the Company defaults on certain of its material and substantial obligations and fails to cure the default within a specified period of time. The Company has the right to terminate the Master License Agreement under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to: (i) if Ligand does not pay an undisputed amount owing under the Master License Agreement when due and fails to cure such default within a specified period of time, or (ii) if Ligand defaults on certain of its material and substantial obligations and fails to cure the default within a specified period of time. In addition, provisions of the Master License Agreement can be terminated on a licensed program-by-program basis under certain circumstances. In the event that the Master License Agreement is terminated in its entirety or with respect to a specific licensed program for any reason: (A) all licenses granted to the Company under the Master License Agreement (or with respect to the specific licensed program) will terminate and the Company will, upon Ligand’s request (subject to Ligand assuming legal responsibility for any clinical trials of the Licensed Products then ongoing), assign and transfer to Ligand (or to such transferee as Ligand may direct), at no cost to Ligand, all regulatory documentation and all regulatory approvals prepared or obtained by the Company or on its behalf related to the Licensed Products (or those related to the specific licensed program), or, if Ligand does not make such a request, the Company will wind down any ongoing clinical trials with respect to the Licensed Products (or those related to the specific licensed program) at no cost to Ligand; (B) the Company will, upon Ligand’s request, sell and transfer to Ligand (or to such transferee as Ligand may direct), at a price equal to 125% of the Company’s costs of goods, any and all chemical, biological or physical materials relating to or comprising the Licensed Products (or those related to the specific licensed program); (C) the Company will have, for a period of six months following termination, the right to sell on the normal business terms in existence before such termination any finished commercial inventory of Licensed Products (or those related to the specific licensed program) which remains on hand, so long as the Company pays to Ligand the applicable royalties and sales milestones; (D) Ligand has the right to require the Company to assign to Ligand the trademarks owned by the Company relating to the Licensed Products (or those related to the specific licensed program); and (E) the Company will grant to Ligand a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-

 

F-18


Table of Contents

bearing sublicensable license under any patent rights and know-how controlled by the Company to the extent necessary to make, have made, import, use, offer to sell and sell the Licensed Products (or those related to the specific licensed program) anywhere in the world at a royalty rate in the low single digits.

Under the Master License Agreement, the Company has agreed to indemnify Ligand for claims relating to the performance of the Company’s obligations under the Master License Agreement, any breach of the representations and warranties made by the Company under the Master License Agreement, clinical trials conducted by the Company and the research, development and commercialization of the Licensed Products by the Company and its affiliates, sublicensees, distributors and agents. In addition, Ligand has agreed to indemnify the Company for claims relating to the performance of its obligations under the Master License Agreement, its breach of representations and warranties under the agreement and its research and development of the licensed compounds before the effective date of the Master License Agreement. Each party’s indemnification obligations will not apply to the extent the claims result from the negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnified party or any of its employees, agents, officers or directors or from the indemnified party’s breach of its representations or warranties set forth in the Master License Agreement.

In connection with entering into the Master License Agreement with Ligand, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with Ligand, dated May 21, 2014 (the “Loan and Security Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, Ligand agreed to provide the Company with loans in the aggregate amount of up to $2.5 million.

Pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, Ligand initially loaned $1.0 million to the Company on May 27, 2014 and an additional $250,000 to the Company on June 1, 2014 and has agreed to loan an additional $250,000 to the Company each month from July 2014 through and including November 2014. The principal amount outstanding under the loans will accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the lesser of 5% and the maximum interest rate permitted by law. In the event the Company defaults under the loans, the loans will accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the lesser of 8% and the maximum interest rate permitted by law. The loans are evidenced by a Secured Convertible Promissory Note (the “Ligand Note”). Pursuant to the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement and the Ligand Note, the loans will become due and payable upon the written demand of Ligand at any time after the earlier to occur of an event of default under the Loan and Security Agreement or the Ligand Note, and four years from the date of the initial loan, unless the loans are converted into equity prior to such time. Upon the occurrence of the earlier to occur of a private financing satisfying certain criteria (a “Qualified Private Financing”) or the Company’s initial public offering, Ligand may elect to either convert the Ligand Note into shares of the Company’s capital stock or require prepayment of the Ligand Note. Moreover, if a Qualified Private Financing occurs prior to the Company’s initial public offering and Ligand has not elected to receive shares of the type of equity the Company issues in the Qualified Private Financing or to require the Company to prepay the Ligand Note, Ligand may elect to extend the maturity date to a date agreed upon by the Company and Ligand. Furthermore, if a change of control of the Company occurs prior to the earlier of the maturity date, the closing of the Qualified Private Financing and the closing of the Company’s initial public offering, Ligand may elect to either receive a specified number of shares of the Company’s securities equal to 200% of the amount obtained by dividing the entire then-outstanding principal amount of the loans, plus all accrued and previously unpaid interest thereon, by the lowest per share price set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement or require the Company to prepay the Ligand Note.

In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company also granted Ligand a continuing security interest in all of its right, title and interest in and to its assets as collateral for the full, prompt, complete and final payment and performance when due of all obligations under the Loan and Security Agreement and the Ligand Note.

In May 2014, the Company also entered into a Management Rights Letter with Ligand that requires the Company to expand the size of the Company’s board of directors to create an additional directorship on the Company’s board of directors and to allow Ligand to appoint an individual to fill the new directorship. The Management

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Rights Letter will terminate upon the earliest to occur of the liquidation or indefinite cessation of the Company’s business operations, the execution by the Company of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or the appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of the Company’s property and assets, an acquisition of the Company by means of any transaction (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) if the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to the transaction hold less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity, or following the issuance of the Company’s securities pursuant to the Master License Agreement, the date that Ligand ceases to beneficially own at least 7.5% of the Company’s outstanding voting stock, or the date of May 21, 2024.

The Company also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with Ligand in May 2014 for which the Company granted certain registration rights to Ligand with respect to the securities of the Company issued to Ligand pursuant to the Master License Agreement and the Ligand Note (collectively, the “Viking Securities”), the shares of the Company’s common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Viking Securities, if applicable, the shares of the Company’s common stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, in exchange for or in replacement of the Viking Securities and the shares of the Company’s capital stock issued upon conversion of the Ligand Note, or collectively, the Registrable Securities.

Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed to file with the SEC, by no later than the first date on which the lock-up requested by the underwriters for the Company’s initial public offering expires or lapses with respect to Ligand (or the first business day thereafter), a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that covers the resale of the full amount of the Registrable Securities. The Company has agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC as soon as practically possible after it is filed with the SEC. There are certain cash payment penalties that the Company may need to pay to Ligand if the Company does not meet certain timelines with the SEC. The Company has also agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep each Registration Statement filed pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement effective for certain periods of time.

In May 2014, the Company entered into a Sublease Agreement with Ligand, as sublandlord, for approximately 5,851 square feet of individual and shared space within the building located at 11119 North Torrey Pines, San Diego, California 92037. Under the Sublease Agreement, the Company is required, among other things, to pay base rent in the amount of approximately $13,500 per month.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

            Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

                , 2014

 

 

 

Oppenheimer & Co.   Roth Capital Partners

Craig-Hallum Capital Group

 

MLV & Co.   Summer Street Research Partners

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give information that is not contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is correct only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of the delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these securities.

Until                 , 2014 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscription.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the Registrant), other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 7,406   

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee

                     

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

                     

Printing and engraving expenses

                     

Legal fees and expenses

                     

Accounting fees and expenses

                     

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

                     

Blue sky fees and expenses

                     

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

                     
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                 
  

 

 

 

 

* To be provided by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

Prior to the completion of this offering, the Registrant expects to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of the Registrant’s directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, the Registrant’s directors will not be personally liable to the Registrant or the Registrant’s stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to the Registrant or the Registrant’s stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or

 

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of the Registrant’s directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Registrant will, under certain circumstances, indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant, subject to any

 

II-1


Table of Contents

provisions contained in the Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws. The Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Registrant will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Registrant, or is or was serving at the request of the Registrant, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expense, liability and loss (including, among other things, attorney’s fees and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such director, officer, employee or agent in connection therewith, subject to certain conditions. The Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws will also provide the Registrant with the power to, to the extent authorized by the Registrant’s board of directors, grant rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Registrant to the fullest extent indemnification may be granted to the Registrant’s directors and officers. In addition, the Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Registrant must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to certain exceptions.

Further, prior to the completion of this offering, the Registrant expects to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements will require the Registrant, among other things, to indemnify its directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require the Registrant to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding, subject to certain exceptions. The Registrant believes that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that will be included in the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that the Registrant enters into with its directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against its directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against the Registrant’s directors and executive officers even though an action, if successful, might benefit the Registrant and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that the Registrant pays the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, the Registrant is not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of its directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and the Registrant is not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

The Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Registrant may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant or is or was serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Registrant would have the power to indemnity such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL. The Registrant will obtain prior to the closing of this offering insurance under which, subject to the limitations of the insurance policies, coverage is provided to the Registrant’s directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to the Registrant with respect to payments that may be made by the Registrant to these directors and executive officers pursuant to the Registrant’s indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since September 24, 2012 (Inception), the Registrant has issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

 

(1) On September 26, 2012, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of the Registrant’s common stock to two executive officers and one former consultant at a deemed fair value per share of $0.01 in exchange for the contribution of certain intellectual property and assets to the Registrant having a deemed value of $50,000. The Registrant repurchased 250,000 of these shares for $2,500 on June 25, 2013.

 

(2) On September 26, 2012, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of $35,000 in convertible promissory notes to two of its executive officers.

 

(3) On October 1, 2012, the Registrant issued and sold a convertible promissory note having an aggregate principal amount of $15,000 to one accredited investor.

 

(4) On April 15, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 500,000 shares of the Registrant’s common stock to one executive officer and one former consultant at a price per share of $0.01, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000. The Registrant repurchased 250,000 of these shares for $2,500 on June 25, 2013.

 

(5) On May 15, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold a convertible promissory note having an aggregate principal amount of $55,350 to one of its executive officers.

 

(6) Between May 22, 2013 and May 24, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of $165,000 in convertible promissory notes to five accredited investors.

 

(7) On June 11, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold a convertible promissory note having an aggregate principal amount of $25,000 to one accredited investor.

 

(8) On June 27, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold a convertible promissory note having an aggregate principal amount of $15,000 to one accredited investor.

 

(9) On July 15, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 200,000 shares of the Registrant’s common stock to a former consultant at a price per share of $0.01, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,000. These shares were repurchased by the Registrant for $2,000 on March 7, 2014.

 

(10) On February 20, 2014, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of the Registrant’s common stock to one of its executive officers at a deemed fair value per share of $0.01 in exchange for the contribution of services to the Registrant having a deemed value of $10,000.

 

(11) On May 27, 2014, the Registrant issued and a sold a convertible promissory note having an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 to one accredited investor. The aggregate principal amount of the convertible promissory note was increased to $1,250,000 on June 1, 2014.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in each of the paragraphs above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of the securities described in paragraphs (1), (2), (4), (5), (9) and (10) were the Registrant’s employees or consultants and represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about the Registrant.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

All purchasers of securities in transactions exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act represented to us that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. The certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the applicable securities have not been registered and reciting the applicable restrictions on transfer. There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth in this Item 15.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Exhibits . The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.3    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon closing.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon closing.
  4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate.
  5.1*    Opinion of Paul Hastings LLP.
10.1#    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and its directors and executive officers.
10.2#    2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.3#    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (2014 Equity Incentive Plan).
10.4#    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (2014 Equity Incentive Plan).
10.5#    Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement (2014 Equity Incentive Plan).
10.6#    Employment Agreement, effective as of June 2, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Brian Lian, Ph.D.
10.7#    Employment Agreement, effective as of May 21, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Michael Morneau.
10.8#    Employment Agreement, effective as of June 2, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Michael Dinerman, M.D.
10.9#    Employment Agreement, effective as of June 2, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Rochelle Hanley, M.D.
10.10#    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
10.11    Sublease and Services Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, by and between Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated and Viking Therapeutics, Inc.
10.12†    Master License Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, by and among Viking Therapeutics, Inc., Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated and Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc.
10.13†    Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated.
10.14    Convertible Note, dated May 27, 2014, issued by Viking Therapeutics, Inc. to Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated.
10.15    Letter Agreement regarding board composition and management rights, dated May 21, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated.
10.16    Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, by and among Viking Therapeutics, Inc., Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. and Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.17    Voting Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, by and among Viking Therapeutics, Inc., Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc., Brian Lian, Ph.D. and Michael Dinerman, M.D.
10.18#    Founder Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 26, 2012, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Brian Lian, Ph.D.
10.19#    Founder Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 26, 2012, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Michael Dinerman, M.D.
10.20#    Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 15, 2013, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Rochelle Hanley, M.D.
10.21#†    Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 20, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Brian Lian, Ph.D.
16.1    Letter from MaloneBailey LLP, dated July 1, 2014.
23.1    Consent of Marcum LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Paul Hastings LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
# Indicates compensatory plan or arrangement.
Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this exhibit, which portions have been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules . All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, the required information is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of such schedules or the information is included in the Registrant’s financial statements or notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on July 1, 2014.

 

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Brian Lian, Ph.D.
 

Brian Lian, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Brian Lian, Ph.D. and Michael Dinerman, M.D., and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Viking Therapeutics, Inc., and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Brian Lian, Ph.D.

Brian Lian, Ph.D.

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 1, 2014

/s/ Michael Morneau

Michael Morneau

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  July 1, 2014

/s/ Matthew W. Foehr

Matthew W. Foehr

  

Director

  July 1, 2014

/s/ Lawson Macartney, DVM, Ph.D.

Lawson Macartney, DVM, Ph.D.

  

Director

  July 1, 2014

/s/ Matthew Singleton

Matthew Singleton

  

Director

  July 1, 2014

/s/ Stephen W. Webster

Stephen W. Webster

  

Director

  July 1, 2014

 

II-8


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.3    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon closing.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon closing.
  4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate.
  5.1*    Opinion of Paul Hastings LLP.
10.1#    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and its directors and executive officers.
10.2#    2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.3#    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (2014 Equity Incentive Plan).
10.4#    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (2014 Equity Incentive Plan).
10.5#    Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement (2014 Equity Incentive Plan).
10.6#    Employment Agreement, effective as of June 2, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Brian Lian, Ph.D.
10.7#    Employment Agreement, effective as of May 21, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Michael Morneau.
10.8#    Employment Agreement, effective as of June 2, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Michael Dinerman, M.D.
10.9#    Employment Agreement, effective as of June 2, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Rochelle Hanley, M.D.
10.10#    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
10.11    Sublease and Services Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, by and between Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated and Viking Therapeutics, Inc.
10.12†    Master License Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, by and among Viking Therapeutics, Inc., Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated and Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc.
10.13†    Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated.
10.14    Convertible Note, dated May 27, 2014, issued by Viking Therapeutics, Inc. to Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated.
10.15    Letter Agreement regarding board composition and management rights, dated May 21, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated.
10.16    Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, by and among Viking Therapeutics, Inc., Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. and Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated.
10.17    Voting Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, by and among Viking Therapeutics, Inc., Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc., Brian Lian, Ph.D. and Michael Dinerman, M.D.

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.18#    Founder Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 26, 2012, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Brian Lian, Ph.D.
10.19#    Founder Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 26, 2012, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Michael Dinerman, M.D.
10.20#    Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 15, 2013, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Rochelle Hanley, M.D.
10.21#†    Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 20, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and Brian Lian, Ph.D.
16.1    Letter from MaloneBailey LLP, dated July 1, 2014.
23.1    Consent of Marcum LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Paul Hastings LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
# Indicates compensatory plan or arrangement.
Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this exhibit, which portions have been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-10

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is to be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The registered agent in charge thereof is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

ARTICLE IV

The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 10,000,000 shares of capital stock, all of which shall be designated “Common Stock” and have a par value of $0.00001 per share.

ARTICLE V

The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance of and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

(A) To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.


(B) The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she or his or her testator or intestate was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

(C) Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VIII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VIII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX

The name and mailing address of the incorporator of the Corporation are as follows:

Kim Devine

Paul Hastings LLP

55 Second Street, 24th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

I, T HE U NDERSIGNED , for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, do make, file and record this Certificate of Incorporation, and do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and I have accordingly hereunto set my hand this 24th day of September, 2012.

 

/s/ Kim Devine

Kim Devine, Incorporator

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1   CORPORATE OFFICES      1   

1.1

  Registered Office      1   

1.2

  Other Offices      1   
ARTICLE 2   MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1   

2.1

  Place Of Meetings      1   

2.2

  Annual Meeting      1   

2.3

  Special Meeting      1   

2.4

  Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings      2   

2.5

  Manner Of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of Notice      2   

2.6

  Quorum      2   

2.7

  Adjourned Meeting; Notice      2   

2.8

  Organization; Conduct of Business      3   

2.9

  Voting      3   

2.10

  Waiver Of Notice      3   

2.11

  Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting      4   

2.12

  Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents      4   

2.13

  Proxies      5   
ARTICLE 3   DIRECTORS      5   

3.1

  Powers      5   

3.2

  Number Of Directors      5   

3.3

  Election, Qualification And Term Of Office Of Directors      6   

3.4

  Resignation And Vacancies      6   

3.5

  Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone      7   

3.6

  Regular Meetings      8   

3.7

  Special Meetings; Notice      8   

3.8

  Quorum      8   

3.9

  Waiver Of Notice      8   

3.10

  Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting      9   

3.11

  Fees And Compensation Of Directors      9   

3.12

  Approval Of Loans To Officers      9   

3.13

  Removal Of Directors      9   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

3.14

  Chairman Of The Board Of Directors      10   
ARTICLE 4   COMMITTEES      10   

4.1

  Committees Of Directors      10   

4.2

  Committee Minutes      10   

4.3

  Meetings And Action Of Committees      11   
ARTICLE 5   OFFICERS      11   

5.1

  Officers      11   

5.2

  Appointment Of Officers      11   

5.3

  Subordinate Officers      11   

5.4

  Removal And Resignation Of Officers      11   

5.5

  Vacancies In Offices      12   

5.6

  Chief Executive Officer      12   

5.7

  President      12   

5.8

  Vice Presidents      12   

5.9

  Secretary      13   

5.10

  Chief Financial Officer      13   

5.11

  Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations      13   

5.12

  Authority And Duties Of Officers      14   
ARTICLE 6   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS      14   

6.1

  Indemnification Of Directors And Officers      14   

6.2

  Indemnification Of Others      14   

6.3

  Payment Of Expenses In Advance      14   

6.4

  Indemnity Not Exclusive      15   

6.5

  Insurance      15   

6.6

  Conflicts      15   
ARTICLE 7   RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL      15   
ARTICLE 8   RECORDS AND REPORTS      18   

8.1

  Maintenance And Inspection Of Records      18   

8.2

  Inspection By Directors      18   

8.3

  Annual Reports      19   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 9   GENERAL MATTERS      19   

9.1

  Checks      19   

9.2

  Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments      19   

9.3

  Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares      20   

9.4

  Special Designation On Certificates      20   

9.5

  Lost Certificates      20   

9.6

  Construction; Definitions      21   

9.7

  Dividends      21   

9.8

  Fiscal Year      21   

9.9

  Seal      21   

9.10

  Transfer Of Stock      21   

9.11

  Stock Transfer Agreements      21   

9.12

  Registered Stockholders      22   

9.13

  Facsimile Signature      22   
ARTICLE 10   AMENDMENTS      22   
ARTICLE 11   FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF DISPUTES      22   

 

-iii-


ARTICLE 1

CORPORATE OFFICES.

1.1 Registered Office.

The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is Corporation Service Company.

1.2 Other Offices.

The Board of Directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE 2

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.

2.1 Place Of Meetings.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.

2.2 Annual Meeting.

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors each year. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 Special Meeting.

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent of the votes at that meeting.

If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the president or the chairman of the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president, any vice president, or the secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these Bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time

 

-1-


requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

2.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings.

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place (if any), date and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.5 Manner Of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of Notice.

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic mail or other electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.6 Quorum.

The holders of a majority of the shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairman of the meeting, or (b) holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting to another place (if any), date or time.

2.7 Adjourned Meeting; Notice.

When a meeting is adjourned to another place (if any), date or time, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place (if any) date and time thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the place (if any), date and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

-2-


2.8 Organization; Conduct of Business.

(a) Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the President of the corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as Chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the corporation, the Secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the Chairman of the meeting appoints.

(b) The Chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The date and time of opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

2.9 Voting.

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12 of these Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

2.10 Waiver Of Notice.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice, or any waiver of notice by electronic transmission, unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

-3-


2.11 Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is (a) signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and (b) delivered to the corporation in accordance with Section 228(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation in the manner prescribed in this Section. A telegram, cablegram, electronic mail or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this Section to the extent permitted by law. Any such consent shall be delivered in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing (including by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law). If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

2.12 Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:

(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

-4-


(b) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent (including consent by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law) is delivered to the corporation.

(c) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, if such adjournment is for thirty (30) days or less; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.13 Proxies.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by an instrument in writing or by an electronic transmission permitted by law filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, facsimile, electronic or telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE 3

DIRECTORS.

3.1 Powers.

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

3.2 Number Of Directors.

Upon the adoption of these bylaws, the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be two. Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the

 

-5-


Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to Section 3.4 of these Bylaws. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.

3.3 Election, Qualification And Term Of Office Of Directors.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, and unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation, elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (the “CGCL” ). During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

3.4 Resignation And Vacancies.

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws:

(a) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

-6-


(b) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as far as applicable.

(c) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then: (i) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or (ii) the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

3.5 Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone.

The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

-7-


3.6 Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

3.7 Special Meetings; Notice.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail, facsimile, electronic transmission or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by facsimile, electronic transmission, telephone or telegram, it shall be delivered at least 48 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

3.8 Quorum.

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

3.9 Waiver Of Notice.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting

 

-8-


is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors, or members of a committee of the Board of Directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

3.10 Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

3.11 Fees And Compensation Of Directors.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. No such compensation shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

3.12 Approval Of Loans To Officers.

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of any of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or any of its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

3.13 Removal Of Directors.

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these Bylaws (and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL), any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

-9-


During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

3.14 Chairman Of The Board Of Directors.

The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairman of the Board of Directors who shall not be considered an officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE 4

COMMITTEES.

4.1 Committees Of Directors.

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 Committee Minutes.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

-10-


4.3 Meetings And Action Of Committees.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Section 3.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone), Section 3.6 (Regular Meetings), Section 3.7 (Special Meetings; Notice), Section 3.8 (Quorum), Section 3.9 (Waiver of Notice) and Section 3.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting) of these Bylaws, with such changes in the context of such provisions as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE 5

OFFICERS.

5.1 Officers.

The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 Appointment Of Officers.

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these Bylaws, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 Subordinate Officers.

The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 Removal And Resignation Of Officers.

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or, except in the case of an officer appointed by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom the power of removal is conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

-11-


Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation.

Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 Vacancies In Offices.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

5.6 Chief Executive Officer.

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, the chief executive officer of the corporation (if such an officer is appointed) shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the Board of Directors, at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

5.7 President.

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the Board of Directors (if any) or the chief executive officer, the president shall have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and other officers of the corporation. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

5.8 Vice Presidents.

In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer and president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the president or the chairman of the Board of Directors.

 

-12-


5.9 Secretary.

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by these Bylaws. He or she shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

5.10 Chief Financial Officer.

The chief financial officer shall be the treasurer and shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the president, the chief executive officer, or the directors, upon request, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

5.11 Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations.

The chairman of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of the corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by the person having such authority.

 

-13-


5.12 Authority And Duties Of Officers.

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the stockholders.

ARTICLE 6

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,

AND OTHER AGENTS.

6.1 Indemnification Of Directors And Officers.

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “ director ” or “ officer ” of the corporation includes any person (a) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

6.2 Indemnification Of Others.

The corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation.

For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “ employee ” or “ agent ” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (a) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

6.3 Payment Of Expenses In Advance.

Expenses incurred in defending any action or proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section 6.1 or for which indemnification is permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 following authorization thereof by the Board of Directors shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article 6.

 

-14-


6.4 Indemnity Not Exclusive.

The indemnification provided by this Article 6 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, to the extent that such additional rights to indemnification are authorized in the certificate of incorporation.

6.5 Insurance.

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

6.6 Conflicts.

No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article 6, except where such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any circumstance where it appears:

(a) That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the certificate of incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders or an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or

(b) That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

ARTICLE 7

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of the common stock of the corporation (“ Common Stock ”) or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this Article 7:

(a) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his, her or its shares of Common Stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares of Common Stock to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

 

-15-


(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares of Common Stock specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares of Common Stock specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares of Common Stock, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Article 7, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the Common Stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock or, with the consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares of Common Stock, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares of Common Stock shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of Common Stock of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares of Common Stock on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares of Common Stock specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the sixty-(60) day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares of Common Stock specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares of Common Stock so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Article 7:

(1) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares of Common Stock held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general of limited partner(s) of such partnership. “ Immediate family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder (or such holder’s spouse) making such transfer.

 

-16-


(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares of Common Stock with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

(3) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares of Common Stock to (i) the corporation or (ii) to any other stockholder of the corporation, provided that any transfer pursuant to this clause (ii) shall require the prior written consent of the corporation’s Board of Directors or the corporation’s Chief Executive Officer.

(4) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares of Common Stock pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

(5) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares of Common Stock to any or all of its stockholders.

(6) A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee or other recipient shall receive and hold such Common Stock subject to the provisions of this Article 7, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.

(g) The provisions of this Article 7 may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This Article 7 may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

(h) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of shares of Common Stock of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions and provisions of this Article 7 are strictly observed and followed.

(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

(1) On September 23, 2022; or

(2) Upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

-17-


(j) The certificates representing shares of Common Stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

ARTICLE 8

RECORDS AND REPORTS.

8.1 Maintenance And Inspection Of Records.

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive offices or at such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, accounting books and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware or at its principal place of business.

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in each such stockholder’s name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The stockholder list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

8.2 Inspection By Directors.

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Court ”) is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books

 

-18-


and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

8.3 Annual Reports.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.3(b), the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accounts or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than 100 stockholders of record of the corporation’s shares, as determined by Section 605 of the California General Corporation Law (the “CGCL” ), additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act” ), the 1934 Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

(b) If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

ARTICLE 9

GENERAL MATTERS.

9.1 Checks.

From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

9.2 Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments.

The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

-19-


9.3 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares.

The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

9.4 Special Designation On Certificates.

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

9.5 Lost Certificates.

Except as provided in this Section 9.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

-20-


9.6 Construction; Definitions.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

9.7 Dividends.

The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in (a) the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (b) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation and meeting contingencies.

9.8 Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

9.9 Seal.

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which may be altered at pleasure, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.10 Transfer Of Stock.

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

9.11 Stock Transfer Agreements.

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

-21-


9.12 Registered Stockholders.

The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

9.13 Facsimile Signature.

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

ARTICLE 10

AMENDMENTS.

The Bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

ARTICLE 11

FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF DISPUTES.

Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware (the “ Court of Chancery ”) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim against the corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of these Bylaws, the certificate of incorporation or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (d) any action asserting a claim against the corporation or its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, or (e) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of these Bylaws or the certificate of incorporation, except for, as to each of clauses (a) through (e) above, any claim (i) as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten (10) days following such determination), or (ii) for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article 11 shall be held to

 

-22-


be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article 11 (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article 11 containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article 11. Failure to enforce this Article 11 would cause the corporation irreparable harm and the corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunction and specific performance, to enforce this Article 11.

 

-23-


CERTIFICATE BY SECRETARY OF ADOPTION BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The undersigned hereby certifies that the undersigned is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and that the foregoing Amended and Restated Bylaws were adopted as the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on May 15, 2014.

 

Executed on May 23, 2014    

/s/ Michael Dinerman

    Name:   Michael Dinerman
    Title:   Secretary

[Secretary’s Certificate to Bylaws]

Exhibit 3.3

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”), does hereby certify as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) and the Corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on September 24, 2012, under the name Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

2. The Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted resolutions adopting and approving the amendment and restatement of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (this “ Restated Certificate ”), declaring this Restated Certificate to be advisable and in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of the Corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the adoption and approval of this Restated Certificate is as follows:

RESOLVED , that this Restated Certificate is hereby adopted and approved in its entirety to read as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

3. Exhibit A referred to above is attached hereto as Exhibit A and is hereby incorporated herein by this reference. This Restated Certificate was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4. This Restated Certificate, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Restated Certificate has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this      day of         , 2014.

 

By:  

 

Name:   Brian Lian, Ph.D.
Its:   Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered offices of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent in charge thereof is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time (the “ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV

A. The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 310,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 300,000,000 shares shall be designated Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and 10,000,000 shares shall be designated Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”). Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of any of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, and no vote of the holders of any of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

1. Common Stock . All preferences, voting powers, relative, participating, optional or other special rights and privileges, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Common Stock are expressly made subject and subordinate to those that may be fixed with respect to any shares of the Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise required by law or this amended and restated certificate of incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ”, which term, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designation of any series of Preferred Stock), each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote, in person or by proxy, on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation; provided , however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms, number of shares, designations, preferences, voting powers, relative, participating, optional or other special rights and privileges, or to qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, of one or more outstanding


series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, by any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL. No stockholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes at any election of directors. Subject to the rights of the Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”), out of the assets of the Corporation which are by law available therefor, dividends payable either in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock, in such amounts as determined by the Board of Directors. In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after distribution in full of the preferential amounts, if any, to be distributed to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, and after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, holders of Common Stock and holders of any participating Preferred Stock outstanding at such time shall be entitled, unless otherwise provided by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation held by them respectively.

2. Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, as determined by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issue, in one or more series, of all or any of the remaining shares of Preferred Stock and, in the resolution or resolutions providing for such issue, to establish for each such series the number of its shares, the voting powers, full or limited, of the shares of such series, or that such shares shall have no voting powers, and the designations, powers, preferences, relative, participating, optional or other special rights and privileges of the shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The Board of Directors is further expressly authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in this Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

A. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation. Other than any directors elected by a separate vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, the directors shall be divided into three (3) classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall initially be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third (1/3) of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The term of office of the Class I directors shall expire at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Corporation’s initial public offering pursuant

 

2


to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering Closing ”), the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing and the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation. Each director, including a director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term of office of the class to which he or she has been chosen expires or until a successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called in accordance with the DGCL.

B. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article V, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal.

C. One (1) or more members of the Board of Directors (including the entire Board of Directors) may be removed at any time, but only for cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one (1) or more directors of the Corporation, the provisions of this Clause C of Article V shall not apply with respect to the director or directors elected by such holders of Preferred Stock.

D. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by the vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise required by law, or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, may exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

 

3


ARTICLE VI

A. In furtherance of and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the directors then in office. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided , however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

B. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation so provide.

ARTICLE VII

A. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

B. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

A. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

B. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VIII in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VIII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX

A. Subject to any provisions in the Bylaws of the Corporation related to indemnification of directors or officers of the Corporation, the Corporation is authorized to indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,

 

4


administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

B. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such act or omission has occurred.

ARTICLE X

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX and Article X.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

5

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

SECTION 1. OFFICES

The principal office of Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), shall be located at the principal place of business or such other place as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) may designate. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may designate or as the business of the Corporation may require from time to time.

SECTION 2. STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Annual Meeting

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be fixed by resolution of the Board, for the purpose of electing directors and transacting such other business as may properly come before such meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation present in person who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 2.1(b), who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.1. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1934 Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders. For purposes of this Section 2.1, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the annual meeting of the Corporation, or, if the proposing stockholder is not an individual, a qualified representative of such proposing stockholder, appears at such annual meeting. A “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be, if such proposing stockholder is (x) a general or limited partnership, any general partner or person who functions as a general partner of the general or limited partnership or who controls the general or limited partnership, (y) a corporation or a limited liability company, any officer or person who functions as an officer of the corporation or limited liability company or any officer, director, general partner or person who functions as an officer, director or general partner of any entity ultimately in control of the corporation or limited liability company, or (z) a trust, any trustee of such trust.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before such meeting.

 

1


(i) For nominations for the election to the Board to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 2.1(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 2.1(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 2.1(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee; (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee; (3) the class, series and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned of record and beneficially by such nominee; (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition; and (5) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that would otherwise be required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 2.1(b)(iv). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(ii) Other than proposals sought to be included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 2.1(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 2.1(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 2.1(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the Corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 2.1(b)(iv).

(iii) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 2.1(b)(i) or 2.1(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.1(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received by the Secretary not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to the date of such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. For purposes of the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation

 

2


held after the closing of an initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock of the Corporation to the public, the first anniversary of such annual meeting shall be deemed to be on the date so fixed by resolution of the Board prior to such first annual meeting and the notice required by this Section 2.1 shall be considered to be timely with respect to such first annual meeting if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of such date is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv) The written notice required by Section 2.1(b)(i) or 2.1(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “ Proponent ” and collectively, the “ Proponents ”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the Corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 2.1(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 2.1(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to a number of holders of the Corporation’s voting shares (i) reasonably believed by the Proponent to be sufficient to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 2.1(b)(i)) or (ii) sufficient to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 2.1(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; (G) any other information relating to each Proponent that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, such proposal and/or the election of directors in a contested election (even if an election contest is not involved) pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act; and (H) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12)-month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

For purposes of this Section 2.1, a “ Derivative Transaction ” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

 

  (w) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation,

 

3


  (x) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the Corporation,

 

  (y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes with respect to any securities of the Corporation, or

 

  (z) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, with respect to any securities of the Corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding described in clause (w), (x), (y) or (z) above may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the Corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 2.1(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, and (ii) the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to the date of such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.1(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided that if such date is after the date of the meeting, not later than the date prior to the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 2.1(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to the date of such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 2.1(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased and there has been no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or indicating the increase in the size of the Board, made by the Corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(iii), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.1 and which complies with the requirements in Section 2.1(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 2.1(b)(iii), also shall be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

4


In no event shall an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a meeting unless the person is nominated in accordance with Section 2.1(a)(ii) at a meeting in accordance with Section 2.1(a)(iii), or in accordance in Section 2.l(c). Except as otherwise required by law, the Chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 2.1(b)(iv)(D) and 2.1(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.1, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder also must comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act. Any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(iii).

(g) For purposes of Sections 2.1 and 2.2,

(i) “ affiliates ” and “ associates ” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”); and

(ii) “ public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

2.2 Special Meetings

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairperson of the Board, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the President, or (iv) the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). A special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons.

(b) For a special meeting called pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Board shall determine the time and place of such special meeting. Following determination of the time and place of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4. No business may be transacted at a special meeting otherwise than as specified in the notice of meeting.

 

5


(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board, or (ii) by any stockholder who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary setting forth the information required by Section 2.1(b)(i) for nominations at annual meetings. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 2.1(b)(i) for nominations at annual meetings shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the date of such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 2.1(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.2, a stockholder also must comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 2.2. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act. Any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board and/or proposals of other business to be considered pursuant to Section 2.2(c).

2.3 Place of Meeting

All meetings shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place as designated by the Board, either within or without the State of Delaware. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any physical place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

2.4 Notice of Meeting

The Corporation shall cause to be delivered, in accordance with Section 8, to each stockholder entitled to notice of, or to vote at, an annual or special meeting of stockholders, not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before such meeting, written notice stating the date, time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called.

 

6


2.5 Fixing of Record Date for Determining Stockholders

For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or to make a determination of stockholders for any other purpose, the Board may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination. Such record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days prior to the date of any such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any other action to which the record date relates. If no record date is fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting, or to receive payment of a dividend, the record date shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. Such determination shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting; provided , however , that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.5 at the adjourned meeting.

2.6 Stockholders’ List

At least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete alphabetical list of the stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting shall be made, arranged by voting group, and within each voting group by class or series, with the address of and number of shares held by each stockholder; provided , however , that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, then the list also shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.7 Quorum

At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the Chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

7


2.8 Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings

Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the Chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2.9 Manner of Acting

If a quorum exists, action on a matter (other than the election of directors) by a voting group is approved if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the affirmative vote of a greater number is required by these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation.

2.10 Proxies

A stockholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by that stockholder or by his or her attorney-in-fact. Such proxy shall be effective when received by the Secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes at the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Subject to the limitation set forth in the last clause of the second sentence of this Section 2.10, a duly executed proxy that does not state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (a) revoked by the person executing it, before the vote pursuant to that proxy, by a writing delivered to the Corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed by, or attendance at the meeting and voting in person by, the person executing the proxy, or (b) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the Corporation before the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted.

2.11 Voting of Shares

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, each outstanding share entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

2.12 Voting for Directors

Each stockholder may vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by such stockholder that are entitled to vote at an election of directors, for as many persons as there are directors to be elected and for whose election such shares have a right to vote. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

 

8


2.13 Action Without Meeting

No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

2.14 Organization

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, a member of the Board or officer of the Corporation designated by the Board shall act as Chairperson of the meeting. The Secretary, or another person directed to do so by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board, if any, the Chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of the Chairperson of the meeting, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the Chairperson of the meeting shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the Chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

2.15 Inspectors of Election

The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons to act as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.

Such inspectors shall:

 

  (a) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

 

9


  (b) receive votes, ballots or consents;

 

  (c) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

 

  (d) count and tabulate all votes or consents;

 

  (e) determine when the polls shall close;

 

  (f) determine the result; and

 

  (g) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

SECTION 3. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

3.1 General Powers

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL.

3.2 Number, Tenure and Qualifications

Unless the Certificate of Incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. The directors shall be divided, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into classes as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

3.3 Regular Meetings

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware that has been designated by the Board and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board.

3.4 Special Meetings

Special meetings of the Board or any committee designated by the Board may be called by or at the request of the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or any two (2) directors and, in the case of any special meeting of any committee designated by the Board, by the Chairperson of such Board committee.

 

10


The person or persons authorized to call special meetings may fix any place either within or without the State of Delaware as the place for holding any special Board or Board committee meeting called by them.

3.5 Meetings by Telecommunications

Members of the Board or any committee designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board or such Board committee by use of any means of telecommunications equipment pursuant to which all persons participating may simultaneously hear each other during such meeting. Participation by such method shall be deemed presence in person at such meeting.

3.6 Notice of Special Meetings

Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting.

3.7 Quorum

A majority of the number of directors determined by or in the manner provided by these Bylaws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board.

3.8 Manner of Acting

The act of the majority of the directors present at a Board or Board committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board or Board committee, unless the vote of a greater number is required by these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL.

3.9 Action by Board of Directors or Committee Without a Meeting

Any action which could be taken at a meeting of the Board or of any committee designated by the Board may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or Board committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or Board committee. The action shall be effective when the last signature is placed on the consent, unless the consent specifies an earlier or later date. Such written consent, which shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote of the directors or such Board committee, shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a Board or Board committee meeting.

3.10 Resignation

Any director may resign at any time by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Board, or to the registered office of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in the notice, or if no time is specified, upon delivery. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Once delivered, a notice of resignation is irrevocable unless revocation is permitted by the Board.

 

11


3.11 Removal

Subject to any limitations imposed by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation, one or more members of the Board (including the entire Board) may be removed at any time, but only for cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

3.12 Vacancies

Any vacancy occurring on the Board, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. A person so elected by the Board to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date by reason of a resignation effective at such later date or otherwise may be filled before the vacancy occurs, but the new director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

3.13 Minutes

The Board shall keep minutes of its meetings and shall cause them to be recorded in books kept for that purpose.

3.14 Executive and Other Committees

3.14.1 Creation of Committees

The Board, by resolution adopted by a majority of the number of directors fixed in the manner provided by these Bylaws, may appoint standing or temporary Board committees, including an Executive Committee, from its own number. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any Board committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the Board committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a Board committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such

 

12


member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. The Board may invest such committee(s) with such powers as it may see fit, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Board, these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL.

3.14.2 Authority of Committees

Any such Board committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such Board committee shall have the power or authority to (a) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopt, amend or repeal any Bylaw of the Corporation.

3.14.3 Quorum and Manner of Acting

A majority of the number of directors composing any committee of the Board, as established and fixed by resolution of the Board, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of such Board committee.

3.14.4 Minutes of Meetings

All Board committees so appointed shall keep regular minutes of their meetings and shall cause them to be recorded in books kept for that purpose.

3.14.5 Resignation

Any member of any Board committee may resign at any time by delivering written notice thereof to the Board, the Chairperson of the Board or the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in the notice, or if no time is specified, upon delivery. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Once delivered, a notice of resignation is irrevocable unless revocation is permitted by the Board.

3.14.6 Removal

The Board may remove from office any member of any Board committee elected or appointed by it, but only by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the number of directors fixed by or in the manner provided by these Bylaws.

3.14.7 Subcommittees

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating a committee, a Board committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the Board committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the Board committee.

 

13


3.15 Compensation

By resolution of the Board, directors and Board committee members may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each Board or Board committee meeting, or a fixed sum for attendance at each Board or Board committee meeting, or a staled salary as a director or a Board committee member, or a combination of the foregoing. No such payment shall preclude any director or Board committee member from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

3.16 Chairperson of the Board of Directors

If appointed, the Chairperson of the Board shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board from time to time and shall preside over meetings of the Board and stockholders unless another member of the Board or an officer is appointed or designated by the Board as Chairperson of such meeting.

SECTION 4. OFFICERS

4.1 Officers Designated

The officers of the Corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the Corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board.

4.2 Appointment and Term of Office

The officers of the Corporation shall be appointed by the Board. Unless an officer dies, resigns, or is removed from office, he or she shall hold office until his or her successor is appointed.

4.3 Resignation

Any officer may resign at any time by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in the notice, or if no time is specified, upon delivery. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Once delivered, a notice of resignation is irrevocable unless revocation is permitted by the Board.

 

14


4.4 Removal

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer or agent under any contract of employment, any officer or agent appointed by the Board may be removed by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors in office at the time, with or without cause, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

4.5 Vacancies

A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, creation of a new office or any other cause may be filled by the Board for the unexpired portion of the term, or for a new term established by the Board. If a resignation is made effective at a later date, and the Corporation accepts such future effective date, the Board may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date, if the Board provides that the successor does not take office until the effective date.

4.6 Chairperson of the Board of Directors

If appointed, the position of Chairperson of the Board shall not constitute an officer position of the Corporation, unless specifically designated as such by the Board. The Chairperson of the Board shall be a Board position as outlined in Section 3.16.

4.7 Chief Executive Officer

The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board, unless the Chairperson of the Board has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board shall designate from time to time.

4.8 President

The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board, unless the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board shall designate from time to time.

 

15


4.9 Vice Presidents

The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

4.10 Secretary

The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the Corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board and any Board committee requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall designate from time to time.

4.11 Chief Financial Officer

The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall designate from time to time.

4.12 Treasurer

Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board or the President and, subject to the order of the Board, shall have the custody of all funds

 

16


and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall designate from time to time.

4.13 Salaries

The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board or by any person or persons to whom the Board has delegated such authority. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the Corporation.

SECTION 5. CONTRACTS, LOANS,

CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

5.1 Contracts

The Board may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or any amount.

5.2 Loans to Directors, Officers or Employees

Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the Corporation may lend money to or guarantee the obligation of a director, officer or employee of the Corporation if the Board determines that the loan or guarantee may be reasonably expected to benefit the Corporation. The fact that a loan or guarantee is made in violation of this provision shall not affect the borrower’s liability on the loan.

5.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc.

All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, or agent or agents, of the Corporation and in such manner as is from time to time determined by resolution of the Board.

SECTION 6. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

6.1 Issuance of Shares

No shares of the Corporation shall be issued unless authorized by the Board, which authorization shall include the maximum number of shares to be issued and the consideration to be received for each share. Before the Corporation issues shares, the Board shall determine that the consideration received or to be received for such shares is adequate. In the absence of fraud, such determination by the Board shall be conclusive insofar as the adequacy of consideration for the issuance of shares relates to whether the shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

17


6.2 Certificates for Shares

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated. Certificates representing shares of the Corporation, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law and as shall be determined by the Board. Such certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form. All certificates shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws, at all times that the Corporation’s stock is listed on a stock exchange, such shares shall comply with all direct registration system eligibility requirements established by such exchange, including any requirement that shares of the Corporation’s stock be eligible for issue in book-entry form. All issuances and transfers of shares of the Corporation’s stock shall be entered on the books of the Corporation with all information necessary to comply with such direct registration system eligibility requirements, including the name and address of the person to whom the shares are issued, the number of shares issued and the date of issue.

6.3 Stock Records

The stock transfer books shall be kept at the registered office or principal place of business of the Corporation or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar. The name and address of each person to whom shares are issued, together with the class and number of shares represented by each stock certificate, if any, and the date of issue thereof, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed by the Corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes, and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.4 Restriction on Transfer

6.4.1 Securities Laws

A written restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of the Corporation or on the amount of shares of the Corporation that may be owned by any person or group of persons, if permitted by the DGCL and noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares or, in the case of uncertificated shares, contained in a notice to the registered owner of such shares, may be enforced against the holder of such shares or any successor or transferee of the holder including an executor, administrator, trustee, guardian or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of the holder.

 

18


6.4.2 Other Restrictions

In addition, the front or back of all certificates shall include conspicuous written notice of any further restrictions which may be imposed on the transferability of such shares.

6.5 Transfer of Shares

Transfer of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the Corporation pursuant to authorization or document of transfer made by the holder of record thereof or by his or her legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his or her attorney-in-fact authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary. In the case of shares of the Corporation represented by certificates, certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and no transfer of such shares shall be made until the former certificates for a like number of shares have been surrendered and cancelled.

6.6 Lost or Destroyed Certificates

In the case of shares of the Corporation represented by certificates, where such certificate or certificates are lost, destroyed or mutilated, a new certificate may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the Corporation as the Board may prescribe.

6.7 Transfer Agent and Registrar

The Board may from time to time appoint one or more Transfer Agents and one or more Registrars for the shares of the Corporation, with such powers and duties as the Board shall determine by resolution.

6.8 Officer, Transfer Agent or Registrar Ceasing to Act

In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

6.9 Fractional Shares

The Corporation shall not issue fractional shares.

6.10 Stock Transfer Agreements

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of capital stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

19


SECTION 7. EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF

SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

7.1 Execution of Corporate Instruments

The Board may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the Corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the Corporation, except where otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the Corporation or in special accounts of the Corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee of the Corporation shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

7.2 Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation.

The Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, or any other person authorized by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

SECTION 8. MANNER OF GIVING NOTICES AND WAIVERS

8.1 Notice of Stockholders Meetings

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Corporation’s records. An affidavit of mailing of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

8.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of

 

20


Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting, and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and

(d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

8.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation, within sixty (60) days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

21


8.4 Notice to Person to Whom Communication is Unlawful

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

8.5 Waiver of Notice

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

SECTION 9. BOOKS AND RECORDS

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account, stock transfer books, minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and the Board and such other records as may be necessary or advisable.

SECTION 10. FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year; provided , however , that the Board may select a different fiscal year by resolution at any time for purposes of federal income taxes or otherwise.

SECTION 11. DIVIDENDS

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in (a) the DGCL, (b) the Certificate of Incorporation, or (c) other applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

22


SECTION 12. SEAL

The Board may adopt a seal of the Corporation, which will consist of the name of the Corporation and the state of its incorporation.

SECTION 13. INDEMNIFICATION

13.1 Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Any person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereafter a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “ indemnitee ”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorney’s fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that, except as provided in Section 13.3 or with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

13.2 Right to Advancement of Expenses

The right to indemnification conferred in Section 13.1 shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding for which such right to indemnification is applicable in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “ advancement of expenses ”); provided , however , that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 13 or otherwise.

 

23


Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless such right is acquired other than pursuant to this Section 13, no advance shall be made by the Corporation to an officer of the Corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (a) by the Board by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, or (b) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no disinterested directors or the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

13.3 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections 13.1 and 13.2 shall be contract rights. If a claim under Sections 13.1 or 13.2 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the full amount of the claim. If the indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 13 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

13.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights

The rights conferred on any person in this Section 13 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

13.5 Insurance

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who was or is a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or was or is serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

13.6 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of expenses, to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section 13 with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

24


13.7 No Presumption of Bad Faith

The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that the person had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful.

13.8 Survival of Rights

The rights conferred on any person by this Section 13 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

13.9 Amendments to Law

For purposes of this Section 13, the meaning of “ law ” within the phrase “ to the fullest extent not prohibited by law ” shall include, but not be limited to, the DGCL, as the same exists on the date hereof or as it may be amended; provided , however , that in the case of any such amendment, such amendment shall apply only to the extent that it permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than the DGCL permitted the Corporation to provide prior to the date of such amendment.

13.10 Savings Clause

If this Section 13 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, the Corporation shall indemnify each director, officer or other agent to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Section 13 that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.

13.11 Certain Definitions

For the purposes of this Section 13, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) The term “ proceeding ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement and appeal of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Corporation or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the director or officer may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that the director or officer is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(b) The term “ expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all costs, charges and expenses (including fees and disbursements of attorneys, accountants and

 

25


other experts) actually and reasonably incurred by a director or officer in connection with any proceeding, all expenses of investigations, judicial or administrative proceedings or appeals, and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under these Bylaws, but shall not include amounts paid in settlement, judgments or fines.

(c) “ Corporation ” shall mean Viking Therapeutics, Inc. and any successor corporation thereof. The term “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 13 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(d) References to a “ director ”, “ executive officer ”, “ officer ”, “ employee ” or “ agent ” of the Corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the Corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(e) References to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans. References to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan. References to “ serving at the request of the Corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries. A person who acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation ” as referred to in this Section 13.

SECTION 14. AMENDMENTS

The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, alter, amend or repeal these Bylaws. Any adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of these Bylaws by the Board shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, alter, amend or repeal these Bylaws; provided , however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

26


SECTION 15. FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF DISPUTES

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware (the “ Court of Chancery ”) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, (d) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, or (e) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation, except for, as to each of clauses (a) through (e) above, any claim (i) as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten (10) days following such determination), or (ii) for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Section 15 shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Section 15 (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Section 15 containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 15. Failure to enforce this Section 15 would cause the Corporation irreparable harm and the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunction and specific performance, to enforce this Section 15.

 

27


CERTIFICATE BY SECRETARY OF ADOPTION BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The undersigned hereby certifies that the undersigned is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and that the foregoing Amended and Restated Bylaws were adopted as the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on             , 2014, to become effective immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the completion of the Corporation’s initial public offering.

 

Executed on             , 2014     

 

     Michael Dinerman, M.D.
     Secretary

 

28

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

VIKING THERAPEUTICS
NUMBER
VT
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
SHARES
CUSIP 92686J 10 6
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
This certifies that
is the record holder of
FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMM STOCK, $0.00001 PAR VALUE, OF
VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.
WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
Dated:
PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
CORPORATE
SEAL
SEPTEMBER 24, 2012
DELAWARE
SECRETARY
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC
(NEW YORK, NY)
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
BY:
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests shall be made to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM      as tenants in common
TEN ENT      as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN      as joint tenants with right of
     survivorship and not as tenants
     in common
COM PROP      as community property
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT –  

 

  Custodian  

 

  (Cust)     (Minor)
  under Uniform Gifts to Minors
  Act  

 

  (State)
UNIF TRF MIN ACT –  

 

  Custodian (until age  

 

  )
  (Cust)  
 

 

  under Uniform Transfers
  (Minor)    
  to Minors Act  

 

    (State)
 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                          hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 
 

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

shares of the capital stock represented by within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

 

attorney-in-fact to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of the substitution in the premises.

 

Dated  

 

 

  X  

 

  X  

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:     NOTICE:   THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 

By  

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. SIGNATURE GUARANTEES MUST NOT BE DATED.

Exhibit 10.1

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

T HIS I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                     , by and between V IKING T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      , an individual (“ Agent ”).

R ECITALS

WHEREAS , Agent performs a valuable service to the Company in Agent’s capacity as [Agent’s Title][a Director] of the Company;

WHEREAS , the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and the Company’s Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) provide for the indemnification of the directors, officers, employees and other agents of the Company, including persons serving at the request of the Company in such capacities with other corporations or enterprises, as authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”);

WHEREAS , the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the DGCL, by their non-exclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and its agents, officers, employees and other agents with respect to indemnification of such persons;

WHEREAS , Agent does not regard the protection available under the Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and Agent may not be willing to serve (or to continue to serve) as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company without the additional protections set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, on the basis of the foregoing, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to obligate itself contractually to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Agent to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that Agent will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that Agent will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS , Agent may have certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by one or more other entities and/or [organizations, which Agent][organizations with which Agent is or may become affiliated (the “ Associated Enterprise ”), which Agent, the Associated Enterprise] and the Company intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Agent as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Agent’s willingness to serve (or to continue to serve) as [Agent’s Title][a Director] of the Company; and

WHEREAS , Agent is relying upon the rights afforded under this Agreement in serving (or continuing to serve) as [Agent’s Title][a Director] of the Company.


NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of Agent’s [continued] service as [Agent’s Title][a Director] of the Company after the date hereof, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

A GREEMENT

1. Services to the Company . Agent will serve, or continue to serve, at the will of the Company or under separate contract, if any such contract exists, as [Agent’s Title][a Director] of the Company or as a director, officer or other fiduciary of an affiliate of the Company, including any subsidiary or employee benefit plan of the Company or any entity with which the Company is involved in a joint venture or similar transaction, agreement or arrangement [but excluding Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated (and its subsidiaries)] (each, an Affiliate ”), faithfully and to the best of Agent’s ability so long as Agent remains in such position(s); provided, however, that Agent may at any time and for any reason resign from such position(s) (subject to any contractual obligation that Agent may have assumed apart from this Agreement or any obligation imposed by operation of law) in which event neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have an obligation under this Agreement to continue Agent in any such position(s). This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its Affiliates) and Agent and nothing herein is intended to create any right to continued employment of Agent with the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any capacity.

2. Indemnity of Agent [and Associated Enterprise] .

(a) The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Agent to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the DGCL, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time (but only to the extent that such amendment or restatement permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or the DGCL permitted prior to adoption of such amendment or restatement). The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Agent has ceased to serve as [Agent’s Title][a Director] of the Company [(or one of its Affiliates)].

(b) [If the Associated Enterprise is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding relating to or arising by reason of the Associated Enterprise’s position as a stockholder of, or lender to, the Company, or the Associated Enterprise’s appointment of or affiliation with Agent or any other director, including without limitation any alleged misappropriation of a Company asset or corporate opportunity, any claim of misappropriation or infringement of intellectual property relating to the Company, any alleged false or misleading statement or omission made by the Company (or on its behalf) or its employees or agents, or any allegation of inappropriate control or influence over the Company or its Board members, officers, equity holders or debt holders, then the Associated Enterprise will be entitled to indemnification hereunder for Expenses to the same extent as Agent, and the terms of this Agreement as they relate to procedures for indemnification of Agent and advancement of Expenses shall apply to any such indemnification of the Associated Enterprise. The rights provided to the Associated Enterprise under this Section 2(b) shall be suspended during any period during which the Associated Enterprise does not have a representative on the Board; provided , however , that in the event of any such suspension, the Associated Enterprise’s rights to

 

- 2 -


indemnification will not be suspended with respect to any Proceeding based in whole or in part on facts and circumstances in respect of any action occurring at any time prior to such suspension regardless of whether the Proceeding arises before or after such suspension. The Company and Agent agree that the Associated Enterprise is an express third party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 2(b).]

3. Additional Indemnity . In addition to and not in limitation of the indemnification otherwise provided for herein, and subject only to the exclusions set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement, the Company hereby further agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Agent:

(a) Against any and all Expenses (as defined below) actually and reasonably incurred by Agent, or on Agent’s behalf, because of any claim or claims made against or by Agent in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution process, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing, appeal or any actual, threatened or completed other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, arbitrational, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal (including an action by or in the right of the Company), to which Agent is, was or at any time becomes a party or a participant (including a proceeding initiated by Agent pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement to enforce Agent’s rights hereunder), including as a witness or otherwise, or is threatened to be made a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Agent is, was or at any time becomes a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company, or is or was serving or at any time serves at the request of the Company as a director (including as a member of any committee of the Board), officer, manager, partner, trustee, employee or other agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, including an Affiliate (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”), in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement. The definition of Proceeding shall be considered met if Agent in good faith believes the situation might lead to the institution of a Proceeding. “ Expenses ” shall mean any and all fees, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, disbursements and retainers, witness fees, private investigator fees, professional advisor fees (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs, telephone and fax transmission charges, postage, delivery services, secretarial services, damages, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Agent as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, excise taxes under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and penalties imposed on Agent, costs associated with any appeals, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any costs bond, supersedes bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent, all other costs incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, any Proceeding, including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any of the foregoing, and any other amounts for time spent by Agent for which Agent is not compensated by the Company or any Affiliate or third party. For purposes of Section 9 only, “ Expenses ” also shall include any expenses included in the foregoing definition which are incurred by Agent in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Agent’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. “ Expenses ,” however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Agent or the amount of judgments or fines against Agent.

 

- 3 -


(b) Otherwise to the fullest extent as may be provided to Agent by the Company under the non-exclusivity provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time (but only to the extent that such amendment or restatement permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior to adoption of such amendment or restatement).

4. Limitations on Additional Indemnity . No indemnity pursuant to Section 2 or 3 of this Agreement shall be paid by the Company:

(a) on account of any claim against Agent solely for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Agent of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) (“ Section 16(b) ”) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law; provided that , with respect to a claim against Agent solely for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Agent of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b), Agent shall be entitled to the advancement of legal expenses unless the Company reasonably determines that Agent clearly violated Section 16(b) and must disgorge profits to the Company pursuant to the terms thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated or implied in this Section 4(a), indemnification pursuant to this Agreement relating to any Proceeding against Agent for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Agent of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) or similar provisions of any federal, state or local laws shall not be prohibited if Agent ultimately establishes in any Proceeding that no recovery of such profits from Agent is permitted under Section 16(b) or similar provisions of any federal, state or local laws;

(b) for any reimbursement of the Company by Agent of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Agent from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Agent of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Agent is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) on account of Agent’s conduct that is established by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction as being in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or that constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination);

(d) with respect to criminal proceedings, on account of Agent having reasonable cause to believe that Agent’s conduct was unlawful, as established by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction;

(e) on account of Agent’s conduct that is established by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction as constituting a breach of Agent’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Agent was not legally entitled;

 

- 4 -


(f) except as provided in Section 17 of this Agreement, for which payment is actually made to Agent under a valid and collectible insurance policy or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, bylaw or agreement, except in respect of any excess beyond payment under such insurance, clause, bylaw or agreement; provided that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Agent or the Additional Indemnitors set forth in Section 17 of this Agreement;

(g) if indemnification is not lawful; or

(h) in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by Agent, or any Proceeding by Agent against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other agents, unless (i) the Proceeding was authorized by the Board, or (ii) such indemnification is provided by the Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under the DGCL or any other applicable law.

5. Continuation of Indemnity . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Agent is a director, officer, employee, manager, partner, trustee or other agent of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, manager, partner, trustee or other agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Agent shall be subject to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that Agent was serving in the capacity referred to herein, whether or not Agent is acting or serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement.

6. Partial Indemnification . Agent shall be entitled under this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses that Agent becomes legally obligated to pay in connection with any Proceeding referred to in Section 3 of this Agreement even if not entitled hereunder to indemnification for the total amount thereof, and the Company shall indemnify Agent for the portion thereof to which Agent is entitled.

7. Notification and Defense of Claim . Not later than 30 days after receipt by Agent of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Agent will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Agent otherwise than under this Agreement unless and only to the extent that such omission results in forfeiture by the Company of substantial defenses, rights or insurance coverage. With respect to any such Proceeding as to which Agent notifies the Company of the commencement thereof:

(a) the Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense;

(b) Agent will give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Agent’s power;

(c) except as otherwise provided below, the Company may, at its option and jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified and electing to assume such defense, assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Agent. After written notice from the Company to Agent of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Company will not

 

- 5 -


be liable to Agent under this Agreement for any expenses subsequently incurred by Agent in connection with the defense thereof except for reasonable costs of investigation or otherwise as provided below. Agent shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the sole expense of Agent unless (i) the employment of counsel by Agent has been authorized by the Company in writing, (ii) Agent has reasonably concluded, upon the written advice of legal counsel, and so notified the Company, that there is an actual conflict of interest between the Company and Agent in the conduct of the defense of such action, (iii) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, (iv) there has been a Change in Control (as defined below), or (v) Agent shall have reasonably concluded that counsel engaged by the Company on behalf of Agent may not adequately represent Agent, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of Agent’s separate counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. If, under applicable laws and rules of attorney professional conduct, there exists a potential, but not actual, conflict of interest between the Company and Agent, the Company’s indemnification and Expense advancement obligations to Agent under this Agreement shall include reasonable legal fees and reasonable costs incurred by Agent for separate counsel retained by Agent to monitor the Proceeding (so that such separate counsel may assume Agent’s defense if the conflict of interest between the Company and Agent becomes an actual conflict of interest). The existence of an actual or potential conflict, and whether any such conflict may be waived, shall be determined pursuant to the applicable standards and laws of professional conduct then prevailing. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding (I) brought by or on behalf of the Company, (II) initiated by Agent pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement to enforce Agent’s rights hereunder or (III) as to which Agent shall have made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above; and

(d) the Company shall not be liable to indemnify Agent under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Company’s written consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Agent, effect any settlement of any claim or action which Agent is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of Agent from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action or claim. Neither the Company nor Agent shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement; provided that Agent may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of Agent from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action or claim.

8. Advances of Expenses .

(a) Agent shall have the right to advancement by the Company prior to the final adjudication of any Proceeding of any and all Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Proceeding paid or incurred by Agent or which Agent determines are reasonably likely to be paid or incurred by Agent. The right to advances under this Section 8(a) shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Advances shall be made without regard to Agent’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Agent’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred in pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred in preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed.

 

- 6 -


(b) Agent’s right to such advancement is not subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, within 20 days after any written request by Agent (which shall include evidence of the Expenses incurred by Agent, including invoices received by Agent in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Agent to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice), the Company shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), (i) pay such Expenses on behalf of Agent, (ii) advance to Agent funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (iii) reimburse Agent for such Expenses.

(c) Agent shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Agent undertakes to the fullest extent permitted by law to repay the advance (which shall be unsecured and interest free) if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Agent is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No form of undertaking shall be required by Agent other than the execution of this Agreement.

9. Enforcement; Presumption of Entitlement .

(a) Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Agreement to Agent shall be enforceable by or on behalf of Agent in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of request therefor. Agent, in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting Agent’s claim.

(b) It shall be a defense to any action for which a claim for indemnification is made under Section 3 of this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement) that Agent is not entitled to indemnification because of the limitations set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party (as defined below) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of Agent is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that such indemnification is improper, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Agent is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “ Reviewing Party ” means, subject to the provisions of Section 10 of this Agreement, any person or body appointed by the Board in accordance with applicable law to review the Company’s obligations hereunder and under applicable law, which shall include one of the following: (A) the directors who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“ Disinterested Directors ”), even if less than a quorum, (B) a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a vote of the majority of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum, (C) Independent Legal Counsel (as defined below), if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if such Disinterested

 

- 7 -


Directors so direct, or (D) if so directed by the Board, the stockholders of the Company; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any determination with respect to Agent’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder that is made at any time following the consummation of a Change in Control that occurs at any time (i) when the Company has a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act or (ii) following the consummation of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock shall be made solely by Independent Legal Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Agent;

(ii) “ Change in Control ” means: (1) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than persons who are employees of the Company at any time more than one year before the transaction, and their Affiliates) of the beneficial ownership of securities of the Company possessing at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of all outstanding securities of the Company; (2) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold, in the aggregate, securities possessing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity immediately after such merger or consolidation, and no person (other than persons who are employees of the Company at any time more than one year before the transaction, and their Affiliates) becomes the “beneficial owner” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing at least 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; (3) the sale, transfer or other disposition (in one or more transactions or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (4) the Company implements a plan for the complete liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; (5) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; or (6) any reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which securities possessing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding voting securities are transferred to or acquired by one or more persons or entities different from the persons or entities holding those securities immediately prior to such reverse merger and no person (other than persons who are employees of the Company at any time more than one year before the transaction, and their Affiliates) becomes the “beneficial owner” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “ Change in Control ” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of: (A) a sale of assets, merger, consolidation or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the state of incorporation of the Company, or (B) the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the

 

- 8 -


common stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions; and

(iii) “ Independent Legal Counsel ” means an attorney or firm of attorneys, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 of this Agreement, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and who does not presently and will not have otherwise performed services for (A) [the Company or Agent] [the Company, Agent or an Associated Enterprise] within the last five years in any matter material to such person (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Agent under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (B) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Legal Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards and laws of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Agent in an action to determine Agent’s rights under this Agreement.

(c) In any such Proceeding instituted by Agent pursuant to this Section 9, the Company shall be precluded from asserting that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable, the Company shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and the Company is precluded from making any assertion to the contrary.

(d) In making any determination concerning Agent’s right to indemnification, there shall be a presumption that Agent has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct, and the Company may overcome such presumption only by its adducing clear and convincing evidence to the contrary. Any determination concerning Agent’s right to indemnification that is adverse to Agent may be challenged by Agent in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. No determination by the Reviewing Party that Agent has not satisfied any applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to any claim by Agent for indemnification or reimbursement or advance payment of Expenses by the Company hereunder or create a presumption that Agent has not met any applicable standard of conduct.

(e) The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Agent to indemnification or create a presumption that Agent did not act in good faith and in a manner which Agent reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that Agent had reasonable cause to believe that Agent’s conduct was unlawful, or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by this Agreement or applicable law.

(f) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause any determination by a Reviewing Party to be made as promptly as practicable. If the Reviewing Party shall have failed to make the requested determination within 60 days after any judgment, order, settlement, dismissal, arbitration award, conviction, acceptance of a plea of nolo contendere or its

 

- 9 -


equivalent, or other disposition or partial disposition of any Proceeding or any other event that could enable the Company to determine Agent’s entitlement to indemnification, the requisite determination that Agent is entitled to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made, absent: (i) a misstatement by Agent of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Agent’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification; or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the Reviewing Party in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 9(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders of the Company and if (A) within 15 days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Reviewing Party resolves to submit such determination to the stockholders of the Company for its consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within 75 days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of the stockholders of the Company is called within 15 days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within 60 days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) The remedies provided for in this Section 9 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Agent at law or in equity.

10. Reviewing Party . If there has not been a Change in Control, the Reviewing Party will be selected by the Board and approved by Agent (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). If the Board chooses to utilize an Independent Legal Counsel as the Reviewing Party, the Independent Legal Counsel will be selected by the Board; provided that Agent may, within 10 days after written notice of such selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection, but (a) only on the ground that the Independent Legal Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of Independent Legal Counsel, and (b) only if the objection sets forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected by the Board shall act as Independent Legal Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Legal Counsel selected by the Board may not serve as Independent Legal Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Agent of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, no Independent Legal Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Agent may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Agent to the Board’s selection of Independent Legal Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Legal Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Legal Counsel under Section 9 of this Agreement. If there has been a Change in Control, the Reviewing Party with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Agent to indemnification of Expenses under this Agreement or any other agreement or under the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, each as may be amended or restated from time to time, or under any other applicable law, if desired by Agent, will be Independent Legal Counsel selected by Agent and approved by the Company (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Such Independent Legal Counsel, among other things, will

 

- 10 -


render its written opinion to the Company and Agent as to whether and to what extent Agent would be entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law and the Company agrees to abide by such opinion. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all Expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to pay Expenses of more than one Independent Legal Counsel in connection with all matters concerning a single Agent [and any Associated Enterprise].

11. Subrogation . Subject to Section 17 of this Agreement, in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Agent (other than against the Additional Indemnitors), who, at the request and expense of the Company, shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

12. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on Agent by this Agreement shall not be exclusive of any other rights which Agent may have or hereafter acquire under any statute or applicable law, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, each as may be amended or restated from time to time, agreement, vote of the stockholders of the Company or directors, or otherwise, both as to action in Agent’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office, in any court in which a Proceeding is brought. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision of this Agreement shall limit or restrict any right of Agent under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Agent in Agent’s corporate status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in any applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Agent shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change and this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically amended to such extent. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

13. Survival of Rights; Change in Control .

(a) The rights conferred on Agent and the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of Agent; and the Additional Indemnitors [(including any Associated Enterprise)]; by this Agreement shall continue after Agent has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or an Affiliate or to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or other agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and shall inure to the benefit of Agent’s heirs, executors and administrators. This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of Agent; and the Additional Indemnitors [(including any Associated Enterprise)].

 

- 11 -


(b) The obligations and duties of the Company to Agent under this Agreement shall be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns until terminated in accordance with its terms. The Company shall require and cause any successor thereto (whether direct or indirect) in connection with a Change in Control, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such Change in Control occurred.

14. Contribution .

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 2 and 3 of this Agreement is available, in respect of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Agent (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying and holding harmless Agent, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of Expenses incurred by Agent in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Agent to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Agent with respect thereto. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Agent (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a complete and unconditional release of all claims asserted against Agent.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in Section 14(a) of this Agreement, if, for any reason, Agent shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Agent (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Agent in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Agent, who are jointly liable with Agent (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Agent, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such Proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Agent, who are jointly liable with Agent (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Agent, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Agent, who are jointly liable with Agent (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Agent, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold harmless Agent from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company (other than Agent) who may be jointly liable with Agent.

 

- 12 -


(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Agent for any reason whatsoever (except pursuant to Section 4(a), (b), (c), (d), (f) or (h)), the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Agent, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Agent, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect: (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Agent as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Agent in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

15. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Agent has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

16. Liability Insurance .

(a) To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Agent shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director or officer of the Company. If, at the time of receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Agent, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(b) In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall (i) maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing directors’ and officers’ insurance, in respect of Agent, or (ii) require and cause any successor thereto (whether direct or indirect) to obtain and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy that provides coverage for Agent that is at least substantially comparable in scope and amount to that provided to Agent by the Company as of immediately prior to the Change in Control, in each case for the six-year period immediately following the Change in Control. This “tail coverage” shall be placed by the Company’s insurance broker.

(c) In the event that any action is instituted by Agent under this Agreement or under any liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof or thereof, Agent shall be entitled to be paid all Expenses incurred by Agent with respect to such action, regardless of whether Agent is ultimately successful in such action, and shall be entitled to the advancement of Expenses with respect to such action, unless as a part of such action a court of competent jurisdiction over such action determines that each of the material assertions made by Agent as a basis for such action was not made in good faith or was frivolous.

 

- 13 -


(d) The Company shall make reasonably available to Agent a copy of all directors’ and officers’ liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations, endorsements and other related materials. The Company shall not discontinue or significantly reduce the scope or amount of coverage from one policy period to the next without the prior approval thereof by a majority vote of the incumbent members of the Board, even if less than a quorum.

17. Company Obligations Primary . The Company hereby acknowledges that Agent may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided by [the Associated Enterprise and additional] entities or organizations other than the Company (the “ Additional Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees that: (a) it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to Agent are primary and any obligation of the Additional Indemnitors (or any insurance carrier providing insurance coverage purchased by any Additional Indemnitor) to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Expenses incurred by Agent are secondary); (b) it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Agent and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, without regard to any rights Agent may have against the Additional Indemnitors (or any insurance carrier providing insurance coverage purchased by any Additional Indemnitor); and (c) it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Additional Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Additional Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Additional Indemnitors on behalf of Agent with respect to any claim for which Agent has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Additional Indemnitors shall have a right of indemnification and/or be subrogated to the full extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Agent against the Company. The Company and Agent agree that the Additional Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Agreement and that the Additional Indemnitors are entitled to the rights and benefits hereunder and may enforce the provisions hereof as if they were party hereto.

18. Optional Trust . The Company may, but shall not be required to, create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means, including without limitation a letter of credit, to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy its obligations to indemnify and advance Expenses pursuant to this Agreement.

19. Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Agent to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law.

20. No Imputation . The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or the Company itself shall not be imputed to Agent for purposes of determining any rights under this Agreement.

21. Separability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or

 

- 14 -


unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

22. Coverage . This Agreement shall apply with respect to Agent’s service as [Agent’s Title][a Director] of the Company prior to the date of this Agreement.

23. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relationship between Agent and the Company with respect to this Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflicts of laws principles). The Company and Agent hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (c) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, Corporation Service Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (d) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (e) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

24. Amendment and Termination; Waiver . Except as provided in Section 12 of this Agreement with respect to changes in applicable law which broaden the right of Agent to be indemnified by the Company, no amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Company and Agent. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

25. Identical Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, including counterparts transmitted by facsimile or other electronic communication, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart need be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement. Facsimile signatures, or signatures delivered by other electronic transmission, shall be as effective as original signatures.

26. Headings; Interpretation . The headings of the Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the

 

- 15 -


construction of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” herein shall mean “including without limitation.” Any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall be deemed to include any gender or all three as appropriate.

27. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such communication was directed, (ii) when sent by electronic mail, with verification of receipt, or by facsimile, with verification of receipt, in either case, if sent during regular business hours; if not, then on the next business day; or (iii) one business (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.

(a) All communications shall be delivered to Agent at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or at such other address as Agent shall designate by ten days’ advance written notice to the Company.

(b) All communications shall be delivered to the Company at 11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50, San Diego, CA 92037; Attention: Secretary, or such other address as may have been furnished to Agent by the Company.

28. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, the DGCL and any other applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, and does not diminish or abrogate any rights of Agent thereunder.

[Signature page follows]

 

- 16 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

V IKING T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

A GENT
By:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.2

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS :             , 2014

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS :             , 2014

 

1. Introduction .

(a) Purpose. By resolution of the Board adopted on             , 2014, Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby establishes this equity-based incentive compensation plan to be known as the “Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan” (this “ Plan ”), for the following purposes: (i) to enhance the Company’s ability to attract highly qualified personnel; (ii) to strengthen the Company’s retention capabilities; (iii) to enhance the long-term performance and competitiveness of the Company; and (iv) to align the interests of the Participants with those of the Company’s stockholders. This Plan is intended to serve as the sole source for all future equity-based awards to those eligible for participation in this Plan.

(b) Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Plan have the meanings ascribed to them in A PPENDIX I , which is incorporated herein by reference and forms a part of this Plan.

(c) Effective Date. This Plan shall become effective on the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering (the “ Effective Date ”); provided that this Plan and any Award made before stockholder approval of this Plan shall be contingent on its approval by a vote or written consent of the holders holding shares of the Company’s common stock representing a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company’s common stock (or by such other stockholder vote that the Committee determines to be sufficient for the issuance of Shares and Awards according to the Company’s governing documents and Applicable Law).

(d) Effect on Other Plans, Awards and Arrangements . This Plan is not intended to affect and shall not affect any stock options, equity-based compensation or other benefits that the Company or any of its Affiliates may have provided, or may separately provide in the future, pursuant to any agreement, plan or program that is independent of this Plan. Nevertheless, as of the Effective Date, this shall be the sole plan under which the Company and its Affiliates make future Awards.

 

2. Types of Awards . This Plan permits the granting of the following types of Awards according to the Sections listed below:

 

Section 5    Options
Section 6    Stock Appreciation Rights (“ SARs ”)
Section 7    Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”) and Unrestricted Shares
Section 8    Deferred Share Units (“ DSUs ”)
Section 9    Performance and Cash-settled Awards
Section 10    Dividend Equivalent Rights


3. Shares Available for Awards .

(a) Shares Reserved . Generally, subject to Section 13 and the following sentence regarding the annual increase, a total of              shares of Common Stock shall be available for issuance under this Plan (the “ Share Reserve ”). In addition, the Share Reserve will automatically increase on January 1st of each year commencing on January 1, 2015 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2024, in an amount equal to 3.5% of the total number of Shares outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may act prior to January 1st of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1st increase in the Share Reserve for such year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to this Plan. Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under this Plan. The Shares deliverable pursuant to Awards shall be authorized but unissued Shares, or Shares that the Company otherwise holds in treasury or in trust.

(b) Replenishment; Counting of Shares. Any Shares reserved for Awards will again be available for future Awards if the Shares for any reason will never be issued to a Participant or Beneficiary due to (i) the Award being surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or (ii) the Award’s forfeiture, cancellation, termination or expiration, or pursuant to an Award providing on its Grant Date for settlement solely in cash rather than in Shares. Further, and to the extent permitted under Applicable Law, the maximum number of Shares available for delivery under this Plan shall not be reduced by any Shares issued under this Plan through the settlement, assumption or substitution of outstanding awards or obligations to grant future awards, in each case, as a condition of the Company’s or any of its Affiliate’s acquisition of another entity. In addition, Shares withheld (or not issued) in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an Award and Shares equal to the number surrendered in payment of any exercise price or Withholding Taxes relating to an Award shall again be available for future Awards under this Plan.

(c) ISO Share Reserve. The number of Shares that are available for ISOs shall not exceed the total number of Shares set forth in the first sentence of Section 3(a) (as such number may be adjusted pursuant to Section 13, and as determined by permitting ISOs to the full extent allowable after incorporation herein by reference of the allowable provisions set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.422-2(b)(3)(iii) as in effect on the Effective Date).

 

- 2 -


4. Eligibility .

(a) General Rule . Subject to the express provisions of this Plan, the Committee shall determine from the class of Eligible Persons those Persons to whom Awards may be granted. Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that sets forth its Grant Date and all other terms and conditions of the Award not set forth herein, that is signed on behalf of the Company (or delivered by an authorized agent through an electronic medium), and that, if required by the Committee, is signed by the Eligible Person as an acceptance of the Award. Nothing in this Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted (or in any other capacity) or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, subject to the terms of any employment or similar agreement between the Employee and the Company or an Affiliate, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(b) Award Limits per Person. For each calendar year during the term of this Plan, no Participant may receive Options, SARs and other Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares on the Grant Date that relate to more than 25% of the maximum number of Shares issuable under the first sentence of Section 3(a) of this Plan as of its Effective Date, as such number may be adjusted pursuant to Section 13. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any additional Options, SARs or other Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award are granted to any Participant during any calendar year, compensation attributable to the exercise of such additional Options, SARs or other Awards will not satisfy the requirements to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) unless such additional Option, SAR or other Award is approved by the Company’s stockholders. The maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be paid to any one Participant during any calendar year with respect to one or more Awards issued pursuant to Section 9 which are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation pursuant to Code Section 162(m) shall be US$1,000,000.

(c) Replacement Awards . Subject to Applicable Law (including any associated stockholder approval requirements), the Committee may, pursuant to an Exchange Program, require as a condition of the grant of an Award to a Participant that the Participant consent to surrender for cancellation some or all of the Awards or other grants that the Participant has received under this Plan or otherwise. An Award conditioned upon such surrender may or may not be the same type of Award, may cover the same (or a lesser or greater) number of Shares as such surrendered Award, may have other terms that are determined without regard to the terms or conditions of such surrendered Award, and may contain any other terms that the Committee deems appropriate. In the case of Options and

 

- 3 -


SARs, such other terms may not involve an exercise price that is lower than the exercise price of the surrendered Option or SAR unless the Company’s stockholders approve the grant itself or the Exchange Program.

 

5. Stock Options .

(a) Grants. Subject to the special rules for ISOs set forth in Section 5(b), the Committee may grant Options to Eligible Persons pursuant to Award Agreements setting forth terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with this Plan, that may be immediately exercisable or that may become exercisable in whole or in part based on future events or conditions, that may include vesting or other requirements for the right to exercise the Option, and that may differ for any reason between Eligible Persons or classes of Eligible Persons; in each case provided that :

 

  (i) the exercise price for Shares subject to purchase through exercise of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares on the Grant Date (unless (A) the Award replaces a previously issued Option or SAR, or (B) the Award is granted pursuant to any assumption or substitution for another Option or SAR pursuant to a Change in Control and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Code Section 409A, and, if applicable, Code Section 424(a)); and

 

  (ii) no Option shall be exercisable for a term ending more than ten years after its Grant Date.

(b) Special ISO Provisions . The following provisions shall control any grants of Options that are denominated as ISOs; provided that ISOs may not be awarded unless this Plan receives stockholder approval within twelve (12) months after its Effective Date.

(i) Eligibility . The Committee may grant ISOs only to Employees (including officers who are Employees).

(ii) Documentation . Each Option that is intended to be an ISO must be designated in the Award Agreement as an ISO. If an Option is not specifically designated as an ISO or if an Option is designated as an ISO but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an ISO under Applicable Law and the provisions of this Section 5(b), then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Non-ISO. In the case of an ISO, the Committee shall determine on the Grant Date the acceptable methods of paying the exercise price for Shares, and it shall be included in the applicable Award Agreement.

(iii) $100,000 Limit . To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which ISOs first become exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year (under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates) exceeds US$100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Non-ISOs. For purposes of determining whether the US$100,000 limit is exceeded, the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an ISO shall be determined as of the Grant Date. In reducing the number of Options treated as ISOs to meet the US$100,000 limit, the most recently granted Options shall be reduced first. In the event that Code Section 422 is amended to alter the US$100,000 limitation set forth therein, the limitation of this Section 5(b)(iii) shall be automatically adjusted accordingly.

 

- 4 -


(iv) Grants to 10% Holders . In the case of an ISO granted to an Employee who is a Ten Percent Holder on the Grant Date, the ISO’s term shall not exceed five years from the Grant Date, and the exercise price shall be at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares on the Grant Date. In the event that Code Section 422 is amended to alter the limitations set forth therein, the limitation of this Section 5(b)(iv) shall be automatically adjusted accordingly.

(v) Substitution of Options . In the event the Company or any of its Affiliates acquires (whether by purchase, merger or otherwise) all or substantially all of the outstanding capital stock or assets of another corporation or Person, or in the event of any reorganization or other transaction qualifying under Code Section 424, the Committee may, in accordance with the provisions of that Code Section, substitute ISOs for ISOs previously granted under the plan of the acquired Person; provided that (A) the excess of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an ISO immediately after the substitution over the aggregate exercise price of such Shares is not more than the similar excess as of immediately before such substitution, and (B) the new ISO does not give additional benefits to the Participant, including any extension of the exercise period.

(vi) Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions . By executing an ISO Award Agreement, each Participant agrees to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Participant sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of any Shares acquired through exercise of the ISO, if such disposition occurs within the earlier of (A) two years of the Grant Date, or (B) one year after the exercise of the ISO being exercised. Each Participant further agrees to provide any information about a disposition of Shares as may be requested by the Company to assist it in complying with any applicable tax laws.

(c) Method of Exercise. Each Option may be exercised, in whole or in part ( provided that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares and the Award Agreement may provide that a partial exercise must be with respect to a minimum number of Shares) at any time and from time to time prior to its expiration, but only pursuant to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, and subject to the times, circumstances and conditions for exercise contained in the applicable Award Agreement. Exercise shall occur by delivery of both written notice of exercise to the secretary of the Company, and payment of the full exercise price for the Shares being purchased. The methods of payment that the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, accept or commit to accept in an Award Agreement include:

(i) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) one or more promissory notes, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law;

(iii) other Shares that (A) are owned by the Participant who is purchasing Shares pursuant to an Option, (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, (C) are all,

 

- 5 -


at the time of such surrender, free and clear of any and all claims, pledges, liens and encumbrances, or any restrictions which would in any manner restrict the transfer of such Shares to or by the Company (other than such restrictions as may have existed prior to an issuance of such Shares by the Company to such Participant), and (D) are duly endorsed for transfer to the Company;

(iv) a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided , however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) Shares issuable upon exercise are reduced to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) Shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) Shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

(v) a cashless exercise program that the Committee may approve, from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion, pursuant to which a Participant may elect to concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (A) to such Participant’s broker or dealer to effect the immediate sale of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the exercise price of the Option plus all applicable taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise, and (B) to the Company to deliver the certificates for or make book entries evidencing the purchased Shares directly to such broker or dealer in order to complete the sale;

(vi) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee and specified in the applicable Award Agreement; or

(vii) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

The Company shall not be required to deliver Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Option until the Company has received sufficient funds or value to cover the full exercise price due and all applicable Withholding Taxes required by reason of such exercise.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, no Participant who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Awards granted under this Plan, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

(d) Exercise of an Unvested Non-ISO . The Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, set forth in an Award Agreement that a Participant may exercise an unvested Non-ISO, in which case the Shares then issued shall be Restricted Shares having analogous vesting restrictions to the unvested Option.

 

- 6 -


(e) Termination of Continuous Service . The Committee may establish and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement the terms and conditions on which an Option or SAR shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service. The Committee may waive or modify these provisions at any time. To the extent that a Participant is not entitled to exercise an Option or SAR at the date of such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, or if the Participant (or other Person entitled to exercise the Option or SAR) does not exercise the Option or SAR to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the Award Agreement or below (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate and the Shares underlying the unexercised portion of the Option or SAR shall revert to this Plan and become available for future Awards.

The following provisions shall apply to the extent an Award Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option or SAR shall terminate when there is a termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service:

 

   
Reason for Terminating Continuous Service    Option or SAR Termination Date

 

(I) By the Company for Cause, or what would have been Cause if the Company had known all of the relevant facts

  

 

Earlier of: (i) the expiration date set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and (ii) termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service, or when Cause first existed if earlier

 

 

(II) By the Company without Cause

  

 

Earlier of: (i) the expiration date set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and (ii) 30 days following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service

 

 

(III) Participant becomes Disabled

  

 

Earlier of: (i) the expiration date set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and (ii) one year after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service

 

 

(IV) Retirement of the Participant

  

 

Earlier of: (i) the expiration date set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and (ii) 30 days after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service

 

 

(V) Death of the Participant during Continuous Service or within 30 days thereafter

  

 

Earlier of: (i) the expiration date set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and (ii) one year after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service

 

 

(VI) Any other reason

  

 

Earlier of: (i) the expiration date set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and (ii) 30 days after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service

 

- 7 -


If there is a blackout period under the Company’s insider trading policy or Applicable Law (or a Committee-imposed blackout period) that prohibits the buying or selling of Shares during any part of the ten day period before the expiration of any Option or SAR based on the termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service (as described above), the period for exercising the Option or SAR shall be extended until ten days beyond when such blackout period ends. Notwithstanding any provision hereof or in an Award Agreement, no Option or SAR shall ever be exercisable after the expiration date of its original term as set forth in the Award Agreement .

(f) Non-Exempt Employees . If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any Shares until at least six (6) months following the Grant Date of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or becomes Disabled, (ii) upon a Change in Control in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued or substituted, the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the Grant Date, or (iii) upon the Participant’s Retirement. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(f) will apply to all Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such applicable Award Agreements.

(g) Anti-dilution for Cash Dividends . If expressly provided in an Award Agreement, the exercise price for Options will be equitably adjusted (in a manner that is reasonably intended to avoid triggering additional taxes under Code Section 409A) for some or all of the cash dividends or extraordinary capital distributions that the Company pays with respect to its Shares during the period between the Option’s Grant Date and its exercise date.

 

6. SARs .

(a) Grants. The Committee may grant SARs to Eligible Persons pursuant to Award Agreements setting forth terms and conditions awarding appreciation-only rights relating to Shares; provided that the Award Agreement for each SAR shall set forth terms

 

- 8 -


and conditions that are consistent with those for an Option (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 5(e)), other than that settlement of the SAR shall occur pursuant to Section 6(b). No SAR shall be exercisable for a term ending more than ten years after the Grant Date. The exercise price for a SAR shall be determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

(b) Settlement. Subject to this Plan’s terms, a SAR shall entitle the Participant, upon exercise of the SAR, to receive Shares and/or cash having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the product of the number of Shares as to which the SAR is being exercised, and the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value, on such date, of a Share covered by the exercised SAR, over (ii) the exercise price designated in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Award Agreement for a SAR may limit the total settlement value that the Participant will be entitled to receive upon the SAR’s exercise, and may provide for settlement either in Shares, cash or in any combination of cash or Shares that the Committee may authorize pursuant to an Award Agreement.

(c) Effect on Available Shares. At each time of exercise of a SAR that is settled through the delivery of Shares to the Participant, the total number of Shares subject to the Award being exercised shall reduce the reserve of Shares available for future Awards under this Plan.

 

7. Restricted Shares, RSUs and Unrestricted Shares .

(a) Grant. The Committee may grant Restricted Shares, RSUs or Unrestricted Shares to Eligible Persons, in all cases pursuant to Award Agreements setting forth terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with this Plan. The Committee shall establish as to each Restricted Share or RSU Award the class and number of Shares deliverable or subject to the Award (which number may be determined by a written formula), and the period or periods of time at the end of which all or some restrictions specified in the Award Agreement shall lapse, and whether the Participant shall receive Unrestricted Shares, cash or a combination thereof in settlement of the Award. Such restrictions may include, without limitation, restrictions concerning voting rights and transferability, receipt of dividends and such restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times and pursuant to such circumstances or based on such criteria as selected by the Committee, including, without limitation, criteria based on the Participant’s duration of Continuous Service, individual, group or divisional performance criteria, Company performance or other criteria selected by the Committee. Restricted Shares and RSUs may be awarded in consideration for (i) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (ii) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) any other form of legal consideration (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, and permissible under Applicable Law. In addition, the Committee may grant Awards hereunder in the form of Unrestricted Shares, which shall vest in full upon the Grant Date or such other date as the Committee may determine or which the Committee may issue pursuant to any program under which one or more Eligible Persons (selected by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion) elect to pay for such Shares or to receive Unrestricted Shares in lieu of cash bonuses that would otherwise be paid.

 

- 9 -


(b) Vesting and Forfeiture. The Committee shall set forth, in an Award Agreement granting Restricted Shares or RSUs, the terms and conditions that establish not only a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Code Section 83, but also when the Participant’s interest in the Restricted Shares or the Shares subject to RSUs will become vested and non-forfeitable. Except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement or as the Committee otherwise determines, upon termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service for any reason, the Participant shall forfeit the Participant’s Restricted Shares and RSUs to the extent the Participant’s interest therein has not vested on or before such termination date; provided that if a Participant purchases Restricted Shares and forfeits them for any reason, the Company shall return the purchase price to the Participant to the extent either set forth in an Award Agreement (it being understood Award Agreements will provide for the return to the Participant of the lesser of the purchase price and Fair Market Value as of such forfeiture or the repurchase of such Award if the forfeiture is a result of a termination of the Participant for Cause) or required by Applicable Law.

(c) Certificates or Book Entries for Restricted Shares. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws and unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, at the Committee’s election, Shares representing Restricted Shares and dividends (whether in Shares or cash) that accrue with respect to such Restricted Shares may, until the restrictions lapse, be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Shares lapse; or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Committee. In either case, the Participant shall provide the Company with appropriate stock powers endorsed in blank. The Participant’s failure to provide such stock powers within ten days after a written request from the Company shall entitle the Committee to unilaterally declare a forfeiture of all or some of the Participant’s Restricted Shares.

(d) Section 83(b) Elections . A Participant may make an election under Code Section 83(b) (the “ Section 83(b) Election ”) with respect to Restricted Shares; provided that the Participant’s Section 83(b) Election will be invalid if not filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days after the Grant Date of the Restricted Shares. If a Participant makes a Section 83(b) Election, the Participant shall be required to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service. The Participant acknowledges that it is the Participant’s sole responsibility and not the Company’s or its subsidiaries’, to timely file the Section 83(b) Election, even if the Participant requests that the Company, any of its subsidiaries or their representatives make this filing on the Participant’s behalf.

(e) Deferral Elections for RSUs . To the extent specifically provided in an Award Agreement and subject to and in accordance with Section 8, a Participant who is a Director or a member of a select group of management or “highly compensated employees” (within the meaning of ERISA) may irrevocably elect, in accordance with Section 8, to defer the receipt of all or a percentage of the Shares that would otherwise be transferred to the Participant both more than 12 months after the date of the Participant’s deferral election and upon the vesting of an RSU Award. If the Participant makes this election, the Company shall credit the Shares subject to the election, and any associated Shares attributable to Dividend Equivalent Rights attached to the Award, to a DSU account established pursuant to Section 8 on the date such Shares would otherwise have been delivered to the Participant pursuant to this Section 7.

 

- 10 -


(f) Issuance of Shares upon Vesting . As soon as practicable after vesting of a Participant’s Restricted Shares (or of the right to receive Shares underlying RSUs) and unless such Award is settled for cash in lieu of Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, free from vesting restrictions, one Share for each surrendered and vested Restricted Share (or deliver one Share free of the vesting restriction for each vested RSU), unless an Award Agreement provides otherwise (including providing for settlement in cash) and subject to Section 11 regarding Withholding Taxes. No fractional Shares shall be distributed, and cash shall be paid in lieu thereof.

8. DSUs .

(a) Elections to Defer . The Committee may make DSU awards to Eligible Persons pursuant to Award Agreements (regardless of whether or not there is a deferral of the Eligible Person’s compensation), and may permit select Eligible Persons who are Directors or members of a select group of management or “highly compensated employees” (within the meaning of ERISA) to irrevocably elect, on a form provided by and acceptable to the Committee (the “ Election Form ”), to forego the receipt of cash or other compensation (including the Shares deliverable pursuant to any RSU Award) and in lieu thereof to have the Company credit to an internal Plan account a number of DSUs having a Fair Market Value equal to the Shares and other compensation deferred. These credits will be made at the end of each calendar quarter (or other period determined by the Committee) during which compensation is deferred. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a Participant’s Election Form will be ineffective with respect to any compensation that the Participant earns before the date on which the Election Form takes effect. For any Participant who is subject to U.S. income taxation, the Committee shall only authorize deferral elections under this Section 8(a): (i) pursuant to written procedures, and using written Election Forms, that satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A, and (ii) only by Eligible Persons who are Directors, Consultants or members of a select group of management or “highly compensated employees” (within the meaning of ERISA).

(b) Vesting . Unless an Award Agreement expressly provides otherwise, each Participant shall be 100% vested at all times in any Shares subject to DSUs.

(c) Issuances of Shares . Unless an Award Agreement expressly provides otherwise, the Company shall settle a Participant’s DSU Award by delivering one Share for each DSU, in five substantially equal annual installments that are issued before the last day of each of the five calendar years that end after the date on which the Participant’s Continuous Service ends for any reason, subject to:

(i) the Participant’s right to elect a different form of distribution, only on a form provided by and acceptable to the Committee, that permits the Participant to select any combination of a lump sum and annual installments that are triggered by, and completed within ten years following, the last day of the Participant’s Continuous Service; and

 

- 11 -


(ii) the Company’s acceptance of the Participant’s distribution election form executed at the time the Participant elects to defer the receipt of cash or other compensation pursuant to Section 8(a); provided that the Participant may change a distribution election through any subsequent election that (A) the Participant delivers to the Company at least one year before the date on which distributions are otherwise scheduled to commence pursuant to the Participant’s initial distribution election, and (B) defers the commencement of distributions by at least five years from the originally scheduled distribution commencement date.

Fractional shares shall not be issued, and instead shall be paid out in cash.

(d) Emergency Withdrawals . In the event that a Participant suffers an unforeseeable emergency within the contemplation of this Section 8(d), the Participant may apply to the Committee for an immediate distribution of all or a portion of the Participant’s DSUs. The unforeseeable emergency must result from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse or a dependent (within the meaning of Code Section 152) of the Participant, casualty loss of the Participant’s property, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable conditions beyond the control of the Participant. The Committee shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether a Participant has a qualifying unforeseeable emergency, may require independent verification of the emergency, and may determine whether or not to provide the Participant with cash or Shares. Examples of purposes which are not considered unforeseeable emergencies include post-secondary school expenses or the desire to purchase a residence. In no event will a distribution be made to the extent the unforeseeable emergency could be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, or by liquidation of the Participant’s nonessential assets to the extent such liquidation would not itself cause a severe financial hardship. The amount of any distribution hereunder shall be limited to the amount necessary to relieve the Participant’s unforeseeable emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution. The number of Shares subject to the Participant’s DSU Award shall be reduced by any Shares distributed to the Participant and by a number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of the distribution equal to any cash paid to the Participant pursuant to this Section 8(d). For all DSUs granted to any Participant who is a U.S. taxpayer, the term “unforeseeable emergency” shall be interpreted in accordance with Code Section 409A.

(e) Termination of Service . For purposes of this Section 8, a Participant’s “Continuous Service” shall only end when the Participant incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h). A Participant shall be considered to have experienced a termination of Continuous Service when the facts and circumstances indicate that either (i) no further services will be performed for the Company or any of its Affiliates after a certain date, or (ii) the level of bona fide services the Participant will perform after such date (whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant) are reasonably expected to permanently decrease to no more than 50% of the average level of bona fide services performed by such Participant (whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant) over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or full period of services to the Company and its Affiliates if the Participant has been providing such services for less than 36 months).

 

- 12 -


9. Performance and Cash-Settled Awards .

(a) Performance Units . Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9(b), the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, grant Performance Awards to any Eligible Person, including Performance Units that (i) have substantially the same financial benefits and other terms and conditions as Options, SARs, RSUs or DSUs, but (ii) are settled only in cash. All Awards hereunder shall be made pursuant to Award Agreements setting forth terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with this Plan.

(b) Performance Compensation Awards . Subject to the limitations set forth herein, the Committee may, at the time of grant of a Performance Award designate it as a “ Performance Compensation Award ” (payable in cash or Shares) for the purpose of establishing the Award as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m), with such Award to have terms and conditions designed to qualify as such. With respect to each such Performance Compensation Award, the Committee shall accordingly establish, in writing no later than the earlier of (i) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (ii) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remain substantially uncertain, or such other period of time as required under Code Section 162(m), a “ Performance Period ,” “ Performance Goals ,” and “ Performance Formula(e) ” (each such term being defined below). Once established for a Performance Period, the Performance Goals and Performance Formula(e) shall not be amended or otherwise modified to the extent such amendment or modification would cause the compensation payable pursuant to the Award to fail to constitute qualified performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m).

A Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that the Performance Goals for such Award is achieved and the Performance Formula(e) as applied against such Performance Goals determines that all or some portion of such Participant’s Award has been earned for the Performance Period. As soon as practicable after the close of each Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, determine and certify in writing the amount of the Performance Compensation Award to be paid to the Participant and, in so doing, may use Negative Discretion to decrease, but not increase, the amount of the Award otherwise payable to the Participant based upon such performance.

(c) Limitations on Awards . The maximum Performance Compensation Award that any one Participant may receive for any one Performance Period, without regard to time of vesting or exercisability, shall not together exceed          Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 13 (or, for Performance Units to be settled in cash, the greater of

 

- 13 -


US$1,000,000 or the Fair Market Value of such number of Shares determined on the Grant Date). The Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to provide in any Award Agreement that any amounts earned in excess of these limitations will be credited as DSUs or as deferred cash compensation under a separate plan of the Company; provided that , in the latter case, such deferred compensation either bears a reasonable rate of interest or has a value based on one or more predetermined actual investments. Any amounts for which payment to the Participant is deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid to the Participant in a future year or years not earlier than, and only to the extent that, the Participant is either not receiving compensation in excess of these limits for a Performance Period, or is not subject to the restrictions set forth under Code Section 162(m).

(d) Certification . Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall meet to review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Formula(e) for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, to calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula(e). The Committee shall then determine the actual size of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion, if and when it deems appropriate.

(e) Negative Discretion . In determining the actual size of an individual Performance Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula(e) in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate.

(f) Definitions .

(i) “ Performance Formula ” means, for a Performance Period, one or more objective formulas or standards established by the Committee for purposes of determining whether or the extent to which an Award has been earned based on the level of performance attained or to be attained with respect to one or more Performance Goals. Performance Formulae may vary from Performance Period to Performance Period and from Participant to Participant and may be established on a stand-alone basis, in tandem or in the alternative.

(ii) “ Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Measures. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Committee (A) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted, or (B) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Committee will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles;

 

- 14 -


(4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, the Committee retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Measures it selects to use for such Performance Period. Moreover, the Committee may, in recognition of unusual or non-recurring items such as acquisition-related activities or changes in applicable accounting rules, provide for one or more equitable adjustments (based on objective standards) to the Performance Goals to preserve the Committee’s original intent regarding the Performance Goals at the time of the initial award grant. It is within the sole discretion of the Committee to make or not make any such equitable adjustments. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Award Agreement.

(iii) “ Performance Measure ” means any one of, or combination of, the following selected by the Committee for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Measures that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Committee: (A) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (B) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (C) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (D) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (E) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (F) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (G) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (H) total stockholder return; (I) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (J) return on assets, investment or capital employed; (K) stock price; (L) margin (including gross margin); (M) income (before or after taxes); (N) operating income; (O) operating income after taxes; (P) pre-tax profit; (Q) operating cash flow; (R) sales or revenue targets; (S) increases in revenue or product revenue; (T) expenses and cost reduction goals; (U) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (V) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (W) market share; (X) cash flow; (Y) cash flow per share; (Z) share price performance; (AA) debt reduction; (BB) implementation or

 

- 15 -


completion of projects or processes; (CC) customer satisfaction; (DD) stockholders’ equity; (EE) capital expenditures; (FF) debt levels; (GG) operating profit or net operating profit; (HH) workforce diversity; (II) growth of net income or operating income; (JJ) billings; (KK) bookings; (LL) product invention, development, product market share, research or licensing; (MM) employee retention; (NN) operating expenses or operating expenses as a percentage of revenue; (OO) growth in stockholder value relative to a pre-determined index; (PP) cash conversion cycle; (QQ) individual business objectives; (RR) contract awards or backlog; (SS) credit rating; (TT) strategic plan development and implementation; (UU) attainment of research and development milestones; (VV) improvements in productivity; (WW) attainment of objective operating goals and employee metrics; or (XX) other measures of performance selected by the Committee. Each such measure shall be, to the extent applicable, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as consistently applied by the Company (or such other standard applied by the Committee) and, if so determined by the Committee, and in the case of a Performance Compensation Award, to the extent permitted under Code Section 162(m), adjusted to omit the effects of extraordinary items, gain or loss on the disposal of a business segment, unusual or infrequently occurring events and transactions and cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles. Performance Measures may vary from Performance Period to Performance Period and from Participant to Participant, and may be established on a stand-alone basis, in tandem or in the alternative.

(iii) “ Performance Period ” means one or more periods of time (of not less than one fiscal year of the Company), as the Committee may designate, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Measure(s) will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s rights in respect of an Award.

(g) Deferral Elections . At any time prior to the date that is both at least six months before the close of a Performance Period (or shorter or longer period that the Committee selects) with respect to a Performance Award and at which time vesting or payment is substantially uncertain to occur, the Committee may permit a Participant who is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (within the meaning of ERISA) to irrevocably elect, on a form provided by and acceptable to the Committee, to defer the receipt of all or a percentage of the cash or Shares that would otherwise be transferred to the Participant upon the vesting of such Award. If the Participant makes this election, the cash or Shares subject to the election, and any associated interest and dividends, shall be credited to an account established pursuant to Section 8 on the date such cash or Shares would otherwise have been released or issued to the Participant pursuant to this Section 9.

(h) Transition Period . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with regard to any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement that is intended to comply with Code Section 162(m) following the Transition Period, any action or determination by the Committee shall be permitted only to the extent such action or determination would be permitted under Code Section 162(m). This Plan has been adopted by the Board prior to the Registration Date, is intended to rely on the Transition Period and, following the Transition Period with respect to Awards intended to be “performance-based,” to comply with the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, and the Plan shall be limited, construed and interpreted in a manner so as to comply therewith.

 

- 16 -


10. Dividend Equivalent Rights . The Committee may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights to any Eligible Person, and may do so either pursuant to an Award Agreement that is independent of any other Award, or through a provision in another Award (other than an Option or SAR) that Dividend Equivalent Rights attach to the Shares underlying the Award. For example, and without limitation, the Committee may grant a Dividend Equivalent Right in respect of each Share subject to a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Deferred Share Unit or Performance Share Award.

(a) Cash Dividends Only . Each Dividend Equivalent Right shall represent the right to receive, with respect to each Share or Restricted Share subject to such right, any cash dividends declared on a Share as of all dividend payment dates during the term of the Dividend Equivalent Right (as determined by the Committee). Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service; provided that a Dividend Equivalent Right that is granted as part of another Award shall have a term and an expiration date that coincide with those of the related Award. Section 13(a) shall alone determine the adjustment to Award terms in the event of dividends payable in Shares during the term of the Award.

(b) Settlement . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be paid out (i) on the record date for the underlying dividends if the Award occurs on a stand-alone basis, and (ii) on the vesting or later settlement date (or other date specified in the Award Agreement) for another Award if the Dividend Equivalent Right is granted as part of it. Payment of all amounts determined in accordance with this Section 10 shall be in Shares, with cash paid in lieu of fractional Shares; provided that the Committee may instead provide in an Award Agreement for cash settlement of all or part of the Dividend Equivalent Rights. For Dividend Equivalent Rights settled in Shares, the total number of Shares credited to the Participant as Dividend Equivalent Rights shall count against the Share limits set forth in Section 3.

(c) Other Terms . The Committee may impose such other terms and conditions on the grant of a Dividend Equivalent Right as it deems appropriate, in its sole and absolute discretion, as reflected by the terms of the Award Agreement. The Committee may establish a program under which Dividend Equivalent Rights may be granted in conjunction with other Awards. The Committee may also authorize, for any Participant or group of Participants, a separate written program under which the payments with respect to Dividend Equivalent Rights may be deferred pursuant to the terms and conditions determined under Section 8.

11. Taxes; Withholding; Code Section 409A .

(a) General Rule. The Participants are solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may arise in connection with Awards, and neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any of its or their employees, directors or agents shall have any obligation to mitigate, indemnify or to otherwise hold any Participant harmless from any or all of such taxes.

 

- 17 -


(b) Withholding. The Company’s obligation to deliver Shares (or to pay cash) to a Participant pursuant to Awards is at all times subject to the Participant’s prior or coincident satisfaction of all required Withholding Taxes. Except with respect to non-Employee Directors and as otherwise provided under this Plan or in an Award Agreement, no later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in a Participant’s taxable income for U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income or social insurance tax purposes with respect to an Award, the Participant shall pay to the Company (or to the Affiliate employing the Participant), or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company (or such Affiliate) for the payment of any such income, social insurance and other taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such taxable amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Affiliates may, in each of their sole and absolute discretion, withhold a sufficient number of Shares that are otherwise issuable to (and/or cash that is otherwise payable to) the Participant pursuant to an Award in order to satisfy the minimum of any such taxes as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company or the Affiliate to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes. For purposes of the foregoing, the Committee may establish such rules, regulations and procedures as it deems necessary or appropriate.

(c) U.S. Code Section 409A. To the extent that the Committee determines that any Award granted under this Plan is subject to Code Section 409A, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Code Section 409A. To the extent applicable, this Plan and the Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Code Section 409A and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Committee may adopt such amendments to this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate (i) to exempt the Award from Code Section 409A and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (ii) to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the Shares are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Code Section 409A is a “specified employee” for purposes of Code Section 409A, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Code Section 409A without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six (6) months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Code Section 409A, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six (6) month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule. The Company makes no representations with respect to the application of Code Section 409A and any other tax consequences of any Award granted pursuant to this Plan and, by the acceptance of any Award, the Participant agrees to accept any and all potential tax consequences related thereto.

(d) Unfunded Tax Status. This Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Person pursuant to an

 

- 18 -


Award, nothing contained in this Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Person any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and a Participant’s rights under this Plan at all times constitute an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company for the collection of benefits as they come due. Neither the Participant nor the Participant’s duly-authorized transferee or Beneficiaries shall have any claim against or rights in any specific assets, Shares or other funds of the Company.

12. Non-Transferability of Awards .

(a) General. Except as set forth in this Section 12, or as otherwise approved by the Committee, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a death Beneficiary by a Participant will not constitute a transfer, and its effectiveness shall be determined by the law of the state in which the Participant is domiciled at the time such designation is made. An Award may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of an Award, only by such holder, by the duly-authorized legal representative of a holder who is Disabled, or by a transferee permitted by this Section 12.

(b) Limited Transferability Rights. The Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, provide in an Award Agreement that an Award in the form of a Non-ISO, Share-settled SAR, Restricted Shares or Performance Units may be transferred, on such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate, either (i) by instrument to the Participant’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below), (ii) by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust (or other entity) in which the Award is to be passed to the Participant’s designated Beneficiaries, or (iii) by gift to charitable institutions. Any transferee of the Participant’s rights shall succeed and be subject to all of the terms of the applicable Award Agreement and this Plan. “ Immediate Family ” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, domestic partner, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, and shall include adoptive relationships.

(c) Death . In the event of the death of a Participant, any outstanding Awards issued to the Participant shall automatically be transferred to the Participant’s Beneficiary (or, if no Beneficiary is designated or survives the Participant, to the person or persons to whom the Participant’s rights under the Award pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution in the state in which the Participant was domiciled at the time of such Participant’s death).

(d) Domestic Relations Orders . Subject to the approval of the Committee or a duly authorized officer of the Company, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. Participants are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of an Option or SAR with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If an Option is an ISO, such Option may be deemed to be a Non-ISO as a result of such transfer.

 

- 19 -


13. Change in Capital Structure; Change in Control; Etc .

(a) Changes in Capitalization. The Committee shall equitably adjust the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of Shares that have been authorized for issuance under this Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or that have been returned to this Plan upon forfeiture, cancellation, termination or expiration of an Award, as well as the exercise or other price per Share covered by each such outstanding Award, to reflect any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Shares, merger, consolidation, change in organization form or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Company. In the event of any such transaction or event, the Committee may provide in substitution for any or all outstanding Awards such alternative consideration (including cash or securities of any surviving entity) as it may in good faith determine to be equitable under the circumstances and may require in connection therewith the surrender of all Awards so replaced, or the Committee may provide that any successor entity (including any new parent company in a transaction creating a 100% parent holding company) be assigned and assume this Plan and all or any portion of the outstanding Awards. In any case, such substitution of cash or securities or assignment and assumption shall not require the consent of any Person who is granted Awards pursuant to this Plan. Except as expressly provided herein, or in an Award Agreement, if the Company issues for consideration shares of stock of any class or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, the issuance shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be required to be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to any Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of any proposed winding up, dissolution or liquidation of the Company other than as part of a Change in Control, the Company shall notify each Participant as soon as practicable (but in no event must notice be provided more than 30 days) prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, each Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such winding up, dissolution or liquidation, subject to the ability of the Committee to exercise any discretion authorized in the case of a Change in Control.

(c) Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, but subject to the terms of any Award Agreements or in any unexpired employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement or similar agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and any Participant, on the other hand, each outstanding Award shall be assigned to, or assumed, or a substantially equivalent award shall be substituted by the surviving or successor company or a parent or subsidiary of such successor company (in each case, the “ Successor Company ”) upon consummation of the transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, instead of having outstanding Awards be assigned to, or assumed or replaced with equivalent awards by, the Successor Company, the Committee

 

- 20 -


may, in its sole and absolute discretion, without obtaining the approval or consent of the Company’s stockholders or any Participant with respect to such Participant’s outstanding Awards, take one or more of the following actions (with respect to any or all of the Awards, and with sole and absolute discretion to differentiate between individual Participants and Awards for any reason):

(i) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of Awards so that Awards shall vest (and, to the extent applicable, become exercisable) as to the Shares that otherwise would have been unvested (which accelerated vesting and, to the extent applicable, exercisability, may be contingent upon the closing of such Change in Control) and provide that repurchase rights of the Company, if any, with respect to Shares issued pursuant to an Award shall lapse as to the Shares subject to such repurchase right, in each case as of a date and time prior to or upon the effective time of the Change in Control as the Committee will determine (or, if the Committee will not determine such a date, as of the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Change in Control), with such Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to or upon the effective time of the Change in Control;

(ii) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Awards;

(iii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Awards to the Successor Company;

(iv) arrange or otherwise provide for the payment of cash or other consideration to the Participants (which such payment may be subject to vesting and payment over time based on Participant’s Continuous Service, provided that the vesting schedule shall not be less favorable to the Participant than the schedule under which such Award would have become vested and exercisable, so long as such deferral does not cause the Awards to be become subject to excise tax under Code Section 409A) in exchange for the satisfaction and cancellation of all or some outstanding Awards (based on the Fair Market Value, on the date of the Change in Control, of the Award being cancelled, based on any reasonable valuation method selected by the Committee) provided that the Committee shall have sole and absolute discretion to unilaterally cancel (A) either all Awards or only select Awards (such as only those that have vested on or before the Change in Control), and (B) any Options or SARs whose exercise price is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the Shares, as of the date of the Change in Control, with such cancellation being without the payment of any consideration whatsoever to those Participants whose Options and SARs are being cancelled;

(v) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Committee (which such payment may be subject to vesting and payment over time based on Participant’s Continuous Service, provided that the vesting schedule shall not be less favorable to the Participant than the schedule under which such Award would have become vested and exercisable, so long as such deferral does not cause the Awards to be become subject to excise tax under Code Section 409A), equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the

 

- 21 -


property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Change in Control, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise; or

(vi) make such other modifications, adjustments or amendments to outstanding Awards or this Plan as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate, subject however to the terms set forth above.

In the event of a Change in Control constituting a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s equity or assets (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), all Awards (whether or not vested or exercisable) that are not exercised or paid out in connection with such Change in Control shall terminate and be cancelled automatically without payment of any consideration therefor effective as of such Change in Control, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

The Committee need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Committee may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an Award.

14. Termination, Rescission and Recapture of Awards .

(a) Each Award under this Plan is intended to align the Participant’s long-term interests with those of the Company. Accordingly, to the extent provided in an Award Agreement, the Company may terminate any outstanding, unexercised, unexpired, unpaid or deferred Awards (“ Termination ”), rescind any exercise, payment or delivery pursuant to the Award (“ Rescission ”), or recapture any Shares (whether restricted or unrestricted) or proceeds from the Participant’s sale of Shares issued pursuant to the Award (“ Recapture ”), if the Participant does not comply with the conditions of Sections 14(b), (c), (d) and (e) (collectively, the “ Conditions ”) at all times from the date of an Award through the later of its vesting and the date one year after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

(b) A Participant shall not, without the Company’s prior written authorization, disclose to anyone outside the Company, or use in other than the Company’s business, any proprietary or confidential information or material, as those or other similar terms are used in any applicable patent, confidentiality, inventions, secrecy or other agreement between the Participant and the Company (or policy applicable to the Participant) with regard to any such proprietary or confidential information or material.

(c) Pursuant to any agreement between the Participant and the Company with regard to intellectual property (including but not limited to patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, inventions, developments, improvements, proprietary information, confidential business and personnel information), a Participant shall promptly disclose and assign to the Company or its designee all right, title, and interest in such intellectual property, and shall take all reasonable steps necessary to enable the Company to secure all right, title and interest in such intellectual property in the United States and in any foreign country.

(d) Upon exercise, payment or delivery of cash or Shares pursuant to an Award, the Participant shall, if requested in writing by the Company, certify on a form acceptable

 

- 22 -


to the Company that such Participant is in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Plan and, if a severance of Continuous Service has occurred for any reason, shall state the name and address of the Participant’s then-current employer or any entity for which the Participant performs business services and the Participant’s title therewith, and shall identify any organization or business in which the Participant owns a greater-than-five-percent equity interest.

(e) If the Company determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that (i) a Participant has violated any of the Conditions or the provisions of any applicable non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, inventions or secrecy agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (ii) during a Participant’s Continuous Service, or within one year after its termination for any reason, the Participant (A) has, directly or indirectly, owned, operated, participated in, consulted with or rendered services to or otherwise directly or indirectly engaged in or assisted, any organization or business that, in the judgment of the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, engages in or otherwise competes with the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ oligonucleotide business and any other business in which the Company and its subsidiaries engage from time to time or is working to become so competitive with the Company and its subsidiaries; (B) has contacted, approached or solicited any employee, officer, director, independent contractor or partner of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to terminate employment or engagement with the Company or induced or attempted to induce any employee, officer, director, independent contractor or partner of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to leave the employ of or cease to provide services to the Company or in any way interfered with the relationship between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and any such persons; or (C) has engaged in activities which are materially prejudicial to or in conflict with the interests of the Company, including any breaches of fiduciary duty or the duty of loyalty, then the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion and subject to Applicable Law, impose a Termination, Rescission and/or Recapture with respect to any or all of the Participant’s relevant Awards and Shares and the proceeds of each of the foregoing.

(f) Within ten days after receiving notice from the Company of any such activity described in Section 14(e), the Participant shall deliver to the Company the Shares acquired pursuant to the Award, or, if the Participant has sold the Shares, the gain or proceeds (as applicable) realized, or payment received as a result of the rescinded exercise, payment or delivery; provided that if the Participant returns Shares that the Participant purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option (or the gain or proceeds realized from the sale of such Shares), the Company shall promptly refund the exercise price, without earnings, that the Participant paid for the Shares. Any payment by the Participant to the Company pursuant to this Section 14 shall be made either in cash or by returning to the Company the number of Shares that the Participant received in connection with the rescinded exercise, payment or delivery. It shall not be a basis for Termination, Rescission or Recapture if after termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service, the Participant purchases, as an investment or otherwise, stock or other securities of such an organization or business, so long as (i) such stock or other securities are listed, quoted or traded on a national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, and (ii) such investment does not represent more than a 5% equity interest in the organization or business.

 

- 23 -


(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 14, the Company has sole and absolute discretion not to require Termination, Rescission and/or Recapture, and its determination not to require Termination, Rescission and/or Recapture with respect to any particular act by a particular Participant or Award shall not in any way reduce or eliminate the Company’s authority to require Termination, Rescission and/or Recapture with respect to any other act, Participant or Award. Nothing in this Section 14 shall be construed to impose obligations on the Participant to refrain from engaging in lawful competition with the Company after the termination of Continuous Service that does not violate the Conditions, other than any obligations that are part of any separate agreement between the Company and the Participant or that arise under Applicable Law.

(h) All administrative and discretionary authority given to the Company under this Section 14 shall be exercised by the most senior human resources executive of the Company or such other person or committee (including without limitation the Committee) as the Committee may designate from time to time.

(i) If any provision within this Section 14 is determined to be unenforceable or invalid under any Applicable Law, such provision will be applied to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, and shall automatically be deemed amended in a manner consistent with its objectives and any limitations required under Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to any contrary terms set forth in any Award Agreement, this Section 14 shall not be applicable to any Participant from and after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service after a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s equity or assets (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion).

15. Recoupment of Awards .

(a) Unless otherwise specifically provided in an Award Agreement, and to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, without obtaining the approval or consent of the Company’s stockholders or of any Participant, require that any Participant reimburse the Company for all or any portion of any Awards granted under this Plan (“ Reimbursement ”), or the Committee may require the Termination or Rescission of, or the Recapture relating to, any Award, if and to the extent:

 

  (i) the granting, vesting or payment of such Award was predicated upon the achievement of certain financial results that were subsequently the subject of a material financial restatement;

 

  (ii) in the Committee’s view the Participant either benefited from a calculation that later proves to be materially inaccurate, or engaged in fraud or misconduct that caused or partially caused the need for a material financial restatement by the Company or any of its Affiliates; and

 

- 24 -


  (iii) a lower granting, vesting, or payment of such Award would have occurred based upon the conduct described in Section 15(b).

In each instance, the Committee may, to the extent practicable and allowable or required under Applicable Law, require Reimbursement, Termination or Rescission of, or Recapture relating to, any such Award granted to a Participant; provided that the Company will not seek Reimbursement, Termination or Rescission of, or Recapture relating to, any such Awards that were paid or vested more than three years prior to the first date of the applicable restatement period.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, all Awards granted under this Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system on which the Company’s securities are listed, quoted or traded or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, including but not limited to Section 10D of the Exchange Act, or any other Applicable Law. In addition, the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Committee determines is necessary, advisable or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired Shares or other cash or property upon the occurrence of a termination for Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

16. Relationship to other Benefits . No payment pursuant to this Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

17. Administration of this Plan . The Committee shall administer this Plan in accordance with its terms; provided that the Board may act in lieu of the Committee on any matter. The Committee shall hold meetings at such times and places as it may determine and the Committee may prescribe, amend and rescind such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of its business as it deems advisable. In the absence of a duly appointed Committee, the Board shall function as the Committee for all purposes of this Plan.

(a) Committee Composition . The Board shall appoint the members of the Committee. The Board may at any time appoint additional members to the Committee, remove and replace members of the Committee with or without Cause, and fill vacancies on the Committee however caused.

 

- 25 -


(b) Powers of the Committee . Subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Committee shall have the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion:

(i) to grant Awards and to determine Eligible Persons to whom Awards shall be granted from time to time, and the number of Shares, units or dollars to be covered by each Award;

(ii) to determine, from time to time, the Fair Market Value of Shares;

(iii) to determine, and to set forth in Award Agreements, the terms and conditions of all Awards, including any applicable exercise or purchase price, the installments (which may or may not be equal installments) and conditions under which an Award shall become vested (which may be based on performance), terminated, expired, cancelled or replaced, and the circumstances for vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, any performance criteria, any reload provision, the applicability of any Conditions and other restrictions and limitations;

(iv) to approve the forms of Award Agreements and all other documents, notices and certificates in connection therewith which need not be identical either as to type of Award or among Participants;

(v) to establish and administer Performance Compensation Awards, to determine associated Performance Periods, Performance Measures and Performance Formulae, and to certify whether, and to what extent, they have been attained;

(vi) to construe and interpret the terms of this Plan and any Award Agreement, to determine the meaning of their terms, and to establish, prescribe, amend and rescind rules, regulations and procedures relating to this Plan and its administration;

(vii) to correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in this Plan or any Award Agreement, in the manner and to the extent deemed necessary or expedient to make this Plan or an Award fully effective;

(viii) to settle all controversies regarding this Plan and Awards granted hereunder;

(ix) to accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or at which cash or Shares may be issued);

(x) generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Committee deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of this Plan or Awards;

(xi) to the extent consistent with the purposes of this Plan and without amending this Plan, to modify, cancel or waive the Company’s rights with respect to any Awards, to adjust or to modify Award Agreements for changes in Applicable Law, and to recognize differences in foreign law, tax policies or customs;

(xii) to require, as a condition precedent to the grant, vesting, exercise, settlement and/or issuance of Shares pursuant to any Award, that a Participant agree to execute a general release of claims (in any form that the Committee may require, in its sole and absolute discretion, which form may include any other provisions, e.g. , confidentiality and restrictions on competition, that are found in general claims release agreements that the Company utilizes or expects to utilize);

 

- 26 -


(xiii) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(xiv) in the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting, settlement or exercise of Award, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, to implement paperless documentation, granting, settlement or exercise of Awards by a Participant, to permit the use of such an automated system;

(xv) to allow Participants to satisfy Withholding Tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 11(b);

(xvi) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 5(b) regarding ISOs);

(xvii) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted under this Plan;

(xviii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award;

(xix) to make decisions pursuant to Section 13 in the event of a Change in Control, liquidation or dissolution or other event addressed therein; and

(xx) to make all determinations and to take all other actions that the Committee may consider necessary, advisable or desirable to administer this Plan or to effectuate its purposes.

Subject to Applicable Law and the restrictions set forth in this Plan, the Committee may delegate administrative functions to individuals who are Directors or Employees.

(c) Local Law Adjustments and Sub-Plans. To facilitate the making of any grant of an Award under this Plan, the Committee may adopt rules and provide for such special terms for Awards to Participants who are located within the United States, foreign nationals or who are employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates outside of the United States as the Committee may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding the conversion of local currency, taxes, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates or making of book entries which vary with the customs and requirements of particular countries. The Company may adopt sub-plans, modify exercise procedures and establish escrow accounts and trusts, and settle Awards in cash in lieu of shares, as may be appropriate, required or applicable to particular locations and countries; provided, however, that no such sub-plans or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law.

 

- 27 -


(d) Action by Committee . Unless otherwise established by the Board or in any charter of the Committee, a majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee. Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by an officer or other Employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Company’s independent certified public accountants or independent registered public accounting firm, or any executive compensation Consultant or other professional retained by the Committee or the Company to assist in the administration of this Plan.

(e) Deference to Committee Determinations . The Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to interpret or construe ambiguous, unclear or implied (but omitted) terms in any fashion it deems to be appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion, and to make any findings of fact needed in the administration of this Plan or Award Agreements. The Committee’s prior exercise of its discretionary authority shall not obligate it to exercise its authority in a like fashion thereafter. The Committee’s interpretation and construction of any provision of this Plan, or of any Award or Award Agreement, and all determinations, interpretations and constructions the Committee makes pursuant to this Plan in good faith shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons. The validity of any such determination, interpretation, construction, decision or finding of fact shall not be given de novo review if challenged in court, by arbitration or in any other forum, and shall be upheld unless clearly made in bad faith or materially affected by fraud.

(f) Delegation to Officers. The Committee may delegate to one (1) or more officer(s) of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Employees who are not officers of the Company to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, other Awards) and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the terms of such Awards, and (ii) determine the number of Shares to be subject to such Awards granted to such Employees; provided , however , that the Committee resolutions regarding such delegation must specify the class and total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Awards granted by such officer(s) of the Company and that such officer(s) of the Company may not grant an Award to himself or herself. Any such Awards will be granted on the form of Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Committee may not delegate authority to an officer of the Company who is acting solely in the capacity of an officer of the Company (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value.

(g) Claims Limitations Period. Any Participant who believes such Participant is being denied any benefit or right under this Plan or under any Award may file a written claim with the Committee. Any claim must be delivered to the Committee within forty-five (45) days of the specific event giving rise to the claim. Untimely claims will not be processed and shall be deemed denied. The Committee, or its designee, will notify the

 

- 28 -


Participant of its decision in writing as soon as administratively practicable. Claims not responded to by the Committee in writing within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the date the written claim is delivered to the Committee shall be deemed denied. The Committee’s decision, if made in good faith, shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons. No lawsuit relating to this Plan may be filed before a written claim is filed with the Committee and is denied or deemed denied, and any lawsuit must be filed within one year of such denial or deemed denial or be forever barred.

(h) No Liability; Indemnification . None of the Board, any Committee member or any Person acting at the direction of the Board or the Committee, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith with respect to this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement. The Company shall pay or reimburse any member of the Committee, as well as any Director, Employee or Consultant who in good faith takes action on behalf of this Plan, for all expenses incurred with respect to this Plan, and to the full extent allowable under Applicable Law shall indemnify each and every one of them for any claims, liabilities and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) arising out of their good faith performance of duties on behalf of this Plan. The Company and its Affiliates may, but shall not be required to, obtain liability insurance for this purpose.

(i) Expenses . The expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne jointly and severally by the Company and its subsidiaries.

18. Modification of Awards and Substitution of Options . Within the limitations of this Plan, the Committee may modify an Award to accelerate the rate at which an Option or SAR may be exercised, to accelerate the vesting of any Award, to extend or renew outstanding Awards, to accept the cancellation of outstanding Awards to the extent not previously exercised, or to make any change that this Plan would permit for a new Award. However, except in connection with a Change in Control or as approved by the Company’s stockholders, for any period during which the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Committee may not cancel an outstanding Option or SAR whose exercise price is greater than Fair Market Value at the time of cancellation for the purpose of reissuing the Option or SAR to the Participant at a lower exercise price, granting a replacement award of a different type, or otherwise allowing for a “repricing” within the meaning of either the federal securities laws applicable to proxy statement disclosures or other applicable governance standards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no modification of an outstanding Award may materially and adversely affect a Participant’s rights thereunder unless either (a) the Participant provides written consent to the modification, or (b) before a Change in Control, the Committee determines in good faith that the modification is not materially adverse to the Participant.

19. Plan Amendment and Termination . The Board may amend or terminate this Plan as it shall deem advisable; provided that no change shall be made that increases the total number of Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to Awards (except pursuant to Section 3(a) or Section 13) unless such change is approved by the stockholders of the Company. A termination or amendment of this Plan shall not materially and adversely affect a Participant’s vested rights under an Award previously granted to such Participant, unless either the Participant or Participants holding a majority of Awards similarly affected consent in writing to such termination or amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may amend this Plan to comply with changes in tax or securities laws or regulations, or in the interpretation thereof.

 

- 29 -


20. Term of Plan . If not sooner terminated by the Board, this Plan shall terminate at the close of business on the date ten years after the earlier of Board approval of this Plan and its Effective Date. No Awards shall be made under this Plan after its termination.

21. Governing Law . Except as otherwise provided in Section 12, this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

22. Titles and Headings; References . The titles and headings of the sections in this Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of this Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. References to sections or regulation of the Code or the Exchange Act shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation. Unless otherwise provided, references to a “Section” in this Plan shall mean a Section of this Plan.

23. Miscellaneous.

(a) General Rules . This Plan, the granting of Awards, the exercise of Options and SARs, and the obligations of the Company hereunder (including those to pay cash or to deliver, sell or accept the surrender of any of its Shares or other securities) shall be subject to all Applicable Law. In the event that any Shares are not registered under any Applicable Law, prior to the required delivery of any Shares pursuant to Awards, the Company may require, as a condition to the issuance or delivery of such Shares, that the persons to whom the Shares are to be issued or delivered make any written representations and warranties (such as that such Shares are being acquired by the Participant for investment for the Participant’s own account and not with a view to, for resale in connection with, or with an intent of participating directly or indirectly in, any distribution of such Shares) that the Committee may reasonably require, and the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, include a legend to such effect on the certificates or book entries representing any Shares issued or delivered pursuant to this Plan.

(b) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Law and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(c) Change in Time Commitment . In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of the Participant’s services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the Grant Date of any Award to the Participant, the Committee has the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to

 

- 30 -


(i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of Shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced.

(d) Deferrals . To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may determine that the delivery of Shares or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Code Section 409A. Consistent with Code Section 409A, the Committee may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an Employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Committee is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of this Plan and in accordance with Applicable Law.

(e) Black-out Periods . Notwithstanding any contrary terms within this Plan or any Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to impose a “blackout” period on the exercise of any Option or SAR, as well as the settlement of any Award, with respect to any or all Participants (including those whose Continuous Service has ended) to the extent that the Committee determines that doing so is either desirable or required in order to comply with applicable securities laws.

(f) Data Privacy . As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section 23(f) by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing this Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in this Plan. In furtherance of such implementation, administration, and management, the Company and its Affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including, but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance or security number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), information regarding any securities of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and details of all Awards (the “ Personal Data ”). In addition to transferring the Personal Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of this Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in this Plan, the Company and its Affiliates may each transfer the Personal Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of this Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in this Plan. Recipients of the Personal Data may be located in the Participant’s country or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country and any given recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Personal Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of

 

- 31 -


assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of this Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in this Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Personal Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any shares of capital stock of the Company. The Personal Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage this Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in this Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Personal Data held by the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Personal Data with respect to such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Personal Data with respect to the Participant, or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting the Participant’s local human resources representative. The Company may cancel the Participant’s eligibility to participate in this Plan, and in the Committee’s sole and absolute discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents described herein. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

(g) Participants Outside of the United States . The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under this Plan made to or held by a Participant who is then a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that such Award shall conform to laws, regulations and customs of the country in which the Participant is then a resident or primarily employed or providing services, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by non-United States tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence, employment or providing services abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such Award to a Participant who is a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, in the United States. An Award may be modified under this Section 23(g) in a manner that is inconsistent with the express terms of this Plan, so long as such modifications will not contravene any Applicable Law or result in actual liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act for the Participant whose Award is modified. Additionally, the Committee may adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in this Plan by Eligible Persons who are non-United States nationals or are primarily employed or providing services outside the United States.

(h) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Plan shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby and such provisions shall not be deemed impaired in any other jurisdiction. If, in the opinion of any court of competent jurisdiction such covenants are not reasonable in any respect, such court shall have the right, power and authority to excise or modify such provision or provisions of these covenants as to the court shall appear not reasonable and to enforce the remainder of these covenants as so amended.

(i) Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the

 

- 32 -


requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system on which Shares of the same class are then listed, quoted or traded, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

(j) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

24. Covenants of the Company .

(a) Availability of Shares . The Company will use reasonable efforts to reserve and keep available at all times the number of Shares reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Awards.

(b) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxe s. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising any Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such Participant of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

25. No Stockholder Rights . Neither a Participant nor any transferee or Beneficiary of a Participant shall have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares underlying any Award until the date of issuance of a stock certificate or making of a book entry evidencing the Shares underlying such Award to such Participant, transferee or Beneficiary for such Shares in accordance with the Company’s governing instruments and Applicable Law. Prior to the issuance of Shares or Restricted Shares pursuant to an Award, a Participant shall not have the right to vote or to receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder with respect to the Shares underlying the Award (unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement for such Award), notwithstanding its exercise in the case of Options and SARs. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right that is determined based on a record date prior to the date the stock certificate is issued or book entry is made, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Plan or an Award Agreement.

26. Pre-IPO Repurchase Right . Subject to any contrary terms set forth in any Award Agreement, for the period preceding the date of the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a registration relating solely to a

 

- 33 -


Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 145 transaction) (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), this Section 26 shall be applicable to any Shares subject to or issued pursuant to Awards. If a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for any reason, the Company may, for a period of up to six months (or eight months in the case of immature shares for accounting purposes) following the last date on which such Participant may exercise or convert an Award into shares of Common Stock or otherwise acquire any Shares underlying such Award, repurchase any Shares acquired pursuant to such Award for their then Fair Market Value; provided that if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated by the Company for Cause, the purchase price per Share shall be the lesser of: (a) the cost (if any) paid by the Participant to acquire the Share, if any, or (b) the Fair Market Value. The Company may assign its repurchase rights granted pursuant to this Section 26 in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion. The Company shall pay the repurchase price to the Participant in a lump sum or in equal monthly or annual installments over up to 60 consecutive months, as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion. The provisions set forth in this Section 26 shall become null and void upon the occurrence of the Initial Public Offering.

27. Market Stand-Off . Each Participant shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to, any Shares (or other equity securities or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for equity securities of the Company) acquired pursuant to Awards held by such Participant or publicly disclose the intention to enter into any of the foregoing, during the period from the filing of a registration statement in connection with the Initial Public Offering or other registered offering through the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Public Offering or through the 90-day period following the effective date of any other registered offering (or such longer period as may be requested by the Company or a representative of the underwriter(s) to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (a) the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (b) analyst recommendations and opinions), other than such Shares that are registered for offer and sale in the registration statement for the Initial Public Offering (the “ Market Stand-Off ”). In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt or payment of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to such Market Stand-Off. The obligations described in this Section 27 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on a registration statement on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate, book entry or other document or instrument evidencing Shares acquired pursuant to Awards with appropriate legends until the end of the period set forth herein. Each Participant agrees to execute a lock-up or market standoff agreement with the representative(s) of such underwriters in a form satisfactory to the Company and consistent with the provisions of this Section 27. The Company and its underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Section 27.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 34 -


 

Appendix I: Definitions

 

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “affiliated,” “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Applicable Law ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of options and share-based plans under any applicable laws of the United States, any other country, and any provincial, state or local subdivision, any applicable national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system rules or regulations, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

Award ” means any award made, in writing or by an electronic medium, pursuant to the Plan, including awards made in the form of an Option, a SAR, a Restricted Share, a RSU, an Unrestricted Share, a DSU, a Performance Unit or Dividend Equivalent Rights, or any combination thereof, whether alternative or cumulative.

Award Agreement ” means any written document setting forth the terms of an Award that has been authorized by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the form or forms of documents to be used, and may change them from time to time for any reason.

Beneficiary ” means the person or entity designated by the Participant, in a form approved by the Company, to exercise the Participant’s rights with respect to an Award or to receive payment or settlement under an Award after the Participant’s death; provided , however , that if the Participant is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under Applicable Law and resides in a “community property” state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse or domestic partner.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause ” will have the meaning set forth in any unexpired employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement or similar agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Participant, on the other hand. In the absence of such an agreement, or, if no such definition exists, “ Cause ” will exist if the Participant is terminated from Continuous Service for any of the following reasons: (i) the Participant’s commission of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony, misdemeanor or another crime that is generally viewed within the United States as

 

I-1


involving acts of dishonesty or moral turpitude or breach of fiduciary duty; (ii) the Participant’s willful failure to perform the Participant’s duties and responsibilities to the Company or intentional violation of a material Company policy; (iii) the Participant’s commission of any act or acts of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty, moral turpitude or other willful misconduct; (iv) the Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of the Participant’s relationship with the Company; (v) the Participant’s willful and material breach of any of the Participant’s obligations under any written agreement or covenant with or published policies of the Company; (vi) the Participant’s gross misconduct or breach of any fiduciary duty; (vii) conduct causing the Company or any of its subsidiaries substantial economic harm or disrepute; or (viii) any act or knowing omission aiding or abetting a competitor, supplier or customer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to the meaningful disadvantage or detriment of the Company and its subsidiaries. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at any time, and the term “Company” will be interpreted in this definition to include any of its Affiliates or any successor thereto, if appropriate. Furthermore, a Participant’s Continuous Service shall be deemed to have terminated for Cause within the meaning hereof if, at any time (whether before, on, or after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service), facts or circumstances are discovered that would have justified a termination for Cause.

Change in Control ” means, unless another definition is set forth in an Award Agreement (in which case the definition set forth in the Award Agreement shall control), the first of the following to occur after the Effective Date:

(i) Acquisition of Controlling Interest . Any Person (other than Persons who are Employees at any time more than one year before a transaction, and their Affiliates) becomes the “beneficial owner” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities. In applying the preceding sentence, an agreement to vote securities shall be disregarded unless its ultimate purpose is to cause what would otherwise be a Change in Control, as reasonably determined by the Board.

(ii) Change in Board Control . Individuals who, on the Effective Date, constituted the Board (or their approved replacements, as defined in the next sentence) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board. A new Director shall be considered an “approved replacement” Director if his or her election (or nomination for election) was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the period or were themselves approved replacement Directors, but in either case excluding any Director whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any Person other than the Board.

(iii) Merger . The Company consummates a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other Person, unless: (a) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately before the merger or consolidation would continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity)

 

I-2


at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; and (b) no Person (other than Persons who are Employees at any time more than one year before the transaction, and their Affiliates) becomes the “beneficial owner” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(iv) Sale of Assets . The stockholders of the Company approve an agreement for the sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(v) Liquidation or Dissolution . The Company implements a plan for the winding up, liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of: (A) a sale of assets, merger, consolidation or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the state of incorporation of the Company, or (B) the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the common stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or its successor; provided that the term “Committee” means (i) the Board when acting at any time in lieu of the Committee, (ii) with respect to any decision involving an Award intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 162(m), a committee consisting of two or more Directors of the Company who are “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), and (iii) with respect to any decision relating to a Reporting Person, a committee consisting solely of two or more Directors who are “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3. The mere fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as an “outside director” or as a “disinterested director” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3, respectively, shall not invalidate any Award made by the Committee which Award is otherwise validly made under the Plan.

Common Stock ” means the Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company. In the event of a change in the capital structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock (as provided in Section 13 of the Plan), the Shares resulting from such a change in the Common Stock shall be deemed to be Common Stock within the meaning of the Plan.

Company ” means Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation; provided that in the event the Company reincorporates to another jurisdiction, all references to the term “Company” shall refer to Viking Therapeutics, Inc. in such new jurisdiction.

 

I-3


Consultant ” means any person (other than an Employee or Director), including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or any of its Affiliates to render services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under the Plan only if a Registration Statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

Continuous Service ” means a Participant’s period of service in the absence of any interruption or termination, as an Employee, Director or Consultant. Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Committee; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; (iv) changes in status from Director to advisory director or emeritus status; or (v) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company and one or more of its Affiliates. Changes in status between service as an Employee, Director and a Consultant will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service if the individual continues to perform bona fide services for the Company. The Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of any Awards shall be tolled during any paid or unpaid leave of absence; provided , however , that in the absence of such determination, vesting for all Awards shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (but not for a paid leave).

Deferred Share Units ” or “ DSUs ” mean Awards granted pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.

Director ” means a member of the Board.

Disabled ” will have the meaning set forth in any unexpired employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement or similar agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Participant, on the other hand. In the absence of such an agreement, or, if no such definition exists, “ Disabled ” means (A) for an ISO, that the Participant is disabled within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3), and (B) for other Awards, a condition under which the Participant:

(i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or

(ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, entitled to receive income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident or health plan covering employees of the Company or any Affiliate thereof.

 

I-4


Dividend Equivalent Rights ” means Awards granted pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan, which may be attached to other Awards.

Eligible Person ” means any Consultant, Director or Employee and includes non-Employees and non-Consultants to whom an offer of employment or a consulting role has been or is being extended by the Company or one of its Affiliates.

Employee ” means any person whom the Company or any of its Affiliates that is a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 424 classifies as an employee (including an officer) for employment tax purposes, whether or not that classification is correct. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Program ” means a program established by the Committee under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Committee, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Committee will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole and absolute discretion.

Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the fair market value of a share of the Common Stock, determined as follows:

(i) if the Common Stock is listed, quoted or traded on a national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, the closing sales price per share for the Common Stock as quoted on such exchange or system (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, or, if there is no closing sales price for a share of Common Stock on the date in question, the closing sales price per share for the Common Stock on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(ii) if the Common Stock is not listed, quoted or traded on a national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for a share of Common Stock for such date or, if there is no high bid or low asked price for a share of Common Stock on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a share of Common Stock on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or

 

I-5


(iii) if none of the foregoing is applicable, such value as the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion determines in good faith;

provided that , unless the Common Stock is quoted or traded on a national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be deemed the same.

Grant Date ” means, with respect to an Award, the later of (i) the date designated as the “Grant Date” in an Award Agreement, and (ii) the date on which the Committee determines the key terms of an Award; provided that as soon as reasonably practical thereafter the Committee both notifies the Eligible Person of the Award and enters into an Award Agreement with the Eligible Person.

ISO ” means an Option that qualifies for favorable income tax treatment under Code Section 422.

Negative Discretion ” means the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award; provided that the exercise of such discretion would not cause the Performance Compensation Award to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m). By way of example and not by way of limitation, in no event shall any discretionary authority granted to the Committee by the Plan including, but not limited to, Negative Discretion, be used to (i) grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Measure(s) and Performance Formula(e) for such Performance Period have not been attained, or (ii) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the maximum amount payable under Section 9(c) of the Plan. In no event shall Negative Discretion be exercised by the Committee with respect to any Option or SAR (other than an Option or SAR that is intended to be a Performance Compensation Award under Section 9 of the Plan).

Non-ISO ” means an Option not designated in an Award Agreement, or not otherwise qualifying, as an ISO.

Option ” means any right to buy Shares that is granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan.

Participant ” means any Eligible Person who holds an outstanding Award.

Performance Awards ” mean Awards granted pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

Performance Unit ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 9(a) of the Plan, which may be paid in cash, in Shares, or such combination of cash and Shares as the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion shall determine.

Person ” means any natural person, association, trust, business trust, cooperative, corporation, general partnership, joint venture, joint-stock company, limited partnership, limited liability company, real estate investment trust, regulatory body, governmental agency or instrumentality, unincorporated organization or organizational entity.

 

I-6


Plan ” means the Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, of which this Appendix I  is a part.

Registration Date ” means the earlier of: (i) the date of the closing of the Initial Public Offering, or (ii) the first date on which any class of common equity securities of the Company is required to be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

Reporting Person ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant who is required to file reports with respect to such individual’s “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of the Company’s capital stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder.

Restricted Share ” means a Share of Common Stock awarded (or issued pursuant to Section 5(d)) with restrictions imposed under Section 7 of the Plan.

Restricted Stock Unit ” or “ RSU ” means a right granted to a Participant to receive Shares or cash upon the lapse of restrictions imposed under Section 7 of the Plan.

Retirement ” will have the meaning set forth in any unexpired employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement or similar agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Participant, on the other hand. In the absence of such an agreement, or, if no such definition exists, “ Retirement ” means a Participant’s termination of Continuous Service after age 65.

Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

SAR ” means a right to receive amounts awarded under Section 6 of the Plan.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Share ” means a share of Common Stock.

Ten Percent Holder ” means a person who owns (within the meaning of Code Section 422) capital stock representing more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company.

Transition Period ” means the “reliance period” under Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-27(f)(2) under Code Section 162(m) that ends on the earliest to occur of the following: (i) the date of the first meeting of stockholders of the Company at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Registration Date occurs; (ii) the date the Plan is materially amended for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(h)(1)(iii); or (iii) the date all shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been allocated.

 

I-7


Unrestricted Shares ” mean Shares that are both awarded to Participants pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan, and not subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Code Section 83.

Withholding Taxes ” means the aggregate minimum amount of federal, national, state, local and foreign income, payroll and other taxes that the Company and any of its Affiliates are required to withhold under Applicable Law in connection with any Award.

 

I-8

Exhibit 10.3

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

Stock Option Award Agreement

 

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Award Agreement (this “ Award Agreement ”), which includes the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice of Grant ”) and the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant attached hereto as E XHIBIT A .

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Participant has been granted the right to receive an award of an option to purchase shares of Company Stock (the “ Option ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

 

Name of Participant

 

    

 

Grant Number

 

    

 

Grant Date

 

  

 

            , 20    

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date        

 

  

 

            , 20    

 

Exercise price per

Share

 

  

 

$            

 

 

Total Number of Shares

Granted

 

    

 

Type of Option

 

  

 

¨       ISO

 

¨       Non-ISO

 

 

Vesting

 

  

 

[The Shares subject to the Option will vest with respect to 1/4 (25%) of the number of Shares designated above on the date that is one (1) year after the Vesting Commencement Date, and the balance of the Shares will vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date on each one (1)-month date thereafter, subject to Participant’s Continuous Service through each such date, inclusive.]

 

 

1


 

Expiration Date

 

  

 

            , 20    . 1

 

    

 

Subject to the terms of any employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement or similar agreement between Participant, on the one hand, and the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, that is in effect when Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Option shall expire, be canceled and automatically become null and void immediately upon the termination of Participant’s Continuous Service for any reason, but only to the extent Participant’s rights under the Option have not become vested on or before the date Participant’s Continuous Service ends, except to the extent set forth in the Plan with respect to Participant’s death or Disability.

 

 

Recapture

  

 

¨       Section 14(a) of the Plan shall apply regarding Termination, Rescission and Recapture of the

           Option or the Shares subject to the Option.

 

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) below, Participant and the Company agree that the Option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant (including any country-specific addendum thereto) attached hereto as E XHIBIT  A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel, accountants and advisors prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

Participant acknowledges that the Plan and the prospectus describing the Plan (the “ Prospectus ”) are available on the Company’s intranet under “                    ” at “                    ”; provided that a paper copy of the Plan and the Prospectus are available upon request by contacting the [Human Resources Department] at                      (                    )              -             . By signing below, Participant acknowledges receipt of the Plan and the Prospectus.

 

PARTICIPANT:      VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    

 

Print Name      Name
Residence Address:     

 

     Title

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

1   10 years from the Grant Date.

 

2


E XHIBIT A

T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT

 

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to Participant under the Plan an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail in all respects.

[If the Option is designated in the Notice of Grant as an ISO, the Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Code Section 422. However, if the Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), it will be treated as a non-ISO. Further, if for any reason the Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a non-ISO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Committee, the Company or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.] 1

 

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, and subject to Section 6, the Option awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date, or upon the occurrence of a certain condition, will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement unless Participant will have been in Continuous Service from the Grant Date until the date such vesting occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine when Participant is no longer providing Continuous Service for purposes of participation in the Plan and the Option if other than a last day of employment or services. The termination of vesting will apply regardless of whether Participant is entitled to a period of notice of termination which would otherwise permit a greater portion of the Option to vest. For greater certainty, the date on which Participant ceases to have been in Continuous Service shall be based upon the last day of actual Continuous Service to the Company or its Affiliate (and specifically does not include any period of notice that the Company or its Affiliate may be required to provide to Participant).

 

3. Committee Discretion . The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, the Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Committee.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Option is accelerated

 

 

1  

To be included only if option is an ISO.

 

A-1


  in connection with Participant’s termination of Continuous Service (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as determined by the Company or the Committee), other than due to death, and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, at the time of such termination of Continuous Service, and (y) the payment of such accelerated Shares subject to the Option will result in the imposition of additional tax under Code Section 409A, if paid to Participant on or within the six (6)-month period following Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, then the payment of such accelerated Shares subject to the Option will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of termination of Participant’s Continuous Service, unless Participant dies following Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, in which case, the Option will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following Participant’s death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, so that no portion of the Option provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply.

 

4. Exercise of Option .

 

  (a) Right to Exercise . The Option may be exercised only with respect to vested Shares and only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

 

  (b) Method of Exercise . The Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT B (the “ Exercise Notice ”), or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Committee may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “ Exercised Shares ”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed and executed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable tax withholding. The Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully completed and executed Exercise Notice and accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price.

 

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant (to the extent permitted in accordance with the following) unless the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, requires a specific method of payment:

 

  (a) cash (U.S. dollars);

 

  (b) check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company (each denominated in U.S. dollars);

 

A-2


  (c) provided that at the time of exercise the Shares are listed or quoted on a national securities exchange, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the Shares, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”;

 

  (d) provided that at the time of exercise the Shares are listed or quoted on a national securities exchange, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at or above Fair Market Value on the date of exercise; provided that delivery to the Company of Common Stock would not violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. “ Delivery ” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time Participant exercises the Option, will include delivery to the Company of Participant’s attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. Certificates representing shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to this method of exercise must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate;

 

  (e) if the Option is a non-ISO, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issued upon exercise of the Option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price; provided that Participant must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares will no longer be outstanding under the Option and will not be exercisable thereafter if such Shares (i) are used to pay the Exercise Price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to Participant as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy Participant’s tax withholding obligations; or

 

  (f) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee and specified in this Award Agreement.

Participant understands and agrees that any cross-border remittance made to exercise the Option or transfer proceeds received upon the sale of any Shares must be made through a locally authorized financial institution or registered foreign exchange agency and may require Participant to provide such entity with certain information regarding the transaction.

 

6.

Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this Award Agreement, subject to the terms of any employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement or similar agreement between Participant, on the one hand, and the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, that is in effect when Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, immediately upon the

 

A-3


  termination of Participant’s Continuous Service for any or no reason, the balance of the Option that has not vested as of such time, and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder, will be canceled and become automatically null and void in their entirety.

 

7. Death of Participant . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Plan, following the execution of this Award Agreement, Participant may expressly designate a death beneficiary (the “ Beneficiary ”) to Participant’s interest, if any, in the Option and any Shares subject to the Option. Participant may designate the Beneficiary by completing a designation of death beneficiary agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT C (the “ Designation of Death Beneficiary ”) and delivering an executed and notarized copy of the Designation of Death Beneficiary to the Company. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to the Beneficiary, or if no Beneficiary has been designated or survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of such transferee’s status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

8. Tax Obligations .

 

  (a) Withholding of Taxes . Regardless of any action the Company or Participant’s employer (if other than the Company) (the “ Employer ”) takes with respect to any or all Withholding Taxes, if any, that arise upon the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option or the holding or subsequent sale of Shares, and the receipt of dividends, if any (“ Tax-Related Items ”), Participant acknowledges and agrees that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by Participant is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. Participant further acknowledges that each of the Company and the Employer (i) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option including grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired under the Plan, and the receipt of dividends, if any; and (ii) does not commit to and is under no obligation to structure the terms of the Option or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items, or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant has become subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable event, Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this Award Agreement, no Shares will be issued to Participant (or Participant’s estate or Beneficiary) for the Option unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Company) have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of any Tax-Related Items obligations of the Company and/or the Employer with respect to the Option. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their sole and absolute discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

 

  (i) withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company or the Employer; or

 

A-4


  (ii) withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization); or

 

  (iii) withholding Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option; or

 

  (iv) surrendering already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the Tax-Related Items that have been held for such period of time to avoid adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding Shares, Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares purchased for tax purposes, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares is held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items due as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant shall pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company may be required to withhold as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by one or more of the means previously described in this Section 8(b). Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares if Participant fails to comply with Participant’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

  (c) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Grant Date, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise of the Option with respect to such Shares, Participant will immediately, but in any event no later than fifteen (15) days after such sale or disposition, notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

 

  (d)

Code Section 409A (Applicable Only to Participants Subject to U.S. Taxes) . Under Code Section 409A, any option granted under the Plan with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “ Discount Option ”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to Participant. Participant

 

A-5


  acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the Exercise Price equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

 

9. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any transferee or Beneficiary of Participant shall have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares subject to the Option until the date of issuance of a stock certificate or making of a book entry evidencing the Shares subject to the Option to Participant or Participant’s transferee or Beneficiary for such Shares in accordance with the Company’s governing instruments and Applicable Law. Prior to the issuance of Shares pursuant to the Option, Participant shall not have the right to vote or to receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder with respect to the Shares subject to the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right that is determined based on a record date prior to the date the stock certificate is issued or book entry is made, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan.

 

10. No Guarantee of Continued Service or Grants . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY REMAINING IN CONTINUOUS SERVICE AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR RETAINED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE THAT PARTICIPANT WILL REMAIN, OR HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO REMAIN, IN CONTINUOUS SERVICE, FOR ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY OTHER PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Participant also acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, the Plan is discretionary in nature and the Plan may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time; (b) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Options, or benefits in lieu of the Option, even if Options have been granted repeatedly in the past; (c) all decisions with respect to future awards of Options, if any, will be at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company; (d) Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (e) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are extraordinary items that do not constitute regular compensation for services rendered to the Company or the Employer, and are outside the scope of Participant’s employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement or similar agreement, if any; (f) the Option

 

A-6


  and the Shares subject to the Option are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation; (g) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, or end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, retirement or welfare benefits, or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company or the Employer; and (h) in consideration of the award of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from termination of employment by the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws), and Participant irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived Participant’s entitlement to pursue such claim.

 

11. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at 11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50, San Diego, CA 92037, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing. Any notice to be given to Participant under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to Participant at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

 

12. Award is Not Transferable; Shares Subject to Limitations on Transfer . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 7, the Option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Option, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, the Option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

Any Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement shall also be subject to any limitations on transferability imposed under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, each as may be amended or restated from time to time, and pursuant to any insider trading, “trading window” or similar policy adopted by the Company from time to time.

 

13. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the Option, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

14.

Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system or under any state, federal or foreign law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or Participant’s estate or Beneficiary), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval

 

A-7


will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares. The Company shall not be obligated to issue any Shares pursuant to the Option at any time if the issuance of Shares, or the exercise of an Option by Participant, violates or is not in compliance with any laws, rules or regulations of the United States, any state or of any other country.

Furthermore, the Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing. Furthermore, Participant understands that the laws of the country in which Participant is resident at the time of grant or vesting of the Option or the holding or disposition of Shares (including any rules or regulations governing securities, foreign exchange, tax, labor or other matters) may restrict or prevent the issuance of Shares or may subject Participant to additional procedural or regulatory requirements that Participant is solely responsible for and will have to independently fulfill in relation to the Option or the Shares. Notwithstanding any provision herein, the Option and any Shares shall be subject to any special terms and conditions or disclosures as set forth in any addendum for Participant’s country (which forms a part of this Award Agreement).

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or of this Award Agreement, for periods during which the Shares are not traded or listed on a national securities exchange: (i) the Committee may condition Participant’s receipt of Shares on Participant’s execution of any other stockholders’ or similar agreement imposing terms generally applicable to other similarly-situated employee-stockholders; and (ii) any Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement shall be non-transferable until the first day of the ninth (9th) month following the termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.

 

15. Committee Authority . The Committee will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken, and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith, will be final, binding and conclusive upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

 

A-8


16. Conversion to Stock-Settled Stock Appreciation Rights . At any time following the Grant Date, the Company may convert the Option to a stock-settled Stock Appreciation Right. Upon exercise of a stock-settled Stock Appreciation Right, Participant shall receive Shares with a value equal to the excess of (1) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over (2) the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares.

 

17. Electronic Delivery and Language . The Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Options awarded under the Plan, or future Options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means, or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company. Participant shall not raise the use of electronic delivery as a defense to the formation of a contract. If Participant has received this Award Agreement, including appendices, or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English, and the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

18. Independent Tax Advice . Participant acknowledges that determining the actual tax consequences to Participant of receiving or disposing of the Option and Shares may be complicated. These tax consequences will depend, in part, on Participant’s specific situation and may also depend on the resolution of currently uncertain tax law and other variables not within the control of the Company. Participant is aware that Participant should consult a competent and independent tax advisor for a full understanding of the specific tax consequences to Participant of receiving the Option, exercising the Option and receiving or disposing of the Shares. Prior to executing this Award Agreement, Participant either has consulted with a competent tax advisor independent of the Company to obtain tax advice concerning the receipt of the Option, and the receipt and disposition of the Shares in light of Participant’s specific situation, or Participant has had the opportunity to consult with a tax advisor but chose not to do so.

 

19. Investment Purposes . By executing this Award Agreement, Participant represents and warrants to the Company that any Shares issued to Participant pursuant to exercise of the Option will be held for investment purposes only for Participant’s own account, and not with a view to, for resale in connection with, or with an intent of participating directly or indirectly in, any distribution of such Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

20. Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of the Option or the Shares issuable under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act, or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including, without limitation, the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state or any other law or to enforce the intent of the Option.

 

A-9


21. Recoupment . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Option and any Shares or other amount or property that may be issued, delivered or paid in respect of the Option, as well as any consideration that may be received in respect of a sale or other disposition of any such Shares or property, shall be subject to recoupment under the Plan, in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system on which the Company’s securities are listed, quoted or traded or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, including but not limited to Section 10D of the Exchange Act, or any other Applicable Law, as well as any recoupment or “clawback” policies of the Company that may be in effect from time to time.

 

22. Participant Acknowledgement of Certain Rights and Restrictions . Participant hereby expressly represents and warrants that Participant has reviewed and understands the provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, Sections 14 (Termination, Rescission and Recapture of Awards), 15 (Recoupment of Awards), 23(f) (Data Privacy), 23(g) (Participants Outside of the United States), 26 (Repurchase Rights) and 27 (Market Stand-Off) of the Plan. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Option and the Shares are subject to the Plan, including without limitation, the foregoing provisions. Participant further acknowledges receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus.

 

23. Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Award Agreement, if Participant is a Reporting Person, then the Plan, the Option and this Award Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

24. Titles; Headings; Sections . The titles and headings of the sections in this Award Agreement are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of this Award Agreement, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. A reference to a “Section” in this Award Agreement shall mean a Section of this Award Agreement.

 

25. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Award Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Award Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby. If, in the opinion of any court of competent jurisdiction, such covenants are not reasonable in any respect, such court shall have the right, power and authority to excise or modify such provision or provisions of these covenants that are, in the court’s opinion, not reasonable, and to enforce the remainder of these covenants as so amended. Regardless of whether a court replaces any such provisions, the balance of this Award Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms and this entire Award Agreement shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

 

A-10


26. Modifications to the Award Agreement . This Award Agreement, together with the Plan and the exhibits attached to this Award Agreement, constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered hereby and thereby. Participant expressly warrants that Participant is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than Participant). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Code Section 409A in connection with the Option.

 

27. Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares acquired under the Option, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the foregoing.

 

28. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that the Company and its Affiliates may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance or security number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company or any Affiliate, details of all Options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Personal Data”). Participant understands that Personal Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in the United States, Participant’s country (if different than the United States), or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country .

For Participants located in the European Union, the following paragraph applies: Participant understands that Participant may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Personal Data by contacting Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Personal Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Personal Data as may be required to

 

A-11


a broker or other third party with whom Participant may elect to deposit any Shares received upon exercise of the Option. Participant understands that Personal Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Participant may, at any time, view Personal Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Personal Data, require any necessary amendments to Personal Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, without cost, by contacting in writing Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant understands that refusal or withdrawal of consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan or to realize benefits from the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that Participant may contact Participant’s local human resources representative.

 

29. Foreign Exchange Fluctuations and Restrictions . Participant understands and agrees that the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty; further, if Participant exercises the Option and obtains Shares, the value of the Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price. Participant also understands that neither the Company nor any Affiliate is responsible for any foreign exchange fluctuation between local currency and the United States Dollar or the selection by the Company or any Affiliate, in its sole and absolute discretion, of an applicable foreign currency exchange rate that may affect the value of the Option or Shares received (or the calculation of income or Tax-Related Items thereunder).

 

30. The Plan . By accepting the Option, Participant expressly warrants that Participant has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read, acknowledged and understood the Plan.

 

31. Governing Law; Venue . This Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under the Option or this Award Agreement, Participant hereby submits to and consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State of California, and agrees that such dispute will be handled in the courts of the County of San Diego, State of California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Southern District of California, and no other courts.

 

32.

Power of Attorney; Stock Certificates . In order to secure Participant’s obligations in respect of any exercise of any repurchase rights under the Plan and this Award Agreement, Participant hereby constitutes and appoints the Board (and any member or designee of the Board), with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in such holder’s name, place and stead, to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all instruments and other documents and do such other acts which the Board deems appropriate or necessary to effect or evidence any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Award Agreement and the Plan, and such power of attorney may be exercised at any time and from time to time. The foregoing power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and shall survive Participant’s death, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy, insolvency or

 

A-12


  termination and the transfer of all or any portion of the Shares and shall extend to Participant’s heirs, successors, assigns, transferees and personal representatives. In addition, until release upon consummation of an Initial Public Offering, all certificates evidencing the Shares shall be held by the Company for Participant’s benefit and the benefit of the Company’s other stockholders. The purpose of the Company’s retention of such certificates is solely to facilitate any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Award Agreement and the Plan and does not constitute a pledge of, or the granting of a security interest in, the underlying Shares.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

A-13


E XHIBIT B

E XERCISE N OTICE

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50

San Diego, CA 92037

 

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             , 20    , the undersigned (“ Purchaser ”) hereby elects to purchase                  shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Common Stock of Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement dated             , 20    (the “ Award Agreement ”). The full purchase price for the Shares will be $            , as required by the Award Agreement.

 

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option, as follows:

 

Cash payment, check, bank draft or money order delivered herewith:

   $            

Value of                  Shares delivered herewith 1 :

   $            

Value of                  Shares pursuant to net exercise 2 :

   $            

Regulation T Program (cashless exercise 3 ):

   $            

 

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the

 

 

1   Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the Award Agreement. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the Option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates representing shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to this method of exercise must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.
2   The Option must be a non-ISO and the Company must have established net exercise procedures and consented to net exercise at the time of exercise, in order to utilize this payment method.
3  

Shares must meet the listing or quotation requirements set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

B-1


  Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 13(a) of the Plan.

 

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company or any of its Affiliates for any tax advice.

 

6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Exercise Notice shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

Submitted by:       Accepted by:
PURCHASER:       VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

     

 

Signature       By

 

     

 

Print Name       Name
Address :      

 

      Title
     

 

      Date Received

 

B-2


E XHIBIT C

D ESIGNATION OF D EATH B ENEFICIARY

In connection with the Award(s) designated below that I have received pursuant to the Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”), I hereby designate the person specified below as the beneficiary upon my death of my interest in such Awards. This designation shall remain in effect until revoked in writing by me.

 

Name of Beneficiary:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

Social Security No.:  

 

This beneficiary designation relates to any and all of my rights under the following Award or Awards:

 

  ¨ any Award that I have received or ever receive under the Plan.

 

  ¨ the                              Award that I received pursuant to an award agreement with a Grant Date of             ,          between myself and Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

I understand that this designation operates to entitle the above named beneficiary, in the event of my death, to any and all of my rights under the Award(s) designated above from the date this executed and notarized form is delivered to the Company until such date as this designation is revoked in writing by me, including by delivery to the Company of a written, executed and notarized designation of beneficiary executed by me on a later date.

 

Date:  

 

By:  

 

  Name of Participant

 

Sworn to before me this
     day of             , 20    

 

Notary Public  
County of  

 

State of  

 

 

C-1

Exhibit 10.4

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

 

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (this “ Award Agreement ”), which includes the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “ Notice of Grant ”) and the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant attached hereto as E XHIBIT A .

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

Participant has been granted the right to receive an award of Restricted Stock Units (the “ RSUs ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

 

Name of Participant

 

    

 

Grant Number

 

    

 

Grant Date

 

  

                    , 20    

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date    

 

  

                    , 20    

 

 

Number of RSUs

 

    

 

Vesting

  

 

[The RSUs will vest with respect to 1/4 (25%) of the total number of Shares designated above on the date that is one (1) year after the Vesting Commencement Date, and the balance of the RSUs will vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date on each one (1)-month date thereafter, subject to Participant’s Continuous Service through each such date, inclusive.]

 

 

Expiration Date

  

 

                    , 20    .

 

Subject to the terms of any employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement or similar agreement between Participant, on the one hand, and the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, that is in effect when Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the RSUs shall expire, be canceled and automatically become null and void immediately upon the termination of Participant’s Continuous Service for any reason, but only to the extent Participant’s rights under the RSUs have not become vested on or before the date Participant’s Continuous Service ends.

 

 

Recapture

  

 

¨       Section 14(a) of the Plan shall apply regarding Termination, Rescission and Recapture of the

           RSUs or the Shares subject to the RSUs.

 

1


By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this award of RSUs is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (including any country-specific addendum thereto) attached hereto as E XHIBIT A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel, accountants and advisors prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

Participant acknowledges that the Plan and the prospectus describing the Plan (the “ Prospectus ”) are available on the Company’s intranet under “            ” at “            ”; provided that a paper copy of the Plan and the Prospectus are available upon request by contacting the [Human Resources Department] at              (    )      -             . By signing below, Participant acknowledges receipt of the Plan and the Prospectus.

 

PARTICIPANT:     VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Name
Residence Address:    

 

 

    Title

 

   

 

   

 

2


E XHIBIT A

T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT G RANT

 

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to Participant under the Plan an award of RSUs, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail in all respects.

 

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each RSU represents the right to receive payment of one Share of common stock of the Company, par value $0.00001 per share (each, a “ Share ” and, collectively, the “ Shares ”), on the date such RSU vests. Unless and until the RSUs have vested in the manner set forth in Section 3, Participant will have no right to payment of any such RSUs. Prior to actual payment of any vested RSUs, such RSUs will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) in Shares, and this award of RSUs shall not be construed as creating a trust. Any RSUs that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any applicable tax withholding or other obligations as set forth in Section 7. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested RSUs will be paid in Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period ending no later than the date that is two and one-half (2  1 2 ) months from the end of the Company’s tax year that includes the vesting date. Any fractional Shares that would otherwise vest on a particular vesting date will vest on the final date of vesting of this award of RSUs. In the event there is a fractional share on the final date of vesting of this award of RSUs, the number of RSUs that vest on such final vesting date will be rounded up to the nearest whole number.

 

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the RSUs awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. RSUs scheduled to vest on a certain date, or upon the occurrence of a certain condition, will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement unless Participant will have been in Continuous Service from the Grant Date until the date such vesting occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine when Participant is no longer providing Continuous Service for purposes of participation in the Plan and this award of RSUs if other than a last day of employment or services. The termination of vesting will apply regardless of whether Participant is entitled to a period of notice of termination which would otherwise permit a greater portion of the RSUs to vest. For greater certainty, the date on which Participant ceases to have been in Continuous Service shall be based upon the last day of actual Continuous Service to the Company or its Affiliate (and specifically does not include any period of notice that the Company or its Affiliate may be required to provide to Participant).

 

A-1


4. Committee Discretion . The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested RSUs at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such RSUs will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Committee.

 

  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the RSUs is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination of Continuous Service (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as determined by the Company or the Committee), other than due to death, and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, at the time of such termination of Continuous Service, and (y) the payment of such accelerated RSUs will result in the imposition of additional tax under Code Section 409A, if paid to Participant on or within the six (6)-month period following Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, then the payment of such accelerated RSUs will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of termination of Participant’s Continuous Service, unless Participant dies following Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, in which case, the RSUs will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following Participant’s death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, so that none of the RSUs provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply.

 

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this Award Agreement, subject to the terms of any employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement or similar agreement between Participant, on the one hand, and the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, that is in effect when Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, immediately upon the termination of Participant’s Continuous Service for any or no reason, the balance of the RSUs (including any corresponding Dividend Equivalent Rights) that has not vested as of such time, and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder, will be canceled and become automatically null and void in their entirety.

 

6. Death of Participant . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Plan, following the execution of this Award Agreement, Participant may expressly designate a death beneficiary (the “ Beneficiary ”) to Participant’s interest, if any, in the RSUs and any Shares subject to the RSUs. Participant may designate the Beneficiary by completing a designation of death beneficiary agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT B (the “ Designation of Death Beneficiary ”) and delivering an executed and notarized copy of the Designation of Death Beneficiary to the Company. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to the Beneficiary, or if no Beneficiary has been designated or survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of such transferee’s status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

A-2


7. Withholding of Taxes . Regardless of any action the Company or Participant’s employer (if other than the Company) (the “ Employer ”) takes with respect to any or all Withholding Taxes, if any, that arise upon the grant or vesting of the RSUs (including any corresponding Dividend Equivalent Rights) or the holding or subsequent sale of Shares, and the receipt of dividends, if any (“ Tax-Related Items ”), Participant acknowledges and agrees that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by Participant is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. Participant further acknowledges that each of the Company and the Employer (a) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the RSUs (including any corresponding Dividend Equivalent Rights) including grant or vesting, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired under the Plan, and the receipt of dividends, if any; and (b) does not commit to and is under no obligation to structure the terms of the RSUs or any aspect of the RSUs (including any corresponding Dividend Equivalent Rights) to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items, or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant has become subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable event, Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this Award Agreement, no Shares will be issued to Participant (or Participant’s estate or Beneficiary) unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Company) have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of any Tax-Related Items which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such Tax-Related Items, in whole or in part (without limitation), by (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld; provided that such Shares have been held for at least the minimum period of time that would allow the Company to avoid adverse accounting consequences, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole and absolute discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, the Company will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax-Related Items by (Y) reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant, or (Z) withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation payable to Participant by the Company or the Employer. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax-Related Items hereunder at the time any applicable RSUs otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4, Participant will permanently forfeit such RSUs and any right to receive Shares thereunder, and the RSUs will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

 

A-3


8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any transferee or Beneficiary of Participant shall have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares subject to the RSUs until the date of issuance of a stock certificate or making of a book entry evidencing the Shares subject to the RSUs to Participant or Participant’s transferee or Beneficiary for such Shares in accordance with the Company’s governing instruments and Applicable Law. Prior to the issuance of Shares pursuant to the RSUs, Participant shall not have the right to vote or to receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder with respect to the Shares subject to the RSUs. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right that is determined based on a record date prior to the date the stock certificate is issued or book entry is made, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan.

 

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service or Grants . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RSUS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY REMAINING IN CONTINUOUS SERVICE AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR RETAINED, BEING GRANTED THE RSUS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE THAT PARTICIPANT WILL REMAIN, OR HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO REMAIN, IN CONTINUOUS SERVICE, FOR ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY OTHER PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Participant also acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, the Plan is discretionary in nature and the Plan may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time; (b) the grant of RSUs is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of RSUs, or benefits in lieu of RSUs even if RSUs have been granted repeatedly in the past; (c) all decisions with respect to future awards of RSUs, if any, will be at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company; (d) Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (e) the RSUs and the Shares subject to the RSUs are extraordinary items that do not constitute regular compensation for services rendered to the Company or the Employer, and are outside the scope of Participant’s employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement or similar agreement, if any; (f) the RSUs and the Shares subject to the RSUs are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation; (g) the RSUs and the Shares subject to the RSUs are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, or end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, retirement or welfare benefits, or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company or the Employer; and (h) in consideration of the award of the RSUs, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of

 

A-4


the RSUs resulting from termination of employment by the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws), and Participant irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived Participant’s entitlement to pursue such claim.

 

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at 11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50, San Diego, CA 92037, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing. Any notice to be given to Participant under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to Participant at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

 

11. Award is Not Transferable; Shares Subject to Limitations on Transfer . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, the RSUs and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the RSUs, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, the RSUs and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

Any Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement shall also be subject to any limitations on transferability imposed under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, each as may be amended or restated from time to time, and pursuant to any insider trading, “trading window” or similar policy adopted by the Company from time to time.

 

12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the RSUs, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

13.

Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system or under any state, federal or foreign law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or Participant’s estate or Beneficiary), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system and to obtain

 

A-5


  any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority. The Company shall not be obligated to issue any Shares pursuant to the RSUs at any time if the issuance of Shares violates or is not in compliance with any laws, rules or regulations of the United States, any state or of any other country.

Furthermore, the Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the RSUs and on any Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing. Furthermore, Participant understands that the laws of the country in which Participant is resident at the time of grant or vesting of the RSUs or the holding or disposition of Shares (including any rules or regulations governing securities, foreign exchange, tax, labor or other matters) may restrict or prevent the issuance of Shares or may subject Participant to additional procedural or regulatory requirements that Participant is solely responsible for and will have to independently fulfill in relation to the RSUs or the Shares. Notwithstanding any provision herein, the RSUs and any Shares shall be subject to any special terms and conditions or disclosures as set forth in any addendum for Participant’s country (which forms a part of this Award Agreement).

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or of this Award Agreement, for periods during which the Shares are not traded or listed on a national securities exchange: (i) the Committee may condition Participant’s receipt of Shares on Participant’s execution of any other stockholders’ or similar agreement imposing terms generally applicable to other similarly-situated employee-stockholders; and (ii) any Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement shall be non-transferable until the first day of the ninth (9th) month following the termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.

 

14. Dividend Equivalent Rights Distributions . Participant shall have Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the RSUs as follows: as of any date that the Company pays an ordinary cash dividend on the Company Stock, the Company shall credit Participant with a dollar amount equal to (a) the per share cash dividend paid by the Company on the Company Stock on such date, multiplied by (b) the total number of RSUs (with such total number adjusted pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Plan) subject to this award of RSUs that are outstanding immediately prior to the record date for that dividend. Any Dividend Equivalent Rights credited pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 14 shall be subject to the same vesting, payment and other terms, conditions and restrictions as the original RSUs to which they relate; provided, however , that the amount of any vested Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be paid in cash. No crediting of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be made pursuant to this Section 14 with respect to any RSUs which, immediately prior to the record date for that dividend, have either been paid or terminated pursuant to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

 

15.

Committee Authority . The Committee will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any RSUs have

 

A-6


  vested). All actions taken, and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith, will be final, binding and conclusive upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

 

16. Electronic Delivery and Language . The Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to RSUs awarded under the Plan, or future RSUs that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means, or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company. Participant shall not raise the use of electronic delivery as a defense to the formation of a contract. If Participant has received this Award Agreement, including appendices, or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English, and the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

17. Independent Tax Advice . Participant acknowledges that determining the actual tax consequences to Participant of receiving or disposing of the RSUs and Shares may be complicated. These tax consequences will depend, in part, on Participant’s specific situation and may also depend on the resolution of currently uncertain tax law and other variables not within the control of the Company. Participant is aware that Participant should consult a competent and independent tax advisor for a full understanding of the specific tax consequences to Participant of receiving the RSUs and receiving or disposing of the Shares. Prior to executing this Award Agreement, Participant either has consulted with a competent tax advisor independent of the Company to obtain tax advice concerning the receipt of the RSUs, and the receipt and disposition of the Shares in light of Participant’s specific situation, or Participant has had the opportunity to consult with a tax advisor but chose not to do so.

 

18. Investment Purposes . By executing this Award Agreement, Participant represents and warrants to the Company that any Shares issued to Participant pursuant to the RSUs will be held for investment purposes only for Participant’s own account, and not with a view to, for resale in connection with, or with an intent of participating directly or indirectly in, any distribution of such Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

19. Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of the RSUs or the Shares issuable under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act, or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including, without limitation, the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state or any other law or to enforce the intent of the RSUs.

 

A-7


20. Recoupment . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the RSUs and any Shares or other amount or property that may be issued, delivered or paid in respect of the RSUs, as well as any consideration that may be received in respect of a sale or other disposition of any such Shares or property, shall be subject to recoupment under the Plan, in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system on which the Company’s securities are listed, quoted or traded or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, including but not limited to Section 10D of the Exchange Act, or any other Applicable Law, as well as any recoupment or “clawback” policies of the Company that may be in effect from time to time.

 

21. Participant Acknowledgement of Certain Rights and Restrictions . Participant hereby expressly represents and warrants that Participant has reviewed and understands the provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, Sections 14 (Termination, Rescission and Recapture of Awards), 15 (Recoupment of Awards), 23(f) (Data Privacy), 23(g) (Participants Outside of the United States), 26 (Repurchase Rights) and 27 (Market Stand-Off) of the Plan. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the RSUs and the Shares are subject to the Plan, including without limitation, the foregoing provisions. Participant further acknowledges receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus.

 

22. Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Award Agreement, if Participant is a Reporting Person, then the Plan, this award of RSUs and this Award Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

23. Titles; Headings; Sections . The titles and headings of the sections in this Award Agreement are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of this Award Agreement, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. A reference to a “Section” in this Award Agreement shall mean a Section of this Award Agreement.

 

24.

Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Award Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Award Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby. If, in the opinion of any court of competent jurisdiction, such covenants are not reasonable in any respect, such court shall have the right, power and authority to excise or modify such provision or provisions of these covenants that are, in the court’s opinion, not reasonable, and to enforce the remainder of these covenants as so amended. Regardless of whether a court

 

A-8


  replaces any such provisions, the balance of this Award Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms and this entire Award Agreement shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

 

25. Modifications to the Award Agreement . This Award Agreement, together with the Plan and the exhibits attached to this Award Agreement, constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered hereby and thereby. Participant expressly warrants that Participant is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than Participant). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Code Section 409A in connection with this award of RSUs.

 

26. Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the RSUs and on any Shares acquired under the RSUs, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the foregoing.

 

27. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that the Company and its Affiliates may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance or security number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company or any Affiliate, details of all RSUs or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Personal Data”). Participant understands that Personal Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in the United States, Participant’s country (if different than the United States), or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country .

For Participants located in the European Union, the following paragraph applies: Participant understands that Participant may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Personal Data by contacting Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Personal Data, in electronic or other form, for the

 

A-9


purposes of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Personal Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom Participant may elect to deposit any Shares received. Participant understands that Personal Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Participant may, at any time, view Personal Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Personal Data, require any necessary amendments to Personal Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, without cost, by contacting in writing Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant understands that refusal or withdrawal of consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan or to realize benefits from the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that Participant may contact Participant’s local human resources representative.

 

28. Foreign Exchange Fluctuations and Restrictions . Participant understands and agrees that the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty and may increase or decrease in value. Participant also understands that neither the Company, nor any Affiliate is responsible for any foreign exchange fluctuation between local currency and the United States Dollar or the selection by the Company or any Affiliate, in its sole and absolute discretion, of an applicable foreign currency exchange rate that may affect the value of the RSUs or Shares received (or the calculation of income or Tax-Related Items thereunder). Participant understands and agrees that any cross-border remittance made to transfer proceeds received upon the sale of any Shares must be made through a locally authorized financial institution or registered foreign exchange agency and may require Participant to provide such entity with certain information regarding the transaction.

 

29. The Plan . By accepting the RSUs, Participant expressly warrants that Participant has received an award of RSUs under the Plan, and has received, read, acknowledged and understood the Plan.

 

30. Governing Law; Venue . This Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this award of RSUs or this Award Agreement, Participant hereby submits to and consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State of California, and agrees that such dispute will be handled in the courts of the County of San Diego, State of California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Southern District of California, and no other courts.

 

31.

Power of Attorney; Stock Certificates . In order to secure Participant’s obligations in respect of any exercise of any repurchase rights under the Plan and this Award Agreement, Participant hereby constitutes and appoints the Board (and any member or designee of the Board), with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in such holder’s name, place and stead, to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all instruments and

 

A-10


  other documents and do such other acts which the Board deems appropriate or necessary to effect or evidence any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Award Agreement and the Plan, and such power of attorney may be exercised at any time and from time to time. The foregoing power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and shall survive Participant’s death, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy, insolvency or termination and the transfer of all or any portion of the Shares and shall extend to Participant’s heirs, successors, assigns, transferees and personal representatives. In addition, until release upon consummation of an Initial Public Offering, all certificates evidencing the Shares shall be held by the Company for Participant’s benefit and the benefit of the Company’s other stockholders. The purpose of the Company’s retention of such certificates is solely to facilitate any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Award Agreement and the Plan and does not constitute a pledge of, or the granting of a security interest in, the underlying Shares.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

A-11


E XHIBIT B

D ESIGNATION OF D EATH B ENEFICIARY

In connection with the Award(s) designated below that I have received pursuant to the Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”), I hereby designate the person specified below as the beneficiary upon my death of my interest in such Awards. This designation shall remain in effect until revoked in writing by me.

 

  Name of Beneficiary:  

 

 
  Address:  

 

 
   

    

 
   

    

 
  Social Security No.:  

 

 

This beneficiary designation relates to any and all of my rights under the following Award or Awards:

 

  ¨ any Award that I have received or ever receive under the Plan.

 

  ¨ the             Award that I received pursuant to an award agreement with a Grant Date of             ,             between myself and Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

I understand that this designation operates to entitle the above named beneficiary, in the event of my death, to any and all of my rights under the Award(s) designated above from the date this executed and notarized form is delivered to the Company until such date as this designation is revoked in writing by me, including by delivery to the Company of a written, executed and notarized designation of beneficiary executed by me on a later date.

 

Date:  

 

By:  

 

  Name of Participant

 

Sworn to before me this
     day of             , 20    

 

Notary Public  
County of  

 

State of  

 

 

B-1

Exhibit 10.5

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement

 

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement (this “ Award Agreement ”), which includes the Notice of Stock Appreciation Rights Grant (the “ Notice of Grant ”) and the Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights Grant attached hereto as E XHIBIT A .

NOTICE OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS GRANT

Participant has been granted the right to receive an award of Stock Appreciation Rights (“ SARs ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

 

Name of Participant

 

    

 

Grant Number

 

    

 

Grant Date

 

  

 

            , 20    

 

 

Vesting

Commencement Date        

 

  

 

                 , 20    

 

 

Exercise price per

Share

 

  

 

$         

 

 

Total Number of Shares

Granted

 

    

 

Vesting

  

 

[The Shares subject to the SARs will vest with respect to 1/4 (25%) of the total number of Shares designated above on the date that is one (1) year after the Vesting Commencement Date, and the balance of the Shares will vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date on each one (1)-month date thereafter, subject to Participant’s Continuous Service through each such date, inclusive.]

 

 

Expiration Date

  

 

                 , 20     1

Subject to the terms of any employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement or similar agreement between Participant, on the one hand, and the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, that is in effect when

 

 

1   Ten years from the Grant Date.

 

1


    

 

Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the SARs shall expire, be canceled and automatically become null and void immediately upon the termination of Participant’s Continuous Service for any reason, but only to the extent Participant’s rights under the SARs have not become vested on or before the date Participant’s Continuous Service ends, except to the extent set forth in the Plan with respect to Participant’s death or disability.

 

 

Recapture

  

 

¨      Section 14(a) of the Plan shall apply regarding Termination, Rescission and Recapture of the

           SARs or the Shares subject to the SARs.

 

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this award of SARs is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights Grant (including any country-specific addendum thereto) attached hereto as E XHIBIT A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel, accountants and advisors prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

Participant acknowledges that the Plan and the prospectus describing the Plan (the “ Prospectus ”) are available on the Company’s intranet under “            ” at “            ”; provided that a paper copy of the Plan and the Prospectus are available upon request by contacting the [Human Resources Department] at              (            )              -             . By signing below, Participant acknowledges receipt of the Plan and the Prospectus.

 

PARTICIPANT:     VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Name
Residence Address:    

 

 

    Title

 

   

 

   

 

2


E XHIBIT A

T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS G RANT

 

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to Participant under the Plan SARs with respect to the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail in all respects.

 

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, and subject to Section 7, the SARs awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. No [cash will be paid] 2 [Shares will be issued and no cash will be paid] 3 to Participant before the SARs vest and are exercised. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date, or upon the occurrence of a certain condition, will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement unless Participant will have been in Continuous Service from the Grant Date until the date such vesting occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine when Participant is no longer providing Continuous Service for purposes of participation in the Plan and this award of SARs if other than a last day of employment or services. The termination of vesting will apply regardless of whether Participant is entitled to a period of notice of termination which would otherwise permit a greater portion of the SARs to vest. For greater certainty, the date on which Participant ceases to have been in Continuous Service shall be based upon the last day of actual Continuous Service to the Company or its Affiliate (and specifically does not include any period of notice that the Company or its Affiliate may be required to provide to Participant).

 

3. Committee Discretion . The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested SARs at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, the SARs will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Committee.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the SARs is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination of Continuous Service (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as determined by the Company or the Committee), other than due to death, and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, at the time of such termination of Continuous Service, and (y) the payment of such accelerated SARs will result in the imposition of additional tax under Code Section 409A, if paid to Participant on or within the six (6)-month period following Participant’s termination of

 

 

2   Include if SARs may be settled only in cash.
3  

Include if SARs may be settled (i) only in Shares or (ii) in cash or Shares.

 

A-1


Continuous Service, then the payment of such accelerated SARs will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of termination of Participant’s Continuous Service, unless Participant dies following Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, in which case, the SARs will be paid in [cash] 4 [Shares] 5 [cash or Shares] 6 to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following Participant’s death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, so that none of the SARs provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply.

 

4. Exercise of SARs .

 

  (a) Right to Exercise . The SARs may be exercised only with respect to the portion of the SARs that have vested and only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

 

  (b) Method of Exercise . The SARs are exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT B (the “ Exercise Notice ”), or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Committee may determine, which will state the election to exercise the SARs, the number of Shares in respect of which the SARs are being exercised (the “ Exercised Shares ”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed and executed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of any applicable tax withholding. The SARs will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully completed and executed Exercise Notice.

 

5. Company’s Obligation to Pay . The SARs represent the right to receive, upon exercise thereof, an amount of [cash] 7 [Shares with a Fair Market Value] 8 [Shares with a Fair Market Value or cash] 9 equal to the product of: (a) the number of Shares subject to the SARs that are exercised (Participant may exercise only for whole Shares), and (b) the excess of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.

 

6. Form of Payments . The Company will make any payments to Participant under the SARs in the form of [cash, net of applicable withholding taxes in accordance with Section 9] 10 [OR] [Shares, with cash paid in lieu of fractional Shares, as determined by the Committee at the time of exercise. Any Shares Participant receives will be free from vesting

 

 

4   Include if SARs may be settled only in cash.
5   Include if SARs may be settled only in Shares.
6   Include if SARs may be settled in cash or Shares.
7   Include if SARs may be settled only in cash.
8   Include if SARs may be settled only in Shares.
9   Include if SARs may be settled in cash or Shares.
10  

Include if SARs may be settled only in cash.

 

A-2


  restrictions (but subject to such legends as the Company determines appropriate).] 11 [OR] [cash, net of applicable withholding taxes in accordance with Section 9, or Shares, with cash paid in lieu of fractional Shares, as determined by the Committee at or prior to the time of exercise. Any Shares Participant receives will be free from vesting restrictions (but subject to such legends as the Company determines appropriate).] 12

 

7. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this Award Agreement, subject to the terms of any employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement or similar agreement between Participant, on the one hand, and the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, that is in effect when Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, immediately upon the termination of Participant’s Continuous Service for any or no reason, the balance of the SARs that has not vested as of such time, and Participant’s right to acquire any [cash] 13 [Shares] 14 [cash or Shares] 15 hereunder, will be canceled and become automatically null and void in their entirety.

 

8. Death of Participant . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Plan, following the execution of this Award Agreement, Participant may expressly designate a death beneficiary (the “ Beneficiary ”) to Participant’s interest, if any, in the SARs [and any Shares subject to the SARs] 16 . Participant may designate the Beneficiary by completing a designation of death beneficiary agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT C (the “ Designation of Death Beneficiary ”) and delivering an executed and notarized copy of the Designation of Death Beneficiary to the Company. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to the Beneficiary, or if no Beneficiary has been designated or survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of such transferee’s status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

9. Tax Obligations .

 

  (a) Withholding of Taxes . Regardless of any action the Company or Participant’s employer (if other than the Company) (the “ Employer ”) takes with respect to any or all Withholding Taxes, if any, that arise upon the grant, vesting or exercise of the SARs [or the holding or subsequent sale of Shares, and the receipt of dividends, if any] 17 (“ Tax-Related Items ”), Participant acknowledges and agrees that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by Participant is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually

 

 

11   Include if SARs may be settled only in Shares.
12   Include if SARs may be settled in cash or Shares.
13   Include if SARs may be settled only in cash.
14   Include if SARs may be settled only in Shares.
15   Include if SARs may be settled (i) only in Shares or (ii) in cash or Shares.
16   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
17  

Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.

 

A-3


  withheld by the Company or the Employer. Participant further acknowledges that each of the Company and the Employer (i) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the SARs including grant, vesting or exercise of the SARs[, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired under the Plan, and the receipt of dividends, if any] 18 ; and (ii) does not commit to and is under no obligation to structure the terms of the SARs or any aspect of the SARs to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items, or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant has become subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable event, Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this Award Agreement, no [Shares and no] 19 payment will be [issued or] 20 made to Participant (or Participant’s estate or Beneficiary) for the SARs unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Company) have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of any Tax-Related Items which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such [Shares or] 21 payment. The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such Tax-Related Items, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (i) paying cash[, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld,] 22 [or][(ii)][(iii)] delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld; provided that such Shares have been held for at least the minimum period of time that would allow the Company to avoid adverse accounting consequences[, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole and absolute discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld.] 23 To the extent determined appropriate by the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, the Company will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax-Related Items by [(Y) reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant, or (Z)] withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation payable to Participant by the Company or the Employer.

[If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding Shares, Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares purchased for tax purposes, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares is held back solely for the purpose of paying

 

 

18   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
19   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
20   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
21   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
22   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
23  

Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.

 

A-4


  the Tax-Related Items due as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant shall pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company may be required to withhold as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by one or more of the means previously described in this Section 9.] 24 Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to issue or deliver [cash payable upon exercise of the SARs] 25 [the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares] 26 [cash payable upon exercise of the SARs or Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares] 27 if Participant fails to comply with Participant’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

10. [Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any transferee or Beneficiary of Participant shall have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares subject to the SARs until the date of issuance of a stock certificate or making of a book entry evidencing the Shares subject to the SARs to Participant or Participant’s transferee or Beneficiary for such Shares in accordance with the Company’s governing instruments and Applicable Law. Prior to the issuance of Shares pursuant to the SARs, Participant shall not have the right to vote or to receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder with respect to the Shares subject to the SARs. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right that is determined based on a record date prior to the date the stock certificate is issued or book entry is made, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan.] 28

 

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service or Grants . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE SHARES SUBJECT TO THE SARS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY REMAINING IN CONTINUOUS SERVICE AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR RETAINED, BEING GRANTED THE SARS [OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER] 29 . PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE THAT PARTICIPANT WILL REMAIN, OR HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO REMAIN, IN CONTINUOUS SERVICE, FOR ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY OTHER PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

 

24   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
25   Include if SARs may be settled only in cash.
26   Include if SARs may be settled only in Shares.
27   Include if SARs may be settled in cash or Shares.
28   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
29   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.

 

A-5


  Participant also acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, the Plan is discretionary in nature and the Plan may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time; (b) the grant of the SARs is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of SARs, or benefits in lieu of the SARs even if the SARs have been granted repeatedly in the past; (c) all decisions with respect to future awards of SARs, if any, will be at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company; (d) Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (e) the SARs [and the Shares subject to the SARs] 30 are extraordinary items that do not constitute regular compensation for services rendered to the Company or the Employer, and are outside the scope of Participant’s employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement or similar agreement, if any; (f) the SARs [and the Shares subject to the SARs] 31 are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation; (g) the SARs [and the Shares subject to the SARs] 32 are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, or end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, retirement or welfare benefits, or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company or the Employer; and (h) in consideration of the award of the SARs, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the SARs resulting from termination of employment by the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws), and Participant irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived Participant’s entitlement to pursue such claim.

 

12. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at 11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50, San Diego, CA 92037, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing. Any notice to be given to Participant under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to Participant at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

 

13. Award is Not Transferable[; Shares Subject to Limitations on Transfer] 33 . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 8, the SARs and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the SARs, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, the SARs and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

 

 

30   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
31   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
32   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
33   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.

 

A-6


[Any Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement shall also be subject to any limitations on transferability imposed under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, each as may be amended or restated from time to time, and pursuant to any insider trading, “trading window” or similar policy adopted by the Company from time to time.] 34

 

14. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the SARs, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

15. [Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system or under any state, federal or foreign law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or Participant’s estate or Beneficiary), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the SARs are exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares. The Company shall not be obligated to issue any Shares pursuant to the SARs at any time if the issuance of Shares, or the exercise of a SAR by Participant, violates or is not in compliance with any laws, rules or regulations of the United States, any state or of any other country.

Furthermore, the Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the SARs and on any Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing. Furthermore, Participant understands that the laws of the country in which Participant is resident at the time of grant or vesting of the SARs or the holding or disposition of Shares (including any rules or regulations governing securities, foreign exchange, tax, labor or other matters) may restrict or prevent the issuance of Shares or may subject Participant to additional procedural or regulatory requirements that Participant is solely responsible for and will have to independently fulfill in relation to the SARs or the Shares. Notwithstanding any provision herein, the SARs and any Shares shall be subject to any special terms and conditions or disclosures as set forth in any addendum for Participant’s country (which forms a part of this Award Agreement).

 

 

34   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.

 

A-7


Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or of this Award Agreement, for periods during which the Shares are not traded or listed on a national securities exchange: (i) the Committee may condition Participant’s receipt of Shares on Participant’s execution of any other stockholders’ or similar agreement imposing terms generally applicable to other similarly-situated employee-stockholders; and (ii) any Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement shall be non-transferable until the first day of the ninth (9th) month following the termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.] 35

 

16. Committee Authority . The Committee will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to SARs have vested). All actions taken, and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith, will be final, binding and conclusive upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

 

17. Electronic Delivery and Language . The Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to SARs awarded under the Plan, or future SARs that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means, or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company. Participant shall not raise the use of electronic delivery as a defense to the formation of a contract. If Participant has received this Award Agreement, including appendices, or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English, and the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

18. Independent Tax Advice . Participant acknowledges that determining the actual tax consequences to Participant of receiving or disposing of the SARs [and Shares] 36 may be complicated. These tax consequences will depend, in part, on Participant’s specific situation and may also depend on the resolution of currently uncertain tax law and other variables not within the control of the Company. Participant is aware that Participant should consult a competent and independent tax advisor for a full understanding of the specific tax consequences to Participant of receiving the SARs, exercising the SARs and receiving [the cash payment] 37 [the cash payment or the Shares (and disposing of such Shares)] 38 . Prior to executing this Award Agreement, Participant either has consulted with a competent tax advisor independent of the Company to obtain tax advice concerning the receipt of the SARs, and the receipt of the [cash payment] 39 [cash

 

 

35   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
36   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
37   Include if SARs may be settled only in cash.
38   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
39  

Include if SARs may be settled only in cash.

 

A-8


  payment or the Shares (and the disposition of such Shares)] 40 in light of Participant’s specific situation, or Participant has had the opportunity to consult with a tax advisor but chose not to do so.

 

19. [Investment Purposes . By executing this Award Agreement, Participant represents and warrants to the Company that any Shares issued to Participant pursuant to the exercise of the SARs will be held for investment purposes only for Participant’s own account, and not with a view to, for resale in connection with, or with an intent of participating directly or indirectly in, any distribution of such Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act.] 41

 

20. [Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of the SARs [or the Shares issuable under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act, or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including, without limitation, the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state or any other law or to enforce the intent of the SARs.] 42

 

21. Recoupment . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the SARs and any [cash] 43 [cash, Shares] 44 or other amount or property that may be issued, delivered or paid in respect of the SARs, as well as any consideration that may be received in respect of a sale or other disposition of any such [cash] 45 [cash, Shares] 46 or property, shall be subject to recoupment under the Plan, in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system on which the Company’s securities are listed, quoted or traded or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, including but not limited to Section 10D of the Exchange Act, or any other Applicable Law, as well as any recoupment or “clawback” policies of the Company that may be in effect from time to time.

 

22. Participant Acknowledgement of Certain Rights and Restrictions . Participant hereby expressly represents and warrants that Participant has reviewed and understands the provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, Sections 14 (Termination, Rescission and Recapture of Awards), 15 (Recoupment of Awards), 23(f) (Data Privacy) [and 23(g) (Participants Outside of the United States)] 47 [, 23(g) (Participants Outside of

 

 

40   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
41   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
42   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
43   Include if SARs may be settled only in cash.
44   Include if SARs may be settled only in Shares or in cash or Shares.
45   Include if SARs may be settled only in cash.
46   Include if SARs may be settled only in Shares or in cash or Shares.
47  

Include if SARs may be settled only in cash.

 

A-9


  the United States), 26 (Repurchase Rights) and 27 (Market Stand-Off) of the Plan] 48 . Participant acknowledges and agrees that the SARs and the Shares are subject to the Plan, including without limitation, the foregoing provisions. Participant further acknowledges receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus.

 

23. Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Award Agreement, if Participant is a Reporting Person, then the Plan, the SARs and this Award Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

24. Titles; Headings; Sections . The titles and headings of the sections in this Award Agreement are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of this Award Agreement, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. A reference to a “Section” in this Award Agreement shall mean a Section of this Award Agreement.

 

25. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Award Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Award Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby. If, in the opinion of any court of competent jurisdiction, such covenants are not reasonable in any respect, such court shall have the right, power and authority to excise or modify such provision or provisions of these covenants that are, in the court’s opinion, not reasonable, and to enforce the remainder of these covenants as so amended. Regardless of whether a court replaces any such provisions, the balance of this Award Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms and this entire Award Agreement shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

 

26. Modifications to the Award Agreement . This Award Agreement, together with the Plan and the exhibits attached to this Award Agreement, constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered hereby and thereby. Participant expressly warrants that Participant is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than Participant). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Code Section 409A in connection with the SARs.

 

 

48   Include SARs may be settled in Shares.

 

A-10


27. Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the SARs [and on any Shares acquired under the SARs] 49 , to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the foregoing.

 

28. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that the Company and its Affiliates may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance or security number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company or any Affiliate, details of all SARs or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Personal Data”). Participant understands that Personal Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in the United States, Participant’s country (if different than the United States), or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country .

For Participants located in the European Union, the following paragraph applies: Participant understands that Participant may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Personal Data by contacting Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Personal Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan, [including any requisite transfer of such Personal Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom Participant may elect to deposit any Shares received upon exercise of the SARs] 50 . Participant understands that Personal Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Participant may, at any time, view Personal Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Personal Data, require any necessary amendments to Personal Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, without cost, by contacting in writing Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant understands that refusal or withdrawal of consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan or to realize benefits

 

 

49   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
50  

Include if the SARs may be settled in Shares.

 

A-11


  from the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that Participant may contact Participant’s local human resources representative.

 

29. Foreign Exchange Fluctuations and Restrictions . Participant understands and agrees that the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty[; further, if Participant exercises the SARs and obtains Shares, the value of the Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price] 51 . Participant also understands that neither the Company, nor any Affiliate is responsible for any foreign exchange fluctuation between local currency and the United States Dollar or the selection by the Company or any Affiliate, in its sole and absolute discretion, of an applicable foreign currency exchange rate that may affect the value of the SARs [or Shares received] 52 (or the calculation of income or Tax-Related Items thereunder). [Participant understands and agrees that any cross border remittance made to transfer proceeds received upon the sale of any Shares must be made through a locally authorized financial institution or registered foreign exchange agency and may require Participant to provide such entity with certain information regarding the transaction.] 53

 

30. The Plan . By accepting the SARs, Participant expressly warrants that Participant has received SARs under the Plan, and has received, read, acknowledged and understood the Plan.

 

31. Governing Law; Venue . This Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this award of SARs or this Award Agreement, Participant hereby submits to and consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State of California, and agrees that such dispute will be handled in the courts of the County of San Diego, State of California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Southern District of California, and no other courts.

 

32. [Power of Attorney; Stock Certificates . In order to secure Participant’s obligations in respect of any exercise of any repurchase rights under the Plan and this Award Agreement, Participant hereby constitutes and appoints the Board (and any member or designee of the Board), with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in such holder’s name, place and stead, to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all instruments and other documents and do such other acts which the Board deems appropriate or necessary to effect or evidence any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Award Agreement and the Plan, and such power of attorney may be exercised at any time and from time to time. The foregoing power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and shall survive Participant’s death, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy, insolvency or

 

 

51   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
52   Include if SARs may be settled in Shares.
53  

Include if the SARs may be settled in Shares.

 

A-12


  termination and the transfer of all or any portion of the Shares and shall extend to Participant’s heirs, successors, assigns, transferees and personal representatives. In addition, until release upon consummation of an Initial Public Offering, all certificates evidencing the Shares shall be held by the Company for Participant’s benefit and the benefit of the Company’s other stockholders. The purpose of the Company’s retention of such certificates is solely to facilitate any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Award Agreement and the Plan and does not constitute a pledge of, or the granting of a security interest in, the underlying Shares.] 54

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 

54   Include if the SARs may be settled in Shares.

 

A-13


E XHIBIT B

E XERCISE N OTICE

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50

San Diego, CA 92037

 

1. Exercise of SARs . Effective as of today,             , 20    , the undersigned (“ Purchaser ”) hereby elects to purchase                  shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Common Stock of Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement dated             , 20     (the “ Award Agreement ”).

 

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the SARS.

 

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the SARs, notwithstanding the exercise of the SARs. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the SARs. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 13(a) of the Plan.

 

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company or any of its Affiliates for any tax advice.

 

6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Exercise Notice shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

B-1


Submitted by:   Accepted by:
PURCHASER:   VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

Signature   By

 

 

 

Print Name   Name
Address :  

 

  Title
 

 

  Date Received

 

B-2


E XHIBIT C

D ESIGNATION OF D EATH B ENEFICIARY

In connection with the Award(s) designated below that I have received pursuant to the Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”), I hereby designate the person specified below as the beneficiary upon my death of my interest in such Awards. This designation shall remain in effect until revoked in writing by me.

 

Name of Beneficiary:  

 

 
Address:  

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 
Social Security No.:  

 

 

This beneficiary designation relates to any and all of my rights under the following Award or Awards:

 

  ¨ any Award that I have received or ever receive under the Plan.

 

  ¨ the              Award that I received pursuant to an award agreement with a Grant Date of             ,              between myself and Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

I understand that this designation operates to entitle the above named beneficiary, in the event of my death, to any and all of my rights under the Award(s) designated above from the date this executed and notarized form is delivered to the Company until such date as this designation is revoked in writing by me, including by delivery to the Company of a written, executed and notarized designation of beneficiary executed by me on a later date.

 

Date:  

 

By:  

 

  Name of Participant

Sworn to before me this

             day of             , 20    

                                                             

Notary Public

County of                                     

State of                                         

 

C-1

Exhibit 10.6

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Executive agrees to the terms and conditions of employment with Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (“ Company ”) set forth in this Employment Agreement (“ Agreement ”), effective as of June 2, 2014 (“ Effective Date ”).

1. Employment Terms.

(a) Employment Period . The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the one (1) year anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Employment Period ”); provided that the Agreement shall automatically renew on the same terms and conditions set forth herein for additional one (1) year periods unless the Company or Executive gives the other party written notice of its election not to renew the Employment Period ( “Non-Renewal Notice” ) at least sixty (60) days prior to the renewal date (the “ Renewal Period ”). The “ Employment Period ” shall end at the end of the Initial Employment Period (or the end of any Renewal Period) if a Non-Renewal Notice is timely provided, or on such earlier date as Executive’s employment terminates under Section 3. The date of Executive’s termination of employment is the “ Termination Date ”.

(b) Nature of Duties . Executive shall be the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) and President. Executive shall work exclusively for the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (collectively, “Company Group” ), to the extent so directed by the Board, and shall have all of the customary powers and duties associated with the positions of CEO and President. While Executive serves as CEO or President, the Company shall nominate Executive to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (“ Board ”) (and shall continue to nominate Executive for such service prior to the Termination Date) and Executive will continue to serve on the Board of Directors and, to the extent directed by the Board, as a member of the Board of Directors of any Subsidiary or Affiliate, prior to the Termination Date for as long as he is elected by the Company’s stockholders. Executive shall not receive any compensation as a member of the Board or as a member of the Board of Directors of any Subsidiary or Affiliate. Executive shall report to the Board. Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time and effort to the performance of Executive’s duties for the Company Group, which Executive shall perform faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability. Executive will be permitted to engage in non-commercial outside business activities (e.g., non-profit boards), with the consent of the Board. Executive shall be subject to the Company Group’s policies and procedures, as generally in effect from time-to-time, including any and all policies and procedures implemented after the Effective Date. Executive shall be an at-will employee who may resign or be terminated at any time, with or without Cause. Executive’s at-will status only can be altered by a written document approved by the Board or a committee thereof and signed by the Chairperson of the Board or an executive officer of the Company (in either case, other than Executive), on the one hand, and Executive, in his personal capacity, on the other hand.


(c) Place of Performance . Executive shall work from the Company’s offices in California and New York, as determined by the Board, except for required travel on Company Group business.

(d) Subsidiaries and Affiliates . For purposes of this Agreement, (i) “ Subsidiaries ” means any corporation or other entity of which the securities or other ownership interests having the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body are, at the time of determination, owned by the Company, directly or through one or more subsidiaries or parents and (ii) “ Affiliate ” means any person or entity, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, including any parent company of the Company.

2. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . The Company shall pay Executive a base salary (“ Base Salary ”) at an annual rate of $193,193, between the Effective Date and completion of the Company’s Initial Public Offering ( “IPO” ). Commencing on the date following completion of the IPO, the Company shall pay Executive a Base Salary of $386,386. Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (“ Compensation Committee ”), and, if appropriate, increased (but not decreased, except in the event of a proportional reduction in salaries of Company executives generally). Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in conformity with the Company’s salary payment practices generally applicable to the Company’s senior executive officers. Executive shall not earn any Base Salary during periods of non-performance of his job duties, other than vacations and permitted sick leave.

(b) Annual Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”). Executive’s target Annual Bonus, to the extent earned, will be forty percent (40%) of Executive’s Base Salary in effect on June 30th of such calendar year (except that during 2014, Executive’s target Annual Bonus will be $115,915.80, pro-rated from the Effective Date through December 31, 2014). The Annual Bonus shall be based on Company financial performance and Executive’s performance, each measure as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee after consultation with Executive for the applicable year. The actual Annual Bonus amount, if any, will be determined in the discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee, and generally will be paid within the first quarter of the following calendar year. The Annual Bonus is not earned until paid. Executive understands that Executive shall not be entitled to the Annual Bonus unless Executive is employed by the Company at the time the Annual Bonus is paid.

(c) Equity Compensation . The Board will recommend to the Compensation Committee that Executive receive, upon the closing date of the IPO: (a) a stock option to purchase 87,500 shares of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock” ) (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) (the “Option” ); (b) an award of 87,500 shares of restricted Common Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) (the “Initial RSA” ); and (c) an additional award of shares of restricted Common Stock equal to (I) the quotient obtained by dividing (Y) the product of (i) $289,789.74 multiplied by (ii) the number of days between the date of the closing of the IPO and

 

2


the Effective Date, by (Z) the product obtained by multiplying (I) 365 by (II) the closing sales price of the Common Stock on the date of the closing of the IPO, as reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, rounded down to the nearest whole share (the “Additional RSA” and, together with the Option and the Initial RSA, the “Awards” ). Each of the Initial RSA and Option shall vest according to the following terms: 25% of the Award will be vested upon issuance and 25% of the Award will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of issuance for the next three years, so long as Executive continues to provide continuous services to the Company through each applicable vesting date, inclusive. The Additional RSA will be fully vested upon issuance. Each of the Awards will be subject to the terms and conditions of the forthcoming Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be amended or restated from time to time, “ Equity Incentive Plan ”), including any required agreements and/or grant documentation, and shall vest over the vesting schedule set forth in such Equity Incentive Plan or the applicable grant documents; provided that the vesting commencement date for the Awards shall be the Effective Date. Following the grants of the Awards, Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan, any successor to such plan, and any other Company equity compensation plan established from time to time and generally made available by the Company in its sole discretion to the Company’s senior executive officers.

(d) Benefits . During Executive’s employment, Executive shall be entitled to accrue up to three (3) weeks of vacation annually (pro-rated for partial years), subject to Company policies as modified from time to time. Executive also shall be entitled to participate in all Company employee welfare benefit plans and programs, to the same extent generally available to the Company’s senior executive officers, in accordance with the terms of those plans and programs. The Company shall have the right to terminate or change any such plan or program at any time.

(e) Expenses . Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary business expenses that Executive incurs, in accordance with Company policy. Executive also shall have use of an entertainment and business development budget, the amount and terms of which shall be set by the Board or the Compensation Committee in its discretion each year. Executive must account for all business, entertainment, and business development expenses, in accordance with Company policy.

(f) Relocation Assistance . Executive shall receive relocation assistance in the form of a one-time cash payment of $14,000 from the Company as reimbursement of certain expenses incurred by Executive in relocating from New York, New York to San Diego, California.

(g) Indemnification . The Company shall extend to Executive the same indemnification arrangements as are generally provided to the Company’s senior executive officers and members of the Board (with respect to such times as Executive is a member of the Board) from time to time.

3. Termination .

(a) Death . If Executive dies while employed under this Agreement, Executive’s employment shall terminate immediately.

 

3


(b) By Company .

(i) Non-Renewal of Agreement . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment by providing a timely Non-Renewal Notice, pursuant to Section 1(a).

(ii) Termination for Cause . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause. “ Cause ” shall include, but not be limited to a good faith determination by the Company that it has Cause to terminate Executive including for any of the following reasons: (a) conviction of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude; (b) the commission of any act against any member of the Company Group, constituting willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud, theft, or embezzlement; (c) intentional or grossly negligent failure to follow the directions of the Board with respect to the material services, duties, or responsibilities required of Executive by the Company, which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Executive; (d) breach of a material employment policy of the Company Group applicable to senior executive officers, which is material, which causes any member of the Company Group material harm, and which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Executive; or (e) any other breach of this Agreement that is material and that is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Executive. If Executive’s employment ends for any reason other than discharge by the Company for Cause, but at a time when the Company, in its good faith belief, had Cause to terminate Executive (or would have had Cause if it knew all relevant facts), then Executive’s termination shall be treated as a termination by the Company for Cause.

(iii) Disability . Except as prohibited by applicable law, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment on account of Disability, or may transfer Executive to inactive employment status, which shall have the same effect under this Agreement as a termination for Disability. “ Disability ” means a physical or mental illness, injury, or condition that prevents Executive from performing substantially all of Executive’s duties under this Agreement for at least 90 consecutive calendar days or for at least 120 calendar days, whether or not consecutive, in any 365 calendar day period, or is likely to do so, as certified by a physician selected by the Board or the Compensation Committee.

(iv) Termination Other Than for Non-Renewal, Cause, Disability or Death . Because Executive is an at-will employee, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for any reason, and without advance notice.

(c) By Executive .

(i) Non-Renewal of Agreement . Executive may terminate Executive’s employment by providing a timely Non-Renewal Notice, pursuant to Section 1(a).

(ii) Resignation for Good Reason . Executive may resign Executive’s employment at any time if “Good Reason” exists. “ Good Reason ” shall mean that, without Executive’s written consent, (i) there is a material diminution of Executive’s Base Salary (except in the event of a proportional reduction in salaries of Company executives generally); or (ii) there is a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that neither completion of the IPO, nor any departure of Executive

 

4


from the Board, shall constitute Good Reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no resignation shall be considered to have been for Good Reason unless Executive first gives the Company written notice of Executive’s intention to resign employment and specifies the grounds for such resignation with reasonable particularity within ninety (90) days of the date such event occurs, the Company has not cured such event within thirty (30) days of its receipt of such notice, and Executive actually resigns Executive’s employment for such reason within thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period. The Company may cure at any time prior to Executive’s termination, and Executive may not resign for Good Reason on the noticed ground or grounds once the Company has so cured.

(iii) Resignation other than for Good Reason . Because Executive is an at-will employee, Executive may resign from employment with the Company at any time for any reason, and without advance notice; provided, however, that Executive covenants that he will provide at least 60 days’ written notice of resignation.

(iv) Date of Non-Renewal / Resignation . If Executive provides a Non-Renewal Notice or advance notice of resignation to the Company, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment prior to the applicable expiration date and/or noticed resignation date, and/or place Executive on an unpaid leave of absence during such time period. Such termination and or leave of absence shall remain a non-renewal or resignation by Executive for purposes of this Agreement.

4. Termination Payments .

(a) Payments on Termination . Regardless of the reason Executive’s employment terminates, and except as expressly provided below in this Section 4, Executive shall receive only (i) any unpaid Base Salary, business expense reimbursements, and accrued but unused vacation, through the Termination Date; and (ii) any other unpaid amounts due under Company benefit plans, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans.

(b) Other Potential Payments On Termination . For avoidance of doubt, if Executive is entitled to amounts under Section 5(c), Executive shall not be entitled to any amounts under this Section 4(b).

(i) Non-Renewal by the Company . In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment by providing a timely Non-Renewal Notice, pursuant to Section 1(a), and provided that Executive thereafter resigns employment within thirty (30) days after such notice, with an effective date of the end of the Initial Employment Period or the end of the Renewal Period, as applicable, Executive shall receive the following amounts (the “6 Month Severance” ), subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement.

1. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall continue to pay Executive his Base Salary as of the Termination Date, for a period of six (6) months after the Termination Date, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule in effect on the Termination Date;

 

5


2. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall pay Executive six (6) monthly payments, each equal to 1/12 of the amount obtained by multiplying Executive’s target Annual Bonus percentage as of the Termination Date times Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date, on the last day of each of the six (6) months, commencing in the month following the Termination Date;

3. Subject to Executive’s timely election of COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the COBRA premiums, as of the Termination Date, for Executive and any dependents enrolled in the Company-sponsored non-FSA group health plans, for the lesser of (a) six (6) months, or (b) until Executive first becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan; and

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award documentation, with respect to the Awards: (a) outstanding equity awards that would have vested within six (6) months following the Termination Date, if any, shall vest and become fully exercisable, if applicable, as of the Termination Date, and (b) Executive shall have six (6) months from the Termination Date to exercise vested options (unless they terminate sooner according to their terms), at which point such options shall terminate if unexercised without compensation therefore (unless already terminated). Any portion of the Awards that were not vested on the Termination Date, after giving effect to the preceding sentence, shall terminate without compensation therefore on the Termination Date.

(ii) Termination for Cause . Executive shall receive only the amounts set forth in Section 4(a).

(iii) Disability . Executive shall receive the 6 Month Severance, subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement.

(iv) Death . Executive’s estate (“ Estate ”) shall receive the 6 Month Severance; provided that the legal representative of the Estate satisfies the Release Requirement on behalf of the Estate.

(v) Termination other than for Non-Renewal, Cause, Disability, or Death . Executive shall receive the following amounts (the “12 Month Severance” ), subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement:

1. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall continue to pay Executive his/her Base Salary as of the Termination Date, for a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule in effect on the Termination Date;

2. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall pay Executive twelve (12) monthly payments, each equal to 1/12 of the amount obtained by multiplying Executive’s target Annual Bonus percentage as of the Termination Date times Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date, on the last day of each of the twelve (12) months, commencing in the month following the Termination Date;

 

6


3. Subject to Executive’s timely election of COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the COBRA premiums, as of the Termination Date, for Executive and any dependents enrolled in the Company-sponsored non-FSA group health plans, for the lesser of (a) twelve (12) months, or (b) until Executive first becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan; and

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award documentation, with respect to the Awards: (a) outstanding equity awards that would have vested within twelve (12) months following the Termination Date, if any, shall vest and become fully exercisable, if applicable, as of the Termination Date, and (b) Executive shall have twelve (12) months from the Termination Date to exercise vested options (unless they terminate sooner according to their terms), at which point such options shall terminate if unexercised without compensation therefore (unless already terminated). Any portion of the Awards that were not vested on the Termination Date, after giving effect to the preceding sentence, shall terminate without compensation therefore on the Termination Date.

(vi) Non-Renewal by Executive . Executive shall receive only the amounts set forth in Section 4(a).

(vii) Resignation for Good Reason . Executive shall receive the 12 Month Severance, subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement.

(viii) Resignation other than for Good Reason . Executive shall receive only the amounts set forth in Section 4(a).

(c) Amounts Owed to the Company . Any amounts payable to Executive under Section 4(b) shall first be applied to repay any amounts Executive owes the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(d) Release Requirement . Executive will only receive the payments due to Executive under Section 4(b) if Executive signs a general release (in the form furnished to Executive by the Company) within 45 days after the Termination Date, Executive does not thereafter properly revoke the release, and that release has become effective and irrevocable in its entirety by the 60th day following the Termination Date (the “Release Requirement” ).

(e) Payment Timeframe. No payments under Section 4(b) shall commence until the 60th day after the Termination Date. Any amounts that would have been paid during such 60-day period shall be paid with the first payment.

5. Change in Control .

(a) Definition . A “ Change in Control ” of the Company shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Equity Incentive Plan (as the Equity Incentive Plan may be amended or restated from time to time).

(b) Equity Treatment On Change In Control . Upon a Change in Control during the Employment Period, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any associated equity award documentation, one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s

 

7


outstanding Awards that are unvested as of the Change in Control, if any, shall vest, and, if applicable, become fully exercisable immediately prior to the Change in Control. To the extent any vested equity awards held by Executive are not assumed and/or substituted in the Change in Control transaction on a basis that does not diminish the in-the-money value of the award (if in the money at the time of the Change in Control) or the maximum exercise period, if applicable, the Company shall provide to Executive cash on the Change in Control in exchange for the satisfaction and cancellation of such outstanding equity awards (based on the fair market value of shares underlying such awards on the date of the Change in Control).

(c) Termination Payments In Connection With Change In Control . For avoidance of doubt, if Executive is entitled to amounts under Section 4(b), Executive shall not be entitled to any amounts under this Section 5(c).

(i) Payments . If, within twenty four (24) months following a Change in Control, the Company terminates Executive’s employment other than pursuant to a Non-Renewal Notice, or for Cause, Disability, or Death, or Executive resigns for Good Reason, then in lieu of any amounts otherwise due under Section 4(b), Executive shall be entitled to the following payments, subject to the Release Requirement:

1. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall continue to pay Executive the Base Salary as of the Termination Date, for a period of eighteen (18) months after the Termination Date, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule in effect on the Termination Date;

2. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall pay Executive eighteen (18) monthly payments, each equal to 1/12 of the amount obtained by multiplying Executive’s target Annual Bonus percentage as of the Termination Date times Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date, on the last day of each of the eighteen (18) months, commencing in the month following the Termination Date;

3. Subject to Executive’s timely election of COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the COBRA premiums, as of the Termination Date, for Executive and any dependents enrolled in the Company-sponsored non-FSA group health plans, for the lesser of (a) eighteen (18) months, or (b) until Executive first becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan; and

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award documentation, with respect to the Awards: (a) outstanding equity awards that would have vested within eighteen (18) months following the Termination Date, if any, shall vest and become fully exercisable, if applicable, as of the Termination Date, and (b) Executive shall have eighteen (18) months from the Termination Date to exercise vested options (unless they terminate sooner according to their terms), at which point such options shall terminate if unexercised without compensation therefore (unless already terminated). Any portion of the Awards that were not vested on the Termination Date, after giving effect to the preceding sentence, shall terminate without compensation therefore on the Termination Date.

 

8


(ii) Amounts Owed to the Company . Any amounts payable to Executive under Section 5(c) shall first be applied to repay any amounts Executive owes the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(iii) Release Requirement . Executive will only receive the payments due to Executive under Section 5(c) if Executive satisfies the Release Requirement.

(iv) Payment Timeframe. No payments under Section 5(c) shall commence until the 60th day after the Termination Date. Any amounts that would have been paid during such 60-day period shall be paid with the first payment installment.

6. Protection of Confidential Information . Executive acknowledges that Executive currently possesses or will acquire secret, confidential, or proprietary information or trade secrets concerning the products, operations, future plans, or business methods of the Company Group (“ Confidential Information ”). That certain Employee Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2012, by and between the Company and Executive (as may be amended or restated from time to time) is incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

7. Non-Disparagement by Executive . Executive agrees not to criticize, denigrate, or otherwise disparage the Company, any member of the Company Group, or any of their officers, directors, employees, service providers, distributors, clients, products, processes, experiments, policies, practices, standards of business conduct, or areas or techniques of research. However, nothing in this Section shall prohibit Executive from complying with any lawful subpoena or court order or taking any other actions affirmatively authorized by law.

8. Efforts; Duty Not to Compete . Executive understands that his employment with the Company requires Executive’s undivided attention and effort. As a result, during Executive’s employment, Executive will not, without the Company’s express written consent, engage in any other employment or business that (i) directly competes with the current or future business of the Company Group; (ii) uses any Company Group information, equipment, supplies, facilities or materials; or (iii) otherwise conflicts with the Company Group’s business interest and causes a disruption of its operations.

9. Non-Solicitation of Employees/Consultants . During Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, Executive will not directly or indirectly solicit employees or consultants of the Company Group to terminate their relationship with the Company Group for Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity.

10. Non-Solicitation of Suppliers/Customers . During and after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will not directly or indirectly solicit or otherwise take away customers or suppliers of the Company Group if, in so doing, Executive accesses, uses or discloses any trade secrets or proprietary or Confidential Information of the Company Group. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company Group’s lists of customers and suppliers, including their buying and selling habits and special needs, whether created or obtained by, or disclosed to me during Executive’s employment, constitute Confidential Information of the Company Group.

 

9


11. Disputes

(a) Governing Law and Venue . The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California (excluding any that mandates the use of another jurisdiction’s laws). The enforcement of an arbitration award, or any other action in connection with this Agreement, only may be brought in the courts of the County of San Diego, State of California or federal courts situated within the County of San Diego, State of California.

(b) Arbitration of Disputes . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, and excluding those disputes that cannot be arbitrated as a matter of law (including, but not limited to, workers’ compensation claims and any claim relating to a benefit plan subject to ERISA), all disputes between the Company or any member of the Company Group electing to arbitrate and Executive, are to be resolved by final and binding arbitration in San Diego County, California, pursuant to the employment arbitration rules then in effect for JAMS (a copy of which will be provided to Executive by the Company, at Executive’s request), in accordance with the separate Mutual Agreement to Arbitrate Claims, dated as of even date herewith, by and between the Company and Executive, which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

(c) Legal Fees . To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise provided herein, each party is responsible for its own legal fees in connection with this Agreement and any enforcement thereof.

12. Taxes . The Company shall withhold taxes and other amounts from payments it makes pursuant to this Agreement as it determines to be required by applicable law.

13. Excise Tax . Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive (including any payment or benefit received in connection with a change in control of the Company or the termination of Executive’s employment, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement) (all such payments and benefits, together, the “ Total Payments ”) would be subject (in whole or part), to any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto (the “ Excise Tax ”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, program, arrangement or agreement, the Company will reduce the Total Payments to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax (but in no event to less than zero); provided, however, that the Total Payments will only be reduced if (i) the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments), is greater than or equal to (ii) the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which Executive would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments).

 

10


(a) In the case of a reduction in the Total Payments, the Total Payments will be reduced in the following order (unless reduction in another order is required to avoid adverse consequences under Section 409A, in which case, reduction will be in such other order): (i) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a) will be reduced (if necessary, to zero), with amounts that are payable last reduced first; (ii) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a), with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24) will next be reduced; (iii) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24, with amounts that are payable last reduced first, will next be reduced; (iv) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24, with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24) will next be reduced; and (v) all other non-cash benefits not otherwise described in clauses (ii) or (iv) will be next reduced pro-rata. Any reductions made pursuant to each of clauses (i)-(v) above will be made in the following manner: first, a pro-rata reduction of cash payment and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity not subject to Section 409A, and second, a pro-rata reduction of cash payments and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity subject to Section 409A as deferred compensation.

(b) For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax: (i) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which Executive shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a “payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code will be taken into account; (ii) no portion of the Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of tax counsel (“ Tax Counsel ”) reasonably acceptable to Executive and selected by the accounting firm which was, immediately prior to the change in control, the Company’s independent auditor (the “ Auditor ”), does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the “base amount” (as set forth in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) that is allocable to such reasonable compensation; and (iii) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments will be determined by the Auditor in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

14. Section 409A .

(a) To the extent applicable, it is intended that the Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”). The Agreement will be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement to fail to satisfy Section 409A will have no force and effect until amended to comply therewith (which amendment may be

 

11


retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Executive shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of the Agreement and no payments shall be due to Executive under the Agreement which are payable upon Executive’s termination of employment unless Executive would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A and the phrase “termination of employment” or similar phrases shall be construed to mean a “separation from service.” To the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, during any time in which stock of the Company is publicly-traded on any established securities market or otherwise (and pursuant to which Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) applies and not excepted under applicable Treasury Regulations), amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to the Agreement during the six-month period immediately following Executive’s termination of employment shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following Executive’s termination of employment (or upon Executive’s death, if earlier). In addition, for purposes of the Agreement, each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to Executive pursuant to the Agreement shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A. With respect to expenses eligible for reimbursement under the terms of the Agreement, (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement in any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in another taxable year and (ii) any reimbursements of such expenses shall be made no later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the related expenses were incurred, except, in each case, to the extent that the right to reimbursement does not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(b) The Company does not hereby or otherwise represent or warrant that any payments hereunder are or will be in compliance with Section 409A, and Executive shall be responsible for obtaining Executive’s own tax advice with regard to such matters. In no event shall the Company have any liability related to any payment or benefit under this Agreement failing to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

15. Clawback. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive may be required to forfeit or repay any or all compensation received by Executive under this Agreement pursuant to the terms of any compensation recovery or clawback requirement, or policy that may be adopted by or applicable to the Company, under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.

16. Other Terms .

(a) Notice . Any notice, demand, claim or other communication under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given (a) on delivery if delivered personally; (b) on the date on which delivery thereof is guaranteed by the carrier if delivered by a national courier guaranteeing delivery within a fixed number of days of sending; or (c) on the date of transmission thereof if delivery is confirmed, but, in each case, only if addressed to the Parties in the following manner at the following addresses (or at the other address as a Party may specify by notice to the other): to the Company, to the attention of the Chairperson of the Board and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company at its principal executive offices, and to Executive, at Executive’s principal residence as set forth in the employment records of the Company.

 

12


(b) Amendment . Except as provided herein or as required to remain compliant with applicable law, no provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged except by a written document signed on the Company’s behalf by a member of the Board or a duly authorized Company officer (in either case, other than Executive), on the one hand, and Executive, in his personal capacity, on the other hand.

(c) Waiver . A waiver of any conditions or provisions of this Agreement or any breach by any party hereto in a given instance shall not be deemed a waiver of such conditions or provisions at any other time.

(d) Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, Executive the Estate, but Executive may not assign or pledge this Agreement or any rights arising under it, except to the extent permitted under the terms of the Company plans in which Executive participates. Without Executive’s consent, the Company may assign this Agreement to any successor-in-interest to the Company (a “Successor” ) or Affiliate that agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement, after which any reference to the “Company” in this Agreement shall be deemed to be a reference to such Successor or Affiliate, and the Company thereafter shall have no further responsibility or liability under this Agreement of any kind.

(e) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(f) Headings . The headings set forth herein are included solely for the purpose of identification and shall not be used for the purpose of construing the meaning of the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

(h) Resignation from All Positions . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, unless otherwise requested by the Company, Executive shall resign, as of the date of such termination, from all positions he then holds as an officer, director, employee and member of the Board (and any committee thereof) of the Company and its Affiliates. Executive agrees to execute and deliver to the Company such writings as are required to effectuate the foregoing.

(i) Entire Agreement . All oral or written agreements or representations, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement are set forth in this Agreement. However, this Agreement does not override other written agreements Executive has executed relating to specific aspects of Executive’s employment, such as conflicts of interest.

 

13


(j) Former Employers . Executive is not subject to any employment, confidentiality, or other agreement or restriction that would prevent Executive from fully satisfying Executive’s duties under this Agreement or that would be violated if Executive did so. Without the Company’s prior written approval, Executive covenants that Executive will not: (i) disclose proprietary information belonging to a former employer or other entity without its written permission; (ii) contact any former employer’s customers or employees to solicit their business or employment on behalf of the Company, in either case if such contact or solicitation would violate any agreement between Executive and any prior employer of Executive; or (iii) distribute announcements about or otherwise publicize Executive’s employment with the Company. Executive will indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any liabilities or costs, including attorneys’ fees it may incur because Executive is alleged to have broken any of these promises or improperly revealed or used such proprietary information or to have threatened to do so, or if a former employer challenges Executive’s entering into this Agreement or rendering services pursuant to it.

(k) Survivability . The provisions of Sections 4-16 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

(l) Communication with Government Agencies . Nothing in this Agreement precludes Executive from filing an administrative charge or otherwise communicating with any federal, state, or local government office, official, or agency.

(m) Section References . Unless otherwise provided, references to a “Section” or to “Sections” in this Agreement shall refer to the Section or Sections, respectively, of this Agreement.

(n) Right to Negotiation . Executive acknowledges that Executive has been given the opportunity to consult with legal counsel or any other advisor of Executive’s own choosing regarding this Agreement. Executive understands and agrees that any attorney retained by the Company or any member of management who has discussed any term or condition of this Agreement with Executive or Executive’s advisor is only acting on behalf of the Company and not on Executive’s behalf. Executive hereby acknowledges that Executive has been given the opportunity to participate in the negotiation of the terms of this Agreement.

(o) Executive’s Understanding of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and confirms that Executive has read this Agreement and fully understands its terms and contents. Executive further acknowledges that all understandings and agreements between the Company and Executive relating to the subjects covered in this Agreement are contained in it and that Executive has entered into this Agreement voluntarily and not in reliance on any promises or representations by the Company other than those contained in this Agreement itself. Executive understands that by signing this Agreement Executive is giving up Executive’s right to a jury trial.

 

Date: May 15, 2014     VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
    By:  

/s/ Michael Dinerman, M.D.

    Name:   Michael Dinerman, M.D.
    Title:   Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

14


Date: May 15, 2014      

/s/ Brian Lian, Ph.D.

      Brian Lian, Ph.D.

 

15

Exhibit 10.7

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Executive agrees to the terms and conditions of employment with Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (“ Company ”) set forth in this Employment Agreement (“ Agreement ”), effective as of May 21, 2014 (“ Effective Date ”).

1. Employment Terms.

(a) Employment Period . The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the one (1) year anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Employment Period ”); provided that the Agreement shall automatically renew on the same terms and conditions set forth herein for additional one (1) year periods unless the Company or Executive gives the other party written notice of its election not to renew the Employment Period ( “Non-Renewal Notice” ) at least sixty (60) days prior to the renewal date (the “ Renewal Period ”). The “ Employment Period ” shall end at the end of the Initial Employment Period (or the end of any Renewal Period) if a Non-Renewal Notice is timely provided, or on such earlier date as Executive’s employment terminates under Section 3. The date of Executive’s termination of employment is the “ Termination Date ”.

(b) Nature of Duties . Executive shall be the Company’s Chief Financial Officer (“ CFO ”). Executive shall work exclusively for the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (collectively, “Company Group” ), to the extent so directed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company ( “CEO” ), and shall have all of the customary powers and duties associated with the position of CFO. Executive shall report to the CEO. Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time and effort to the performance of Executive’s duties for the Company Group, which Executive shall perform faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability. Executive will be permitted to engage in non-commercial outside business activities (e.g., non-profit boards), with the consent of the Board of Directors of the Company (“ Board ”). Executive shall be subject to the Company Group’s policies and procedures, as generally in effect from time-to-time, including any and all policies and procedures implemented after the Effective Date. Executive shall be an at-will employee who may resign or be terminated at any time, with or without Cause. Executive’s at-will status only can be altered by a written document approved by the Board or a committee thereof and signed by the CEO, on behalf of the Company, and Executive, in his personal capacity.

(c) Place of Performance . Executive shall work from the Company’s offices in California, except for required travel on Company Group business.

(d) Subsidiaries and Affiliates . For purposes of this Agreement, (i) “ Subsidiaries ” means any corporation or other entity of which the securities or other ownership interests having the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body are, at the time of determination, owned by the Company, directly or through one or more subsidiaries or parents and (ii) “ Affiliate ” means any person or entity, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, including any parent company of the Company.


2. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . The Company shall pay Executive a base salary (“ Base Salary ”) at an annual rate of $189,000 between the Effective Date and completion of the Company’s Initial Public Offering ( “IPO” ). Commencing on the date following completion of the IPO, the Company shall pay Executive a Base Salary of $270,000. Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (“ Compensation Committee ”), after consultation with the CEO, and, if appropriate, increased (but not decreased, except in the event of a proportional reduction in salaries of Company executives generally). Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in conformity with the Company’s salary payment practices generally applicable to the Company’s senior executive officers. Executive shall not earn any Base Salary during periods of non-performance of his job duties, other than vacations and permitted sick leave.

(b) Annual Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”). Executive’s target Annual Bonus, to the extent earned, will be thirty percent (30%) of Executive’s Base Salary in effect on June 30th of such calendar year (except that during 2014, Executive’s target Annual Bonus will be $68,850.00, pro-rated from the Effective Date through December 31, 2014). The Annual Bonus shall be based on Company financial performance and Executive’s performance, each measure as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee after consultation with the CEO for the applicable year. The actual Annual Bonus amount, if any, will be determined in the discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee, and generally will be paid within the first quarter of the following calendar year. The Annual Bonus is not earned until paid. Executive understands that Executive shall not be entitled to the Annual Bonus unless Executive is employed by the Company at the time the Annual Bonus is paid.

(c) Equity Compensation . The Board will recommend to the Compensation Committee that Executive receive, upon the closing date of the IPO: (a) a stock option to purchase 25,500 shares of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock” ) (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) (the “Option” ); (b) an award of 67,000 shares of restricted Common Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) (the “Initial RSA” ); and (c) an additional award of shares of restricted Common Stock equal to (I) the quotient obtained by dividing (Y) the product of (i) $121,500.00 multiplied by (ii) the number of days between the date of the closing of the IPO and the Effective Date, by (Z) the product obtained by multiplying (I) 365 by (II) the closing sales price of the Common Stock on the date of the closing of the IPO, as reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, rounded down to the nearest whole share (the “Additional RSA” and, together with the Option and the Initial RSA, the “Awards” ). Each of the Initial RSA and Option shall vest according to the following terms: 25% of the Award will be vested upon issuance and 25% of the Award will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of issuance for the next three years, so long as Executive continues to provide continuous services to the Company through each applicable vesting date, inclusive. The Additional RSA will be fully vested upon issuance. Each of the Awards will be subject to the terms and conditions of the forthcoming

 

2


Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be amended or restated from time to time, “ Equity Incentive Plan ”), including any required agreements and/or grant documentation, and shall vest over the vesting schedule set forth in such Equity Incentive Plan or the applicable grant documents; provided that the vesting commencement date for the Awards shall be the Effective Date. Following the grants of the Awards, Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan, any successor to such plan, and any other Company equity compensation plan established from time to time and generally made available by the Company in its sole discretion to the Company’s senior executive officers.

(d) Benefits . During Executive’s employment, Executive shall be entitled to accrue up to three (3) weeks of vacation annually (pro-rated for partial years), subject to Company policies as modified from time to time. Executive also shall be entitled to participate in all Company employee welfare benefit plans and programs, to the same extent generally available to the Company’s senior executive officers, in accordance with the terms of those plans and programs. The Company shall have the right to terminate or change any such plan or program at any time.

(e) Expenses . Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary business expenses that Executive incurs, in accordance with Company policy. Executive also shall have use of an entertainment and business development budget, the amount and terms of which shall be set by the Board or the Compensation Committee in its discretion each year. Executive must account for all business, entertainment, and business development expenses, in accordance with Company policy.

3. Termination .

(a) Death . If Executive dies while employed under this Agreement, Executive’s employment shall terminate immediately.

(b) By Company .

(i) Non-Renewal of Agreement . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment by providing a timely Non-Renewal Notice, pursuant to Section 1(a).

(ii) Termination for Cause . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause. “ Cause ” shall include, but not be limited to a good faith determination by the Company that it has Cause to terminate Executive including for any of the following reasons: (a) conviction of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude; (b) the commission of any act against any member of the Company Group, constituting willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud, theft, or embezzlement; (c) intentional or grossly negligent failure to follow the directions of the CEO or the Board with respect to the material services, duties, or responsibilities required of Executive by the Company, which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Executive; (d) breach of a material employment policy of the Company Group applicable to senior executive officers, which is material, which causes any member of the Company Group material harm, and which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Executive; or (e) any other breach of this Agreement that is material and that is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Executive. If

 

3


Executive’s employment ends for any reason other than discharge by the Company for Cause, but at a time when the Company, in its good faith belief, had Cause to terminate Executive (or would have had Cause if it knew all relevant facts), then Executive’s termination shall be treated as a termination by the Company for Cause.

(iii) Disability . Except as prohibited by applicable law, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment on account of Disability, or may transfer Executive to inactive employment status, which shall have the same effect under this Agreement as a termination for Disability. “ Disability ” means a physical or mental illness, injury, or condition that prevents Executive from performing substantially all of Executive’s duties under this Agreement for at least 90 consecutive calendar days or for at least 120 calendar days, whether or not consecutive, in any 365 calendar day period, or is likely to do so, as certified by a physician selected by the Board or the Compensation Committee.

(iv) Termination Other Than for Non-Renewal, Cause, Disability or Death . Because Executive is an at-will employee, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for any reason, and without advance notice.

(c) By Executive .

(i) Non-Renewal of Agreement . Executive may terminate Executive’s employment by providing a timely Non-Renewal Notice, pursuant to Section 1(a).

(ii) Resignation for Good Reason . Executive may resign Executive’s employment at any time if “Good Reason” exists. “ Good Reason ” shall mean that, without Executive’s written consent, (i) there is a material diminution of Executive’s Base Salary (except in the event of a proportional reduction in salaries of Company executives generally); or (ii) there is a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that completion of the IPO shall not constitute Good Reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no resignation shall be considered to have been for Good Reason unless Executive first gives the Company written notice of Executive’s intention to resign employment and specifies the grounds for such resignation with reasonable particularity within ninety (90) days of the date such event occurs, the Company has not cured such event within thirty (30) days of its receipt of such notice, and Executive actually resigns Executive’s employment for such reason within thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period. The Company may cure at any time prior to Executive’s termination, and Executive may not resign for Good Reason on the noticed ground or grounds once the Company has so cured.

(iii) Resignation other than for Good Reason . Because Executive is an at-will employee, Executive may resign from employment with the Company at any time for any reason, and without advance notice; provided, however, that Executive covenants that he will provide at least 60 days’ written notice of resignation.

(iv) Date of Non-Renewal / Resignation . If Executive provides a Non-Renewal Notice or advance notice of resignation to the Company, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment prior to the applicable expiration date and/or noticed resignation date, and/or place Executive on an unpaid leave of absence during such time period. Such termination and or leave of absence shall remain a non-renewal or resignation by Executive for purposes of this Agreement.

 

4


4. Termination Payments .

(a) Payments on Termination . Regardless of the reason Executive’s employment terminates, and except as expressly provided below in this Section 4, Executive shall receive only (i) any unpaid Base Salary, business expense reimbursements, and accrued but unused vacation, through the Termination Date; and (ii) any other unpaid amounts due under Company benefit plans, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans.

(b) Other Potential Payments On Termination . For avoidance of doubt, if Executive is entitled to amounts under Section 5(c), Executive shall not be entitled to any amounts under this Section 4(b).

(i) Non-Renewal by the Company . In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment by providing a timely Non-Renewal Notice, pursuant to Section 1(a), and provided that Executive thereafter resigns employment within thirty (30) days after such notice, with an effective date of the end of the Initial Employment Period or the end of the Renewal Period, as applicable, Executive shall receive the following amounts (the “3 Month Severance” ), subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement.

1. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall continue to pay Executive his Base Salary as of the Termination Date, for a period of three (3) months after the Termination Date, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule in effect on the Termination Date;

2. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall pay Executive three (3) monthly payments, each equal to 1/12 of the amount obtained by multiplying Executive’s target Annual Bonus percentage as of the Termination Date times Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date, on the last day of each of the three (3) months, commencing in the month following the Termination Date;

3. Subject to Executive’s timely election of COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the COBRA premiums, as of the Termination Date, for Executive and any dependents enrolled in the Company-sponsored non-FSA group health plans, for the lesser of (a) three (3) months, or (b) until Executive first becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan; and

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award documentation, with respect to the Awards: (a) outstanding equity awards that would have vested within three (3) months following the Termination Date, if any, shall vest and become fully exercisable, if applicable, as of the Termination Date, and (b) Executive shall have three (3) months from the Termination Date to exercise vested options (unless they terminate sooner according to their terms), at which point such options shall terminate if unexercised without compensation therefore (unless already terminated). Any portion of the Awards that were not vested on the Termination Date, after giving effect to the preceding sentence, shall terminate without compensation therefore on the Termination Date.

 

5


(ii) Termination for Cause . Executive shall receive only the amounts set forth in Section 4(a).

(iii) Disability . Executive shall receive the 3 Month Severance, subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement.

(iv) Death . Executive’s estate (“ Estate ”) shall receive the 3 Month Severance; provided that the legal representative of the Estate satisfies the Release Requirement on behalf of the Estate.

(v) Termination other than for Non-Renewal, Cause, Disability, or Death . Executive shall receive the following amounts (the “6 Month Severance” ), subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement:

1. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall continue to pay Executive his/her Base Salary as of the Termination Date, for a period of six (6) months after the Termination Date, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule in effect on the Termination Date;

2. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall pay Executive six (6) monthly payments, each equal to 1/12 of the amount obtained by multiplying Executive’s target Annual Bonus percentage as of the Termination Date times Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date, on the last day of each of the six (6) months, commencing in the month following the Termination Date;

3. Subject to Executive’s timely election of COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the COBRA premiums, as of the Termination Date, for Executive and any dependents enrolled in the Company-sponsored non-FSA group health plans, for the lesser of (a) six (6) months, or (b) until Executive first becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan; and

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award documentation, with respect to the Awards: (a) outstanding equity awards that would have vested within six (6) months following the Termination Date, if any, shall vest and become fully exercisable, if applicable, as of the Termination Date, and (b) Executive shall have six (6) months from the Termination Date to exercise vested options (unless they terminate sooner according to their terms), at which point such options shall terminate if unexercised without compensation therefore (unless already terminated). Any portion of the Awards that were not vested on the Termination Date, after giving effect to the preceding sentence, shall terminate without compensation therefore on the Termination Date.

(vi) Non-Renewal by Executive . Executive shall receive only the amounts set forth in Section 4(a).

 

6


(vii) Resignation for Good Reason . Executive shall receive the 6 Month Severance, subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement.

(viii) Resignation other than for Good Reason . Executive shall receive only the amounts set forth in Section 4(a).

(c) Amounts Owed to the Company . Any amounts payable to Executive under Section 4(b) shall first be applied to repay any amounts Executive owes the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(d) Release Requirement . Executive will only receive the payments due to Executive under Section 4(b) if Executive signs a general release (in the form furnished to Executive by the Company) within 45 days after the Termination Date, Executive does not thereafter properly revoke the release, and that release has become effective and irrevocable in its entirety by the 60th day following the Termination Date (the “Release Requirement” ).

(e) Payment Timeframe. No payments under Section 4(b) shall commence until the 60th day after the Termination Date. Any amounts that would have been paid during such 60-day period shall be paid with the first payment.

5. Change in Control .

(a) Definition . A “ Change in Control ” of the Company shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Equity Incentive Plan (as the Equity Incentive Plan may be amended or restated from time to time).

(b) Equity Treatment On Change In Control . Upon a Change in Control during the Employment Period, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any associated equity award documentation, one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s outstanding Awards that are unvested as of the Change in Control, if any, shall vest, and, if applicable, become fully exercisable immediately prior to the Change in Control. To the extent any vested equity awards held by Executive are not assumed and/or substituted in the Change in Control transaction on a basis that does not diminish the in-the-money value of the award (if in the money at the time of the Change in Control) or the maximum exercise period, if applicable, the Company shall provide to Executive cash on the Change in Control in exchange for the satisfaction and cancellation of such outstanding equity awards (based on the fair market value of shares underlying such awards on the date of the Change in Control).

(c) Termination Payments In Connection With Change In Control . For avoidance of doubt, if Executive is entitled to amounts under Section 4(b), Executive shall not be entitled to any amounts under this Section 5(c).

(i) Payments . If, within twenty four (24) months following a Change in Control, the Company terminates Executive’s employment other than pursuant to a Non-Renewal Notice, or for Cause, Disability, or Death, or Executive resigns for Good Reason, then in lieu of any amounts otherwise due under Section 4(b), Executive shall be entitled to the following payments, subject to the Release Requirement:

1. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall continue to pay Executive the Base Salary as of the Termination Date, for a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule in effect on the Termination Date;

 

7


2. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall pay Executive twelve (12) monthly payments, each equal to 1/12 of the amount obtained by multiplying Executive’s target Annual Bonus percentage as of the Termination Date times Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date, on the last day of each of the twelve (12) months, commencing in the month following the Termination Date;

3. Subject to Executive’s timely election of COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the COBRA premiums, as of the Termination Date, for Executive and any dependents enrolled in the Company-sponsored non-FSA group health plans, for the lesser of (a) twelve (12) months, or (b) until Executive first becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan; and

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award documentation, with respect to the Awards: (a) outstanding equity awards that would have vested within twelve (12) months following the Termination Date, if any, shall vest and become fully exercisable, if applicable, as of the Termination Date, and (b) Executive shall have twelve (12) months from the Termination Date to exercise vested options (unless they terminate sooner according to their terms), at which point such options shall terminate if unexercised without compensation therefore (unless already terminated). Any portion of the Awards that were not vested on the Termination Date, after giving effect to the preceding sentence, shall terminate without compensation therefore on the Termination Date.

(ii) Amounts Owed to the Company . Any amounts payable to Executive under Section 5(c) shall first be applied to repay any amounts Executive owes the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(iii) Release Requirement . Executive will only receive the payments due to Executive under Section 5(c) if Executive satisfies the Release Requirement.

(iv) Payment Timeframe. No payments under Section 5(c) shall commence until the 60th day after the Termination Date. Any amounts that would have been paid during such 60-day period shall be paid with the first payment installment.

6. Protection of Confidential Information . Executive acknowledges that Executive currently possesses or will acquire secret, confidential, or proprietary information or trade secrets concerning the products, operations, future plans, or business methods of the Company Group (“ Confidential Information ”). That certain Consultant Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2014, by and between the Company and Executive (as may be amended or restated from time to time) is incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

8


7. Non-Disparagement by Executive . Executive agrees not to criticize, denigrate, or otherwise disparage the Company, any member of the Company Group, or any of their officers, directors, employees, service providers, distributors, clients, products, processes, experiments, policies, practices, standards of business conduct, or areas or techniques of research. However, nothing in this Section shall prohibit Executive from complying with any lawful subpoena or court order or taking any other actions affirmatively authorized by law.

8. Efforts; Duty Not to Compete . Executive understands that his employment with the Company requires Executive’s undivided attention and effort. As a result, during Executive’s employment, Executive will not, without the Company’s express written consent, engage in any other employment or business that (i) directly competes with the current or future business of the Company Group; (ii) uses any Company Group information, equipment, supplies, facilities or materials; or (iii) otherwise conflicts with the Company Group’s business interest and causes a disruption of its operations.

9. Non-Solicitation of Employees/Consultants . During Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, Executive will not directly or indirectly solicit employees or consultants of the Company Group to terminate their relationship with the Company Group for Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity.

10. Non-Solicitation of Suppliers/Customers . During and after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will not directly or indirectly solicit or otherwise take away customers or suppliers of the Company Group if, in so doing, Executive accesses, uses or discloses any trade secrets or proprietary or Confidential Information of the Company Group. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company Group’s lists of customers and suppliers, including their buying and selling habits and special needs, whether created or obtained by, or disclosed to me during Executive’s employment, constitute Confidential Information of the Company Group.

11. Disputes

(a) Governing Law and Venue . The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California (excluding any that mandates the use of another jurisdiction’s laws). The enforcement of an arbitration award, or any other action in connection with this Agreement, only may be brought in the courts of the County of San Diego, State of California or federal courts situated within the County of San Diego, State of California.

(b) Arbitration of Disputes . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, and excluding those disputes that cannot be arbitrated as a matter of law (including, but not limited to, workers’ compensation claims and any claim relating to a benefit plan subject to ERISA), all disputes between the Company or any member of the Company Group electing to arbitrate and Executive, are to be resolved by final and binding arbitration in San Diego County, California, pursuant to the employment arbitration rules then in effect for JAMS (a copy of which will be provided to Executive by the Company, at Executive’s request), in accordance with the separate Mutual Agreement to Arbitrate Claims, dated as of even date herewith, by and between the Company and Executive, which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

9


(c) Legal Fees . To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise provided herein, each party is responsible for its own legal fees in connection with this Agreement and any enforcement thereof.

12. Taxes . The Company shall withhold taxes and other amounts from payments it makes pursuant to this Agreement as it determines to be required by applicable law.

13. Excise Tax . Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive (including any payment or benefit received in connection with a change in control of the Company or the termination of Executive’s employment, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement) (all such payments and benefits, together, the “ Total Payments ”) would be subject (in whole or part), to any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto (the “ Excise Tax ”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, program, arrangement or agreement, the Company will reduce the Total Payments to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax (but in no event to less than zero); provided, however, that the Total Payments will only be reduced if (i) the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments), is greater than or equal to (ii) the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which Executive would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments).

(a) In the case of a reduction in the Total Payments, the Total Payments will be reduced in the following order (unless reduction in another order is required to avoid adverse consequences under Section 409A, in which case, reduction will be in such other order): (i) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a) will be reduced (if necessary, to zero), with amounts that are payable last reduced first; (ii) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a), with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24) will next be reduced; (iii) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24, with amounts that are payable last reduced first, will next be reduced; (iv) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24, with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24) will next be reduced; and (v) all other non-cash benefits not otherwise described in clauses (ii) or (iv) will be next reduced pro-rata. Any reductions made pursuant to each of clauses (i)-(v) above will be made in the following manner: first, a pro-rata reduction of

 

10


cash payment and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity not subject to Section 409A, and second, a pro-rata reduction of cash payments and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity subject to Section 409A as deferred compensation.

(b) For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax: (i) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which Executive shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a “payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code will be taken into account; (ii) no portion of the Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of tax counsel (“ Tax Counsel ”) reasonably acceptable to Executive and selected by the accounting firm which was, immediately prior to the change in control, the Company’s independent auditor (the “ Auditor ”), does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the “base amount” (as set forth in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) that is allocable to such reasonable compensation; and (iii) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments will be determined by the Auditor in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

14. Section 409A .

(a) To the extent applicable, it is intended that the Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”). The Agreement will be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement to fail to satisfy Section 409A will have no force and effect until amended to comply therewith (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Executive shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of the Agreement and no payments shall be due to Executive under the Agreement which are payable upon Executive’s termination of employment unless Executive would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A and the phrase “termination of employment” or similar phrases shall be construed to mean a “separation from service.” To the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, during any time in which stock of the Company is publicly-traded on any established securities market or otherwise (and pursuant to which Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) applies and not excepted under applicable Treasury Regulations), amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to the Agreement during the six-month period immediately following Executive’s termination of employment shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following Executive’s termination of employment (or upon Executive’s death, if earlier). In addition, for purposes of the Agreement, each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to Executive pursuant to the Agreement shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A. With respect to expenses eligible for reimbursement under the terms of the Agreement, (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement in any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in another taxable year

 

11


and (ii) any reimbursements of such expenses shall be made no later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the related expenses were incurred, except, in each case, to the extent that the right to reimbursement does not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(b) The Company does not hereby or otherwise represent or warrant that any payments hereunder are or will be in compliance with Section 409A, and Executive shall be responsible for obtaining Executive’s own tax advice with regard to such matters. In no event shall the Company have any liability related to any payment or benefit under this Agreement failing to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

15. Clawback. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive may be required to forfeit or repay any or all compensation received by Executive under this Agreement pursuant to the terms of any compensation recovery or clawback requirement, or policy that may be adopted by or applicable to the Company, under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.

16. Other Terms .

(a) Notice . Any notice, demand, claim or other communication under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given (a) on delivery if delivered personally; (b) on the date on which delivery thereof is guaranteed by the carrier if delivered by a national courier guaranteeing delivery within a fixed number of days of sending; or (c) on the date of transmission thereof if delivery is confirmed, but, in each case, only if addressed to the Parties in the following manner at the following addresses (or at the other address as a Party may specify by notice to the other): to the Company, to the attention of the Chairperson of the Board and the CEO at its principal executive offices, and to Executive, at Executive’s principal residence as set forth in the employment records of the Company.

(b) Amendment . Except as provided herein or as required to remain compliant with applicable law, no provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged except by a written document signed on the Company’s behalf by the CEO, and by Executive in his personal capacity.

(c) Waiver . A waiver of any conditions or provisions of this Agreement or any breach by any party hereto in a given instance shall not be deemed a waiver of such conditions or provisions at any other time.

(d) Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, Executive the Estate, but Executive may not assign or pledge this Agreement or any rights arising under it, except to the extent permitted under the terms of the Company plans in which Executive participates. Without Executive’s consent, the Company may assign this Agreement to any successor-in-interest to the Company (a “Successor” ) or Affiliate that agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement, after which any reference to the “Company” in this Agreement shall be deemed to be a reference to such Successor or Affiliate, and the Company thereafter shall have no further responsibility or liability under this Agreement of any kind.

 

12


(e) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(f) Headings . The headings set forth herein are included solely for the purpose of identification and shall not be used for the purpose of construing the meaning of the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

(h) Resignation from All Positions . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, unless otherwise requested by the Company, Executive shall resign, as of the date of such termination, from all positions he then holds as an officer, director, employee and member of the Board (and any committee thereof) of the Company and its Affiliates. Executive agrees to execute and deliver to the Company such writings as are required to effectuate the foregoing.

(i) Entire Agreement . All oral or written agreements or representations, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement are set forth in this Agreement. However, this Agreement does not override other written agreements Executive has executed relating to specific aspects of Executive’s employment, such as conflicts of interest.

(j) Former Employers . Executive is not subject to any employment, confidentiality, or other agreement or restriction that would prevent Executive from fully satisfying Executive’s duties under this Agreement or that would be violated if Executive did so. Without the Company’s prior written approval, Executive covenants that Executive will not: (i) disclose proprietary information belonging to a former employer or other entity without its written permission; (ii) contact any former employer’s customers or employees to solicit their business or employment on behalf of the Company, in either case if such contact or solicitation would violate any agreement between Executive and any prior employer of Executive; or (iii) distribute announcements about or otherwise publicize Executive’s employment with the Company. Executive will indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any liabilities or costs, including attorneys’ fees it may incur because Executive is alleged to have broken any of these promises or improperly revealed or used such proprietary information or to have threatened to do so, or if a former employer challenges Executive’s entering into this Agreement or rendering services pursuant to it.

(k) Survivability . The provisions of Sections 4-16 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

(l) Communication with Government Agencies . Nothing in this Agreement precludes Executive from filing an administrative charge or otherwise communicating with any federal, state, or local government office, official, or agency.

 

13


(m) Section References . Unless otherwise provided, references to a “Section” or to “Sections” in this Agreement shall refer to the Section or Sections, respectively, of this Agreement.

(n) Right to Negotiation . Executive acknowledges that Executive has been given the opportunity to consult with legal counsel or any other advisor of Executive’s own choosing regarding this Agreement. Executive understands and agrees that any attorney retained by the Company or any member of management who has discussed any term or condition of this Agreement with Executive or Executive’s advisor is only acting on behalf of the Company and not on Executive’s behalf. Executive hereby acknowledges that Executive has been given the opportunity to participate in the negotiation of the terms of this Agreement.

(o) Executive’s Understanding of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and confirms that Executive has read this Agreement and fully understands its terms and contents. Executive further acknowledges that all understandings and agreements between the Company and Executive relating to the subjects covered in this Agreement are contained in it and that Executive has entered into this Agreement voluntarily and not in reliance on any promises or representations by the Company other than those contained in this Agreement itself. Executive understands that by signing this Agreement Executive is giving up Executive’s right to a jury trial.

 

Date: May 21, 2014     VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
    By:  

/s/ Brian Lian, Ph.D.

    Name:   Brian Lian, Ph.D.
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date: May 21, 2014    

/s/ Mike Morneau

    Mike Morneau

 

14

Exhibit 10.8

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Executive agrees to the terms and conditions of employment with Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (“ Company ”) set forth in this Employment Agreement (“ Agreement ”), effective as of June 2, 2014 (“ Effective Date ”).

1. Employment Terms .

(a) Employment Period . The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the one (1) year anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Employment Period ”); provided that the Agreement shall automatically renew on the same terms and conditions set forth herein for additional one (1) year periods unless the Company or Executive gives the other party written notice of its election not to renew the Employment Period ( “Non-Renewal Notice” ) at least sixty (60) days prior to the renewal date (the “ Renewal Period ”). The “ Employment Period ” shall end at the end of the Initial Employment Period (or the end of any Renewal Period) if a Non-Renewal Notice is timely provided, or on such earlier date as Executive’s employment terminates under Section 3. The date of Executive’s termination of employment is the “ Termination Date ”.

(b) Nature of Duties . Executive shall be the Company’s Chief Operating Officer (“ COO ”). Executive shall work exclusively for the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (collectively, “Company Group” ), to the extent so directed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company ( “CEO” ), and shall have all of the customary powers and duties associated with the position of COO. Executive shall report to the CEO. Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time and effort to the performance of Executive’s duties for the Company Group, which Executive shall perform faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability. Executive will be permitted to engage in non-commercial outside business activities (e.g., non-profit boards), with the consent of the Board of Directors of the Company (“ Board ”). Executive shall be subject to the Company Group’s policies and procedures, as generally in effect from time-to-time, including any and all policies and procedures implemented after the Effective Date. Executive shall be an at-will employee who may resign or be terminated at any time, with or without Cause. Executive’s at-will status only can be altered by a written document approved by the Board or a committee thereof and signed by the CEO, on behalf of the Company, and Executive, in his personal capacity.

(c) Place of Performance . Executive shall work from the Company’s offices in California, except for required travel on Company Group business.

(d) Subsidiaries and Affiliates . For purposes of this Agreement, (i) “ Subsidiaries ” means any corporation or other entity of which the securities or other ownership interests having the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body are, at the time of determination, owned by the Company, directly or through one or more subsidiaries or parents and (ii) “ Affiliate ” means any person or entity, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, including any parent company of the Company.


2. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . The Company shall pay Executive a base salary (“ Base Salary ”) at an annual rate of $178,831 between the Effective Date and completion of the Company’s Initial Public Offering ( “IPO” ). Commencing on the date following completion of the IPO, the Company shall pay Executive a Base Salary of $298,052. Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (“ Compensation Committee ”), after consultation with the CEO, and, if appropriate, increased (but not decreased, except in the event of a proportional reduction in salaries of Company executives generally). Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in conformity with the Company’s salary payment practices generally applicable to the Company’s senior executive officers. Executive shall not earn any Base Salary during periods of non-performance of his job duties, other than vacations and permitted sick leave.

(b) Annual Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”). Executive’s target Annual Bonus, to the extent earned, will be thirty percent (30%) of Executive’s Base Salary in effect on June 30th of such calendar year (except that during 2014, Executive’s target Annual Bonus will be $71,532.45, pro-rated from the Effective Date through December 31, 2014). The Annual Bonus shall be based on Company financial performance and Executive’s performance, each measure as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee after consultation with the CEO for the applicable year. The actual Annual Bonus amount, if any, will be determined in the discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee, and generally will be paid within the first quarter of the following calendar year. The Annual Bonus is not earned until paid. Executive understands that Executive shall not be entitled to the Annual Bonus unless Executive is employed by the Company at the time the Annual Bonus is paid.

(c) Equity Compensation . The Board will recommend to the Compensation Committee that Executive receive, upon the closing date of the IPO: (a) a stock option to purchase 45,000 shares of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock” ) (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) (the “Option” ); (b) an award of 105,000 shares of restricted Common Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) (the “Initial RSA” ); and (c) an additional award of shares of restricted Common Stock equal to (I) the quotient obtained by dividing (Y) the product of (i) $178,831.35 multiplied by (ii) the number of days between the date of the closing of the IPO and the Effective Date, by (Z) the product obtained by multiplying (I) 365 by (II) the closing sales price of the Common Stock on the date of the closing of the IPO, as reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, rounded down to the nearest whole share (the “Additional RSA” and, together with the Option and the Initial RSA, the “Awards” ). Each of the Initial RSA and Option shall vest according to the following terms: 25% of the Award will be vested upon issuance and 25% of the Award will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of issuance for the next three years, so long as Executive continues to provide continuous services to the Company through each applicable vesting date, inclusive. The Additional RSA will be fully vested upon issuance. Each of the Awards will be subject to the terms and conditions of the

 

2


forthcoming Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be amended or restated from time to time, “ Equity Incentive Plan ”), including any required agreements and/or grant documentation, and shall vest over the vesting schedule set forth in such Equity Incentive Plan or the applicable grant documents; provided that the vesting commencement date for the Awards shall be the Effective Date. Following the grants of the Awards, Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan, any successor to such plan, and any other Company equity compensation plan established from time to time and generally made available by the Company in its sole discretion to the Company’s senior executive officers.

(d) Benefits . During Executive’s employment, Executive shall be entitled to accrue up to three (3) weeks of vacation annually (pro-rated for partial years), subject to Company policies as modified from time to time. Executive also shall be entitled to participate in all Company employee welfare benefit plans and programs, to the same extent generally available to the Company’s senior executive officers, in accordance with the terms of those plans and programs. The Company shall have the right to terminate or change any such plan or program at any time.

(e) Expenses . Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary business expenses that Executive incurs, in accordance with Company policy. Executive also shall have use of an entertainment and business development budget, the amount and terms of which shall be set by the Board or the Compensation Committee in its discretion each year. Executive must account for all business, entertainment, and business development expenses, in accordance with Company policy.

(f) Relocation Assistance . Executive shall receive relocation assistance in the form of a one-time cash payment of $8,000 from the Company as reimbursement of certain expenses incurred by Executive in relocating from New York, New York to San Diego, California.

3. Termination .

(a) Death . If Executive dies while employed under this Agreement, Executive’s employment shall terminate immediately.

(b) By Company .

(i) Non-Renewal of Agreement . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment by providing a timely Non-Renewal Notice, pursuant to Section 1(a).

(ii) Termination for Cause . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause. “ Cause ” shall include, but not be limited to a good faith determination by the Company that it has Cause to terminate Executive including for any of the following reasons: (a) conviction of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude; (b) the commission of any act against any member of the Company Group, constituting willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud, theft, or embezzlement; (c) intentional or grossly negligent failure to follow the directions of the CEO or the Board with respect to the material services, duties, or responsibilities required of Executive by the Company, which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Executive; (d) breach of a material employment policy of the

 

3


Company Group applicable to senior executive officers, which is material, which causes any member of the Company Group material harm, and which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Executive; or (e) any other breach of this Agreement that is material and that is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Executive. If Executive’s employment ends for any reason other than discharge by the Company for Cause, but at a time when the Company, in its good faith belief, had Cause to terminate Executive (or would have had Cause if it knew all relevant facts), then Executive’s termination shall be treated as a termination by the Company for Cause.

(iii) Disability . Except as prohibited by applicable law, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment on account of Disability, or may transfer Executive to inactive employment status, which shall have the same effect under this Agreement as a termination for Disability. “ Disability ” means a physical or mental illness, injury, or condition that prevents Executive from performing substantially all of Executive’s duties under this Agreement for at least 90 consecutive calendar days or for at least 120 calendar days, whether or not consecutive, in any 365 calendar day period, or is likely to do so, as certified by a physician selected by the Board or the Compensation Committee.

(iv) Termination Other Than for Non-Renewal, Cause, Disability or Death . Because Executive is an at-will employee, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for any reason, and without advance notice.

(c) By Executive .

(i) Non-Renewal of Agreement . Executive may terminate Executive’s employment by providing a timely Non-Renewal Notice, pursuant to Section 1(a).

(ii) Resignation for Good Reason . Executive may resign Executive’s employment at any time if “Good Reason” exists. “ Good Reason ” shall mean that, without Executive’s written consent, (i) there is a material diminution of Executive’s Base Salary (except in the event of a proportional reduction in salaries of Company executives generally); or (ii) there is a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that completion of the IPO shall not constitute Good Reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no resignation shall be considered to have been for Good Reason unless Executive first gives the Company written notice of Executive’s intention to resign employment and specifies the grounds for such resignation with reasonable particularity within ninety (90) days of the date such event occurs, the Company has not cured such event within thirty (30) days of its receipt of such notice, and Executive actually resigns Executive’s employment for such reason within thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period. The Company may cure at any time prior to Executive’s termination, and Executive may not resign for Good Reason on the noticed ground or grounds once the Company has so cured.

(iii) Resignation other than for Good Reason . Because Executive is an at-will employee, Executive may resign from employment with the Company at any time for any reason, and without advance notice; provided, however, that Executive covenants that he will provide at least 60 days’ written notice of resignation.

 

4


(iv) Date of Non-Renewal / Resignation . If Executive provides a Non-Renewal Notice or advance notice of resignation to the Company, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment prior to the applicable expiration date and/or noticed resignation date, and/or place Executive on an unpaid leave of absence during such time period. Such termination and or leave of absence shall remain a non-renewal or resignation by Executive for purposes of this Agreement.

4. Termination Payments .

(a) Payments on Termination . Regardless of the reason Executive’s employment terminates, and except as expressly provided below in this Section 4, Executive shall receive only (i) any unpaid Base Salary, business expense reimbursements, and accrued but unused vacation, through the Termination Date; and (ii) any other unpaid amounts due under Company benefit plans, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans.

(b) Other Potential Payments On Termination . For avoidance of doubt, if Executive is entitled to amounts under Section 5(c), Executive shall not be entitled to any amounts under this Section 4(b).

(i) Non-Renewal by the Company . In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment by providing a timely Non-Renewal Notice, pursuant to Section 1(a), and provided that Executive thereafter resigns employment within thirty (30) days after such notice, with an effective date of the end of the Initial Employment Period or the end of the Renewal Period, as applicable, Executive shall receive the following amounts (the “3 Month Severance” ), subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement.

1. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall continue to pay Executive his Base Salary as of the Termination Date, for a period of three (3) months after the Termination Date, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule in effect on the Termination Date;

2. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall pay Executive three (3) monthly payments, each equal to 1/12 of the amount obtained by multiplying Executive’s target Annual Bonus percentage as of the Termination Date times Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date, on the last day of each of the three (3) months, commencing in the month following the Termination Date;

3. Subject to Executive’s timely election of COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the COBRA premiums, as of the Termination Date, for Executive and any dependents enrolled in the Company-sponsored non-FSA group health plans, for the lesser of (a) three (3) months, or (b) until Executive first becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan; and

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award documentation, with respect to the Awards: (a) outstanding equity awards that would have vested within three (3) months following the Termination Date, if any, shall vest and become fully exercisable, if applicable, as of the Termination Date, and (b)

 

5


Executive shall have three (3) months from the Termination Date to exercise vested options (unless they terminate sooner according to their terms), at which point such options shall terminate if unexercised without compensation therefore (unless already terminated). Any portion of the Awards that were not vested on the Termination Date, after giving effect to the preceding sentence, shall terminate without compensation therefore on the Termination Date.

(ii) Termination for Cause . Executive shall receive only the amounts set forth in Section 4(a).

(iii) Disability . Executive shall receive the 3 Month Severance, subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement.

(iv) Death . Executive’s estate (“ Estate ”) shall receive the 3 Month Severance; provided that the legal representative of the Estate satisfies the Release Requirement on behalf of the Estate.

(v) Termination other than for Non-Renewal, Cause, Disability, or Death . Executive shall receive the following amounts (the “6 Month Severance” ), subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement:

1. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall continue to pay Executive his/her Base Salary as of the Termination Date, for a period of six (6) months after the Termination Date, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule in effect on the Termination Date;

2. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall pay Executive six (6) monthly payments, each equal to 1/12 of the amount obtained by multiplying Executive’s target Annual Bonus percentage as of the Termination Date times Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date, on the last day of each of the six (6) months, commencing in the month following the Termination Date;

3. Subject to Executive’s timely election of COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the COBRA premiums, as of the Termination Date, for Executive and any dependents enrolled in the Company-sponsored non-FSA group health plans, for the lesser of (a) six (6) months, or (b) until Executive first becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan; and

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award documentation, with respect to the Awards: (a) outstanding equity awards that would have vested within six (6) months following the Termination Date, if any, shall vest and become fully exercisable, if applicable, as of the Termination Date, and (b) Executive shall have six (6) months from the Termination Date to exercise vested options (unless they terminate sooner according to their terms), at which point such options shall terminate if unexercised without compensation therefore (unless already terminated). Any portion of the Awards that were not vested on the Termination Date, after giving effect to the preceding sentence, shall terminate without compensation therefore on the Termination Date.

 

6


(vi) Non-Renewal by Executive . Executive shall receive only the amounts set forth in Section 4(a).

(vii) Resignation for Good Reason . Executive shall receive the 6 Month Severance, subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement.

(viii) Resignation other than for Good Reason . Executive shall receive only the amounts set forth in Section 4(a).

(c) Amounts Owed to the Company . Any amounts payable to Executive under Section 4(b) shall first be applied to repay any amounts Executive owes the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(d) Release Requirement . Executive will only receive the payments due to Executive under Section 4(b) if Executive signs a general release (in the form furnished to Executive by the Company) within 45 days after the Termination Date, Executive does not thereafter properly revoke the release, and that release has become effective and irrevocable in its entirety by the 60th day following the Termination Date (the “Release Requirement” ).

(e) Payment Timeframe. No payments under Section 4(b) shall commence until the 60th day after the Termination Date. Any amounts that would have been paid during such 60-day period shall be paid with the first payment.

5. Change in Control .

(a) Definition . A “ Change in Control ” of the Company shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Equity Incentive Plan (as the Equity Incentive Plan may be amended or restated from time to time).

(b) Equity Treatment On Change In Control . Upon a Change in Control during the Employment Period, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any associated equity award documentation, one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s outstanding Awards that are unvested as of the Change in Control, if any, shall vest, and, if applicable, become fully exercisable immediately prior to the Change in Control. To the extent any vested equity awards held by Executive are not assumed and/or substituted in the Change in Control transaction on a basis that does not diminish the in-the-money value of the award (if in the money at the time of the Change in Control) or the maximum exercise period, if applicable, the Company shall provide to Executive cash on the Change in Control in exchange for the satisfaction and cancellation of such outstanding equity awards (based on the fair market value of shares underlying such awards on the date of the Change in Control).

(c) Termination Payments In Connection With Change In Control . For avoidance of doubt, if Executive is entitled to amounts under Section 4(b), Executive shall not be entitled to any amounts under this Section 5(c).

(i) Payments . If, within twenty four (24) months following a Change in Control, the Company terminates Executive’s employment other than pursuant to a Non-Renewal Notice, or for Cause, Disability, or Death, or Executive resigns for Good Reason, then in lieu of any amounts otherwise due under Section 4(b), Executive shall be entitled to the following payments, subject to the Release Requirement:

 

7


1. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall continue to pay Executive the Base Salary as of the Termination Date, for a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule in effect on the Termination Date;

2. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall pay Executive twelve (12) monthly payments, each equal to 1/12 of the amount obtained by multiplying Executive’s target Annual Bonus percentage as of the Termination Date times Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date, on the last day of each of the twelve (12) months, commencing in the month following the Termination Date;

3. Subject to Executive’s timely election of COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the COBRA premiums, as of the Termination Date, for Executive and any dependents enrolled in the Company-sponsored non-FSA group health plans, for the lesser of (a) twelve (12) months, or (b) until Executive first becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan; and

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award documentation, with respect to the Awards: (a) outstanding equity awards that would have vested within twelve (12) months following the Termination Date, if any, shall vest and become fully exercisable, if applicable, as of the Termination Date, and (b) Executive shall have twelve (12) months from the Termination Date to exercise vested options (unless they terminate sooner according to their terms), at which point such options shall terminate if unexercised without compensation therefore (unless already terminated). Any portion of the Awards that were not vested on the Termination Date, after giving effect to the preceding sentence, shall terminate without compensation therefore on the Termination Date.

(ii) Amounts Owed to the Company . Any amounts payable to Executive under Section 5(c) shall first be applied to repay any amounts Executive owes the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(iii) Release Requirement . Executive will only receive the payments due to Executive under Section 5(c) if Executive satisfies the Release Requirement.

(iv) Payment Timeframe. No payments under Section 5(c) shall commence until the 60th day after the Termination Date. Any amounts that would have been paid during such 60-day period shall be paid with the first payment installment.

6. Protection of Confidential Information . Executive acknowledges that Executive currently possesses or will acquire secret, confidential, or proprietary information or trade secrets concerning the products, operations, future plans, or business methods of the Company Group (“ Confidential Information ”). That certain Employee Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2012, by and between the Company and Executive (as may be amended or restated from time to time) is incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

8


7. Non-Disparagement by Executive . Executive agrees not to criticize, denigrate, or otherwise disparage the Company, any member of the Company Group, or any of their officers, directors, employees, service providers, distributors, clients, products, processes, experiments, policies, practices, standards of business conduct, or areas or techniques of research. However, nothing in this Section shall prohibit Executive from complying with any lawful subpoena or court order or taking any other actions affirmatively authorized by law.

8. Efforts; Duty Not to Compete . Executive understands that his employment with the Company requires Executive’s undivided attention and effort. As a result, during Executive’s employment, Executive will not, without the Company’s express written consent, engage in any other employment or business that (i) directly competes with the current or future business of the Company Group; (ii) uses any Company Group information, equipment, supplies, facilities or materials; or (iii) otherwise conflicts with the Company Group’s business interest and causes a disruption of its operations.

9. Non-Solicitation of Employees/Consultants . During Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, Executive will not directly or indirectly solicit employees or consultants of the Company Group to terminate their relationship with the Company Group for Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity.

10. Non-Solicitation of Suppliers/Customers . During and after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will not directly or indirectly solicit or otherwise take away customers or suppliers of the Company Group if, in so doing, Executive accesses, uses or discloses any trade secrets or proprietary or Confidential Information of the Company Group. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company Group’s lists of customers and suppliers, including their buying and selling habits and special needs, whether created or obtained by, or disclosed to me during Executive’s employment, constitute Confidential Information of the Company Group.

11. Disputes

(a) Governing Law and Venue . The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California (excluding any that mandates the use of another jurisdiction’s laws). The enforcement of an arbitration award, or any other action in connection with this Agreement, only may be brought in the courts of the County of San Diego, State of California or federal courts situated within the County of San Diego, State of California.

(b) Arbitration of Disputes . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, and excluding those disputes that cannot be arbitrated as a matter of law (including, but not limited to, workers’ compensation claims and any claim relating to a benefit plan subject to ERISA), all disputes between the Company or any member of the Company Group electing to arbitrate and Executive, are to be resolved by final and binding arbitration in San Diego County,

 

9


California, pursuant to the employment arbitration rules then in effect for JAMS (a copy of which will be provided to Executive by the Company, at Executive’s request), in accordance with the separate Mutual Agreement to Arbitrate Claims, dated as of even date herewith, by and between the Company and Executive, which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

(c) Legal Fees . To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise provided herein, each party is responsible for its own legal fees in connection with this Agreement and any enforcement thereof.

12. Taxes . The Company shall withhold taxes and other amounts from payments it makes pursuant to this Agreement as it determines to be required by applicable law.

13. Excise Tax . Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive (including any payment or benefit received in connection with a change in control of the Company or the termination of Executive’s employment, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement) (all such payments and benefits, together, the “ Total Payments ”) would be subject (in whole or part), to any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto (the “ Excise Tax ”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, program, arrangement or agreement, the Company will reduce the Total Payments to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax (but in no event to less than zero); provided, however, that the Total Payments will only be reduced if (i) the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments), is greater than or equal to (ii) the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which Executive would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments).

(a) In the case of a reduction in the Total Payments, the Total Payments will be reduced in the following order (unless reduction in another order is required to avoid adverse consequences under Section 409A, in which case, reduction will be in such other order): (i) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a) will be reduced (if necessary, to zero), with amounts that are payable last reduced first; (ii) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a), with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24) will next be reduced; (iii) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24, with amounts that are payable last reduced first, will next be reduced; (iv) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24, with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24) will next be reduced; and (v) all other non-cash benefits not otherwise

 

10


described in clauses (ii) or (iv) will be next reduced pro-rata. Any reductions made pursuant to each of clauses (i)-(v) above will be made in the following manner: first, a pro-rata reduction of cash payment and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity not subject to Section 409A, and second, a pro-rata reduction of cash payments and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity subject to Section 409A as deferred compensation.

(b) For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax: (i) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which Executive shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a “payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code will be taken into account; (ii) no portion of the Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of tax counsel (“ Tax Counsel ”) reasonably acceptable to Executive and selected by the accounting firm which was, immediately prior to the change in control, the Company’s independent auditor (the “ Auditor ”), does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the “base amount” (as set forth in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) that is allocable to such reasonable compensation; and (iii) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments will be determined by the Auditor in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

14. Section 409A .

(a) To the extent applicable, it is intended that the Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”). The Agreement will be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement to fail to satisfy Section 409A will have no force and effect until amended to comply therewith (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Executive shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of the Agreement and no payments shall be due to Executive under the Agreement which are payable upon Executive’s termination of employment unless Executive would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A and the phrase “termination of employment” or similar phrases shall be construed to mean a “separation from service.” To the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, during any time in which stock of the Company is publicly-traded on any established securities market or otherwise (and pursuant to which Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) applies and not excepted under applicable Treasury Regulations), amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to the Agreement during the six-month period immediately following Executive’s termination of employment shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following Executive’s termination of employment (or upon Executive’s death, if earlier). In addition, for purposes of the Agreement, each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to Executive pursuant to the Agreement shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A. With respect to expenses eligible for reimbursement

 

11


under the terms of the Agreement, (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement in any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in another taxable year and (ii) any reimbursements of such expenses shall be made no later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the related expenses were incurred, except, in each case, to the extent that the right to reimbursement does not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(b) The Company does not hereby or otherwise represent or warrant that any payments hereunder are or will be in compliance with Section 409A, and Executive shall be responsible for obtaining Executive’s own tax advice with regard to such matters. In no event shall the Company have any liability related to any payment or benefit under this Agreement failing to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

15. Clawback. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive may be required to forfeit or repay any or all compensation received by Executive under this Agreement pursuant to the terms of any compensation recovery or clawback requirement, or policy that may be adopted by or applicable to the Company, under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.

16. Other Terms .

(a) Notice . Any notice, demand, claim or other communication under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given (a) on delivery if delivered personally; (b) on the date on which delivery thereof is guaranteed by the carrier if delivered by a national courier guaranteeing delivery within a fixed number of days of sending; or (c) on the date of transmission thereof if delivery is confirmed, but, in each case, only if addressed to the Parties in the following manner at the following addresses (or at the other address as a Party may specify by notice to the other): to the Company, to the attention of the Chairperson of the Board and the CEO at its principal executive offices, and to Executive, at Executive’s principal residence as set forth in the employment records of the Company.

(b) Amendment . Except as provided herein or as required to remain compliant with applicable law, no provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged except by a written document signed on the Company’s behalf by the CEO, and by Executive in his personal capacity.

(c) Waiver . A waiver of any conditions or provisions of this Agreement or any breach by any party hereto in a given instance shall not be deemed a waiver of such conditions or provisions at any other time.

(d) Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, Executive the Estate, but Executive may not assign or pledge this Agreement or any rights arising under it, except to the extent permitted under the terms of the Company plans in which Executive participates. Without Executive’s consent, the Company may assign this Agreement to any successor-in-interest to the Company (a “Successor” ) or Affiliate that agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement, after which any reference to the “Company” in this Agreement shall be deemed to be a reference to such Successor or Affiliate, and the Company thereafter shall have no further responsibility or liability under this Agreement of any kind.

 

12


(e) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(f) Headings . The headings set forth herein are included solely for the purpose of identification and shall not be used for the purpose of construing the meaning of the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

(h) Resignation from All Positions . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, unless otherwise requested by the Company, Executive shall resign, as of the date of such termination, from all positions he then holds as an officer, director, employee and member of the Board (and any committee thereof) of the Company and its Affiliates. Executive agrees to execute and deliver to the Company such writings as are required to effectuate the foregoing.

(i) Entire Agreement . All oral or written agreements or representations, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement are set forth in this Agreement. However, this Agreement does not override other written agreements Executive has executed relating to specific aspects of Executive’s employment, such as conflicts of interest.

(j) Former Employers . Executive is not subject to any employment, confidentiality, or other agreement or restriction that would prevent Executive from fully satisfying Executive’s duties under this Agreement or that would be violated if Executive did so. Without the Company’s prior written approval, Executive covenants that Executive will not: (i) disclose proprietary information belonging to a former employer or other entity without its written permission; (ii) contact any former employer’s customers or employees to solicit their business or employment on behalf of the Company, in either case if such contact or solicitation would violate any agreement between Executive and any prior employer of Executive; or (iii) distribute announcements about or otherwise publicize Executive’s employment with the Company. Executive will indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any liabilities or costs, including attorneys’ fees it may incur because Executive is alleged to have broken any of these promises or improperly revealed or used such proprietary information or to have threatened to do so, or if a former employer challenges Executive’s entering into this Agreement or rendering services pursuant to it.

(k) Survivability . The provisions of Sections 4-16 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

(l) Communication with Government Agencies . Nothing in this Agreement precludes Executive from filing an administrative charge or otherwise communicating with any federal, state, or local government office, official, or agency.

 

13


(m) Section References . Unless otherwise provided, references to a “Section” or to “Sections” in this Agreement shall refer to the Section or Sections, respectively, of this Agreement.

(n) Right to Negotiation . Executive acknowledges that Executive has been given the opportunity to consult with legal counsel or any other advisor of Executive’s own choosing regarding this Agreement. Executive understands and agrees that any attorney retained by the Company or any member of management who has discussed any term or condition of this Agreement with Executive or Executive’s advisor is only acting on behalf of the Company and not on Executive’s behalf. Executive hereby acknowledges that Executive has been given the opportunity to participate in the negotiation of the terms of this Agreement.

(o) Executive’s Understanding of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and confirms that Executive has read this Agreement and fully understands its terms and contents. Executive further acknowledges that all understandings and agreements between the Company and Executive relating to the subjects covered in this Agreement are contained in it and that Executive has entered into this Agreement voluntarily and not in reliance on any promises or representations by the Company other than those contained in this Agreement itself. Executive understands that by signing this Agreement Executive is giving up Executive’s right to a jury trial.

 

Date: May 15, 2014     VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
    By:  

/s/ Brian Lian, Ph.D.

    Name:   Brian Lian, Ph.D.
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date: May 15, 2014    

/s/ Michael Dinerman, M.D.

    Michael Dinerman, M.D.

 

14

Exhibit 10.9

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Executive agrees to the terms and conditions of employment with Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (“ Company ”) set forth in this Employment Agreement (“ Agreement ”), effective as of June 2, 2014 (“ Effective Date ”).

1. Employment Terms .

(a) Employment Period . The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the one (1) year anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Employment Period ”); provided that the Agreement shall automatically renew on the same terms and conditions set forth herein for additional one (1) year periods unless the Company or Executive gives the other party written notice of its election not to renew the Employment Period ( “Non-Renewal Notice” ) at least sixty (60) days prior to the renewal date (the “ Renewal Period ”). The “ Employment Period ” shall end at the end of the Initial Employment Period (or the end of any Renewal Period) if a Non-Renewal Notice is timely provided, or on such earlier date as Executive’s employment terminates under Section 3. The date of Executive’s termination of employment is the “ Termination Date ”.

(b) Nature of Duties . Executive shall be the Company’s Chief Medical Officer (“ CMO ”). Executive shall work exclusively for the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (collectively, “Company Group” ), to the extent so directed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company ( “CEO” ), and shall have all of the customary powers and duties associated with the position of CMO. Executive shall report to the CEO. Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time and effort to the performance of Executive’s duties for the Company Group, which Executive shall perform faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability. Executive will be permitted to engage in non-commercial outside business activities (e.g., non-profit boards), with the consent of the Board of Directors of the Company (“ Board ”). Executive shall be subject to the Company Group’s policies and procedures, as generally in effect from time-to-time, including any and all policies and procedures implemented after the Effective Date. Executive shall be an at-will employee who may resign or be terminated at any time, with or without Cause. Executive’s at-will status only can be altered by a written document approved by the Board or a committee thereof and signed by the CEO, on behalf of the Company, and Executive, in her personal capacity.

(c) Place of Performance . Executive shall work from the Company’s offices in California, except for required travel on Company Group business.

(d) Subsidiaries and Affiliates . For purposes of this Agreement, (i) “ Subsidiaries ” means any corporation or other entity of which the securities or other ownership interests having the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body are, at the time of determination, owned by the Company, directly or through one or more subsidiaries or parents and (ii) “ Affiliate ” means any person or entity, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, including any parent company of the Company.


2. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . The Company shall pay Executive a base salary (“ Base Salary ”) at an annual rate of $156,539 between the Effective Date and completion of the Company’s Initial Public Offering ( “IPO” ). Commencing on the date following completion of the IPO, the Company shall pay Executive a Base Salary of $223,628. Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (“ Compensation Committee ”), after consultation with the CEO, and, if appropriate, increased (but not decreased, except in the event of a proportional reduction in salaries of Company executives generally). Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in conformity with the Company’s salary payment practices generally applicable to the Company’s senior executive officers. Executive shall not earn any Base Salary during periods of non-performance of her job duties, other than vacations and permitted sick leave.

(b) Annual Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”). Executive’s target Annual Bonus, to the extent earned, will be thirty percent (30%) of Executive’s Base Salary in effect on June 30th of such calendar year (except that during 2014, Executive’s target Annual Bonus will be $57,025.05, pro-rated from the Effective Date through December 31, 2014). The Annual Bonus shall be based on Company financial performance and Executive’s performance, each measure as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee after consultation with the CEO for the applicable year. The actual Annual Bonus amount, if any, will be determined in the discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee, and generally will be paid within the first quarter of the following calendar year. The Annual Bonus is not earned until paid. Executive understands that Executive shall not be entitled to the Annual Bonus unless Executive is employed by the Company at the time the Annual Bonus is paid.

(c) Equity Compensation . The Board will recommend to the Compensation Committee that Executive receive, upon the closing date of the IPO: (a) a stock option to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock” ) (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) (the “Option” ); (b) an award of 70,000 shares of restricted Common Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) (the “Initial RSA” ); and (c) an additional award of shares of restricted Common Stock equal to (I) the quotient obtained by dividing (Y) the product of (i) $120,375.00 multiplied by (ii) the number of days between the date of the closing of the IPO and the Effective Date, by (Z) the product obtained by multiplying (I) 365 by (II) the closing sales price of the Common Stock on the date of the closing of the IPO, as reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, rounded down to the nearest whole share (the “Additional RSA” and, together with the Option and the Initial RSA, the “Awards” ). Each of the Initial RSA and Option shall vest according to the following terms: 25% of the Award will be vested upon issuance and 25% of the Award will vest on each one-year anniversary of the date of issuance for the next three years, so long as Executive continues to provide continuous services to the Company through each applicable vesting date, inclusive. The Additional RSA will be fully vested upon issuance. Each of the Awards will be subject to the terms and conditions of the forthcoming

 

2


Viking Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be amended or restated from time to time, “ Equity Incentive Plan ”), including any required agreements and/or grant documentation, and shall vest over the vesting schedule set forth in such Equity Incentive Plan or the applicable grant documents; provided that the vesting commencement date for the Awards shall be the Effective Date. Following the grants of the Awards, Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan, any successor to such plan, and any other Company equity compensation plan established from time to time and generally made available by the Company in its sole discretion to the Company’s senior executive officers.

(d) Benefits . During Executive’s employment, Executive shall be entitled to accrue up to four (4) weeks of vacation annually (pro-rated for partial years), subject to Company policies as modified from time to time. Executive also shall be entitled to participate in all Company employee welfare benefit plans and programs, to the same extent generally available to the Company’s senior executive officers, in accordance with the terms of those plans and programs. The Company shall have the right to terminate or change any such plan or program at any time.

(e) Expenses . Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary business expenses that Executive incurs, in accordance with Company policy. Executive also shall have use of an entertainment and business development budget, the amount and terms of which shall be set by the Board or the Compensation Committee in its discretion each year. Executive must account for all business, entertainment, and business development expenses, in accordance with Company policy.

3. Termination .

(a) Death . If Executive dies while employed under this Agreement, Executive’s employment shall terminate immediately.

(b) By Company .

(i) Non-Renewal of Agreement . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment by providing a timely Non-Renewal Notice, pursuant to Section 1(a).

(ii) Termination for Cause . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause. “ Cause ” shall include, but not be limited to a good faith determination by the Company that it has Cause to terminate Executive including for any of the following reasons: (a) conviction of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude; (b) the commission of any act against any member of the Company Group, constituting willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud, theft, or embezzlement; (c) intentional or grossly negligent failure to follow the directions of the CEO or the Board with respect to the material services, duties, or responsibilities required of Executive by the Company, which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Executive; (d) breach of a material employment policy of the Company Group applicable to senior executive officers, which is material, which causes any member of the Company Group material harm, and which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Executive; or (e) any other breach of this Agreement that is material and that is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Executive. If

 

3


Executive’s employment ends for any reason other than discharge by the Company for Cause, but at a time when the Company, in its good faith belief, had Cause to terminate Executive (or would have had Cause if it knew all relevant facts), then Executive’s termination shall be treated as a termination by the Company for Cause.

(iii) Disability . Except as prohibited by applicable law, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment on account of Disability, or may transfer Executive to inactive employment status, which shall have the same effect under this Agreement as a termination for Disability. “ Disability ” means a physical or mental illness, injury, or condition that prevents Executive from performing substantially all of Executive’s duties under this Agreement for at least 90 consecutive calendar days or for at least 120 calendar days, whether or not consecutive, in any 365 calendar day period, or is likely to do so, as certified by a physician selected by the Board or the Compensation Committee.

(iv) Termination Other Than for Non-Renewal, Cause, Disability or Death . Because Executive is an at-will employee, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for any reason, and without advance notice.

(c) By Executive .

(i) Non-Renewal of Agreement . Executive may terminate Executive’s employment by providing a timely Non-Renewal Notice, pursuant to Section 1(a).

(ii) Resignation for Good Reason . Executive may resign Executive’s employment at any time if “Good Reason” exists. “ Good Reason ” shall mean that, without Executive’s written consent, (i) there is a material diminution of Executive’s Base Salary (except in the event of a proportional reduction in salaries of Company executives generally); or (ii) there is a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that completion of the IPO shall not constitute Good Reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no resignation shall be considered to have been for Good Reason unless Executive first gives the Company written notice of Executive’s intention to resign employment and specifies the grounds for such resignation with reasonable particularity within ninety (90) days of the date such event occurs, the Company has not cured such event within thirty (30) days of its receipt of such notice, and Executive actually resigns Executive’s employment for such reason within thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period. The Company may cure at any time prior to Executive’s termination, and Executive may not resign for Good Reason on the noticed ground or grounds once the Company has so cured.

(iii) Resignation other than for Good Reason . Because Executive is an at-will employee, Executive may resign from employment with the Company at any time for any reason, and without advance notice; provided, however, that Executive covenants that he will provide at least 60 days’ written notice of resignation.

(iv) Date of Non-Renewal / Resignation . If Executive provides a Non-Renewal Notice or advance notice of resignation to the Company, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment prior to the applicable expiration date and/or noticed resignation date, and/or place Executive on an unpaid leave of absence during such time period. Such termination and or leave of absence shall remain a non-renewal or resignation by Executive for purposes of this Agreement.

 

4


4. Termination Payments .

(a) Payments on Termination . Regardless of the reason Executive’s employment terminates, and except as expressly provided below in this Section 4, Executive shall receive only (i) any unpaid Base Salary, business expense reimbursements, and accrued but unused vacation, through the Termination Date; and (ii) any other unpaid amounts due under Company benefit plans, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans.

(b) Other Potential Payments On Termination . For avoidance of doubt, if Executive is entitled to amounts under Section 5(c), Executive shall not be entitled to any amounts under this Section 4(b).

(i) Non-Renewal by the Company . In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment by providing a timely Non-Renewal Notice, pursuant to Section 1(a), and provided that Executive thereafter resigns employment within thirty (30) days after such notice, with an effective date of the end of the Initial Employment Period or the end of the Renewal Period, as applicable, Executive shall receive the following amounts (the “3 Month Severance” ), subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement.

1. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall continue to pay Executive her Base Salary as of the Termination Date, for a period of three (3) months after the Termination Date, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule in effect on the Termination Date;

2. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall pay Executive three (3) monthly payments, each equal to 1/12 of the amount obtained by multiplying Executive’s target Annual Bonus percentage as of the Termination Date times Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date, on the last day of each of the three (3) months, commencing in the month following the Termination Date;

3. Subject to Executive’s timely election of COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the COBRA premiums, as of the Termination Date, for Executive and any dependents enrolled in the Company-sponsored non-FSA group health plans, for the lesser of (a) three (3) months, or (b) until Executive first becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan; and

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award documentation, with respect to the Awards: (a) outstanding equity awards that would have vested within three (3) months following the Termination Date, if any, shall vest and become fully exercisable, if applicable, as of the Termination Date, and (b) Executive shall have three (3) months from the Termination Date to exercise vested options (unless they terminate sooner according to their terms), at which point such options shall terminate if unexercised without compensation therefore (unless already terminated). Any portion of the Awards that were not vested on the Termination Date, after giving effect to the preceding sentence, shall terminate without compensation therefore on the Termination Date.

 

5


(ii) Termination for Cause . Executive shall receive only the amounts set forth in Section 4(a).

(iii) Disability . Executive shall receive the 3 Month Severance, subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement.

(iv) Death . Executive’s estate (“ Estate ”) shall receive the 3 Month Severance; provided that the legal representative of the Estate satisfies the Release Requirement on behalf of the Estate.

(v) Termination other than for Non-Renewal, Cause, Disability, or Death . Executive shall receive the following amounts (the “6 Month Severance” ), subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement:

1. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall continue to pay Executive his/her Base Salary as of the Termination Date, for a period of six (6) months after the Termination Date, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule in effect on the Termination Date;

2. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall pay Executive six (6) monthly payments, each equal to 1/12 of the amount obtained by multiplying Executive’s target Annual Bonus percentage as of the Termination Date times Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date, on the last day of each of the six (6) months, commencing in the month following the Termination Date;

3. Subject to Executive’s timely election of COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the COBRA premiums, as of the Termination Date, for Executive and any dependents enrolled in the Company-sponsored non-FSA group health plans, for the lesser of (a) six (6) months, or (b) until Executive first becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan; and

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award documentation, with respect to the Awards: (a) outstanding equity awards that would have vested within six (6) months following the Termination Date, if any, shall vest and become fully exercisable, if applicable, as of the Termination Date, and (b) Executive shall have six (6) months from the Termination Date to exercise vested options (unless they terminate sooner according to their terms), at which point such options shall terminate if unexercised without compensation therefore (unless already terminated). Any portion of the Awards that were not vested on the Termination Date, after giving effect to the preceding sentence, shall terminate without compensation therefore on the Termination Date.

(vi) Non-Renewal by Executive . Executive shall receive only the amounts set forth in Section 4(a).

 

6


(vii) Resignation for Good Reason . Executive shall receive the 6 Month Severance, subject to satisfaction of the Release Requirement.

(viii) Resignation other than for Good Reason . Executive shall receive only the amounts set forth in Section 4(a).

(c) Amounts Owed to the Company . Any amounts payable to Executive under Section 4(b) shall first be applied to repay any amounts Executive owes the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(d) Release Requirement . Executive will only receive the payments due to Executive under Section 4(b) if Executive signs a general release (in the form furnished to Executive by the Company) within 45 days after the Termination Date, Executive does not thereafter properly revoke the release, and that release has become effective and irrevocable in its entirety by the 60th day following the Termination Date (the “Release Requirement” ).

(e) Payment Timeframe. No payments under Section 4(b) shall commence until the 60th day after the Termination Date. Any amounts that would have been paid during such 60-day period shall be paid with the first payment.

5. Change in Control .

(a) Definition . A “ Change in Control ” of the Company shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Equity Incentive Plan (as the Equity Incentive Plan may be amended or restated from time to time).

(b) Equity Treatment On Change In Control . Upon a Change in Control during the Employment Period, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any associated equity award documentation, one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s outstanding Awards that are unvested as of the Change in Control, if any, shall vest, and, if applicable, become fully exercisable immediately prior to the Change in Control. To the extent any vested equity awards held by Executive are not assumed and/or substituted in the Change in Control transaction on a basis that does not diminish the in-the-money value of the award (if in the money at the time of the Change in Control) or the maximum exercise period, if applicable, the Company shall provide to Executive cash on the Change in Control in exchange for the satisfaction and cancellation of such outstanding equity awards (based on the fair market value of shares underlying such awards on the date of the Change in Control).

(c) Termination Payments In Connection With Change In Control . For avoidance of doubt, if Executive is entitled to amounts under Section 4(b), Executive shall not be entitled to any amounts under this Section 5(c).

(i) Payments . If, within twenty four (24) months following a Change in Control, the Company terminates Executive’s employment other than pursuant to a Non-Renewal Notice, or for Cause, Disability, or Death, or Executive resigns for Good Reason, then in lieu of any amounts otherwise due under Section 4(b), Executive shall be entitled to the following payments, subject to the Release Requirement:

1. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall continue to pay Executive the Base Salary as of the Termination Date, for a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule in effect on the Termination Date;

 

7


2. Contingent on Executive’s compliance with Executive’s obligations under Sections 6-10, the Company shall pay Executive twelve (12) monthly payments, each equal to 1/12 of the amount obtained by multiplying Executive’s target Annual Bonus percentage as of the Termination Date times Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date, on the last day of each of the twelve (12) months, commencing in the month following the Termination Date;

3. Subject to Executive’s timely election of COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the COBRA premiums, as of the Termination Date, for Executive and any dependents enrolled in the Company-sponsored non-FSA group health plans, for the lesser of (a) twelve (12) months, or (b) until Executive first becomes eligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored group health plan; and

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award documentation, with respect to the Awards: (a) outstanding equity awards that would have vested within twelve (12) months following the Termination Date, if any, shall vest and become fully exercisable, if applicable, as of the Termination Date, and (b) Executive shall have twelve (12) months from the Termination Date to exercise vested options (unless they terminate sooner according to their terms), at which point such options shall terminate if unexercised without compensation therefore (unless already terminated). Any portion of the Awards that were not vested on the Termination Date, after giving effect to the preceding sentence, shall terminate without compensation therefore on the Termination Date.

(ii) Amounts Owed to the Company . Any amounts payable to Executive under Section 5(c) shall first be applied to repay any amounts Executive owes the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(iii) Release Requirement . Executive will only receive the payments due to Executive under Section 5(c) if Executive satisfies the Release Requirement.

(iv) Payment Timeframe. No payments under Section 5(c) shall commence until the 60th day after the Termination Date. Any amounts that would have been paid during such 60-day period shall be paid with the first payment installment.

6. Protection of Confidential Information . Executive acknowledges that Executive currently possesses or will acquire secret, confidential, or proprietary information or trade secrets concerning the products, operations, future plans, or business methods of the Company Group (“ Confidential Information ”). That certain Employee Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2013, by and between the Company and Executive (as may be amended or restated from time to time) is incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

8


7. Non-Disparagement by Executive . Executive agrees not to criticize, denigrate, or otherwise disparage the Company, any member of the Company Group, or any of their officers, directors, employees, service providers, distributors, clients, products, processes, experiments, policies, practices, standards of business conduct, or areas or techniques of research. However, nothing in this Section shall prohibit Executive from complying with any lawful subpoena or court order or taking any other actions affirmatively authorized by law.

8. Efforts; Duty Not to Compete . Executive understands that her employment with the Company requires Executive’s undivided attention and effort. As a result, during Executive’s employment, Executive will not, without the Company’s express written consent, engage in any other employment or business that (i) directly competes with the current or future business of the Company Group; (ii) uses any Company Group information, equipment, supplies, facilities or materials; or (iii) otherwise conflicts with the Company Group’s business interest and causes a disruption of its operations.

9. Non-Solicitation of Employees/Consultants . During Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, Executive will not directly or indirectly solicit employees or consultants of the Company Group to terminate their relationship with the Company Group for Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity.

10. Non-Solicitation of Suppliers/Customers . During and after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will not directly or indirectly solicit or otherwise take away customers or suppliers of the Company Group if, in so doing, Executive accesses, uses or discloses any trade secrets or proprietary or Confidential Information of the Company Group. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company Group’s lists of customers and suppliers, including their buying and selling habits and special needs, whether created or obtained by, or disclosed to me during Executive’s employment, constitute Confidential Information of the Company Group.

11. Disputes

(a) Governing Law and Venue . The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California (excluding any that mandates the use of another jurisdiction’s laws). The enforcement of an arbitration award, or any other action in connection with this Agreement, only may be brought in the courts of the County of San Diego, State of California or federal courts situated within the County of San Diego, State of California.

(b) Arbitration of Disputes . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, and excluding those disputes that cannot be arbitrated as a matter of law (including, but not limited to, workers’ compensation claims and any claim relating to a benefit plan subject to ERISA), all disputes between the Company or any member of the Company Group electing to arbitrate and Executive, are to be resolved by final and binding arbitration in San Diego County, California, pursuant to the employment arbitration rules then in effect for JAMS (a copy of which will be provided to Executive by the Company, at Executive’s request), in accordance with the separate Mutual Agreement to Arbitrate Claims, dated as of even date herewith, by and between the Company and Executive, which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

9


(c) Legal Fees . To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise provided herein, each party is responsible for its own legal fees in connection with this Agreement and any enforcement thereof.

12. Taxes . The Company shall withhold taxes and other amounts from payments it makes pursuant to this Agreement as it determines to be required by applicable law.

13. Excise Tax . Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive (including any payment or benefit received in connection with a change in control of the Company or the termination of Executive’s employment, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement) (all such payments and benefits, together, the “ Total Payments ”) would be subject (in whole or part), to any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto (the “ Excise Tax ”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, program, arrangement or agreement, the Company will reduce the Total Payments to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax (but in no event to less than zero); provided, however, that the Total Payments will only be reduced if (i) the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments), is greater than or equal to (ii) the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which Executive would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments).

(a) In the case of a reduction in the Total Payments, the Total Payments will be reduced in the following order (unless reduction in another order is required to avoid adverse consequences under Section 409A, in which case, reduction will be in such other order): (i) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a) will be reduced (if necessary, to zero), with amounts that are payable last reduced first; (ii) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a), with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24) will next be reduced; (iii) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24, with amounts that are payable last reduced first, will next be reduced; (iv) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24, with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24) will next be reduced; and (v) all other non-cash benefits not otherwise described in clauses (ii) or (iv) will be next reduced pro-rata. Any reductions made pursuant to each of clauses (i)-(v) above will be made in the following manner: first, a pro-rata reduction of

 

10


cash payment and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity not subject to Section 409A, and second, a pro-rata reduction of cash payments and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity subject to Section 409A as deferred compensation.

(b) For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax: (i) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which Executive shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a “payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code will be taken into account; (ii) no portion of the Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of tax counsel (“ Tax Counsel ”) reasonably acceptable to Executive and selected by the accounting firm which was, immediately prior to the change in control, the Company’s independent auditor (the “ Auditor ”), does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the “base amount” (as set forth in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) that is allocable to such reasonable compensation; and (iii) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments will be determined by the Auditor in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

14. Section 409A .

(a) To the extent applicable, it is intended that the Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”). The Agreement will be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement to fail to satisfy Section 409A will have no force and effect until amended to comply therewith (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Executive shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of the Agreement and no payments shall be due to Executive under the Agreement which are payable upon Executive’s termination of employment unless Executive would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A and the phrase “termination of employment” or similar phrases shall be construed to mean a “separation from service.” To the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, during any time in which stock of the Company is publicly-traded on any established securities market or otherwise (and pursuant to which Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) applies and not excepted under applicable Treasury Regulations), amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to the Agreement during the six-month period immediately following Executive’s termination of employment shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following Executive’s termination of employment (or upon Executive’s death, if earlier). In addition, for purposes of the Agreement, each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to Executive pursuant to the Agreement shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A. With respect to expenses eligible for reimbursement under the terms of the Agreement, (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement in any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in another taxable year

 

11


and (ii) any reimbursements of such expenses shall be made no later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the related expenses were incurred, except, in each case, to the extent that the right to reimbursement does not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(b) The Company does not hereby or otherwise represent or warrant that any payments hereunder are or will be in compliance with Section 409A, and Executive shall be responsible for obtaining Executive’s own tax advice with regard to such matters. In no event shall the Company have any liability related to any payment or benefit under this Agreement failing to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

15. Clawback. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive may be required to forfeit or repay any or all compensation received by Executive under this Agreement pursuant to the terms of any compensation recovery or clawback requirement, or policy that may be adopted by or applicable to the Company, under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.

16. Other Terms .

(a) Notice . Any notice, demand, claim or other communication under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given (a) on delivery if delivered personally; (b) on the date on which delivery thereof is guaranteed by the carrier if delivered by a national courier guaranteeing delivery within a fixed number of days of sending; or (c) on the date of transmission thereof if delivery is confirmed, but, in each case, only if addressed to the Parties in the following manner at the following addresses (or at the other address as a Party may specify by notice to the other): to the Company, to the attention of the Chairperson of the Board and the CEO at its principal executive offices, and to Executive, at Executive’s principal residence as set forth in the employment records of the Company.

(b) Amendment . Except as provided herein or as required to remain compliant with applicable law, no provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged except by a written document signed on the Company’s behalf by the CEO, and by Executive in her personal capacity.

(c) Waiver . A waiver of any conditions or provisions of this Agreement or any breach by any party hereto in a given instance shall not be deemed a waiver of such conditions or provisions at any other time.

(d) Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, Executive the Estate, but Executive may not assign or pledge this Agreement or any rights arising under it, except to the extent permitted under the terms of the Company plans in which Executive participates. Without Executive’s consent, the Company may assign this Agreement to any successor-in-interest to the Company (a “Successor” ) or Affiliate that agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement, after which any reference to the “Company” in this Agreement shall be deemed to be a reference to such Successor or Affiliate, and the Company thereafter shall have no further responsibility or liability under this Agreement of any kind.

 

12


(e) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(f) Headings . The headings set forth herein are included solely for the purpose of identification and shall not be used for the purpose of construing the meaning of the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

(h) Resignation from All Positions . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, unless otherwise requested by the Company, Executive shall resign, as of the date of such termination, from all positions he then holds as an officer, director, employee and member of the Board (and any committee thereof) of the Company and its Affiliates. Executive agrees to execute and deliver to the Company such writings as are required to effectuate the foregoing.

(i) Entire Agreement . All oral or written agreements or representations, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement are set forth in this Agreement. However, this Agreement does not override other written agreements Executive has executed relating to specific aspects of Executive’s employment, such as conflicts of interest.

(j) Former Employers . Executive is not subject to any employment, confidentiality, or other agreement or restriction that would prevent Executive from fully satisfying Executive’s duties under this Agreement or that would be violated if Executive did so. Without the Company’s prior written approval, Executive covenants that Executive will not: (i) disclose proprietary information belonging to a former employer or other entity without its written permission; (ii) contact any former employer’s customers or employees to solicit their business or employment on behalf of the Company, in either case if such contact or solicitation would violate any agreement between Executive and any prior employer of Executive; or (iii) distribute announcements about or otherwise publicize Executive’s employment with the Company. Executive will indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any liabilities or costs, including attorneys’ fees it may incur because Executive is alleged to have broken any of these promises or improperly revealed or used such proprietary information or to have threatened to do so, or if a former employer challenges Executive’s entering into this Agreement or rendering services pursuant to it.

(k) Survivability . The provisions of Sections 4-16 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

(l) Communication with Government Agencies . Nothing in this Agreement precludes Executive from filing an administrative charge or otherwise communicating with any federal, state, or local government office, official, or agency.

 

13


(m) Section References . Unless otherwise provided, references to a “Section” or to “Sections” in this Agreement shall refer to the Section or Sections, respectively, of this Agreement.

(n) Right to Negotiation . Executive acknowledges that Executive has been given the opportunity to consult with legal counsel or any other advisor of Executive’s own choosing regarding this Agreement. Executive understands and agrees that any attorney retained by the Company or any member of management who has discussed any term or condition of this Agreement with Executive or Executive’s advisor is only acting on behalf of the Company and not on Executive’s behalf. Executive hereby acknowledges that Executive has been given the opportunity to participate in the negotiation of the terms of this Agreement.

(o) Executive’s Understanding of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and confirms that Executive has read this Agreement and fully understands its terms and contents. Executive further acknowledges that all understandings and agreements between the Company and Executive relating to the subjects covered in this Agreement are contained in it and that Executive has entered into this Agreement voluntarily and not in reliance on any promises or representations by the Company other than those contained in this Agreement itself. Executive understands that by signing this Agreement Executive is giving up Executive’s right to a jury trial.

 

Date: May 21, 2014     VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
    By:  

/s/ Brian Lian, Ph.D.

    Name:   Brian Lian, Ph.D.
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date: May 21, 2014    

/s/ Rochelle Hanley, M.D.

    Rochelle Hanley, M.D.

 

14

Exhibit 10.10

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

Each non-employee member of the board of directors (the “ Board ”) of Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) shall be eligible to receive cash and equity compensation for his or her service on the Board commencing on the date on which the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (or successor form) for the Company’s first firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock” ) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ IPO Effective Date ”), as set forth in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (this “ Policy ”). The cash and equity compensation described in this Policy shall be paid or be made, as applicable, automatically and without further action of the Board (or any committee thereof), to each member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company (each, a “ Non-Employee Director ”) who is eligible to receive such cash or equity compensation, unless such Non-Employee Director declines the receipt of such cash or equity compensation by advance written notice to the Company. This Policy shall remain in effect until it is revised or rescinded by further action of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”). This Policy and the compensation to be provided hereunder may be amended, modified or terminated by the Board or the Compensation Committee at any time in its sole discretion. The terms and conditions of this Policy shall supersede any prior cash and/or equity compensation arrangements between the Company and any of its Non-Employee Directors with respect to such Non-Employee Director’s service on (or on behalf of) the Board or any committee thereof. No Non-Employee Director shall have any rights hereunder, except with respect to the cash compensation and stock options granted pursuant to this Policy. Non-Employee Directors may be eligible to receive discretionary awards granted outside this Policy.

1. Cash Compensation .

(a) Annual Cash Retainers . Each Non-Employee Director shall be eligible to receive an annual cash retainer of $33,170 for service on the Board.

(b) Additional Annual Cash Retainers . In addition, a Non-Employee Director shall receive the following annual cash retainers, if applicable:

(i) Chairperson of the Board . A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Board shall receive an additional annual cash retainer of $32,800 for such service.

(ii) Audit Committee . A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Audit Committee of the Board (the “ Audit Committee ”) shall receive an additional annual cash retainer of $16,650 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Audit Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual cash retainer of $8,900 for such service.

(iii) Compensation Committee . A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Compensation Committee shall receive an additional annual cash retainer of


$11,350 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Compensation Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual cash retainer of $6,750 for such service.

(iv) Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee . A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board (the “ Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee ”) shall receive an additional annual cash retainer of $9,280 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual cash retainer of $4,900 for such service.

(c) Payment of Retainers . The annual cash retainers described in Sections 1(a) and 1(b) shall be earned on a quarterly basis based on a calendar quarter and shall be paid by the Company in arrears not later than the 30th day following the end of each calendar quarter. In the event a Non-Employee Director does not serve as a Non-Employee Director, or in the applicable positions described in Section 1(b), for an entire calendar quarter, the retainer paid to such Non-Employee Director shall be prorated for the portion of such calendar quarter actually served as a Non-Employee Director, or in such position, as applicable. For avoidance of doubt, the annual cash retainers described in Sections 1(a) and 1(b) shall be prorated for the portion of the calendar quarter in which the IPO Effective Date occurs such that each Non-Employee Director shall receive annual cash retainers under this Policy only for the period commencing on the IPO Effective Date. There are no per meeting attendance fees for attending meetings of the Board or any committee thereof.

(d) Revisions . Each of the Board and the Compensation Committee, in its discretion, may change and otherwise revise the terms of the cash compensation granted under this Policy, including, without limitation, the amount of cash compensation to be paid, on or after the date the Board or the Compensation Committee determines to make any such change or revision.

2. Equity Compensation . Non-Employee Directors shall be granted the equity awards described below. The awards described below shall be granted under and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as may be amended or restated from time to time, or any other applicable Company equity incentive plan then-maintained by the Company (the “ Equity Plan ”) and shall be granted subject to the execution and delivery of award agreements, including attached exhibits, in substantially the forms previously approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee, setting forth the vesting schedule applicable to such awards and such other terms as may be required by the Equity Plan (as may be amended or restated from time to time, collectively, the “ Additional Terms ”). All applicable terms of the Equity Plan apply to this Policy as if fully set forth herein, and all stock options granted pursuant to this Policy are subject in all respects to the terms of the Equity Plan and the Additional Terms.

(a) Awards on IPO Effective Date . On the IPO Effective Date, each Non-Employee Director serving on the Board as of the IPO Effective Date shall be eligible to receive a non-statutory stock option to purchase shares of the Common Stock with an Aggregate Value on the date of grant of $55,000, rounded down to the nearest whole share. The awards described in this Section 2(a) shall be referred to as “ IPO Awards .”

 

2


(b) Annual Awards . Each year, on the date of the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders (each, an “ Annual Meeting ”), each Non-Employee Director who will continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director immediately following the date of such Annual Meeting shall be automatically, and without further action of the Board or the Compensation Committee, granted a non-statutory stock option to purchase shares of the Common Stock with an Aggregate Value on the date of grant of $55,000, rounded down to the nearest whole share. The awards described in this Section 2(b) shall be referred to as “ Annual Awards .” For the avoidance of doubt, an individual who first becomes a Non-Employee Director at an Annual Meeting shall be entitled to receive an Annual Award on the date of such Annual Meeting.

(c) Prorated Annual Equity Awards for New Non-Employee Directors . If an individual first becomes a Non-Employee Director other than at an Annual Meeting, such individual shall be automatically, and without further action of the Board or the Compensation Committee, granted a non-statutory stock option to purchase shares of the Common Stock with an Aggregate Value on the date of grant of $55,000, rounded down to the nearest whole share, and reduced pro rata for each day prior to the date of grant (out of 365 days) that has elapsed since the preceding Annual Meeting; provided that in the event an individual first becomes a Non-Employee Director prior to the first Annual Meeting, such non-statutory stock option shall be reduced pro rata for each day prior to the date of grant (out of 365 days) that has elapsed since the IPO Effective Date. The awards described in this Section 2(c) shall be referred to as “ Prorated Annual Awards .”

(d) Aggregate Value. The “ Aggregate Value ” means the fair value of a stock option grant as of the date of grant as determined in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, “Share-Based Payment”, using the Black-Scholes pricing model and the valuation assumptions used by the Company in accounting for options as of such date of grant, or as determined in accordance with such other methodology the Board or the Compensation Committee may determine as of such date of grant.

(e) Terms of Awards Granted to Non-Employee Directors .

(i) Purchase Price . The per share exercise price of each option granted to a Non-Employee Director shall equal the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Equity Plan) of a share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted.

(ii) Vesting . Each IPO Award shall vest and become exercisable in full on the date of the Company’s first Annual Meeting following the IPO Effective Date, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service on the Board through such Annual Meeting. Each Annual Award and each Prorated Annual Award shall vest and become exercisable on the date of the first Annual Meeting held following the grant date of such Annual Award or Prorated Annual Award, as applicable, in each case subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service on the Board through such vesting date. No portion of an IPO Award, Annual Award or Prorated Annual Award that is unvested or unexercisable at the time of a Non-Employee Director’s termination of service on the Board shall become vested or exercisable thereafter. All

 

3


of a Non-Employee Director’s outstanding IPO Awards, Annual Awards and Prorated Annual Awards shall vest in full as of immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan).

(iii) Term . The term of each stock option granted to a Non-Employee Director shall be ten years from the date the option is granted. Upon a Non-Employee Director’s termination of service on the Board for any reason, his or her then-vested stock options to purchase shares of the Common Stock granted pursuant to this Policy shall remain exercisable for 30 days following the termination of his or her service on the Board (or such longer period as the Board may determine in its discretion on or after the date of grant of such stock options).

(iv) Option Award Agreements . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Policy, each IPO Award, Annual Award and Prorated Annual Award shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Equity Plan and the Additional Terms.

(f) Revisions . Each of the Board and the Compensation Committee, in its discretion, may change and otherwise revise the terms of awards granted under this Policy, including, without limitation, the types of awards, the number of shares, the exercise prices, and vesting schedules, for awards granted on or after the date the Board or the Compensation Committee determines to make any such change or revision.

3. Expense Reimbursement . Upon presentation of documentation of such expenses reasonably satisfactory to the Company, each Non-Employee Director shall be reimbursed for his or her reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board and its committees or in connection with other business related to service on the Board or its committees. Each Non-Employee Director also shall be reimbursed for his or her reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses authorized by the Board or one of its committees that are incurred in connection with attendance at meetings with the Company’s management. All reimbursements under this Section 3 shall be made in accordance with the Company’s applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures as in effect from time to time.

4. Section 409A . In no event shall cash compensation payable pursuant to this Policy be paid later than March 15th of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable quarter ends (or if the individual did not serve as a Non-Employee Director for the full quarter as a result of termination of service, then the March 15th of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Non-Employee Director’s service terminated with the Company), in compliance with the “short-term deferral” exception to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”). In no event shall an expense reimbursement be made later than the end of the taxable year of the Non-Employee Director immediately following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a Non-Employee Director’s taxable year will not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year. Reimbursement rights are not subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit. This Policy is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the compensation to be provided hereunder shall be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted to so exempt or comply. No Non-Employee Director shall have any legal right to

 

4


receive payment of any amount or benefit that otherwise would fail to comply with the requirements of Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Non-Employee Directors shall be solely responsible for any tax or other obligations they incur as a result of the cash payments and equity awards received pursuant to this Policy.

Adopted on May 15, 2014

Effective on                      1

 

1   The IPO Effective Date.

 

5

Exhibit 10.11

SUBLEASE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

between

LIGAND PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED

as Sublandlord

and

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

as Subtenant

May 21, 2014

 

Building Address:   

      11119 North Torrey Pines,

      San Diego, California 92037

 


SUBLEASE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS SUBLEASE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT (“ Sublease ”) is made as of May 21, 2014 (the “Effective Date” ), by and between LIGAND PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“ Sublandlord ”) and VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Subtenant ”), with Sublandlord and Subtenant hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party ”), with reference to the following facts:

RECITALS

A. Sublandlord and ARE-SD REGION NO. 24, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Master Landlord ”), are parties to that certain Lease dated September 5, 2011, by and between Sublandlord and Master Landlord as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated March 20, 2012, each as set forth on Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Master Lease ”). The Master Lease covers certain premises consisting of approximately 16,851 rentable square feet (“ Premises ”) in a building located at 11119 North Torrey Pines, San Diego, California (the “ Building ”).

B. Sublandlord desires to sublease to Subtenant, and Subtenant desires to sublease from Sublandlord, the Sublease Premises on the terms, covenants and conditions herein.

C. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Master Lease.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree as follows.

1. Definitions : The following definitions apply in this Sublease:

1.1 Base Rent; Adjustment . Commencing on the Effective Date, Base Rent shall be $13,523.90 per month ($3.25 per rentable square foot for approximately 3,437 square feet and $0.975 per square foot for 2,414 square feet of Shared Area (as defined below).

1.2 Premises : Sublandlord hereby leases to Subtenant that portion of the Premises as depicted on Exhibit B-1 attached hereto (the “ Sublease Premises ”), and Subtenant hereby leases the Sublease Premises from Sublandlord.

1.3 Term : The term of this Sublease (“ Sublease Term ”) shall commence on the Effective Date. The Sublease Term shall expire on December 31, 2014; provided , however , that Subtenant may terminate this Sublease, without penalty, with thirty (30) days prior written notice to Sublandlord following the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to which Subtenant issues and sells shares of its capital stock to the public. Subtenant shall be permitted to occupy the Sublease Premises prior to the Effective Date at no charge to Subtenant upon (i) payment of the first month’s Base Rent, (ii)

 

1


the obtaining of the Master Landlord’s Consent described in Section 21 below, and (iii) the compliance by Subtenant of all of its obligations with respect to insurance and insurance certificates pursuant to Section 11 below.

2. Sublease.

2.1 Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby subleases from Sublandlord, the Sublease Premises, together with all appurtenances thereto as provided in the Master Lease.

2.2 Sublandlord, as part of the Sublease Premises, additionally leases to Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby subleases from Sublandlord, the telephone wiring and switches and the movable personal property that currently exists in the Sublease Premises owned by Sublandlord (the “ Furniture ”). The Furniture includes various desks, workstations, conference table, chairs, telephone wiring and switches. At the expiration or early termination of the Sublease term, Subtenant shall return the Furniture to Sublandlord in the Sublease Premises in its current state of repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Subtenant shall, at its sole cost, keep the Furniture insured against fire and other casualty under an “all-risk” policy of fire or casualty insurance, with loss payable to Sublandlord.

2.3 The kitchen, eating areas, tables, and conference rooms contained in the Premises (collectively, the “ Shared Area ”) shall not constitute the Sublease Premises. Sublandlord grants to Subtenant (and Subtenant’s employees and invitees authorized by Subtenant) a nonexclusive license to use the Shared Area in common with Sublandlord and its employees and invitees, subject to the following: (i) all of Subtenant’s indemnification obligations in favor of Sublandlord with respect to the Sublease Premises shall apply to the use of the Shared Area by Subtenant and its employees and invitees, and (ii) Sublandlord shall have the right to adopt (and Subtenant and its employees and invitees shall observe) reasonable rules and regulations with respect to the use of the Shared Area, including without limitation with respect to the scheduling of company events and hours of use. All of Subtenant’s obligations with respect to indemnification and liability insurance shall apply to the use by Subtenant of the Shared Area by Subtenant and its employees and invitees.

3. Condition of Premises.

3.1 Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Sublandlord (and any person purporting to act on behalf of Sublandlord) has not made, does not make and specifically negates and disclaims any representations, warranties, promises, covenants, agreements or guaranties of any kind or character whatsoever, whether express or implied, oral or written, past, present or future, of, as to, concerning or with respect to (i) value; (ii) the suitability of the Sublease Premises for any and all activities and uses that Subtenant may conduct thereon, including the possibilities for future development of the Sublease Premises; (iii) the habitability, merchantability, marketability, profitability or fitness for a particular purpose of the Sublease Premises; (iv) the manner, quality, state of repair or lack of repair of the Sublease Premises; (v) the nature, quality or condition of the Sublease Premises; (vi) the compliance of or by the Sublease Premises or its operation with any laws, rules, ordinances or regulations of any applicable governmental authority or body; (vii) the manner or quality of the construction or materials, if any,

 

2


incorporated into the Sublease Premises; (viii) whether the Sublease Premises are in compliance with any environmental protection, pollution or land use laws, rules, regulations, orders or requirements, including but not limited to, the following laws and any amendments thereto: Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, California Health & Safety Code, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Regulations at 40 C.F.R., Part 261, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“ CERCLA ”), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (“ RCRA ”), the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, the Toxic Substance Control Act, and regulations promulgated under any of the foregoing; (ix) whether there is the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials in, at, on, under, or adjacent to the Sublease Premises that were not caused by Sublandlord; (x) the conformity of the Sublease Premises to past, current or future applicable zoning or building requirements; or (xi) with respect to any other matter. Subtenant further acknowledges and agrees that Subtenant has been given the opportunity to inspect the Sublease Premises and to review information and documentation affecting the Sublease Premises and that Subtenant is relying solely on its own investigation of the Sublease Premises and review of such information and documentation, and not on any information provided or to be provided by Sublandlord.

3.2 SUBTENANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, SUBTENANT ACCEPTS THE SUBLEASE PREMISES AS IN THEIR “AS IS” CONDITION AND BASIS WITH ALL FAULTS, AND THAT SUBLANDLORD HAS NO OBLIGATIONS TO MAKE REPAIRS, REPLACEMENTS OR IMPROVEMENTS. SUBTENANT REPRESENTS, WARRANTS AND COVENANTS TO SUBLANDLORD THAT SUBTENANT IS RELYING SOLELY UPON SUBTENANT’S OWN INVESTIGATION OF THE SUBLEASE PREMISES IN ENTERING INTO THIS SUBLEASE.

4. Rent.

4.1 Base Rent . During the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord the Base Rent as set forth in Section 1 above, without set-off or deduction whatsoever. Base Rent shall be due and payable by Subtenant in immediately available funds, in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month without notice or demand.

4.2 Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses . In addition to the Base Rent, Subtenant shall pay when due under the Master Lease (i) any and all charges, expenses or other sums Subtenant is required to pay under the terms of this Sublease, and (ii) a proportionate share of “Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses” as defined in the Master Lease (which Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses encompasses, among other things, Operating Costs, Taxes and Assessments, Utilities and Services, Repairs and Maintenance, and the costs of management services), and a proportionate share of all other amounts required to be paid by Sublandlord under the Master Lease (“ Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses ,” and together with Base Rent, “ Subtenant’s Rent ”), whether directly to Master Landlord or directly to the taxing authorities or to the providers of any of the services, utilities, insurance policies or other matters to be paid for by Subtenant. Subtenant’s “ proportionate share ” is thirty percent (30%) of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses. Sublandlord shall have the same rights and remedies

 

3


with respect to payment of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses as Sublandlord shall have with respect to the Base Rent. Subtenant shall remain responsible for Subtenant’s Rent and any other charges, expenses or other sums that first arise, accrue or are invoiced at any time during or after the expiration of the Sublease Term, whether by Sublandlord or Master Landlord, to the extent they arise or accrue with respect to any period during the Sublease Term from any liabilities or obligations of Subtenant under the provisions of this Sublease (including any obligations under the Master Lease that are incorporated herein as liabilities or obligations of Subtenant).

5. Rent Payments.

5.1 Subtenant’s Rent shall be due and payable without billing or demand, and all other charges, expenses or other sums Subtenant is required to pay to Sublandlord hereunder shall be due and payable upon billing or demand as set forth in this Sublease, in each case without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, except as otherwise provided herein, in lawful money of the United States of America, at Sublandlord’s address for notices in Section 22 below or to such other person or at such other place as Sublandlord may designate in writing, and shall be due and payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord on or before the date specified in this Sublease; provided that if no date is specified as to the applicable payment, then on or before (i) five (5) business days prior to the corresponding date provided in the Master Lease for payment of the same by Sublandlord to Master Landlord or (ii) if there is no corresponding date provided in the Master Lease for payment of the same by Sublandlord to Master Landlord, then five (5) business days after written request from Sublandlord to Subtenant. The failure of Subtenant to make payment in full of Subtenant’s Rent or any other charges, expenses or other sums Subtenant is required to pay to Sublandlord hereunder by the due date provided herein for such payment, shall subject Subtenant to the obligation to pay to Sublandlord interest in accordance with the provisions of Section 17 below.

5.2 Sublandlord may upon reasonable prior written notice (which notice shall include Master Landlord’s address and Master Landlord’s acknowledgement of such notice) instruct Subtenant to make any payment of Subtenant’s Rent directly to Master Landlord, in which event Subtenant shall timely make all such payments so instructed directly to Master Landlord (with a copy of the check or other evidence of payment to be contemporaneously forwarded by Subtenant to Sublandlord at the time of making of each such payment), and in such event Subtenant shall have no responsibility to Sublandlord for the payment of any such amount, and Subtenant shall be solely responsible for any interest or late charges that may be imposed as a result of any failure of Subtenant to have timely and properly made any such payment to Master Landlord. Any payment made directly by Subtenant to Master Landlord at the request of Sublandlord shall be credited against any of Subtenant’s Rent due under this Sublease as and when received by Master Landlord.

5.3 Within two (2) business days following mutual execution and delivery of this Sublease, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord a prorated installment of Base Rent (which shall be applicable to the prorated portion of the month of May, 2014 based on the number of days remaining in May 2014 at the time of the mutual execution and delivery of this Sublease). On the first day of each month thereafter, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord each subsequent installment of Base Rent; provided , however , that if the last month of the Sublease is a partial month, the Base Rent for that month shall be prorated as well.

 

4


6. Use . Subtenant shall use and occupy the Sublease Premises only for the purposes permitted under, and in a manner consistent with, the provisions of the Master Lease.

7. [Intentionally Left Blank ].

8. Status of Master Lease .

8.1 Sublandlord and Subtenant confirm and agree that this Sublease is subject and subordinate to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Master Lease, and to the matters to which the Master Lease shall be subordinate. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event of termination of Sublandlord’s interest under the Master Lease for any reason (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of any casualty or condemnation pertaining to the Sublease Premises) this Sublease shall terminate concurrently therewith and Sublandlord shall return to Subtenant the unapplied balance of Subtenant’s Rent within thirty (30) days of such termination.

8.2 Sublandlord represents to Subtenant that to Sublandlord’s current actual knowledge, as of the Effective Date, (i) Sublandlord is not, and Sublandlord has not received any written notice from Master Landlord that Sublandlord is, in breach of any material term, covenant, or conditions of the Master Lease, including the provisions of the Master Lease related to Hazardous Materials and (ii) there are no breaches or defaults under the Master Lease by Master Landlord or Sublandlord, (iii) Sublandlord knows of no events or circumstances that with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default under the Master Lease by either Master Landlord or Sublandlord; and (iv) Sublandlord has received no written notice from Master Landlord that any material repairs are required at the Sublease Premises. Sublandlord agrees to perform all of its obligations under the Master Lease and, except for a termination of the Master Lease in connection with a casualty or condemnation pursuant to Sublandlord’s express rights as set forth therein, to maintain the Master Lease in full force and effect, except to the extent that any failure to maintain the Master Lease is due to the failure of Subtenant to comply with any of its obligations under this Sublease. Sublandlord shall not amend or modify the Master Lease in such a manner as to materially adversely affect Subtenant’s use of the Sublease Premises or increase the obligations or decrease the rights of Subtenant hereunder, without the prior written consent of Subtenant.

8.3 If Sublandlord fails to pay any sum of money to Master Landlord, or fails to perform any other act on its part to be performed under the Master Lease or this Sublease, then Subtenant may, but shall not be obligated to, make such payment or perform such act. All such sums paid, and all reasonable costs and expenses of performing any such act, shall be payable by Sublandlord to Subtenant upon demand.

8.4 In the event that Subtenant desires to make any alterations or improvements, or otherwise take any action that will require the consent of Master Landlord, then (i) Subtenant shall seek and obtain Sublandlord’s written consent or approval in the same manner as apply to the consent of Master Landlord under the Master Lease, but such consent or approval shall be in Sublandlord’s sole and absolute discretion; and (ii) Subtenant shall additionally obtain the consent directly from Master Landlord as required under the Master Lease. Sublandlord shall cooperate, at no cost or expense to Sublandlord, in connection with Subtenant’s request for such consent of Master Landlord.

 

5


9. Remedies . In addition to the remedies set forth in the Master Lease, in the event of any default by Subtenant, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies set forth in the Master Sublease or provided by law, Sublandlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Sublandlord may continue this Sublease in effect after Subtenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if Subtenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations), as follows: Sublandlord can continue this Sublease in full force and effect without terminating Subtenant’s right of possession, and Sublandlord shall have the right to collect rent and other monetary charges when due and to enforce all other obligations of Subtenant hereunder. Sublandlord shall have the right to enter the Sublease Premises to do acts of maintenance and preservation of the Sublease Premises, to make alterations and repairs in order to relet the Sublease Premises, and/or to undertake other efforts to relet the Sublease Premises. Upon five (5) Business Days advance written notice to Subtenant, Sublandlord may also remove personal property from the Sublease Premises and store the same in a public warehouse at Subtenant’s expense and risk. No act by Sublandlord permitted under this Section 9 shall terminate this Sublease unless a written notice of termination is given by Sublandlord to Subtenant or unless the termination is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Sublandlord shall not, by any re-entry or other act, be deemed to have accepted any surrender by Subtenant of the Sublease Premises or Subtenant’s interest therein, or be deemed to have terminated this Sublease or Subtenant’s right to possession of the Sublease Premises or the liability of Subtenant to pay rent accruing thereafter or Subtenant’s liability for damages under any of the provisions hereof, unless Sublandlord shall have given Subtenant notice in writing that it has so elected to terminate this Sublease; provided that, unless the Master Lease is terminated, Sublandlord shall not be permitted to terminate this Sublease absent a material breach of this Sublease by Subtenant that has not been cured by Subtenant, to the reasonable satisfaction of Sublandlord, within five (5) days after Subtenant receives notice of a monetary breach and within thirty (30) days after Subtenant receives notice of a non-monetary breach.

10. Incorporation of Master Lease Terms.

10.1 The applicable terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Master Lease are hereby incorporated herein and shall, as between Sublandlord and Subtenant, constitute additional terms, covenants and conditions of this Sublease, except to the extent set forth below. Except as provided in this Section 10 , all references in the Master Lease to “Landlord,” “Tenant,” “Lease,” “Commencement Date” and “Rent” shall, for purposes of incorporation thereof into this Sublease, mean and refer to “Sublandlord,” “Subtenant,” “Sublease,” “Effective Date” and “Subtenant’s Rent,” respectively. Subtenant agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Master Lease incorporated herein and to keep, observe and perform for the benefit of the Master Landlord and Sublandlord each of the terms, covenants and conditions on its part to be kept, observed and performed hereunder as well as those applicable terms, covenants and conditions to be observed and performed by Sublandlord as Tenant under the Master Lease with respect to the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, Subtenant shall not commit or permit to be committed on the Sublease Premises any act or omission that shall violate any term, covenant or condition of the Master Lease. Subtenant shall under no circumstances have any rights with respect to the Sublease Premises greater than Sublandlord’s rights under the Master Lease.

 

6


10.2 In the event of conflict between any provision of the Master Lease that is incorporated herein as described above in this Section 10 and any provision of this Sublease, the provisions of this Sublease shall control.

10.3 The following Sections and provisions of the Master Lease do not apply to, shall not be a part of, and are not incorporated into this Sublease. Notwithstanding that such sections are not incorporated in the terms of this Sublease, such subsections nevertheless form a part of the Master Lease, and any definitions set forth in such excluded sections shall continue to be applicable hereto, subject to Section 10.1 above.

 

Section

  

Subject Matter

2

   Delivery; Acceptance of Premises;

12

   Alterations and Tenant’s Property

18

   Restoration

19

   Condemnation

22(a)

   Permitted Transfers

38

   Signs; Exterior Appearance

39

   Rights to Expand

40

   Right to Extend Term

41

   Early Termination Right

10.4 Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that Sublandlord shall not be responsible or liable to Subtenant for the performance or non-performance of any obligations of Master Landlord under the Master Lease, and in furtherance thereof agree as follows:

a. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, Sublandlord shall not be required to (A) provide or perform any insurance and services or any alterations, improvements, improvement allowances or other construction obligations as to the Sublease Premises, except with respect to Hazardous Materials insurance, (B) perform any maintenance or make any of the repairs to the Sublease Premises or Building, (C) comply with any laws or requirements of governmental authorities regarding the maintenance or operation of the Sublease Premises after Subtenant takes possession of the Sublease Premises or prior thereto the extent required to be complied with by Master Landlord under the Master Lease, (D) take any other action relating to the operation, maintenance, repair, alteration or servicing of the Sublease Premises that Master Landlord may have agreed to provide, furnish, make, comply with, or take, or cause to be provided, furnished, made, complied with or taken under the Master Lease, or (E) provide Subtenant with any rebate, credit, allowance or other concession required of Master Landlord for any reason pursuant to the Master Lease unless Sublandlord receives a rent abatement, rebate, credit, allowance or other concession with respect to the Sublease Premises and Subtenant is not in default of its obligations under the Sublease, beyond all applicable notice and cure periods. Sublandlord makes no representation or warranty of quiet enjoyment as to any persons claiming by, through or under Master Landlord, but Sublandlord warrants quiet enjoyment as against any person claiming by, through or under Sublandlord.

 

7


b. Sublandlord agrees, upon request of Subtenant, to use reasonable efforts, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, to cause Master Landlord to provide, furnish, or comply with any of Master Landlord’s obligations under the Master Lease or to provide any required consents or approvals; provided , however , that Sublandlord shall not be obligated to use such efforts or take any action that, in Sublandlord’s reasonable judgment, might give rise to a default by Sublandlord under the Master Lease, nor shall Sublandlord be required to commence, pursue, or be a party to any litigation, arbitration or other legal action. Such efforts shall include, without limitation, upon Subtenant’s request, notifying Master Landlord of its non-performance under the Master Lease and requesting that Master Landlord perform its obligations thereunder. If Master Landlord shall default in the performance of any of its obligations under the Master Lease or at law, Sublandlord shall, upon request and at the expense of Subtenant, cooperate as aforesaid with Subtenant in Subtenant’s efforts to have Master Landlord (A) make such repairs, furnish such electricity, provide such services or comply with any other obligation of Master Landlord under the Master Lease or as required by law, (B) compensate Subtenant for any earlier default by Master Landlord in the payment or performance of its liabilities and obligations under the Master Lease during the Sublease Term, and/or (C) assigning Sublandlord’s rights under the Master Lease to Subtenant to the extent necessary to permit Subtenant to institute legal proceedings against Master Landlord to obtain the performance of Master Landlord’s obligations under the Master Lease; provided , however , that if Subtenant commences a lawsuit arbitration or other legal action, Subtenant shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by Subtenant in connection therewith (with any matter affecting the Sublease Premises, or a proportionate share of such costs if the matter also effects the Master Premises), Subtenant shall indemnify Sublandlord against, and hold Sublandlord harmless from, all reasonable, actual and documented costs and expenses incurred by Sublandlord in connection with such litigation, arbitration or other legal action, and Sublandlord shall not be required to commence, pursue, or be a party to any litigation, arbitration or other legal action.

c. Subtenant shall not make, and Subtenant hereby waives and releases Sublandlord and the Sublandlord partners from any and all claims against Sublandlord for any damage that may arise by reason of: (i) the failure of Master Landlord to keep, observe or perform any of its obligations under the Master Lease; or (ii) the acts or omissions of Master Landlord or its employees, agents, licensees, contractors or invitees.

d. Subtenant agrees that any waiver of liability, waiver of subrogation rights, or indemnification provisions in the Master Lease that are incorporated herein as waivers or obligations of Subtenant, shall be deemed expanded so as to provide for Subtenant to make such waivers and provide such indemnities not only in favor of Sublandlord, but also in favor of Master Landlord, and the respective affiliated employees, agents and the like of both Sublandlord and Master Landlord as enumerated in such provisions.

10.5 In the event that Sublandlord, as Tenant, is entitled to and exercises any termination rights for all or a portion of the Premises, including, without limitation, as a result of (i) damage and destruction under Section 18 of the Master Lease, or (ii) a condemnation under Section 19 of the Master Lease, then Subtenant shall be entitled to similar termination rights with respect to the portion or all of the Premises affected; provided , however , that Sublandlord shall exercise any voluntary termination rights arising from such damage, destruction or condemnation only at the direction of Subtenant.

 

8


10.6 In the event that Sublandlord, as Tenant, receives a rent abatement for all or a portion of the Premises, including, without limitation, as a result of (i) damage and destruction under Section 18 of the Master Lease, or (ii) a partial condemnation under Section 19 of the Master Lease , then Subtenant shall be entitled to abatement of Subtenant’s Rent in the proportion to the abatement afforded Sublandlord under the Master Lease.

11. Insurance . Subtenant shall comply at all times and in all respects with the provisions of Section 17 of the Master Lease with regard to the maintenance of insurance by Sublandlord as “Tenant”; provided that it shall only apply to the Sublease Premises and the Shared Area. Such insurance shall name, as additional insureds, Sublandlord, Master Landlord, and any other parties required to be named under the terms of the Master Lease, and a policy or certificate thereof shall be provided to Sublandlord not later than two (2) business days prior to the Effective Date. The maintenance of insurance coverage with respect to the Sublease Premises and any property of Subtenant shall be the sole obligation of Subtenant. All insurance required to be maintained by Subtenant shall provide for thirty (30) days prior written notice to Sublandlord, Master Landlord and such other required parties in the event of any termination or reduction in coverage of such insurance. All property insurance policies that either Party obtains affecting the Premises or Sublease Premises, as applicable, shall include a clause or endorsement denying the insurer any rights of subrogation against the other Party or Master Landlord.

12. Surrender of Premises; Holding Over.

12.1 At the expiration or earlier termination of the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall surrender the Sublease Premises to Sublandlord in the condition required for surrender of the Sublease Premises at the end of the Master Lease Term. Subtenant will concurrently deliver to Sublandlord all keys to the Sublease Premises.

12.2 At the expiration or earlier termination of the Sublease Term, Sublandlord may require the removal of any or all furniture, personal property and equipment from the Sublease Premises, and the restoration of the Sublease Premises to its prior condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, at Subtenant’s expense. All of Subtenant’s furniture, personal property and equipment on or about the Sublease Premises, shall be removed from the Sublease Premises by Subtenant at the expiration or termination of the Sublease Term. All removals by Subtenant will be accomplished in a good and workmanlike manner so as not to damage any portion of the Sublease Premises or, Building, and Subtenant will promptly repair and restore all damage done except for normal wear and tear. If Subtenant does not so remove any property that it has the right or duty to remove, Sublandlord may immediately either claim it as abandoned property, or remove, store and dispose of it in any manner Sublandlord may choose, at Subtenant’s cost and without liability to Subtenant or any other party.

12.3 If Subtenant does not surrender the Sublease Premises as required and holds over after its right to possession ends, Subtenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only, at a monthly rental rate equal to the greater of (i) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the total Subtenant’s Rent payable in the last prior full month, or (ii) the amount payable by Sublandlord as “Tenant” under the Master Lease as a result of such holdover, without renewal, extension or expansion rights, and otherwise subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable. Nothing other than a fully executed written agreement of the Parties creates

 

9


any other relationship. Subtenant will be liable for Sublandlord’s loss, costs and damage from such holding over, including, without limitation, those from Sublandlord’s delay in delivering possession to other parties. These provisions are in addition to other rights of Sublandlord hereunder and as provided by law.

13. Subordination . In connection with Sublandlord’s compliance with Section 20(g) of the Master Lease, Subtenant agrees to execute, deliver and acknowledge, any and all documents necessary to permit Master Landlord to comply with such Section, or that may be required by Master Landlord or Master Landlord’s lender in connection therewith.

14. Waiver and Indemnification.

In addition to and not in limitation of the provisions of the Master Lease relating to waiver of liability, waiver of subrogation and indemnification that apply to this Sublease as incorporated by Section 10 above, Subtenant agree as follows:

Subtenant shall indemnify, protect, hold harmless and defend Sublandlord and Sublandlord’s officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, principals, employees, agents, representatives, and other related entities and individuals, and their respective successors and assigns (collectively, “ Sublandlord’s Related Entities ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, liability, costs, and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from personal injury, death, and/or property damage and arising from: (a) Subtenant’s use or occupation of the Sublease Premises or any work or activity done or permitted by Subtenant in or about the Sublease Premises (including without limitation any storage or display of materials or merchandise, or other activity by Subtenant in the Common Areas), (b) any activity, condition or occurrence in the Sublease Premises or other area under the control of Subtenant, (c) any breach or failure to perform any obligation imposed on Subtenant under this Sublease, (d) any breach or failure by Subtenant to cause the Sublease Premises (and any and all other areas of the Center under the control of Subtenant or that Subtenant is required to maintain) to comply with all Legal Requirements related to disabled persons or access, or (e) any other act or omission of Subtenant or its assignees or subtenants or their respective agents, contractors, employees, customers, invitees or licensees. Subtenant’s obligation to indemnify, protect, hold harmless and defend shall include, but not be limited to, claims based on duties, obligations, or liabilities imposed on Sublandlord or Sublandlord’s Related Entities by statute, ordinance, regulation, or other law, such as claims based on theories of peculiar risk and nondelegable duty, and to any and all other claims based on the negligent act or omission of Sublandlord or Sublandlord’s Related Entities, but only to the extent related to the Sublease Premises. If Sublandlord or any of Sublandlord’s Related Entities is made a party to any litigation commenced by or against Subtenant, then Subtenant shall indemnify, protect, hold harmless and defend Sublandlord and Sublandlord’s Related Entities from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, liability, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees and costs incurred or paid in connection with such litigation. Subtenant, as a material part of the consideration to Sublandlord hereunder, assumes all risk of, and waives all claims against Sublandlord for, personal injury or property damage in, upon or about the Sublease Premises, from any cause whatsoever. Provided , however , that the indemnifications and waivers of Subtenant set forth in this Section 14 shall not apply to damage and cost, expense and liability caused (i) by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord or violation of the Hazardous Material provisions of the Master Lease by Sublandlord, and/or (ii) through no fault of Subtenant, its assignees or subtenants, or their respective agents, contractors, employees, customers, invitees or licensees.

 

10


15. Hazardous Materials . The provisions of the Master Lease relating to Hazardous Materials shall apply to this Sublease as incorporated by Section 10 above.

16. Assignment and Subletting . All of the terms and provisions of Section 22 of the Master Lease shall apply to this Sublease as if fully set forth herein except that (i) all permissions, submissions and consents provided therein shall be rendered to and required of both Sublandlord and Master Landlord, and (ii) any assignment or subletting shall be subject to the prior written consent of Sublandlord which consent may be withheld in Sublandlord’s absolute discretion.

17. Interest on Subtenant’s Obligations . Any Subtenant’s Rent or other charge, expense or other sum due from Subtenant to Sublandlord under this Sublease that is not paid on the date due, shall bear interest from the date such payment is due until paid (computed on the basis of a 365-day-year) at the lesser of (a) the maximum lawful rate per annum or (b) ten percent (10%) per annum. The payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure a default by Subtenant hereunder.

18. Signage and Access . Subject to Master Landlord’s approval and Sublandlord’s written consent which may be withheld in Sublandlord’s absolute discretion, Subtenant shall have the right to install signage at the Center, Building and Premises, at its sole cost and expense, subject to, and in compliance with, the provisions of the Master Lease.

19. Commissions . Sublandlord hereby represents and warrants to Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby represents and warrants to Subtenant, that no broker or finder has been engaged by it, respectively, in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Sublease or to its knowledge is in any way connected with any such transactions. In the event of any other claims for brokers’ or finders’ fees or commissions in connection with the negotiation, execution or consummation of this Sublease, then Subtenant shall indemnify, save harmless and defend Sublandlord from and against such claims if they shall be based upon any statement, representation or agreement by Subtenant, and Sublandlord shall indemnify, save harmless and defend Subtenant from and against such claims if they shall be based upon any statement, representation or agreement by Sublandlord.

20. Parking . Subtenant shall have the right to use 15 parking spaces available to Sublandlord under the Master Lease in accordance with and subject to the terms and provisions of the Master Lease.

21. Master Landlord Consent . This Sublease shall not become effective and shall not be deemed to be an offer to sublease or create any rights or obligations between Subtenant or Sublandlord unless and until Sublandlord and Subtenant have executed and delivered the same, and Master Landlord has executed and delivered a consent to this Sublease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , with such changes as may reasonably be accepted by Subtenant and Sublandlord. Sublandlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of Master Landlord promptly following mutual execution hereon. If no such consent to this Sublease is given by Master Landlord within thirty (30) days after the delivery of a copy of the

 

11


fully executed Sublease to Master Landlord, then either Sublandlord or Subtenant shall have the right, by written notice to the other, to terminate this Sublease at any time prior to such consent from Master Landlord being given; provided that, within five days following termination, Sublandlord shall return to Subtenant the unapplied balance of Subtenant’s Rent. By delivering this Sublease, each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other that such execution and delivery has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and that the person(s) executing same have been duly authorized to do so.

In the event the Master Lease is terminated prior to the expiration of the Sublease Term, whether as a result of a voluntary termination by Sublandlord or a default on the part of Sublandlord, this Sublease shall, upon notice from Master Landlord to Subtenant, remain in full force and effect as a direct lease between Subtenant and Master Landlord (in which event Subtenant shall attorn to Master Landlord).

22. Notices . In the event any notice from the Master Landlord or otherwise relating to this Sublease is delivered to, or is otherwise received by, Sublandlord, then Sublandlord shall, as soon thereafter as possible, but in any event within forty-eight (48) hours, deliver such notice to Subtenant if such notice is written or advise Subtenant thereof by telephone if such notice is oral. All notices, demands, statements and other communications that may or are required to be given by either Party to the other hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (i) personally delivered to the address or addressee provided herein, or (ii) sent by certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested or (iii) delivered by a reputable messenger or overnight courier service and, in any case, addressed as follows:

 

If to Sublandlord:   

Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

11119 North Torrey Pines

San Diego, CA 92037

Attn: Charles Berkman, Esq.

Vice President and General Counsel

Telephone: (858) 550-7835

Facsimile: (858) 858-550-7272

With a copy (which shall not constitute

notice to Sublandlord) at the same time to:

  

McKenna Long & Aldridge, LLP

600 West Broadway, Suite 2600

San Diego, CA 92101-3372

Attention: Robert J. Bell, Esq.

Telephone: (619) 699-2533

Facsimile: (619) 235-1332

If to Subtenant:   

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

[…***…]

Attention: Brian Lian, Ph.D.

Email: […***…]

 

   12   


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice to Subtenant) at the same time to:   

Paul Hastings LLP

1117 S. California Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attention: Jeff Hartlin

Facsimile: 650-320-1904

Email: jeffhartlin@paulhastings.com

Any notice or document addressed to the Parties hereto at the respective addresses set forth on this Sublease or at such other address as they may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance with this Section 22 shall be considered delivered (w) in the case of personal delivery, at the time of delivery or refusal to accept delivery; (x) on the third day after deposit in the United States mail, certified mail, postage prepaid; (y) in the case of reputable messenger or overnight courier service, upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery; or (z) in the event of failure of delivery by reason of changed address of which no notice was delivered or refusal to accept delivery, as of the date of such failure or refusal. If any such day of delivery is not a business day, the notice or document will be considered delivered on the next business day.

23. Services Agreement.

23.1 Sublandlord hereby agrees to provide or make available the support and related services that are listed and briefly described in Exhibit D hereto (the “ Services ”), to Subtenant in accordance with the timelines set forth on Exhibit D . In order to provide for the furnishing of additional services not listed on Exhibit D at the time of execution of this Sublease, Exhibit D may be amended from time to time with the consent of the Parties. All Services shall be performed in a manner, to the extent and at a time substantially consistent with the manner in which Sublandlord performs administrative or other services for its own benefit. Without limiting the foregoing, Sublandlord agrees to consult with representatives of Subtenant prior to taking any action material to the provision of Services pursuant to this Sublease that would constitute a material departure from past practice.

23.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Sublease, Subtenant may, at any time, upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to Sublandlord, elect to discontinue receiving one or more of the Services provided hereunder. Ninety (90) days following receipt of such notice, Sublandlord shall cease to provide such Services to Subtenant, and Subtenant’s right to receive such Services under this Sublease shall terminate.

23.3 Sublandlord may terminate this Sublease if Subtenant shall fail to satisfy its payment obligations under this Sublease within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Sublandlord specifying the amount previously invoiced and remaining due and unpaid and stating its intent to terminate this Sublease if such amount is not paid within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice.

23.4 Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord for the services, overhead and project-related headcount costs of the Services. Subtenant’s costs of the Services shall be the number of full time equivalents (“ FTE ”) utilized in a given time period multiplied by $300,000 per year per FTE. The Parties commit to meet and review the allocation of the costs for the Services at least once every three (3) months for the purpose of re-evaluating the services and itemized costs if

 

13


reasonable. Sublandlord shall invoice Subtenant monthly for costs pursuant to this Section 23 and payment of undisputed amounts shall be due within ten (10) days of when invoice is delivered. Subtenant shall also pay Sublandlord reimbursement costs associated with preparing the Sublease Premises for occupancy by Subtenant, in an amount not to exceed $2,500 and for the avoidance of doubt Subtenant shall remain responsible for all of its own office equipment costs, including the costs of any computer equipment.

23.5 Sublandlord’s books and records with respect to the costs of the Services shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted account principles and shall be made available at the Sublease Premises upon forty-eight (48) hours prior written request for Subtenant or its representatives’ inspection and copying during regular office hours.

24. Confidentiality, Records.

24.1 All information furnished or disclosed by one party (a “ Disclosing Party ”) to the other party (a “ Receiving Party ”) in connection with the performance of this Sublease or obtained by the Receiving Party in conjunction with the use of any portion of the Premises, without the consent of the Disclosing Party, including but not limited to trade secrets, cost and pricing information, computer program, technique, design, drawing, prototype, formula or test data, relating to any research project, work in process, future development, engineering, manufacturing, marketing, servicing, financing or personnel matter shall be deemed “ Proprietary Information ”; provided , however , that the term “Proprietary Information” shall not be deemed to include information which the Receiving Party can demonstrate by competent written proof: (i) is now, or hereafter becomes, through no act or failure to act on the part of the Receiving Party, generally known or available; (ii) is known by the Receiving Party at the time of receiving such information, as evidenced by its records; (iii) is hereafter furnished to the Receiving Party by a third party, as a matter of right and without restriction on disclosure; or (iv) is the subject of a written permission to disclose by the Disclosing Party.

24.2 The Receiving Party shall maintain all Proprietary Information in trust and confidence and shall use at least the same degree of care regarding this information as it uses with respect to its own Proprietary information to prevent it unauthorized disclosure, use or publication. The Receiving Party shall not use the Proprietary Information for any purpose or in any manner which would constitute a violation of any laws or regulations.

24.3 All Proprietary Information (including all copies thereof) of the Disclosing Party shall at all times remain the property of such Disclosing Party. No rights or licenses to trademarks, inventions, copyrights or patents are implied or granted under this Sublease.

24.4 A Receiving Party may disclose Proprietary Information if such disclosure is in response to a valid order of a court or other governmental body of the United States for any political subdivision thereof; provided , however , that the Receiving Party shall first have given notice to the Disclosing Party and shall have made a reasonable effort to obtain a protective order requiring that the Proprietary Information so disclosed be used only for the purposes for which the order was issued; or is otherwise required by law.

 

14


25. Miscellaneous.

25.1 Time is of the essence of each and every term of this Sublease.

25.2 Subtenant waives any right it may now or hereafter have (i) for exemption of property from liability for debt or for distress for rent or (ii) relating to notice or delay in levy of execution in case of eviction for nonpayment of rent.

25.3 If there is more than one party constituting Subtenant (as defined herein), their obligations are joint and several, and Sublandlord need not first proceed against all of them before proceeding against any or all of the others.

25.4 Subtenant acquires no rights by implication from this Sublease, and is not a beneficiary of any past, current or future agreements between Sublandlord and third parties.

25.5 California law governs this Sublease. Neither Party may record this Sublease or a copy or memorandum thereof. Submission of this Sublease to Subtenant is not an offer, and Subtenant will have no rights hereunder until each Party executes a counterpart and delivers it to the other Party.

25.6 This Sublease cannot be changed or terminated orally. All informal understandings and agreements, representation or warranties heretofore made between the Parties are merged in this Sublease, which alone fully and completely expresses the agreement between Sublandlord and Subtenant as to the subleasing of the Sublease Premises.

25.7 Each and every indemnification obligation set forth in this Sublease, or incorporated into this Sublease from the Master Lease, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Sublease.

25.8 If, for any reason, any suit be initiated between Sublandlord and Subtenant to interpret or enforce any provision of this Sublease, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover from the other Party its legal costs, expert witness expenses, and reasonable attorneys’ fees, as fixed by the court.

25.9 The Parties mutually acknowledge that this Sublease has been negotiated at arm’s length. The provisions of this Sublease shall be deemed to have been drafted by all of the Parties and this Sublease shall not be interpreted or constructed against any Party solely by virtue of the fact that such Party or its counsel was responsible for its preparation.

25.10 This Sublease may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

25.11 By delivering this Sublease, each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other that such execution and delivery has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or partnership action and that the person(s) executing same have been duly authorized to do so.

25.12 The captions in this Sublease are used for convenience and reference only and are not to be taken as part of this Sublease or to be used in determining the intent of the Parties or otherwise interpreting this Sublease.

 

15


25.13 Subject to the restrictions on assignment set forth in this Sublease, this Sublease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Sublandlord and Subtenant and their respective successors and assigns.

25.14 Subtenant represents, warrants and covenants that any financial statements heretofore furnished to Sublandlord, in connection with this Sublease, are accurate and are not materially misleading.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Sublease and Services Agreement has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

“SUBLANDLORD”:

 

LIGAND PHARMACEUTICALS

INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation

   

“SUBTENANT”:

 

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC., a

Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Charles Berkman

    By:  

/s/ Brian Lian, Ph.D.

Name:   Charles Berkman     Name:   Brian Lian, Ph.D.
Title:   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary     Title:   CEO


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Lease ”) is made this 5th day of September, 2011, between ARE-SD REGION NO. 24, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and LIGAND PHARMACEUTICALS, INCORPORATED , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

Building:    11119 North Torrey Pines, San Diego CA 92037
Premises:    That portion of the east side of the second floor of the Building, containing approximately 15,964 rentable square feet, and that portion of the basement of the Building, containing approximately 465 rentable square feet, all as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A .
Project:    The real property on which the Building in which the Premises are located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B .
Base Rent:    $2.75 per rentable square foot of the Premises per month

Rentable Area of Premises: 16,429 sq. ft.

Usable Area of Premises: 14,123 sq. ft.

Rentable Area of Project: 72,245 sq. ft.; provided, however, that for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses the parties agree that Rentable Area of Project shall be for all purposes be 65,314 sq. ft.

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses: 26.15%

Security Deposit: $43,290.50

Rent Adjustment Percentage: 3%

 

Base Term:    Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending 84 months from the first day of the first full month following the Rent Commencement Date.
Permitted Use:    Research and development laboratory, related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof.

 

Address for Rent Payment:

P.O. Box 79840

Baltimore, MD 21279-0840

  

Landlord’s Notice Address:

385 E. Colorado Boulevard, Suite 299

Pasadena, CA 91101

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Tenant’s Notice Address:

11119 North Torrey Pines, Suite 200

San Diego CA 92037

Attention: General Counsel

  

The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

 

[X] EXHIBIT A – PREMISES DESCRIPTION    [X] EXHIBIT B – DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT
[X] EXHIBIT C – WORK LETTER    [X] EXHIBIT D – COMMENCEMENT DATE
[X] EXHIBIT E – RULES AND REGULATIONS    [X] EXHIBIT F – TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY
[X] EXHIBIT G – SIGNAGE    [X] EXHIBIT H – EXPANSION SPACE
[X] EXHIBIT I – LANDLORD’S PROPERTY    [X] EXHIBIT J – APPROVED PLAN

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 2

 

1. Lease of Premises . Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. The portions of the Project which are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project are collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Areas .” Landlord reserves the right to modify Common Areas, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use or increase the Rentable Area of the Premises above 16,429 square feet unless Tenant leases additional space at the Project; provided, however, if, following the completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord thereafter reduces the size of the portion of the enclosed Common Areas (excluding the fitness center and bistro at the Project) which is included in Landlord’s calculation of the square footage of the Premises, the Rentable Area of the Premises will be reduced proportionately. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall a reduction in the size of the fitness center or bistro result in a change of the Rentable Area of the Premises. From and after the Rent Commencement Date (as defined below) through the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall have access to the Premises for the Permitted Use and to the parking facilities serving the Project 24 hours per day, 7 days a week, except in the case of emergencies, as the result of Legal Requirements, the performance by Landlord of any necessary maintenance or repairs, or any other reasonable temporary interruptions, and otherwise subject to the terms of this Lease.

2. Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date . Landlord shall, subject to the other provisions of this Lease, make the Premises available to Tenant for Tenant’s Work under the Work Letter within 5 business days after the full execution and delivery of this Lease (“ Delivery ” or “ Deliver ”). Tenant shall deliver evidence of the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease and the Work Letter along with Tenant’s delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord. Landlord shall use its reasonable efforts to Deliver the Premises by April 1, 2012. If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. If Landlord does not Deliver the Premises by June 1, 2012, Tenant may terminate this Lease on 10 days prior written notice to Landlord unless Delivery of the Premises occurs during the 10 day period following Landlord’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that if Tenant fails to provide such notice to Landlord on or before June 5, 2012, Tenant shall have no further right to terminate this Lease pursuant to the provisions of this sentence. As used herein, the term “ Tenant’s Work ” shall have the meaning set forth for such term in the Work Letter.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that construction of the Tenant Improvements will be undertaken at the same time as Landlord is undertaking the construction of the Landlord’s Work (as defined in the Work Letter) and that the parties and their contractors will be required to coordinate their work with one another (including, without limitation, work within the Premises) but in no event may Tenant or any Tenant Party (as defined below) delay or interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities (as defined below) nor cause an increase the cost of the performance of Landlord’s Work. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that Landlord’s Work includes, without limitation, the construction of a pass through lobby and common area restrooms and Landlord will also be accessing the Premises in connection with the construction of the same.

The “ Commencement Date ” shall be the date Landlord Delivers the Premises to Tenant for construction of the Tenant Improvements. The “ Rent Commencement Date ” shall be July 1, 2012; provided that if Tenant has not Substantially Completed the Tenant Improvements on or before July 1, 2012, to the extent delays are attributable solely to Landlord Delays (as defined in the Work Letter), such date shall be extended 1 day for each day after July 1, 2012, that Tenant is unable to Substantially Complete the Tenant Improvements because of such Landlord Delays. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form of the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D ; provided , however , Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder. The “ Term ” of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined above on the first page of this Lease and the Extension Term which Tenant may elect pursuant to Section 40 hereof.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 3

 

Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this paragraph, have the right during the Term, at no additional cost to Tenant, to use the furniture, fixtures, equipment, lab equipment and infrastructure listed on Exhibit I attached hereto (“ Landlord’s Property ”). The Landlord’s Property was located in the Building and Tenant acknowledges that all of Landlord’s Property was removed by Tenant prior to the date of this Lease for reuse as part of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant accepted Landlord’s Property in its current “as is” condition as of the date the same was removed from the Building and shall return Landlord’s Property to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in the same condition as received, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The reasonable costs associated with removing Landlord’s Property from the Building and storing the same and reusing it as part of the Tenant Improvements may be paid for out of the Tl Allowance (as defined in the Work Letter).

Except as set forth in this Lease (including the Work Letter): (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises and Landlord’s Property in their condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 7 hereof); (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises or Landlord’s Property; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises and Landlord’s Property shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and Landlord’s Property and that the Premises and Landlord’s Property were in good condition at the time possession was taken. Any access to and/or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant before the Rent Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, excluding the obligation to pay Base Rent and Operating Expenses.

Subject to the provisions of this paragraph, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense), be responsible for any repairs that are required to be made to the Building structure, roof or Building Systems (as defined in Section 13 ) provided that Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of the need for any such repairs within 120 days after the Commencement Date. The cost of any repairs not identified in such notice during such 120 day period shall thereafter be included as part of Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this paragraph, if Tenant or any Tenant Party was responsible for the cause of any of the repairs provided for in this paragraph, Tenant shall pay the full cost of such repairs.

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that except as expressly set forth in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein. Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.

3. Rent .

(a) Base Rent . The first month’s Base Rent and the Security Deposit shall be due and payable on delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof after the Rent Commencement Date, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 5 ) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for months 2 through 6 after the Rent Commencement Date.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 4

 

(b) Additional Rent . In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”): (i) Tenant’s Share of “Operating Expenses” (as defined in Section 5 ), and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period.

4. Base Rent Adjustments . Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date (each an “ Adjustment Date ”) by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date. Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein. Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

5. Operating Expense Payments . Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written estimate of Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term (the “ Annual Estimate ”), which may be revised by Landlord from time to time during such calendar year. Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing on the first day of each month during the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12th of Tenant’s Share of the Annual Estimate. Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

The term “ Operating Expenses ” means all costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year by Landlord with respect to the Project (including, without duplication, Taxes (as defined in Section 9 ), capital repairs and improvements amortized over the useful life of such capital items (as reasonably determined by Landlord and taking into account relevant factors including, without limitation, the hours of operation of the building (or any portions thereof, as applicable) and its use for laboratory/office purposes), and the costs of Landlord’s third party property manager or, if there is no third party property manager, administration rent in the amount of 3.0% of Base Rent), excluding only:

(a) the original construction costs of the Project and renovation prior to the date of the Lease and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation;

(b) capital expenditures for expansion of the Project;

(c) interest, principal payments of Mortgage (as defined in Section 27 ) debts of Landlord, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured;

(d) depreciation of the Project (except for capital improvements, the cost of which are includable in Operating Expenses);

(e) advertising, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent and construction allowances for tenants;

(f) legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;

(g) completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

(h) costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 5

 

(i) salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to officers and employees of Landlord who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project;

(j) general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;

(k) costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

(l) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 7 );

(m) penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s inability or failure to make payment of Taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord‘s failure to make any payment of Taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

(n) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(o) costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Project;

(p) costs in connection with services (including electricity), items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;

(q) costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;

(r) net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein;

(s) any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent directly paid by Tenant to third parties or which are actually reimbursed to Landlord by any third party, other tenants of the Project, or from insurance proceeds (which reimbursements shall be credited against Operating Expenses for the year the applicable casualty occurred); and

(t) the initial cost of the renovation to the Project described on Annex 1 of the Work Letter (“ Renovation ”) and the costs of correcting defects in such Renovation.

Following the first year of the Base Term of this Lease, that part of Operating Expenses which is comprised of Controllable Operating Expenses (as defined below) may be increased by no more than 4% over the amount of the Controllable Operating Expenses for the previous year during the Base Term. “ Controllable Operating Expenses ” shall mean those Project Operating Expenses for which increases are reasonably within the control of Landlord, and shall specifically not include, without limitation, Taxes, assessments, refuse and or trash removal, insurance, electricity and other utilities, and any payments required under any applicable CC&Rs or to any owners’ association of which the Project is a part. There shall be no limitation on the amount of increase from year to year on Project Operating Expenses which are not Controllable Operating Expenses.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 6

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein (including, without limitation, Section 9 of this Lease, if, at any time after the date of this Lease, Landlord is successful in any of its appeals to obtain a lower tax basis for the Project which results in lower Taxes and Operating Expenses, Tenant’s monthly payment of Operating Expense will not be reduced to reflect such lower Taxes and Tenant shall pay Taxes and Operating Expenses to Landlord as though no such reduction had been obtained. Furthermore, Tenant shall pay the full amount of the annual statutory increases that would have been applicable if the reduction had not been obtained such that Tenant will pay Taxes during the Term as if no reduction in the property tax basis had occurred. For the avoidance of doubt, if Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses equated to $1 per square foot per month and the corresponding component for Taxes was reduced by $.10 per square foot per month as a result of a successful appeal, Tenant would still pay $1 per square foot per month in Operating Expenses plus any increases.

Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (an “ Annual Statement ”) showing in reasonable detail: (a) the total and Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, and (b) the total of Tenant’s payments in respect of Operating Expenses for such year. If Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year, the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant. If Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year exceed Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement, except that after the expiration, or earlier termination of the Term or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord.

The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 90 days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reason therefor. If, during such 90 day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the accuracy of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s books and records relating to the operation of the Project and such information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s questions (the “ Expense Information ”). If after Tenant’s review of such Expense Information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm selected by Tenant from among the 4 largest in the United States, working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), audit and/or review the Expense Information for the year in question (the “ Independent Review ”). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Operating Expenses by more than 5% then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review. Operating Expenses for the calendar years in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein begins and ends shall be prorated. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if the Project is not at least 95% occupied on average during any year of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such year shall be computed as though the Project had been 95% occupied on average during such year.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 7

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall have the right, from time to time during the Term, to re-measure the rentable square footage of the Premises and the square footage of Common Areas of the Project. Any such re-measurements shall be performed in accordance with the Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA) International, Gross Areas of a Building: Standard Methods of Measurement (2009). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any measurement of the rentable square footage of the Premises shall include Tenant’s pro rata share of the Common Areas of the Project. If any such re-measurements determine that the actual rentable square footage of the Premises and/or the square footage of the Common Areas of the Project deviate from the rentable square footage specified in the definition of “ Premises ” on page 1 of this Lease and/or the actual square footage of the Common Areas of the Project applicable as of the Commencement Date, then, upon Landlord’s request, Landlord and Tenant shall cause this Lease shall be amended so as to reflect the actual square footage thereof in the definitions, as applicable, of “ Premises ,” “ Project ,” “ Rentable Area of Premises ,” “ Rentable Area of Project ” and “ Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses of Project ”; provided, however, that such re-measurement shall not affect the Base Rent payable under this Lease or the Tl Allowance granted to Tenant but Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall be adjusted. In the event that Landlord does not re-measure the Premises and the Common Areas of the Project, then the square footages listed on page 1 of this Lease shall conclusively be deemed to be the rentable square footage of the Premises and the Project and shall not be subject to further re-measurement except as provided for in the next sentence. “ Tenant’s Share ” shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as Tenant’s Share as reasonably adjusted by Landlord for increases or decreases in the physical size of the Premises or the Project occurring thereafter. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project that includes the Premises or that varies with occupancy or use. Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as “ Rent .” Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Rentable Area of Premises will not exceed 16,429 square feet during the Base Term or any extension of this Lease unless Tenant leases additional space at the Project, and (ii) for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord may treat the Rentable Area of Project as being 65,314 sq. ft.

6. Security Deposit . Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, upon delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord, a security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) for the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the amount set forth on page 1 of this Lease, which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”): (i) in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution satisfactory to Landlord, and (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft in the state of Landlord’s choice. If Tenant does not provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements hereof at least 10 days before the stated expiration date of any then current Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of the current Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for interest thereon as the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of a Default (as defined in Section 20 ), Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit to pay delinquent payments due under this Lease, future rent damages under California Civil Code Section 1951.2, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Landlord’s right to use the Security Deposit under this Section 6 includes the right to use the Security Deposit to pay future rent damages following the termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 21(c)  below. Upon any use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to the amount set forth on Page 1 of this Lease. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now or hereafter in force, including, without limitation, California Civil Code Section 1950.7, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 8

 

Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. Upon any such use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within 5 days after demand from Landlord, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant shall fully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 90 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the parties hereto agree that Tenant shall deposit the sum of $43,290.50 in cash (“ Initial Deposit ”) with Landlord as the Security Deposit under this Lease concurrent with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of an original of this Lease executed by Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant shall replace the cash Security Deposit with a Letter of Credit in the amount of $43,290.50 on or before September 15, 2011. Promptly after the delivery to Landlord of the approved and effective Letter of Credit in the amount of $43,290.50, Landlord shall return the Initial Deposit to Tenant.

If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall either (a) transfer any Security Deposit then held by Landlord to a person or entity assuming Landlord’s obligations under this Section 6 with written notice to Tenant of such transfer, or (b) return to Tenant any Security Deposit then held by Landlord and remaining after the deductions permitted herein. Upon such transfer to such transferee or the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant, Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the Security Deposit, and Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord’s transferee. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Landlord’s obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee, and no interest shall accrue thereon.

7. Use . The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the basic lease provisions on page 1 of this Lease, and in compliance with all applicable laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, “ ADA ”) (collectively, “ Legal Requirements ” and each, a “ Legal Requirement ”). Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 9 ) having jurisdiction over Tenant’s operations to be a violation of a Legal Requirement. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant’s or Landlord’s insurance, increase the insurance risk to an unreasonable level, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits. Tenant shall not permit any part of the Premises to be used as a “place of public accommodation”, as defined in the ADA or any similar legal requirement. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged for any such insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section or otherwise caused by Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project, including conducting or giving notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or using or allowing the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from the Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project. Tenant shall not place equipment exceeding the floor load capacity in or upon the Premises or transport or move such items through the Common Areas of the Project or in the Project elevators without the prior written consent of Landlord. Except as may be provided under the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner which will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Project as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Share as usually furnished for the Permitted Use.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 9

 

Landlord shall, at Landlord’s cost and expense, be responsible for the compliance of the Building (excluding the Premises and any compliance resulting from the Tenant Improvements all of which costs and expenses shall be the responsibility of Tenant) with Legal Requirements as of the Commencement Date. Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any improvements, alterations or modifications to the interior or the exterior of the Premises or the Project that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the ADA) related to Tenant’s Tenant Improvements, Tenant’s Alterations, and/or Tenant particular use or occupancy of the Premises. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising out of or caused by Tenant’s failure to comply with any Legal Requirements as required herein, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or caused by Tenant’s failure of the Premises to comply with any Legal Requirement as required herein.

8. Holding Over . If, with Landlord’s express written consent, Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination of the Term, (i) unless otherwise agreed in such written consent, such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the adjustment of Base Rent pursuant to Section 4 hereof) shall remain in full force and effect (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) during such holdover period, (iii) Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent in the amount payable upon the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or such other amount as Landlord may indicate, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, in such written consent, and (iv) all other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (A) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 150% of Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over, including for consequential damages; provided, however, that if Tenant delivers written inquiries to Landlord whether the potential exists for consequential damages if Tenant holds over, Landlord shall, promptly after each such inquiry, notify Tenant in writing whether at the time of such inquiry the potential exists for consequential damages. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section 8 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

9. Taxes . Landlord shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses (with Tenant not receiving any benefits from any successful tax appeals), all taxes, levies, fees, assessments and governmental charges of any kind, existing as of the Commencement Date or thereafter enacted (collectively referred to as “ Taxes ”), imposed by any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies (collectively, “ Governmental Authority ”) during the Term, including, without limitation, all Taxes: (i) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on rent payable to (or gross receipts received by) Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof, or (ii) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (iv) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Legal Requirements, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority, or (v) imposed as a license or other fee, charge, tax, or assessment on Landlord’s business or occupation of leasing space in the Project. Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens securing Taxes. Taxes shall not include any net income taxes imposed on Landlord except to the extent such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder. If any such Tax is

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 10

 

levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant. If any Taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is increased by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. Landlord’s determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error. The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand. Landlord shall not include in the Operating Expenses payable by Tenant any assessed valuation attributable solely to (i) the personal property or trade fixtures of other tenants at the Project, and (ii) improvements in the premises of other tenants at the Project which are materially higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project.

10. Parking . Subject to all matters of record, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 19 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall be allocated 3 parking spaces per 1,000 usable square feet of the Premises, in common with other tenants of the Project in those areas designated for non-reserved parking, subject in each case to Landlord’s rules and regulations, at no cost to Tenant. Landlord may allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants in the Project pro rata as described above if Landlord determines that such parking facilities are becoming crowded. Included in the number of spaces allocated to Tenant pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 10 will be 2 spaces identified by Landlord located in front of the Building which shall be marked as Tenant visitor spaces. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project or for enforcing any reservation of parking spaces.

11. Utilities , Services . Landlord shall provide, subject to the terms of this Section 11 , water, electricity, heat, light, power, sewer, and other utilities (including gas and fire sprinklers to the extent the Project is plumbed for such services), refuse and trash collection and janitorial services (collectively, “ Utilities ”). Landlord shall pay, as Operating Expenses or subject to Tenant’s reimbursement obligation, for all Utilities used on the Premises, all maintenance charges for Utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for Utilities imposed by any Governmental Authority or Utility provider, and any taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges thereon. Landlord may cause, at Tenant’s expense, any Utilities to be separately metered or charged directly to Tenant by the provider. Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, any separately metered Utilities and services which may be furnished to Tenant or the Premises during the Term. Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. No interruption or failure of Utilities, from any cause whatsoever other than Landlord’s willful misconduct, shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant, termination of this Lease or the abatement of Rent. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to correct interruptions or failures of Utilities which are within the reasonable control of Landlord to correct within a reasonable period of time after Tenant provides Landlord with notice or such interruption or failure. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer with respect to Common Areas to normal restroom use.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if (i) a stoppage of an Essential Service (as defined below) to the Premises shall occur and such stoppage is due solely to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and not due in any part to any act or omission on the part of Tenant or any Tenant Party or any matter beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (any such stoppage of an Essential Service being hereinafter referred to as a “ Service Interruption ”), and (ii) such Service Interruption continues for more than 5 consecutive business days after Landlord shall have received written notice thereof from Tenant, and (iii) as a result of such Service Interruption, the conduct of Tenant’s normal operations in the Premises are materially and adversely affected, then, there shall be an abatement of one day’s Base Rent for each day during which such Service Interruption continues after such 5 business day period; provided, however, that if any part of the Premises is reasonably useable for

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 11

 

Tenant’s normal business operations or if Tenant conducts all or any part of its operations in any portion of the Premises notwithstanding such Service Interruption, then the amount of each daily abatement of Base Rent shall only be proportionate to the nature and extent of the interruption of Tenant’s normal operations or ability to use the Premises. The rights granted to Tenant under this paragraph shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy resulting from a failure of Landlord to provide services, and Landlord shall not otherwise be liable for any loss or damage suffered or sustained by Tenant resulting from any failure or cessation of services. For purposes hereof, the term “ Essential Services ” shall mean the following services: access to the Premises, HVAC service, water, sewer and electricity, but in each case only to the extent that Landlord has an obligation to provide same to Tenant under this Lease.

At least once per month as part of the maintenance of the Building, Landlord shall run the emergency generator for a period reasonably determined by Landlord for the purpose of determining whether it operates when started.

Landlord’s sole obligation for either providing emergency generators or providing emergency back-up power to Tenant shall be: (i) to provide emergency generators with not less than the capacity of the emergency generators located in the Building as of the Commencement Date, (ii) to contract with a third party to maintain the emergency generators as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines, and (iii) maintain current any and all licenses and permits required for the use of the emergency generator. Landlord shall make the service contract and maintenance records (including Landlord’s monthly maintenance records) and permits for the generators reasonably available to Tenant for Tenant’s review upon Tenant’s prior written request. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant’s requests so that Tenant can assess whether the emergency generator is being maintained as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines and whether the applicable service contract needs to be amended to address any guidelines that are not included in the applicable service contract. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with operational emergency generators or back-up power or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the emergency generators is maintaining the generators as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise. During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the emergency generators when the emergency generators are not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative back-up generator or generators or alternative sources of back-up power. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that such emergency generators will be operational at all times or that emergency power will be available to the Premises when needed.

12. Alterations and Tenant’s Property . Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, including additional locks or bolts of any kind or nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other then by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (as defined in Section 13 ) (“ Alterations ”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if any such Alteration affects the structure or Building Systems and shall not be otherwise unreasonably withheld. If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such reasonable conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, oh demand an amount equal to 3% of all charges incurred by Tenant or its contractors or agents in

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 12

 

connection with any Alteration to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision. Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup.

Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of liens, and shall provide (and cause each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for workers’ compensation and other coverage in reasonable amounts and from an insurance company reasonably satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and copies of final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for any such Alteration.

Except for Removable Installations (as hereinafter defined), all Installations (as hereinafter defined) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, at the time its approval of any such Installation is requested, notify Tenant that Landlord requires that Tenant remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, in which event Tenant shall remove such Installation in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove (i) all wires, cables or similar equipment which Tenant has installed in the Premises or in the risers or plenums of the Building, (ii) any Installations for which Landlord has given Tenant notice of removal in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, and (iii) all of Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined), and Tenant shall restore and repair any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, without limitation, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes. During any restoration period beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. If Landlord is requested by Tenant or any lender, lessor or other person or entity claiming an interest in any of Tenant’s Property to waive any lien Landlord may have against any of Tenant’s Property, and Landlord consents to such waiver, then Landlord shall be entitled to be paid as administrative rent a fee of $1,000 per occurrence for its time and effort in preparing and negotiating such a waiver of lien.

For purposes of this Lease, (x) “ Removable Installations ” means any items listed on Exhibit F attached hereto and any items agreed by Landlord in writing to be included on Exhibit F in the future, (y) “ Tenant’s Property ” means Removable Installations and, other than Installations, any personal property or equipment of Tenant that may be removed without material damage to the Premises, and (z) “ Installations ” means all property of any kind paid for with the Tl Fund, all Alterations, all fixtures, and all partitions, hardware, built-in machinery, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions, equipment, property and improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises, including, without limitation, fume hoods which penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built-in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch.

13. Landlord’s Repairs . Landlord, as an Operating Expense, shall maintain all of the structural, exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project, including HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other building systems serving the Premises and other portions of the Project (“ Building Systems ”), in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) excluded. Losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered by insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to stop Building Systems services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 13

 

Landlord, desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided , however , that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, make a commercially reasonable effort to give Tenant a minimum of 48 hours advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements. Landlord shall endeavor to minimize interference with Tenant’s business operations during planned stoppages of the Building Systems. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall make a commercially reasonable effort to effect such repair. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 18 .

14. Tenant’s Repairs . Subject to Section 13 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, entries, doors, ceilings, interior windows, interior walls, and the interior side of demising walls. Such repair and replacement may include capital expenditures and repairs whose benefit may extend beyond the Term. Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure. If Tenant fails to commence cure of such failure within 10 days of Landlord’s notice, and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 30 days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if such failure by Tenant creates or could create an emergency, Landlord may immediately commence cure of such failure and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the costs of such cure from Tenant. Subject to Sections 17 and 18 , Tenant shall bear the full uninsured cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party and any repair that benefits only the Premises.

15. Mechanic’s Liens . Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant within 15 days after the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to discharge any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement filed as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant will upon its face or by Exhibit thereto indicate that such Financing Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property, located in an identified suite held by Tenant.

16. Indemnification . Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring within or about the Premises, arising directly or indirectly out of use or occupancy of the Premises or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, unless caused solely by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises). Tenant further waives any and all Claims for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records). Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 14

 

17. Insurance . Landlord shall maintain all risk property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Project or such lesser coverage amount as Landlord may elect provided such coverage amount is not less than 90% of such full replacement cost. Landlord shall further procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Project. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary, including, but not limited to, flood, environmental hazard and earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, errors and omissions, rental loss during the period of repair or rebuilding, workers’ compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services and insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or which are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord without regard to whether or not such are made a part of the Project. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer’s cost calculations). Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any increased premiums or additional insurance which Landlord reasonably deems necessary as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises.

Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term: all risk property insurance with business interruption and extra expense coverage, covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense; workers’ compensation insurance with no less than the minimum limits required by law; employer’s liability insurance with such limits as required by law; and commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises. The commercial general liability insurance policy shall name Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”), as additional insureds; insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis; be issued by insurance companies which have a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class X in “Best’s Insurance Guide”; shall not be cancelable for nonpayment of premium unless 30 days prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord from the insurer; contain a hostile fire endorsement and a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary coverage to Landlord (any policy issued to Landlord providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies). Copies of such policies (if requested by Landlord), or certificates of insurance showing the limits of coverage required hereunder and showing Landlord as an additional insured, along with reasonable evidence of the payment of premiums for the applicable period, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon commencement of the Term and upon each renewal of said insurance. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least 5 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates.

In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord as an additional insured, Tenant shall upon written request of Landlord also designate and furnish certificates so evidencing Landlord as additional insured to: (i) any lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) the landlord under any lease wherein Landlord is tenant of the real property on which the Project is located, if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground or other underlying lease rather than that of a fee owner, and/or (iii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (“ Related Parties ”), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for,

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 15

 

and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer.

Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be reasonably raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s lender and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project.

18. Restoration . If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 60 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the “ Restoration Period ”). If the Restoration Period is estimated to exceed 12 months (the “ Maximum Restoration Period ”), Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 75 days after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction; provided , however , that notwithstanding Landlord’s election to restore, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of receipt of a notice from Landlord estimating a Restoration Period for the Premises longer than the Maximum Restoration Period. Unless either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible to be treated as a current Operating Expense), promptly restore the Premises (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant), subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 30 ) in, on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as “ Hazardous Materials Clearances ”); provided , however , that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to proceed with such repair and restoration, or Tenant may by written notice to Landlord delivered within 10 business days of the expiration of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, elect to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 75 days after the later of: (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained, but Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Landlord or Tenant.

Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure (as defined in Section 34 ) events or to obtain Hazardous Material Clearances, all repairs or restoration not required to be done by Landlord and shall promptly re- enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other if the Premises are damaged during the last year of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than 2 months to repair such damage; provided, however, that such notice is delivered within 10 business days after the date that Landlord provides Tenant with written notice of the estimated Restoration Period. Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration. Rent shall be abated from the date all required Hazardous Material Clearances, if applicable, are obtained or, if not applicable, the date of discovery of such damage or destruction, until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable to Tenant, in Tenant’s sole but reasonable discretion, for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided in this Section 18 , Tenant waives any right to terminate the Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 16

 

The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 18 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 18 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

19. Condemnation . If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ” or “ Taken ”), and the Taking would in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project or would in the reasonable judgment of Landlord and Tenant either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (as resolved, if the parties are unable to agree, by arbitration by a single arbitrator with the qualifications and experience appropriate to resolve the matter and appointed pursuant to and acting in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association), then upon written notice by Landlord this Lease shall terminate and Rent shall be apportioned as of said date. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.

20. Events of Default . Each of the following events shall be a default (“ Default ”) by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Payment Defaults . Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due; provided, however, that Landlord will give Tenant notice and an opportunity to cure any failure to pay Rent within 3 days after Tenant’s receipt of any such notice not more than twice in any 12 month period without such failure to pay being a Default provided that the full payment is received within such 3 day period after Tenant’s receipt of notice and Tenant agrees that such notice shall be in lieu of and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required by law.

(b) Insurance . Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 20 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

(c) Abandonment . Tenant shall abandon the Premises.

(d) Improper Transfer . Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer or attempt to transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

(e) Liens . Tenant shall fail to discharge or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 10 days after Tenant receives notice that any such lien is filed against the Premises.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 17

 

(f) Insolvency Events . Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall: (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “ Proceeding for Relief ”); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).

(g) Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement . Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 23 or 27 within 5 days after a second notice requesting such document.

(h) Other Defaults . Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section 20 , and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 10 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

Any notice given under Section 20(h) hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice: provided that if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to Section 20(h) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 10 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 10 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided, however, that such cure shall be completed no later than 90 days from the date of Landlord’s notice.

21. Landlord’s Remedies .

(a) Payment By Landlord; Interest . Upon a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law (the “ Default Rate ”), whichever is less, shall be payable to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent. Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant’s Default hereunder.

(b) Late Payment Rent . Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 5 days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.

(c) Remedies . Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

(i) Terminate this Lease, or at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to possession only, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 18

 

do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor;

(ii) Upon any termination of this Lease, whether pursuant to the foregoing Section 21(c)(i) or otherwise, Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(B) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(C) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(D) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions reasonably made to obtain a new tenant; and

(E) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “ rent ” as used in this Section 21 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 21(c)(ii)(A) and (B) , above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 21(c)(ii)(C) above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

(iii) Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and recover rent as it becomes due (Landlord and Tenant hereby agreeing that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign hereunder, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

(iv) Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Upon Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

(v) Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 30(d)  hereof, at Tenant’s expense.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 19

 

(d) Effect of Exercise . Exercise by Landlord of any remedies hereunder or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or a termination of this Lease by Landlord, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only by the express written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Any law, usage, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Landlord at any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same and shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Landlord of Rent or other payment with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Tenant waives the service of notice of Landlord’s intention to re-enter, re-take or otherwise obtain possession of the Premises as provided in any statute, or to institute legal proceedings to that end, and also waives all right of redemption in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge. Any reletting of the Premises or any portion thereof shall be on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting or otherwise to mitigate any damages arising by reason of Tenant’s Default.

22. Assignment and Subletting .

(a) General Prohibition . Without Landlord’s prior written consent subject to and on the conditions described in this Section 22 , other than pursuant to a Permitted Assignment (as defined below), Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, the shares or other ownership interests thereof which are not actively traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the- counter market, a transfer or series of transfers whereby 25% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of such corporation are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting transfers upon deaths of individual owners) from a person or persons or entity or entities which were owners thereof at time of execution of this Lease to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of the corporation, partnership or limited liability company at time of execution of this Lease, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the consent of Landlord as provided in this Section 22 .

(b) Permitted Transfers . If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises, then at least 15 business days, but not more than 45 business days, before the date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “ Assignment Date ”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the “ Assignment Notice ”) containing such information about the proposed assignee or sublessee, including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of from the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in its final form, and such other information that may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to Landlord in its consideration whether to grant its consent. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 business days after receipt of the Assignment Notice and without unreasonably withholding, delaying or conditioning its consent: (i) grant such consent, (ii) refuse such consent in its reasonable discretion; or (iii) terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in the Assignment Notice as of the Assignment Date (an “ Assignment Termination ”).

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 20

 

Landlord shall not unreasonably delay its response to an Assignment Notice delivered to Landlord by Tenant. Among other reasons, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent in any of these instances: (1) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a governmental agency; (2) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant would entail any alterations that would lessen the value of the leasehold improvements in the Premises, or would require increased services by Landlord; (3) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in areas of scientific research or other business concerns that are controversial such that they may (i) attract or cause negative publicity for or about the Building or the Project, (ii) negatively affect the reputation of the Building, the Project or Landlord, (iii) attract protestors to the Building or the Project, or (iv) lessen the attractiveness of the Building or the Project to any tenants or prospective tenants, purchasers or lenders; (4) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant lacks the creditworthiness to support the financial obligations it will incur under the proposed assignment or sublease; (5) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the character, reputation, or business of the proposed assignee or subtenant is inconsistent with the desired tenant-mix or the quality of other tenancies in the Project or is inconsistent with the type and quality of the nature of the Building; (6) Landlord has received from any prior landlord to the proposed assignee or subtenant a negative report concerning such prior landlord’s experience with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (7) Landlord has experienced previous defaults by or is in litigation with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (8) the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant will violate any applicable Legal Requirement; (9) the proposed assignee or subtenant, or any entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the proposed assignee or subtenant, is then an occupant of the Project; (10) the proposed assignee or subtenant is an entity with whom Landlord is actively or has been negotiating to lease space in the Project within 90 days of the Assignment Notice; or (11) the assignment or sublease is prohibited by Landlord’s lender. If Landlord delivers notice of its election to exercise an Assignment Termination, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Assignment Notice by written notice to Landlord of such election within 5 business days after Landlord’s notice electing to exercise the Assignment Termination. If Tenant withdraws such Assignment Notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant does not withdraw such Assignment Notice, this Lease, and the term and estate herein granted, shall terminate as of the Assignment Date with respect to the space described in such Assignment Notice. No failure of Landlord to exercise any such option to terminate this Lease, or to deliver a timely notice in response to the Assignment Notice, shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer. Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500) in connection with its consideration of each Assignment Notice and/or its preparation or review of any consent documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of any portion of the Premises to any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant (a “ Control Permitted Assignment ”) shall not be required, provided that Landlord shall have the right to approve the form of any such sublease or assignment. In addition, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease, upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord but without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, or by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant provided that (i) such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition or assumption, as the case may be, is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the Lease, and (ii) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”)) of the assignee is not less than the greater of the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of Tenant as of (A) the Commencement Date, or (B) as of the date of Tenant’s most current quarterly or annual financial statements, and (iii) such assignee shall agree in writing to assume all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease arising after the effective date of the assignment (a “ Corporate Permitted Assignment ”). Control Permitted Assignments and Corporate Permitted Assignments are hereinafter referred to as “ Permitted Assignments .”

(c) Additional Conditions . As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:

(i) that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease,

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 21

 

such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under the Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided , however , in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and

(ii) A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.

(d) No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents . Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. Except in the case of a Permitted Assignment, If the Rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form) exceeds the sum of the rental payable under this Lease, (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section) and actual and reasonable brokerage fees, legal costs and any design or construction fees directly related to and required pursuant to the terms of any such sublease) (“ Excess Rent ”), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder 50% of such Excess Rent within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant. If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee and as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

(e) No Waiver . The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under the Lease. The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises.

(f) Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 22 , if (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party’s action or use of the property in question, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority), or (iii) because of the existence of a pre-existing environmental condition in the vicinity of or underlying the Project, the risk that Landlord would be

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 22

 

targeted as a responsible party in connection with the remediation of such pre-existing environmental condition would be materially increased or exacerbated by the proposed use of Hazardous Materials by such proposed assignee or sublessee, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to any assignment or subletting to any such party.

23. Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing in any form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser, (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth such further information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a Default under this Lease, and, in any event, shall be conclusive upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

Upon request by Tenant no more than once in any 12 month period during the Term, Landlord will similarly execute an estoppel certificate: (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advanced, if any, and (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to Landlord’s knowledge, any Defaults on the part of Tenant hereunder, or specifying such Defaults if any are claimed.

24. Quiet Enjoyment . So long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

25. Prorations . All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.

26. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project. The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E . If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.

27. Subordination . This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provided , however that so long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Tenant agrees upon demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in Section 24 hereof. Tenant hereby appoints Landlord attorney- in-fact for Tenant irrevocably (such power of attorney being coupled with an interest) to execute, acknowledge and deliver any such instrument and instruments for and in the name of Tenant and to cause any such instrument to be recorded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 23

 

thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term “ Mortgage ” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “ Holder ” of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust. Landlord represents and warrants that as of the date of this Lease, there is no existing Mortgage encumbering the Project. Upon written request from Tenant, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain for execution by Tenant a commercially reasonable form of non-disturbance and attornment agreement executed by the Holder of any future Mortgage with a lien on the Project which provides, among other things, that so long as Tenant is not in Default of its obligations under this Lease, foreclosure or other enforcement of such Mortgage shall not terminate this Lease and the successor to Landlord’s interest in the Project shall recognize this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises.

28. Surrender . Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received, subject to any Alterations or Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises, free of Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by any person other than a Landlord Party (collectively, “ Tenant HazMat Operations ”) and released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 18 and 19 excepted. At least 3 months prior to the surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Governmental Authority) to be taken by Tenant in order to surrender the Premises (including any Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (the “ Surrender Plan ”). Such Surrender Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of (i) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to the Premises, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Premises, and shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant. In connection with the review and approval of the Surrender Plan, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning Tenant HazMat Operations as Landlord shall request. On or before such surrender, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the approved Surrender Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of the Lease, free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the actual out-of pocket expense incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s environmental consultant to review and approve the Surrender Plan and to visit the Premises and verify satisfactory completion of the same, which cost shall not exceed $5,000. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Surrender Plan and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties.

If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Surrender Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Surrender Plan, or if such Surrender Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of Tenant HazMat Operations in, on or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Project are surrendered free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent, without regard to the limitation set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 28 .

Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord’s election, either the cost of replacing

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 24

 

such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key. Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 30 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

29. Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

30. Environmental Requirements .

(a) Prohibition/Compliance/lndemnity . Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results in contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, use of the Premises or any portion of the Project), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses (collectively, “ Environmental Claims ”) which arise during or after the Term as a result of such contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long- term or short-term effect on the Premises or the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 30 . Tenant shall not be responsible for, and the indemnification and hold harmless obligation set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to (i) contamination in the Premises which Tenant can prove to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction existed in the Premises immediately prior to the Commencement Date, or (ii) the presence of any Hazardous Materials in the Premises which Tenant can prove to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction migrated from outside of the Premises into the Premises,

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 25

 

unless in either case, the presence of such Hazardous Materials (x) is the result of a breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, or (y) was caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party or (z) was exacerbated by Tenant or any Tenant Party.

(b) Business . Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 30 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises as of the Commencement Date and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises (“ Hazardous Materials List ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List at least once a year and, upon request from Landlord, Tenant shall also deliver to Landlord any update to Tenant’s Hazardous Materials Business Plan inventory on record with the City and/or County of San Diego. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the “ Haz Mat Documents ”) relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans, notice of any pending violations of applicable Legal Requirements; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); all closure plans or any other documents required by all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities as applicable for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks; and a Surrender Plan (to the extent surrender in accordance with Section 28 cannot be accomplished in 3 months). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information which could be detrimental to Tenant’s business should such information become possessed by Tenant’s competitors.

(c) Tenant Representation and Warranty . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority at any time to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant of such predecessor or resulted from Tenant’s or such predecessor’s action or use of the property in question and which were not adequately addressed or corrected by Tenant, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority) that has not been adequately addressed and corrected by Tenant. If Landlord determines that this representation and warranty was not true as of the date of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

(d) Testing . Upon 30 days prior written notice to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to conduct annual environmental tests of the Premises to determine whether any contamination of the Premises or the Project has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use. Tenant shall only be required to pay the cost of such annual environmental test of the Premises if it is revealed that Tenant has not complied with any Environmental Requirement or if contamination for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease is identified. Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate with one another to schedule such testing at a mutually acceptable time for both parties. Tenant shall have the right to have a representative present during such testing and shall be permitted to conduct its own testing concurrent with Landlord’s testing activities. All sample collection, testing, analysis and reporting will be performed by a duly accredited laboratory for any

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 26

 

testing performed by Landlord and/or Tenant, following well established and validated regulatory environmental protocols. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, conducts its own tests of the Premises using third party contractors and test procedures acceptable to Landlord which tests are certified to Landlord, Landlord shall accept such tests in lieu of the annual tests to be paid for by Tenant. In addition, at any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises and the Project to determine if contamination has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. In connection with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such non- proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is liable under this Section 30 , Tenant shall pay all costs to conduct such tests. If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense). Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Term without representation or warranty and subject to a confidentiality agreement. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions identified by such testing for which Tenant is responsible for under this Lease and in accordance with all Environmental Requirements. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant.

(e) Control Areas . In addition to Tenant’s HazMat Safety Storage Area (as defined below), Tenant shall be allowed to utilize (i) one and one-half (1.5) control areas or zones for Hazardous Materials inventory on the second floor, and (ii) one (1) control area or zone for Hazardous Materials inventory in the basement, all as designated by the applicable building code for chemical use or storage. If Tenant leases the entire Expansion Space, Tenant shall also be allowed to utilize two (2) control areas or zones for Hazardous Materials inventory on the first floor.

(f) Underground Tanks . If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials located on the Premises or the Project are exclusively used by Tenant or are hereafter placed on the Premises or the Project by Tenant for the exclusive use of Tenant, Tenant shall install, use, monitor, operate, maintain, upgrade and manage such storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, obtain and maintain appropriate insurance, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all reasonable actions necessary or required under applicable state and federal Legal Requirements, as such now exists or may hereafter be adopted or amended in connection with the installation, use, maintenance, management, operation, upgrading and closure of such storage tanks.

(g) Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant’s obligations under this Section 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Surrender Plan), Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

(h) Definitions . As used herein, the term “ Environmental Requirements ” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Materials ” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 27

 

be deemed to be the “ operator ” of Tenant’s “ facility ” and the “ owner ” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom. Tenant’s facility is also referred to as the Premises and any other areas of the Project which are in direct control or exclusively support Tenant’s operations.

31. Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability . Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary). Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage covering the Premises and to any landlord of any lease of property in or on which the Premises are located and Tenant shall offer such Holder and/or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter. The term “ Landlord ” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.

32. Inspection and Access . Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last year of the Term, to prospective tenants or for any other business purpose. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available to let or that the Project is available for sale. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s access rights hereunder.

33. Security . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

34. Force Majeure . Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by, related to, or arising out of acts of God, sinkholes or subsidence, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disputes, embargoes, quarantines, weather, national,

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 28

 

regional, or local disasters, calamities, or catastrophes, inability to obtain labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor) at reasonable costs or failure of, or inability to obtain, utilities necessary for performance, governmental restrictions, orders, limitations, regulations, or controls, national emergencies, delay in issuance or revocation of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, terrorism, insurrection, riots, civil disturbance or commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes or events beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“ Force Majeure ”).

35. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “ Broker ”) in connection with this transaction and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Studley. Landlord agrees to pay Studley a leasing commission in connection with this Lease pursuant to the terms of a separate written agreement between Landlord and Studley. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the broker, if any named in this Section 35 , claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

36. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

37. Severability . If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

38. Signs; Exterior Appearance . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion: (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord’s standard window coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or Exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 29

 

inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and type acceptable to Landlord. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants.

Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to display, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, signage bearing Tenant’s name on the building top facing the north parking lot, directly above the Premises, in the location shown on Exhibit G (“ Building Sign ”). In addition, subject to obtaining all necessary and required approvals including, without limitation, as may be required by Legal Requirements and from the adjacent property owner, Landlord intends to erect a new monument sign at the Project upon which the names of tenants of the Project shall be displayed (“ Monument Sign ”), which Monument Sign shall replace the monument sign located at the Project as of the date of this Lease. If Landlord does not erect the intended new monument sign then references in this Lease to Monument Sign shall mean the existing monument sign. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, have the non-exclusive right to install a sign bearing Tenant’s name in one slot designated by Landlord on the Monument Sign. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is only entitled to use 50% of the signage on the Monument Sign and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall only be entitled to Tenant’s Share of Landlord’s 50% share of the Monument Sign. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign and the Building Sign including, without limitation, the size, color and type, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be consistent with Landlord’s signage program at the Project and applicable Legal Requirements and in no event shall Tenant be entitled more than Tenant’s pro rata share of any such signage. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the maintenance of Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign and the Building Sign, for the removal of Tenant’s signage from the Monument Sign and the Building Sign at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and for the repair all damage resulting from such removal.

39. Rights to Expand .

(a) Right of First Refusal . The first time after the date of this Lease that Landlord intends to accept a written proposal (the “ Pending Deal ”) to lease all or any portion the Expansion Space (as hereinafter defined) to a third party, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice (the “ Pending Deal Notice ”) of the existence of such Pending Deal; provided, however, Tenant shall have no right to receive a Pending Deal Notice and the provisions of this Section 39(a)  shall not apply during any period following the Rent Commencement Date if Tenant is not then leasing and occupying 100% of the Premises. For purposes of this Section 39(a) , “ Expansion Space ” shall mean that certain approximately 15,136 rentable square feet on the first floor of the Building as more particularly shown on Exhibit H , which is not occupied by a tenant or which is occupied by a then existing tenant whose lease is expiring within 9 months or less and such tenant does not wish to renew (whether or not such tenant has a right to renew) its occupancy of such space, plus any basement space in the Building which may be described in the Pending Deal Notice. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall be entitled to exercise its right under this Section 39(a)  only with respect to the entire Expansion Space described in such Pending Deal Notice which shall include an obligation on the part of Tenant to lease along with the Expansion Space any basement space in the Building described in the Pending Deal Notice. Within 5 business days after Tenant’s receipt of the Pending Deal Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice (the “ Space Acceptance Notice ”) if Tenant elects to lease the Expansion Space. Tenant’s right to receive the Pending Deal Notice and election to lease or not lease the Expansion Space pursuant to this Section 39(a)  is hereinafter referred to as the “ Right of First Refusal .” If Tenant elects to lease the Expansion Space described in the Pending Deal Notice by delivering the Space Acceptance Notice within the required 5 business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to agree to lease the Expansion Space on the same general terms and conditions as this Lease except that the terms of this Lease shall be modified to reflect the terms of the Pending Deal Notice for the rental of the Expansion Space; provided, however that if Landlord delivers a Pending Deal Notice within the first 12 months after the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant may elect in its Space Acceptance Notice to lease the Expansion Space pursuant to the Expansion Right Terms (as defined below) rather than the terms of. the Pending Deal Notice, in which case the terms of this Lease shall be modified to reflect the terms of the Expansion Right Terms for the

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 30

 

rental of the Expansion Space. Tenant acknowledges that the term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Space and the Term of the Lease with respect to the original Premises may not be co-terminous if Tenant elects to lease the Expansion Space pursuant to the terms set forth in the Pending Deal Notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Work Letter or the Tl Allowance apply to the Expansion Space. If Tenant fails to deliver a Space Acceptance Notice to Landlord within the required 5 business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its rights under this Section 39(a)  to lease the Expansion Space, and Landlord shall have the right to lease the Expansion Space to any third party on any terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord.

(b) Expansion Right . Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the date that is 12 months after the Rent Commencement Date (“ Expansion Right Expiration Date ”), if and for so long as the Expansion Space is available for lease, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to elect to expand (“ Direct Expansion Right ”) the Premises to include all and not less than all of the Expansion Space by delivery of written notice to Landlord of its election to exercise the Direct Expansion Right (“ Expansion Exercise Notice ”). If Tenant elects to lease the Expansion Space by timely delivering a Expansion Exercise Notice to Landlord, Tenant shall be deemed to agree to lease the Expansion Space on the same terms and conditions as this Lease, except that (I) the amount of the Security Deposit shall be proportionately increased, (ii) the definition of Premises shall be amended to Include the Expansion Space, (iii) the Base Rent payable for the Expansion Space shall be equal to the per square foot amount of Base Rent then payable for the Premises, which shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4 , (iv) Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall be proportionately increased based upon the addition of the Expansion Space to the Premises, (v) Tenant shall accept the Expansion Space in its “as is” condition as of the expiration or earlier termination of any then existing lease affecting the Expansion Space, (vi) Landlord shall provide the same per square foot Tl Allowance as was provided for the Premises as a tenant improvement allowance for the Expansion Space but ratably reduced based on the length of the remaining Base Term after the Expansion Space is delivered to Tenant for the construction of tenant improvements within the Expansion Space of a fixed and permanent nature desired by Tenant and approved by Landlord, which tenant improvements shall be constructed by Tenant pursuant to the terms of a work letter reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, (vii) the Base Term of the Lease shall commence with respect to the Expansion Space and Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent and Operating Expenses on the date that is 6 months after the Expansion Exercise Notice, and (viii) the Early Termination Payment (as defined in Section 41 below) shall be increased by $750,000 to $1,500,000 (collectively, the Expansion Right Terms ”). Tenant’s failure to timely deliver an Expansion Exercise Notice to Landlord shall be deemed to be an election by Tenant not to exercise Tenant’s Direct Expansion Right pursuant to this Section 39(b)  with respect to the Expansion Space, in which case Tenant shall be deemed to have forever waived its rights under this Section 39(b)  and this Section 39(b)  shall be of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 39(b) , Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (x) Landlord is under no obligation to keep the Expansion Space vacant from the date hereof until the Expansion Right Expiration Date and, prior to Tenant’s election to exercise its Direct Expansion Right, Landlord is free to lease the Expansion Space at any time to any party and on any terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, and (y) If Landlord leases the Expansion Space to any other party, Tenant’s Direct Expansion Right shall immediately terminate and Tenant shall have no further to exercise its Direct Expansion Right.

(c) Amended Lease . If: (i) Tenant fails to timely deliver a Space Acceptance Notice or Expansion Exercise Notice, or (ii) after the expiration of a period of 10 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a lease amendment or lease agreement for Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space, no lease amendment or lease agreement (including the work letter) for the Expansion Space, acceptable to both parties each in their sole and absolute discretion, has been executed, Tenant shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, be deemed to have forever waived its right to lease such Expansion Space.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 31

 

(d) Exceptions . Notwithstanding the above, the Direct Expansion Right and the Right of First Refusal shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and may not be exercised by Tenant:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of the Lease; or

(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of the Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Direct Expansion Right or Right of First Refusal.

(e) Termination . The Direct Expansion Right and Right of First Refusal shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Direct Expansion Right or Right of First Refusal, as applicable,, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the lease of such Expansion Space, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under the Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Direct Expansion Right or Right of First Refusal, as applicable, to the date of the commencement of the lease of the Expansion Space, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

(f) Rights Personal . The Direct Expansion Right and Right of First Refusal are personal to Tenant and are not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

(g) No Extensions . The period of time within which the Direct Expansion Right or the Right of First Refusal may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Direct Expansion Right or Right of First Refusal.

40. Right to Extend Term . Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term of the Lease upon the following terms and conditions;

(a) Extension Rights . Tenant shall have 1 right (an “ Extension Right ”) to extend the term of this Lease for 5 years (an “ Extension Term ”) on the same terms and conditions as this Lease (other than with respect to Base Rent and the Work Letter) by giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise each Extension Right at least 9 months prior, and no earlier than 15 months prior, to the expiration of the Base Term of the Lease or the expiration of any prior Extension Term.

Upon the commencement of the Extension Term, Base Rent shall be payable at the Market Rate (as defined below). Base Rent shall thereafter be adjusted on each annual anniversary of the commencement of such Extension Term by the Rent Adjustment Percentage. As used herein, “ Market Rate ” shall mean the then market rental rate as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant, for space of comparable size and quality (including all Alterations and other improvements) in Class A laboratory buildings in the Torrey Pines area for a comparable term, taking into account all relevant factors, including, but not limited to, tenant inducements, leasing commissions, allowances or concessions, if any.

If, on or before the date which is 180 days prior to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease, Tenant has not agreed with Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate and the rent escalations during the Extension Term after negotiating in good faith, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected arbitration as described in Section 40(b) . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, if Tenant has elected to exercise the Extension Right by delivering notice to Landlord as required in this Section 40(a) , Tenant shall have no right thereafter to rescind or elect not to extend the term of the Lease for the Extension Term.

(b) Arbitration .

(i) Within 10 days of Tenant’s notice to Landlord of its election (or deemed election) to arbitrate Market Rate and escalations, each party shall deliver to the other a proposal containing the Market Rate and escalations that the submitting party believes to be correct

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 32

 

(“ Extension Proposal ”). If either party fails to timely submit an Extension Proposal, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent and escalations for the Extension Term. If both parties submit Extension Proposals, then Landlord and Tenant shall meet within 7 days after delivery of the last Extension Proposal and make a good faith attempt to mutually appoint a single Arbitrator (and defined below) to determine the Market Rate and escalations. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single Arbitrator, then each shall, by written notice delivered to the other within 10 days after the meeting, select an Arbitrator. If either party fails to timely give notice of its selection for an Arbitrator, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent for the Extension Term. The 2 Arbitrators so appointed shall, within 5 business days after their appointment, appoint a third Arbitrator. If the 2 Arbitrators so selected cannot agree on the selection of the third Arbitrator within the time above specified, then either party, on behalf of both parties, may request such appointment of such third Arbitrator by application to any state court of general jurisdiction in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, upon 10 days prior written notice to the other party of such intent.

(ii) The decision of the Arbitrator(s) shall be made within 30 days after the appointment of a single Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable. The decision of the single Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The average of the two closest Arbitrators in a three Arbitrator panel shall be final and binding upon the parties. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator appointed by or on behalf of such party and the fees and expenses of the third Arbitrator shall be borne equally by both parties. If the Market Rate and escalations are not determined by the first day of the Extension Term, then Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent in an amount equal to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the Extension Term and increased by the Rent Adjustment Percentage until such determination is made. After the determination of the Market Rate and escalations, the parties shall make any necessary adjustments to such payments made by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall then execute an amendment recognizing the Market Rate and escalations for the Extension Term.

(iii) An “ Arbitrator ” shall be any person appointed by or on behalf of either party or appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof and: (i) shall be (A) a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than 10 years of experience in the appraisal of improved office and high tech industrial real estate in the greater San Diego metropolitan area, or (B) a licensed commercial real estate broker with not less than 15 years experience representing landlords and/or tenants in the leasing of high tech or life sciences space in the greater San Diego metropolitan area, (ii) devoting substantially all of their time to professional appraisal or brokerage work, as applicable, at the time of appointment and (iii) be in all respects impartial and disinterested.

(c) Rights Personal . Extension Rights are personal to Tenant and are not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

(d) Exceptions . Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, Extension Rights shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and Tenant may not exercise any of the Extension Rights:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease; or

(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of this Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise an Extension Right, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

(e) No Extensions . The period of time within which any Extension Rights may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Extension Rights.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 33

 

(f) Termination . The Extension Rights shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of an Extension Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of an Extension Term, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of an Extension Right to the date of the commencement of the Extension Term, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

41. Early Termination Right . Tenant shall have the right, subject to the provisions of this Section 41 , to terminate this Lease (“ Termination Right ”) with respect to the entire Premises only as of expiration of the 60th month after the Rent Commencement Date (“ Early Termination Date ”), so long as Tenant delivers to Landlord (i) a written notice (“ Termination Notice ”), of its election to exercise its Termination Right no less than 9 months in advance of the Early Termination Date, and (ii) concurrent with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of the Termination Notice delivers, an early termination payment in the amount of $750,000 (which amount shall be increased by an additional $750,000 if Tenant leases the Expansion Space pursuant to its Direct Expansion Right under Section 39(b) , the “ Early Termination Payment ”). If Tenant timely and properly exercises the Termination Right, Tenant shall vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in the condition required by the terms of this Lease on or before the Early Termination Date and Tenant shall have no further obligations under this Lease except for those accruing prior to the Early Termination Date and those which, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, survive the expiration or early termination of this Lease. In the event that Tenant does not deliver to Landlord the Termination Notice and the Early Termination Payment within the time period provided in this paragraph, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its Termination Right and the provisions of this Section 41 shall have no further force or effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Tenant elects to exercise its Right of First Refusal pursuant to Section 39(a)  by delivering a Space Acceptance Notice, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its Termination Right and the provisions of this Section 41 shall have no further force or effect except that Tenant may exercise its Termination Right with respect to the original Premises as provided for in this Section 41 if the following conditions have been satisfied: (x) Tenant makes no materially detrimental changes, as reasonably determined by Landlord, to the Tenant Improvements contemplated pursuant to the plan attached hereto as Exhibit J , and (y) Tenant unconditionally agrees to extend the Base Term of the lease with respect to the Expansion Space, if necessary, so that it is not less than a full 60 months from the date that Tenant commenced paying Base Rent for the Expansion Space.

42. LEED Certification . Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord and to comply with reasonable measures implemented by Landlord with respect to the Building and/or the Project in connection with Landlord’s efforts to obtain a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) certificate for the base, shell and core of the Building. Any reasonable measure implemented in accordance with the foregoing will be at minimal or no cost to Tenant, will be performed so as to minimize any interference with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, and will not require Tenant to make any substantial changes to its business operations for the Permitted Use in the Premises nor materially increase the cost of such business operations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this paragraph, Landlord shall not be precluded from undertaking any retrofits, repairs or replacements (including, without limitation, capital repairs and replacements) to the Premises or the Building as part of Operating Expenses in the ordinary course of maintenance or repairs (including, without limitation, capital repairs and replacements) to the Premises or the Building, which retrofits, repairs or replacements include LEED components or satisfy LEED rating systems or any similar standard in connection with the performance by Landlord of its obligations under this Lease so long as the cost of such LEED items is reasonably comparable to the cost of non-LEED components, taking Into account any reasonably anticipated savings resulting from LEED components over the remaining Term of this Lease. Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense or utilizing the Tl Allowance, to pursue a LEED certification of the Tenant Improvements, and Landlord will cooperate, at minimal or no cost to Landlord, with Tenant’s efforts to pursue such certification.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 34

 

43. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

(b) Joint and Several Liability . If and when included within the term “ Tenant ,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.

(c) Financial Information . Upon Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and complete copies of (i) Tenant’s most recent audited annual financial statements within 90 days of the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (ii) Tenant’s most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements within 45 days of the end of each of Tenant’s first three fiscal quarters of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (iii) at Landlord’s request from time to time, updated business plans, including cash flow projections and/or pro forma balance sheets and income statements, all of which shall be treated by Landlord as confidential information belonging to Tenant, (iv) corporate brochures and/or profiles prepared by Tenant for prospective investors, and (v) any other financial information or summaries that Tenant typically provides to its lenders or shareholders. If and for so long as Tenant is a “public company” and its financial information is publicly available, then the foregoing delivery requirements of this Section 43(c)  shall not apply.

(d) Recordation . Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease.

(e) Interpretation . The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

(f) Not Binding Until Executed . The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

(g) Limitations on Interest . It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially Interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

(h) Choice of Law . Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 35

 

(i) Time . Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(j) OFAC . Tenant, and all beneficial owners of Tenant, are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “ OFAC Rules ”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of this Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

(k) Incorporation by Reference . All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

(l) Entire Agreement . This Lease, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, letters of intent, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements, express or implied, made to either party by the other party in connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein.

(m) No Accord and Satisfaction . No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Base Rent or any Additional Rent will be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Base Rent and Additional Rent, nor will any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a check for payment of any Base Rent or Additional Rent be an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

(n) Hazardous Activities . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant’s routine safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of protective clothing or equipment other than safety glasses. In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.

(o) Redevelopment of Project . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is expanding, renovating and/or reconfiguring the Project and, in connection therewith or in addition thereto, as the case may be, Landlord may from time to time without limitation: (a) change the shape, size, location, number and/or extent of any improvements, buildings, structures, lobbies, hallways, entrances, exits, parking and/or parking areas relative to any portion of the Project; (b) modify, eliminate and/or add any buildings, improvements, and parking structure(s) either above or below grade, to the Project, the Common Areas and/or any other portion of the Project and/or make any other changes thereto affecting the same; and (c) make any other changes, additions and/or deletions in any way affecting the Project and/or any portion thereof as Landlord may elect from time to time, including without limitation, additions to and/or deletions from the land comprising the Project, the Common Areas and/or any other portion of the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall have no right to seek damages (including abatement of Rent) or to cancel or terminate this Lease because of any proposed changes, expansion, renovation or reconfiguration of the Project nor shall Tenant have the right to restrict, inhibit or prohibit any such changes, expansion, renovation or reconfiguration; provided, however, Landlord shall not change the size, dimensions, location or Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 36

 

(p) Hazardous Materials Storage Area . In connection with its use of the Premises, Tenant shall have the right, during the Term, to the use of one of the 3 units (“ Tenant’s HazMat Safety Storage Area ”) designated by Landlord in the Hazardous Materials storage shed at the Project for the storage of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials waste and other Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall maintain appropriate records, obtain and maintain appropriate insurance, implement reporting procedures, and take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or required under applicable state and federal Legal Requirements in connection with the use of the Tenant’s HazMat Safety Storage Area. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, surrender Tenant’s HazMat Safety Storage Area free of any debris and trash and free of any Hazardous Materials in accordance with the requirements of Section 28 hereof, normal wear and tear excluded.

(q) Discontinued Use . If, at any time following the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant does not continuously operate its business in the Premises for a period of 90 consecutive days, Landlord may, but is not obligated to, elect to terminate this Lease upon 30 days’ written notice to Tenant, whereupon this Lease shall terminate 30 days’ after Landlord’s delivery of such written notice (“ Termination Date ”), and Tenant shall vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in the condition required by the terms of this Lease on or before the Termination Date and Tenant shall have no further obligations under this Lease except for those accruing prior to the Termination Date and those which, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, survive the expiration or early termination of the Lease.

[ Signatures on next page ]

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    11119 N. Torrey Pines/Ligand - Page 37

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:    

LIGAND PHARMACEUTICALS, INCORPORATED,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ John Sharp

Its:  

Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

LANDLORD:
ARE-SD REGION NO. 24, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,
 

a Delaware limited partnership,

managing member

  By:   ARE-QRS CORP.,
   

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

    By:  

/s/ Eric S. Johnson

    Its:  

Vice President, Real Estate Legal Affairs

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ First Amendment ”) is made as of March 30, 2012, by and between ARE-SD REGION NO. 24, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and LIGAND PHARMACEUTICALS, INCORPORATED , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are now parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of September 5, 2011 (the “ Lease ”). Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases certain premises consisting of approximately 16,429 rentable square feet (“ Premises ”) in a building located at 11119 North Torrey Pines, San Diego, California. The Premises are more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to amend the Lease to, among other things, (i) revise the square footage of the Premises, and (ii) to provide Tenant with an additional tenant improvement allowance of up to $25.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Premises and Rentable Area of Premises . The definitions of “ Premises ,” “ Rentable Area of Premises ” and “ Usable Area of Premises ” on Page 1 of the Lease are hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

Premises : That portion of the east side of the second floor of the Building, containing approximately 15,602 rentable square feet, and that portion of the basement of the Building, containing approximately 1,249 rentable square feet, all as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A .”

Rentable Area of Premises: 16,851 sq. ft.

Usable Area of Premises: 14,383 sq. ft.”

As of the date of this First Amendment, Exhibit A attached to the Lease shall be deleted and replaced with Exhibit A attached to this First Amendment.

 

2. Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses . The definition of “ Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses ” on Page 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses : 23.32%”

 

3. Base Rent . The second paragraph of Section 3(a) of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for months 2 through 6 after the Rent Commencement Date (the “ Abatement Period ”), and (ii) the first $50,000 of Base Rent due under this Lease after the expiration of the Abatement Period shall be abated.”

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

1


4. Base Rent Adjustments . Section 4 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

4. Base Rent Adjustments .

(a) Annual Adjustments . Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date (each an “ Adjustment Date ”) by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable Immediately before such Adjustment Date. Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein. Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

(b) Additional Tl Allowance . In addition to the Tl Allowance (as defined in the Work Letter), Landlord shall, subject to the terms of the Work Letter, make available to Tenant an additional tenant improvement allowance (“ Additional Tl Allowance ”) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter) of up to $25.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises, or $421,275 in the aggregate. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay, concurrently with Base Rent, the amount necessary to fully amortize the portion of the Additional Tl Allowance actually funded by Landlord, if any, in equal monthly payments with interest at a rate of 9% per annum over the remainder of the Base Term (“ Tl Rent ”). The Additional Tl Allowance and the Tl Allowance shall only be available for use by Tenant as part of the construction of the Tenant Improvements and for the construction of other improvements and Alterations to the Premises approved by Landlord, and Tenant shall have no right to use any portion thereof that has not been disbursed on or before the Rent Commencement Date. The Tl Rent shall be increased on each Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage.”

 

5. Tl Allowance . Section 5(b) of the Work Letter is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“(b) Tl Allowance . Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (“ Tl Allowance ”) of $175.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises, or $2,948,925 in the aggregate. The Tl Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with this Work Letter.”

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tl Costs under the Work Letter may include a portion of the cost (as designated in the Budget) of the construction and rating of the demising walls and control area separation walls shown as being provided by Tenant on Exhibit B attached to this First Amendment.

 

6. Re-Measurement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, if the rentable square footage of the Premises and/or the square footage of the Common Areas of the Project are re-measured pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 5 of the Lease, (i) for all purposes under the Lease, Landlord shall treat the Rentable Area of Premises as being 16,851 square feet during the Base Term or any extension of this Lease unless Tenant leases additional space at the Project, and (ii) for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall treat the Rentable Area of Project as being 72,245 sq. ft.

 

7. Security Deposit . The second paragraph of Section 6 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety.

Tenant has delivered a Security Deposit to Landlord in the amount of $43,290.40 in the form of cash. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Tenant shall not be required to replace such cash Security Deposit with a Letter of Credit.

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

2


8. Control Areas . Section 30(e) of the Lease Is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“(e) In addition to Tenant’s HazMat Safety Storage Area (as defined below), Tenant shall be allowed to utilize (i) one and one-half (1.5) control areas or zones for Hazardous Materials inventory on the second floor, and (ii) one (1) control area or zone for Hazardous Materials inventory in the basement, all as designated by the applicable building code for chemical use or storage, in the areas shown on Exhibit B attached to the First Amendment. If Tenant leases the entire Expansion Space, Tenant shall also be allowed to utilize one and one- half (1.5) control areas or zones for Hazardous Materials inventory on the first floor, in the areas shown on Exhibit B attached to the First Amendment.”

If at any time during the Term, alterations are required to the Premises in order to accommodate Tenant’s usage of the control areas, Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord in connection with the performance of such alterations.

 

9. HazMat Storage Area . Section 43(p) of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“(p) Hazardous Materials Storage Area . In connection with its use of the Premises, Tenant shall have the right, during the Term, to the use of one of the 2 units (“ Tenant’s HazMat Safety Storage Area ”) designated by Landlord in the Hazardous Materials storage shed at the Project for the storage of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials waste and other Hazardous Materials. Tenant’s HazMat Safety Storage Area is more particularly described on Exhibit C attached to this First Amendment Tenant shall maintain appropriate records, obtain and maintain appropriate insurance, implement reporting procedures, and take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or required under applicable state and federal Legal Requirements in connection with the use of the Tenant’s HazMat Safety Storage Area. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, surrender Tenant’s HazMat Safety Storage Area free of any debris and trash and free of any Hazardous Materials in accordance with the requirements of Section 28 hereof, normal wear and tear excluded.”

 

10. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that It has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “ Broker ”) in connection with this First Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Studley, Inc. and Cassidy Turley BRE Commercial. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the broker, if any named in this Section 5 . claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this First Amendment.

 

11. Miscellaneous .

a. This First Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This First Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

b . This First Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

c . Tenant acknowledges that it has read the provisions of this First Amendment, understands them, and is bound by them. Time is of the essence in this First Amendment.

d . This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

3


impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this First Amendment attached thereto.

e . Except as amended and/or modified by this First Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this First Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this First Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this First Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this First Amendment.

[Signatures are on the next page.]

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:
LIGAND PHARMACEUTICALS, INCORPORATED,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ John Sharp

Its:  

Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

 

LANDLORD:
ARE-SD REGION NO. 24, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES,
  L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, managing member
By:       ARE-QRS CORP.,
 

    a Maryland corporation,

    general partner

      By:  

/s/ Gary Dean

      Its:  

VP – RE Legal Affairs

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

5


Exhibit A

The Premises

 

LOGO

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

A-1


 

LOGO

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

A-2


Exhibit B

Control

Areas

(See attached)

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

B-1


 

LOGO

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

B-2


LOGO

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

B-3


LOGO

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

B-4


Exhibit C

Tenant’s HazMat Safety Storage Area

 

LOGO

 

  LOGO  

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not

Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

C-1


EXHIBIT B-1

FLOOR PLAN OF PREMISES

(Image)

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

CONSENT TO SUBLEASE

This Consent to Sublease (this “ Consent ”) is made as of May    , 2014, by ARE-SD REGION NO. 24, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having an address of 385 East Colorado Blvd., Suite 299, Pasadena, California 91101 (“ Landlord ”), LIGAND PHARMACEUTICALS, INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation, having an address of 11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 200, San Diego, California 92037 (“ Tenant ”), and VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation, having an address of […***…] (“ Sublessee ”) with reference to the following Recitals.

R E C I T A L S

A. Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of September 5, 2011, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated March 30, 2012 and that certain letter agreement dated January 8, 2013(as amended, the “ Lease ”), wherein Landlord leased to Tenant certain premises (the “ Premises ”) located at 11119 North Torrey Pines, La Jolla, California more particularly described therein.

B. Tenant desires to sublease to Sublessee a portion of the Premises (the “ Subleased Premises ”) more particularly described in and pursuant to the provisions of that certain Sublease dated September 26, 2013 (the “ Sublease ”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

C. Tenant desires to obtain Landlord’s consent to the Sublease.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord hereby consents to the sublease of the Subleased Premises to Sublessee, such consent being subject to and upon the following terms and conditions to which Tenant and Sublessee hereby agree:

 

1. All initially capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Consent shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

2. This Consent shall not be effective and the Sublease shall not be valid nor shall Sublessee take possession of the Subleased Premises unless and until Landlord shall have received: (a) a fully executed copy of the Sublease, (b) a fully executed counterpart of this Consent, and (c) an insurance certificate from Sublessee, as insured, evidencing no less than the insurance requirements set forth in the Lease. Tenant and Sublessee each represent and warrant to Landlord that the copy of the Sublease attached hereto as Exhibit A is true, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

3. Intentionally Deleted.

 

4.

Landlord neither approves nor disapproves the terms, conditions and agreements contained in the Sublease, all of which shall be subordinate and at all times subject to: (a) all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Lease, (b) superior ground leases, mortgages, deeds of trust, or any other hypothecation or security now existing or hereafter placed

 

C-1  


  upon the real property of which the Premises are a part and to any and all advances secured thereby and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof, and (c) all matters of record affecting the Premises and all laws, ordinances and regulations now or hereafter affecting the Premises.

 

5. Nothing contained herein or in the Sublease shall be construed to:

 

  a. modify, waive, impair, or affect any of the terms, covenants or conditions contained in the Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to obtain any required consents for any other or future sublettings), or to waive any breach thereof, or any rights or remedies of Landlord under the Lease against any person, firm, association or corporation liable for the performance thereof, or to enlarge or increase Landlord’s obligations or liabilities under the Lease (including, without limitation, any liability to Sublessee for any portion of the security deposit held by Tenant under the Sublease), and all terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease are hereby declared by each of Landlord and Tenant to be in full force and effect.

 

  b. require Landlord to accept any payments from Sublessee on behalf of Tenant, except as expressly provided in Section 8 hereof.

Tenant shall remain liable and responsible for the due keeping, performance and observance of all the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Lease on the part of the Tenant to be kept, performed and observed and for the payment of the annual rent, additional rent and all other sums now and hereafter becoming payable thereunder for all of the Premises, including, without limitation, the Subleased Premises.

 

6. Notwithstanding anything in the Sublease to the contrary:

 

  a. Sublessee does hereby expressly assume and agree to be bound by and to perform and comply with, for the benefit of Landlord, each and every obligation of Tenant under the Lease to the extent applicable to the Subleased Premises. Landlord and Sublessee each hereby release the other, and waive their respective rights of recovery against the other for direct or consequential loss or damage arising out of or incident to the perils covered by property insurance carried by such party to the extent of such insurance and waive any right of subrogation which might otherwise exist in or accrue to any person on account thereof.

 

  b. Tenant and Sublessee agree to each of the terms and conditions of this Consent, and upon any conflict between the terms of the Sublease and this Consent, the terms of this Consent shall control.

 

  c. The Sublease shall be deemed and agreed to be a sublease only and not an assignment and there shall be no further subletting or assignment of all or any portion of the Premises demised under the Lease (including the Subleased Premises demised by the Sublease) except in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease.

 

  d.

If Landlord terminates the Lease as a result of a default by Tenant thereunder or the Lease terminates for any other reason, the Sublease shall automatically terminate concurrently therewith; provided , however , if Landlord elects, in its sole and absolute discretion and without obligation, exercisable by giving written

 

C-2


  notice to Sublessee within 7 days of such termination (a “ Reinstatement Notice” ), to reinstate the Sublease and Sublessee shall attorn to Landlord, in which case the Sublease shall become and be deemed to be a direct lease between Landlord and Sublessee. If Landlord exercises the option provided under this section, Landlord shall undertake the obligations of Tenant under the Sublease from the time of the Reinstatement Notice through the expiration or earlier termination of the Sublease, but Landlord shall not (a) be liable for more than 1 month’s rent or any security deposit paid by Sublessee (except to the extent actually delivered to Landlord), (b) be liable for any prior act or omission of Tenant under the Lease prior to the Reinstatement Notice or for any other defaults of Tenant under the Sublease prior to the Reinstatement Notice, (c) be subject to any defenses or offsets previously accrued which Sublessee may have against Tenant for any period prior to the Reinstatement Notice, or (d) be bound by any changes or modifications made to the Sublease without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

  e. Tenant and Sublessee acknowledge and agree that if Tenant or Landlord elects to terminate the Lease pursuant to the terms thereof, or if Landlord and Tenant voluntarily elect to terminate the Lease, Landlord shall have no responsibility, liability or obligation to Sublessee, and the Sublease shall terminate unless reinstated in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion as expressly provided in Section 6(d) above.

 

  f. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500) in connection with Landlord’s review of this Consent.

 

7. Any act or omission of Sublessee or anyone claiming under or through Sublessee that violates any of the provisions of the Lease shall be deemed a violation of the Lease by Tenant.

 

8. Upon a default by Tenant under the Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant, any guarantors or anyone else liable under the Lease or the Sublease without first exhausting Landlord’s remedies against any other person or entity liable thereon to Landlord. If Landlord gives Sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under the Lease, Sublessee shall thereafter make directly to Landlord all payments otherwise due Tenant, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability to Landlord except to credit such payments against amounts due under the Lease. The mention in this Consent of any particular remedy shall not preclude Landlord from any other remedy in law or in equity.

 

9. Tenant shall pay any broker commissions or fees that may be payable as a result of the Sublease and Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss or liability arising therefrom or from any other commissions or fees payable in connection with the Sublease which result from the actions of Tenant. Sublessee hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss or liability arising from any commissions or fees payable in connection with the Sublease which result from the actions of Sublessee.

 

10. Tenant and Sublessee agree that the Sublease will not be modified or amended in any way without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant and Sublessee hereby agree that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any modification or amendment of the Sublease which would change the permitted use of the Subleased Premises or which would affect Landlord’s status as a real estate investment trust. Any modification or amendment of the Sublease without Landlord’s prior written consent shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

C-3


11. Intentionally Deleted.

 

12. All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the Landlord and Tenant at their notice address set forth in the Lease and to Sublessee at the address set forth below. Each party may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

 

Sublessee:    Viking Therapeutics, Inc.
   […***…]
   Attn: Brian Lian, Ph.D.

This Consent may not be changed orally, but only by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and the party against whom enforcement of any change is sought.

 

13. This Consent may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

14. This Consent and the legal relations between the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State in which the Premises are located, without regard to its principles of conflicts of law.

 

15. Each of Tenant and Sublessee, and all of the respective beneficial owners of each of Tenant and Sublessee, as applicable, are currently (a) in compliance with and, with respect to the Sublessee, shall at all times during the Term of the Sublease remain, in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “ OFAC Rules ”), (b) not listed on, and, with respect to the Sublessee, shall not during the term of the Sublease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

[ Signatures on next page ]

 

 

C-4  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord, Tenant and Sublessee have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Consent as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

   ARE-SD REGION NO. 24, LLC,
   a Delaware limited liability company
   By:    ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,
      a Delaware limited partnership,
      managing member
      By:    ARE-QRS CORP.,
         a Maryland corporation,
         general partner
         By:   

 

         Name:   

 

         Title:   

 

TENANT:

   LIGAND PHARMACEUTICALS

INCORPORATED,

a Delaware corporation

   By:   

 

   Name:   

 

   Title:   

 

SUBLESSEE:

   VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.,
   a Delaware corporation
   By:   

 

   Name:   

 

   Title:   

 

 

 

C-5


EXHIBIT D

SERVICES AGREEMENT FRAMEWORK

Duration: Effective Date – December 31, 2014

Technical and Scientific Services

(Months 1 through the end of the Sublease Term)

Project histories, study designs and former plans

Hard scientific materials transfer (compounds, tissues, supplies)

Document transfer and queries

Project spending histories

Professional Services & HR (Months 1 through the end of the Sublease Term)

Intellectual property transfer and data queries

D&O and Corporate Insurance contacts/leads

On boarding and offer letter framework

Benefits consultation

Benefits (health, vision, dental) enrollment

Administrative Services

Facilities (Months 1 through the earlier of the end of the Sublease Term or the end of month 4)

Office establishment and set-up for move-in of 5-7 full-time employees (added cube installation) no later than Effective Date

Phone system programing and management

Card key access, security

Janitorial services coordination

IT (Months 1 through 4)

Hardware procurement and set up (lap-tops and docking stations, separate server, 1 networked printer, 2 local printers)

Network establishment and management

Software license share

General Office (Months 1 through the end of the Sublease Term)

Reception management

Conference room use and scheduling

Lunch room use

General office supplies procurement

Stationary and business cards

Postage meter use

Shipping and receiving

 

D-1

Exhibit 10.12

*** Text Omitted and Filed Separately

Confidential Treatment Requested

Under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4)

and 240.24b-2

MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT

Dated May 21, 2014

by and between

Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated and Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc., on one hand,

and

Viking Therapeutics, Inc., on the other


MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of May 21, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation organized having its place of business at 11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 200, La Jolla, CA 92037 (including its successors and permitted assigns, “ Metabasis ”) and Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware corporation organized having its place of business at 11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 200, La Jolla, CA 92037 (including its successors and permitted assigns, “ Ligand ” and, together with Metabasis, the “ Ligand Party ”) on one hand, and Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation organized having its place of business at 11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50, La Jolla, CA 92037 (including its successors and permitted assigns “ Viking ”). Viking, on the one hand, and Metabasis and Ligand, together on the other hand, shall each be referred to herein as a “ Party ” or, collectively, as the “ Parties .”

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, each Ligand Party is a pharmaceutical company which has engaged in the discovery and development of the Compounds (as hereinafter defined);

WHEREAS, Viking is engaged in the research, development, manufacturing and commercialization of pharmaceuticals products, and Viking is interested in developing and commercializing products containing or comprising the Compounds;

WHEREAS, Metabasis, Ligand and Viking have entered into the Option Agreement pursuant to which Viking has an Option to acquire rights to the FBPase program on the terms and conditions set forth in the Option Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Viking desires to license from Licensor and Licensor wishes to license to Viking, on an exclusive basis, the right to develop and commercialize products comprising the Compounds, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the various promises and undertakings set forth herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

1.1 “ Adverse Event ” means any serious untoward medical occurrence in a patient or subject who is administered a Licensed Product.

1.2 “ Affiliate ” means a Person or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with a Party, but only for so long as such control exists. For the purposes of this Section 1.2, the word “ control ” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “ controlled by ” or “ under common control with ”) means the actual power, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, to direct the management and policies of such Person or entity, whether by the

 

1


ownership of at least 50% of the voting stock of such entity, or by contract or otherwise; provided, however, the use of “ Affiliate ” in this Agreement: (a) with respect to the Patents and Know-How licensed under Section 2.1(a) by Licensor shall exclude any Patents and Know-How of any Change of Control Affiliate; and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or otherwise, in all cases, all Patents, Know-How, information and materials included within the rights licensed to Viking under Section 2.1(a) by Licensor prior to the time that such Change of Control occurs shall continue to be included in the licensed rights following such Change of Control; (b) with respect to Licensor’s obligations in Section 2.3 regarding technology transfer shall exclude any Know-How of a Change of Control Affiliate; (c) with respect to Licensor’s obligations in Section 2.5 regarding non-competition shall exclude any Change of Control Affiliate only if such Change of Control Affiliate is already engaged in substantial competitive development and commercialization activities as of the date of the definitive agreement governing such Change of Control and solely with respect to such pre-existing activities; and (d) for all other purposes, including with respect to all other obligations of Licensor under this Agreement, such Change of Control Affiliate shall be bound by the terms of this Agreement following such Change of Control.

1.3 “ Calendar Quarter ” means each three month period commencing January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1, provided however that (i) the first Calendar Quarter of the Term shall extend from the Effective Date to the end of the first full Calendar Quarter thereafter, and (ii) the last Calendar Quarter of the Term shall end upon the termination of this Agreement.

1.4 “ Calendar Year ” means the period beginning on the 1 st of January and ending on the 31 st of December of the same year; provided however that (i) the first Calendar Year of the Term shall commence on the Effective Date and end on December 31 of the same calendar year as the Effective Date, and (ii) the last Calendar Year of the Term shall commence on January 1 of the Calendar Year in which this Agreement terminates or expires and end on the date of termination of this Agreement.

1.5 “ Change of Control ” means:

(a) a transaction or series of related transactions that results in the sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of a Party’s or other applicable entity’s assets; or

(b) a merger or consolidation in which a Party or other applicable entity is not the surviving corporation or in which, if a Party is the surviving corporation, the shareholders of such Party or other applicable entity immediately before the consummation of such merger or consolidation do not, immediately after consummation of such merger or consolidation, possess a majority of the voting power of all of the Party’s or other applicable entity’s outstanding stock and other securities and the power to elect a majority of the members of the Party’s or other applicable entity’s board of directors (or similar governing body); or

(c) a transaction or series of related transactions (which may include without limitation a tender offer for a Party’s or other applicable entity’s stock or the issuance, sale or exchange of stock of a Party or other applicable entity) if the shareholders of such Party or other applicable entity immediately before the initial such transaction do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or any of such related transactions, own stock or other securities of the entity that possesses a majority of the voting power of all of the Party’s or other applicable entity’s outstanding stock and other securities and the power to elect a majority of the members of the Party’s or other applicable entity’s board of directors (or similar governing body).

 

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control with respect to a Ligand Party shall not include any of the following: (i) a sale, lease, license, other disposition, merger or consolidation in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of a Ligand Party’s assets to an Affiliate of such Ligand Party; (ii) a reincorporation of a Ligand Party solely to change its jurisdiction; or (iii) a transaction undertaken for the primary purpose of creating a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportion by the persons who held the Ligand Party’s securities immediately before such transaction.

1.6 “ Change of Control Affiliate ” means a Third Party that controls Ligand due to a Change of Control of Ligand occurring after the Effective Date (with “control” having the meaning set forth in “Affiliate” above). For clarity, a Third Party that Ligand or Metabasis controls is not a Change of Control Affiliate.

1.7 “ Clinical Trial ” means a Phase 1 Trial, a Phase 2 Trial or a Phase 3 Trial.

1.8 “ Combination Product ” means a product containing a Licensed Product together with one or more other active ingredients, or with one or more products, devices, pieces of equipment or components.

1.9 “ Commercialization ” or “ Commercialize ” means any and all activities undertaken at any time for a particular Licensed Product and that relate to the manufacturing for commercial sale, marketing, promoting, distributing, importing or exporting for sale, offering for sale, and selling of a Licensed Product, and interacting with Regulatory Authorities regarding the foregoing.

1.10 “ Commercially Reasonable Efforts ” means, (a) with respect to the efforts to be expended by any Party with respect to any objective, such reasonable, diligent, and good faith efforts normally used to accomplish a similar objective under similar circumstances, and (b) with respect to any objective relating to Development or Commercialization of a particular Licensed Product by Viking, the application by Viking of efforts and resources, including reasonably necessary personnel, equivalent to the efforts that a similarly situated biotechnology company would typically devote to a product at a similar stage in its product life as such Licensed Product and having profit potential and strategic value comparable to that of such Licensed Product, taking into account, without limitation, commercial, legal and regulatory factors, target product profiles, product labeling, past product performance, the regulatory environment and competitive market conditions in the therapeutic area, safety and efficacy of such Licensed Product, the strength of its proprietary position and such other factors as Viking may reasonably consider, all based on conditions then prevailing. Commercially Reasonable Efforts will not mean that a Party commits that it will actually accomplish the applicable task.

1.11 “ Competing Product ” means any product an active pharmaceutical ingredient of which is any one or more of the Compounds listed on S CHEDULE 1 . For clarity, a Competing Product shall be determined by reference to the Compounds set forth on S CHEDULE 1 as of the Effective Date; provided, that FBPase Compounds shall be determined by reference to FBPase Compounds set forth S CHEDULE 1 as updated as of the date of the payment of the Exercise Fee; provided further, if the Option expires prior to the payment of the Exercise Fee by Viking, no FBPase Compounds shall be deemed listed on S CHEDULE 1 .

1.12 “ Compound(s) ” means (a) DGAT-1 Compounds, (b) EPOR Compounds, (c) SARM Compounds, (d) TR-Beta Compounds, and (e) FBPase Compounds; provided, that no FBPase Compounds shall be included in this definition if the Option expires prior to the payment of the Exercise Fee by Viking.

 

3


1.13 “ Confidential Information ” of a Party means information relating to the business, operations and products of a Party or any of its Affiliates, including but not limited to, any technical information, Know-How, trade secrets, or inventions (whether patentable or not), not known or generally available to the public, that such Party discloses to the other Party under this Agreement, or which otherwise becomes known to the other Party by virtue of this Agreement.

1.14 “ Controlled ” means, with respect to (a) Patent Rights, (b) Know-How or (c) biological, chemical or physical material, that a Party or one of its Affiliates owns or has a license or sublicense to such Patent Rights, Know-How or material (or in the case of material, has the right to physical possession of such material) and has the ability to grant a sublicense to such Patent Rights, Know-How or material as provided for in this Agreement without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with any Third Party.

1.15 “ Cover ”, “ Covering ” or “ Covered ” means, with respect to a Licensed Product, that the manufacturing, importing, using, selling, or offering for sale of such Licensed Product would, but for a license granted under this Agreement to the relevant Patent Rights, infringe a Valid Claim of the relevant Patent Rights in the country in which the activity occurs.

1.16 “ Development ” or “ Develop ” means, with respect to a Licensed Product, the performance of all pre-clinical, clinical and other development (including, without limitation, toxicology, pharmacology, test method development and stability testing, process development, formulation development, quality control development, statistical analysis) and Clinical Trials.

1.17 “ DGAT-1 Compounds ” means Metabasis’ MB11210 compound, and any other compounds comprised by the DGAT-1 Patents, and any salts, hydrates, solvates, esters, metabolites, intermediates, stereoisomers, polymorphs, and derivatives of such compounds. The DGAT-1 Compounds include those compounds listed on S CHEDULE 1 hereto under the heading “DGAT-1 Compounds” (which is correct as of the Effective Date).

1.18 “ DGAT-1 Patents ” means all Patent Rights set forth on S CHEDULE 4 hereto under the heading “DGAT-1 Patents” (which is correct as of the Effective Date and which shall be updated as set forth in Section 2.6 to include any new Patent Right Controlled by Licensor during the Term which Covers any DGAT-1 Compounds or the DGAT-1 Program).

1.19 “ DGAT-1 Program ” means the research and development program particularly pertaining to the DGAT-1 Compounds which was heretofore conducted by Licensor and which is anticipated to be conducted after the Effective Date by Viking.

1.20 “ EMA ” means the European Medicines Agency or any successor agency.

1.21 “ EPOR Compounds ” means Ligand’s LG5640 compound, and any other compounds comprised by the EPOR Patents, and any salts, hydrates, solvates, esters, metabolites, intermediates, stereoisomers, polymorphs, and derivatives of such compounds. The EPOR Compounds include those compounds listed on S CHEDULE 1 hereto under the heading “EPOR Compounds” (which is correct as of the Effective Date).

 

4


1.22 “ EPOR Patents ” means all Patent Rights set forth on S CHEDULE 4 hereto under the heading “EPOR Patents” (which is correct as of the Effective Date and which shall be updated as set forth in Section 2.6 to include any new Patent Right Controlled by Licensor during the Term which Covers any EPOR Compounds or the EPOR Program).

1.23 “ EPOR Program ” means the research and development program particularly pertaining to the EPOR Compounds which was heretofore conducted by Licensor and which is anticipated to be conducted after the Effective Date by Viking.

1.24 “ European Commission ” means the authority within the European Union that has the legal authority to grant Regulatory Approvals in the European Union based on input received from the EMA or other competent Regulatory Authorities.

1.25 “ Exercise Fee ” means the option exercise fee payable by Viking to Metabasis pursuant to the Option Agreement and S CHEDULE  6 of this Agreement.

1.26 “ FBPase Compounds ” means Licensor’s proprietary fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase inhibitors known as CS-917 and MB07803, and any other compounds comprised by the FBPase Patents, and any salts, hydrates, solvates, esters, metabolites, intermediates, stereoisomers, polymorphs, and derivatives of such compounds. The FBPase Compounds include those compounds listed on S CHEDULE  1 hereto under the heading “FBPase Compounds” (which is correct as of the Effective Date but which shall be updated as of the date of the payment of the Exercise Fee).

1.27 “ FBPase Patents ” means all Patent Rights set forth on S CHEDULE 4 hereto under the heading “FBPase Patents” (which is correct as of the Effective Date but which shall be updated as of the date of the payment of the Exercise Fee and further updated as set forth in Section 2.6 to include any new Patent Right Controlled by Licensor during the Term which Covers any FBPase Compounds or the FBPase Program).

1.28 “ FBPase Program ” means the research and development program particularly pertaining to the FBPase Compounds conducted by Licensor prior to, and which is anticipated to be conducted by Viking after, the payment of the Exercise Fee.

1.29 “ FDA ” means the United States Food and Drug Administration, or a successor federal agency thereto.

1.30 “ Field ” means all therapeutic and diagnostic uses in humans or animals.

1.31 “ Financing Transaction ” means the earliest to occur of a Public Offering or a Private Financing, in either case in connection with which Viking becomes obligated to issue Viking Securities to Metabasis and Ligand pursuant to this Agreement.

1.32 “ First Commercial Sale ” means, with respect to a Licensed Product in any country, the first commercial transfer or disposition for value of such Licensed Product in such country to a Third Party by Viking, an Affiliate of Viking or a Sublicensee after Regulatory Approval therefor has been obtained in such country.

1.33 “ GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

 

5


1.34 “ Governmental Body ” means any: (a) nation, principality, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, subdivision, department, agency, bureau, branch, office, commission, council, board, instrumentality, officer, official, representative, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other tribunal); (d) multi-national or supranational organization or body; or (e) individual, entity, or body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any executive, legislative, judicial, administrative, regulatory, police, military or taxing authority or power of any nature.

1.35 “ IND ” means an Investigational New Drug application submitted to the FDA, or equivalent application submitted to a Regulatory Authority in any regulatory jurisdiction outside the United States, seeking authorization to test a drug product in humans in order to generate data necessary for submission of an NDA.

1.36 “ Indication ” means a generally acknowledged disease or condition, a significant manifestation of a disease or condition, or symptoms associated with a disease or condition or a risk for a disease or condition. For the avoidance of doubt, all variants of a single disease or condition (whether classified by severity or otherwise) shall be treated as the same Indication.

1.37 “ Initiation ” means, with respect to a Clinical Trial for a Licensed Product, the enrollment of the first subject or patient in such Clinical Trial.

1.38 “ IPO Price ” means the offering price to the public, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, of the securities of Viking sold and issued in the Public Offering.

1.39 “ Know-How ” means any scientific or technical information, results and data of any type whatsoever, in any tangible or intangible form whatsoever, that is not in the public domain or otherwise publicly known, including, without limitation, discoveries, inventions, trade secrets, databases, practices, protocols, regulatory filings, methods, processes, techniques, software, works of authorship, plans, concepts, ideas, biological and other materials, reagents, specifications, formulations, formulae, data (including, but not limited to, pharmacological, biological, chemical, toxicological, clinical and analytical information, quality control, trial and stability data), case reports forms, data analyses, reports, studies and procedures, designs for experiments and tests and results of experimentation and testing (including results of research or development), summaries and information contained in submissions to and information from ethical committees, the FDA or other Regulatory Authorities, and manufacturing process and development information, results and data, whether or not patentable, all to the extent not claimed or disclosed in a patent or pending patent application. The fact that an item is known to the public shall not be taken to exclude the possibility that a compilation including the item, and/or a development relating to the item, is (and remains) not known to the public. “Know-How” includes any rights including copyright, moral, trade-secret, database or design rights protecting such Know-How. “Know-How” excludes Patent Rights.

1.40 “ Knowledge ” means the knowledge, information or belief that […***…].

1.41 “ Law ” or “ Laws ” means all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances and other pronouncements having the binding effect of law of any Governmental Body.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

6


1.42 “ Licensor ” means Metabasis, Ligand and any of their Affiliates.

1.43 “ Licensed Product ” means any pharmaceutical product, in any dosage form, formulation, presentation or package configuration that is commercialized or undergoing research or pre-clinical or clinical development that contains or comprises, in part or in whole, one or any combination of the following: (i) a DGAT-1 Compound; (ii) an EPOR Compound; (iii) a SARM Compound; (iv) a TR-Beta Compound; and (v) an FBPase Compound; provided, that no FBPase Compounds shall be included in this definition if the Option expires prior to the payment of the Exercise Fee by Viking.

1.44 “ Licensed Programs ” means (i) the DGAT-1 Program, (ii) EPOR Program, (iii) SARM Program, (iv) TR-Beta Program, and (v) the FBPase Program; provided, that the FBPase Program shall not be included in this definition if the Option expires prior to the payment of the Exercise Fee by Viking.

1.45 “ Licensor Know-How ” means all Know-How that is Controlled by Licensor and that (a) pertains directly to or is necessary for one or more of the Licensed Programs or (b) is actually used in one or more of the Licensed Programs. The Licensor Know-How shall include, but not be limited to, all Know-How set forth on S CHEDULE 2 hereto (which is correct as of the Effective Date); provided, that no Know-How that pertains directly to, is necessary for or is actually used in the FBPase Program shall be included in this definition if the Option expires prior to the payment of the Exercise Fee by Viking. Promptly following payment of the Exercise Fee, Licensor shall update S CHEDULE 2 to include such additional Know-How that pertains directly to, is necessary for or is actually used in the FBPase Program.

1.46 “ Licensor Materials ” means all physical quantities of Compounds set forth on S CHEDULE 3 hereto (which is correct as of the Effective Date); provided, that no physical quantities of FBPase Compounds shall be included in this definition if the Option expires prior to the payment of the Exercise Fee by Viking. Promptly following payment of the Exercise Fee, Licensor shall update S CHEDULE  3 to include all physical quantities of FBPase Compounds.

1.47 “ Licensor Patents ” means (i) the DGAT-1 Patents, (ii) EPOR Patents, (iii) SARM Patents, (iv) TR-Beta Patents, and (v) the FBPase Patents; provided, that no FBPase Patents shall be included in this definition if the Option expires prior to the payment of the Exercise Fee by Viking.

1.48 “ Licensor Technology ” means the Licensor Patents, the Licensor Know-How and the Licensor Materials.

1.49 “ Loan and Security Agreement ” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated the Effective Date, in the form attached hereto as S CHEDULE   1.49 , and as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to its terms.

1.50 “ Major Market ” means any of the […***…].

1.51 “ NDA ” means a New Drug Application submitted pursuant to the requirements of the FDA, as more fully defined in 21 U.S. CFR § 314.3 et seq., a Biologics License Application submitted pursuant to the requirements of the FDA, as more fully defined in 21 U.S. CFR § 601, and any equivalent application submitted in any country, including a European Marketing Authorization Application, together, in each case, with all additions, deletions or supplements thereto.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

7


1.52 “ NDA Approval ” means the receipt of notice from the relevant Regulatory Authority that an NDA for a Licensed Product has met all the criteria for marketing approval.

1.53 “ Net Sales ” means the […***…] to unrelated Third Parties for a Licensed Product, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis, less:

[…***…]

Notwithstanding the foregoing, […***…] for sales of such Licensed Product among […***…] for resale shall not be included in the computation of Net Sales.

In the event that a Licensed Product is Commercialized as part of a Combination Product for a single price, the Net Sales for such Licensed Product shall be calculated by […***…] the sales price of such Combination Product […***…] in the Combination Product.

1.54 “ Option ” means the exclusive right and option granted to Viking by Metabasis pursuant to the Option Agreement.

1.55 “ Option Agreement ” means that certain Option Agreement, dated September 27, 2012, by and among Metabasis, Ligand and Viking, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Option Agreement, by and among Metabasis, Ligand and Viking dated as of the Effective Date (as may be further amended or restated from time to time pursuant to its terms).

1.56 “ Patent Right ” means: (a) an issued or granted patent, a pending patent application and any patents that may be issued or granted therefrom and any extension, supplemental protection certificate, registration, confirmation, reissue, reexamination, extension, renewal, continuation,

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

8


divisional, continuation-in-part, substitute or provisional application of any of the foregoing; and (b) all counterparts or foreign equivalents of any of the foregoing issued by or filed in any country or other jurisdiction.

1.57 “ Person ” means any natural person, corporation, firm, business trust, joint venture, association, organization, company, partnership or other business entity, or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

1.58 “ Phase 1 Trial ” means, as to a specific Licensed Product, a clinical study in humans of the safety of such Licensed Product, which is prospectively designed to generate sufficient data (if successful) to commence a Phase 2 Trial (or foreign equivalent) of such product, as further defined in Federal Regulation 21 C.F.R. 312.21(a), as amended from time to time, or the corresponding regulation in jurisdictions other than the United States.

1.59 “ Phase 2 Trial ” means, as to a specific Licensed Product, a clinical study, conducted anywhere in the world in diseased humans, of the feasibility, safety, dose ranging and efficacy of such Licensed Product, that is prospectively designed to generate sufficient data (if successful) to commence a Phase 3 Trial (or foreign equivalent) of such product, as further defined in 21 C.F.R. 312.21(b), as amended from time to time, or the corresponding regulation in jurisdictions other than the United States. For the avoidance of doubt, a Phase 2 Trial requires enrollment of patients with the applicable disease or condition and is aimed to provide a measure of efficacy in addition to short-term tolerability.

1.60 “ Phase 3 Trial ” means, as to a specific Licensed Product, a clinical study in humans performed to gain evidence of the efficacy of such Licensed Product in a target population, and to obtain expanded evidence of safety for such product that is needed to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of such product and provide an adequate basis for physician labeling, as described in 21 C.F.R. 312.21(c), as amended from time to time, or the corresponding regulation in jurisdictions other than the United States. For the purposes of the milestone payments in S CHEDULE  7 , a “Phase 3 Trial” shall be a clinical trial which is submitted by Viking or a Sublicensee to the Regulatory Authority as a Phase 3 Trial or as a pivotal Phase 2clinical trial.

1.61 “ Private Financing Price ” means the lowest price per share at which Viking sells and issues Viking Securities to an investor, excluding Ligand and Metabasis, in the Private Financing.

1.62 “ Regulatory Authority ” means (a) the FDA, (b) the EMA or the European Commission, or (c) any regulatory body with similar regulatory authority over pharmaceutical or biotechnology products in any other jurisdiction anywhere in the world.

1.63 “ Regulatory Approval ” means any and all approvals, licenses, registrations, or authorizations of the relevant Regulatory Authority, necessary for the Commercialization of a Licensed Product in a particular country or jurisdiction (but not including any pricing or reimbursement approvals that are commercially necessary prior to commercial sale of such Licensed Product in such country or jurisdiction).

1.64 “ Royalty Term ” means, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, the period from the First Commercial Sale of a given Licensed Product in such country until the later of the last date on which such Licensed Product is Covered by a Valid Claim within the Licensor Patents in such country or the […***…] anniversary of the First Commercial

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

9


Sale of such Licensed Product in such country. In a country where a Valid Claim of a Licensor Patent Covering the Licensed Product does not exist, the Royalty Term means, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, the period from the First Commercial Sale of such Licensed Product in such country until the later of […***…] or the […***…] anniversary of such First Commercial Sale of such Licensed Product in such country.

1.65 “ SARM Compounds ” means Ligand’s LGD-4033 compound, and any other compounds comprised by the SARM Patents, and any salts, hydrates, solvates, esters, metabolites, intermediates, stereoisomers, polymorphs, and derivatives of such compounds. The SARM Compounds include those compounds listed on S CHEDULE 1 hereto under the heading “SARM Compounds” (which is correct as of the Effective Date).

1.66 “ SARM Patents ” means all Patent Rights set forth on S CHEDULE 4 hereto under the heading “SARM Patents” (which is correct as of the Effective Date and which shall be updated as set forth in Section 2.6 to include any new Patent Right Controlled by Licensor during the Term which Covers any SARM Compounds or the SARM Program).

1.67 “ SARM Program ” means the research and development program particularly pertaining to the SARM Compounds which was heretofore conducted by Licensor and which is anticipated to be conducted after the Effective Date by Viking.

1.68 “ Sublicensee ” means a Person other than an Affiliate of Viking to which Viking (or its Affiliate) has, pursuant to Section 2.2, granted sublicense rights under any of the license rights granted under Section 2.1. “ Sublicense ” shall be construed accordingly.

1.69 “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.

1.70 “ Territory ” means worldwide.

1.71 “ Third Party ” means any Person other than Licensor, Viking or its Affiliates, or any Sublicensees.

1.72 “ Third Party Action ” means any claim or action made by a Third Party against either Party that claims that a Licensed Product, or its use, Development, manufacture or sale infringes such Third Party’s intellectual property rights.

1.73 “ TR-Beta Compounds ” means Metabasis’ MB07811 and MB10866 compounds, and any other compounds comprised by the TR-Beta Patents, and any salts, hydrates, solvates, esters, metabolites, intermediates, stereoisomers, polymorphs, and derivatives of such compounds. The TR-Beta Compounds include those compounds listed on S CHEDULE 1 hereto under the heading “TR-Beta Compounds” (which is correct as of the Effective Date).

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

10


1.74 “ TR-Beta Patents ” means all Patent Rights set forth on S CHEDULE 4 hereto under the heading “TR-Beta Patents” (which is correct as of the Effective Date and which shall be updated as set forth in Section 2.6 to include any new Patent Right Controlled by Licensor during the Term which Covers any TR-Beta Compounds or the TR-Beta Program).

1.75 “ TR-Beta Program ” means the research and development program particularly pertaining to the TR-Beta Compounds which was heretofore conducted by Licensor and which is anticipated to be conducted after the Effective Date by Viking.

1.76 “ United States ” or “ US ” means the United States of America and its territories and possessions.

1.77 “ Valid Claim ” means (a) a claim of an issued patent which has not expired or lapsed, which claim (or patent as a whole) has not been held or declared revoked, unenforceable or invalid by a decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction and which claim (or patent as a whole) is not admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, disclaimer or otherwise, or (b) a claim of a pending patent application that has not been abandoned, finally rejected or expired without the possibility of appeal or refiling […***…].

1.78 The definition of each of the following terms is set forth in the section of the Agreement indicated below:

Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5 (b).

Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

Controlling Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(c).

Development Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Disclosure ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.21.

Financial Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.21.

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4.

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4.

Licensor Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

Lock-Up Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(e).

Private Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b).

Public Offering ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b).

Qualified Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a).

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

11


Securities Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b).

Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Viking Equity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b).

Viking Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.

Viking Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b).

ARTICLE II

LICENSES AND OTHER RIGHTS

2.1 Grant of License to Viking .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Viking and its Affiliates an exclusive (even as to Licensor), perpetual, irrevocable (both of the immediately foregoing, subject to Section 10 below), worldwide, royalty-bearing right and license (with the right to sublicense, and to further sublicense, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2 and the right to have any rights granted exercised by a third party contractor for the benefit and account of Viking) under the Licensor Technology to research, Develop, manufacture, have manufactured, use and Commercialize the Licensed Products in and for the Field.

(b) Unless and until Viking duly and timely pays the Exercise Fee, Viking, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby covenants not to exercise the license granted in Section 2.1(a) with respect to the Licensor Technology to research, Develop, manufacture, have manufactured, use or Commercialize any Licensed Product that contains or comprises, in part or in whole, an FBPase Compound (the “ FBPase Licensor Technology ”). If the Option expires prior to the payment of the Exercise Fee by Viking, the license granted in Section 2.1(a) shall immediately terminate with respect to all FBPase Licensor Technology and neither Viking nor any Affiliate shall have any rights hereunder to such FBPase Licensor Technology or to research, Develop, manufacture, have manufactured, use or Commercialize any Licensed Product that contains or comprises, in part or in whole, an FBPase Compound.

(c) To the maximum extent permitted by contract or otherwise, each Change of Control Affiliate which becomes a Change of Control Affiliate as a result of a Change of Control of Ligand occurring after the Effective Date but prior to the […***…] hereby covenants not to make or bring directly or indirectly (or assist, enable or in any way facilitate any other person or entity in making or bringing) any threat, claim, allegation, assertion, complaint, filing, lawsuit, investigation, administrative proceeding or other legal, governmental or other proceeding or action alleging infringement of, misappropriation of or improper use or exercise of Patent Rights, Know-How or other rights or materials directly or indirectly Controlled by such Change of Control Affiliate against Viking, any of its Affiliates, any of its Sublicensees or such Sublicensees’ Affiliates and any of any of the foregoing’s respective distributors, resellers, customers, end users, manufacturers, vendors, suppliers, contractors, agents or similar parties in connection with the Licensor Materials, Licensed Products or Licensed Programs, the research, Development, manufacture, use or Commercialization of Licensor Materials, Licensed Products and Licensed Programs or the exercise of any rights granted or performance of any obligations under this Agreement.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

12


2.2 Grant of Sublicenses by Viking . Except as set forth in Section 2.2(a) below, Viking shall have the right, subject to providing notice to Ligand, to grant Sublicenses, in whole or in part, under the license granted in Section 2.1 to Licensed Products containing or comprising, in part or in whole, a DGAT-1 Compound, an EPOR Compound, a TR-Beta Compound or, following payment of the Exercise Fee, an FBPase Compound. For clarity, no Sublicenses under the license granted in Section 2.1 to Licensed Products containing or comprising, in part or in whole, an FBPase Compound may be granted by Viking until payment of the Exercise Fee.

(a) With respect to the license granted in Section 2.1 to Licensed Products containing or comprising, in part or in whole, a SARM Compound, the prior written consent of Ligand shall be required to grant a Sublicense thereunder, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, provided that Ligand’s prior written consent shall not be required if such Sublicense (i) is granted on or after […***…], (iii) is a sublicense of Viking’s right to Develop or for the purposes of Development, or (iv) is a sublicense of Viking’s right to Commercialize or for the purposes of Commercialization where, in each case, the Sublicensee is not entitled to book sales of the applicable Product.

(b) Viking shall include within every Sublicense express provisions (i) binding the Sublicensee to all of the duties, obligations, restrictions and acknowledgements hereunder of Viking which are applicable, except that the Sublicensees need not pay Royalties or make milestone payments directly to the applicable Ligand Party or provide royalty reports directly to Ligand, and (ii) stating that the Sublicense shall automatically terminate upon the termination of this Agreement. Moreover, such provisions shall (as between Licensor and the Sublicensee) be deemed to be included in all Sublicenses whether or not such provisions are expressly included therein. Viking shall ensure that all of its Sublicensees shall comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (as applicable to them) and Viking shall be and remain fully responsible for the compliance by such Sublicensees with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (as applicable to them) as if such Sublicensees were Viking hereunder. The granting by Viking of a Sublicense shall not relieve Viking of any of its obligations hereunder. Except for Sublicenses as expressly allowed herein, Viking acknowledges that it has no right to, and agrees not to purport to, grant to anyone a sublicense under the Licensor Technology.

2.3 Technology Transfer .

(a) As soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, but in no event later than […***…], Licensor will communicate and transfer to Viking, at […***…] cost and expense, all Licensor Know-How Controlled by Licensor as of the Effective Date and Licensor Materials available to Licensor as of the Effective Date. Viking shall confirm in writing having received such Licensor Know-How and Licensor Materials delivered by Licensor.

(b) As soon as reasonably practicable after payment of the Exercise Fee by Viking, but in no event later than […***…], Licensor will communicate and transfer to Viking, at […***…] cost and expense, all Licensor Know-How related to the FBPase Program Controlled by Licensor as of such date and Licensor Materials related to the FBPase Program available to Licensor as of such date. Viking shall confirm in writing having received such Licensor Know-How and Licensor Materials delivered by Licensor.

(c) As soon as reasonably practicable after any updates to the Licensor Know-How or the Licensor Materials are created or developed after the Effective Date, but not more

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

13


frequently than […***…], Licensor will communicate and transfer to Viking, at […***…] cost and expense, all such Licensor Know-How Controlled by Licensor and Licensor Materials available to Licensor.

2.4 Procedures for Technology Transfer . The technology transfers set forth in Section 2.3 shall occur in an orderly fashion and in a manner such that the value, usefulness and confidentiality of the transferred Licensor Know-How and Licensor Materials are preserved in all material respects.

2.5 Viking Exclusivity .

(a) Licensor, following the issuance of Viking Securities pursuant to Section 5.1(b) and thereafter during the Royalty Term, shall not directly or indirectly (i) develop, manufacture, have manufactured, use, sell, offer for sale, import or export a Competing Product the active pharmaceutical ingredient of which is any one or more of the DGAT-1 Compounds, EPOR Compounds, SARM Compounds or TR-Beta Compounds listed on S CHEDULE 1 , (ii) seek to develop, manufacture, have manufactured, use, sell, offer for sale, import or export any such Competing Product, or (iii) assist, in any respect, any Third Party in developing, manufacturing, having manufactured, using, selling, offering for sale, importing or exporting any such Competing Product.

(b) Licensor, following payment of the Exercise Fee by Viking and thereafter during the Royalty Term, shall not directly or indirectly (i) develop, manufacture, have manufactured, use, sell, offer for sale, import or export a Competing Product the active pharmaceutical ingredient of which is any one or more of the FBPase Compounds listed on S CHEDULE 1 , (ii) seek to develop, manufacture, have manufactured, use, sell, offer for sale, import or export any such Competing Product, or (iii) assist, in any respect, any Third Party in developing, manufacturing, having manufactured, using, selling, offering for sale, importing or exporting any such Competing Product.

(c) The aforementioned restrictions shall remain in effect in the event of Change of Control of Licensor with respect to Licensor and all Affiliates and shall also apply to any successor or assignee (other than to any substantial competitive development and commercialization activities of a successor/assignee which is a Change of Control Affiliate and which activities were already in existence as of the date of the definitive agreement governing such Change of Control and solely with respect to such pre-existing activities). Notwithstanding the restrictions on Licensor’s activities set forth in this Section 2.5, Viking acknowledges and agrees that Metabasis (or a Third Party collaborator of Metabasis) may develop, manufacture, have manufactured, use, sell, offer for sale, import or export any product the active pharmaceutical ingredient of which is […***…] (or any salts, hydrates, solvates, esters, metabolites, intermediates, stereoisomers, polymorphs, and derivatives of such compound), including without limitation, […***…]. For clarity, any such product shall not be a “Competing Product” as defined in this Agreement.

2.6 Updating of S CHEDULE 4 . From time to time, but not more than […***…], Viking may request and Licensor shall update S CHEDULE  4 to include any Patent Right Controlled by Licensor which Covers any Compound or the Licensed Programs not already included in S CHEDULE  4 . Any such request shall be in writing.

2.7 No Other Rights or Licenses Granted . Nothing in this Agreement grants to Viking any right or license under any intellectual property or license of Licensor except as set forth in this Agreement.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

14


ARTICLE III

DEVELOPMENT, MANUFACTURE AND COMMERCIALIZATION OF LICENSED PRODUCTS

3.1 Development of Licensed Products by Viking . Viking shall have the exclusive right, and sole responsibility and decision-making authority, to research and Develop any Licensed Products and to conduct (either itself or through its Affiliates, agents, subcontractors and/or Sublicensees) all clinical trials and non-clinical studies Viking believes appropriate to obtain Regulatory Approval for the Licensed Products in any Indication. The Development of each Licensed Product shall be governed by a Viking development plan that accurately describes the proposed overall program of Development (each, a “ Development Plan ”), which Development Plan shall be updated by Viking at least […***…] annually before the First Commercial Sale of the applicable Licensed Product. Viking shall provide Ligand a copy of the initial Development Plans within […***…] and shall provide a copy of all updates thereto within […***…]. Viking shall have the sole right and responsibility for preparing the Development Plan for each Licensed Product, and shall in all events have the sole decision-making authority regarding each Development Plan and the Development of the Licensed Product, including the determination of the […***…]. Viking shall, at least […***…] each […***…], provide to Ligand a written update report regarding the progress of the Licensed Programs which are in Development.

3.2 Commercialization . Viking shall have the sole decision-making authority and responsibility and the exclusive right, to Commercialize any Licensed Products itself or through one or more Sublicensees or other Third Parties selected by Viking and shall have the sole decision-making authority and responsibility in all matters relating to the Commercialization of the Licensed Products. On a Licensed Program-by-Licensed program basis, Viking shall, at least […***…] each […***…] for a related Licensed Product, provide to Ligand an update report regarding the progress of the Licensed Programs.

3.3 Clinical and Commercial Manufacturing . Viking shall have the exclusive right to manufacture or have manufactured any Licensed Product itself or through one or more Sublicensees selected by Viking.

3.4 Diligence by Viking . Subject to Licensor’s fulfillment of its obligations under this Agreement, Viking shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to (a) Develop […***…] from each Licensed Program, (b) Commercialize […***…] from each Licensed Program in at least the […***…], (c) on a country-by-country basis, perform the First Commercial Sale no later than [...***...] following the date of Regulatory Approval for the first Licensed Product from a Licensed Program in a Major Market, and (d) engage in Substantial Development Activities as set forth on S CHEDULE 5 .

3.5 Right to Subcontract of Viking . Viking may exercise any of the rights or obligations that Viking may have under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any of the rights licensed in Section 2.1 hereof) by Sublicensing, but any Sublicense granted or entered into by Viking as contemplated by this Section 3.5 or any Sublicensee’s exercise or performance of all or any portion of the rights or obligations that Viking may have under this Agreement shall not relieve Viking from any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

15


3.6 Compliance with Law . Viking agrees that the conduct of the Licensed Programs, the use of the Licensor Technology, and all Development, manufacture and Commercialization of the Licensed Products by it and its Affiliates and Sublicensees shall comply in all material respects with all applicable international, federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, environmental, occupational safety/health, privacy, safety and import/export restrictions, laws, rules and regulations.

3.7 Costs and Expenses. Except as otherwise provided herein or agreed between the Parties, as between Licensor and Viking, Viking shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses related to Development, manufacture and Commercialization of the Licensed Products, including without limitation costs and expenses associated with all pre-clinical activities and clinical trials, and all regulatory filings and proceedings relating to the Licensed Products.

3.8 Patent Marking . Viking agrees that with respect to each unit or package of Licensed Products sold in a given country, Viking and its Affiliates shall comply with the customary patent marking laws and practices of such country as to the applicable Licensor Patents.

3.9 Trademarks . As between Licensor and Viking, Viking shall have the sole authority to select trademarks for the Licensed Products and shall own all such trademarks. Licensor does not grant Viking the right to use any trademarks of Licensor.

ARTICLE IV

REGULATORY MATTERS

4.1 Regulatory Filings . As between Licensor and Viking, Viking shall own and maintain all regulatory filings made after the Effective Date and all Regulatory Approvals for the Licensed Products.

4.2 Communications with Authorities . Viking (or one of its Affiliates or Sublicensees) shall be responsible for and act as the sole point of contact for communications with Regulatory Authorities in connection with the Development, Commercialization, and manufacturing of Licensed Products. At the request of Viking, Licensor shall make available to Viking, […***…], a qualified representative who shall, together with the representatives of Viking, participate in and contribute to meetings with the Regulatory Authorities with respect to regulatory matters relating solely to the Licensor Technology.

4.3 Adverse Event Reporting . Each Party agrees to comply with any and all Laws that are applicable to it as of the Effective Date and thereafter during the Term in connection with Licensed Product safety data collection and reporting (and, if applicable, recalls). Viking shall report to Ligand any Adverse Event immediately pursuant to Section 11.8.

ARTICLE V

FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Loan and Security Agreement and Issuance of Viking Securities .

(a) As partial consideration for Licensor’s grant of the rights and licenses to Viking hereunder, Viking has entered into the Loan and Security Agreement, pursuant to which Ligand will extend loans to Viking.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

16


(b) As partial consideration for Licensor’s grant of the rights and licenses to Viking hereunder, upon the consummation by Viking of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), on Form S-1 (as defined in the Securities Act) or any successor form (the “ Public Offering ”), Viking shall issue to Metabasis and Ligand as set forth on S CHEDULE 6 that number of shares of the same class and type of securities issued and sold by Viking in the Public Offering (“ Viking Equity ”). such Viking Equity to be issued at the closing of the Public Offering and at the price at which such Viking Equity is sold to the public, as set forth in S CHEDULE 6 ; provided that, in the event Viking desires to consummate a private financing of its equity securities prior to consummating a Public Offering (the “ Private Financing ”), then Ligand, on behalf of itself and Metabasis, shall have the option of converting all, but not less than all, of the amounts listed on S CHEDULE 6 into shares of the same class and type of securities issued and sold by Viking in such Private Financing at the closing of such Private Financing and at the price at which the securities are sold to Third Party investors in such Private Financing, in lieu of receiving any Viking Equity. For clarity, if Ligand does not elect to convert the amounts listed on S CHEDULE 6 in a Private Financing, the obligation of Viking to issue Viking Equity under this Section 5.1 to Ligand and Metabasis shall remain in full force and effect, and if Viking thereafter desires to consummate a subsequent Private Financing, Ligand and Metabasis shall have the option set forth above with respect to such subsequent Private Financing. This Agreement and the licenses contemplated under this Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date notwithstanding that the Viking securities (including the Viking Equity) (collectively, “ Viking Securities ”) are not issued or issuable until the closing of a Public Offering or Private Financing, as applicable.

(c) Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Viking, Ligand and Metabasis are entering into a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, providing for the registration of the resale of the Viking Securities issuable hereunder.

(d) Immediately following the closing of the Public Offering or Private Financing, as applicable, Viking shall deliver to Ligand and Metabasis a certificate or certificates representing the Viking Securities issued to each of them hereunder. All certificates for the Viking Securities issued hereunder shall bear the following legends:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. THE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR PLEDGED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF SUCH ACT.

(e) Licensor hereby agrees (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates) that it shall not, to the extent requested by Viking or an underwriter of securities of Viking, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Viking Securities or other securities of Viking then or thereafter owned by Licensor for up to 180 days following the date of the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to an effective registration statement of Viking filed under the Securities Act (the “ Lock-Up Period ”). For purposes of this Section 5.1(e), the term “Viking” shall include any wholly-owned subsidiary of Viking into which Viking merges or consolidates. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, Viking shall have the right to place the restrictive legend below on the certificates

 

17


representing Viking Securities subject to this Section 5.1(e) and to impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Viking Securities and such other Viking securities held by Licensor (and the shares or securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such Lock-Up Period. Licensor further agrees to enter into (and to cause each Affiliate thereof that holds Viking Securities to enter into) any agreement reasonably required by any underwriter to implement the foregoing provisions within any reasonable timeframe so requested, including prior to the issuance of any Viking Securities to Licensor.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SECURITIES.

5.2 Development and Commercial Milestone Payments . As partial consideration for Licensor’s grant of the rights and licenses to Viking hereunder, Viking shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Metabasis and/or Ligand the one-time, non-refundable milestone payments as set forth on S CHEDULE  7 .

5.3 Royalty Payments for Licensed Products .

(a) As further consideration for Licensor’s grant of the rights and licenses to Viking hereunder, Viking shall, during each applicable Royalty Term, pay to Metabasis and/or Ligand a royalty on aggregate annual worldwide Net Sales of Licensed Products by Viking and its Affiliates and Sublicensees, as and at the percentage rates set forth on S CHEDULE  7 .

(b) The Parties have agreed to the royalty and other payments structure set forth in this Agreement as a convenient and fair mechanism to compensate Licensor for its obligations under this Agreement.

(c) For purposes of determining […***…], only Net Sales that are subject to a royalty payment shall be included in the total amount of Net Sales and any Net Sales that are not subject to a royalty payment shall be excluded. In addition, in no event shall the manufacture of a Licensed Product give rise to a royalty obligation until the particular unit of Licensed Product is sold; but if Net Sales of a particular unit of Licensed Product might or might not be subject to a royalty payment (e.g., manufactured in Country A where the Royalty Term has expired but sold in Country B where the Royalty Term has not expired, or vice versa), the sale shall be deemed to be subject to a royalty payment. For clarity, Viking’s obligation to pay royalties to Metabasis and/or Ligand under this Article V is imposed only once with respect to the same unit of Licensed Product regardless of the number of Licensor Patents pertaining thereto.

(d) Royalties payable under Section 5.3(a) shall be payable on actual Net Sales and shall accrue at the time provided therefor by GAAP. Royalty obligations that have accrued during a particular […***…] shall be paid, on a […***…] basis, within […***…] days after the end of each […***…] during which the royalty obligation accrued; provided that within […***…]

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

18


days after the conclusion of each […***…] Viking shall provide notice to Ligand of any adjustments necessary to account for any royalties which were overpaid or underpaid for such prior […***…], and the Parties shall promptly true-up based on such adjustments.

5.4 Mode of Payment and Currency . All payments hereunder shall be made by deposit of US Dollars in the requisite amount to such bank account(s) as Ligand may from time to time designate by advance written notice to Viking. With respect to sales not denominated in US Dollars, Viking shall convert the Net Sales from the applicable foreign currency into US Dollars at the exchange rate reported in The Wall Street Journal, Eastern U.S. Edition, for the last trading day of the applicable […***…]. Based on the resulting sales in US Dollars, the then applicable royalties shall be calculated.

5.5 Royalty Reports and Records Retention . Within […***…] days after the end of each […***…] during which the Licensed Products have been sold, Viking shall deliver to Metabasis and/or Ligand, together with the applicable royalty payment due, a written report, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and a country-by-country basis, of (i) gross invoiced (or otherwise charged) amounts of sales, by Viking and its Affiliates and Sublicensees, of Licensed Product subject to royalty payments for such […***…], (ii) amounts deducted by category (following the definition of Net Sales) from such gross invoiced amounts to calculate Net Sales, (iii) Net Sales subject to royalty payments for such […***…] and (iv) the corresponding royalty. Such report shall be deemed “Confidential Information” of Viking subject to the obligations of Article VII of this Agreement. For […***…] after each sale of a Licensed Product, Viking shall keep (and shall ensure that its Affiliates and Sublicensees shall keep) complete and accurate records of such sale in sufficient detail to confirm the accuracy of the royalty calculations hereunder.

5.6 Late Payments . All payments under this Agreement shall earn interest from the date due until paid at a per annum rate equal to […***…], calculated on the number of days such payments are paid after the date such payments are due

5.7 Audits .

(a) During the Royalty Term and for […***…] thereafter, upon the written request of Ligand, and not more than [...***...] in each […***…], Viking shall permit, and shall cause its Affiliates to permit and use commercially reasonable effort to cause its Sublicensees to permit, an independent certified public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by Ligand (who has not been engaged by Ligand or any of its Affiliates to provide services in any other capacity at any time during the [...***...]), and reasonably acceptable to Viking or such Affiliate or Sublicensee, to have access to and to review, during normal business hours upon reasonable prior written notice, the applicable records of Viking and its Affiliates or Sublicensees to verify the accuracy of the royalty reports and payments under this Article V. Such review may cover: (i) the records for sales made in any [...***...] before the date of such request, and (ii) only those periods that have not been subject to a prior audit.

(b) If such accounting firm concludes that additional royalties were owed during such period, Viking shall pay the additional royalties within […***…] days after the date such public

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

19


accounting firm delivers to Viking such accounting firm’s written report. If such accounting firm concludes that an overpayment was made, such overpayment shall be fully creditable against amounts payable in subsequent payment periods or at Viking’s request, shall be reimbursed to Viking within […***…] days after the date such public accounting firm delivers such report to Viking. If Viking disagrees with such calculation, Viking shall […***…] to recover the additional payment or to increase the amount of credit or reimbursement. […***…] shall pay for the cost of any audit by […***…], unless […***…], in which case […***…] shall pay for the reasonable costs of audit.

(c) Each Party shall treat all information that it receives under this Section 5.7 in accordance with the confidentiality provisions of Article VII of this Agreement, and shall cause its accounting firm to enter into an acceptable confidentiality agreement with the other Party obligating such firm to retain all such financial information in confidence pursuant to such confidentiality agreement, except to the extent necessary for such Party to enforce its rights under the Agreement.

5.8 Taxes . All amounts due hereunder exclude all applicable withholding, sales, use, and other taxes and duties, and Viking shall be responsible for payment of all such taxes (other than taxes based on Licensor’s income) and duties and any related penalties and interest, arising from the payment of amounts due under this Agreement. The Parties agree to cooperate with one another and use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid or reduce tax withholding or similar obligations in respect of royalties, milestone payments, and other payments made by Viking under this Agreement. To the extent Viking is required to withhold taxes on any payment under this Agreement, Viking shall pay the amounts of such taxes to the proper governmental authority in a timely manner and promptly transmit to Ligand official receipts issued by the appropriate taxing authority and/or an official tax certificate, or such other evidence as Ligand may reasonably request, to establish that such taxes have been paid. Ligand shall provide Viking any tax forms that may be reasonably necessary in order for Viking to not withhold tax or to withhold tax at a reduced rate under an applicable bilateral income tax treaty. Ligand shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide any such tax forms to Viking at least […***…] days before the due date for any payment for which Ligand desires that Viking apply a reduced withholding rate. Each Party shall provide the other with reasonable assistance to enable the recovery, as permitted by applicable law, of withholding taxes, value added taxes, or similar obligations resulting from payments made under this Agreement, such recovery to be for the benefit of the Party bearing such withholding tax or value added tax. […***…].

ARTICLE VI

INVENTIONS AND PATENTS

6.1 Certification Under Drug Price Competition and Patent Restoration Act . Each Party shall immediately give written notice to the other Party of any certification of which they become aware filed pursuant to 21 U.S.C. Section 355(b)(2)(A) (or any amendment or successor statute thereto) claiming that any Licensor Patents Covering a Compound or a Licensed Product, or the manufacture or use of each of the foregoing, are invalid or unenforceable, or that infringement will not arise from the manufacture, use or sale in the US of a Licensed Product by a Third Party.

6.2 Listing of Patents . […***…] shall have the sole right to determine which of the Licensor Patents, if any, shall be listed for inclusion in the Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations pursuant to 21 U.S.C. Section 355, or any successor Law in the United States, together with any comparable Laws in any other country.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

20


6.3 Ownership . All Licensor Technology and all intellectual property rights in the same shall be owned by Licensor and nothing in this Agreement shall amend or otherwise affect the same. To the extent, if any, that Viking acquires any right, title or interest in and to any Licensor Technology and intellectual property rights in the same, Viking hereby irrevocably assigns to the applicable Ligand Party any right, title and interest worldwide in and to the same effective immediately upon the inception, conception, creation or development thereof. The right to file, prosecute and maintain Licensor Patents shall be as set forth in Section 6.4 below. Any technology or other Know-How invented or developed after the Effective Date by or for Viking or otherwise in connection with a Licensed Program, including without limitation derivatives or improvements of Licensor Technology (“ Developed Know-How ”), and all intellectual property rights in the same (“ Developed IP ” and collectively with Developed Know-How, “ Developed Technology ”) shall be owned by Viking and nothing in this Agreement shall amend or otherwise affect the same. […***…]. If Viking elects not to file, prosecute or maintain Developed IP in Viking’s name in a Major Market, then it shall notify Ligand in writing at least […***…] days before any deadline applicable to the filing, prosecution or maintenance of such Developed IP, as the case may be, or any other date by which an action must be taken to establish or preserve such Developed IP in such Major Market. In such case, Licensor shall have the option to pursue the filing or support the continued prosecution or maintenance of such Developed IP in such Major Market, […***…], and Viking shall give Licensor reasonable cooperation in connection therewith.

6.4 Patent Prosecution and Maintenance .

(a) Licensor Patents . Licensor shall have the first right to file, prosecute and maintain Licensor Patents in Licensor’s name. […***…] promptly and regularly informed of the course of the filing and prosecution of Licensor Patents or related proceedings (e.g. interferences, oppositions, reexaminations, reissues, revocations or nullifications) in a timely manner, and [...***...]. At Licensor’s request, Viking will provide Licensor with […***…] assistance in prosecuting Licensor Patents to the extent possible.

(b) Election not to File and Prosecute Licensor Patents . If Licensor elects not to file, prosecute or maintain a Licensor Patent in Licensor’s name in a Major Market, then it shall notify Viking in writing at least […***…] days before any deadline applicable to the filing, prosecution or maintenance of such Licensor Patent, as the case may be, or any other date by which an action must be taken to establish or preserve such Licensor Patent in such Major Market. In such case, Viking shall have the option to pursue the filing or support the continued prosecution or maintenance of such Licensor Patent in such Major Market, […***…], and Licensor shall give Viking reasonable cooperation in connection therewith; provided that […***…] the filing or supporting the continued prosecution or maintenance of such Licensor Patent in such Major Market pursuant to this Section 6.4(b).

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

21


6.5 Enforcement of Patents .

(a) Notice . If either Party believes that a Licensor Patent is being infringed, or that Licensor Know-How has been misappropriated, by a Third Party or if a Third Party claims that any Licensor Patent is invalid or unenforceable, the Party possessing such knowledge or belief shall notify the other Party and provide it with details of such infringement, misappropriation or claim that are known by such Party.

(b) Right to Bring an Action . If such infringement, misappropriation or claim is in one or more of the Major Markets, [...***...] shall have the exclusive right to attempt to resolve such infringement or claim, including by filing an infringement or misappropriation suit, defending against or bringing a declaratory judgment action as to such claim or taking other similar action (each, “initiation” of an “ Action ”) and (subject to Section 6.5(d)) to compromise or settle such infringement or claim. At […***…] request, […***…] shall […***…] provide […***…] with all relevant documentation (as may be requested by […***…]) evidencing that […***…]. If […***…] does not intend to initiate an Action, […***…] shall promptly inform […***…]. If [...***...] does not initiate an Action with respect to such an infringement or claim within […***…] days following notice thereof, [...***...] shall have the right to attempt to resolve such infringement, misappropriation claim or other claim, including by initiating an Action, and (subject to Section 6.5(d)) to compromise or settle such infringement, misappropriation claim or other claim. […***…] shall have the sole and exclusive right to select counsel for any suit initiated by it pursuant to this Section 6.5. If a Party initiates an Action but then elects not to pursue the Action, the other Party shall have the right (but not the obligation) to take over the Action, in which case the second Party shall be deemed to have been the initiating Party.

(c) Costs of an Action . Subject to the respective indemnity obligations of the Parties set forth in Article IX and Section 6.5(e), […***…] involved in an Action under Section 6.5(b) shall […***…] incurred in connection with such Action. […***…] shall have the right to join […***…] an Action relating to a Licensor Patent or Licensor Know-How, initiated by the other Party.

(d) Settlement . Neither Party shall settle or otherwise compromise (or resolve by consent to the entry of judgment upon) any Action by admitting that any Licensor Patent is to any extent invalid or unenforceable, or that any Licensor Know-How is not protected or has not been misappropriated, without the other Party’s prior written consent […***…].

(e) Reasonable Assistance . The Party not enforcing or defending Licensor Patents shall provide reasonable assistance to the other Party, including providing access to relevant documents and other evidence and making its employees and consultants available, subject to

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

22


[…***…].

(f) Distribution of Amounts Recovered . Any amounts recovered by the Party initiating an Action pursuant to this Section 6.5, whether by settlement or judgment, shall be allocated in the following order: […***…].

6.6 Third Party Actions Claiming Infringement .

(a) Notice . If a Party becomes aware of any Third Party Action, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party of all details regarding such claim or action that is reasonably available to such Party.

(b) Right to Defend . […***…] shall have the right, at its sole expense, but not the obligation, to defend a Third Party Action described in Section 6.6(a) and (subject to Section 6.6(f)) to compromise or settle such Third Party Action. If […***…] such Third Party Action within […***…] days of receipt/sending of notice under Section 6.6(a), then […***…] shall have the right, at its sole expense, to defend such Third Party Action and (subject to Section 6.6(f)) to compromise or settle such Third Party Action. The Party defending such Third Party Action shall have the sole and exclusive right to select counsel for such Third Party Action.

(c) Consultation . The Party defending a Third Party Action pursuant to Section 6.6(b) shall be the “ Controlling Party ”. The Controlling Party shall consult with the non-Controlling Party, pursuant to an appropriate joint defense or common interest agreement, on all material aspects of the defense. The non-Controlling Party shall have a reasonable opportunity for meaningful participation in decision-making and formulation of defense strategy. The Parties shall reasonably cooperate with each other in all such actions or proceedings. The non-Controlling Party will be entitled to join the Third Party Action and be represented by independent counsel of its own choice at its own expense.

(d) Appeal . In the event that a judgment in a Third Party Action is entered against either Party and an appeal is available, the Controlling Party shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to file such appeal. In the event the Controlling Party does not desire to file such an appeal, it will promptly, in a reasonable time period (i.e., with sufficient time for the non-Controlling Party to take whatever action may be necessary) before the date on which such right to appeal will lapse or otherwise diminish, permit the non-Controlling Party to pursue such appeal […***…]. If applicable Law requires the other Party’s involvement in an appeal, the other Party shall be a nominal party of the appeal and shall provide reasonable cooperation to such Party […***…].

(e) Costs of an Action . Subject to the respective indemnity obligations of the Parties set forth in Article IX, […***…] shall pay […***…] associated with

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

23


such Third Party Action other than […***…] such Third Party Action (as provided in the last sentence of Section 6.6(c)).

(f) No Settlement Without Consent . Neither Party shall settle or otherwise compromise (or resolve by consent to the entry of judgment upon) any Third Party Action by admitting that any Licensor Patent is to any extent invalid or unenforceable or that any Licensed Product, or its use, Development, manufacture or sale infringes such Third Party’s intellectual property rights, in each case without the other Party’s prior written consent […***…].

ARTICLE VII

CONFIDENTIALITY

7.1 Confidentiality Obligations . Each Party agrees that, for the Term and for […***…] years thereafter, such Party shall, and shall ensure that its officers, directors, employees, consultants, contractors and agents shall, keep completely confidential and not publish or otherwise disclose and not use for any purpose except as expressly permitted hereunder any Confidential Information disclosed to it by the other Party pursuant to this Agreement or any predecessor agreement. The foregoing obligations shall not apply to any Confidential Information disclosed by a Party hereunder to the extent that the receiving Party can demonstrate by written records that such Confidential Information:

(a) was already known to the receiving Party or its Affiliates, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, at the time of disclosure;

(b) was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the receiving Party;

(c) became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure and other than through any act or omission of the receiving Party (or its consultants, contractors and agents) in breach of this Agreement;

(d) was subsequently lawfully disclosed to the receiving Party or its Affiliates by a Third Party without an obligation of confidentiality other than in contravention of a confidentiality obligation of such Third Party; or

(e) was developed or discovered by employees or agents of the receiving Party or its Affiliates who had no access to the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party.

Notwithstanding the above obligations of confidentiality and non-use, a Party may disclose information to the extent that such disclosure is reasonably necessary in connection with:

(i) filing or prosecuting patent applications, subject to the terms of Section 6.4;

(ii) prosecuting or defending litigation;

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

24


(iii) conducting pre-clinical studies or clinical trials pursuant to this Agreement;

(iv) seeking Regulatory Approval of a Licensed Product; or

(v) complying with applicable Law, including securities Law and the rules of any securities exchange or market on which a Party’s securities are listed or traded.

In addition to the foregoing, Viking may, in furtherance of its rights under this Agreement, disclose Confidential Information of Licensor to any Third Party, provided that such Third Party is bound by obligations of confidentiality/non-use at least as stringent as the ones herein. Viking shall be responsible to Licensor for any breach of confidentiality/non-use by such Third Parties.

In making any disclosures set forth in clauses (i) through (v) above, the disclosing Party shall, where reasonably practicable, give such advance notice to the other Party of such disclosure requirement as is reasonable under the circumstances and will use its reasonable efforts to cooperate with the other Party in order to secure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information required to be disclosed. In addition, in connection with any permitted filing by either Party of this Agreement with any Governmental Body, included but not limited to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the filing Party shall endeavor to obtain confidential treatment of economic, trade secret information and such other information as may be requested by the other Party, and shall provide the other Party with the proposed confidential treatment request with reasonable time for such other Party to provide comments, and shall include in such confidential treatment request all reasonable comments of the other Party.

7.2 Press Releases and Disclosure . Either Party may make press releases or public announcements regarding this Agreement or any matter covered by this Agreement, including the Development or Commercialization of Licensed Products, but such Party shall, except to the extent legally obligated to do so otherwise, use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to provide the text of such planned disclosure to the other Party […***…] before disclosure, and will consider all reasonable comments of the other Party regarding such disclosure. Provided, that neither Party shall use the name, trademark, trade name or logo of the other Party, its Affiliates or their respective employee(s) in any publicity, promotion, news release or public disclosure relating to this Agreement or its subject matter, without the prior express written permission of the other Party, such permission not to be unreasonably withheld, except as may be required by Law or required by the rules of an applicable US national securities exchange.

ARTICLE VIII

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

8.1 Representations and Warranties . (a) Viking represents and warrants to each of Metabasis and Ligand, and (b) each of Metabasis and Ligand represents and warrants to Viking, in each case as of the Effective Date:

(a) it is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization;

(b) it has taken all action necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

25


(c) this Agreement is a legal and valid obligation of it, binding upon it and enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by it does not conflict with, breach or create in any Third Party the right to accelerate, terminate or modify any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, and does not violate any Law of any Governmental Body having authority over it; and

(d) it has all right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

8.2 Additional Representations and Warranties of Licensor . Each of Metabasis and Ligand (jointly and severally) represents and warrants to Viking that, as of the Effective Date:

(a) No consent by any Third Party or Governmental Body is required with respect to the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it or the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(b) To its Knowledge, no claims have been asserted or threatened by any Person (i) challenging the validity, effective status, or ownership of Licensor Technology, and/or (ii) to the effect that the use, reproduction, modification, manufacturing, distribution, licensing, sublicensing, sale or any other exercise of rights in any of Licensor Technology infringes or will infringe on any intellectual property right of any Person; and to its Knowledge, no such claims have been asserted or are threatened;

(c) To its Knowledge, the Licensor Patents are subsisting and are not the subject of any litigation procedure, discovery process, interference, reissue, reexamination, opposition, appeal proceedings or any other legal dispute;

(d) The Licensor Patents constitute all Patent Rights owned or Controlled by Licensor that are directly related to, are necessary for or are actually used in the research, Development, manufacture, use and Commercialization of the Licensed Products as currently envisioned;

(e) Licensor has not subcontracted or licensed to a Third Party the right to Develop a Competing Product;

(f) the Licensor Know-How listed on S CHEDULE 2 hereto (as amended from time to time on or before the Effective Date) constitutes all Know-How owned or Controlled by Licensor that is directly related to, is necessary for or is actually used in the research, Development, manufacture, use and Commercialization of the Licensed Products as currently envisioned;

(g) the Licensor Materials listed on S CHEDULE 3 hereto (as amended from time to time on or before the Effective Date) constitute each compound owned or Controlled by Licensor that is directly related to, is necessary for or is actually used in the research, Development, manufacture, use and Commercialization of the Licensed Products as currently envisioned;

 

26


(h) to its Knowledge, no Third Party has filed, pursued or maintained or threatened in writing to file, pursue or maintain any claim, lawsuit, charge, complaint or other action alleging that any Licensor Technology is invalid or unenforceable;

(i) Licensor has the full right to provide the Licensor Materials to Viking and to transfer to Viking the Licensor Materials to be provided to Viking pursuant to this Agreement; and

(j) Licensor has not previously licensed, assigned, transferred, or otherwise conveyed any right, title or interest in and to the Licensor Technology to any Third Party for the field of fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase inhibition, including but not limited to any rights to any Licensor Technology or Licensed Products.

8.3 Disclaimer . Notwithstanding the representations and warranties set forth in this Article VIII, Viking acknowledges and accepts the risks inherent in attempting to Develop and Commercialize any pharmaceutical product. There is no implied representation that the Compounds can be successfully Developed or Commercialized. The representations and warranties set forth in this Article VIII are provided in lieu of, and each Party hereby disclaims, all other warranties, express and implied, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, the Licensor Technology, the Compounds, the Licensed Products and/or any toxicology and/or scientific data provided hereunder including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, title and non-infringement of third party rights. Each Party’s representations and warranties under this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the other Party and may be asserted only by the other Party and not by any Affiliate, Sublicensee or any customer of the other Party, its Affiliates or Sublicensees. Each Party, its Affiliates and Sublicensees shall be solely responsible for all representations and warranties that it, its Affiliates or Sublicensees make to any customer, Affiliates or Sublicensees.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

9.1 Indemnification by Viking . Except to the extent Licensor has an obligation to indemnify Viking pursuant to Section 9.2 below, Viking shall indemnify, defend and hold Licensor and each of their respective employees, officers, directors and agents (the “ Licensor Indemnitees ”) harmless from and against any and all actions, judgments, settlements, liabilities, damages, penalties, fines, losses, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) to the extent arising out of any Third Party claim, demand, action or other proceeding (each, a “ Claim ”) related to (a) Viking’s performance of its obligations or exercise (by it or its Affiliates or Sublicensees) of its rights under this Agreement; (b) breach by Viking of its representations or warranties set forth in Article VIII; (c) any clinical study conducted by or on behalf of Viking; (d) the research, Development or Commercialization of Licensed Products by Viking, its Affiliates, Sublicensees, distributors or agents; provided, however, that Viking’s obligations pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall not apply (i) to the extent such claims or suits result from the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Licensor Indemnitees, or (ii) with respect to claims or suits arising out of breach by Licensor of its representations, warranties or covenants set forth in Article VIII.

9.2 Indemnification by Licensor . Licensor shall indemnify, defend and hold Viking and its Affiliates and each of their respective agents, employees, officers and directors (the “ Viking Indemnitees ”) harmless from and against any and all actions, judgments, settlements, liability, damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorney’s fees) to the extent arising out of Third Party claims or suits related to (a) Licensor’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement; (b)

 

27


breach by Licensor of its representations, warranties or covenants set forth in Article VIII; or (c) the research or Development of Compounds before the Effective Date; provided, however, that Licensor’s obligations pursuant to this Section 9.2 shall not apply (i) to the extent that such claims or suits result from the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Viking Indemnitees or (ii) with respect to claims or suits arising out of a breach by Viking of its representations or warranties set forth in Article VIII.

9.3 No Consequential Damages . IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR ANY BREACH HEREOF.

9.4 Procedure . The Party intending to claim indemnification under this Article IX (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the other party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) of any Claim in respect of which the Indemnified Party intends to claim such indemnification, and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof using defense counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party; provided, however, that if the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ counsel separate from counsel employed by the Indemnifying Party in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel employed by the Indemnified Party shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnified Party unless the named parties to any action or proceeding include both the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party and a representation of both the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to the actual or potential differing interests between them. (Notwithstanding the foregoing, no delay or deficiency on the part of the Indemnified Party in so notifying the Indemnifying Party will relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability or obligation under this Agreement except to the extent the Indemnifying Party has suffered actual prejudice directly caused by the delay or other deficiency.) If the Indemnifying Party shall fail to assume the defense of and reasonably defend such Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain or assume control of such defense and the Indemnifying Party shall pay (as incurred and on demand) the fees and expenses of counsel retained by the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to settle such Claim; provided, that the Indemnifying Party shall obtain the prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Indemnified Party before entering into any settlement of (or resolving by consent to the entry of judgment upon) such Claim unless (a) there is no finding or admission of any violation of law or any violation of the rights of any Person by an Indemnified Party, no requirement that the Indemnified Party admit negligence, fault or culpability, no requirement that the Indemnified Party take (or refrain from taking) any action and no adverse effect on any other claims that may be made by or against the Indemnified Party and (b) the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full by the Indemnifying Party. Regardless of who controls the defense, the other Party shall reasonably cooperate in the defense as may be requested. Without limitation, the Indemnified Party, and its directors, officers, advisers, agents and employees, shall cooperate fully with the Indemnifying Party and its legal representatives in the investigation and defense of any Claim.

9.5 Expenses . As the Parties intend complete indemnification, all costs and expenses of enforcing any provision of this Article IX shall also be reimbursed by the Indemnifying Party.

 

28


9.6 Insurance . During the Term and for […***…] thereafter, Viking shall obtain and maintain, at its own cost and expense, product liability insurance in amounts, that are reasonable and customary in the United States pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry for companies engaged in comparable activities, with Metabasis and Ligand identified as additional named insureds. It is understood and agreed that this insurance shall not be construed to limit Viking’s liability with respect to its indemnification obligations hereunder. Viking shall provide to Ligand upon request a certificate evidencing the insurance Viking is required to obtain and keep in force under this Section 9.6.

ARTICLE X

TERM AND TERMINATION

10.1 Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated as provided in this Article X, shall continue in full force and effect in perpetuity (the “ Term ”). The Parties confirm that subject to the foregoing sentence, this Agreement shall not be terminated or invalidated by any future determination that any or all of the Licensor Patents have expired or been invalidated.

10.2 Ligand Termination Rights .

(a) For Convenience . Ligand shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety immediately by Ligand providing written notice to Viking if, on or before April 30, 2015, Viking has neither (i) completed its Public Offering nor (ii) received aggregate net proceeds of at least Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) in one or more Private Financings (either (i) or (ii), a “ Qualified Financing ”); provided that in the event Viking has not completed a Qualified Financing by […***…].

(b) Viking Bankruptcy . Ligand shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety immediately by written notice to Viking if Viking avails itself of or becomes subject to any petition or proceeding under any statute of any state or country relating to insolvency or the protection of the rights of creditors, or any other insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding or similar proceeding for the settlement of Viking’s debt is instituted.

10.3 Termination upon Material Breach . If Viking, on one hand, and a Ligand Party, on the other hand, fails to make a payment of an undisputed amount when due, then Viking if a Ligand Party is the Party in default or Ligand if Viking is the Party in default may give to the defaulting Party a written notice specifying the nature of the default, requiring it to cure such default. If such payment default is not cured within […***…] days after the receipt of such notice, then Viking if a Ligand Party is the Party in default or Ligand if Viking is the Party in default shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice to the Party in default. If a Party defaults on any of its “material and substantial” obligations under this Agreement, then Viking if a Ligand Party is the Party in default or Ligand if Viking is the Party in default may give to the defaulting Party a written notice specifying the nature of the default, requiring it to cure such default. If the Party in default, after using Commercially Reasonable Efforts, does not cure a curable default within […***…] days after the receipt of such notice or, if such curable default is not curable within […***…] days, as promptly thereafter as possible using Commercially Reasonable Efforts, then Viking if a Ligand Party is the Party in default or Ligand if Viking is the Party in default shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice to the other Party. For clarity and not be way of limitation, Viking’s diligence obligations under

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

29


Section 3.4 are “material and substantial” obligations under this Agreement, provided that, notwithstanding this Section 10.3 or otherwise, in the event of a default by Viking of its diligence obligations under Section 3.4 or its obligations under S CHEDULE 5 , the remedial process specified in S CHEDULE 5 shall apply and Ligand Party’s right to terminate shall apply only on a Licensed Program-by-Licensed Program basis and only as expressly provided in S CHEDULE 5 . For further clarity and not be way of limitation, any breach by Licensor other than the Ligand Party shall be and shall be deemed to be a breach by the Ligand Party.

10.4 Effects of Termination .

(a) Survival (Applicable to Termination) .

(i) Articles I (Definitions), IX (Indemnification and Insurance) and XI (Miscellaneous Provisions) and Sections 5.5 (Royalty Reports and Records Retention ) , 5.6 (Late Payments), 5.7 (Audits), 5.8 (Taxes), 6.3 (Ownership), 7.1 (Confidentiality Obligations) and 10.4 (Effects of Termination), and Article VI (to the extent of any Action or Third Party Action which was begun prior to termination) hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

(ii) Termination of this Agreement or any Licensed Program shall not relieve the Parties of any liability that accrued hereunder before the effective date of such termination, as to the Agreement or such Licensed Program, as the case may be. In addition, termination of this Agreement or any Licensed Program shall not preclude either Party from pursuing all rights and remedies it may have hereunder or at Law or in equity with respect to any breach of or default under this Agreement or with respect to such Licensed Program nor prejudice either Party’s right to obtain performance of any obligation.

(b) Other Effects of Termination (Entire Agreement) . Upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof:

(i) all licenses granted to Viking hereunder shall terminate.

(ii) Viking shall, upon written request by Ligand and subject to Licensor assuming legal responsibility for any clinical trials of the Licensed Products then ongoing, assign and transfer to Licensor (or to such transferee as Ligand may direct) at no cost to Licensor all regulatory documentation and Regulatory Approvals prepared or obtained by or on behalf of Viking before the date of such termination, to the extent solely related to Licensed Products and transferable, and Viking shall have the right to retain one copy of such transferred documentation and Regulatory Approvals for record-keeping purposes. If Ligand does not make any request of Viking pursuant to this subsection (b)(ii), Viking shall wind down any ongoing Clinical Trials with respect to the Licensed Products at no cost to Licensor.

(iii) Viking shall, upon written request by Ligand, return to Licensor […***…] or, if Ligand so instructs, destroy, all relevant records and materials in its possession or control containing or comprising the Licensor Know-How and the Licensor Materials, and all other Confidential Information of Licensor.

(iv) Viking shall, upon written request by Ligand, sell and transfer to Licensor (or to such transferee as Ligand may direct) at a price equal to 125% of Viking’s costs of goods (determined in accordance with GAAP), any and all chemical, biological or physical materials

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

30


relating to or comprising the Licensed Products, including clinical supplies of Licensed Products, that are Controlled by Viking (other than Licensor Materials which are addressed in subsection (b)(iii) above). […***…] If Ligand has made no such written request within […***…] after such termination, Viking shall destroy any and all chemical, biological or physical materials relating to or comprising the Licensed Products, including clinical supplies of Licensed Products, that are Controlled by Viking.

(v) Viking and its Affiliates and Sublicensees shall be entitled, during the 6 month period following such termination, to sell on the normal business terms in existence before such termination, any finished commercial inventory of Licensed Products which remains on hand as of the date of the termination, provided that Viking shall pay to Licensor the royalties and sales milestones applicable to said subsequent sales in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Any finished commercial inventory remaining following such 6 month period shall be offered […***…]. It is understood that if Licensor does not accept such offer Viking may, at its sole option and discretion, destroy or retain such finished commercial inventory remaining following such 6 month period, but shall have no license enabling it to sell such materials to a Third Party.

(vi) Viking shall (if Ligand so requests) assign the trademarks owned by Viking relating to the Licensed Products to Licensor or otherwise transfer rights to such trademarks to Licensor, upon commercially reasonable terms.

(vii) Viking hereby grants to Licensor, exercisable only upon termination of this Agreement by Ligand under Sections 10.2 or 10.3, a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing, sublicensable license under any Patent Rights and Know-How Controlled by Viking (including without limitation any Developed Technology) to the extent necessary to make, have made, import, use, offer to sell and sell the Licensed Products anywhere in the world […***…] on reasonable terms and conditions to be agreed upon by the Parties in good faith upon any such termination of this Agreement by Ligand.

(c) Other Effects of Termination (One or More Licensed Programs) . Upon termination of a Licensed Program because of an event of a default by Viking of its diligence obligations under Section 3.4 or its obligations under S CHEDULE 5 :

(i) all licenses granted to Viking with respect to the Licensor Technology and Licensed Products solely with respect to such terminated Licensed Program hereunder shall terminate.

(ii) Viking shall, upon written request by Ligand and subject to Licensor assuming legal responsibility for any clinical trials of the Licensed Products solely with respect to such terminated Licensed Program then ongoing, assign and transfer to Licensor (or to such transferee as Ligand may direct), at no cost to Licensor all regulatory documentation and Regulatory Approvals prepared or obtained by or on behalf of Viking before the date of such termination, to the extent solely related to such Licensed Products and transferable, and Viking shall have the right to retain one copy of such transferred documentation and Regulatory Approvals for record-keeping purposes. If Ligand does not make any request of Viking pursuant to this subsection (c)(ii), Viking shall wind down any ongoing Clinical Trials with respect to the Licensed Products solely with respect to such terminated Licensed Program at no cost to Licensor.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

31


(iii) Viking shall, upon written request by Ligand, return to Licensor, […***…] or, if Ligand so instructs, destroy, all relevant records and materials in its possession or control containing or comprising the Licensor Know-How and the Licensor Materials solely with respect to such terminated Licensed Program, and all other Confidential Information of Licensor solely with respect to such terminated Licensed Program.

(iv) Viking shall, upon written request by Ligand, sell and transfer to Licensor (or to such transferee as Ligand may direct), at a price equal to 125% of Viking’s costs of goods (determined in accordance with GAAP), any and all chemical, biological or physical materials relating to or comprising the Licensed Products solely with respect to such terminated Licensed Program, including clinical supplies of such Licensed Products, that are Controlled by Viking (other than Licensor Materials which are addressed in subsection (c)(iii) above). […***…] If Ligand has made no such written request within […***…] after such termination, Viking shall destroy any and all chemical, biological or physical materials relating to or comprising such Licensed Products, including clinical supplies of such Licensed Products, that are Controlled by Viking.

(v) Viking and its Affiliates and Sublicensees shall be entitled, during the 6 month period following termination of such Licensed Program, to sell on the normal business terms in existence before such termination, any finished commercial inventory of Licensed Products solely with respect to such terminated Licensed Program which remains on hand as of the date of the termination, provided that Viking shall pay to Licensor the royalties and sales milestones applicable to said subsequent sales in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Any finished commercial inventory remaining following such 6 month period shall be offered […***…]. It is understood that if Licensor does not accept such offer Viking may, at its sole option and discretion, destroy or retain such finished commercial inventory remaining following such 6 month period, but shall have no license enabling it to sell such materials to a Third Party.

(vi) Viking shall (if Ligand so requests) assign the trademarks owned by Viking relating to the Licensed Products solely with respect to such terminated Licensed Program to Licensor, or otherwise transfer rights to such trademarks to Licensor upon commercially reasonable terms.

(vii) Viking hereby grants to Licensor, exercisable only upon termination of a Licensed Program by Ligand under Section 10.3, a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing, sublicensable license under any Patent Rights and Know-How Controlled by Viking (including without limitation any Developed Technology) to the extent necessary to make, have made, import, use, offer to sell and sell the Licensed Products solely with respect to the terminated Licensed Program anywhere in the world […***…] on reasonable terms and conditions to be agreed upon by the Parties in good faith upon any such termination of such Licensed Program by Ligand.

(viii) For purposes of this Section 10.4(c), (A) references to “Licensor” shall mean (I) Ligand if the terminated Licensed Program is the EPOR Program or the SARM Program, and (II) Metabasis, if the terminated Licensed Program is the DGAT-1 Program, the TR-Beta Program or the FBPase Program; and (B) references to “at no cost to Licensor” shall mean […***…].

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

32


ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

11.1 Relationship of the Parties . Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be deemed to constitute a partnership, agency, joint venture or employer-employee relationship between the Parties. Neither Party shall have any right nor authority to commit or legally bind the other Party in any way whatsoever including, without limitation, the making of any agreement, representation or warranty and each Party agrees to not purport to do so.

11.2 Assignment .

(a) Any assignment not in accordance with this Section 11.2 shall be void.

(b) No assignment shall relieve the assigning Party of any of its responsibilities or obligations hereunder.

(c) Viking may not transfer or assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, to any Third Party without the prior written consent of Ligand, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Viking may assign its rights and/or delegate its obligations under this Agreement to an Affiliate, to any Person in a transaction in which Viking also assigns all of its right, title and interest in all or substantially all of its assets, including without limitation, intellectual property rights, to the same party contemporaneous with the assignment of this Agreement, or to a successor, whether by way of merger, sale of stock or otherwise, without Ligand’s prior written consent. As a condition to any permitted assignment hereunder, the assignee must expressly assume, in a writing delivered to Ligand (and in a form reasonably acceptable to Ligand) all of Viking’s obligations under this Agreement, whether arising before, at or after the assignment. For clarification, any assignment pursuant to a Change of Control shall be subject to Section 11.18.

(d) Neither Ligand nor Metabasis may transfer or assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, to any Third Party without the prior written consent of Viking, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, each of Ligand and Metabasis may, without Viking’s prior written consent, assign its rights and/or delegate its obligations under this Agreement to an Affiliate, or, with respect to one or more Licensed Programs, to any Person in a transaction in which such Ligand Party also assigns all of its right, title and interest in all of such Licensed Program(s) assets, including without limitation, intellectual property rights, to the same party contemporaneous with the assignment of this Agreement, or to a successor, whether by way of merger, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, sale of stock or otherwise. As a condition to any permitted assignment hereunder, the assignee must expressly assume, in a writing delivered to Viking (and in a form reasonably acceptable to Viking) all of the Ligand Party’s applicable obligations under this Agreement, whether arising before, at or after the assignment.

(e) Viking or any Ligand Party may assign its right to receive proceeds under this Agreement or grant a security interest in such right to receive proceeds to one or more financial institutions providing financing to such Party pursuant to the terms of a security or other agreement related to such financing.

 

33


11.3 Further Actions . Each Party agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver such further instruments and to do all such other acts as may be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

11.4 Force Majeure . Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party or be deemed to have breached or defaulted under this Agreement for failure or delay in the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement (other than obligations for the payment of money) for the time and to the extent such failure or delay is caused by or results from acts of God, earthquake, riot, civil commotion, terrorism, war, strikes or other labor disputes, fire, flood, failure or delay of transportation, omissions or delays in acting by a governmental authority, acts of a government or an agency thereof or judicial orders or decrees or restrictions or any other like reason which is beyond the control of the respective Party. The Party affected by force majeure shall provide the other Party with full particulars thereof as soon as it becomes aware of the same (including its best estimate of the likely extent and duration of the interference with its activities), and shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to overcome the difficulties created thereby and to resume performance of its obligations hereunder as soon as practicable, and the time for performance shall be extended for a number of days equal to the duration of the force majeure.

11.5 Entire Agreement of the Parties; Amendments; Order of Precedence . This Agreement and the Schedules hereto, together with the Option Agreement, constitute and contain the entire understanding and agreement of the Parties respecting the subject matter hereof and cancel and supersede any and all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, correspondence, understandings and agreements between or among the Parties, whether oral or written, regarding such subject matter (provided, that any and all previous nondisclosure/nonuse obligations are not superseded and remain in full force and effect in addition to the nondisclosure/nonuse provisions hereof). In the event of a conflict or inconsistency among this Agreement, the Schedules and the Option Agreement, the order of precedence shall be as follows: (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Schedules and (iii) the Option Agreement. No waiver, modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid or effective unless made in a writing referencing this Agreement and signed by a duly authorized officer of each Party.

11.6 Captions . The captions to this Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement.

11.7 Governing Law; Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding application of any conflict of laws principles that would require application of the Law of a jurisdiction outside of California, and will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of competent jurisdiction located in San Diego County, California.

11.8 Notices and Deliveries . Any notice, request, approval or consent required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if delivered in person, transmitted by email or by express courier service to the Party to which it is directed at its physical or email address shown below or such other physical or email address as such Party shall have last given by notice to the other Party.

 

34


If to Viking, addressed to:

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50

La Jolla, CA 92037

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Email: […***…]

With a copy to:

Jeffrey T. Hartlin

Matthew D. Berger

Paul Hastings LLP

1117 S. California Ave.

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Email: jeffhartlin@paulhastings.com

Email: mattberger@paulhastings.com

If to Ligand Party, addressed to:

Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc.

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 200

La Jolla, CA 92037

Attention: Vice President

Email: […***…]

With a copy to:

General Counsel

Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 200

La Jolla, CA 92037

Email: […***…]

11.9 Waiver . A waiver by any Party of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement in any instance shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of such term or condition for the future, or of any other term or condition hereof.

11.10 Rights and Remedies are Cumulative . Except to the extent expressly set forth herein, all rights, remedies, undertakings, obligations and agreements contained in or available upon violation of this Agreement shall be cumulative and none of them shall be in limitation of any other remedy or right authorized in law or in equity, or any undertaking, obligation or agreement of either Party.

11.11 Severability . When possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable Law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement. The Parties shall make a good faith effort to replace the invalid or unenforceable provision with a valid one which in its economic effect is most consistent with the invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

35


11.12 No Implied License . No right or license is granted to Viking hereunder by implication, estoppel, or otherwise to any know-how, patent or other intellectual property right owned or Controlled by Licensor, except by an express license granted hereunder. No right or license is granted to Licensor hereunder by implication, estoppel, or otherwise to any know-how, patent or other intellectual property right owned or Controlled by Viking or its Affiliates.

11.13 No Right of Set-Off . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Viking shall not have a right to set-off any royalties, milestones or other amount due to a Ligand Party under this Agreement against any damages incurred by Viking for a breach by a Ligand Party of this Agreement.

11.14 Equitable Relief . Each Party recognizes that the covenants and agreements herein and their continued performance as set forth in this Agreement are necessary and critical to protect the legitimate interests of the other Party, that the other Party would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of such covenants and agreements and the assurance of continued performance as set forth in this Agreement, and that a Party’s breach or threatened breach of such covenants and agreements shall cause the opposed Party irreparable harm and significant injury, the amount of which will be extremely difficult to estimate and ascertain, thus, making any remedy at law or in damages inadequate. Therefore, each Party agrees that the other Party shall be entitled to specific performance, an order restraining any breach or threatened breach of such sections of this Agreement, and any other equitable relief (including but not limited to interim injunctive relief), without the necessity of posting of any bond or security. This right shall be in addition to and not exclusive of any other remedy available to such other Party at law or in equity.

11.15 Interpretation . The language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by the Parties to express their mutual intent, and no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted for or against a Party because that Party or its attorney drafted the provision

11.16 Construction . The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” All references herein to Articles, Sections and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require.

11.17 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same instrument. A facsimile or a portable document format (PDF) copy of this Agreement, including the signature pages, will be deemed an original.

11.18 Viking Change of Control . Viking must notify Ligand at least […***…] days prior to completion or consummation of any Viking Change of Control. Prior to a consummation of a Public Offering, Viking may not complete or otherwise consummate a Viking Change of Control without Ligand’s prior written consent. In addition, Ligand shall have the right (in its sole discretion), at any time after receipt of such notice, to elect to require Viking, including its acquiring party, to (a) adopt reasonable procedures to be agreed upon in writing with Ligand to prevent the disclosure of all Confidential Information of Licensor and other information with respect to the Development and Commercialization of Compounds or Licensed Products (the “ Licensor Sensitive Information ”) beyond Viking personnel having access to and knowledge of Licensor Sensitive Information prior to the Viking Change of Control, (b) control the dissemination of Licensor Sensitive Information disclosed after the Viking Change of Control, which procedures shall include reasonable restrictions on the scope of any Licensor Sensitive Information to be provided by Licensor, and (c) make adequate provision for the issuance of Viking Equity required under this Agreement.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

36


11.19 Ligand Change of Control . Ligand shall notify Viking at least […***…] days prior to completion or consummation of any Ligand Party Change of Control. In addition, Viking shall have the right (in its sole discretion), at any time after receipt of such notice, to elect to require the Ligand Party, including its acquiring party, to (a) adopt reasonable procedures to be agreed upon in writing with Viking to prevent the disclosure of all Confidential Information of Viking and its Affiliates and other information with respect to the Development, manufacture and Commercialization of Licensed Products (the “ Viking Sensitive Information ”) beyond Licensor personnel having access to and knowledge of Viking Sensitive Information prior to the Ligand Party Change of Control and (b) control the dissemination of Viking Sensitive Information disclosed after the Ligand Party Change of Control, which procedures shall include reasonable restrictions on the scope of any Viking Sensitive Information to be provided by Viking or its Affiliates.

11.20 No Solicitation . For a period of […***…] years from the Effective Date, Viking shall not solicit, induce, encourage or attempt to induce or encourage any employee of Ligand Party to terminate his or her employment with Ligand Party or to breach any other obligation to Ligand Party. This section is not meant to encompass general solicitations such as may be found in newspaper advertisements and the like.

11.21 Information for Financial Reporting . In addition to any reports provided by the Parties hereunder or under the Loan and Security Agreement, including the reports provided by Viking pursuant to Section 5.5, for as long as the aggregate number of voting shares of Viking capital stock owned by Ligand and Metabasis equals or exceeds […***…] of the number of voting shares of Viking capital stock then outstanding, Viking shall provide to Ligand such financial information for each calendar month (the “ Financial Information ”) within […***…] days after the end of the first two calendar months in each calendar quarter and not later than [...***...] days after the end of the third calendar month in each calendar quarter to allow Ligand to accrue the proper expenses and revenues as required by GAAP and required for consolidated financial reporting, if applicable, under applicable Laws. Viking shall certify by a certificate signed by its chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer that all such financial information has been prepared in accordance with GAAP (other than the exclusion of footnotes not ordinarily included in interim period financial statements) and present fairly Viking’s financial position as at the dates thereof and its results of operations for the periods then ended, subject to normal year-end adjustments. Ligand agrees that, to the extent that Licensor wishes to publicly disclose any of the Financial Information and identify such Financial Information as being the financial information of Viking or any of its Affiliates (the “ Disclosure ”), Licensor shall (i) provide such Disclosure to Viking at least […***…] business days prior to the date that Licensor issues such Disclosure publicly, and (ii) consider in good faith any comments with respect to such Disclosure provided by Viking to Ligand. Any Disclosures previously disclosed by Viking or any of its Affiliates or previously reviewed by Viking may be thereafter disclosed without the need for Viking’s additional review.

11.22 Nature of Rights . The rights granted to Viking hereunder are rights in “intellectual property” within the scope of Section 101 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “ Code ”). Viking shall have the rights set forth in this Agreement with respect to the Licensor Technology when and as developed or created. In addition, Viking, as a licensee of intellectual property rights hereunder, shall have and may fully exercise all rights available to a licensee under the Code, including, without limitation, under Section 365(n) and its successors. In the event Licensor makes a general assignment

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

37


for the benefit of its creditors; applies for or consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator for substantially all of its assets or such a receiver, trustee or liquidator is appointed; or Licensor has filed against it an involuntary petition of bankruptcy that has not been dismissed within […***…] days thereof, or files a voluntary petition of bankruptcy, or a petition or answer seeking reorganization, or seeks to take advantage of any other law relating to relief of debtors; or has wound up or liquidated its business, Viking shall have the right to obtain (and Licensor or any trustee for Licensor or its assets shall, at Viking’s written request, deliver to Viking) a copy of all embodiments (including, without limitation, any work in progress) of any intellectual property rights granted under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all embodiments of the Licensor Technology, Licensor’s Confidential Information or any other intellectual property necessary or useful for Viking to use or exploit any Licensor Technology or to exercise its rights under this Agreement. In addition, Licensor shall take all steps reasonably requested by Viking to perfect, exercise and enforce its rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, filings in the U.S. Copyright Office and U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, and under the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

38


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Master License Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

METABASIS THERAPEUTICS, INC.     VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Charles Berkman

    By:  

/s/ Brian Lian, Ph.D.

Name:   Charles Berkman     Name:   Brian Lian, Ph.D.
Title:   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary     Title:   CEO
LIGAND PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED      
By:  

/s/ Charles Berkman

     
Name:   Charles Berkman      
Title:   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary      

[Signature Page to Master License Agreement]


S CHEDULE 1

C OMPOUNDS

FBPase Compounds

 

   

Count

 

  

Compound ID

 

[…***…]

 

  

[…***…]

 

S CHEDULE 1

C OMPOUNDS

SARM Compounds

 

   

Count

 

  

Compound ID

 

[…***…]

 

  

[…***…]

 

S CHEDULE 1

C OMPOUNDS

EPOR Compounds

 

   

Count

 

  

Compound ID

 

[…***…]

 

  

[…***…]

 

S CHEDULE 1

C OMPOUNDS

TR-Beta Compounds

 

   

Count

 

  

Compound ID

 

[…***…]

 

  

[…***…]

 

S CHEDULE 1

C OMPOUNDS

DGAT-1 Compounds

 

   

Count

 

  

Compound ID

 

[…***…]

 

  

[…***…]

 

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested


S CHEDULE 2

L ICENSOR K NOW -H OW

FBPase Program

 

     

Index

 

  

Folder

 

    

File          

 

[…***…] 

 

  

[…***…]

 

    

[…***…]

 

S CHEDULE 2

L ICENSOR K NOW -H OW

SARM Program

 

     

Index

 

  

Folder

 

    

File          

 

[…***…] 

 

  

[…***…]

 

    

[…***…]

 

S CHEDULE 2

L ICENSOR K NOW -H OW

EPOR Program

 

     

Index

 

  

Folder

 

    

File          

 

[…***…] 

 

  

[…***…]

 

    

[…***…]

 

S CHEDULE 2

L ICENSOR K NOW -H OW

TR-Beta Program

 

     

Index

 

  

Folder

 

    

File          

 

[…***…] 

 

  

[…***…]

 

    

[…***…]

 

S CHEDULE 2

L ICENSOR K NOW -H OW

DGAT-1 Program

 

     

Index

 

  

Folder

 

    

File          

 

[…***…] 

 

  

[…***…]

 

    

[…***…]

 

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested


S CHEDULE 3

L ICENSOR M ATERIALS

FBPase Compounds

[…***…]

S CHEDULE 3

L ICENSOR M ATERIALS

SARM Compounds

[…***…]

S CHEDULE 3

L ICENSOR M ATERIALS

EPOR Compounds

[…***…]

S CHEDULE 3

L ICENSOR M ATERIALS

TR-Beta Compounds

[…***…]

S CHEDULE 3

L ICENSOR M ATERIALS

DGAT-1 Compounds

[…***…]

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested


S CHEDULE 4

L ICENSOR P ATENT R IGHTS

DGAT-1 P ATENTS

 

             

Docket No.

 

  

Client

Reference

 

  

Serial No.

 

  

Title

 

  

Inventors

 

  

Date Filed

 

  

Comments

 

[…***…]

 

  

[…***…]

 

   […***…]

 

  

[…***…]

 

  

[…***…]

 

   […***…]

 

  

[…***…]

 

FBP ASE P ATENTS

 

               

Matter Code

 

  

App Serial No.

 

  

Status

 

  

Date Filed

 

  

Patent No.

 

  

Title

 

  

Date Issued

 

  

Expiration

 

[…***…]

 

  

[…***…]

 

   […***…]

 

   […***…]

 

   […***…]

 

   […***…]    […***…]    […***…]

EPOR P ATENTS

 

               

Case No.

 

  

Title of Invention:

 

  

Country:

 

  

Status:

 

  

Application No.

 

  

Filing Date:

 

  

Patent No.

 

  

Date Issued:

 

[…***…]

 

   […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]

SARM P ATENTS

 

               

Case No.

 

  

Title

 

  

Country

 

  

Status

 

  

Application No.

 

  

Filing Date

 

  

Patent No

 

  

Date Issued

 

[…***…]

 

   […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]

TR-B ETA P ATENTS

 

               

Case No.

 

  

Title of Invention

 

  

Country:

 

  

Status:

 

  

Application No.

 

  

Filing Date:

 

  

Patent No:

 

  

Date Issued:

 

[…***…]

 

   […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested


S CHEDULE 5

A DDITIONAL L ICENSED P ROGRAM D ILIGENCE O BJECTIVES

L ICENSED P ROGRAMS : In addition, using Commercially Reasonable Efforts, Viking will engage in Substantial Development Activities […***…] for the Licensed Programs listed below, unless Viking is precluded from doing so due to regulatory reasons.

Substantial Development Activities ” shall mean the achievement of the following objectives with respect to the applicable Licensed Program:

 

    DGAT-1 P ROGRAM : […***…].

 

    EPOR P ROGRAM : […***…].

 

    SARM P ROGRAM : […***…].

 

    TR-B ETA P ROGRAM : […***…].

 

    FBP ASE P ROGRAM : Following payment of the Exercise Fee, Viking shall […***…].

In the event (A) that Viking fails to achieve the SARM Program objective set forth above by […***…] pursuant to this S CHEDULE 5 or (B) of a default by Viking of a diligence obligation under Section 3.4 with respect to the SARM Program, the Parties shall meet to discuss and (i) determine in good faith whether Viking failed to perform its obligations with respect to the SARM Program under the Agreement, including this S CHEDULE 5 , and, if so, (ii) agree upon a mutually acceptable reasonable remediation plan (the “ SARM Remediation Plan ”), both of the foregoing (A) no later than […***…] if the failure is with respect to the Substantial Development Activity for the SARM Program, or (B) no later than […***…] days following the default by Viking of a diligence obligation under Section 3.4 with respect to the SARM Program. If it is mutually determined that Viking failed to perform its obligations with respect to the SARM Program under this Agreement, including this S CHEDULE 5 , and if the Parties are unable to mutually agree upon a SARM Remediation Plan, then the Chief Executive Officers of each of Ligand and Viking (the “ Executive Officers ”) shall have a face-to-face meeting to attempt to solve the disagreement within the next […***…] days. In the event that the disagreement is still not resolved thereafter, then Ligand will propose, in good faith and after taking into consideration Viking’s position and comments, reasonable modifications to the SARM Remediation Plan last proposed by Viking. If Viking does not accept such modified SARM Remediation Plan, Ligand may terminate the SARM Program with […***…] days prior written notice (which shall be deemed to be a termination solely with respect to the SARM Program by Ligand pursuant to Section 10.3 for all purposes under this Agreement).

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested


In the event that Viking anticipates that it will fail to achieve the EPOR Program objective set forth above by […***…] pursuant to this S CHEDULE 5 , it may elect to extend such date by an additional […***…] months by providing to Ligand before […***…] an irrevocable written election to extend such date accompanied by a non-refundable EPOR Program extension fee in the amount of [...***...], payable by cashier’s check or wire transfer to Ligand. Following receipt of the EPOR Program extension fee, the date for achievement of the EPOR Program objective shall be extended to […***…]. For avoidance of doubt, such date may only be extended once.

In the event that (A) Viking fails to achieve the Substantial Development Activity objective as and by the date specified above, with respect to the EPOR Program (as the same may be extended pursuant to this S CHEDULE 5 ), DGAT-1 Program, TR-Beta Program or FBPase Program pursuant to this S CHEDULE 5 (such EPOR Program, DGAT-1 Program, TR-Beta Program and FBPase Program shall be individually referred to as “ Other Licensed Program ” and collectively referred to as “ Other Licensed Programs ”) or (B) of a default by Viking of a diligence obligation under Section 3.4 with respect to an Other Licensed Program, the Parties shall meet to discuss and (i) determine in good faith whether Viking failed to perform its obligations with respect to a particular Other Licensed Program under the Agreement, including this S CHEDULE 5, and, if so, (ii) agree upon a mutually acceptable reasonable remediation plan for the Other Licensed Program (the “ Other Licensed Program Remediation Plan ”) within […***…] following the specified date for such Other Licensed Program or following the default by Viking of a diligence obligation under Section 3.4 with respect to the Other Licensed Program, as applicable. If it is mutually determined that Viking failed to perform its obligations with respect to such Other Licensed Program under the Agreement, including this S CHEDULE 5, and if the Parties are unable to mutually agree upon an Other Licensed Program Remediation Plan, then the Executive Officers shall have a face-to-face meeting to attempt to solve the disagreement within the next […***…]. In the event that the disagreement is still not resolved thereafter, then Ligand will propose, in good faith and after taking into consideration Viking’s position and comments, reasonable modifications to the Other Licensed Program Remediation Plan for such Other Licensed Program last proposed by Viking. If Viking does not accept such modified Other Licensed Program Remediation Plan, Ligand may terminate the particular Other Licensed Program with […***…] prior written notice (which shall be deemed to be a termination solely with respect to such particular Other Licensed Program by the applicable Ligand Party pursuant to Section 10.3 for all purposes under this Agreement).

If the Parties do not agree on whether Viking failed to perform its obligations under the Agreement, including this S CHEDULE 5, with respect to the EPOR Program (as the same may be extended pursuant to this S CHEDULE 5 ), then the Executive Officers shall have a face-to-face meeting to attempt to solve the disagreement within the […***…] or such longer period of time as may be agreed upon by the Parties. In the event that the disagreement with respect to the EPOR Program is still not resolved thereafter, either Party shall be entitled to commence expedited arbitration proceedings to decide and resolve this single issue in San Diego, California, pursuant to the then-current Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce and the Parties agree to be bound by the award of such tribunal. The arbitration shall consist of a single arbitrator mutually agreed by the Parties or, in the absence of such agreement, each Party shall select an arbitrator and those two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator, who shall serve as the chair of the tribunal.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested


S CHEDULE 6

I SSUANCE OF V IKING S ECURITIES

 

Licensed Program    Viking
Securities to
be Issued
To:
  Dollar Amount
of Viking
Securities to be
Issued:
     Number
of Shares
of Viking
Securities
 

DGAT-1 Program

   Metabasis       […***…]              (1) 

EPOR Program

   Ligand     […***…]              (1) 

SARM Program

   Ligand     […***…]              (1) 

TR-Beta Program

   Metabasis       […***…]              (1) 

FBPase Program

   Metabasis       […***…]              (1) 

TOTAL

     $ 29,000,000         
        

 

 

          

 

(1) The aggregate number of shares of Viking Securities issued to Ligand and/or Metabasis (collectively) pursuant to Section 5.1(b) and this S CHEDULE 6 shall be as follows.

(a) In the event the valuation of the Company as of immediately prior to the Financing Transaction, based on the actual shares of capital stock outstanding as of such time (the “ Pre-Money Valuation ”), is up to or equal to […***…], the aggregate number of shares of Viking Securities issued to Ligand and Metabasis (collectively) pursuant to this Agreement shall be equal to:

[…***…]

(b) In the event the Pre-Money Valuation is greater than […***…], the aggregate number of shares of Viking Securities issued to any Ligand and Metabasis (collectively) pursuant to this Agreement shall be equal to:

[…***…]

 

** Includes the Exercise Fee

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested


S CHEDULE 7

L ICENSED P RODUCT M ILESTONES AND R OYALTIES 1

 

A. Development and Commercial Milestones.

1. FBPase Program : Viking shall pay Metabasis the following one-time, non-refundable milestone payments with respect to the first, second, third and fourth different Indication of a Licensed Product containing an FBPase Compound to achieve the following milestone events (without regard to whether the Licensed Product which addresses and achieves a milestone event with respect to a respective Indication also achieved the same (or any other) milestone event as to another one or more of the Indications) and whether achieved by Viking, its Affiliate or its Sublicensee.

 

Milestone event payable for each Indication up to the fourth Indication    Milestone
Payment
 
   

[...***...]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the total maximum milestone payments payable under this Section A.1 for all Licensed Products containing an FBPase Compound and all Indications are $240,000,000.

With respect to each milestone event, the milestone payments to be made under this Section A.1 shall be due and payable only once (or up to four times, as the case may be) as indicated, even if an Indication is discontinued after a milestone payment has been made.

2. DGAT-1 Program: Viking shall pay Metabasis the following one-time, non-refundable milestone payments with respect to the first and second different Indication of a Licensed Product containing a DGAT-1 Compound to achieve the following milestone events (without regard to whether the Licensed Product which addresses and achieves a milestone event with respect to a respective Indication also achieved the same (or any other) milestone event as to another one or more of the Indications) whether achieved by Viking, its Affiliate or its Sublicensee.

 

1 Note to draft: milestones and royalties are to be paid to Ligand or Metabasis as applicable for each Licensed Program.

 

Schedule 7 - 1

*Confidential Treatment Requested


Milestone event payable for each Indication up to the second Indication    Milestone
Payment
 
   

[...***...]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the total maximum milestone payments payable under this Section A.2 for all Licensed Products containing a DGAT-1 Compound are $156,000,000.

With respect to each milestone event, the milestone payments to be made under this Section A.2 shall be due and payable only once (or up to two times, as the case may be) as indicated, even if the Development of a particular Licensed Product is discontinued after a milestone payment has been made.

3. EPOR Program: Viking shall pay Ligand the following one-time, non-refundable milestone payments with respect to the first, second and third different Indication of a Licensed Product containing an EPOR Compound to achieve the following milestone events (without regard to whether the Licensed Product which addresses and achieves a milestone event with respect to a respective Indication also achieved the same (or any other) milestone event as to another Indication) and whether achieved by Viking, its Affiliate or its Sublicensee.

 

Milestone event payable for each Indication up to the third Indication    Milestone
Payment
 
   

[...***...]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the total maximum milestone payments payable under this Section A.3 for all Licensed Products containing an EPOR Compound are $144,000,000.

With respect to each milestone event, the milestone payments to be made under this Section A.3 shall be due and payable only (or up to three times, as the case may be) as indicated, even if the Development of a particular Licensed Product is discontinued after a milestone payment has been made.

 

Schedule 7 - 2

*Confidential Treatment Requested


4. SARM Program: Viking shall pay Ligand the following one-time, non-refundable milestone payments with respect to the first and the second different Indication of a Licensed Product containing a SARM Compound to achieve the following milestone events (without regard to whether the Licensed Product which addresses and achieves a milestone event with respect to a respective Indication also achieved the same (or any other) milestone event as to another Indication) and whether achieved by Viking, its Affiliate or its Sublicensee.

 

Milestone event payable for each Indication up to the second Indication    Milestone
Payment
 
   

[...***...]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the total maximum milestone payments payable under this Section A.4 for all Licensed Products containing a SARM Compound are $170,000,000.

With respect to each milestone event, the milestone payments to be made under this Section A.4 shall be due and payable only once (or up to two times, as the case may be) as indicated, even if an Indication is discontinued after a milestone payment has been made.

5. TR-Beta Program: Viking shall pay Metabasis the following one-time, non-refundable milestone payments with respect to the first, the second and the third different Indication of a Licensed Product containing a TR-Beta Compound to achieve the following milestone events (without regard to whether the Licensed Product which addresses and achieves a milestone event with respect to a respective Indication also achieved the same (or any other) milestone event as to another one or more of the Indications) and whether achieved by Viking, its Affiliate or its Sublicensee.

 

Milestone event payable for each Indication up to the third Indication    Milestone
Payment
 
   

[...***...]

 

 

    

 

 

[…***…]

 

 

  

 

 

 

Schedule 7 - 3

*Confidential Treatment Requested


For the avoidance of doubt, the total maximum milestone payments payable under this Section A.5 for all Licensed Products containing a TR-Beta Compound are $225,000,000.

With respect to each milestone event, the milestone payments to be made under this Section A.5 shall be due and payable only once (or up to three times, as the case may be) as indicated, even if an Indication is discontinued after a milestone payment has been made.

6. Payment of Development, Commercial and Special Milestones. Viking shall promptly, but in no event later than [...***...] days following each achievement of a milestone event set forth in this Section A, notify Ligand in writing of the achievement of such milestone event and shall pay the relevant milestone payment within […***…] days thereafter.

B. Sublicense Milestone Payments. Viking shall pay Metabasis a one-time, non-refundable milestone payment of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) upon the occurrence of a First Commercial Sale of an FBPase Compound by a Sublicensee (which, for clarity, shall not include a Sublicense to a contract manufacturer in connection with Commercialization).

Viking shall promptly, but in no event later than […***…] days following the achievement of the milestone event set forth in this Section B, notify Ligand in writing of the achievement of such milestone event and shall pay the milestone payment within […***…] days thereafter.

 

C. Sales Milestone Payments.

1. DGAT-1. Viking shall pay Metabasis the following one-time, non-refundable milestone payments with respect to Licensed Products containing a DGAT-1 Compound as follows:

 

Milestone event payable    Milestone
Payment
 

The end of the [...***...] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing a DGAT-1 Compound reach or surpass [...***...]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

The end of the [...***...] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing a DGAT-1 Compound reach or surpass [...***...]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

The end of the [...***...] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing a DGAT-1 Compound reach or surpass [...***...]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

 

Schedule 7 - 4

*Confidential Treatment Requested


2. FBPase. Viking shall pay Metabasis the following one-time, non-refundable milestone payments with respect to Licensed Products containing a FBPase Compound as follows:

 

Milestone event payable    Milestone
Payment
 

The end of the […***…] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing a FBPase Compound reach or surpass […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

The end of the […***…] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing a FBPase Compound reach or surpass […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

The end of the […***…] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing a FBPase Compound reach or surpass […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

3. EPOR. Viking shall pay Ligand the following one-time, non-refundable milestone payments with respect to Licensed Products containing an EPOR Compound as follows:

 

Milestone event payable    Milestone
Payment
 

The end of the […***…] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing an EPOR Compound reach or surpass […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

The end of the […***…] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing an EPOR Compound reach or surpass […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

The end of the […***…] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing an EPOR Compound reach or surpass […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

 

Schedule 7 - 5

*Confidential Treatment Requested


4. SARM. Viking shall pay Ligand the following one-time, non-refundable milestone payments with respect to Licensed Products containing a SARM Compound as follows:

 

Milestone event payable    Milestone
Payment
 

The end of the […***…] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing a SARM Compound reach or surpass […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

The end of the […***…] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing a SARM Compound reach or surpass […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

The end of the […***…] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing a SARM Compound reach or surpass […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

5. TR-Beta. Viking shall pay Metabasis the following one-time, non-refundable milestone payments with respect to Licensed Products containing a TR-Beta Compound as follows:

 

Milestone event payable    Milestone
Payment
 

The end of the […***…] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing a TR-Beta Compound reach or
surpass […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

The end of the […***…] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing a TR-Beta Compound reach or
surpass […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

The end of the […***…] during which cumulative Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing a TR-Beta Compound reach or
surpass […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

  

 

6. Payment of Sales Milestones. Viking shall include in its report delivered each […***…] under Section 5.5 of this Agreement a notation regarding the achievement of such milestone event and for which category or categories of Licensed Products it has been achieved. Viking shall pay the relevant milestone payment concurrently with the payment of royalties based on the applicable […***…] report.

 

Schedule 7 - 6

*Confidential Treatment Requested


D. Royalty Payments.

1. DGAT-1. Viking shall, during the applicable Royalty Term, pay to Metabasis a royalty on aggregate annual worldwide Net Sales by Viking and its Affiliates and Sublicensees of all Licensed Products with one or more Valid Claims Covering any DGAT-1 Compound contained in such Licensed Products, at the percentage rates set forth below:

 

Annual worldwide Net Sales of Licensed Products Containing a DGAT-1 Compound  
per Calendar Year (U.S. Dollars)
   Incremental
Royalty Rate
 

For Net Sales of such a Licensed Product from […***…] up to and including […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

For that portion of Net Sales of a Licensed Product that is greater than
[…***…] and less than or equal to […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

For that portion of Net Sales of a Licensed Product that is greater than
[…***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

By way of illustration, assume in a Calendar Year that aggregate worldwide annual Net Sales of all such Licensed Products total $950,000,000. The total royalties due and payable by Viking to Metabasis for such Net Sales would be […***…], calculated as follows:

[…***…]

2. FBPase. Viking shall, during the applicable Royalty Term, pay to Metabasis a royalty on aggregate annual worldwide Net Sales by Viking and its Affiliates and Sublicensees of all Licensed Products with one or more Valid Claims Covering any FBPase Compound contained in such Licensed Products, at the percentage rates set forth below:

 

Annual worldwide Net Sales of Licensed Products Containing a FBPase Compound  
per Calendar Year (U.S. Dollars)
   Incremental
Royalty Rate
 

For Net Sales of such a Licensed Product from […***…] up to and including […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

For that portion of Net Sales of a Licensed Product that is greater than
[…***…] and less than or equal to […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

For that portion of Net Sales of a Licensed Product that is greater than
[…***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

By way of illustration, assume in a Calendar Year that aggregate worldwide annual Net Sales of all such Licensed Products total $950,000,000. The total royalties due and payable by Viking to Metabasis for such Net Sales would be […***…], calculated as follows:

[…***…]

 

Schedule 7 - 7

*Confidential Treatment Requested


3. EPOR. Viking shall, during the applicable Royalty Term, pay to Ligand a royalty on aggregate annual worldwide Net Sales by Viking and its Affiliates and Sublicensees of all Licensed Products with one or more Valid Claims Covering any EPOR Compound contained in such Licensed Products, at the percentage rates set forth below:

 

Annual worldwide Net Sales of Licensed Products Containing an EPOR Compound  
per Calendar Year (U.S. Dollars)
   Incremental
Royalty Rate
 

For Net Sales of such a Licensed Product from […***…] up to and including […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

For that portion of Net Sales of a Licensed Product that is greater than
[…***…] and less than or equal to […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

For that portion of Net Sales of a Licensed Product that is greater than
[…***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

By way of illustration, assume in a Calendar Year that aggregate worldwide annual Net Sales of all such Licensed Products total $950,000,000. The total royalties due and payable by Viking to Ligand for such Net Sales would be […***…], calculated as follows:

[…***…]

4. SARM. Viking shall, during the applicable Royalty Term, pay to Ligand a royalty on aggregate annual worldwide Net Sales by Viking and its Affiliates and Sublicensees of all Licensed Products with one or more Valid Claims Covering any SARM Compound contained in such Licensed Products, at the percentage rates set forth below:

 

Annual worldwide Net Sales of Licensed Products Containing a SARM Compound  
per Calendar Year (U.S. Dollars)
   Incremental
Royalty Rate
 

For Net Sales of such a Licensed Product from […***…] up to and including […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

For that portion of Net Sales of a Licensed Product that is greater than […***…] and less than or equal to […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

For that portion of Net Sales of a Licensed Product that is greater than […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

By way of illustration, assume in a Calendar Year that aggregate worldwide annual Net Sales of all such Licensed Products total $950,000,000. The total royalties due and payable by Viking to Ligand for such Net Sales would be […***…], calculated as follows:

[…***…]

 

Schedule 7 - 8

*Confidential Treatment Requested


5. TR-Beta. Viking shall, during the applicable Royalty Term, pay to Metabasis a royalty on aggregate annual worldwide Net Sales by Viking and its Affiliates and Sublicensees of all Licensed Products with one or more Valid Claims Covering any TR-Beta Compound contained in such Licensed Products, at the percentage rates set forth below:

 

Annual worldwide Net Sales of Licensed Products Containing a TR-Beta Compound per
Calendar Year (U.S. Dollars)
   Incremental
Royalty Rate
 

For Net Sales of such a Licensed Product from […***…] up to and including […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

For that portion of Net Sales of a Licensed Product that is greater than
[…***…] and less than or equal to […***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

For that portion of Net Sales of a Licensed Product that is greater than
[…***…]

 

    

 

[…***…]

 

 

By way of illustration, assume in a Calendar Year that aggregate worldwide annual Net Sales of all such Licensed Products total $950,000,000. The total royalties due and payable by Viking to Metabasis for such Net Sales would be […***…], calculated as follows:

[…***…]

6. Royalty Payable if no Valid Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in each country where there is no Valid Claim Covering the applicable Compound contained in the Licensed Products that would be infringed by the sale of such Licensed Product in such country absent a license with respect to Licensor Patents under this Agreement, then the applicable royalty rate set forth in this Section D above as applied to the sale of such Licensed Product in each such country shall be […***…] as follows: (a) with respect to Licensed Products containing a SARM Compound or a TR-Beta Compound, by […***…] (i.e., the applicable royalty rate shall be [...***...] the rates set forth in the tables above) and such […***…] royalty shall be payable for the remaining Royalty Term for such Licensed Products; and (b) with respect to all other Licensed Products, by […***…] (i.e., the applicable royalty rate shall be [...***...] the rates set forth in the tables above) and such […***…] royalty shall be payable for the remaining Royalty Term for all other Licensed Products.

7. Required Third Party License. If Viking, after arm’s-length negotiation, obtains a license from a Third Party to an issued and unexpired Patent the claims of which would be infringed by Viking making, using, selling, offering for sale or importing a Licensed Product, Viking may offset […***…] of the applicable Licensed Product in the applicable country; provided that in no event shall the royalty rates payable to Licensor with respect to the applicable Licensed Product in the applicable country be reduced by more than […***…].

 

Schedule 7 - 9

*Confidential Treatment Requested


S CHEDULE 8

[…***…]

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested


S CHEDULE 1.49

L OAN AND S ECURITY A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.13

*** Text Omitted and Filed Separately

Confidential Treatment Requested

Under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4)

and 240.24b-2

L OAN AND S ECURITY A GREEMENT

T HIS L OAN AND S ECURITY A GREEMENT dated as of May 21, 2014 (“ Agreement ”), made by and between V IKING T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), and L IGAND P HARMACEUTICALS I NCORPORATED , a Delaware corporation (“ Lender ”), provides the terms on which the Lender shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay the Lender.

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, unless otherwise defined, the capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in Schedule A .

2. Loans and Terms of Payment and/or Conversion .

(a) Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Lender the outstanding principal amount of all Loans advanced to Borrower by Lender and accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts due hereunder as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lender agrees to make loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000.00) (such loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Loans ”). After repayment by Borrower, no Loan may be reborrowed.

(c) Conversion of Loans; Prepayment .

(i) Upon the consummation of the earlier to occur of a Qualified Private Financing or an Initial Public Offering (the first to occur, an “ Equity Financing ”), the Lender shall, at its sole option and discretion, elect to either, in an irrevocable writing delivered to Borrower, (a) receive that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Borrower Equity as is equal to 200% of the quotient obtained by dividing the entire principal amount of the Loans then outstanding plus all accrued and previously unpaid interest thereon by the lowest per share price paid by investors in the Equity Financing, rounded down to the nearest whole share (the “ Conversion Shares ”), or (b) require the Borrower to prepay the entire then outstanding principal amount of the Loans plus all accrued and previously unpaid interest thereon in cash equal to an amount that shall equal 200% of the principal amount of the Loans then outstanding plus all accrued and previously unpaid interest thereon (“ Prepayment ”); provided , however, if the first to occur Equity Financing is a Qualified Private Financing, the Lender may also elect to extend the Maturity Date, at its sole option and discretion, to a date to be agreed upon by Borrower and Lender in writing.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control prior to the earlier of the occurrence of either (a) the Maturity Date or (b) the closing of the Equity Financing, the Lender shall, at its sole option and discretion, elect to either, in an irrevocable writing delivered to Borrower, (I) receive that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Borrower’s

 

1


securities, as is equal to 200% of the quotient obtained by dividing the entire principal amount of the Loans then outstanding plus all accrued and previously unpaid interest thereon by the lower of (A) the deemed Common Stock per share price used to calculate the purchase price paid by the acquirer of Borrower in such Change of Control or (B) the lowest per share price paid by investors for shares of New Preferred prior to the Change of Control (if New Preferred has been issued prior to the Change of Control), in each case rounded down to the nearest whole share, or (II) require the Borrower to make the Prepayment. The Borrower’s securities to be issued in connection with a Change of Control shall be New Preferred (if New Preferred has been issued prior to the Change of Control) or Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Borrower (“ Common Stock ”) (if no New Preferred has been issued prior to the occurrence of the Change of Control) (“ Change of Control Securities ”).

(d) Mechanics of Conversion .

(i) Notice to Lender . The Borrower shall promptly, but in all events at least […***…] days prior to consummation of an Equity Financing or […***…] days prior to the consummation of a Change of Control, as applicable, deliver to the Lender written notification of the proposed consummation of an Equity Financing or a Change of Control, as applicable, which notice shall describe the material terms and conditions of such Equity Financing or Change of Control (“ Notice of Transaction ”), and the Lender shall have […***…] days from the date of such notice to elect, by written notice to the Borrower, to convert the Loans or require the Prepayment, which election shall be irrevocable and may be made contingent on the closing of the Equity Financing or Change of Control, as applicable. The Borrower shall include in the Notice of Transaction the number of voting securities of the Borrower anticipated to be issued and outstanding following the consummation of the Equity Financing or immediately prior to the Change of Control.

(ii) Stock Certificates . The Borrower shall, as soon as practicable following consummation of an Equity Financing or Change of Control for which Lender has elected to convert the Loans as permitted hereunder, issue and deliver to the Lender, or to its nominee or nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Borrower Securities to which it shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made, as applicable, immediately prior to the close of business on the date of the closing of the Equity Financing or the Change of Control, as applicable. The person or persons entitled to receive the Borrower Securities issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holders of such Borrower Securities on such date.

(iii) Registration of Borrower Securities Issued Hereunder . Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Borrower and Lender and an Affiliate of Lender are entering into a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of even date herewith.

(iv) Charges, Taxes and Expenses . Issuance of a certificate for shares of Borrower Securities upon conversion of the Loans shall be made without charge to the Lender for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificate, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Borrower, and such certificate shall be issued in the name of the Lender, or such certificates shall be issued in such name or names as may be directed by the Lender. The Lender shall execute such documents, and perform such acts, which are reasonably required to assure that the conversion hereof is consummated in compliance with all applicable laws.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

2


(v) No Rights as Stockholder . The conversion rights set forth in this Agreement do not entitle the Lender to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Borrower prior to the conversion of the Loans into Borrower Securities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(vi) Restricted Securities . The Lender acknowledges that the Borrower Securities acquired upon the conversion of the Loan will be subject to restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws and may be subject to transfer restrictions set forth in the Borrower’s bylaws or in one or more agreements that may be entered into by and among the Borrower, the Lender and the holders of the Borrower Securities.

(e) Repayment . The Loan will automatically mature and the entire outstanding principal amount, together with accrued interest, shall become due and payable upon written demand by the Lender, which demand may be made at any time after the Maturity Date, unless, prior to such time, the Loan shall have been converted into Borrower’s Equity pursuant to Section 2(c). The Loan may only be prepaid in accordance with Section 2.

(f) Interest Rate; Default Rate . Subject to this Section 2(f), the principal amount outstanding under the Loans shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate of the lesser of (a) five percent (5.0%) and (b) the maximum interest rate permitted by law, which interest shall accrue on each Loan commencing on, and including, the funding date of such Loan (the “ Funding Date ”), and shall accrue on the principal amount outstanding under such Loan through and including the day on which such Loan is paid (or converted into Borrower Securities) in full. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year consisting of twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon written notice to the Borrower from the Lender, Obligations shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate of the lesser of (a) eight percent (8%) and (b) the maximum interest rate permitted by law (the “ Default Rate ”). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2(f) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Borrower.

(g) Cash Payments . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all cash payments by Borrower under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document, including payments of principal and interest, and all fees, expenses, indemnities and reimbursements, shall be made to the Lender at Lender’s office in immediately available funds on the date specified herein. All cash payments to be made by Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, including payments of principal and interest, and all fees, expenses, indemnities and reimbursements, shall be made without set off, recoupment or counterclaim, in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds.

(h) Withholding . Payments received by the Lender from Borrower hereunder will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any governmental authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto), except as required by law.

 

3


3. Secured Promissory Note . The Loans shall be evidenced by a Secured Convertible Promissory Note in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (a “ Secured Promissory Note ”), and shall be repayable or converted into Borrower Securities as set forth in this Agreement. Borrower irrevocably authorizes the Lender to make or cause to be made, on or about the Funding Date or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal, an appropriate notation on the Secured Promissory Note Record reflecting the making of such Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of each Loan set forth on the Secured Promissory Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to the Lender (absent manifest error), but the failure to record, or any error in so recording (other than manifest error), any such amount on the Secured Promissory Note Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower under the Secured Promissory Note or any other Loan Document to make payments of principal of or interest on any Secured Promissory Note when due. Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of a Lender and a customary indemnification agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to Borrower, as to the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of its Secured Promissory Note, Borrower shall issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Secured Promissory Note in the same principal amount thereof and of like tenor.

4. Conditions Precedent to Loan .

(a) Lender’s obligation to make the initial Loan is subject to the condition precedent that the Lender shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, such documents and evidence of completion of such other matters, as Lender may reasonably deem necessary in connection herewith, including, without limitation:

(i) Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and good standing certificates certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(ii) a completed Perfection Certificate for Borrower (the “ Initial Perfection Certificate ”);

(iii) duly executed officer’s certificate for Borrower, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Lender;

(iv) certified copies, dated as of date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, of financing statement searches, as the Lender shall reasonably request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Loan, will be terminated or released;

(v) a bailee waiver executed in favor of the Lender in respect of each third party bailee where Borrower maintains Collateral having a book value in excess of […***…]; and

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

4


(vi) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the insurance policies required under this Agreement are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable clauses or endorsements in favor of the Lender.

(b) Lender’s obligation to make any Loan hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(i) the representations and warranties in Section 8 shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects on the Funding Date of each Loan; provided , however , that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

(ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Loan;

(iii) in Lender’s sole discretion, there has not been any Material Adverse Effect or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the Borrower Forecast and Budget presented to and accepted by the Lender;

(iv) a completed Perfection Certificate for Borrower, updated from the most recent Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 4, dated as of the Funding Date of each Loan;

(v) duly executed officer’s certificate for Borrower dated as of the Funding Date of each Loan, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Lender;

(vi) a bailee waiver executed in favor of the Lender in respect of each third party bailee which has not previously delivered such a waiver and where Borrower maintains Collateral having a book value in excess of […***…]; and

(vii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the insurance policies required under this Agreement are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable clauses or endorsements in favor of the Lender.

5. Covenant to Deliver . Borrower agrees to deliver to the Lender each item required to be delivered to the Lender under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Loan. Borrower expressly agrees that a Loan made prior to the receipt by the Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver the Lender of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such Loan in the absence of a required item shall be made in the Lender’s sole discretion.

6. Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all applicable conditions to the making of a Loan set forth in this Agreement, (a) within three (3) Business Days of the date of this Agreement, Lender shall transfer One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), by wire transfer in immediately available funds, to an account previously designated in writing by Borrower (the date such Loan is received by Borrower, the “ Effective Date ”); and (b) on the first day of each calendar month beginning with June 2014, Lender shall transfer Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), by wire transfer in immediately available funds, to an

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

5


account previously designated in writing by Borrower. If the day on which a transfer is to be made under this Section 6 is not a Business Day, Lender shall make the transfer on the next Business Day.

7. Grant of Security Interest .

(a) As collateral security for the full, prompt, complete and final payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all the Obligations and in order to induce Lender to cause the Loans to be made, the Borrower hereby grants to the Lender a continuing security interest in all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest of whatsoever kind and nature in and to the Collateral (the “ Security Interest ”), wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens.

(b) If this Agreement is terminated, Lender’s Liens in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash or converted in full into Borrower Securities. Upon payment in full (in cash or conversion into Borrower Securities) of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as the Lender’s obligation to make Loans has terminated, the Lender’s Liens in the Collateral shall automatically terminate and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower and the Lender shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, execute and deliver to Borrower releases of its Liens in the Collateral.

(c) Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to file financing statements or take any other action required to perfect the Security Interest, without notice to Borrower, within all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Lender’s interest or rights under this Agreement.

8. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower . The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender as follows as of the Effective Date and as of each Funding Date:

(a) The Borrower has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the filings contemplated herein have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Borrower and no further action is required by the Borrower. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights generally.

(b) The chief place of business, the chief executive office, other locations of Borrower and each office or location where Borrower keeps the Collateral and records relating thereto are located at the addresses set forth on Schedule 8(b) ; its type of organization (e.g., corporation), jurisdiction of organization and organization number provided by the applicable government authority of its jurisdiction of organization are listed on Schedule 8(b) . The Borrower has no subsidiaries.

 

6


(c) The full legal name of the Borrower is as set forth on the signature page hereof. The Borrower has not done in the five (5) years prior to the Effective Date, and does not do, business under any other name (including, without limitation, any trade name or fictitious business name) other than names identified to the Lender in the Perfection Certificate or otherwise pursuant to Section 11(d).

(d) Except for Permitted Liens, the Borrower is the sole owner of the Collateral (except for exclusive, semi-exclusive and non-exclusive licenses granted by a Borrower in the ordinary course of business which licenses existing as of the date hereof are identified on Schedule 8(d) ), free and clear of any Liens, and is fully authorized to grant the Security Interest in and to pledge the Collateral. No security agreement, financing statement, assignment, equivalent security, lien or other instrument similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any filing or recording office other than those relating to Permitted Liens.

(e) This Agreement creates in favor of the Lender a valid continuing lien on and security interest in the Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations and, upon making the filings described in the immediately following sentence, a perfected first priority security interest in such Collateral. Except for the filing of financing statements on Form-1 under the UCC with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and any required filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, no authorization or approval of or filing with or notice to any governmental authority or regulatory body or any other Person is required either (i) for the grant by a Borrower of, or the effectiveness of, the Security Interest granted hereby or for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Borrower or (ii) for the perfection of or exercise by Lender of its rights in and remedies with respect to the Collateral.

(f) All Equipment that is material to the operation of the business of Borrower and that is in the possession of a third party bailee is set forth on Schedule 8(f) , and such schedule sets forth the location of the listed Equipment.

(g) Schedule 8(g) sets forth a true and complete list of (i) all United States, state and foreign registrations of and applications for Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights owned by or, in the case of Copyrights, exclusively licensed to, the Borrower and (ii) all Patent Licenses, Trademark Licenses, Trade Secret Licenses and Copyright Licenses relating to any of Borrower’s assets.

(h) Borrower is Solvent.

(i) The Borrower Securities, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration expressed in this Agreement, shall be duly and validly issued (including, without limitation, issued in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws), and neither the Borrower nor the holder thereof shall be subject to any preemptive or similar right with respect to the Borrower Securities, which have not been properly waived or complied with.

 

7


(j) The Borrower is not in default under any material contract, lease, agreement, judgment, decree or order to which it is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) There are no pending actions or proceedings or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or its properties before any governmental agency or authority or arbitrator that if determined adversely to the Borrower would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(l) Other than Indebtedness secured by or incurred in connection with Permitted Liens or as set forth on Schedule 8(l) , as of the date hereof, the Borrower does not have any Indebtedness in excess of […***…]. Schedule 8(l) sets forth a true and complete list of all Indebtedness outstanding.

(m) The Borrower possesses all permits, franchises, and governmental licenses (the “ Permits ”), free from burdensome restrictions, that are necessary for the ownership, maintenance and operation of its business as currently conducted and the Borrower is not in violation of any of the foregoing, except where the failure to have any such Permits or the violation of such Permit would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(n) The properties of the Borrower are insured, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as, in the good faith belief of the Borrower, are customarily appropriate for companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the localities where the Borrower operates.

9. Reporting Covenants . So long as any of the Obligations shall remain unpaid or outstanding, Borrower agrees that:

(a) Books and Records . Borrower shall maintain, at all times, correct and complete books, records and accounts in which complete, correct and timely entries are made of its transactions in accordance with GAAP applied consistently with Borrower’s financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9(b). Borrower shall, by means of appropriate entries, reflect in such accounts and in all financial statements proper liabilities and reserves for all taxes and proper provision for depreciation and amortization of property and bad debts, all in accordance with GAAP. Borrower shall maintain at all times books and records pertaining to its assets and to the Collateral in such detail, form and scope as Lender shall reasonably request in writing, including, but not limited to, records of all dealings materially affecting the Collateral on an aggregate basis.

(b) Financial Statements and Other Reports . Borrower shall promptly furnish to Lender the following financial information:

(i) Monthly Reports . As soon as available, but in any event not later than […***…] days after the end of the first two calendar months in each calendar quarter and not later than […***…] days after the end of the third calendar month in each calendar quarter, Borrower will furnish to Lender the unaudited balance sheet of Borrower as at the end of such month, and unaudited income statements and cash flow statements for Borrower for such month and for the period from the beginning of the Fiscal Year to the end of such month, all in

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

8


reasonable detail, fairly presenting the financial position and results of operations of Borrower as of the date thereof and for such periods, and prepared in accordance with GAAP (other than the exclusion of footnotes not ordinarily included in interim period financial statements) applied consistently with the audited financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9(b)(iii). Borrower shall certify by a certificate signed by its Responsible Officer that all such statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (other than the exclusion of footnotes not ordinarily included in interim period financial statements) and present fairly Borrower’s financial position as at the dates thereof and its results of operations for the periods then ended, subject to normal year-end adjustments.

(ii) Quarterly Reports . As soon as available, but in any event not later than […***…] days after the end of each fiscal quarter, Borrower will furnish to Lender the unaudited balance sheet of Borrower as at the end of such quarter, and unaudited income statements and cash flow statements for Borrower for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of the Fiscal Year to the end of such quarter, all in reasonable detail, fairly presenting the financial position and results of operations of Borrower as of the date thereof and for such periods, and prepared in accordance with GAAP (other than the exclusion of footnotes not ordinarily included in interim period financial statements) applied consistently with the audited financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9(b)(iii). Borrower shall certify by a certificate signed by its Responsible Officer that all such statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (other than the exclusion of footnotes not ordinarily included in interim period financial statements) and present fairly Borrower’s financial position as at the dates thereof and its results of operations for the periods then ended, subject to normal year-end adjustments.

(iii) Annual Reports . As soon as available, but in any event not later than […***…] days after the close of each Fiscal Year, Borrower will furnish to Lender the unaudited balance sheet as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and unaudited income statements and cash flow statements for Borrower for such Fiscal Year, and the notes thereto, setting forth in each case, starting with the financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, in comparative form figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, fairly presenting the financial position and the results of operations of Borrower as at the date thereof and for the Fiscal Year then ended, and prepared in accordance with GAAP (other than the exclusion of footnotes not ordinarily included in interim period financial statements). In addition, as soon as available, but in any event not later than (A) if the Borrower has not consummated an Initial Public Offering, […***…] days after the close of each Fiscal Year or (B) if the Borrower has consummated an Initial Public Offering, […***…] days after the close of each Fiscal Year, Borrower will furnish to Lender the audited balance sheet as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and income statements, cash flow statements and changes in stockholders’ equity for Borrower for such Fiscal Year, and the notes thereto, setting forth in each case, starting with the financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, in comparative form figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, fairly presenting the financial position and the results of operations of Borrower as at the date thereof and for the Fiscal Year then ended, and prepared in accordance with GAAP. The audited annual statements shall be examined in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by and, accompanied by a report thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized standing selected by Borrower.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

9


(c) Rolling Monthly Forecast and Budget . Prior to the Effective Date, Borrower has provided to Lender a forecast and budget for Borrower’s operations for the six (6) months following the anticipated effective date of this Agreement, which sets out Borrower’s good faith estimates of its income and expenses on a monthly basis and by project as approved by Borrower’s board of directors. The Parties acknowledge that the form of the forecast and budget to be provided to Lender following the Effective Date is attached hereto as Schedule 9(c) (“ Borrower Forecast and Budget ”). Prior to the first day of each calendar month thereafter (beginning on June 1, 2014), Borrower shall provide to Lender an updated Borrower Forecast and Budget as approved by Borrower’s board of directors for the six-(6)-month period following the delivery of such Borrower Forecast and Budget.

(d) Additional Information . Borrower will furnish to Lender:

(i) promptly, and in no event more than ten (10) days after a Responsible Officer has knowledge or becomes aware thereof, notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default;

(ii) promptly, and in no event more than ten (10) days after a Responsible Officer has knowledge or becomes aware thereof, written notice of all actions, suits and proceedings before any governmental agency or authority or arbitrator pending, or to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting Borrower, including any actions, suits, claims, notices of violation, hearings, investigations or proceedings pending, or to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting Borrower, or with respect to the ownership, use, maintenance and operation of its properties, that (A) involve an aggregate liability of […***…] or more, or (B) otherwise would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) promptly, and in no event more than ten (10) days after a Responsible Officer has knowledge or becomes aware thereof, written notice of any other condition or event that has resulted, or that would reasonably be expected to result, in a Material Adverse Effect;

(iv) promptly, and in no event more than ten (10) days, after the giving, sending or filing thereof, copies of all reports and financial information, if any, that Borrower sends to the holders of its capital stock or other securities, and the holders, if any, of any other Indebtedness; and

(v) such other information respecting the operations, properties, business or financial condition of Borrower (including with respect to the Collateral) as Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

(vi) Each notice pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) of this subsection (d) shall be accompanied by a written statement by a Responsible Officer setting forth a reasonable amount of details of the occurrence referred to therein.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

10


10. Affirmative Covenants . So long as any of the Obligations shall remain unpaid or outstanding, Borrower agrees that:

(a) Preservation of Existence, Etc .

(i) Borrower will maintain and preserve its corporate existence.

(ii) Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain and preserve its rights to transact business and all other rights, Permits and privileges necessary in the normal course of its business and operations and the ownership of its properties, except in connection with any transactions expressly permitted by this Agreement, or where the failure to so maintain or preserve such rights, Permits and privileges would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Payment of Taxes, Etc . Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to pay and discharge all material taxes, fees, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its properties or assets prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful material claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any properties or assets of Borrower, except to the extent such taxes, fees, assessments or governmental charges or levies, or such claims, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP.

(c) Maintenance of Insurance . Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to carry and maintain in full force and effect, at its own expense and with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as, in the good faith belief of Borrower, is customarily appropriate for companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the localities where Borrower operates. Insurance on the Collateral shall name Lender as a loss payee. Upon the request of Lender, Borrower shall furnish Lender from time to time with full information as to the insurance carried by it and, if so reasonably requested, copies of all such insurance policies. Borrower shall also furnish to Lender, from time to time upon its reasonable request, a certificate of Borrower’s insurance broker or other insurance specialist stating that all premiums then due on the policies relating to Borrower’s insurance have been paid and that such policies are in full force and effect.

(d) Inspection Rights . Borrower will, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice, during normal business hours and subject to Borrower’s reasonable security measures, permit Lender or any of its agents or representatives to visit and inspect any of its properties and to examine the records and books of account of Borrower, and to discuss the business affairs, finances and accounts of Borrower with any of the officers, employees or accountants of Borrower; provided that Lender and its agents and representatives shall hold confidential all such information related to Borrower or any other matters related thereto (other than as is required of Lender for the preparation of its financial statements in accordance with GAAP or as is required pursuant to securities laws applicable to Lender); provided , further , that unless an Event of Default exists, none of Lender or any of its agents or representatives may exercise the rights set forth in this Section 10(d) more than twice per calendar year.

(e) Compliance with Laws, Etc . Borrower will comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any

 

11


governmental agency or authority and the terms of any material indenture, contract or other instrument to which it may be a party or under which it or its properties may be bound. Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain all licenses, authorizations, consents, filings, exemptions, registrations and other governmental approvals of any governmental agency or authority necessary in connection with the operation and conduct of its business and ownership of its properties.

(f) Protection of Collateral . Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all laws, regulations and ordinances, and all policies of insurance, relating in a material way to the possession, operation, maintenance and control of the Collateral. Borrower shall not surrender or lose possession of (other than (i) to Lender, (ii) related to sales or other dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business or (iii) by transfer of the custody thereof in the ordinary course of business to a third party contracted by Borrower to store any portion of the Collateral), sell, lease, rent, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any of the Collateral or any right or interest therein, except for Permitted Liens and Permitted Transfers.

(g) Equipment; Collateral Located Outside the United States . Borrower, at Borrower’s expense, will use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) within […***…] days of the Effective Date cause each third party bailee of the Equipment included in the Collateral, wherever located and set forth on Schedule 8(f) hereof, to execute and deliver to Lender a bailee agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender, (ii) within […***…] days of the Effective Date execute and deliver, and cause to be executed and delivered, such instruments, documents or agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, reasonably required by Lender for the creation, perfection or protection of any now-existing Equipment of Borrower located outside the United States, and (iii) execute and deliver, and cause to be executed and delivered, all further instruments and documents, and will take all further action, that may be reasonably required by Lender in order to create, perfect and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby with respect to all non-Equipment Collateral located outside of the United States, including, without limitation, Intellectual Property. In addition, upon each incremental acquisition by Borrower, in one or more transactions, of Equipment included in the Collateral or non-Equipment Collateral located outside of the United States, having an aggregate value which exceeds […***…] in any 12-month period beginning on the Effective Date and any anniversary thereof, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the bailee agreement or such other instruments, documents or agreements described in subsections (i), (ii) and (iii) above within […***…] days, as applicable. Borrower shall amend Schedule 8(f) to reflect the acquisition of any Equipment material to the business of the Borrower from time to time.

(h) Intellectual Property . The Borrower shall promptly report to the Lender (i) the filing of any application to register any Intellectual Property with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, or any state registry or foreign counterpart of the foregoing (whether such application is filed by the Borrower or through any agent, employee, licensee, or designee thereof) and (ii) the registration of any Intellectual Property by any such office. The Borrower shall take such steps as may be reasonably requested by the Lender to ensure that the security interest of the Lender is registered with each such recording office.

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

12


(i) Certificated Security, Chattel Paper or Instrument . With respect to any Collateral that is evidenced by, or constitutes, a Certificated Security, Chattel Paper or Instrument (other than any Chattel Paper or Instruments having a value less than […***…] individually or […***…] in the aggregate), the Borrower shall cause each originally executed copy thereof to be delivered to the Lender (or its agent or designee) appropriately endorsed to the Lender or endorsed in blank: (i) with respect to any such Collateral in existence on the date hereof, on or prior to the date hereof and (ii) with respect to any such Collateral hereafter arising, within [...***...] days of the Borrower acquiring rights therein.

(j) Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loans solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements in accordance with the most recent Borrower Forecast and Budget and the provisions of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the proceeds of the Loans shall not be used to repay any portion of the amounts outstanding under the Outstanding Loans (as defined in Schedule 8(l) ).

(k) Further Assurances and Additional Acts . From time to time, at its sole expense, Borrower will promptly execute and deliver and will cause to be executed and delivered all further instruments and documents, and will take all further action, that may be reasonably necessary or desirable, or that Lender may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable Lender to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower will: (i) (A) execute and file, record or register such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, (B) execute and deliver, and cause to be executed and delivered, agreements establishing that Lender has “control” within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC of specified items of Collateral to the extent required hereunder, (C) ) execute and deliver such Intellectual Property Security Agreements as are reasonably requested by Lender within five (5) Business Days of any such request, (D) promptly, upon a Responsible Officer obtaining knowledge thereof, deliver to Lender notice of any Commercial Tort Claim for damages greater than […***…] it may bring against any person or entity, including the name and address of such person or entity, a detailed description of the facts, an estimate of Borrower’s damages thereunder, copies of any complaint or demand letter submitted by Borrower, and such other information as Lender may request, and, upon request by Lender, deliver any and all documentation required by Lender to perfect its security interest in all rights of Borrower in, to and under such Commercial Tort Claim and (E) deliver such other instruments or notices, in each case, as may be necessary and as Lender may reasonably request in order to perfect and preserve the security interests granted or purported to be granted hereby, (ii) furnish to Lender from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as Lender may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail, (iii) at Lender’s request, appear in and defend any action or proceeding that may affect the title of Borrower to or Lender’s security interest in all or any material part of the Collateral, and (iv) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any necessary consents of third parties to the perfection of a security interest to Lender with respect to any Collateral or the exercise of any right hereunder. Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to file one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relative to all or any part of the Collateral without the further consent of Borrower. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Lender, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

13


irrevocable power and authority in its place and stead and in its name or otherwise, from time to time in Lender’s sole discretion, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments which Lender may deem reasonably necessary to accomplish the purposes of creating, perfecting, continuing and preserving an indefeasible continuing security interest in any and all of the Collateral in favor of Lender.

11. Negative Covenants . So long as any of the Obligations shall remain unpaid or outstanding, Borrower agrees that:

(a) Indebtedness . Borrower will not create, incur, assume or otherwise become liable for or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, whether secured or unsecured, other than:

(i) Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender hereunder;

(ii) accounts payable to trade creditors for goods and services and current operating liabilities (not the result of the borrowing of money) incurred in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business in accordance with customary terms and paid within the specified time, unless contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(iii) Indebtedness directly related to the acquisition by Borrower of a product or product line; provided that such Indebtedness is owed to the seller of such product or product line or to a Person financing the acquisition of the same, but only to the extent the portion of the purchase price for the assets thus acquired is financed by Indebtedness; and if such Indebtedness is secured, then such Indebtedness shall be secured solely by the assets for which the acquisition financing was provided;

(iv) Indebtedness consisting of a refinancing of the Indebtedness permitted in subsection (iii) above; provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness that is being refinanced does not increase;

(v) Indebtedness for capital leases as determined in accordance with GAAP not to exceed that amount allocated for capital leases in the annual budget of Borrower, which shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of Borrower;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from (i) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten (10) Business Days of its occurrence; (ii) bankers acceptances, performance, surety, judgment, appeal or similar bonds, instruments or obligations; and (iii) any customary cash management arrangements;

(vii) Indebtedness in respect of endorsements made in connection with the deposit of items for credit or collection in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) Indebtedness represented by property, liability and workers’ compensation insurance (which may be in the form of letters of credit); and

 

14


(ix) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 8(l) , or Indebtedness consisting of a refinancing of the Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 8(l) ; provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness that is being refinanced does not increase.

(b) Change in Nature of Business . Borrower will not engage in any material line of business substantially different from the biopharmaceutical business.

(c) Restrictions on Fundamental Changes . Borrower will not:

(i) consummate any acquisition of any Person by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding shares of such Person are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by Borrower, or consummate a purchase of substantially all of any Person’s assets unless (A) Borrower is the surviving entity, and (B) both immediately before and after such merger, reorganization or acquisition, no Event of Default shall have occurred or be caused by virtue thereof; or

(ii) sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(d) Change of Name, Etc . The Borrower shall not change its name, identity, corporate structure ( e.g. , by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise), sole place of business, chief executive office, type of organization or jurisdiction of organization or establish any trade names unless it shall have (a) notified the Lender in writing at least ten (10) days prior to any such change or establishment, identifying such new proposed name, identity, corporate structure, sole place of business, chief executive office, jurisdiction of organization or trade name and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Lender may reasonably request and (b) taken all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to maintain the continuous validity, perfection and the same priority of the Lender’s security interest in the Collateral intended to be granted and agreed to hereby.

(e) Sales of Collateral . Other than Permitted Liens and Permitted Transfers, the Borrower will not transfer, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, license, sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral without the prior written consent of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(f) Distributions . Borrower will not declare or pay any dividends in respect of its capital stock, or purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any of its capital stock now or hereafter outstanding, return any capital to its stockholders as such, or make any loan of assets to its stockholders as such, except that Borrower may, so long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) the amount paid by Borrower does not exceed […***…] in cash or value per year, repurchase shares of its capital stock from any of Borrower’s employees, directors or consultants upon the termination of service of such Person or repurchase shares of its capital stock in connection with Borrower’s stock option or other compensation plans.

(g) Transactions with Related Parties . Borrower will not (absent Lender’s prior written consent) enter into any transaction, including the purchase, sale or exchange of

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

15


property or the rendering of any services, with any Affiliate, any officer or director thereof or any Person that beneficially owns or holds 5% or more of the equity securities, or 5% or more of the equity interest, thereof (a “ Related Party ”), except for an employment or consulting contract and equity award and similar agreements with Borrower and except for a transaction or contract that is in the ordinary course of business and that is upon fair and reasonable terms not less favorable to Borrower than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person not a Related Party; provided , however , that nothing in this subsection shall prohibit any transactions between Borrower and Lender.

12. Representations and Warranties of Lender . Lender represents and warrants to Borrower that:

(a) Purchase Entirely for Own Account . The Secured Promissory Note and the Borrower Equity Securities are being acquired for investment for Lender’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and Lender has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in or otherwise distributing the same. Lender does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to the Secured Promissory Note or Borrower Equity Securities.

(b) No Solicitation . At no time was Lender presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Secured Promissory Note or Borrower Equity Securities.

(c) Disclosure of Information . Lender has received or has had full access to all of the information Lender considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the Secured Promissory Note and Borrower Equity Securities. Lender has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from Borrower, or is otherwise knowledgeable, regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Secured Promissory Note and Borrower Equity Securities and the business, properties, prospects and financial condition of Borrower.

(d) Investment Experience . Lender understands that the purchase of the Secured Promissory Note and Borrower Equity Securities involves substantial risk. Lender has experience investing in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters such that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Secured Promissory Note and Borrower Equity Securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with Borrower and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Lender to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

(e) Accredited Investor . Lender is familiar with the definition of, and qualifies as, an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501, as in effect as of the Effective Date, of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

16


(f) Restricted Securities . Lender understands that the Secured Promissory Note and Borrower Equity Securities are characterized as “restricted securities” under federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from Borrower in a transaction not involving a public offering and that, under such laws and applicable regulations, the Secured Promissory Note and Borrower Equity Securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. Lender represents that it is familiar with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act. Lender understands and acknowledges that an investment in the Secured Promissory Note and Borrower Equity Securities involves an extremely high degree of risk and may result in a complete loss of Lender’s investment. Lender understands that the Secured Promissory Note and Borrower Equity Securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act and have not been and will not be registered or qualified in any state in which they are offered and that Lender will not be able to resell or otherwise transfer the Secured Promissory Note and Borrower Equity Securities unless the Secured Promissory Note or Borrower Equity Securities are registered under the Securities Act and registered or qualified under applicable state securities laws, or an exemption from such registration or qualification is available.

(g) No Public Market . Lender understands and acknowledges that, whether or not the Secured Promissory Note and Borrower Equity Securities may be resold in the future without registration under the Securities Act, no public market exists for the Secured Promissory Note or Borrower Equity Securities and that it is uncertain whether a public market will ever exist for such securities.

(h) No Liquidity . Lender has no immediate need for liquidity in connection with its investment in the Secured Promissory Note and Borrower Equity Securities, does not anticipate being required to sell the Secured Promissory Note or Borrower Equity Securities in the foreseeable future and has the capacity to sustain a complete loss of its investment in the Secured Promissory Note and Borrower Equity Securities.

(i) Legends . Lender understands and agrees that the Secured Promissory Note and the certificates evidencing Borrower Equity Securities will bear legends substantially similar to those set forth below in addition to any other legend that may be required by applicable law, Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, Section 13 or any other agreement between Borrower and Lender:

(i) THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION ARE NOT REQUIRED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION UNDER SUCH ACT AND SECURITIES LAWS; and

 

17


(ii) Any legend required by the laws of the State of California, including any legend required by the California Department of Corporations or any other state securities laws.

13. Lock-Up Period . Lender hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by Borrower or an underwriter of securities of Borrower, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Secured Promissory Note, Borrower Equity Securities or other securities of Borrower then or thereafter owned by Lender for up to 180 days following the date of the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to an effective registration statement of Borrower filed under the Securities Act (the “ Lock-Up Period ”). For purposes of this Section 13, the term “Borrower” shall include any wholly-owned subsidiary of Borrower into which Borrower merges or consolidates. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, Borrower shall have the right to place the restrictive legend below on the Secured Promissory Note and the certificates representing Borrower Equity Securities subject to this Section 13 and to impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Secured Promissory Note, Borrower Equity Securities and such other Borrower securities of the Lender (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such Lock-Up Period. Lender further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by any underwriter to implement the foregoing provisions within any reasonable timeframe so requested.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SECURITIES.

14. Event of Default . Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

(a) The Borrower fails to make any principal payment under the Secured Promissory Note or fails to pay any interest accruing on the Loans evidenced by the Secured Promissory Note and such failure continues for […***…] Business Days after the date on which such payment should have been made;

(b) The Borrower fails to issue certificates representing the Borrower Equity Securities, as applicable;

(c) The Master License Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, whether by the Borrower or the Lender;

(d)(i) any representation and warranty of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement, the Option Agreement or the Master License Agreement shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect or (ii) the Borrower breaches any covenant or agreement in this Agreement, the Option Agreement, the Master License Agreement, the Voting Agreement or that

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

18


certain side letter agreement dated as of the date hereof with respect to Board Composition and Management Rights and such failure continues for […***…] days after the date on which notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Lender;

(e) The Borrower fails to pay when due any Indebtedness of the Borrower in an aggregate amount of […***…] or greater […***…];

(f) A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money aggregating in excess of […***…] (excluding any amounts covered by insurance) are rendered against the Borrower and which judgments are not, within […***…] after the entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within […***…] days after the expiration of such stay;

(g) The Borrower shall (i) be dissolved, (ii) fail to remain Solvent, (iii) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or make or send a notice of intended bulk transfer, (iv) file or commence any petition or proceeding for any relief under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, receivership, liquidation or dissolution law or statute now or hereinafter in effect (whether at law or in equity); or

(h) Any trustee or receiver is appointed for the Borrower or any property of the Borrower, a meeting of creditors is convened or a committee of creditors is appointed for, or any petition or proceeding for any relief under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, receivership, liquidation or dissolution law or statute now or hereinafter in effect (whether at law or in equity) is filed or commenced against the Borrower, which proceeding is not dismissed within […***…].

15. Duty To Hold In Trust . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, following written notice from Lender the Borrower shall, upon receipt by it of any revenue, income or other sums subject to the Security Interest, whether payable pursuant to the Loan or otherwise, or of any check, draft, note, trade acceptance or other instrument evidencing an obligation to pay any such sum, hold the same in trust for the Lender and shall forthwith endorse and transfer any such sums or instruments, or both, to the Lender for application to the satisfaction of the Obligations.

16. Rights and Remedies Upon Default . Upon occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Lender may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following: (i) deliver notice of the Event of Default to Borrower, (ii) by notice to Borrower declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Sections 14(g) or (h) occurs all Obligations shall be immediately due and payable without any action by the Lender) or (iii) by notice to Borrower suspend or terminate the obligations, if any, of the Lender to extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Lender or its Affiliates (but if an Event of Default described in Sections 14(g) or (h) occurs all obligations, if any, of the Lender to extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement shall be immediately terminated without any action by the Lender). Without limitation, the Lender shall have the following rights and powers:

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

19


(a) The Lender shall have the right to take possession of the Collateral and, for that purpose, enter, with the aid and assistance of any person, any premises where the Collateral, or any part thereof, is or may be placed and remove the same, and the Borrower shall assemble the Collateral and make it reasonably available to the Lender at places which the Lender shall reasonably select, whether at the Borrower’s premises or elsewhere, and make reasonably available to the Lender, without rent, all of the Borrower’s respective premises and facilities for the purpose of the Lender taking possession of, removing or putting the Collateral in saleable or disposable form.

(b) The Lender shall have the right to operate the business of the Borrower using the Collateral and shall have the right to assign, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of and deliver all or any part of the Collateral, at public or private sale or otherwise, either with or without special conditions or stipulations, for cash or on credit or for future delivery, in such parcel or parcels and at such time or times and at such place or places, and upon such terms and conditions as the Lender may deem commercially reasonable, all without (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived) advertisement or demand upon or notice to the Borrower or right of redemption of the Borrower, which are hereby expressly waived. Upon each such sale, lease, assignment or other transfer of Collateral, the Lender may, unless prohibited by applicable law which cannot be waived, purchase all or any part of the Collateral being sold, free from and discharged of all trusts, claims, right of redemption and equities of the Borrower, which are hereby waived and released.

(c) The Lender shall have the right to apply to the Obligations any amount held or controlled by the Lender owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower, including, without limitation pursuant to the Master License Agreement.

17. Applications of Proceeds from Disposition of Collateral . The proceeds of any such sale, lease or other disposition of the Collateral hereunder shall be applied first, to the expenses of retaking, holding, storing, processing and preparing for sale, selling, and the like (including, without limitation, any taxes, fees and other costs incurred in connection therewith) of the Collateral, to the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Lender in enforcing its rights hereunder and in connection with collecting, storing and disposing of the Collateral, and then to satisfaction of the Obligations, and to the payment of any other amounts required by applicable law, after which the Lender shall pay to the Borrower any surplus proceeds.

18. Costs and Expenses . The Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any filing required hereunder, including without limitation, any financing statements, continuation statements, partial releases and/or termination statements related thereto. The Borrower will also, upon demand, pay to the Lender the amount of any and all reasonable expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel, which the Lender may incur in connection with (i) the enforcement of this Agreement or (ii) the custody or preservation of, or the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral.

19. Security Interest Absolute . All rights of the Lender and all Obligations of the Borrower hereunder, shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of: (a) any lack of validity

 

20


or enforceability of any Loan Document, or any portion hereof or thereof; (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment or performance of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Secured Promissory Note or any other Loan Document; (c) any exchange, release or nonperfection of any of the Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other collateral for, or any guaranty, or any other security, for all or any of the Obligations; (d) any action by the Lender to obtain, adjust, settle and cancel in its sole discretion any insurance claims or matters made or arising in connection with the Collateral; or (e) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute any legal or equitable defense available to the Borrower, or a discharge of all or any part of the Security Interest granted hereby. The Borrower expressly waives presentment, protest, notice of protest, demand, notice of nonpayment and demand for performance. In the event that at any time any transfer of any Collateral or any payment received by the Lender hereunder shall be deemed by final order of a court of competent jurisdiction to have been a voidable preference or fraudulent conveyance under the bankruptcy or insolvency laws of the United States, or shall be deemed to be otherwise due to any party other than the Lender, then, in any such event, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder shall survive cancellation of this Agreement, and shall not be discharged or satisfied by any prior payment thereof and/or cancellation of this Agreement, but shall remain a valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof. The Borrower waives all right to require the Lender to proceed against any other person or to apply any Collateral which the Lender may hold at any time, or to marshal assets, or to pursue any other remedy. The Borrower waives any defense arising by reason of the application of the statute of limitations to any obligation secured hereby.

20. Power of Attorney . The Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Lender (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as the Borrower’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of the Borrower and in the name of the Borrower, the Lender or otherwise, from time to time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default in the Lender’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Lender may deem reasonably necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.

21. Term of Agreement . This Agreement and the Security Interest shall terminate on the date on which all payments under the Loan have been made in full, including as a result of such Loans converting into Borrower Securities. Upon such termination, the Lender will promptly file, at Lender’s sole cost and expense, all termination statements with respect to any financing or similar statement executed and filed pursuant to this Agreement.

22. Notices . All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (c) when delivered, if hand delivered by messenger, or (d) upon acknowledgment of receipt by email, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Any party may change its mailing or email address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 22.

 

21


If to Borrower, addressed to:

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50

San Diego, CA 92037

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Email: […***…]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul Hastings LLP

1117 S. California Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attention: Jeff Hartlin

Email: jeffhartlin@paulhastings.com

If to Lender, addressed to:

Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 200

La Jolla, CA 92037

Attention: Vice President

Email: […***…]

23. Usury . In the event any interest is paid on the Secured Promissory Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of such Secured Promissory Note, or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by Lender exceeds the maximum rate permitted by law, Lender may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Secured Promissory Note.

24 . California Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

22


25. Miscellaneous .

(a) No course of dealing between the Borrower and the Lender, nor any failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Lender, any right, power or privilege hereunder or under the Loan shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

(b) All of the rights and remedies of the Lender with respect to the Collateral, whether established hereby or by the Loan or by any other agreements, instruments or documents or by law shall be cumulative and may be exercised singly or concurrently.

(c) This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and is intended to supersede all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements with respect thereto. Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement may be modified or amended except by a written agreement specifically referring to this Agreement and signed by the parties hereto.

(d) In the event that any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction for any reason, unless such provision is narrowed by judicial construction, this Agreement shall, as to such jurisdiction, be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining portion of such provision or the other provisions of this Agreement and without affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision or the other provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

(e) No waiver of any breach or default or any right under this Agreement shall be considered valid unless in writing and signed by the party giving such waiver, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or right, whether of the same or similar nature or otherwise.

(f) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns. Neither this Agreement nor the Secured Promissory Note may be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that: (i) Borrower may assign this Agreement along with the Secured Promissory Note to one or more of its Affiliates, without Lender’s prior consent, and (ii) Lender may assign this Agreement or the Secured Promissory Note to one or more of its Affiliates, or pursuant to a change in control of Lender, without Borrower’s prior consent.

(g) California law governs the Loan Documents, without regard to principles of conflicts of law, except to the extent the validity, perfection or enforcement of a security interest hereunder in respect of any particular Collateral which are pursuant to mandatory choice of law rules governed by a jurisdiction other than the State of California in which case such law

 

23


shall govern. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

(h) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, such signature shall create a valid binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature were the original thereof.

(i) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by Lender may be rescinded by Lender and any of the Obligations continued, and the Obligations or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Lender, and the Secured Promissory Note and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as Lender may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by Lender for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Loan and Security Agreement to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

    
BORROWER:
V IKING T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .
By:           /s/ Brian Lian, Ph.D.        
  Name:  Brian Lian, Ph.D.
  Its:       CEO
LENDER:  
L IGAND P HARMACEUTICALS I NCORPORATED
By :          /s/ Charles Berkman            
  Name:  Charles Berkman
  Its:        Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary


S CHEDULE A

D EFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means: a Person or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with a party, but only for so long as such control exists. For the purposes of this Agreement, the word “ control ” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “ controlled by ” or “ under common control with ”) means the actual power, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, to direct the management and policies of such Person or entity, whether by the ownership of at least 50% of the voting stock of such entity, or by contract or otherwise.

(b) “ Borrower Equity ” means: (i) if the first to occur Equity Financing is a Qualified Private Financing, the New Preferred and/or other securities of the Borrower to be issued by the Borrower in the Qualified Private Financing; and (ii) if the first to occur Equity Financing is an Initial Public Offering, the securities of the Borrower to be issued by the Borrower in the Initial Public Offering.

(c) “ Borrower Equity Securities ” means the securities of Borrower issued or issuable pursuant to the Borrower Equity.

(d) “ Borrower Securities ” means the Borrower Equity Securities or the Change of Control Securities, as applicable.

(e) “ Business Day ” means a day of the year on which commercial banks are not required or authorized by law to close in San Diego, California

(f) “ Change of Control ” has the meaning set forth in the Master License Agreement.

(g) “ Collateral ” means all right, title and interest in and to, whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located:

(i) All Accounts, Chattel Paper (including Tangible Chattel Paper and Electronic Chattel Paper), Documents, Instruments, Promissory Notes, Commercial Tort Claims and contracts (including, without limitation, all claims for damages arising out of any breach of or default thereunder);

(ii) All Inventory;

(iii) All Equipment and all Fixtures;

(iv) All General Intangibles (including, without limitation, Payment Intangibles and domain names) and Software;

(v) All Trademarks, Patents and copyrights;

 

A-1


(vi) All cash, Deposit Accounts, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Supporting Obligations, Securities (whether certificated or uncertificated) and Investment Property;

(vii) All other Goods and personal property of Borrower, whether tangible or intangible, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower, wheresoever located;

(viii) all present and future books, Documents, invoices, records, data, databases, information, statements, correspondence, clinical data, test results, study results and regulatory filings and approvals, in each case, in any form whatsoever; and

(ix) all replacements, additions, accessions, substitutions, repairs, guaranties and securities for the foregoing, if any, and all Proceeds, products, rents and profits of or from any and all of the foregoing, all proceeds that constitute property, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments under insurance (whether or not Lender is the loss payee or beneficiary thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing, in each case, in any form whatsoever.

For clarity, it is the intention of Borrower that the description of the Collateral set forth above be construed to include the broadest possible range of assets described herein.

(h) “ Copyright Licenses ” means any and all agreements, licenses and covenants providing for the granting of any right in or to Copyrights or otherwise providing for a covenant not to sue (whether the Borrower is licensee or licensor thereunder) including, without limitation, each agreement referred to in Schedule 8(g) .

(i) “ Copyrights ” mean all United States and foreign copyrights (including, without limitation, Community designs), including but not limited to copyrights in software and all rights in and to databases, and all Mask Works (as defined under 17 U.S.C. 901 of the U.S. Copyright Act), whether registered or unregistered, moral rights, reversionary interests, termination rights, and, with respect to any and all of the foregoing: (i) all registrations and applications therefor including, without limitation, the registrations and applications required to be listed in Schedule 8(g) , (ii) all extensions and renewals thereof, (iii) all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, (iv) all rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof, and (v) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit.

(j) “ Equipment ” means goods (other than Inventory) whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located including, without limitation, all equipment, machinery, apparatus, motor vehicles, fittings, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, parts, accessories and all replacements and substitutions therefor or accessions thereto.

(k) “ Fiscal Year ” means Borrower’s fiscal year for financial accounting purposes. The current Fiscal Year of Borrower will end on December 31, 2014.

(l) “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied.

 

A-2


(m) “ General Intangibles ” means all general intangibles as defined in the UCC, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all payment intangibles, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing all of the following whether or not constituting general intangibles as defined in the UCC: all choses in action, causes of action, corporate or other business records, inventions, designs, equipment formulations, manufacturing procedures, quality control procedures, service marks, trade secrets, goodwill, design rights, software, computer information, source codes, codes, records and updates, registrations, licenses, franchises, customer lists, tax refunds, tax refund claims, computer programs, all claims under guaranties, security interests or other security held or granted to secure payment of any of the Receivables by a customer (other than to the extent covered by Receivables), all rights of indemnification and all other intangible property of every kind and nature (other than Receivables).

(n) “ Indebtedness ” means (i) all indebtedness or other obligations of Borrower for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (ii) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by Borrower; (iv) all reimbursement and other obligations of Borrower in respect of letters of credit and bankers acceptances and all net obligations in respect of interest rate swaps, caps, floors and collars, currency swaps, and other similar financial products; (v) all obligations under leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date hereof, recorded as capital leases; and (vi) all indebtedness of another Person of the types referred to in clauses (i) through (v) guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by Borrower for whom Indebtedness is being determined, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by Borrower through an agreement to purchase or acquire such indebtedness, to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such indebtedness or otherwise assure a creditor against loss, or secured by any Lien upon or in property owned by the Person for whom indebtedness is being determined, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness of such other Person.

(o) “ Initial Public Offering ” means a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), on Form S-1 (as defined in the Securities Act) or any successor form.

(p) “ Intellectual Property ” means all Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses.

(q) “ Inventory ” means all now owned or hereafter acquired goods, merchandise and other personal property, wherever located, to be furnished under any consignment arrangement, contract of service or held for sale or lease, all raw materials, work in process, finished goods and materials and supplies of any kind, nature or description which are or might be used or consumed in such party’s business or used in selling or furnishing such goods, merchandise and other personal property, and all documents of title or other documents representing them.

 

A-3


(r) “ Investment Property ” means all now owned or hereafter acquired securities (whether certificated or uncertificated), securities entitlements, securities accounts, commodities contracts and commodities accounts.

(s) “ Liens ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, assignment, deposit arrangement, charge or encumbrance, lien or other type of preferential arrangement (other than a financing statement filed by a lessor in respect of an operating lease not intended as security).

(t) “ Loan Document ” means this Agreement, the Secured Promissory Note and any other document delivered by Borrower to Lender pursuant to this Agreement or the Secured Promissory Note.

(u) “ Master License Agreement ” means that certain Master License Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2014, by and among Borrower, Lender and Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc., an Affiliate of the Lender (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified pursuant to its terms from time to time).

(v) “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the business, properties, results of operations or financial condition of Borrower.

(w) “ Maturity Date ” means May 21, 2016.

(x) “ New Preferred ” means any series of preferred stock of the Borrower sold and issued by Borrower after the date of this Agreement.

(y) “ Obligations ” means all of the Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and the Secured Promissory Note, in each case, whether now or hereafter existing, voluntary or involuntary, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, as such obligations may be amended, supplemented, converted, extended or modified from time to time.

(z) “ Option Agreement ” means that certain Option Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2012, by and between Borrower and an Affiliate of the Lender, as amended pursuant to Amendment No. 1 to Option Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2014 (as may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified pursuant to its terms from time to time).

(aa) “ Patent Licenses ” shall mean all agreements, licenses and covenants providing for the granting of any right in or to Patents or otherwise providing for a covenant not to sue (whether the Borrower is licensee or licensor thereunder) including, without limitation, each agreement referred to in Schedule 8(g) .

(bb) “ Patents ” shall mean all United States and foreign patents and certificates of invention, or similar industrial property rights, and applications for any of the foregoing, including, without limitation: (i) each patent and patent application referred to in Schedule 8(g) , (ii) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals, and reexaminations thereof, (iii) all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, (iv) all

 

A-4


inventions and improvements described therein, (v) all rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof, (vi) all licenses, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit arising therefrom, and (vii) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit.

(cc) “ Permitted Liens ” means any and all of the following: (i) liens existing as of the date of this Agreement and listed on Schedule 8(d) ; (ii) liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided , that the Borrower maintains adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP; (iii) liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, artisans, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like persons arising in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business and imposed without action of such parties; provided , that the payment thereof is not yet required; (iv) liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments that do not exceed […***…] and to the extent applicable are not covered by a policy of insurance; (v) the following deposits, to the extent made in the ordinary course of business: deposits under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than liens arising under ERISA or environmental liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds; (vi) purchase money security interests and liens in connection with financing leases on equipment, (vii) liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by liens of the type described in clause (vi) above, (viii) liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, (ix) liens on cash advances in favor of a seller of property to be acquired to be applied to the purchase price of such property and (x) liens securing obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed […***…] at any time.

(dd) “ Permitted Transfers ” means (i) dispositions by Borrower of worn-out or obsolete Equipment, (ii) dispositions of Equipment not exceeding […***…] per year, (iii) sales of inventory, equipment, goods and other assets by Borrower in the ordinary course of business, (iv) the sale of accounts receivable by Borrower arising in the ordinary course of business that are overdue or which the Borrower reasonably determines are difficult to collect, and (v) payment of costs and expenses of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business and which are consistent with the most recently delivered Borrower Forecast and Budget.

(ee) “ Person ” means: any natural person, corporation, firm, business trust, joint venture, association, organization, company, partnership or other business entity, or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

(ff) “ Qualified Private Financing ” means the next bona fide capital financing transaction or series of financing transactions of the Borrower occurring after the Effective Date but prior to the Maturity Date, with one or more financial non-strategic investors with aggregate net proceeds to the Borrower of at least Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000), and pursuant to

 

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

A-5


which the Borrower issues or will issue any fully paid and non-assessable shares of the New Preferred and/or other equity securities of the Borrower.

(gg) “ Receivables ” means (i) all Accounts, (ii) such contract rights, instruments, documents, chattel paper (including, without limitation, electronic chattel paper), general intangibles relating to accounts, drafts and acceptances, credit card receivables and all other forms of obligations owing arising out of or in connection with the sale or lease of Inventory or the rendition of services, and (iii) all supporting obligations, guarantees and other security for any of the foregoing, whether secured or unsecured, now existing or hereafter created.

(hh) “ Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of Borrower, or any other senior officer of Borrower having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

(ii) “ Solvent ” means: the fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of such Borrower’s liabilities; such Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature in accordance with their terms.

(jj) “ Trademark Licenses ” shall mean any and all agreements, licenses and covenants providing for the granting of any right in or to Trademarks or otherwise providing for a covenant not to sue or permitting co-existence (whether the Borrower is licensee or licensor thereunder) including, without limitation, each agreement referred to in Schedule 8(g) .

(kk) “ Trademarks ” shall mean all United States, and foreign trademarks, trade names, corporate names, Borrower names, business names, fictitious business names, Internet domain names, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of a like nature, all registrations and applications for any of the foregoing including, without limitation: (i) the registrations and applications referred to in Schedule 8(g) , (ii) all extensions or renewals of any of the foregoing, (iii) all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of and symbolized by the foregoing, (iv) the right to sue for past, present and future infringement or dilution of any of the foregoing or for any injury to goodwill, and (v) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit.

(ll) “ UCC ” means Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Lender’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

A-6


(mm) “ Voting Agreement ” means that certain Voting Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2014, by and among Borrower, Lender, Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc., Brian Lian, Ph.D. and Michael Dinerman, M.D. (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified pursuant to its terms from time to time).

(nn) In addition, the following terms shall be defined terms having the meaning set forth for such terms in the UCC: “ Account ”, “ Account Debtor ”, “ Chattel Paper ” (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), “ Commercial Tort Claims ”, “ Certificated Security ”, “ Deposit Account ”, “ Documents ”, “ Equipment ” (including all accessions and additions thereto), “ Electronic Chattel Paper ”, “ Fixtures ”, “ Goods ”, “ Instrument ”, “ Inventory ” (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), “ Investment Property ” (including securities and securities entitlements), “ Letter-of-Credit Right ” (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), “ Payment Intangibles ”, “ Proceeds ”, “ Promissory Notes ”, “ Securities ”, “ Software ”, “ Supporting Obligations ” and “ Tangible Chattel Paper ”; provided that, to the extent that the UCC is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the UCC, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern.

 

A-7


Schedule 8(b)

[…***…]

Borrower is a corporation, organized in the State of Delaware, with an organization number of 5217215.

 

Schedule 8(b)


Schedule 8(d)

None.

 

Schedule 8(d)


Schedule 8(f)

No Equipment is in the possession of a third party bailee.

 

Schedule 8(f)


Schedule 8(g)

 

(a) No Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights are owned by Borrower.

For a listing of Patents exclusively licensed to Borrower as of the Effective Date, please see the Master License Agreement.

 

(b) Master License Agreement.

 

Schedule 8(g)


Schedule 8(l)

As of the date of the Agreement, the following loans to Borrower are outstanding (collectively, the “ Outstanding Loans ”):

 

Holder    Issue Date      Principal Amount      Maturity Date  

[…***…]

   […***…]      5/23/2013       $ […***…]         […***…]   

[…***…]

   […***…]      10/1/2012       $ […***…]         […***…]   

Michael

   Dinerman      9/28/2012       $ 20,000         9/28/14   

[…***…]

   […***…]      5/24/2013       $ […***…]         […***…]   

[…***…]

   […***…]      5/24/2013       $ […***…]         […***…]   

[…***…]

   […***…]      6/27/2013       $ […***…]         […***…]   

[…***…]

   […***…]      6/11/2013       $ […***…]         […***…]   

Brian

   Lian      5/15/2013       $ 55,350         5/15/15   

Brian

   Lian      9/28/2012       $ 15,000         9/28/14   

[…***…]

   […***…]      5/22/2013       $ […***…]         […***…]   

[…***…]

   […***…]      5/24/2013       $ […***…]         […***…]   
          

 

 

      

TOTAL

      $ 310,350        
                  

 

 

          

*Confidential Treatment Requested

 

Schedule 8(l)


Schedule 9(c)

Borrower Forecast and Budget

 

Schedule 9(c)


($000)

   Budget
[Month]
     Budget
[Month]
     Budget
[Month]
     Budget
[Month]
     Budget
[Month]
     Budget
[Month]
 

Revenues

                 

Revenues

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Total Revenues

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

                 

R&D expenses

                 

G & A Expense

                 

Total Operating Expenses

                 

Other Expenses, net

                 

‘Change in fair value of conv feature
Interest expense, net

                 

Total Other Expenses, net

                 

Net Loss

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


     Budget      Budget      Budget      Budget      Budget      Budget  

($000)

   [Month]      [Month]      [Month]      [Month]      [Month]      [Month]  
Personnel Costs Subtotal                  

OTHER PROJECT EXPENSES

                 

Travel + Meal Expenses

                 

Licenses & Subscriptions

                 

Conference Attendance Costs

                 

CMC Materials & Supplies

                 

[...***...]

                 

[...***...]

                 

Lab Supplies & Services

                 

[...***...]

                 

Insurance Costs

                 

Outside Service Costs

                 

[...***...]

                 

[...***...]

                 

[...***...]

                 

[...***...]

                 

[...***...]

                 

Stock Compensation

                 

Facility Costs

                 

Depreciation

                 

[...***...]

                 

[...***...]

                 

Consulting

                 

Other Costs

                 

Total Department Expenses

   $ —         $ —            $ —         $ —        
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

Cumulative Expenses

                 

CAPITAL EQUIPMENT

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

*Confidential Treatment Requested


     [Month]      [Month]      [Month]    [Month]      [Month]      [Month]
Personnel Costs Subtotal                  

OTHER PROJECT EXPENSES

                 

Travel & Meal Expenses

                 

Subscriptions

                 

Consulting

                 

Conference Attendance Costs

                 

BOD Fees & Expenses

                 

Facility Costs

                 

Stock Compensation

                 

Insurance Costs

                 

Investor Relations

                 

Outside Services

                 

Legal & Patent Costs

                 

Other Costs

                 

Total Department Expenses

     —           —              —           —        
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

Cumulative Expenses

     —           —              —           —        
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

CAPITAL EQUIPMENT

                 

Exhibit 10.14

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SECURITIES AND ANY SECURITIES OR SHARES ISSUED HEREUNDER MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT. COPIES OF THE AGREEMENT COVERING THE PURCHASE OF THESE SECURITIES AND RESTRICTING THEIR TRANSFER OR SALE MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD HEREOF TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES.

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

May 27, 2014

V IKING T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), for value received, promises to pay to Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”), the aggregate principal sum set forth under “Principal Amount” on Schedule A hereto, or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding aggregate principal balance of the Loans made to the Company by the Holder, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Loans, at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, by and between the Company and the Holder (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”). Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

This Note is issued in connection with the Master License Agreement among the Company, the Holder and an Affiliate of the Holder dated as of the date of the Loan Agreement.

This Note will automatically mature and the entire outstanding principal amount, together with accrued interest, shall become due and payable upon written demand by the Holder, which demand may be made at any time after the Maturity Date, unless, prior to such time, this Note shall have been converted into the Company’s securities pursuant to the Loan Agreement. The Company may not prepay all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of and accrued interest on this Note other than as set forth in Loan Agreement.

Payments of both principal and interest are to be made at the address of the Holder set forth on the signature page below or at such other place in the United States as the Holder shall designate to the Company in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America.

The principal amount of this Note, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Loan by Lender to Borrower, (b) provides for the conversion of the outstanding principal amount together with accrued interest hereunder in certain instances, and (c) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.


As security for the payment, performance and observance of the obligations set forth in the Note, the Company has agreed to grant a security interest in its assets to the Holder pursuant to the Loan Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC. has caused this Secured Convertible Promissory Note to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized.

 

COMPANY:
VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Brian Lian

Name:   Brian Lian
Its:   CEO


S CHEDULE A

P RINCIPAL A MOUNT OF E ACH L OAN

 

Date

 

Principal

Amount

 

Notation By

May 27, 2014   $1,000,000  
TOTAL AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT:   $1,000,000  

Exhibit 10.15

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

May 21, 2014

Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 200

La Jolla, CA 92037

Attention: Charles Berkman

 

  Re: Board Composition and Management Rights

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with, and as a condition to, the execution and delivery to Viking Therapeutics, Inc. ( “Viking” ) by Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated ( “Ligand” ) or its Affiliates of (a) that certain Master License Agreement dated as of the date hereof among Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc., an Affiliate of Ligand, Ligand and Viking (the “Master License Agreement” ), (b) that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof between Ligand and Viking (the “Loan and Security Agreement” ), and (c) that certain Secured Convertible Promissory Note dated as of the date hereof in favor of Ligand (the “Note” ), Viking and Ligand agree to the terms and obligations set forth in this letter agreement (this “Agreement” ). The rights granted to Ligand herein are in addition to the rights specifically provided to Ligand and/or its Affiliates pursuant to the Master License Agreement, the Loan and Security Agreement, the Note and such other agreements as Ligand or any of its Affiliates may enter into with Viking or any of its Affiliates. Capitalized terms used without definition in this Agreement shall have the meanings given them in the Master License Agreement.

 

  A. BOARD COMPOSITION .

1. Viking shall, as promptly as practicable, and in any event within three business days after the date hereof, take all action necessary (including the calling of a special meeting of the Board of Directors of Viking (the “Board” ) to approve such actions) to:

(a) expand the size of the Board so as to create one new directorship on the Board in accordance with Viking’s bylaws; and

(b) subject to compliance with Section A.8, appoint an individual designated by Ligand (the “Ligand Director” ) to fill such newly-created directorship.

The initial Ligand Director shall be Matthew W. Foehr.

2. The Ligand Director serving on the Board shall be entitled to attend all meetings of committees of the Board in an observer capacity, to the extent that such director is not a duly appointed member of any such committee.


3. Viking shall give the Ligand Director copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other material that it provides to its directors in their capacities as directors when and as provided, including, without limitation, such material that it provides to committees of the Board but not to the entire Board; provided , however , that Viking reserves the right to exclude such Ligand Director from access to any material or portion thereof if there exists, with respect to any subject of the Board materials, an actual or potential conflict of interest between Ligand and Viking.

4. At each annual meeting of stockholders of Viking to be held after the date of this Agreement, or at any adjournment or postponement thereof, Viking shall provide written notice to Ligand sufficiently in advance of the date of such annual meeting to permit Ligand to designate the Ligand Director for election at such annual meeting. In connection with each such annual meeting, Viking shall nominate the Ligand Director for election to the Board and shall prepare and distribute proxy materials reasonably acceptable to Ligand (the “Proxy Materials” ) with respect to the election of the Ligand Director. Such Proxy Materials (as well as any other solicitation or recommendation made by Viking) shall recommend and support the election of the Ligand Director to the Board; provided that the Board believes such recommendation and support are consistent with the Board’s fiduciary duty obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board is a classified board of directors, Viking shall only be required to provide Ligand with written notice of an annual meeting of stockholders, nominate the Ligand Director for election to the Board, prepare and distribute Proxy Materials with respect to the election of the Ligand Director and recommend and support the election of the Ligand Director to the Board in the year in which the Ligand Director’s class of directorship is up for election.

5. Should any Ligand Director, after being elected to the Board, decide to not stand for re-election or to resign therefrom, Ligand shall be entitled to designate the replacement for such Ligand Director or to fill the resulting vacancy on the Board, as applicable, and Viking shall take all necessary action to implement the foregoing as promptly as practicable.

6. The Ligand Director shall be entitled to receive the same compensation, including, without limitation, cash payments and equity incentive grants, as is provided to each other member of the Board; provided , however , the Ligand Director shall not be entitled to receive compensation which is provided to members of the Board in their capacity as members of a committee of the Board.

7. Upon the consummation of the Public Offering, the Chairperson of the Board shall be “independent” under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the stock exchange on which Viking’s capital stock is listed for trading.

8. Each Ligand Director shall deliver to Viking a conditional resignation notice, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , executed by such Ligand Director, in advance of, and as a condition to, such Ligand Director’s appointment to the Board.

 

-2-


  B. MANAGEMENT RIGHTS .

1. If Ligand is not represented on the Board, Ligand shall be entitled to consult with and offer advice to management of Viking on significant business issues, including management’s proposed annual operating plans, and management will meet with Ligand regularly during each year at Viking’s facilities at mutually agreeable times for such consultation and advice and to review progress in achieving said plans; provided , however , that nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to require the management of Viking to follow any such advice.

2. If Ligand is not represented on the Board, Viking shall give a representative of Ligand copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other material that it provides to its directors when and as provided; provided , however , that Viking reserves the right to exclude such representative from access to any material or portion thereof: (a) if, in the opinion of counsel to Viking, such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve attorney-client privilege; (b) to protect highly confidential proprietary information; or (c) if there exists, with respect to any subject of the Board materials, an actual or potential conflict of interest between Ligand and Viking. Upon reasonable notice and at a scheduled meeting of the Board or such other time, if any, as the Board may determine in its sole discretion, such representative may address the Board with respect to Ligand’s concerns regarding significant business issues facing Viking.

 

  C. CONFIDENTIALITY; TRADING RESTRICTIONS .

1. Ligand agrees to hold in confidence and trust and not use or disclose to any third party any information provided to or learned by it in connection with its rights under this Agreement, and that such information shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions of Article VII of the Master License Agreement.

2. Ligand is aware, and will advise Ligand’s representatives who are informed of the matters that are the subject of this Agreement, of the restrictions imposed by the United States securities laws on the purchase or sale of securities by any person who has received material, non-public information from the issuer of such securities and on the communication of such information to any other person when it is reasonably foreseeable that such other person is likely to purchase or sell such securities in reliance upon such information.

 

  D. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

1. Each of the parties hereto represents and warrants to the other party that:

(a) such party has all requisite corporate authority and power to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

-3-


(b) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all required corporate action on the part of such party and no other proceedings on the part of such party are necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby;

(c) this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such party enforceable against such party in accordance with their respective terms; and

(d) this Agreement will not result in a violation of any terms or provisions of any agreements to which such person is a party or by which such party may otherwise be bound or of any law, rule, license, regulation, judgment, order or decree governing or affecting such party.

 

  E. MISCELLANEOUS .

1. Termination . This Agreement will terminate upon the earliest to occur of any one of the following events: (a) the liquidation, dissolution or indefinite cessation of the business operations of Viking; (b) the execution by Viking of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or the appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of the property and assets of Viking; (c) the acquisition of the Company by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger, or consolidation); provided that the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction hold less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity; provided , further , an initial public offering of any of the Company’s securities or any other transaction undertaken for the primary purpose of financing the Company with cash shall not constitute a termination event hereunder; (d) following the issuance of Viking Securities pursuant to the Master License Agreement, the date that Ligand and its Affiliates collectively cease to beneficially own at least seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of Viking’s outstanding voting stock; or (e) ten (10) years from the date of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Section B of this Agreement shall terminate upon the consummation of an initial public offering of Viking’s common stock. The obligations of Ligand contained in Section C.1 hereof shall survive and continue for the term set forth in the Master License Agreement notwithstanding the termination or expiration of any provision of this Agreement.

2. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be given and deemed received as set forth in Section 11.8 of the Master License Agreement.

3. Governing Law . This Agreement and the relationship between the parties shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding application of any conflict of laws principles that would require application of the law of a jurisdiction outside of Delaware.

 

-4-


4. Severability . When possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement. The parties hereto shall make a good faith effort to replace the invalid or unenforceable provision with a valid one which in its economic effect is most consistent with the invalid or unenforceable provision.

5. Equitable Relief . Each party hereto recognizes that the covenants and agreements herein and their continued performance as set forth in this Agreement are necessary and critical to protect the legitimate interests of the other party hereto, that such other party would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of such covenants and agreements and the assurance of continued performance as set forth in this Agreement, and that a party’s breach or threatened breach of such covenants and agreements shall cause the opposed party irreparable harm and significant injury, the amount of which will be extremely difficult to estimate and ascertain, thus, making any remedy at law or in damages inadequate. Therefore, each party hereto agrees that the other party shall be entitled to specific performance, an order restraining any breach or threatened breach of such sections of this Agreement, and any other equitable relief (including but not limited to interim injunctive relief), without the necessity of posting of any bond or security. This right shall be in addition to and not exclusive of any other remedy available to such other party at law or in equity.

6. Additional Acts . Each party hereto agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver such further instruments and to do all such other acts as may be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

7. Consent to Jurisdiction . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and of the United States of America, in each case located in the County of New Castle, for any action, proceeding or investigation in any court or before any governmental authority arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (and agrees not to commence any action, proceeding or investigation relating thereto except in such courts), and further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by registered mail to its respective address set forth in this Agreement shall be effective service of process for any action, proceeding or investigation brought against it in any such court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, proceeding or investigation arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States of America, in each case located in the County of New Castle, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, proceeding or investigation brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same instrument. A facsimile or a portable document format (PDF) copy of this Agreement, including the signature pages, will be deemed an original.

 

-5-


9. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall not be assigned or transferred, whether actually or by operation of law, by Viking without the prior written consent of Ligand. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-6-


If the foregoing accurately sets forth the agreements that Viking and Ligand have reached with respect to the subject matter hereof, please indicate your agreement to the terms contained herein by countersigning in the place indicated below.

 

Sincerely,
VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Brian Lian, Ph.D.

Name:   Brian Lian, Ph.D.
Title:   CEO

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

LIGAND PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED

On behalf of itself and its Affiliates

By:  

/s/ Charles Berkman

Name:   Charles Berkman
Title:   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary


E XHIBIT A

C ONDITIONAL R ESIGNATION N OTICE

May 27, 2014

Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50

San Diego, CA 92037

To Whom It May Concern,

Reference is made to that certain Board Composition and Management Rights Letter, dated May 21, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), and Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated (as may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Management Rights Letter” ). In accordance with Section A.8 of the Management Rights Letter, I hereby resign from the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board” ) and each committee of the Board that I may be a member of, in each case contingent upon, and effective as of, the termination of the Management Rights Letter (the “Resignation Date” ). Unless I otherwise specify by written notice to the Company prior to the Resignation Date, I hereby confirm that my resignation is not due to any disagreement with the Company relating to any of the Company’s operations, policies, or practices.

 

Sincerely,
By:  

 

  Matt Foehr

 

Exhibit A

Exhibit 10.16

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 21, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Metabasis ”), and Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware corporation and an Affiliate (as defined below) of Metabasis (“ Ligand ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in Section I .

RECITALS

W HEREAS , concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company, Ligand and Metabasis are entering into a Master License Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Master License Agreement ”), pursuant to which, among other things, Metabasis and Ligand will agree to license certain intellectual property to the Company, and the Company will agree to issue shares of capital stock of the Company to Ligand and/or Metabasis in certain circumstances (such shares of capital stock of the Company issued or issuable pursuant to the Master License Agreement or on conversion of the Notes (as defined below), the “ Viking Securities ”);

W HEREAS , concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company and Ligand are entering into a Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Loan and Security Agreement ”), pursuant to which, among other things, Ligand will agree to make loans to the Company in an aggregate amount of $2,500,000 (each, a “ Loan ”, and, collectively, the “ Loans ”), in exchange for the issuance by the Company to Ligand of one or more secured convertible promissory notes in favor of Ligand (each, a “ Note ”, and, collectively, the “ Notes ”);

W HEREAS , the obligations outstanding under the Notes will be convertible into shares of capital stock of the Company in certain circumstances; and

W HEREAS , it is a condition to the parties entering into the Master License Agreement and the Loan and Security Agreement and the making of the Loans that the Company, Ligand and Metabasis execute and deliver this Agreement providing for the grant of certain registration rights in favor of Metabasis and Ligand with respect to the Viking Securities.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, and other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:


SECTION I

Definitions

1.1. Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any specified person, any other person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified person, including, without limitation, any general partner, limited partner, member, officer, director or manager of such person and any venture capital or private equity fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controls”, “controlled by” or “under common control with” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of (i) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise, or (ii) the power to elect or appoint at least 50% of the directors, managers, general partners or persons exercising similar authority with respect to such person.

(b) “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

(c) “ Allowable Grace Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(p) .

(d) “ Blue Sky ” shall mean the statutes of any state of the United States regulating the sale of corporate securities in that state.

(e) “ Business Day ” shall mean a day of the year on which commercial banks are not required or authorized by law to close in San Diego, California.

(f) “ Claims ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a) .

(g) “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(h) “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company.

(i) “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

(j) “ Cut Back Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c) .

(k) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(l) “ Form S-3 ” shall mean such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement, or any successor form of registration statement under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the Commission which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the Commission.

(m) “ Grace Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(p) .

 

- 2 -


(n) “ Holder ” shall mean each of Metabasis and Ligand so long as either of them or their respective Affiliates hold Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.11 .

(o) “ Immediate Family Member ” shall mean a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

(p) “ Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c) .

(q) “ Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c) .

(r) “ Inspectors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(g) .

(s) “ Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the consummation of the Company’s first firmly underwritten public offering of Common Stock pursuant to the Securities Act on Form S-1 or any successor form.

(t) “ Ligand ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

(u) “ Ligand Claim ” shall have the meaning set forth in in Section 2.5(f) .

(v) “ Ligand Indemnified Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a) .

(w) “ Loan ” and “ Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

(x) “ Loan and Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

(y) “ Lock-up Expiration Date ” shall mean the first date on which the lock-up requested by the underwriters in the Initial Public Offering expires or lapses with respect to Ligand ; provided that if such first date is a date on which the offices of the Commission are closed and EDGAR is not accepting filings, the Lock-up Expiration Date shall mean the first date thereafter on which the offices of the Commission are open and EDGAR is accepting filings.

(z) “ Master License Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

(aa) “ Metabasis ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

(bb) “ Note ” and “ Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

- 3 -


(cc) “ Other Selling Stockholders ” shall mean persons other than Holders who, by virtue of agreements with the Company, are entitled to include their Other Shares in certain registrations by the Company.

(dd) “ Other Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock, other than Registrable Securities (including shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of any currently unissued series of preferred stock of the Company), with respect to which registration rights have been granted by the Company in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

(ee) “ Records ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(g) .

(ff) “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as Viking Securities; (ii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Viking Securities; or (iii) any Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) or (ii) above; provided, however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.

(gg) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

(hh) “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one special counsel for the Holders (such fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the Holders not to exceed $20,000), Blue Sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of other counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

(ii) “ Registration Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) .

(jj) “ Resale Effectiveness Deadline ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

(kk) “ Resale Effectiveness Failure ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(e) .

(ll) “ Resale Filing Deadline ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

 

- 4 -


(mm) “ Resale Filing Failure ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(e) .

(nn) “ Resale Maintenance Failure ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(e) .

(oo) “ Resale Registration Delay Payments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(e) .

(pp) “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 2.7(c) .

(qq) “ Restriction Termination Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c) .

(rr) “ Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(ss) “ SEC Restrictions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c) .

(tt) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(uu) “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses up to a maximum of $20,000).

(vv) “ Staff ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

(ww) “ Viking Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

SECTION II

Registration Rights

2.1. Mandatory Registration of the Resale of the Registrable Securities .

(a) No later than the Lock-up Expiration Date (the “ Resale Filing Deadline ”), the Company shall file with the Commission a Registration Statement under the Securities Act on Form S-1 covering the resale of the full amount of the Registrable Securities. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such Registration Statement declared effective by the staff of the Commission (the “ Staff ”) with respect to the Registrable Securities that are not Cut Back Shares as soon as practicable, but in no event later than (i) in the event that the Staff does not review the Registration Statement, sixty (60) days after the Lock-up Expiration Date, or (ii) in the event that the Commission reviews the Registration Statement, one hundred twenty (120) days after the Lock-up Expiration Date (but in any event, no later than three (3) Business Days from the date on which the Staff notifies the Company that it has no further comments on the Registration Statement) (the “ Resale Effectiveness Deadline ”).

 

- 5 -


(b) Subject to any comments from the Staff, such Registration Statement shall include the plan of distribution provided by Ligand in connection with the provision of the information it is required to provided pursuant to Section 2.3(a) ; provided, however, that neither Metabasis nor Ligand shall be named as an “underwriter” in the Registration Statement without Ligand’s prior written consent. Such Registration Statement shall not include any Other Shares for the account of any Other Selling Stockholder without the prior written consent of Ligand.

(c) If at any time the Staff takes the position that the offering of some or all of the Registrable Securities in a Registration Statement is not eligible to be made on a delayed or continuous basis under the provisions of Rule 415 under the Securities Act or requires Metabasis or Ligand to be named as an “underwriter”, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to persuade the Commission that the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement is a valid secondary offering and not an offering “by or on behalf of the issuer” as defined in Rule 415 and that neither Metabasis nor Ligand is an “underwriter”. Ligand shall have the right to participate or have its counsel participate in any meetings or discussions with the Staff regarding the Staff’s position and to comment or have its counsel comment on any written submission made to the Staff with respect thereto. No such written submission with respect to the foregoing matters shall be made to the Staff to which Ligand’s counsel reasonably objects. In the event that, despite the Company’s commercially reasonable efforts and compliance with the terms of this Section 2.1(c) , the Staff refuses to alter its position, the Company shall (i) remove from the Registration Statement such portion of the Registrable Securities (the “ Cut Back Shares ”) and/or (ii) agree to such restrictions and limitations on the registration and resale of the Registrable Securities as the Staff may require to assure the Company’s compliance with the requirements of Rule 415 (collectively, the “ SEC Restrictions ”); provided, however, that the Company shall not agree to name Metabasis or Ligand as an “underwriter” in such Registration Statement without Ligand’s prior written consent; provided further , that if the SEC Restrictions require that Metabasis or Ligand be named an “underwriter” in such Registration Statement in order for any Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration Statement and Ligand does not consent to Metabasis or Ligand being named an “underwriter” in such Registration Statement, all of the Registrable Securities shall be deemed Cut Back Shares for purposes of this Agreement. Any cut-back imposed on the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall be allocated between the Holders as Ligand designates, unless the SEC Restrictions otherwise require or provide. No liquidated damages shall accrue as to any Cut Back Shares until such date as the Company determines it is able to effect the registration of such Cut Back Shares in accordance with any SEC Restrictions (such date, the “ Restriction Termination Date ” of such Cut Back Shares). From and after the Restriction Termination Date applicable to any Cut Back Shares, all of the provisions of this Section 2.1 (including, without limitation, the liquidated damages provisions) shall again be applicable to such Cut Back Shares to which the Restriction Termination Date applies; provided, however, that (i) the Resale Filing Deadline for the Registration Statement including such Cut Back Shares shall be fifteen (15) Business Days after such Restriction Termination Date, and (ii) the Resale Effectiveness Deadline with respect to such Cut Back Shares shall be the 90th day immediately after the Restriction Termination Date or the 120th day if the Staff reviews such Registration Statement (but in any event no later than three (3) Business Days following the date on which the Staff notifies the Company that it has no

 

- 6 -


further comments on the Registration Statement). In furtherance of the foregoing, Ligand shall provide the Company with written notice of the sale of any of the Registrable Securities within five (5) Business Days of the closing of any such sale.

(d) For clarity, any Holder being deemed an underwriter by the Commission shall not relieve the Company of any obligations it has under this Agreement.

(e) Subject to Section 2.1(c) , if (i) a Registration Statement covering all of the Registrable Securities required to be covered thereby and required to be filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.1 is (A) not filed with the Commission on or before the Resale Filing Deadline (a “ Resale Filing Failure ”) or (B) not declared effective by the Commission on or before the Resale Effectiveness Deadline (a “ Resale Effectiveness Failure ”) or (ii) on any day after the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission, sales of all of the Registrable Securities required to be included in such Registration Statement cannot be made pursuant to such Registration Statement (other than (I) during an Allowable Grace Period (as defined below), or (II) if the Registration Statement is on Form S-1, for a period of ten (10) Business Days following the date the Company files a post-effective amendment to incorporate the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to such Registration Statement) (including, without limitation, because of a failure to keep such Registration Statement effective, to disclose such information (other than information requested by the Company of any Holder pursuant to Section 2.3(a) ) as is necessary for sales to be made pursuant to such Registration Statement or to register a sufficient number of shares of Registrable Securities) (a “ Resale Maintenance Failure ”) then, in satisfaction of the damages to the Holders by reason of any such delay in or reduction of their ability to sell the Registrable Securities, the Company shall pay to each Holder an amount in cash equal to one percent (1%) of the aggregate value of Registrable Securities as of the date of their issuance on each of the following dates: (i) the day of a Resale Filing Failure and on every thirtieth day (pro-rated for periods totaling less than thirty (30) days) thereafter until the date such Resale Filing Failure is cured; (ii) the day of a Resale Effectiveness Failure and on every thirtieth day (pro-rated for periods totaling less than 30 days) thereafter until such Resale Effectiveness Failure is cured; and (iii) the initial day of a Resale Maintenance Failure and on every thirtieth day (pro-rated for periods totaling less than thirty (30) days) thereafter until the date such Resale Maintenance Failure is cured, in each case without duplication. The payments to which a Holder shall be entitled pursuant to this Section 2.1(e) are referred to herein as “ Resale Registration Delay Payments ”; provided that no Resale Registration Delay Payments shall be required following the termination of the Registration Period; and provided further , that the aggregate amount of Resale Registration Delay Payments which the Company shall pay under this Section 2.1(e) shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the aggregate value of the Registrable Securities as of the date of their issuance. The Resale Registration Delay Payments shall be paid on the earlier of (I) the last day of the calendar month during which such Resale Registration Delay Payments are incurred and (II) the third Business Day after the event or failure giving rise to the Resale Registration Delay Payments is cured. In the event the Company fails to make Resale Registration Delay Payments in a timely manner, such Resale Registration Delay Payments shall bear interest at the rate of one percent (1.0%) per month (pro-rated for partial months) until paid in full. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Resale Registration Delay Payments shall accrue with respect to Cut Back Shares, if any.

 

- 7 -


2.2. Related Company Obligations. At such time as the Company is obligated to file a Registration Statement with the Commission pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.6 , the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof and, pursuant thereto, the Company shall have the following obligations:

(a) The Company shall submit to the Commission, within two (2) Business Days after the Company is notified that no review of a particular Registration Statement will be made by the Staff or that the Staff has no further comments on a particular Registration Statement, as the case may be, a request for acceleration of effectiveness of such Registration Statement to a time and date not later than two (2) Business Days after the submission of such request. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep each Registration Statement effective pursuant to Rule 415 at all times with respect to all Registrable Securities until the earlier of (i) the date on which all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90)-day period or (ii) the date on which the Holder shall have sold all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement (the “ Registration Period ”). The Company shall ensure that each Registration Statement (including any amendments or supplements thereto and prospectuses contained therein) shall not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of prospectuses, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made) not misleading.

(b) The Company shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to a Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection with such Registration Statement, which prospectus is, to the extent required, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 promulgated under the Securities Act, as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective at all times during the Registration Period, and, during such period, comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement until such time as all of such Registrable Securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof as set forth in such Registration Statement.

(c) Upon request of a Holder, the Company shall furnish to such Holder, without charge, (i) promptly after the Registration Statement including such Holder’s Registrable Securities is prepared and filed with the Commission, at least one copy of such Registration Statement and any amendment(s) thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference, if reasonably requested by the Holder, all exhibits and each preliminary prospectus (unless such Registration Statement and other documents are available on EDGAR), (ii) upon the effectiveness of any Registration Statement, ten (10) copies of the prospectus included in such Registration Statement and all amendments and supplements thereto (or such other number of copies as the Holder may reasonably request) (unless such amendments or supplements are available on EDGAR), and (iii) such other documents, including copies of any preliminary or final prospectus, as the Holder may reasonably request from time to time in order to facilitate the disposition of its Registrable Securities.

 

- 8 -


(d) The Company shall notify the Holders in writing in the event the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading ( provided that in no event shall such notice contain any material, nonpublic information), and, promptly prepare a supplement or amendment to such Registration Statement to correct such untrue statement or omission, and, upon request, deliver ten (10) copies of such supplement or amendment to the Holders (or such other number of copies as the Holders may reasonably request) (unless such supplements or amendments are available on EDGAR). Unless such information is publicly available, the Company shall also promptly notify the Holders in writing (i) when a prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and when a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment has become effective (notification of such effectiveness shall be delivered to the Holders by facsimile or email within one (1) Business Day after effectiveness), (ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related prospectus or related information, and (iii) of the Company’s reasonable determination that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate, other than, for as long as the Registration Statement is on Form S-1, a post-effective amendment intended to include the Company’s audited financial statements and related disclosures included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by the Company with the Commission.

(e) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or other suspension of effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or the suspension of the qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction and, if such an order or suspension is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of such order or suspension at the earliest possible moment and to notify the Holders who holds Registrable Securities being sold of the issuance of such order or suspension and the resolution thereof or its receipt of notice of the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose.

(f) If a Holder is required under applicable securities law to be described in the Registration Statement as an underwriter, and such Holder’s Registrable Securities are included in the Registration Statement, at the reasonable request of such Holder, the Company shall furnish to such Holder, on the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and thereafter from time to time on such dates as such Holder may reasonably request (i) a letter, dated such date, from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to such Holder, and (ii) an opinion, dated as of such date, of counsel representing the Company for purposes of such Registration Statement, in form, scope and substance as is customarily given in an underwritten public offering, addressed to such Holder.

(g) If a Holder is required under applicable securities law to be described in the Registration Statement as an underwriter, and such Holder’s Registrable Securities are included in the Registration Statement, upon the written request of such Holder in connection with such Holder’s due diligence requirements, if any, the Company shall make available for inspection by (i) such Holder and its legal counsel and (ii) one firm of accountants or other agents retained by such Holder (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all pertinent financial and other

 

- 9 -


records, and pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”), as shall be reasonably deemed necessary by each Inspector, and shall supply all information which any Inspector may reasonably request, in each case solely for the purpose of establishing a due diligence defense under underwriter liability under the Securities Act; provided, however, that each Inspector shall agree in writing to hold in strict confidence and to not disclose (except to the Holders) or use any Record or other information which the Company determines in good faith to be confidential, and of which determination the Inspectors are so notified, unless (A) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in any Registration Statement or is otherwise required under the Securities Act, (B) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a final, non-appealable subpoena or order from a court or government body of competent jurisdiction, or (C) the information in such Records has been made generally available to the public other than by disclosure in violation of this Agreement or any other agreement. Each Holder agrees that it shall, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in or by a court or governmental body of competent jurisdiction or through other means, give prompt written notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of, or to obtain a protective order for, the Records deemed confidential. Nothing herein (or in any other confidentiality agreement between the Company and the Holder) shall be deemed to limit such Holder’s ability to sell Registrable Securities in a manner which is otherwise consistent with applicable laws and regulations.

(h) The Company shall hold in confidence and not make any disclosure of information concerning the Holders provided to the Company unless (i) disclosure of such information is necessary to comply with federal or state securities laws, (ii) the disclosure of such information is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in any Registration Statement, (iii) the release of such information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other final, non-appealable order from a court or governmental body of competent jurisdiction or (iv) such information has been made generally available to the public other than by disclosure in violation of this Agreement or any other agreement. The Company agrees that it shall, upon learning that disclosure of such information concerning a Holder is sought in or by a court or governmental body of competent jurisdiction or through other means, give prompt written notice to such Holder and allow such Holder, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of, or to obtain a protective order for, such information.

(i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders and, to the extent applicable, facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legend following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement including the Registrable Securities) representing the Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to a Registration Statement and enable such certificates to be in such denominations or amounts, as the case may be, as each Holder may reasonably request and registered in such names as each Holder may request.

(j) If reasonably requested by a Holder, the Company shall (i) as soon as practicable incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as such Holder reasonably requests to be included in the Plan of Distribution or Selling Stockholder sections relating to the sale and distribution of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities

 

- 10 -


being offered or sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; (ii) as soon as practicable make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; and (iii) as soon as practicable, supplement or make amendments to any Registration Statement if reasonably requested by such Holder.

(k) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be registered and qualified under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business, to subject itself to general taxation or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(l) The Company shall provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such Registration Statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case within one (1) Business Day after the effective date of such Registration Statement.

(m) The Company shall cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such Registration Statement to be listed or quoted on each securities exchange or quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or quoted.

(n) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission in connection with any registration hereunder.

(o) Within two (2) Business Days after a Registration Statement that covers Registrable Securities is declared effective by the Commission, the Company shall deliver to the transfer agent for such Registrable Securities (with copies to the Holders) confirmation that such Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission.

(p) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, at any time after the Resale Effectiveness Deadline, the Company may delay the disclosure of material, non-public information concerning the Company the disclosure of which at the time is not, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, in the best interest of the Company or otherwise required, or otherwise render the Registration Statement unavailable for sales to be effected thereunder (a “ Grace Period ”); provided , that the Company shall promptly (i) notify the Holders in writing of the existence of material, non-public information giving rise to a Grace Period ( provided, further, that in each notice the Company will not disclose the content of such material, non-public information to the Holders) and the date on which the Grace Period will begin, and (ii) notify the Holders in writing of the date on which the Grace Period ends; and, provided, further, that the Grace Periods shall not exceed an aggregate of forty-five (45) days during any 365-day period and the first day of any Grace Period must be at least ten (10) days after the last day of any prior Grace Period (each, an “ Allowable Grace Period ”). For purposes of determining the length of a Grace Period above, the Grace Period shall begin on and include the date the Holders receive the notice referred to in clause (i) and shall end on and include the

 

- 11 -


later of the date the Holders receive the notice referred to in clause (ii) and the date referred to in such notice. The provisions of Section 2.1(e) shall not be applicable during the period of any Allowable Grace Period. Upon expiration of the Grace Period, the Company shall again be bound by the first sentence of Section 2.2(d) with respect to the information giving rise thereto unless such material, non-public information is no longer applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company shall cause its transfer agent to deliver unlegended shares of Common Stock to a transferee of any Holder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in connection with any sale of Registrable Securities with respect to which a Holder has entered into a contract for sale, and delivered a copy of the prospectus included as part of the applicable Registration Statement (unless an exemption from such prospectus delivery requirement exists), prior to the Holder’s receipt of the notice of a Grace Period and for which the Holder has not yet settled. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 2.2(p) shall not require, or be deemed to require, disclosure to the Holders of material, non-public information concerning the Company.

2.3. Obligations of Holders .

(a) At least five (5) Business Days prior to the first anticipated filing date of a Registration Statement, the Company shall notify each Holder in writing of any information the Company requires from such Holder in order to have that Holders’ Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to complete the registration pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Registrable Securities of a particular Holder that the Holder shall furnish in writing to the Company at least three (3) Business Days after the Company provides the notice set forth in the foregoing sentence, such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities held by it as shall be reasonably required to effect and maintain the effectiveness of the registration of such Registrable Securities and shall execute such documents in connection with such registration as the Company may reasonably request.

(b) Each Holder, by its acceptance of the Registrable Securities, agrees to cooperate with the Company as reasonably requested by the Company in connection with the preparation and filing of any Registration Statement (including any amendment thereto) hereunder, unless the Holder has notified the Company in writing of the Holder’s election to exclude all of its Registrable Securities from such Registration Statement.

(c) Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.2(e) or the first sentence of Section 2.2(d) , the Holder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement(s) covering such Registrable Securities until the Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.2(e) or the first sentence of Section 2.2(d) and until any related post-effective amendment is declared effective or receipt of notice that no supplement or amendment is required.

(d) Each Holder covenants and agrees that it will comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as applicable to it or an exemption therefrom in connection with sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 

- 12 -


2.4. Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.6 shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders, to the extent not required to be reimbursed by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall be borne by Ligand.

2.5. Indemnification .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, members, managers, managing members, affiliates, employees, agents, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act (“ Ligand Indemnified Parties ”), with respect to which Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in a registration, qualification or compliance effected pursuant to this Agreement, and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, and each person who controls, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, any such underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof, whether commenced or threatened, and including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (“ Claims ”), as and when incurred, relating to, resulting from, arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in (A) any prospectus, preliminary prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance any registration statement, any prospectus included in the registration statement, any issuer free-writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act), any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any other document incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or (B) any application or other document or communication executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the securities laws thereof; (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to any action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company shall reimburse, as incurred, each such Ligand Indemnified Party, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, defending or settling any such Claim, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent in all cases that any such Claim arises out of or is based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) based upon written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Ligand Indemnified Party, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter, and stated to be for use therein; and provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.5(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such Claims if such settlement is effected without the written consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

- 13 -


(b) To the extent permitted by law, Ligand shall, if Registrable Securities held by a Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, members, managers, managing members, affiliates, employees, agents, legal counsel and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company (other than a Holder) or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act (other than a Holder), and each of their officers, directors, partners, members, managers, managing members, affiliates, employees, agents, legal counsel and accountants, against all Claims, as and when incurred, relating to, resulting from, arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in (A) any prospectus, preliminary prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, any registration statement, any prospectus included in the registration statement, any issuer free-writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act), any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any other document incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or (B) any application or other document or communication executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the securities laws thereof; (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by a Holder of the Securities Act, any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to a Holder and relating to any action or inaction required of a Holder in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification or compliance; and Ligand shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, members, managers, managing members, affiliates, employees, agents, legal counsel and accountants, and each person controlling the Company, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, defending or settling any such Claim, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent in all cases that any such Claim arises out of or is based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) based upon written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of a Ligand Indemnified Party, and stated to be for use therein; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.5(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such Claims in respect thereof if such settlement is effected without the written consent of Ligand (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); and provided further that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.5 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by Ligand and Metabasis in the aggregate, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by a Holder.

 

- 14 -


(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.5 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such Indemnified Party’s expense; and provided further , that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of his, her or its obligations under this Section 2.5 , to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.5 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, expense, proceeding or settlement referred to herein, then each Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, expense, proceeding or settlement in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, expense, proceeding or settlement, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any indemnity and/or contribution under this Section 2.5 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control in all respects; provided , however , that any such underwriting agreement shall not restrict the rights of a Holder to receive indemnification under this Agreement unless such Holder consents in a written agreement to such restriction.

(f) The rights of any Ligand Indemnified Party to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other rights any such person may have under any other agreement or

 

- 15 -


instrument referenced above or any other agreement or instrument to which such Ligand Indemnified Party is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation. The Company hereby acknowledges that each Ligand Indemnified Party may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more persons or entities with whom or which such Ligand Indemnified Party may be associated (including, without limitation, any other Ligand Indemnified Party). The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company shall be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any Claim by a Ligand Indemnified Party to which such Ligand Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement (each, a “ Ligand Claim ”), (ii) the Company shall be primarily liable for any indemnification afforded to any Ligand Indemnified Party in respect of any Ligand Claims, whether created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise, (iii) any obligation of any other person or entity with whom or which any Ligand Indemnified Party may be associated (including, without limitation, any other Ligand Indemnified Party) to indemnify such Ligand Indemnified Party and/or advance expenses to such Ligand Indemnified Party in respect of any proceeding shall be secondary to the obligations of the Company hereunder, (iv) the Company shall be required to indemnify each Ligand Indemnified Party and advance expenses to each Ligand Indemnified Party hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights such Ligand Indemnified Party may have against any other person or entity with whom or which such Ligand Indemnified Party may be associated (including, without limitation, any other Ligand Indemnified Party) or insurer of any such person or entity, and (v) the Company (on behalf of itself and its insurers) irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases any other person or entity with whom or which any Ligand Indemnified Party may be associated from any claim of contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Company hereunder. In the event any other person or entity with whom or which any Ligand Indemnified Party may be associated (including, without limitation, any other Ligand Indemnified Party) or their insurers advances or extinguishes any liability or loss which is the subject of any Ligand Claim owed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the payor shall have a right of subrogation against the Company or its insurer or insurers for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Company or its insurer or insurers under this Agreement. In no event will payment of a Ligand Claim under this Agreement by any other person or entity with whom or which any Ligand Indemnified Party may be associated (including, without limitation, other Ligand Indemnified Parties) or their insurers affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or shift primary liability for any Ligand Claim to any other person or entity with whom or which such Ligand Indemnified Party may be associated (including, without limitation, any other Ligand Indemnified Party).

2.6. Registration on Form S-3. After the Initial Public Offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for the use of Form S-3 for purposes of registering the issuance and/or resale of its Common Stock. Promptly after the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, it shall convert the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed pursuant to Section 2.1 into a Form S-3.

2.7. Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) The holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.7 . Each

 

- 16 -


Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until (x) the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.7 and Section 2.9 , except for transfers permitted under Section 2.7(b) , or (y):

(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) Such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at such Holder’s expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act, or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the Staff that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

(b) Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Restricted Securities by any Holder to (x) an Affiliate of the Holder, (y) any of his, her or its partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of his, her or its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or (z) a venture capital fund or private equity fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Holder, and any of their partners, retired partners, members retired members, managers, retired managers, managing members, retired managing members, and stockholders, and the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, retired members, managers, retired managers, managing members and retired managing members, and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons; or (iii) transfers in compliance with Rule 144, as long as the Company is furnished with satisfactory written evidence of compliance with such Rule; provided that, in the case of (iii) above, the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

 

- 17 -


(c) Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legends required under applicable state securities laws):

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR QUALIFIED OR REGISTERED UNDER STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS. THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND NEITHER THESE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.”

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.7 .

(d) The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 2.7(c) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such Restricted Securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act (including, without limitation, pursuant to this Agreement), (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration under the Securities Act, or (iii) such holder provides the Company with reasonable assurances, which may, at the reasonable discretion of the Company, include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, that such securities can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

2.8. Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information regarding the Company available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the date that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act;

 

- 18 -


(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after it becomes subject to such reporting requirements), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements).

2.9. Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other equity securities of the Company or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for equity securities of the Company) held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement relating to the Initial Public Offering (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (a) the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (b) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto); provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities (excluding the Holders) are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 2.9 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.7(c) with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with the representative(s) of such underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.9 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not consent to any early release from the lock-up period contained in any such agreement unless any such early release is apportioned pro rata among all holders of the Company’s capital stock bound by the lock-up agreement (based on the number of outstanding shares held by the Holders that are subject to the lock-up period versus the total number of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company that are subject to the lock-up period).

2.10. Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Agreement.

2.11. Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Agreement may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities; provided that (a) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with applicable securities laws, and (i) is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.7 or

 

- 19 -


2.11 , or (ii) is to a transferee or assignee of not less than 20% of the Registrable Securities initially issued by the Company pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement and the Note; (b) the Company is given written notice within a reasonable time prior to such transfer or assignment, but in any event no less than five (5) Business Days prior to such transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned; and (c) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligations set forth in Sections 2.5 and 2.9 .

2.12. Limitation on Grant of Registration Rights to Other Holders . From and after the date of this Agreement and prior to the date the Registration Statement covering the resale of the full amount of the Registrable Securities is declared effective by the Commission, the Company shall not enter into an agreement with any other holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company providing for the granting to such holder of demand registration rights that are more favorable in the aggregate to such holder or prospective holder than the registration rights provided to the Holders under this Agreement, except with the prior written consent of Ligand, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

2.13. Termination of Registration Rights; Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the rights of any Holder under this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect on the last day of the Registration Period.

SECTION III

Miscellaneous

3.1. Amendment. Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement may be modified or amended except by a written agreement specifically referring to this Agreement and signed by the Company and Ligand. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of such Holder. Each Holder other than Ligand acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, Ligand shall have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this Agreement. A waiver by any party of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement in any instance shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of such term or condition for the future, or of any other term or condition hereof.

3.2. Notices. Any notice, request, approval or consent required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if delivered in person, transmitted by email or by express courier service to the party to which it is directed at its physical or email address shown below or such other physical or email address as such party shall have last given by notice to any other party:

If to Metabasis or Ligand, addressed to:

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 200

La Jolla, CA 92037

Attention: General Counsel

Email address: […***…]

 

- 20 -


With a copy to:

Chief Financial Officer

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 200

La Jolla, CA 92037

Email address: […***…]

If to the Company, addressed to:

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50

San Diego, CA 92037

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Email address: […***…]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul Hastings LLP

1117 S. California Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attention: Jeff Hartlin

Email address: jeffhartlin@paulhastings.com

3.3. Governing Law. This Agreement, and the relations of the parties hereto, shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding application of any conflict of laws principles that would require application of the law of a jurisdiction outside of California, and will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of competent jurisdiction located in San Diego County, California.

3.4. Successors and Assigns. Subject to Section 2.11 , the rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (a) is an Affiliate, partner, member, limited partner, retired partner, retired member, or stockholder of a Holder, or (b) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; provided, however, that (i) the Company is given written notice within a reasonable time prior to such transfer or assignment, but in any event no less than five (5) Business Days prior to such transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned; and (ii) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company pursuant to which such transferee becomes a party to this Agreement and agrees to be bound by all the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the obligations set forth in Sections 2.5 and 2.9 , as if such transferee was an original Holder hereunder. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (A) that is an Affiliate or any of their partners, retired partners, members, retired members, managers, retired managers, managing members, retired managing members and stockholders, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners and retired partners, members

 

- 21 -


and retired members, managers and retired managers, managing members and retired managing members, and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons, (B) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (C) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors and administrators any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.5. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto constitute and contain the entire understanding and agreement of the parties respecting the subject matter hereof and cancel and supersede any and all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, correspondence, understandings and agreements between or among the parties, whether oral or written, regarding such subject matter ( provided , that any and all previous nondisclosure/nonuse obligations are not superseded and remain in full force and effect in addition to the nondisclosure/nonuse provisions hereof).

3.6. Delays or Omissions. Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. No waiver, modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid or effective unless made in a writing referencing this Agreement and signed by a duly authorized officer of each party. Except to the extent expressly set forth herein, all rights, remedies, undertakings, obligations and agreements contained in or available upon violation of this Agreement shall be cumulative and none of them shall be in limitation of any other remedy or right authorized in law or in equity, or any undertaking, obligation or agreement of any party hereto.

3.7. Severability . When possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement. The parties hereto shall make a good faith effort to replace the invalid or unenforceable provision with a valid one which in its economic effect is most consistent with the invalid or unenforceable provision.

3.8. Interpretation. The language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted for or against a party because that party or its attorney drafted the provision.

3.9. Captions; Construction. The captions to this Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” All references herein to sections shall be deemed references to sections of this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require.

 

- 22 -


3.10. Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as the identity of the parties hereto may require.

3.11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same instrument. A facsimile or a portable document format (PDF) copy of this Agreement, including the signature pages, will be deemed an original.

3.12. Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver such further instruments and to do all such other acts as may be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

3.13. Specific Performance . Each party hereto recognizes that the covenants and agreements herein and their continued performance as set forth in this Agreement are necessary and critical to protect the legitimate interests of the other party hereto, that such other party would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of such covenants and agreements and the assurance of continued performance as set forth in this Agreement, and that a party’s breach or threatened breach of such covenants and agreements shall cause the opposed party irreparable harm and significant injury, the amount of which will be extremely difficult to estimate and ascertain, thus, making any remedy at law or in damages inadequate. Therefore, each party hereto agrees that the other party shall be entitled to specific performance, an order restraining any breach or threatened breach of such sections of this Agreement, and any other equitable relief (including but not limited to interim injunctive relief), without the necessity of posting of any bond or security. This right shall be in addition to and not exclusive of any other remedy available to such other party at law or in equity.

3.14. Execution by the Company . The Company agrees that it will supply, free of charge, a copy of this Agreement to any holder of a certificate evidencing shares of capital stock of the Company upon written request from such holder to the Company at its principal office. The parties hereto agree that the failure to cause the certificates evidencing Registrable Securities to bear the legends required by Section 2.7(c) and/or failure of the Company to supply, free of charge, a copy of this Agreement, as provided under this Section 3.14 , shall not affect the validity or enforcement of this Agreement.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

- 23 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE COMPANY:

V IKING T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Brian Lian, Ph.D.

Name:   Brian Lian, Ph.D.
Title:   CEO
METABASIS:

M ETABASIS T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Charles Berkman

Name:   Charles Berkman
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
LIGAND:

L IGAND P HARMACEUTICALS I NCORPORATED ,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Charles Berkman

Name:   Charles Berkman
Title:   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]

Exhibit 10.17

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

VOTING AGREEMENT

T HIS V OTING A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 21, 2014, by and among Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“ Ligand ”), Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Ligand (“ Metabasis ”), and Brian Lian, Ph.D. and Michael Dinerman, M.D. (each, a “ Founder ” and collectively, the “ Founders ”). Ligand, Metabasis and the Founders are referred to herein collectively as the “ Voting Parties .”

RECITALS

W HEREAS , concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company and Metabasis are entering into a Master License Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Master License Agreement ”), pursuant to which, among other things, Metabasis and Ligand will agree to license certain intellectual property to the Company, and the Company will agree to issue shares of capital stock of the Company to Ligand and/or Metabasis in certain circumstances (such shares of capital stock issued or issuable pursuant to the Master License Agreement, the “ Viking Securities ”);

W HEREAS , concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company and Ligand are entering into a Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Loan and Security Agreement ”), pursuant to which, among other things, Ligand will agree to make loans to the Company in an aggregate amount of $2,500,000 (each, a “ Loan ”, and, collectively, the “ Loans ”), in exchange for the issuance by the Company to Ligand of one or more secured convertible promissory notes in favor of Ligand (each, a “ Note ”, and, collectively, the “ Notes ”);

W HEREAS , the obligations outstanding under the Notes will be convertible into shares of capital stock of the Company in certain circumstances;

W HEREAS , concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company and Ligand are entering into a management rights letter of even date herewith (the “ Management Rights Letter ”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will agree to: (i) expand the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) to create a vacancy on the Board; (ii) nominate an individual designated by Ligand (the “ Ligand Director ”) to fill the newly-created vacancy on the Board; and (iii) take certain actions at future meetings of the Company’s stockholders to support the Ligand Director’s election to the Board (the “ Ligand Appointment Right ”); and

W HEREAS , it is a condition to the parties entering into the Master License Agreement and the Loan and Security Agreement and the making of the Loans that the Company, Ligand, Metabasis and the Founders execute and deliver this Agreement, pursuant to which the Voting Parties will agree to vote their Shares (as defined below) to elect to the Board the individual who may be designated by Ligand from time to time pursuant to the Ligand Appointment Right.


N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, and other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Shares . For as long as the Ligand Appointment Right remains in effect, each Voting Party agrees to vote all of his, her or its shares of the Company’s voting securities now or hereafter owned by him, her or it, whether beneficially or otherwise, or as to which he, she or it has voting power (the “ Shares ”) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

2. Election of Board of Directors .

(a) Voting for Ligand Director . Each Voting Party agrees to vote all of his, her or its Shares in such manner as may be necessary to elect (and maintain in office) as a member of the Board the Ligand Director.

(b) Initial Ligand Director . For the purpose of this Agreement, the initial Ligand Director shall be Matthew W. Foehr upon his appointment to fill the vacancy on the Board pursuant to the Management Rights Letter.

(c) Changes in Directors . From time to time, Ligand may, in its sole discretion:

(i) notify the Company in writing of an intention to remove from the Board any incumbent director who serves on the Board as the Ligand Director; or

(ii) notify the Company in writing of an intention to select a new person for appointment or election to the Board as the Ligand Director (whether to replace a prior director or to fill a vacancy).

In the event of such an initiation of a removal or selection under this Section 2 , the Company shall take such reasonable actions as are necessary to facilitate such removal or appointment or election, including, without limitation, calling meetings and soliciting the votes of the appropriate stockholders of the Company, and the Voting Parties shall vote their Shares to cause: (A) the removal from the Board of the person or persons so designated for removal; and (B) the election to the Board of any new person or persons so designated by Ligand (and absent any such designation such directorship shall remain vacant). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit or restrict a director or officer of the Company from acting in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company, as the case may be, and exercising his or her fiduciary duties and responsibilities, it being agreed and understood that this Agreement shall apply to each Founder solely in his capacity as a stockholder of the Company and shall not apply to his actions, judgments or decisions as a director or officer of the Company.

3. Termination . This Agreement will terminate upon the earliest to occur of any one of the following events: (a) the liquidation, dissolution or indefinite cessation of the business operations of the Company; (b) the execution by the Company of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or the appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of the property and assets of the Company; (c) the acquisition of the Company by means of any transaction or

 

- 2 -


series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger, or consolidation); provided that the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction hold less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity; (d) following the issuance of Viking Securities pursuant to the Master License Agreement, the date that Ligand, Metabasis and their Affiliates (as defined in the Master License Agreement) collectively cease to beneficially own at least seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of the Company’s outstanding voting stock; or (e) ten (10) years from the date of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” and “ Person ” shall have the meanings given them in the Master License Agreement.

4. Additional Shares . In the event that any shares or other securities are issued on, or in exchange for, any of the Shares by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, consolidation of shares, reclassification, or consolidation involving the Company or any exercise or conversion of such Shares, such shares or securities so issued shall be deemed to be Shares for purposes of this Agreement.

5. Restrictive Legend . Each certificate representing any of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall be marked by the Company with a legend reading as follows, or a legend substantially equivalent thereto:

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A VOTING AGREEMENT (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE ISSUER) AND BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES THE PERSON HOLDING SUCH INTEREST SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SAID VOTING AGREEMENT.”

6. No Liability for Election of Ligand Director. Neither Founder makes any representation or warranty as to the fitness or competence of the Ligand Director to serve on the Board by virtue of such Founder’s execution of this Agreement or by the act of such Founder in voting for such Ligand Director pursuant to this Agreement.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) Certain Definitions . Shares “ held ” by a Voting Party shall mean any Shares directly or indirectly owned (of record or beneficially) by such Voting Party or as to which such Voting Party has voting power. “ Vote ” shall include any exercise of voting rights whether at an annual or special meeting or by written consent or in any other manner permitted by applicable law. “ Business Day ” means a day of the year on which commercial banks are not required or authorized by law to close in San Diego, California.

(b) Amendment. Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement may be modified or amended except by a written agreement specifically referring to this Agreement and signed by the Company, the Founders and Ligand. Metabasis acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, Ligand shall have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of Metabasis under this Agreement. A waiver by any party of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement in any instance shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of such term or condition for the future, or of any other term or condition hereof.

 

- 3 -


(c) Notices. All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered: (i) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered, or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (ii) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; (iii) when delivered, if hand delivered by messenger, or (iv) upon acknowledgment of receipt by email, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or email address indicated below. Any party may change its mailing or email address by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 7(c) :

If to Ligand or Metabasis, addressed to:

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 200

La Jolla, CA 92037

Attention: Vice President

Email address: […***…]

If to the Company, addressed to:

11119 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 50

San Diego, CA 92037

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Email address: […***…]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul Hastings LLP

1117 S. California Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attention: Jeff Hartlin

Email address: jeffhartlin@paulhastings.com

If to any Founder, at the Founder’s address or email address as shown in the Company’s records.

With respect to any notice given by the Company under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or the Company’s Bylaws, each Voting Party agrees that such notice may be given by electronic mail. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Agreement or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

(d) Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the relationship between the parties shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws

 

- 4 -


of the State of Delaware, excluding application of any conflict of laws principles that would require application of the law of a jurisdiction outside of Delaware. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and of the United States of America, in each case located in the County of New Castle, for any action, proceeding or investigation in any court or before any governmental authority arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (and agrees not to commence any action, proceeding or investigation relating thereto except in such courts), and further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by registered mail to its respective address set forth in this Agreement shall be effective service of process for any action, proceeding or investigation brought against it in any such court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, proceeding or investigation arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States of America, in each case located in the County of New Castle, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, proceeding or investigation brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(e) Successors and Assigns. The Company shall not permit the transfer of any Shares on its books or issue a new certificate representing any Shares unless and until the person to whom such security is to be transferred shall have executed a written instrument delivered to the Company pursuant to which such person becomes a party to this Agreement and agrees to be bound by all the provisions hereof as if such person was a Voting Party hereunder. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors and administrators any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

(f) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Master License Agreement, the Loan and Security Agreement, the Notes, the Management Rights Letter, that certain Registration Rights Agreement among the Company, Ligand and Metabasis dated the date hereof and the exhibits and schedules hereto and thereto constitute and contain the entire understanding and agreement of the parties respecting the subject matter hereof and thereof and cancel and supersede any and all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, correspondence, understandings and agreements between or among the parties, whether oral or written, regarding such subject matter ( provided that any and all previous nondisclosure/nonuse obligations are not superseded and remain in full force and effect in addition to the nondisclosure/nonuse provisions hereof).

(g) Delays or Omissions. Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. No waiver, modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid or effective unless

 

- 5 -


made in a writing referencing this Agreement and signed by a duly authorized officer of each party. Except to the extent expressly set forth herein, all rights, remedies, undertakings, obligations and agreements contained in or available upon violation of this Agreement shall be cumulative and none of them shall be in limitation of any other remedy or right authorized in law or in equity, or any undertaking, obligation or agreement of any party hereto.

(h) Severability . When possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement. The parties hereto shall make a good faith effort to replace the invalid or unenforceable provision with a valid one which in its economic effect is most consistent with the invalid or unenforceable provision.

(i) Interpretation. The language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted for or against a party because that party or its attorney drafted the provision.

(j) Captions; Construction. The captions to this Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” All references herein to sections shall be deemed references to sections of this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require.

(k) Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as the identity of the parties hereto may require.

(l) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same instrument. A portable document format (PDF) copy of this Agreement, including the signature pages, will be deemed an original.

(m) Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver such further instruments and to do all such other acts as may be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

(n) Not a Voting Trust . This Agreement is not a voting trust governed by Section 218 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and should not be interpreted as such.

(o) Specific Performance . Each party hereto recognizes that the covenants and agreements herein and their continued performance as set forth in this Agreement are necessary and critical to protect the legitimate interests of the other party hereto, that such other party would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of such covenants and agreements and the assurance of continued performance as set forth in this Agreement, and that a party’s breach or threatened breach of such covenants and agreements shall cause the opposed party irreparable harm and significant injury, the amount of which will be extremely difficult to

 

- 6 -


estimate and ascertain, thus, making any remedy at law or in damages inadequate. Therefore, each party hereto agrees that the other party shall be entitled to specific performance, an order restraining any breach or threatened breach of such sections of this Agreement, and any other equitable relief (including but not limited to interim injunctive relief), without the necessity of posting of any bond or security. This right shall be in addition to and not exclusive of any other remedy available to such other party at law or in equity.

(p) Aggregation of Stock. All securities held or acquired by Affiliated entities (including Affiliated venture capital or private equity funds) or persons or by any other Affiliate or any of their partners, retired partners, members, retired members, managers, retired managers, managing members, retired managing members, and stockholders or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners, members and retired members, managers and retired managers, managing members and retired managing members, and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

(q) Execution by the Company . The Company, by its execution in the space provided below, agrees that it will cause the certificates issued after the date hereof evidencing the Shares to bear the legend required by Section 5 , and it shall supply, free of charge, a copy of this Agreement to any holder of a certificate evidencing shares of capital stock of the Company upon written request from such holder to the Company at its principal office. The parties hereto do hereby agree that the failure to cause the certificates evidencing the Shares to bear the legend required by Section 5 and/or failure of the Company to supply, free of charge, a copy of this Agreement, as provided under this Section 7(q) , shall not affect the validity or enforcement of this Agreement.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE COMPANY:

V IKING T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Brian Lian, Ph.D.

Name:   Brian Lian, Ph.D.
Title:   CEO
LIGAND:

L IGAND P HARMACEUTICALS I NCORPORATED ,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Charles Berkman

Name:   Charles Berkman
Title:  

Vice President, General Counsel and

Secretary

METABASIS:

M ETABASIS T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Charles Berkman

Name:   Charles Berkman
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
FOUNDERS:

/s/ Brian Lian, Ph.D.

B RIAN L IAN , P H .D.

/s/ Michael Dinerman, M.D.

M ICHAEL D INERMAN , M.D.

[ Signature Page to Voting Agreement ]

Exhibit 10.18

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

FOUNDER COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

T HIS F OUNDER C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of September 26, 2012 by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor to its business and/or assets that assumes this Agreement or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law, the “ Company ”), and Brian Lian (“ Purchaser ”).

1. Sale of Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Purchase Date (as defined under Section 2 hereof) the Company will issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser will purchase from the Company, 2,650,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Purchased Shares ”), at a purchase price of $0.01 per share (the “Purchase Price” ) for a total purchase price of $26,500. The term “ Shares ” refers to the Purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of or in connection with the Shares pursuant to stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Purchased Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Purchased Shares.

2. Purchase . The purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place as shall be designated by the Company, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties or on such other date as the Company and Purchaser shall agree (the “ Purchase Date ”). On the Purchase Date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser (i) an original certificate representing the Purchased Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) that are deemed vested upon issuance in accordance with Section 4(c), and (ii) a copy of the certificate representing the Purchased Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) that are deemed to be Vesting Shares upon issuance in accordance with Section 4(c), in each case against payment of the purchase price therefor by Purchaser by Purchaser’s assignment of certain assets of Purchaser to the Company pursuant to the Technology Assignment Agreement, in the form attached as E XHIBIT A hereto, which assets, in the parties’ estimation, are equal in value to $26,500. In the event the Purchaser is married as of the date of this Agreement, Purchaser shall deliver to the Company on the date of this Agreement an Acknowledgement and Agreement of Spouse, in the form of E XHIBIT B attached to this Agreement (the “Spousal Consent” ), duly completed and executed by Purchaser’s spouse. In the event Purchaser marries or remarries after the date of this Agreement, Purchaser shall deliver to the Company, within fifteen (15) business days following the date of such marriage or remarriage, a Spousal Consent duly completed and executed by Purchaser’s spouse.

3. Limitations on Transfer . Holder shall not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or dispose of any interest in Shares that constitute Vesting Shares (as defined under Section 4(c) hereof) and Holder shall not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or dispose of any interest in any other securities of the Company except in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Bylaws (as may be amended or restated from time to time) and applicable securities laws.


(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any permitted transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (A) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (B) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee of such Shares (each a “ Proposed Transferee ”); (C) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (D) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder (the “ Election Notice ”), elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness or by any combination thereof on or before the later of (i) 30 days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice and (ii) 15 days after the Company delivers the Election Notice to the Holder.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date the Notice is delivered to the Company, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in a writing delivered to the Company that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares purchased by or otherwise transferred to such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee (in any respect), a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

2


(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 3(a) to the contrary, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, uncle, aunt, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, or any person sharing Purchaser’s household (other than a tenant or an employee). In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 3, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld in the sole discretion of the Company, no more than three (3) transfers may be made pursuant to this Section 3(a)(vi), including all transfers by the Holder and all transfers by any transferee.

(b) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including divorce or death, but excluding in the event of death a transfer to Purchaser’s Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) hereof) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof (each, an “Involuntary Transfer” ), the Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of (i) the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares on the date of transfer (as determined in good faith by the Board) (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable). Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The Company shall have the right to purchase such Shares for a period of 30 days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares pursuant to such Involuntary Transfer.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares, pursuant to the Right of First Refusal or as a result of an Involuntary Transfer, may be assigned in whole or in part by the Company to any holder or holders of capital stock of the Company or other person(s) or organization(s), in the Company’s sole discretion.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights . The Right of First Refusal and the Company’s right to repurchase the Shares in the event of an Involuntary Transfer pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof shall terminate upon the first sale of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock” ) to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

3


(f) Lock-up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of any capital stock of the Company and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s capital stock, Holder hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration, if any) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the closing of such offering, as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters, and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the managing underwriters prior to the Company’s initial public offering. In addition, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing a public offering of the Company’s securities (other than the initial public offering), Holder hereby agrees to be bound by similar restrictions, and to sign a similar agreement, in connection with no more than one additional registration statement filed within 12 months after the closing date of the initial public offering, provided that the duration of the lock-up period with respect to such additional registration shall not exceed 90 days from the closing of such additional offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such agreement to contain a phased release from the lock-up period contained in the agreement based on the Company’s achievement of certain performance milestones. Any waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the managing underwriters shall apply to all securityholders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 3(f) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions of this Section 3(f) as though they were parties to this Agreement.

4. Repurchase Option .

(a) In the event Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status (as defined in Section 9(d) hereof) is terminated, for any reason or no reason, including, without limitation, by reason of Purchaser’s death or disability (as defined under Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ), by the Company for any reason or by Purchaser for any reason, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of three months from such Termination Date to repurchase all or any portion of the Vesting Shares (as defined under Section 4(c) hereof) held by each Holder as of the Termination Date that have not yet been released from the Repurchase Option, at the purchase price equal to $0.01 per Vesting Share (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like) (the “Termination Purchase Price” ). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4, Holder hereby acknowledges that the Company has no obligation, either now or in the future, to repurchase any of the Vesting Shares at any time. Further, Holder acknowledges and understands that, in the event that the Company elects to exercise its Repurchase Option, the Termination Purchase Price may be less than the value of the Vesting Shares being repurchased by the Company, and that Holder bears any risk associated with the potential loss in value.

(b) The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by the Company by written notice at any time within three months following the Termination Date to Holder or, in the event of Purchaser’s death, Purchaser’s executor, and, at the Company’s option: (i) by delivery to

 

4


Purchaser or Purchaser’s executor of a check in the amount of the Termination Purchase Price for the Vesting Shares being repurchased; (ii) by cancellation by the Company of indebtedness equal to the Termination Purchase Price for the Vesting Shares being repurchased; or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such Termination Purchase Price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the Termination Purchase Price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Vesting Shares being repurchased and all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Vesting Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by any Holder.

(c) On the date hereof, (i) 795,000 of the Shares shall be fully vested, and (ii) the remaining 1,855,000 of the Shares (the “ Vesting Shares ”) shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. An additional (a) 51,528 of the Vesting Shares shall be released on each one-month anniversary of the date of this Agreement through August 26, 2015, and (b) 51,520 of the Vesting Shares shall be released on September 26, 2015; provided, however, that in each case such scheduled release from the Repurchase Option shall immediately cease as of the Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Triggering Event (as defined in Section 9(i) hereof) occurs, 100% of the total number of Vesting Shares held by Holder that have not yet been released from the Repurchase Option shall be released from the Repurchase Option as of immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the occurrence of such Triggering Event; provided that in the event of a Triggering Event under Section 9(i)(i) or 9(i)(ii), Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status has not terminated prior to such Triggering Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) shall at all times have the full right and authority (but without any corresponding obligation) to provide for accelerated vesting of the Vesting Shares on any terms the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) deems appropriate.

5. Escrow of Vesting Shares .

(a) As security for the faithful performance of this Agreement, Purchaser agrees to deliver the certificate(s) evidencing the Vesting Shares, together with three stock assignments, each in the form of E XHIBIT C attached to this Agreement (the “ Stock Assignment Forms ”) with respect to each such stock certificate, executed by Purchaser (with the date and number of Vesting Shares left blank), to the Company’s Corporate Secretary or its designee (the “ Escrow Agent ”) prior to the issuance of the Shares to Purchaser. The stock certificate(s) representing the Vesting Shares, together with the executed Stock Assignment Forms, shall be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser set forth in E XHIBIT D attached to this Agreement, which instructions are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, and which instructions shall also be delivered to the Escrow Agent after the date hereof.

(b) Subject to the terms hereof, Holder shall have all the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock with respect to such Vesting Shares while they are held in escrow, including, without limitation, the right to vote the Vesting Shares; provided , however , that any Vesting Shares held in escrow shall not be transferrable without the approval of the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable). If, from time to time during the term of the

 

5


Repurchase Option, there is (i) any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the Shares, or (ii) any dividend of cash or other property on the Shares, then any and all new, substituted or additional securities or cash or other consideration to which Holder is entitled by reason of Holder’s ownership of the Shares shall immediately and automatically become subject to the escrow, deposited with the Escrow Agent and included thereafter as “Vesting Shares” for purposes of this Agreement and the Repurchase Option.

6. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser understands that the Company’s sale of the Shares to Purchaser has not been registered under the Securities Act because the Company believes, relying in part on Purchaser’s representations in this document, that an exemption from such registration requirement is available for such sale. Purchaser understands that the availability of this exemption depends upon the representations Purchaser is making to the Company in this document being true and correct.

(b) Purchaser is purchasing the Shares solely for investment purposes, and not for further distribution. Purchaser’s entire legal and beneficial ownership interest in the Shares is being purchased and shall be held solely for Purchaser’s account, except to the extent Purchaser intend to hold the Shares jointly with Purchaser’s spouse. Purchaser is not a party to, and does not presently intend to enter into, any contract or other arrangement with any other person or entity involving the resale, transfer, grant of participation with respect to or other distribution of any of the Shares. Purchaser’s investment intent is not limited to Purchaser’s present intention to hold the Shares for the minimum capital gains period specified under any applicable tax law, for a deferred sale, for a specified increase or decrease in the market price of the Shares, or for any other fixed period in the future.

(c) Purchaser represents that Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

(d) Purchaser can properly evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares and can protect Purchaser’s own interests in this regard, whether by reason of Purchaser’s own business and financial expertise, the business and financial expertise of certain professional advisors unaffiliated with the Company with whom Purchaser has consulted, or Purchaser’s preexisting business or personal relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons.

(e) Purchaser is sufficiently aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser have had opportunity to discuss the plans, operations and financial condition of the Company with its officers, directors or controlling persons, and have received all information Purchaser deems appropriate for assessing the risk of an investment in the shares.

(f) Purchaser realizes that the purchase of the Shares involves a high degree of risk, and that the Company’s future prospects are uncertain. Purchaser is able to hold the Shares indefinitely if required, and Purchaser is able to bear the loss of Purchaser’s entire investment in the Shares.

 

6


(g) Purchaser knows that the Shares are restricted securities. Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” in that the Company’s sale of the Shares to the Purchaser has not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption for non-public offerings. In this regard, Purchaser also understands and agrees that:

(i) Purchaser must hold the shares indefinitely, unless any subsequent proposed resale by Purchaser is registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available (such as Rule 144 under the Securities Act ( “Rule 144” ));

(ii) the Company is under no obligation to register any subsequent proposed resale of the Shares by Purchaser; and

(iii) the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Shares unless such transfer is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(h) Purchaser is familiar with Rule 144, which in some circumstances permits limited public resales of “restricted securities” like the shares acquired from an issuer in a non-public offering. Purchaser understands that Purchaser’s ability to sell the Shares under Rule 144 in the future is uncertain, and will depend upon, among other things: (i) the availability of certain current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale occurring more than one year after Purchaser’s purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Shares; and (iii) if Purchaser is an affiliate of the Company, or a non-affiliate who has held the Shares less than two years after Purchaser’s purchase and full payment: (A) the sale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker, as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (B) the amount of Shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding the specified limitations stated in Rule 144, and (C) timely filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144, if applicable.

(i) Purchaser understands that the requirements of Rule 144 may never be met, and that the Shares may never be saleable. Purchaser further understands that at the time Purchaser wishes to sell the Shares, there may be no public market for the Company’s stock upon which to make such a sale, or the current public information requirements of Rule 144 may not be satisfied, either of which would preclude Purchaser from selling the Shares under Rule 144 even if the one-year minimum holding period had been satisfied.

(j) Purchaser understands that in the event Rule 144 is not available to Purchaser, any future proposed sale of any of the Shares by Purchaser will not be possible without prior registration under the Securities Act, compliance with some other registration exemption (which may or may not be available), or each of the following: (i) Purchaser’s written notice to the Company containing detailed information regarding the proposed sale, (ii) Purchaser’s providing an opinion of Purchaser’s counsel to the effect that such sale will not require registration, and (iii) the Company notifying Purchaser in writing that its counsel concurs in such opinion. Purchaser understands that neither the Company nor its counsel is obligated to

 

7


provide Purchaser with any such opinion. Purchaser understands that although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has stated that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

(k) Purchaser understands that the Board believes its valuation of the Purchased Shares represents a fair appraisal of their worth, but that it remains possible that, with the benefit of hindsight, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS” ) may successfully assert that the value of the Purchased Shares on the date of Purchaser’s purchase is substantially greater than the Board’s appraisal. Purchaser understands that any additional value ascribed to the Purchased Shares by such an IRS determination will constitute ordinary income to Purchaser as of the purchase date, and that any additional taxes and interest due as a result will be Purchaser’s sole responsibility payable only by Purchaser, and that the Company need not and will not reimburse Purchaser for that tax liability. Purchaser understands that if such additional value represents more than 25% of Purchaser’s gross income for the year in which the value of the Purchased Shares is taxable, the IRS will have six years from the due date for filing the return (or the actual filing date of the return if filed thereafter) within which to assess Purchaser the additional tax and interest due.

(l) Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that, in making the decision to purchase the Purchased Shares, Purchaser has not relied on any statement, whether written or oral, regarding the subject matter hereof, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Furthermore, Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has had an opportunity to consult Purchaser’s own tax, legal and financial advisors regarding the purchase of the Purchased Stock.

(m) The address of Purchaser’s principal residence is set forth on the signature page below.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

 

8


  (ii) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH AND MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

 

  (iii) Subject to Section 4 hereof: “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A REPURCHASE OPTION HELD BY THE COMPANY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH AND MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

 

  (iv) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY.”

 

  (v) Any legend required to be placed thereon by the New York Attorney General or under New York securities laws

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been purported to have been so transferred.

(d) Removal of Repurchase Option Legend . Upon the release of any portion of the Vesting Shares from the Repurchase Option, such Vesting Shares then held by Holder will no longer be subject to the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(iii) hereof. After such time, and upon Holder’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing the Vesting Shares that have been released from the Repurchase Option shall be issued to Holder without the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(iii) hereof.

(e) Removal of Transfer Legend . When each of the following events have occurred, the Shares then held by Holder will no longer be subject to the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(ii) hereof: (i) the termination of the Right of First Refusal; and (ii) the expiration or termination of the market standoff provisions of Section 3(f) hereof (and of any agreement entered pursuant to Section 3(f) hereof). After such time, and upon Holder’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased by the Company shall be issued to Holder without the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(ii) hereof.

 

9


8. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary, to terminate Purchaser’s employment, directorial or consulting relationship, for any reason or no reason, with or without cause or notice, subject to the terms of any other written agreement between the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Purchaser, on the other hand.

9. Certain Defined Terms .

(a) “ Affiliate ” means an entity other than a Parent or a Subsidiary which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(b) “ Cause ” means Holder’s: (i) unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; (ii) material breach of any material agreement between Holder and the Company, which breach is not cured by Holder within fifteen (15) days of Holder’s receipt of notice of such breach; (iii) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of Holder’s duties to the Company; or (iv) Holder’s conviction of a felony in connection with the performance of Holder’s obligations to the Company. The Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) shall be entitled to determine Cause in the event of the termination of Holder’s Continuous Service Status. No event described in this Section 9(c) shall constitute Cause unless the Company has given Holder written notice of termination specifying the condition(s) or event(s) relied upon for such notice within ninety (90) days from the occurrence of such event (or, if later, from the earliest date the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) became aware of such event) and Holder has failed to cure the condition or event asserted to constitute Cause within thirty (30) day period following receipt of the such notice. A termination of Holder’s service in any other circumstance or for any other reason will be a termination “without Cause.”

(c) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor but not an Employee, who is engaged by the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, to render services (other than capital-raising services) and is compensated for such services, and any member of the Board, whether compensated for such services or not.

(d) “ Continuous Service Status ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of: (i) Company-approved sick leave; (ii) military leave; or (iii) any other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable), provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to a written Company policy. Also, Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of a transfer between locations of the Company or between the Company, any Parent, any Subsidiary and/or any Affiliate, or any of their respective successors, or a change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee.

 

10


(e) “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined pursuant to such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable), subject to any requirements of applicable laws, including the Code. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such director by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate.

(f) “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events without Holder’s prior written consent: (i) a change in Holder’s position with the Company which materially reduces Holder’s level of responsibilities and duties; (ii) any action by the Company that results in a diminution in Holder’s authority, duties and responsibilities, including a change in title or reporting relationships; (iii) a reduction in Holder’s level of compensation from the Company, including base salary and benefits, unless there is a corresponding reduction in the level of compensation of all executive officers of the Company; (iv) any requirement, as a condition to continuing Holder’s Continuous Service Status, that Holder enter into any agreement with the Company regarding confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar restrictive covenant that is materially more restrictive than Holder’s written obligations with the Company in effect as of the date of this Agreement, unless all executive officers of the Company are required to enter into any such agreement; (v) the Company’s failure to pay Holder any earned base salary, expense reimbursement or bonus payment that has become due and payable, provided that the Company received written notice from Holder of the deficient payment and was given fifteen (15) days to cure such failure; (vi) any action or inaction by the Company that constitutes a material breach of any employment or similar agreement between Holder and the Company; or (vii) a relocation of Holder’s principal place of employment with the Company outside of San Diego County and more than 50 miles from Holder’s principal place of employment with the Company as of the date of this Agreement.

(g) “ Parent ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations or entities ending with the Company if each of the corporations or entities other than the Company owns stock or interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or interests in one of the other corporations or entities in such chain.

(h) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations or entities beginning with the Company if each of the corporations or entities other than the last corporation or entity in the unbroken chain owns stock or interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or interests in one of the other corporations or entities in such chain.

(i) “ Triggering Event ” means:

(i) a sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than to: (A) a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of its combined voting power is owned directly or indirectly by the Company; (B) a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the holders of shares of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of capital stock of the Company as of immediately prior to the sale, transfer or disposition; or (C) an Excluded Entity (as defined under subsection (ii) below); or

 

11


(ii) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction with or into another corporation, entity or person in which the holders of at least a majority of the voting stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares of stock remaining outstanding in the continuing entity or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock or voting units of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock or voting units of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction (an “ Excluded Entity ”). Notwithstanding anything stated herein, a transaction shall not constitute a “Triggering Event” if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who hold the Company’s outstanding voting stock as of immediately prior to such transaction. For clarity, the term “Triggering Event” as defined herein shall not include stock sale transactions whether by the Company or by the holders of capital stock of the Company; or

(iii) the termination of Holder’s Continuous Service Status: (A) by the Company without Cause; or (B) by Holder for Good Reason.

10. Section 83(b) Election. Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Code normally taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount paid for the Purchased Stock and the fair market value of the Purchased Stock as of the date any restrictions on the Purchased Stock lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the right of the Company to repurchase the Purchased Stock pursuant to the Repurchase Option. Purchaser further understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Purchased Stock is purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (an “83(b) Election” ) with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days from the Purchase Date. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an 83(b) Election in a timely manner may result in significant adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of any such 83(b) Election is required to be filed with Purchaser’s federal income tax return for the calendar year in which Purchase Date falls. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that it is Purchaser’s sole obligation and responsibility to timely file such an 83(b) Election, and neither the Company nor the Company’s legal or financial advisors shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to such filing. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Purchase Stock hereunder and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death. Purchaser assumes all responsibility for filing the 83(b) Election and paying all taxes resulting from such election or the lapse of the Repurchase Option.

 

12


11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Arbitration and Equitable Relief.

(i) Arbitration . IN CONSIDERATION OF THE PROMISES IN THIS AGREEMENT, HOLDER AGREES THAT ANY AND ALL CONTROVERSIES, CLAIMS, OR DISPUTES WITH ANYONE (INCLUDING THE COMPANY AND ANY EMPLOYEE, OFFICER, DIRECTOR, STOCKHOLDER OR BENEFIT PLAN OF THE COMPANY IN THEIR CAPACITY AS SUCH OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR RESULTING FROM THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO BINDING ARBITRATION UNDER THE ARBITRATION RULES SET FORTH IN CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 1280 THROUGH 1294.2, INCLUDING SECTION 1283.05 (THE “RULES” ) AND PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA LAW. DISPUTES WHICH HOLDER AGREES TO ARBITRATE, AND THEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, INCLUDE ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS UNDER STATE OR FEDERAL LAW, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CLAIMS UNDER TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT, THE WORKER ADJUSTMENT AND RETRAINING NOTIFICATION ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING ACT, THE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAMILY RIGHTS ACT, THE CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE, CLAIMS OF HARASSMENT, DISCRIMINATION OR WRONGFUL TERMINATION AND ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS. HOLDER FURTHER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY DISPUTES THAT THE COMPANY MAY HAVE WITH HOLDER.

(ii) Procedure . HOLDER AGREES THAT ANY ARBITRATION WILL BE ADMINISTERED BY THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION ( “AAA” ) AND THAT THE NEUTRAL ARBITRATOR WILL BE SELECTED IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH ITS NATIONAL RULES FOR THE RESOLUTION OF EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES. HOLDER AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ANY MOTIONS BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY TO THE ARBITRATION, INCLUDING MOTIONS FOR SUMMARY JUDGMENT AND/OR ADJUDICATION AND MOTIONS TO DISMISS AND DEMURRERS, PRIOR TO ANY ARBITRATION HEARING. HOLDER ALSO AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO AWARD ANY REMEDIES, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS, AVAILABLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. HOLDER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE COMPANY WILL PAY FOR ANY ADMINISTRATIVE OR HEARING FEES CHARGED BY THE ARBITRATOR OR AAA EXCEPT THAT HOLDER SHALL PAY THE FIRST $125.00 OF ANY FILING FEES ASSOCIATED WITH ANY ARBITRATION HOLDER INITIATES. HOLDER AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ADMINISTER AND CONDUCT ANY ARBITRATION IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH THE RULES AND THAT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE AAA’S NATIONAL RULES

 

13


FOR THE RESOLUTION OF EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES CONFLICT WITH THE RULES, THE RULES SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. HOLDER AGREES THAT THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE IN WRITING.

(iii) Remedy . EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BY THE RULES AND THIS AGREEMENT, ARBITRATION SHALL BE THE SOLE, EXCLUSIVE AND FINAL REMEDY FOR ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN HOLDER AND THE COMPANY. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR BY THE RULES AND THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER HOLDER NOR THE COMPANY WILL BE PERMITTED TO PURSUE COURT ACTION REGARDING CLAIMS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION. NOTWITHSTANDING, THE ARBITRATOR WILL NOT HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO DISREGARD OR REFUSE TO ENFORCE ANY LAWFUL COMPANY POLICY, AND THE ARBITRATOR SHALL NOT ORDER OR REQUIRE THE COMPANY TO ADOPT A POLICY NOT OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW WHICH THE COMPANY HAS NOT ADOPTED.

(iv) Availability of Injunctive Relief . THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY PARTY MAY PETITION A COURT FOR INJUNCTIVE RELIEF AS PERMITTED BY THE RULES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WHERE EITHER PARTY ALLEGES OR CLAIMS A VIOLATION OF ANY CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OR INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN HOLDER AND THE COMPANY OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT REGARDING TRADE SECRETS, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, NONSOLICITATION OR LABOR CODE §2870. THE PARTIES UNDERSTAND THAT ANY BREACH OR THREATENED BREACH OF SUCH AN AGREEMENT WILL CAUSE IRREPARABLE INJURY AND THAT MONEY DAMAGES WILL NOT PROVIDE AN ADEQUATE REMEDY THEREFOR AND THE PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT TO THE ISSUANCE OF AN INJUNCTION. IN THE EVENT ANY PARTY SEEKS INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, THE PREVAILING PARTY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECOVER REASONABLE COSTS AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES.

(v) Administrative Relief . HOLDER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT PROHIBIT HOLDER FROM PURSUING AN ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIM WITH A LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BODY SUCH AS THE DEPARTMENT OF FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING, THE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION OR THE WORKERS’ COMPENSATION BOARD. THIS AGREEMENT DOES, HOWEVER, PRECLUDE HOLDER FROM PURSUING COURT ACTION REGARDING ANY SUCH CLAIM.

(c) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(d) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith.

 

14


In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then: (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement; (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded; and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(e) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between the parties and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of each of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(f) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient: (i) upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by email or fax (upon customary confirmation of receipt), or (ii) three (3) business days after being deposited in the U.S. mail as certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth on the signature page or as subsequently modified by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other party hereto.

(g) Further Execution . The parties agree to take all such further action(s) as may reasonably be necessary to carry out and consummate this Agreement as soon as practicable, and to take whatever steps may be necessary to obtain any governmental approval in connection with or otherwise qualify the issuance of the securities that are the subject of this Agreement.

(h) Independent Counsel . Purchaser acknowledges that this Agreement has been prepared on behalf of the Company by Paul Hastings LLP, counsel to the Company, and that Paul Hastings LLP does not represent, and is not acting on behalf of, Purchaser. Purchaser has been provided with an opportunity to consult with Purchaser’s own counsel with respect to this Agreement.

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or two counterparts, including counterparts transmitted by facsimile or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(j) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Holder under this Agreement shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed without the prior written consent of the Company.

[S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]

 

15


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this F OUNDER C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT as of the date first set forth above.

 

THE COMPANY:
VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.:
By:  

/s/ Michael Dinerman

(Signature)
Name:   Michael Dinerman
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
PURCHASER:
By:  

/s/ Brian Lian

(Signature)
Name:   Brian Lian

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO F OUNDER C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT ]


E XHIBIT A

TECHNOLOGY ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

This Technology Assignment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered as of September 26, 2012 between V IKING T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Brian Lian, an individual (“ Developer ”). The assignment and stock issuance hereunder is intended to qualify for tax-free treatment under Internal Revenue Code Section 351.

1. Assignment . Developer hereby assigns to the Company exclusively throughout the world all right, title and interest (whether or not now existing) in the (i) subject matter referred to in E XHIBIT A attached hereto (“ Technology ”), (ii) all precursors, portions and work in progress with respect thereto and all ideas, inventions, works of authorship, mask works, technology, information, know-how, concepts, materials and tools relating thereto or to the development, production, use, support or maintenance thereof and (iii) all copyrights, patent rights, trade secret rights, trademark rights, mask works rights, sui generis database rights and other intellectual property rights and all business, contract rights and goodwill in, incorporated or embodied in, used to develop or produce or use, or related to any of the foregoing ((i), (ii) and (iii) are collectively “ Intellectual Property ”).

2. Compensation . The Company agrees to provide to Developer 2,650,000 shares of common stock of the Company on the date of this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of a Founder Common Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith between the Company and Developer (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). Such shares shall be the only consideration required of the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

3. Further Assurances: Moral Rights; Competition; Marketing .

3.1 Developer agrees to assist the Company in every proper way to evidence, record and perfect the Section 1 assignment and to apply for and obtain recordation of and from time to time secure, enforce, maintain and defend the assigned rights. If the Company is unable for any reason whatsoever to secure Developer’s signature to any document requested by the Company under this Section 3.1, Developer hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as Developer’s agents and attorneys-in-fact, coupled with an interest and with full power of substitution, to act for and on Developer’s behalf and instead of Developer, to execute and file any such document or documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the foregoing with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Developer.

3.2 To the extent allowed by law, Section 1 includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights,” “artist’s rights,” “droit moral,” or the like (collectively “ Moral Rights ”). To the extent Developer retains any such Moral Rights under applicable law, Developer hereby ratifies and consents to, and provides all necessary ratifications of and consents to, any action that may be taken with respect to such Moral Rights by, or authorized by, the Company; Developer agrees not to assert any Moral Rights with respect thereto. Developer will confirm any such ratifications, consents and agreements from time to time as requested by the Company.

 

A-1


4. Confidential Information . Developer will not use or disclose anything assigned to the Company hereunder or any other technical or business information or plans of the Company, except to the extent Developer (i) can document that it is generally available (through no fault of Developer) for use and disclosure by the public without any charge, license or restriction, or (ii) is permitted to use or disclose such information or plans pursuant to the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement by and between Developer and the Company of even date herewith. Developer recognizes and agrees that there is no adequate remedy at law for a breach of this Section 4, that such a breach would irreparably harm the Company and that the Company is entitled to equitable relief (including, without limitation, injunctive relief) with respect to any such breach or potential breach in addition to any other remedies and without any requirement to post bond.

5. Warranty . Developer represents and warrants to the Company that Developer (i) was the sole owner (other than the Company) of all rights, title and interest in the Intellectual Property and the Technology, (ii) has not assigned, transferred, licensed, pledged or otherwise encumbered any Intellectual Property or the Technology or agreed to do so, (iii) has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to make the assignment as provided in Section 1, (iv) is not aware of any violation, infringement or misappropriation of any third party’s rights (or any claim thereof) by the Intellectual Property or the Technology, (v) was not acting within the scope of employment by any third party when conceiving, creating or otherwise performing any activity with respect to anything purportedly assigned in Section 1 and (iv) is not aware of any questions or challenges with respect to the patentability or validity of any claims of any existing patents or patent applications relating to the Intellectual Property.

6. Miscellaneous . This Agreement is not assignable or transferable by Developer without the prior written consent of the Company; any attempt to do so shall be void. Any notice, report, approval or consent required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or mailed by first-class, registered or certified U.S. mail, postage prepaid to the respective addresses of the parties as set forth below (or such other address as a party may designate by ten (10) days notice). No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, on the part of either party, any privilege, any power or any rights hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or power hereunder preclude further exercise of any other right hereunder. If any provision of this Agreement shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid, that provision shall be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent necessary so that this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable. This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made in, and shall be construed pursuant to the laws of the State of California and the United States without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof. The prevailing party in any action to enforce this Agreement shall be entitled to recover costs and expenses including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees. The terms of this Agreement are confidential to the Company and no press release or other written or oral disclosure of any nature regarding the compensation terms of this Agreement shall be made by Developer without the Company’s prior written approval; however, approval for such disclosure shall be deemed given to the extent such disclosure is required to comply with governmental

 

A-2


rules. Any waivers or amendments shall be effective only if made in writing and signed by a representative of the respective parties authorized to bind the parties. Both parties agree that this Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement, is the complete and exclusive statement of the mutual understanding of the parties and supersedes and cancels all previous written and oral agreements and communications relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Technology Assignment Agreement on the day and year first indicated above.

 

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Michael Dinerman
Title:   COO
DEVELOPER
By:  

 

  Brian Lian

 

A-4


E XHIBIT B

A CKNOWLEDGEMENT AND A GREEMENT OF S POUSE

I,                     , spouse of Brian Lian (“ Purchaser ”), have read and hereby approve the foregoing F OUNDER C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT , dated September 26, 2012, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” ) and Purchaser (as may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Agreement” ). In consideration for the Company granting Purchaser the right to purchase the shares of Common Stock of the Company as set forth in the Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agrees that any community property or similar interest that the undersigned may have in such shares shall be similarly bound by the Agreement. The undersigned hereby appoints Purchaser as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

By:  

 

  Signature of Spouse of Purchaser
Name:  

 

 

B-1


E XHIBIT C

S TOCK A SSIGNMENT S EPARATE FROM C ERTIFICATE

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , Brian Lian hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto V IKING T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), pursuant to the Repurchase Option under that certain F OUNDER C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT , dated as of September 26, 2012, by and between the undersigned and the Company (as may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Agreement” ),                      (                    ) shares of Common Stock of the Company standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).                      and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Company’s Secretary as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact to transfer such shares of Common Stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: September 26, 2012

 

 

(Signature)

Brian Lian

(Print Name)

 

I NSTRUCTION :

  Please do not fill in any blanks other than the “Signature” line and the “Print Name” line.

 

C-1


E XHIBIT D

J OINT E SCROW I NSTRUCTIONS

September 24, 2012

Dear Corporate Secretary:

As escrow agent (“ Escrow Agent ”) for both Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors or assigns, the “ Company ”), and Brian Lian (“ Purchaser ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Viking Therapeutics, Inc. Founder Common Stock Purchase Agreement, by and between the Company and Brian Lian, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Agreement ”), to which a copy of these Joint Escrow Instructions is attached, in accordance with the following instructions (capitalized terms used but not defined in these Joint Escrow Instructions shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement):

1. In the event that the Company exercises the Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.00001 per share to be purchased (together with any shares into which such shares are converted or exchanged, “Shares” ), the purchase price and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignment(s) necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of Shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the same, together with the certificate evidencing the Shares to be transferred, to the Company against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by check, by cancellation of indebtedness or by a combination thereof) for the number of Shares being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing Shares to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said Shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as her attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a holder of shares of common stock of the Company while the Shares are held by you.

4. Upon written request of Purchaser, on the one-year anniversary of the date of the Agreement and on each one-year anniversary thereafter, unless the Repurchase Option has been exercised, you will cause to be delivered to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the number of Shares released from the Repurchase Option during such prior period. One (1) month and one (1) day after the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s Continuous Service

 

D-1


Status, you will, at the written request of Purchaser, deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of Shares sold and issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Repurchase Option and for which no certificate has previously been issued.

5. If, at the time of termination of this escrow, you should have in your possession any documents, securities or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under any applicable statute of limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

D-2


13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be given in accordance with Section 11(f) of the Agreement. All such notices or other communications shall be directed (a) in the case of the Company or Purchaser, to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address indicated for such person on the signature page of the Agreement, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto and (b) in the case of the Escrow Agent, shall be directed to the address or facsimile number first indicated above on these Joint Escrow Instructions or at such other address or facsimile number as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Very truly yours,
VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Michael Dinerman
Title:   COO
“PURCHASER”

 

Name:   Brian Lian
“ESCROW AGENT”

 

Name:   Michael Dinerman
Title:   Secretary

 

D-3


E XHIBIT E

C OMPANY R ECEIPT

Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby acknowledges receipt of (check each of the following that apply) :

 

  ¨ A check in the amount of $            

 

  ¨ The cancellation of indebtedness owing by the Company in the amount of $            

 

  ¨ A Promissory Note issued by the Company in the amount of $            

 

  ¨ Services rendered to the Company having a value equal to $            

 

  ¨ The assignment of certain intellectual property and/or other assets to the Company having an aggregate value equal to $26,500,

as consideration for Certificate No. CS-             for              shares of Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company issued to Brian Lian.

Dated: September 26, 2012

 

THE COMPANY:
Viking Therapeutics, Inc.
By:  

 

  (Signature)
Name:   Michael Dinerman
Title:   COO

 

E-1


E XHIBIT F

P URCHASER AND S POUSAL R ECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No. CS-             for              shares of Common Stock of Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Dated: September 26, 2012

 

PURCHASER:

Brian Lian

  (Name)
By:  

 

  (Signature)

 

Signature of Spouse of Purchaser
Name of Spouse of Purchaser:                                     

 

F-1

Exhibit 10.19

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

FOUNDER COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

T HIS F OUNDER C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of September 26, 2012 by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor to its business and/or assets that assumes this Agreement or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law, the “ Company ”), and Michael Dinerman (“ Purchaser ”).

1. Sale of Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Purchase Date (as defined under Section 2 hereof) the Company will issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser will purchase from the Company, 2,100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Purchased Shares ”), at a purchase price of $0.01 per share (the “Purchase Price” ) for a total purchase price of $21,000. The term “ Shares ” refers to the Purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of or in connection with the Shares pursuant to stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Purchased Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Purchased Shares.

2. Purchase . The purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place as shall be designated by the Company, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties or on such other date as the Company and Purchaser shall agree (the “ Purchase Date ”). On the Purchase Date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser (i) an original certificate representing the Purchased Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) that are deemed vested upon issuance in accordance with Section 4(c), and (ii) a copy of the certificate representing the Purchased Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) that are deemed to be Vesting Shares upon issuance in accordance with Section 4(c), in each case against payment of the purchase price therefor by Purchaser by Purchaser’s assignment of certain assets of Purchaser to the Company pursuant to the Technology Assignment Agreement, in the form attached as E XHIBIT A hereto, which assets, in the parties’ estimation, are equal in value to $21,000. In the event the Purchaser is married as of the date of this Agreement, Purchaser shall deliver to the Company on the date of this Agreement an Acknowledgement and Agreement of Spouse, in the form of E XHIBIT B attached to this Agreement (the “Spousal Consent” ), duly completed and executed by Purchaser’s spouse. In the event Purchaser marries or remarries after the date of this Agreement, Purchaser shall deliver to the Company, within fifteen (15) business days following the date of such marriage or remarriage, a Spousal Consent duly completed and executed by Purchaser’s spouse.

3. Limitations on Transfer . Holder shall not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or dispose of any interest in Shares that constitute Vesting Shares (as defined under Section 4(c) hereof) and Holder shall not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or dispose of any interest in any other securities of the Company except in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Bylaws (as may be amended or restated from time to time) and applicable securities laws.


(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any permitted transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (A) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (B) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee of such Shares (each a “ Proposed Transferee ”); (C) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (D) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder (the “ Election Notice ”), elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness or by any combination thereof on or before the later of (i) 30 days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice and (ii) 15 days after the Company delivers the Election Notice to the Holder.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date the Notice is delivered to the Company, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in a writing delivered to the Company that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares purchased by or otherwise transferred to such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee (in any respect), a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

2


(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 3(a) to the contrary, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, uncle, aunt, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, or any person sharing Purchaser’s household (other than a tenant or an employee). In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 3, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld in the sole discretion of the Company, no more than three (3) transfers may be made pursuant to this Section 3(a)(vi), including all transfers by the Holder and all transfers by any transferee.

(b) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including divorce or death, but excluding in the event of death a transfer to Purchaser’s Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) hereof) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof (each, an “Involuntary Transfer” ), the Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of (i) the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares on the date of transfer (as determined in good faith by the Board) (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable). Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The Company shall have the right to purchase such Shares for a period of 30 days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares pursuant to such Involuntary Transfer.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares, pursuant to the Right of First Refusal or as a result of an Involuntary Transfer, may be assigned in whole or in part by the Company to any holder or holders of capital stock of the Company or other person(s) or organization(s), in the Company’s sole discretion.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights . The Right of First Refusal and the Company’s right to repurchase the Shares in the event of an Involuntary Transfer pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof shall terminate upon the first sale of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock” ) to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

3


(f) Lock-up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of any capital stock of the Company and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s capital stock, Holder hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration, if any) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the closing of such offering, as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters, and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the managing underwriters prior to the Company’s initial public offering. In addition, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing a public offering of the Company’s securities (other than the initial public offering), Holder hereby agrees to be bound by similar restrictions, and to sign a similar agreement, in connection with no more than one additional registration statement filed within 12 months after the closing date of the initial public offering, provided that the duration of the lock-up period with respect to such additional registration shall not exceed 90 days from the closing of such additional offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such agreement to contain a phased release from the lock-up period contained in the agreement based on the Company’s achievement of certain performance milestones. Any waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the managing underwriters shall apply to all securityholders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 3(f) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions of this Section 3(f) as though they were parties to this Agreement.

4. Repurchase Option .

(a) In the event Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status (as defined in Section 9(d) hereof) is terminated, for any reason or no reason, including, without limitation, by reason of Purchaser’s death or disability (as defined under Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ), by the Company for any reason or by Purchaser for any reason, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of three months from such Termination Date to repurchase all or any portion of the Vesting Shares (as defined under Section 4(c) hereof) held by each Holder as of the Termination Date that have not yet been released from the Repurchase Option, at the purchase price equal to $0.01 per Vesting Share (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like) (the “Termination Purchase Price” ). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4, Holder hereby acknowledges that the Company has no obligation, either now or in the future, to repurchase any of the Vesting Shares at any time. Further, Holder acknowledges and understands that, in the event that the Company elects to exercise its Repurchase Option, the Termination Purchase Price may be less than the value of the Vesting Shares being repurchased by the Company, and that Holder bears any risk associated with the potential loss in value.

(b) The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by the Company by written notice at any time within three months following the Termination Date to Holder or, in the event of Purchaser’s death, Purchaser’s executor, and, at the Company’s option: (i) by delivery to

 

4


Purchaser or Purchaser’s executor of a check in the amount of the Termination Purchase Price for the Vesting Shares being repurchased; (ii) by cancellation by the Company of indebtedness equal to the Termination Purchase Price for the Vesting Shares being repurchased; or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such Termination Purchase Price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the Termination Purchase Price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Vesting Shares being repurchased and all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Vesting Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by any Holder.

(c) On the date hereof, (i) 630,000 of the Shares shall be fully vested, and (ii) the remaining 1,470,000 of the Shares (the “ Vesting Shares ”) shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. An additional (a) 40,834 of the Vesting Shares shall be released on each one-month anniversary of the date of this Agreement through August 26, 2015, and (b) 40,810 of the Vesting Shares shall be released on September 26, 2015; provided, however, that in each case such scheduled release from the Repurchase Option shall immediately cease as of the Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Triggering Event (as defined in Section 9(i) hereof) occurs, 100% of the total number of Vesting Shares held by Holder that have not yet been released from the Repurchase Option shall be released from the Repurchase Option as of immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the occurrence of such Triggering Event; provided that in the event of a Triggering Event under Section 9(i)(i) or 9(i)(ii), Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status has not terminated prior to such Triggering Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) shall at all times have the full right and authority (but without any corresponding obligation) to provide for accelerated vesting of the Vesting Shares on any terms the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) deems appropriate.

5. Escrow of Vesting Shares .

(a) As security for the faithful performance of this Agreement, Purchaser agrees to deliver the certificate(s) evidencing the Vesting Shares, together with three stock assignments, each in the form of E XHIBIT C attached to this Agreement (the “ Stock Assignment Forms ”) with respect to each such stock certificate, executed by Purchaser (with the date and number of Vesting Shares left blank), to the Company’s Corporate Secretary or its designee (the “ Escrow Agent ”) prior to the issuance of the Shares to Purchaser. The stock certificate(s) representing the Vesting Shares, together with the executed Stock Assignment Forms, shall be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser set forth in E XHIBIT D attached to this Agreement, which instructions are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, and which instructions shall also be delivered to the Escrow Agent after the date hereof.

(b) Subject to the terms hereof, Holder shall have all the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock with respect to such Vesting Shares while they are held in escrow, including, without limitation, the right to vote the Vesting Shares; provided , however , that any Vesting Shares held in escrow shall not be transferrable without the approval of the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable). If, from time to time during the term of the

 

5


Repurchase Option, there is (i) any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the Shares, or (ii) any dividend of cash or other property on the Shares, then any and all new, substituted or additional securities or cash or other consideration to which Holder is entitled by reason of Holder’s ownership of the Shares shall immediately and automatically become subject to the escrow, deposited with the Escrow Agent and included thereafter as “Vesting Shares” for purposes of this Agreement and the Repurchase Option.

6. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser understands that the Company’s sale of the Shares to Purchaser has not been registered under the Securities Act because the Company believes, relying in part on Purchaser’s representations in this document, that an exemption from such registration requirement is available for such sale. Purchaser understands that the availability of this exemption depends upon the representations Purchaser is making to the Company in this document being true and correct.

(b) Purchaser is purchasing the Shares solely for investment purposes, and not for further distribution. Purchaser’s entire legal and beneficial ownership interest in the Shares is being purchased and shall be held solely for Purchaser’s account, except to the extent Purchaser intend to hold the Shares jointly with Purchaser’s spouse. Purchaser is not a party to, and does not presently intend to enter into, any contract or other arrangement with any other person or entity involving the resale, transfer, grant of participation with respect to or other distribution of any of the Shares. Purchaser’s investment intent is not limited to Purchaser’s present intention to hold the Shares for the minimum capital gains period specified under any applicable tax law, for a deferred sale, for a specified increase or decrease in the market price of the Shares, or for any other fixed period in the future.

(c) Purchaser represents that Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

(d) Purchaser can properly evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares and can protect Purchaser’s own interests in this regard, whether by reason of Purchaser’s own business and financial expertise, the business and financial expertise of certain professional advisors unaffiliated with the Company with whom Purchaser has consulted, or Purchaser’s preexisting business or personal relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons.

(e) Purchaser is sufficiently aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser have had opportunity to discuss the plans, operations and financial condition of the Company with its officers, directors or controlling persons, and have received all information Purchaser deems appropriate for assessing the risk of an investment in the shares.

(f) Purchaser realizes that the purchase of the Shares involves a high degree of risk, and that the Company’s future prospects are uncertain. Purchaser is able to hold the Shares indefinitely if required, and Purchaser is able to bear the loss of Purchaser’s entire investment in the Shares.

 

6


(g) Purchaser knows that the Shares are restricted securities. Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” in that the Company’s sale of the Shares to the Purchaser has not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption for non-public offerings. In this regard, Purchaser also understands and agrees that:

(i) Purchaser must hold the shares indefinitely, unless any subsequent proposed resale by Purchaser is registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available (such as Rule 144 under the Securities Act ( “Rule 144” ));

(ii) the Company is under no obligation to register any subsequent proposed resale of the Shares by Purchaser; and

(iii) the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Shares unless such transfer is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(h) Purchaser is familiar with Rule 144, which in some circumstances permits limited public resales of “restricted securities” like the shares acquired from an issuer in a non-public offering. Purchaser understands that Purchaser’s ability to sell the Shares under Rule 144 in the future is uncertain, and will depend upon, among other things: (i) the availability of certain current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale occurring more than one year after Purchaser’s purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Shares; and (iii) if Purchaser is an affiliate of the Company, or a non-affiliate who has held the Shares less than two years after Purchaser’s purchase and full payment: (A) the sale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker, as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (B) the amount of Shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding the specified limitations stated in Rule 144, and (C) timely filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144, if applicable.

(i) Purchaser understands that the requirements of Rule 144 may never be met, and that the Shares may never be saleable. Purchaser further understands that at the time Purchaser wishes to sell the Shares, there may be no public market for the Company’s stock upon which to make such a sale, or the current public information requirements of Rule 144 may not be satisfied, either of which would preclude Purchaser from selling the Shares under Rule 144 even if the one-year minimum holding period had been satisfied.

(j) Purchaser understands that in the event Rule 144 is not available to Purchaser, any future proposed sale of any of the Shares by Purchaser will not be possible without prior registration under the Securities Act, compliance with some other registration exemption (which may or may not be available), or each of the following: (i) Purchaser’s written notice to the Company containing detailed information regarding the proposed sale, (ii) Purchaser’s providing an opinion of Purchaser’s counsel to the effect that such sale will not require registration, and (iii) the Company notifying Purchaser in writing that its counsel concurs in such opinion. Purchaser understands that neither the Company nor its counsel is obligated to

 

7


provide Purchaser with any such opinion. Purchaser understands that although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has stated that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

(k) Purchaser understands that the Board believes its valuation of the Purchased Shares represents a fair appraisal of their worth, but that it remains possible that, with the benefit of hindsight, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS” ) may successfully assert that the value of the Purchased Shares on the date of Purchaser’s purchase is substantially greater than the Board’s appraisal. Purchaser understands that any additional value ascribed to the Purchased Shares by such an IRS determination will constitute ordinary income to Purchaser as of the purchase date, and that any additional taxes and interest due as a result will be Purchaser’s sole responsibility payable only by Purchaser, and that the Company need not and will not reimburse Purchaser for that tax liability. Purchaser understands that if such additional value represents more than 25% of Purchaser’s gross income for the year in which the value of the Purchased Shares is taxable, the IRS will have six years from the due date for filing the return (or the actual filing date of the return if filed thereafter) within which to assess Purchaser the additional tax and interest due.

(l) Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that, in making the decision to purchase the Purchased Shares, Purchaser has not relied on any statement, whether written or oral, regarding the subject matter hereof, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Furthermore, Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has had an opportunity to consult Purchaser’s own tax, legal and financial advisors regarding the purchase of the Purchased Stock.

(m) The address of Purchaser’s principal residence is set forth on the signature page below.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

 

8


  (ii) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH AND MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

 

  (iii) Subject to Section 4 hereof: “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A REPURCHASE OPTION HELD BY THE COMPANY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH AND MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

 

  (iv) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY.”

 

  (v) Any legend required to be placed thereon by the New York Attorney General or under New York securities laws.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been purported to have been so transferred.

(d) Removal of Repurchase Option Legend . Upon the release of any portion of the Vesting Shares from the Repurchase Option, such Vesting Shares then held by Holder will no longer be subject to the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(iii) hereof. After such time, and upon Holder’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing the Vesting Shares that have been released from the Repurchase Option shall be issued to Holder without the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(iii) hereof.

(e) Removal of Transfer Legend . When each of the following events have occurred, the Shares then held by Holder will no longer be subject to the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(ii) hereof: (i) the termination of the Right of First Refusal; and (ii) the expiration or termination of the market standoff provisions of Section 3(f) hereof (and of any agreement entered pursuant to Section 3(f) hereof). After such time, and upon Holder’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased by the Company shall be issued to Holder without the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(ii) hereof.

 

9


8. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary, to terminate Purchaser’s employment, directorial or consulting relationship, for any reason or no reason, with or without cause or notice, subject to the terms of any other written agreement between the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Purchaser, on the other hand.

9. Certain Defined Terms .

(a) “ Affiliate ” means an entity other than a Parent or a Subsidiary which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(b) “ Cause ” means Holder’s: (i) unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; (ii) material breach of any material agreement between Holder and the Company, which breach is not cured by Holder within fifteen (15) days of Holder’s receipt of notice of such breach; (iii) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of Holder’s duties to the Company; or (iv) Holder’s conviction of a felony in connection with the performance of Holder’s obligations to the Company. The Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) shall be entitled to determine Cause in the event of the termination of Holder’s Continuous Service Status. No event described in this Section 9(c) shall constitute Cause unless the Company has given Holder written notice of termination specifying the condition(s) or event(s) relied upon for such notice within ninety (90) days from the occurrence of such event (or, if later, from the earliest date the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) became aware of such event) and Holder has failed to cure the condition or event asserted to constitute Cause within thirty (30) day period following receipt of the such notice. A termination of Holder’s service in any other circumstance or for any other reason will be a termination “without Cause.”

(c) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor but not an Employee, who is engaged by the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, to render services (other than capital-raising services) and is compensated for such services, and any member of the Board, whether compensated for such services or not.

(d) “ Continuous Service Status ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of: (i) Company-approved sick leave; (ii) military leave; or (iii) any other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable), provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to a written Company policy. Also, Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of a transfer between locations of the Company or between the Company, any Parent, any Subsidiary and/or any Affiliate, or any of their respective successors, or a change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee.

 

10


(e) “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined pursuant to such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable), subject to any requirements of applicable laws, including the Code. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such director by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate.

(f) “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events without Holder’s prior written consent: (i) a change in Holder’s position with the Company which materially reduces Holder’s level of responsibilities and duties; (ii) any action by the Company that results in a diminution in Holder’s authority, duties and responsibilities, including a change in title or reporting relationships; (iii) a reduction in Holder’s level of compensation from the Company, including base salary and benefits, unless there is a corresponding reduction in the level of compensation of all executive officers of the Company; (iv) any requirement, as a condition to continuing Holder’s Continuous Service Status, that Holder enter into any agreement with the Company regarding confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar restrictive covenant that is materially more restrictive than Holder’s written obligations with the Company in effect as of the date of this Agreement, unless all executive officers of the Company are required to enter into any such agreement; (v) the Company’s failure to pay Holder any earned base salary, expense reimbursement or bonus payment that has become due and payable, provided that the Company received written notice from Holder of the deficient payment and was given fifteen (15) days to cure such failure; (vi) any action or inaction by the Company that constitutes a material breach of any employment or similar agreement between Holder and the Company; or (vii) a relocation of Holder’s principal place of employment with the Company outside of San Diego County and more than 50 miles from Holder’s principal place of employment with the Company as of the date of this Agreement.

(g) “ Parent ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations or entities ending with the Company if each of the corporations or entities other than the Company owns stock or interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or interests in one of the other corporations or entities in such chain.

(h) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations or entities beginning with the Company if each of the corporations or entities other than the last corporation or entity in the unbroken chain owns stock or interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or interests in one of the other corporations or entities in such chain.

(i) “ Triggering Event ” means:

(i) a sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than to: (A) a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of its combined voting power is owned directly or indirectly by the Company; (B) a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the holders of shares of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of capital stock of the Company as of immediately prior to the sale, transfer or disposition; or (C) an Excluded Entity (as defined under subsection (ii) below); or

 

11


(ii) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction with or into another corporation, entity or person in which the holders of at least a majority of the voting stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares of stock remaining outstanding in the continuing entity or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock or voting units of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock or voting units of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction (an “ Excluded Entity ”). Notwithstanding anything stated herein, a transaction shall not constitute a “Triggering Event” if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who hold the Company’s outstanding voting stock as of immediately prior to such transaction. For clarity, the term “Triggering Event” as defined herein shall not include stock sale transactions whether by the Company or by the holders of capital stock of the Company; or

(iii) the termination of Holder’s Continuous Service Status: (A) by the Company without Cause; or (B) by Holder for Good Reason.

10. Section 83(b) Election. Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Code normally taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount paid for the Purchased Stock and the fair market value of the Purchased Stock as of the date any restrictions on the Purchased Stock lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the right of the Company to repurchase the Purchased Stock pursuant to the Repurchase Option. Purchaser further understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Purchased Stock is purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (an “83(b) Election” ) with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days from the Purchase Date. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an 83(b) Election in a timely manner may result in significant adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of any such 83(b) Election is required to be filed with Purchaser’s federal income tax return for the calendar year in which Purchase Date falls. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that it is Purchaser’s sole obligation and responsibility to timely file such an 83(b) Election, and neither the Company nor the Company’s legal or financial advisors shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to such filing. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Purchase Stock hereunder and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death. Purchaser assumes all responsibility for filing the 83(b) Election and paying all taxes resulting from such election or the lapse of the Repurchase Option.

 

12


11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Arbitration and Equitable Relief .

(i) Arbitration . IN CONSIDERATION OF THE PROMISES IN THIS AGREEMENT, HOLDER AGREES THAT ANY AND ALL CONTROVERSIES, CLAIMS, OR DISPUTES WITH ANYONE (INCLUDING THE COMPANY AND ANY EMPLOYEE, OFFICER, DIRECTOR, STOCKHOLDER OR BENEFIT PLAN OF THE COMPANY IN THEIR CAPACITY AS SUCH OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR RESULTING FROM THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO BINDING ARBITRATION UNDER THE ARBITRATION RULES SET FORTH IN CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 1280 THROUGH 1294.2, INCLUDING SECTION 1283.05 (THE “RULES” ) AND PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA LAW. DISPUTES WHICH HOLDER AGREES TO ARBITRATE, AND THEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, INCLUDE ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS UNDER STATE OR FEDERAL LAW, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CLAIMS UNDER TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT, THE WORKER ADJUSTMENT AND RETRAINING NOTIFICATION ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING ACT, THE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAMILY RIGHTS ACT, THE CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE, CLAIMS OF HARASSMENT, DISCRIMINATION OR WRONGFUL TERMINATION AND ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS. HOLDER FURTHER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY DISPUTES THAT THE COMPANY MAY HAVE WITH HOLDER.

(ii) Procedure . HOLDER AGREES THAT ANY ARBITRATION WILL BE ADMINISTERED BY THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION ( “AAA” ) AND THAT THE NEUTRAL ARBITRATOR WILL BE SELECTED IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH ITS NATIONAL RULES FOR THE RESOLUTION OF EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES. HOLDER AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ANY MOTIONS BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY TO THE ARBITRATION, INCLUDING MOTIONS FOR SUMMARY JUDGMENT AND/OR ADJUDICATION AND MOTIONS TO DISMISS AND DEMURRERS, PRIOR TO ANY ARBITRATION HEARING. HOLDER ALSO AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO AWARD ANY REMEDIES, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS, AVAILABLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. HOLDER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE COMPANY WILL PAY FOR ANY ADMINISTRATIVE OR HEARING FEES CHARGED BY THE ARBITRATOR OR AAA EXCEPT THAT HOLDER SHALL PAY THE FIRST $125.00 OF ANY FILING FEES ASSOCIATED WITH ANY ARBITRATION HOLDER INITIATES. HOLDER AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ADMINISTER AND CONDUCT ANY ARBITRATION IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH THE RULES AND THAT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE AAA’S NATIONAL RULES

 

13


FOR THE RESOLUTION OF EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES CONFLICT WITH THE RULES, THE RULES SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. HOLDER AGREES THAT THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE IN WRITING.

(iii) Remedy . EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BY THE RULES AND THIS AGREEMENT, ARBITRATION SHALL BE THE SOLE, EXCLUSIVE AND FINAL REMEDY FOR ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN HOLDER AND THE COMPANY. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR BY THE RULES AND THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER HOLDER NOR THE COMPANY WILL BE PERMITTED TO PURSUE COURT ACTION REGARDING CLAIMS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION. NOTWITHSTANDING, THE ARBITRATOR WILL NOT HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO DISREGARD OR REFUSE TO ENFORCE ANY LAWFUL COMPANY POLICY, AND THE ARBITRATOR SHALL NOT ORDER OR REQUIRE THE COMPANY TO ADOPT A POLICY NOT OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW WHICH THE COMPANY HAS NOT ADOPTED.

(iv) Availability of Injunctive Relief . THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY PARTY MAY PETITION A COURT FOR INJUNCTIVE RELIEF AS PERMITTED BY THE RULES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WHERE EITHER PARTY ALLEGES OR CLAIMS A VIOLATION OF ANY CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OR INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN HOLDER AND THE COMPANY OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT REGARDING TRADE SECRETS, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, NONSOLICITATION OR LABOR CODE §2870. THE PARTIES UNDERSTAND THAT ANY BREACH OR THREATENED BREACH OF SUCH AN AGREEMENT WILL CAUSE IRREPARABLE INJURY AND THAT MONEY DAMAGES WILL NOT PROVIDE AN ADEQUATE REMEDY THEREFOR AND THE PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT TO THE ISSUANCE OF AN INJUNCTION. IN THE EVENT ANY PARTY SEEKS INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, THE PREVAILING PARTY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECOVER REASONABLE COSTS AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES.

(v) Administrative Relief . HOLDER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT PROHIBIT HOLDER FROM PURSUING AN ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIM WITH A LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BODY SUCH AS THE DEPARTMENT OF FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING, THE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION OR THE WORKERS’ COMPENSATION BOARD. THIS AGREEMENT DOES, HOWEVER, PRECLUDE HOLDER FROM PURSUING COURT ACTION REGARDING ANY SUCH CLAIM.

(c) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(d) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith.

 

14


In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then: (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement; (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded; and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(e) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between the parties and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of each of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(f) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient: (i) upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by email or fax (upon customary confirmation of receipt), or (ii) three (3) business days after being deposited in the U.S. mail as certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth on the signature page or as subsequently modified by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other party hereto.

(g) Further Execution . The parties agree to take all such further action(s) as may reasonably be necessary to carry out and consummate this Agreement as soon as practicable, and to take whatever steps may be necessary to obtain any governmental approval in connection with or otherwise qualify the issuance of the securities that are the subject of this Agreement.

(h) Independent Counsel . Purchaser acknowledges that this Agreement has been prepared on behalf of the Company by Paul Hastings LLP, counsel to the Company, and that Paul Hastings LLP does not represent, and is not acting on behalf of, Purchaser. Purchaser has been provided with an opportunity to consult with Purchaser’s own counsel with respect to this Agreement.

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or two counterparts, including counterparts transmitted by facsimile or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(j) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Holder under this Agreement shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed without the prior written consent of the Company.

[S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]

 

15


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this F OUNDER C OMMON S TOCK Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

THE COMPANY:
VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.:
By:  

/s/ Brian Lian

                      (Signature)
Name:   Brian Lian
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
PURCHASER:

By:

 

/s/ Michael Dinerman

 

                    (Signature)

Name:

  Michael Dinerman

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO F OUNDER C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT ]


E XHIBIT A

TECHNOLOGY ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

This Technology Assignment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered as of September 26, 2012 between V IKING T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Michael Dinerman, an individual (“ Developer ”). The assignment and stock issuance hereunder is intended to qualify for tax-free treatment under Internal Revenue Code Section 351.

1. Assignment . Developer hereby assigns to the Company exclusively throughout the world all right, title and interest (whether or not now existing) in the (i) subject matter referred to in E XHIBIT A attached hereto (“ Technology ”), (ii) all precursors, portions and work in progress with respect thereto and all ideas, inventions, works of authorship, mask works, technology, information, know-how, concepts, materials and tools relating thereto or to the development, production, use, support or maintenance thereof and (iii) all copyrights, patent rights, trade secret rights, trademark rights, mask works rights, sui generis database rights and other intellectual property rights and all business, contract rights and goodwill in, incorporated or embodied in, used to develop or produce or use, or related to any of the foregoing ((i), (ii) and (iii) are collectively “ Intellectual Property ”).

2. Compensation . The Company agrees to provide to Developer 2,100,000 shares of common stock of the Company on the date of this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of a Founder Common Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith between the Company and Developer (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). Such shares shall be the only consideration required of the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

3. Further Assurances: Moral Rights; Competition; Marketing .

3.1 Developer agrees to assist the Company in every proper way to evidence, record and perfect the Section 1 assignment and to apply for and obtain recordation of and from time to time secure, enforce, maintain and defend the assigned rights. If the Company is unable for any reason whatsoever to secure Developer’s signature to any document requested by the Company under this Section 3.1, Developer hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as Developer’s agents and attorneys-in-fact, coupled with an interest and with full power of substitution, to act for and on Developer’s behalf and instead of Developer, to execute and file any such document or documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the foregoing with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Developer.

3.2 To the extent allowed by law, Section 1 includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights,” “artist’s rights,” “droit moral,” or the like (collectively “ Moral Rights ”). To the extent Developer retains any such Moral Rights under applicable law, Developer hereby ratifies and consents to, and provides all necessary ratifications of and consents to, any action that may be taken with respect to such Moral Rights by, or authorized by, the Company; Developer agrees not to assert any Moral Rights with respect thereto. Developer will confirm any such ratifications, consents and agreements from time to time as requested by the Company.

 

A-1


4. Confidential Information . Developer will not use or disclose anything assigned to the Company hereunder or any other technical or business information or plans of the Company, except to the extent Developer (i) can document that it is generally available (through no fault of Developer) for use and disclosure by the public without any charge, license or restriction, or (ii) is permitted to use or disclose such information or plans pursuant to the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement by and between Developer and the Company of even date herewith. Developer recognizes and agrees that there is no adequate remedy at law for a breach of this Section 4, that such a breach would irreparably harm the Company and that the Company is entitled to equitable relief (including, without limitation, injunctive relief) with respect to any such breach or potential breach in addition to any other remedies and without any requirement to post bond.

5. Warranty . Developer represents and warrants to the Company that Developer (i) was the sole owner (other than the Company) of all rights, title and interest in the Intellectual Property and the Technology, (ii) has not assigned, transferred, licensed, pledged or otherwise encumbered any Intellectual Property or the Technology or agreed to do so, (iii) has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to make the assignment as provided in Section 1, (iv) is not aware of any violation, infringement or misappropriation of any third party’s rights (or any claim thereof) by the Intellectual Property or the Technology, (v) was not acting within the scope of employment by any third party when conceiving, creating or otherwise performing any activity with respect to anything purportedly assigned in Section 1 and (iv) is not aware of any questions or challenges with respect to the patentability or validity of any claims of any existing patents or patent applications relating to the Intellectual Property.

6. Miscellaneous . This Agreement is not assignable or transferable by Developer without the prior written consent of the Company; any attempt to do so shall be void. Any notice, report, approval or consent required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or mailed by first-class, registered or certified U.S. mail, postage prepaid to the respective addresses of the parties as set forth below (or such other address as a party may designate by ten (10) days notice). No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, on the part of either party, any privilege, any power or any rights hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or power hereunder preclude further exercise of any other right hereunder. If any provision of this Agreement shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid, that provision shall be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent necessary so that this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable. This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made in, and shall be construed pursuant to the laws of the State of California and the United States without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof. The prevailing party in any action to enforce this Agreement shall be entitled to recover costs and expenses including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees. The terms of this Agreement are confidential to the Company and no press release or other written or oral disclosure of any nature regarding the compensation terms of this Agreement shall be made by Developer without the Company’s prior written approval; however, approval for such disclosure shall be deemed given to the extent such disclosure is required to comply with governmental

 

A-2


rules. Any waivers or amendments shall be effective only if made in writing and signed by a representative of the respective parties authorized to bind the parties. Both parties agree that this Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement, is the complete and exclusive statement of the mutual understanding of the parties and supersedes and cancels all previous written and oral agreements and communications relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Technology Assignment Agreement on the day and year first indicated above.

 

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Brian Lian
Title:   CEO
DEVELOPER
By:  

 

  Michael Dinerman

 

A-4


E XHIBIT B

A CKNOWLEDGEMENT AND A GREEMENT OF S POUSE

I,                     , spouse of Michael Dinerman (“ Purchaser ”), have read and hereby approve the foregoing F OUNDER C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT , dated September 26, 2012, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” ) and Purchaser (as may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Agreement” ). In consideration for the Company granting Purchaser the right to purchase the shares of Common Stock of the Company as set forth in the Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agrees that any community property or similar interest that the undersigned may have in such shares shall be similarly bound by the Agreement. The undersigned hereby appoints Purchaser as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

By:  

 

  Signature of Spouse of Purchaser
Name:  

 

 

B-1


E XHIBIT C

S TOCK A SSIGNMENT S EPARATE FROM C ERTIFICATE

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , Michael Dinerman hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto V IKING T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), pursuant to the Repurchase Option under that certain F OUNDER C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT , dated as of September 26, 2012, by and between the undersigned and the Company (as may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Agreement” ),                      (                    ) shares of Common Stock of the Company standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).                      and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Company’s Secretary as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact to transfer such shares of Common Stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: September 26, 2012

 

 

(Signature)

Michael Dinerman

(Print Name)

 

I NSTRUCTION :   Please do not fill in any blanks other than the “Signature” line and the “Print Name” line.

 

C-1


E XHIBIT D

J OINT E SCROW I NSTRUCTIONS

September 24, 2012

Dear Corporate Secretary:

As escrow agent (“ Escrow Agent ”) for both Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors or assigns, the “ Company ”), and Michael Dinerman (“ Purchaser ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Viking Therapeutics, Inc. Founder Common Stock Purchase Agreement, by and between the Company and Michael Dinerman, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Agreement ”), to which a copy of these Joint Escrow Instructions is attached, in accordance with the following instructions (capitalized terms used but not defined in these Joint Escrow Instructions shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement):

1. In the event that the Company exercises the Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.00001 per share to be purchased (together with any shares into which such shares are converted or exchanged, “Shares” ), the purchase price and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignment(s) necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of Shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the same, together with the certificate evidencing the Shares to be transferred, to the Company against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by check, by cancellation of indebtedness or by a combination thereof) for the number of Shares being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing Shares to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said Shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as her attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a holder of shares of common stock of the Company while the Shares are held by you.

4. Upon written request of Purchaser, on the one-year anniversary of the date of the Agreement and on each one-year anniversary thereafter, unless the Repurchase Option has been exercised, you will cause to be delivered to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the number of Shares released from the Repurchase Option during such prior period. One (1) month and one (1) day after the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s Continuous Service

 

D-1


Status, you will, at the written request of Purchaser, deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of Shares sold and issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Repurchase Option and for which no certificate has previously been issued.

5. If, at the time of termination of this escrow, you should have in your possession any documents, securities or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under any applicable statute of limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

D-2


13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be given in accordance with Section 11(f) of the Agreement. All such notices or other communications shall be directed (a) in the case of the Company or Purchaser, to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address indicated for such person on the signature page of the Agreement, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto and (b) in the case of the Escrow Agent, shall be directed to the address or facsimile number first indicated above on these Joint Escrow Instructions or at such other address or facsimile number as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Very truly yours,
VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Brian Lian
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
“PURCHASER”

 

Name:   Michael Dinerman
“ESCROW AGENT”

 

Name:   Michael Dinerman
Title:   Secretary

 

D-3


E XHIBIT E

C OMPANY R ECEIPT

Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby acknowledges receipt of (check each of the following that apply) :

 

  ¨ A check in the amount of $            

 

  ¨ The cancellation of indebtedness owing by the Company in the amount of $            

 

  ¨ A Promissory Note issued by the Company in the amount of $            

 

  ¨ Services rendered to the Company having a value equal to $            

 

  ¨ The assignment of certain intellectual property and/or other assets to the Company having an aggregate value equal to $21,000,

as consideration for Certificate No. CS-     for              shares of Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company issued to Michael Dinerman.

Dated: September 26, 2012

 

THE COMPANY:
Viking Therapeutics, Inc.
By:  

 

  (Signature)
Name:   Brian Lian
Title:   CEO

 

E-1


E XHIBIT F

P URCHASER R ECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No. CS-     for              shares of Common Stock of Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Dated: September 26, 2012

 

PURCHASER:

Michael Dinerman

  (Name)

By:

 

 

  (Signature)

 

Signature of Spouse of Purchaser

Name of Spouse of Purchaser:                                     

 

F-1

Exhibit 10.20

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

T HIS C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of April 15, 2013 by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor to its business and/or assets that assumes this Agreement or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law, the “ Company ”), and Rochelle Hanley (“ Purchaser ”).

1. Sale of Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Purchase Date (as defined under Section 2 hereof) the Company will issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser will purchase from the Company, 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Purchased Shares ”), at a purchase price of $0.01 per share (the “Purchase Price” ) for a total purchase price of $2,500. The term “ Shares ” refers to the Purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of or in connection with the Shares pursuant to stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Purchased Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Purchased Shares.

2. Purchase . The purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place as shall be designated by the Company, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties or on such other date as the Company and Purchaser shall agree (the “ Purchase Date ”). On the Purchase Date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser (i) an original certificate representing the Purchased Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) that are deemed vested upon issuance in accordance with Section 4(c), and (ii) a copy of the certificate representing the Purchased Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) that are deemed to be Vesting Shares upon issuance in accordance with Section 4(c), in each case against payment of the purchase price therefor by Purchaser by Purchaser’s (i) payment of $2.50 by check made payable to the Company and (ii) delivery to the Company of a promissory note, in the form attached as E XHIBIT A hereto, in an aggregate principal amount of $2,497.50. In the event the Purchaser is married as of the date of this Agreement, Purchaser shall deliver to the Company on the date of this Agreement an Acknowledgement and Agreement of Spouse, in the form of E XHIBIT B attached to this Agreement (the “ Spousal Consent ”), duly completed and executed by Purchaser’s spouse. In the event Purchaser marries or remarries after the date of this Agreement, Purchaser shall deliver to the Company, within fifteen (15) business days following the date of such marriage or remarriage, a Spousal Consent duly completed and executed by Purchaser’s spouse.

3. Limitations on Transfer . Holder shall not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or dispose of any interest in Shares that constitute Vesting Shares (as defined under Section 4(c) hereof) and Holder shall not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or dispose of any interest in any other securities of the Company except in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Bylaws (as may be amended or restated from time to time) and applicable securities laws.


(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any permitted transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (A) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (B) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee of such Shares (each a “ Proposed Transferee ”); (C) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (D) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder (the “ Election Notice ”), elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness or by any combination thereof on or before the later of (i) 30 days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice and (ii) 15 days after the Company delivers the Election Notice to the Holder.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date the Notice is delivered to the Company, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in a writing delivered to the Company that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares purchased by or otherwise transferred to such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee (in any respect), a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

2


(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 3(a) to the contrary, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, uncle, aunt, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, or any person sharing Purchaser’s household (other than a tenant or an employee). In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 3, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld in the sole discretion of the Company, no more than three (3) transfers may be made pursuant to this Section 3(a)(vi), including all transfers by the Holder and all transfers by any transferee.

(b) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including divorce or death, but excluding in the event of death a transfer to Purchaser’s Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) hereof) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof (each, an “Involuntary Transfer” ), the Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of (i) the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares on the date of transfer (as determined in good faith by the Board) (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable). Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The Company shall have the right to purchase such Shares for a period of 30 days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares pursuant to such Involuntary Transfer.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares, pursuant to the Right of First Refusal or as a result of an Involuntary Transfer, may be assigned in whole or in part by the Company to any holder or holders of capital stock of the Company or other person(s) or organization(s), in the Company’s sole discretion.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights . The Right of First Refusal and the Company’s right to repurchase the Shares in the event of an Involuntary Transfer pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof shall terminate upon the first sale of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock” ) to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

3


(f) Lock-up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of any capital stock of the Company and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s capital stock, Holder hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration, if any) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the closing of such offering, as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters, and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the managing underwriters prior to the Company’s initial public offering. In addition, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing a public offering of the Company’s securities (other than the initial public offering), Holder hereby agrees to be bound by similar restrictions, and to sign a similar agreement, in connection with no more than one additional registration statement filed within 12 months after the closing date of the initial public offering, provided that the duration of the lock-up period with respect to such additional registration shall not exceed 90 days from the closing of such additional offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such agreement to contain a phased release from the lock-up period contained in the agreement based on the Company’s achievement of certain performance milestones. Any waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the managing underwriters shall apply to all securityholders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 3(f) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions of this Section 3(f) as though they were parties to this Agreement.

4. Repurchase Option .

(a) In the event Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status (as defined in Section 9(d) hereof) is terminated, for any reason or no reason, including, without limitation, by reason of Purchaser’s death or disability (as defined under Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ), by the Company for any reason or by Purchaser for any reason, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of three months from such Termination Date to repurchase all or any portion of the Vesting Shares (as defined under Section 4(c) hereof) held by each Holder as of the Termination Date that have not yet been released from the Repurchase Option, at the purchase price equal to $0.01 per Vesting Share (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like) (the “Termination Purchase Price” ). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4, Holder hereby acknowledges that the Company has no obligation, either now or in the future, to repurchase any of the Vesting Shares at any time. Further, Holder acknowledges and understands that, in the event that the Company elects to exercise its Repurchase Option, the Termination Purchase Price may be less than the value of the Vesting Shares being repurchased by the Company, and that Holder bears any risk associated with the potential loss in value.

(b) The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by the Company by written notice at any time within three months following the Termination Date to Holder or, in the event of Purchaser’s death, Purchaser’s executor, and, at the Company’s option: (i) by delivery to

 

4


Purchaser or Purchaser’s executor of a check in the amount of the Termination Purchase Price for the Vesting Shares being repurchased; (ii) by cancellation by the Company of indebtedness equal to the Termination Purchase Price for the Vesting Shares being repurchased; or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such Termination Purchase Price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the Termination Purchase Price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Vesting Shares being repurchased and all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Vesting Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by any Holder.

(c) On the date hereof, all 250,000 of the Shares (the “ Vesting Shares ”) shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. Of the Vesting Shares, (a) 62,500 shall be released on the earlier to occur of (i) April 15, 2014 and (ii) the date the Company receives at least $25 million in gross financing proceeds from the sale of equity and/or debt securities of the Company, (b) 62,500 shall be released on April 15, 2015, (c) 62,500 shall be released on April 15, 2016, and (d) 62,500 shall be released on April 15, 2017; provided, however, that in each case such scheduled release from the Repurchase Option shall immediately cease as of the Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) shall at all times have the full right and authority (but without any corresponding obligation) to provide for accelerated vesting of the Vesting Shares on any terms the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) deems appropriate.

5. Escrow of Vesting Shares .

(a) As security for the faithful performance of this Agreement, Purchaser agrees to deliver the certificate(s) evidencing the Vesting Shares, together with three stock assignments, each in the form of E XHIBIT C attached to this Agreement (the “ Stock Assignment Forms ”) with respect to each such stock certificate, executed by Purchaser (with the date and number of Vesting Shares left blank), to the Company’s Corporate Secretary or its designee (the “ Escrow Agent ”) prior to the issuance of the Shares to Purchaser. The stock certificate(s) representing the Vesting Shares, together with the executed Stock Assignment Forms, shall be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser set forth in E XHIBIT D attached to this Agreement, which instructions are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, and which instructions shall also be delivered to the Escrow Agent after the date hereof.

(b) Subject to the terms hereof, Holder shall have all the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock with respect to such Vesting Shares while they are held in escrow, including, without limitation, the right to vote the Vesting Shares; provided , however , that any Vesting Shares held in escrow shall not be transferrable without the approval of the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable). If, from time to time during the term of the Repurchase Option, there is (i) any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the Shares, or (ii) any dividend of cash or other property on the Shares, then any and all new, substituted or additional securities or cash or other consideration to which Holder is entitled by reason of Holder’s ownership of the Shares shall immediately and automatically become subject to the escrow, deposited with the Escrow Agent and included thereafter as “Vesting Shares” for purposes of this Agreement and the Repurchase Option.

 

5


6. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser understands that the Company’s sale of the Shares to Purchaser has not been registered under the Securities Act because the Company believes, relying in part on Purchaser’s representations in this document, that an exemption from such registration requirement is available for such sale. Purchaser understands that the availability of this exemption depends upon the representations Purchaser is making to the Company in this document being true and correct.

(b) Purchaser is purchasing the Shares solely for investment purposes, and not for further distribution. Purchaser’s entire legal and beneficial ownership interest in the Shares is being purchased and shall be held solely for Purchaser’s account, except to the extent Purchaser intend to hold the Shares jointly with Purchaser’s spouse. Purchaser is not a party to, and does not presently intend to enter into, any contract or other arrangement with any other person or entity involving the resale, transfer, grant of participation with respect to or other distribution of any of the Shares. Purchaser’s investment intent is not limited to Purchaser’s present intention to hold the Shares for the minimum capital gains period specified under any applicable tax law, for a deferred sale, for a specified increase or decrease in the market price of the Shares, or for any other fixed period in the future.

(c) Purchaser represents that Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

(d) Purchaser can properly evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares and can protect Purchaser’s own interests in this regard, whether by reason of Purchaser’s own business and financial expertise, the business and financial expertise of certain professional advisors unaffiliated with the Company with whom Purchaser has consulted, or Purchaser’s preexisting business or personal relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons.

(e) Purchaser is sufficiently aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser have had opportunity to discuss the plans, operations and financial condition of the Company with its officers, directors or controlling persons, and have received all information Purchaser deems appropriate for assessing the risk of an investment in the shares.

(f) Purchaser realizes that the purchase of the Shares involves a high degree of risk, and that the Company’s future prospects are uncertain. Purchaser is able to hold the Shares indefinitely if required, and Purchaser is able to bear the loss of Purchaser’s entire investment in the Shares.

(g) Purchaser knows that the Shares are restricted securities. Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” in that the Company’s sale of the Shares to the Purchaser has not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption for non-public offerings. In this regard, Purchaser also understands and agrees that:

 

6


(i) Purchaser must hold the shares indefinitely, unless any subsequent proposed resale by Purchaser is registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available (such as Rule 144 under the Securities Act ( “Rule 144” ));

(ii) the Company is under no obligation to register any subsequent proposed resale of the Shares by Purchaser; and

(iii) the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Shares unless such transfer is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(h) Purchaser is familiar with Rule 144, which in some circumstances permits limited public resales of “restricted securities” like the shares acquired from an issuer in a non-public offering. Purchaser understands that Purchaser’s ability to sell the Shares under Rule 144 in the future is uncertain, and will depend upon, among other things: (i) the availability of certain current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale occurring more than one year after Purchaser’s purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Shares; and (iii) if Purchaser is an affiliate of the Company, or a non-affiliate who has held the Shares less than two years after Purchaser’s purchase and full payment: (A) the sale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker, as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (B) the amount of Shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding the specified limitations stated in Rule 144, and (C) timely filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144, if applicable.

(i) Purchaser understands that the requirements of Rule 144 may never be met, and that the Shares may never be saleable. Purchaser further understands that at the time Purchaser wishes to sell the Shares, there may be no public market for the Company’s stock upon which to make such a sale, or the current public information requirements of Rule 144 may not be satisfied, either of which would preclude Purchaser from selling the Shares under Rule 144 even if the one-year minimum holding period had been satisfied.

(j) Purchaser understands that in the event Rule 144 is not available to Purchaser, any future proposed sale of any of the Shares by Purchaser will not be possible without prior registration under the Securities Act, compliance with some other registration exemption (which may or may not be available), or each of the following: (i) Purchaser’s written notice to the Company containing detailed information regarding the proposed sale, (ii) Purchaser’s providing an opinion of Purchaser’s counsel to the effect that such sale will not require registration, and (iii) the Company notifying Purchaser in writing that its counsel concurs in such opinion. Purchaser understands that neither the Company nor its counsel is obligated to provide Purchaser with any such opinion. Purchaser understands that although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has stated that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

7


(k) Purchaser understands that the Board believes its valuation of the Purchased Shares represents a fair appraisal of their worth, but that it remains possible that, with the benefit of hindsight, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS” ) may successfully assert that the value of the Purchased Shares on the date of Purchaser’s purchase is substantially greater than the Board’s appraisal. Purchaser understands that any additional value ascribed to the Purchased Shares by such an IRS determination will constitute ordinary income to Purchaser as of the purchase date, and that any additional taxes and interest due as a result will be Purchaser’s sole responsibility payable only by Purchaser, and that the Company need not and will not reimburse Purchaser for that tax liability. Purchaser understands that if such additional value represents more than 25% of Purchaser’s gross income for the year in which the value of the Purchased Shares is taxable, the IRS will have six years from the due date for filing the return (or the actual filing date of the return if filed thereafter) within which to assess Purchaser the additional tax and interest due.

(l) Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that, in making the decision to purchase the Purchased Shares, Purchaser has not relied on any statement, whether written or oral, regarding the subject matter hereof, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Furthermore, Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has had an opportunity to consult Purchaser’s own tax, legal and financial advisors regarding the purchase of the Purchased Stock.

(m) The address of Purchaser’s principal residence is set forth on the signature page below.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

 

  (ii) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH AND MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

 

8


  (iii) Subject to Section 4 hereof: “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A REPURCHASE OPTION HELD BY THE COMPANY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH AND MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

 

  (iv) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY.”

 

  (v) Any legend required to be placed thereon by the California Commissioner of Corporations and Sections 417 and 418 of the California Corporations Code.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been purported to have been so transferred.

(d) Removal of Repurchase Option Legend . Upon the release of any portion of the Vesting Shares from the Repurchase Option, such Vesting Shares then held by Holder will no longer be subject to the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(iii) hereof. After such time, and upon Holder’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing the Vesting Shares that have been released from the Repurchase Option shall be issued to Holder without the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(iii) hereof.

(e) Removal of Transfer Legend . When each of the following events have occurred, the Shares then held by Holder will no longer be subject to the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(ii) hereof: (i) the termination of the Right of First Refusal; and (ii) the expiration or termination of the market standoff provisions of Section 3(f) hereof (and of any agreement entered pursuant to Section 3(f) hereof). After such time, and upon Holder’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased by the Company shall be issued to Holder without the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(ii) hereof.

 

9


8. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary, to terminate Purchaser’s employment, directorial or consulting relationship, for any reason or no reason, with or without cause or notice, subject to the terms of any other written agreement between the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Purchaser, on the other hand.

9. Certain Defined Terms .

(a) “ Affiliate ” means an entity other than a Parent or a Subsidiary which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(b) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor but not an Employee, who is engaged by the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, to render services (other than capital-raising services) and is compensated for such services, and any member of the Board, whether compensated for such services or not.

(c) “ Continuous Service Status ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of: (i) Company-approved sick leave; (ii) military leave; or (iii) any other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable), provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to a written Company policy. Also, Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of a transfer between locations of the Company or between the Company, any Parent, any Subsidiary and/or any Affiliate, or any of their respective successors, or a change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee.

(d) “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined pursuant to such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable), subject to any requirements of applicable laws, including the Code. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such director by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate.

(e) “ Parent ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations or entities ending with the Company if each of the corporations or entities other than the Company owns stock or interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or interests in one of the other corporations or entities in such chain.

(f) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations or entities beginning with the Company if each of the corporations or entities other than the last corporation or entity in the unbroken chain owns stock or interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or interests in one of the other corporations or entities in such chain.

 

10


10. Section 83(b) Election. Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Code normally taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount paid for the Purchased Stock and the fair market value of the Purchased Stock as of the date any restrictions on the Purchased Stock lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the right of the Company to repurchase the Purchased Stock pursuant to the Repurchase Option. Purchaser further understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Purchased Stock is purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (an “83(b) Election” ) with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days from the Purchase Date. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an 83(b) Election in a timely manner may result in significant adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of any such 83(b) Election is required to be filed with Purchaser’s federal income tax return for the calendar year in which Purchase Date falls. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that it is Purchaser’s sole obligation and responsibility to timely file such an 83(b) Election, and neither the Company nor the Company’s legal or financial advisors shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to such filing. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Purchase Stock hereunder and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death. Purchaser assumes all responsibility for filing the 83(b) Election and paying all taxes resulting from such election or the lapse of the Repurchase Option.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Arbitration and Equitable Relief .

(i) Arbitration . IN CONSIDERATION OF THE PROMISES IN THIS AGREEMENT, HOLDER AGREES THAT ANY AND ALL CONTROVERSIES, CLAIMS, OR DISPUTES WITH ANYONE (INCLUDING THE COMPANY AND ANY EMPLOYEE, OFFICER, DIRECTOR, STOCKHOLDER OR BENEFIT PLAN OF THE COMPANY IN THEIR CAPACITY AS SUCH OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR RESULTING FROM THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO BINDING ARBITRATION UNDER THE ARBITRATION RULES SET FORTH IN CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 1280 THROUGH 1294.2, INCLUDING SECTION 1283.05 (THE “RULES” ) AND PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA LAW. DISPUTES WHICH HOLDER AGREES TO ARBITRATE, AND THEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, INCLUDE ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS UNDER STATE OR FEDERAL LAW, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CLAIMS UNDER TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF

 

11


1967, THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT, THE WORKER ADJUSTMENT AND RETRAINING NOTIFICATION ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING ACT, THE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAMILY RIGHTS ACT, THE CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE, CLAIMS OF HARASSMENT, DISCRIMINATION OR WRONGFUL TERMINATION AND ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS. HOLDER FURTHER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY DISPUTES THAT THE COMPANY MAY HAVE WITH HOLDER.

(ii) Procedure . HOLDER AGREES THAT ANY ARBITRATION WILL BE ADMINISTERED BY THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION ( “AAA” ) AND THAT THE NEUTRAL ARBITRATOR WILL BE SELECTED IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH ITS NATIONAL RULES FOR THE RESOLUTION OF EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES. HOLDER AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ANY MOTIONS BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY TO THE ARBITRATION, INCLUDING MOTIONS FOR SUMMARY JUDGMENT AND/OR ADJUDICATION AND MOTIONS TO DISMISS AND DEMURRERS, PRIOR TO ANY ARBITRATION HEARING. HOLDER ALSO AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO AWARD ANY REMEDIES, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS, AVAILABLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. HOLDER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE COMPANY WILL PAY FOR ANY ADMINISTRATIVE OR HEARING FEES CHARGED BY THE ARBITRATOR OR AAA EXCEPT THAT HOLDER SHALL PAY THE FIRST $125.00 OF ANY FILING FEES ASSOCIATED WITH ANY ARBITRATION HOLDER INITIATES. HOLDER AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ADMINISTER AND CONDUCT ANY ARBITRATION IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH THE RULES AND THAT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE AAA’S NATIONAL RULES FOR THE RESOLUTION OF EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES CONFLICT WITH THE RULES, THE RULES SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. HOLDER AGREES THAT THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE IN WRITING.

(iii) Remedy . EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BY THE RULES AND THIS AGREEMENT, ARBITRATION SHALL BE THE SOLE, EXCLUSIVE AND FINAL REMEDY FOR ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN HOLDER AND THE COMPANY. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR BY THE RULES AND THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER HOLDER NOR THE COMPANY WILL BE PERMITTED TO PURSUE COURT ACTION REGARDING CLAIMS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION. NOTWITHSTANDING, THE ARBITRATOR WILL NOT HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO DISREGARD OR REFUSE TO ENFORCE ANY LAWFUL COMPANY POLICY, AND THE ARBITRATOR SHALL NOT ORDER OR REQUIRE THE COMPANY TO ADOPT A POLICY NOT OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW WHICH THE COMPANY HAS NOT ADOPTED.

(iv) Availability of Injunctive Relief . THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY PARTY MAY PETITION A COURT FOR INJUNCTIVE RELIEF AS PERMITTED BY THE RULES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WHERE EITHER PARTY ALLEGES OR CLAIMS A VIOLATION OF ANY CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OR INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN HOLDER AND THE COMPANY OR ANY

 

12


OTHER AGREEMENT REGARDING TRADE SECRETS, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, NONSOLICITATION OR LABOR CODE §2870. THE PARTIES UNDERSTAND THAT ANY BREACH OR THREATENED BREACH OF SUCH AN AGREEMENT WILL CAUSE IRREPARABLE INJURY AND THAT MONEY DAMAGES WILL NOT PROVIDE AN ADEQUATE REMEDY THEREFOR AND THE PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT TO THE ISSUANCE OF AN INJUNCTION. IN THE EVENT ANY PARTY SEEKS INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, THE PREVAILING PARTY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECOVER REASONABLE COSTS AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES.

(v) Administrative Relief . HOLDER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT PROHIBIT HOLDER FROM PURSUING AN ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIM WITH A LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BODY SUCH AS THE DEPARTMENT OF FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING, THE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION OR THE WORKERS’ COMPENSATION BOARD. THIS AGREEMENT DOES, HOWEVER, PRECLUDE HOLDER FROM PURSUING COURT ACTION REGARDING ANY SUCH CLAIM.

(c) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(d) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then: (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement; (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded; and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(e) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between the parties and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of each of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(f) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient: (i) upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by email or fax (upon customary confirmation of receipt), or (ii) three (3) business days after being deposited in the U.S. mail as certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth on the signature page or as subsequently modified by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other party hereto.

(g) Further Execution . The parties agree to take all such further action(s) as may reasonably be necessary to carry out and consummate this Agreement as soon as practicable, and to take whatever steps may be necessary to obtain any governmental approval in connection with or otherwise qualify the issuance of the securities that are the subject of this Agreement.

 

13


(h) Independent Counsel . Purchaser acknowledges that this Agreement has been prepared on behalf of the Company by Paul Hastings LLP, counsel to the Company, and that Paul Hastings LLP does not represent, and is not acting on behalf of, Purchaser. Purchaser has been provided with an opportunity to consult with Purchaser’s own counsel with respect to this Agreement.

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or two counterparts, including counterparts transmitted by facsimile or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(j) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Holder under this Agreement shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed without the prior written consent of the Company.

(k) California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

[S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]

 

14


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT as of the date first set forth above.

 

THE COMPANY:
VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.:
By:  

/s/ Brian Lian

  (Signature)
Name:   Brian Lian
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
PURCHASER:
By:  

/s/ Rochelle Hanley

  (Signature)
Name:   Rochelle Hanley

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO F OUNDER C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT ]


E XHIBIT A

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

U.S.$2,497.50  

[City, State]

April 15, 2013

1. Principal . For value received, as herein provided, Rochelle Hanley (“ Borrower ”), an individual residing at                     , promises to pay to Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Lender ”), or order, at such place as may be designated in writing by Lender to Borrower, the principal sum of $2,497.50, together with simple interest on the unpaid principal balance from time to time outstanding at a rate of the short-term Applicable Federal Rate, as published by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, accruing from the date hereof (“ Loan ”). Interest shall be calculated on a 365-day year, actual days elapsed.

2. Maturity; Payment of Principal and Interest . All unpaid principal and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full at the close of business on April 15, 2016. The principal and any payments of interest on this Promissory Note are payable in lawful money of the United States of America.

3. Prepayment . This Promissory Note may be prepaid in full or in part at any time without penalty or premium.

4. Applications of Payment . All amounts received by Lender shall be applied in such order as Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect.

5. Late Charge . If the payment described in Sections 1 and 2 above is not paid within five (5) calendar days after its due date, such unpaid amount shall bear interest from the due date until paid at the Default Rate. The term “ Default Rate ” as used herein shall mean the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law. Interest on the amount so unpaid shall be compounded quarterly and shall be payable upon demand.

6. Default . A default hereunder shall occur if Borrower fails to pay to Lender when due any amount required to be paid hereunder or if Borrower makes or consents to an assignment for the benefit of creditors, the appointment of a receiver or trustee for it or any portion of its property, or any filing of any voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy by or against Borrower; in any such event, at the option of Lender, the whole of the principal, interest and charges owing on this Promissory Note shall become immediately due and payable.

7. Attorneys’ Fees . If any attorney is engaged by Lender or if Lender incurs any costs or expenses because of any default hereunder or as the result of actions to enforce or defend any provision of this Promissory Note, the Borrower shall pay upon demand Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and all costs and expenses so incurred by Lender together with interest thereon until paid at the Default Rate. Interest on the amount of attorneys’ fees and all costs and expenses so unpaid shall be compounded quarterly and shall be due and payable upon demand.

 

A-1


8. No Waiver By Lender . No waiver of any default shall be implied from any failure of Lender to take any action or any delay by Lender in taking action with respect to any such default or from any previous waiver of any similar or unrelated default. A waiver of any term of this Promissory Note must be made in writing and shall be limited to the express written terms of such waiver.

9. Interest Calculation . All agreements between Borrower and Lender are expressly limited so that in no event whatsoever, whether by reason of advancement of the proceeds hereof, acceleration of maturity of the unpaid principal balance hereof, or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to the Lender for the use, forbearance or detention of the money to be advanced hereunder exceed the highest lawful rate permissible under applicable usury laws. If, from any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision hereof shall involve exceeding the limit of validity prescribed by applicable law, then the obligation to be fulfilled shall automatically be reduced to the limit of such validity. If from any circumstances Lender shall ever receive as interest an amount which would exceed the highest lawful rate, such amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance due hereunder and not to the payment of interest.

10. Certain Waivers . Borrower and all endorsers jointly and severally waive diligence, grace, demand, presentment for payment, exhibition of this Promissory Note, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, notice of demand, notice of nonpayment, notice of default or delinquency, notice of acceleration, notice of costs or expenses and interest thereon, and notice of any late charges and any and all exemption rights against the indebtedness evidenced by this Promissory Note, and agree to any and all extensions or renewals from time to time without notice and to any partial payments of this Promissory Note made before or after maturity, and that no such extension, renewal or partial payment shall release any one or all of them from the obligation of payment of this Promissory Note or any installment of this Promissory Note, and consent to offsets of any sums owed to any one or all of them by Lender at any time.

11. Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Promissory Note . In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of this Promissory Note, upon Borrower’s receipt of a reasonably satisfactory indemnification agreement executed in favor of Borrower by the party who held this Promissory Note immediately prior to its loss, theft or destruction, or in the event of the mutilation of this Promissory Note, upon Lender’s surrender to the Borrower of the mutilated Promissory Note, Borrower shall execute and deliver to such party or Lender, as the case may be, a new promissory note in form and content identical to this Promissory Note in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Promissory Note.

12. Time . Time is of the essence with respect to each and every provision hereof.

13. Choice of Law; Venue . This Promissory Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflicts of interest principles. Borrower and Lender consent to the jurisdiction of the Southern District of the United States District Court for the State of California for any action arising out of matters related to this Promissory Note. Borrower and Lender hereby waive the right to commence an action in connection with this Promissory Note in any court outside of that specified in this provision.

 

A-2


14. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of Lender and Borrower hereby waive trial by jury in any action or other proceeding (including counterclaims), whether at law or equity, brought by Borrower or Lender against the other on matters arising out of or in any way related to or connected with this Promissory Note, any other document executed in connection with the Loan or any transaction contemplated by and between Borrower and Lender with respect to the Loan.

15. Entire Agreement . This instrument contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter contained herein. This Promissory Note supersedes any prior oral or written agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter contained herein. No term of this Promissory Note may be waived, modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by Lender and Borrower. Any waiver of the terms hereof shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose given.

16. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of Lender and Borrower hereby waive trial by jury in any action or other proceeding (including counterclaims), whether at law or equity, brought by Borrower or Lender against the other on matters arising out of or in any way related to or connected with this Promissory Note, any other document executed in connection with the Loan or any transaction contemplated by and between Borrower and Lender with respect to the Loan.

17. Successors and Assigns . This Promissory Note may not be assigned or transferred (i) by Borrower to any person at any time without the written consent of Lender, or (ii) by Lender to any person at any time without the written consent of Borrower. This Promissory Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their permitted assigns.

18. Headings . The headings of the various Sections herein are for reference only and shall not define, modify, expand or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

19. Severability . If any term or provision of this Promissory Note is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Promissory Note or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower and Lender have executed this Promissory Note as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:     LENDER:
Rochelle Hanley     Viking Therapeutics, Inc.
By:  

 

    By:  

 

      Name:   Brian Lian

 

A-3


E XHIBIT B

A CKNOWLEDGEMENT AND A GREEMENT OF S POUSE

I,                     , spouse of Rochelle Hanley (“ Purchaser ”), have read and hereby approve the foregoing C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT , dated April 15, 2013, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” ) and Purchaser (as may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Agreement” ). In consideration for the Company granting Purchaser the right to purchase the shares of Common Stock of the Company as set forth in the Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agrees that any community property or similar interest that the undersigned may have in such shares shall be similarly bound by the Agreement. The undersigned hereby appoints Purchaser as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

By:  

 

  Signature of Spouse of Purchaser
Name:  

 

 

B-1


E XHIBIT C

S TOCK A SSIGNMENT S EPARATE FROM C ERTIFICATE

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , Rochelle Hanley hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto V IKING T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), pursuant to the Repurchase Option under that certain C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT , dated as of April 15, 2013, by and between the undersigned and the Company (as may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Agreement” ),                     (                    ) shares of Common Stock of the Company standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).                      and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Company’s Secretary as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact to transfer such shares of Common Stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: April 15, 2013

 

 

(Signature)

Rochelle Hanley

(Print Name)

 

I NSTRUCTION :    Please do not fill in any blanks other than the “Signature” line and the “Print Name” line.

 

C-1


E XHIBIT D

J OINT E SCROW I NSTRUCTIONS

April 15, 2013

Dear Corporate Secretary:

As escrow agent (“ Escrow Agent ”) for both Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors or assigns, the “ Company ”), and Rochelle Hanley (“ Purchaser ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Viking Therapeutics, Inc. Common Stock Purchase Agreement, by and between the Company and Rochelle Hanley, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Agreement ”), to which a copy of these Joint Escrow Instructions is attached, in accordance with the following instructions (capitalized terms used but not defined in these Joint Escrow Instructions shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement):

1. In the event that the Company exercises the Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.00001 per share to be purchased (together with any shares into which such shares are converted or exchanged, “Shares” ), the purchase price and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignment(s) necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of Shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the same, together with the certificate evidencing the Shares to be transferred, to the Company against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by check, by cancellation of indebtedness or by a combination thereof) for the number of Shares being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing Shares to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said Shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as her attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a holder of shares of common stock of the Company while the Shares are held by you.

4. Upon written request of Purchaser, on April 15, 2014, and on each one-year anniversary thereafter, unless the Repurchase Option has been exercised, you will cause to be delivered to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the number of Shares released from the Repurchase Option during such prior period. One (1) month and one (1) day after the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status, you will, at the

 

D-1


written request of Purchaser, deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of Shares sold and issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Repurchase Option and for which no certificate has previously been issued.

5. If, at the time of termination of this escrow, you should have in your possession any documents, securities or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under any applicable statute of limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

D-2


13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be given in accordance with Section 11(f) of the Agreement. All such notices or other communications shall be directed (a) in the case of the Company or Purchaser, to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address indicated for such person on the signature page of the Agreement, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto and (b) in the case of the Escrow Agent, shall be directed to the address or facsimile number first indicated above on these Joint Escrow Instructions or at such other address or facsimile number as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Very truly yours,
VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Brian Lian
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
“PURCHASER”

 

Name:   Rochelle Hanley
“ESCROW AGENT”

 

Name:   Michael Dinerman
Title:   Secretary

 

D-3


E XHIBIT E

Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby acknowledges receipt of ( check each of the following that apply ) :

 

  ¨ A check in the amount of $2.50

 

  ¨ The cancellation of indebtedness owing by the Company in the amount of $            

 

  ¨ A Promissory Note issued to the Company in the amount of $2,497.50

 

  ¨ Services rendered to the Company having a value equal to $            

 

  ¨ The assignment of certain intellectual property and/or other assets to the Company having an aggregate value equal to             ,

as consideration for Certificate No. CS-             for              shares of Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company, issued to Rochelle Hanley.

Dated: April 15, 2013

 

THE COMPANY:
Viking Therapeutics, Inc.
By:  

 

  (Signature)
Name:   Brian Lian
Title:   CEO

 

E-1


E XHIBIT F

P URCHASER AND S POUSAL R ECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No. CS-         for              shares of Common Stock of Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Dated: April 15, 2013

 

PURCHASER:

Rochelle Hanley

  (Name)
By:  

 

  (Signature)

 

Signature of Spouse of Purchaser

Name of Spouse of Purchaser:                                      

 

F-1

Exhibit 10.21

*** Text Omitted and Filed Separately

Confidential Treatment Requested

Under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4)

and 240.24b-2

VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

T HIS C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 20, 2014 by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor to its business and/or assets that assumes this Agreement or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law, the “ Company ”), and Brian Lian (“ Purchaser ”).

1. Issuance of Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Purchase Date (as defined under Section 2 hereof) the Company will issue to Purchaser, and Purchaser will acquire from the Company, 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Issued Shares ”). The Issued Shares have a deemed value of $0.01 per share (the “Price” ). The term “ Shares ” refers to the Issued Shares and all securities received in replacement of or in connection with the Shares pursuant to stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Issued Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Issued Shares.

2. Issuance . The issuance of the Issued Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place as shall be designated by the Company, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties or on such other date as the Company and Purchaser shall agree (the “ Purchase Date ”). On the Purchase Date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a copy of the certificate representing the Issued Shares to be acquired by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) that are deemed to be Vesting Shares upon issuance in accordance with Section 4(c), in each case in consideration for services rendered by Purchaser to the Company. In the event the Purchaser is married as of the date of this Agreement, Purchaser shall deliver to the Company on the date of this Agreement an Acknowledgement and Agreement of Spouse, in the form of E XHIBIT  B attached to this Agreement (the “Spousal Consent” ), duly completed and executed by Purchaser’s spouse. In the event Purchaser marries or remarries after the date of this Agreement, Purchaser shall deliver to the Company, within fifteen (15) business days following the date of such marriage or remarriage, a Spousal Consent duly completed and executed by Purchaser’s spouse.

3. Limitations on Transfer . Holder shall not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or dispose of any interest in Shares that constitute Vesting Shares (as defined under Section 4(c) hereof) and Holder shall not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or dispose of any interest in any other securities of the Company except in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Bylaws (as may be amended or restated from time to time) and applicable securities laws.

 

1


(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any permitted transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (A) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (B) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee of such Shares (each a “ Proposed Transferee ”); (C) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (D) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder (the “ Election Notice ”), elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the Purchase Price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Price . The purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness or by any combination thereof on or before the later of (i) 30 days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice and (ii) 15 days after the Company delivers the Election Notice to the Holder.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date the Notice is delivered to the Company, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in a writing delivered to the Company that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares purchased by or otherwise transferred to such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee (in any respect), a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

2


(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 3(a) to the contrary, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, uncle, aunt, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, or any person sharing Purchaser’s household (other than a tenant or an employee). In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 3, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld in the sole discretion of the Company, no more than three (3) transfers may be made pursuant to this Section 3(a)(vi), including all transfers by the Holder and all transfers by any transferee.

(b) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including divorce or death, but excluding in the event of death a transfer to Purchaser’s Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) hereof) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof (each, an “Involuntary Transfer” ), the Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of (i) the Price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares on the date of transfer (as determined in good faith by the Board) (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable). Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The Company shall have the right to purchase such Shares for a period of 30 days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares pursuant to such Involuntary Transfer.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares, pursuant to the Right of First Refusal or as a result of an Involuntary Transfer, may be assigned in whole or in part by the Company to any holder or holders of capital stock of the Company or other person(s) or organization(s), in the Company’s sole discretion.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights . The Right of First Refusal and the Company’s right to repurchase the Shares in the event of an Involuntary Transfer pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof shall terminate upon the first sale of common stock of the Company (the Common Stock ) to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

3


(f) Lock-up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of any capital stock of the Company and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s capital stock, Holder hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration, if any) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the closing of such offering, as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters, and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the managing underwriters prior to the Company’s initial public offering. In addition, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing a public offering of the Company’s securities (other than the initial public offering), Holder hereby agrees to be bound by similar restrictions, and to sign a similar agreement, in connection with no more than one additional registration statement filed within 12 months after the closing date of the initial public offering, provided that the duration of the lock-up period with respect to such additional registration shall not exceed 90 days from the closing of such additional offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such agreement to contain a phased release from the lock-up period contained in the agreement based on the Company’s achievement of certain performance milestones. Any waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the managing underwriters shall apply to all securityholders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 3(f) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions of this Section 3(f) as though they were parties to this Agreement.

4. Repurchase Option .

(a) In the event Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status (as defined in Section 9(d) hereof) is terminated, for any reason or no reason, including, without limitation, by reason of Purchaser’s death or disability (as defined under Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ), by the Company for any reason or by Purchaser for any reason, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of three months from such Termination Date to repurchase all or any portion of the Vesting Shares (as defined under Section 4(c) hereof) held by each Holder as of the Termination Date that have not yet been released from the Repurchase Option, at the price equal to $0.01 per Vesting Share (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like) (the “Termination Price” ). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4, Holder hereby acknowledges that the Company has no obligation, either now or in the future, to repurchase any of the Vesting Shares at any time. Further, Holder acknowledges and understands that, in the event that the Company elects to exercise its Repurchase Option, the Termination Price may be less than the value of the Vesting Shares being repurchased by the Company, and that Holder bears any risk associated with the potential loss in value.

(b) The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by the Company by written notice at any time within three months following the Termination Date to Holder or, in the event of Purchaser’s death, Purchaser’s executor, and, at the Company’s option: (i) by delivery to

 

4


Purchaser or Purchaser’s executor of a check in the amount of the Termination Price for the Vesting Shares being repurchased; (ii) by cancellation by the Company of indebtedness equal to the Termination Price for the Vesting Shares being repurchased; or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such Termination Price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the Termination Price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Vesting Shares being repurchased and all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Vesting Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by any Holder.

(c) On the date hereof, none of the Shares shall be vested, and all 1,000,000 of the Shares (the “ Vesting Shares ”) shall be subject to the Repurchase Option. Of the Vesting Shares, 500,000 Shares shall vest on the Award Date I and 500,000 Shares shall vest on the Award Date II. For purposes of this Agreement, “Award Date I” shall mean the achievement of the milestone set forth on S CHEDULE I attached hereto. The decision by the Company for purposes of the Award Date I will be signified by the initiation of dosing in clinical studies employing the new formulation in patients with type 2 diabetes or other metabolic disorders involving uncontrolled plasma glucose levels. For purposes of this Agreement, “Award Date II” shall mean the decision by the Company to file any non-provisional patent on the New Formulation. Award Date I and Award Date II can occur in any order and neither is contingent upon the other. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in each case such scheduled release from the Repurchase Option shall immediately cease as of the Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Triggering Event (as defined in Section 9(i) hereof) occurs, 100% of the total number of Vesting Shares held by Holder that have not yet been released from the Repurchase Option shall be released from the Repurchase Option as of immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the occurrence of such Triggering Event; provided that in the event of a Triggering Event under Section 9(i)(i) or 9(i)(ii), Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status has not terminated prior to such Triggering Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) shall at all times have the full right and authority (but without any corresponding obligation) to provide for accelerated vesting of the Vesting Shares on any terms the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) deems appropriate.

5. Escrow of Vesting Shares .

(a) As security for the faithful performance of this Agreement, Purchaser agrees to deliver the certificate(s) evidencing the Vesting Shares, together with three stock assignments, each in the form of E XHIBIT C attached to this Agreement (the “ Stock Assignment Forms ”) with respect to each such stock certificate, executed by Purchaser (with the date and number of Vesting Shares left blank), to the Company’s Corporate Secretary or its designee (the “ Escrow Agent ”) prior to the issuance of the Shares to Purchaser. The stock certificate(s) representing the Vesting Shares, together with the executed Stock Assignment Forms, shall be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser set forth in E XHIBIT D attached to this Agreement, which instructions are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, and which instructions shall also be delivered to the Escrow Agent after the date hereof.

 

5


(b) Subject to the terms hereof, Holder shall have all the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock with respect to such Vesting Shares while they are held in escrow, including, without limitation, the right to vote the Vesting Shares; provided , however , that any Vesting Shares held in escrow shall not be transferrable without the approval of the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable). If, from time to time during the term of the Repurchase Option, there is (i) any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the Shares, or (ii) any dividend of cash or other property on the Shares, then any and all new, substituted or additional securities or cash or other consideration to which Holder is entitled by reason of Holder’s ownership of the Shares shall immediately and automatically become subject to the escrow, deposited with the Escrow Agent and included thereafter as “Vesting Shares” for purposes of this Agreement and the Repurchase Option.

6. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser understands that the Company’s sale of the Shares to Purchaser has not been registered under the Securities Act because the Company believes, relying in part on Purchaser’s representations in this document, that an exemption from such registration requirement is available for such sale. Purchaser understands that the availability of this exemption depends upon the representations Purchaser is making to the Company in this document being true and correct.

(b) Purchaser is purchasing the Shares solely for investment purposes, and not for further distribution. Purchaser’s entire legal and beneficial ownership interest in the Shares is being purchased and shall be held solely for Purchaser’s account, except to the extent Purchaser intend to hold the Shares jointly with Purchaser’s spouse. Purchaser is not a party to, and does not presently intend to enter into, any contract or other arrangement with any other person or entity involving the resale, transfer, grant of participation with respect to or other distribution of any of the Shares. Purchaser’s investment intent is not limited to Purchaser’s present intention to hold the Shares for the minimum capital gains period specified under any applicable tax law, for a deferred sale, for a specified increase or decrease in the market price of the Shares, or for any other fixed period in the future.

(c) Purchaser represents that Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

(d) Purchaser can properly evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares and can protect Purchaser’s own interests in this regard, whether by reason of Purchaser’s own business and financial expertise, the business and financial expertise of certain professional advisors unaffiliated with the Company with whom Purchaser has consulted, or Purchaser’s preexisting business or personal relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons.

(e) Purchaser is sufficiently aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser have had opportunity to discuss the plans, operations and financial condition of the Company with its officers, directors or controlling persons, and have received all information Purchaser deems appropriate for assessing the risk of an investment in the shares.

 

6


(f) Purchaser realizes that the purchase of the Shares involves a high degree of risk, and that the Company’s future prospects are uncertain. Purchaser is able to hold the Shares indefinitely if required, and Purchaser is able to bear the loss of Purchaser’s entire investment in the Shares.

(g) Purchaser knows that the Shares are restricted securities. Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” in that the Company’s sale of the Shares to the Purchaser has not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption for non-public offerings. In this regard, Purchaser also understands and agrees that:

(i) Purchaser must hold the shares indefinitely, unless any subsequent proposed resale by Purchaser is registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available (such as Rule 144 under the Securities Act ( “Rule 144” ));

(ii) the Company is under no obligation to register any subsequent proposed resale of the Shares by Purchaser; and

(iii) the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Shares unless such transfer is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(h) Purchaser is familiar with Rule 144, which in some circumstances permits limited public resales of “restricted securities” like the shares acquired from an issuer in a non-public offering. Purchaser understands that Purchaser’s ability to sell the Shares under Rule 144 in the future is uncertain, and will depend upon, among other things: (i) the availability of certain current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale occurring more than one year after Purchaser’s purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Shares; and (iii) if Purchaser is an affiliate of the Company, or a non-affiliate who has held the Shares less than two years after Purchaser’s purchase and full payment: (A) the sale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker, as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (B) the amount of Shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding the specified limitations stated in Rule 144, and (C) timely filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144, if applicable.

(i) Purchaser understands that the requirements of Rule 144 may never be met, and that the Shares may never be saleable. Purchaser further understands that at the time Purchaser wishes to sell the Shares, there may be no public market for the Company’s stock upon which to make such a sale, or the current public information requirements of Rule 144 may not be satisfied, either of which would preclude Purchaser from selling the Shares under Rule 144 even if the one-year minimum holding period had been satisfied.

(j) Purchaser understands that in the event Rule 144 is not available to Purchaser, any future proposed sale of any of the Shares by Purchaser will not be possible without prior registration under the Securities Act, compliance with some other registration exemption (which may or may not be available), or each of the following: (i) Purchaser’s written

 

7


notice to the Company containing detailed information regarding the proposed sale, (ii) Purchaser’s providing an opinion of Purchaser’s counsel to the effect that such sale will not require registration, and (iii) the Company notifying Purchaser in writing that its counsel concurs in such opinion. Purchaser understands that neither the Company nor its counsel is obligated to provide Purchaser with any such opinion. Purchaser understands that although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has stated that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

(k) Purchaser understands that the Board believes its valuation of the Issued Shares represents a fair appraisal of their worth, but that it remains possible that, with the benefit of hindsight, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS” ) may successfully assert that the value of the Issued Shares on the date of Purchaser’s purchase is substantially greater than the Board’s appraisal. Purchaser understands that any additional value ascribed to the Issued Shares by such an IRS determination will constitute ordinary income to Purchaser as of the purchase date, and that any additional taxes and interest due as a result will be Purchaser’s sole responsibility payable only by Purchaser, and that the Company need not and will not reimburse Purchaser for that tax liability. Purchaser understands that if such additional value represents more than 25% of Purchaser’s gross income for the year in which the value of the Issued Shares is taxable, the IRS will have six years from the due date for filing the return (or the actual filing date of the return if filed thereafter) within which to assess Purchaser the additional tax and interest due.

(l) Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that, in making the decision to purchase the Issued Shares, Purchaser has not relied on any statement, whether written or oral, regarding the subject matter hereof, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Furthermore, Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has had an opportunity to consult Purchaser’s own tax, legal and financial advisors regarding the purchase of the Purchased Stock.

(m) The address of Purchaser’s principal residence is set forth on the signature page below.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

 

8


  (ii) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH AND MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

 

  (iii) Subject to Section 4 hereof: “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A REPURCHASE OPTION HELD BY THE COMPANY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH AND MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

 

  (iv) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY.”

 

  (v) Any legend required to be placed thereon by the New York Attorney General or under New York securities laws

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been purported to have been so transferred.

(d) Removal of Repurchase Option Legend . Upon the release of any portion of the Vesting Shares from the Repurchase Option, such Vesting Shares then held by Holder will no longer be subject to the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(iii) hereof. After such time, and upon Holder’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing the Vesting Shares that have been released from the Repurchase Option shall be issued to Holder without the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(iii) hereof.

(e) Removal of Transfer Legend . When each of the following events have occurred, the Shares then held by Holder will no longer be subject to the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(ii) hereof: (i) the termination of the Right of First Refusal; and (ii) the expiration or

 

9


termination of the market standoff provisions of Section 3(f) hereof (and of any agreement entered pursuant to Section 3(f) hereof). After such time, and upon Holder’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased by the Company shall be issued to Holder without the legend referred to in Section 7(a)(ii) hereof.

8. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary, to terminate Purchaser’s employment, directorial or consulting relationship, for any reason or no reason, with or without cause or notice, subject to the terms of any other written agreement between the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Purchaser, on the other hand.

9. Certain Defined Terms .

(a) “ Affiliate ” means an entity other than a Parent or a Subsidiary which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(b) “ Cause ” means Holder’s: (i) unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; (ii) material breach of any material agreement between Holder and the Company, which breach is not cured by Holder within fifteen (15) days of Holder’s receipt of notice of such breach; (iii) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of Holder’s duties to the Company; or (iv) Holder’s conviction of a felony in connection with the performance of Holder’s obligations to the Company. The Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) shall be entitled to determine Cause in the event of the termination of Holder’s Continuous Service Status. No event described in this Section 9(c) shall constitute Cause unless the Company has given Holder written notice of termination specifying the condition(s) or event(s) relied upon for such notice within ninety (90) days from the occurrence of such event (or, if later, from the earliest date the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable) became aware of such event) and Holder has failed to cure the condition or event asserted to constitute Cause within thirty (30) day period following receipt of the such notice. A termination of Holder’s service in any other circumstance or for any other reason will be a termination “without Cause.”

(c) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor but not an Employee, who is engaged by the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, to render services (other than capital-raising services) and is compensated for such services, and any member of the Board, whether compensated for such services or not.

(d) “ Continuous Service Status ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of: (i) Company-approved sick leave; (ii) military leave; or (iii) any other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable), provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to a written Company policy. Also, Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of a transfer between locations of the Company or between the Company, any Parent, any Subsidiary and/or any Affiliate, or any of their respective successors, or a change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee.

 

10


(e) “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined pursuant to such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Board (excluding the Holder and its affiliates, if applicable), subject to any requirements of applicable laws, including the Code. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such director by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate.

(f) “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events without Holder’s prior written consent: (i) a change in Holder’s position with the Company which materially reduces Holder’s level of responsibilities and duties; (ii) any action by the Company that results in a diminution in Holder’s authority, duties and responsibilities, including a change in title or reporting relationships; (iii) a reduction in Holder’s level of compensation from the Company, including base salary and benefits, unless there is a corresponding reduction in the level of compensation of all executive officers of the Company; (iv) any requirement, as a condition to continuing Holder’s Continuous Service Status, that Holder enter into any agreement with the Company regarding confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar restrictive covenant that is materially more restrictive than Holder’s written obligations with the Company in effect as of the date of this Agreement, unless all executive officers of the Company are required to enter into any such agreement; (v) the Company’s failure to pay Holder any earned base salary, expense reimbursement or bonus payment that has become due and payable, provided that the Company received written notice from Holder of the deficient payment and was given fifteen (15) days to cure such failure; (vi) any action or inaction by the Company that constitutes a material breach of any employment or similar agreement between Holder and the Company; or (vii) a relocation of Holder’s principal place of employment with the Company outside of San Diego County and more than 50 miles from Holder’s principal place of employment with the Company as of the date of this Agreement.

(g) “ Parent ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations or entities ending with the Company if each of the corporations or entities other than the Company owns stock or interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or interests in one of the other corporations or entities in such chain.

(h) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations or entities beginning with the Company if each of the corporations or entities other than the last corporation or entity in the unbroken chain owns stock or interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or interests in one of the other corporations or entities in such chain.

 

11


(i) “ Triggering Event ” means:

(i) a sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than to: (A) a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of its combined voting power is owned directly or indirectly by the Company; (B) a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the holders of shares of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of capital stock of the Company as of immediately prior to the sale, transfer or disposition; or (C) an Excluded Entity (as defined under subsection (ii) below); or

(ii) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction with or into another corporation, entity or person in which the holders of at least a majority of the voting stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares of stock remaining outstanding in the continuing entity or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock or voting units of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock or voting units of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction (an “ Excluded Entity ”). Notwithstanding anything stated herein, a transaction shall not constitute a “Triggering Event” if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who hold the Company’s outstanding voting stock as of immediately prior to such transaction. For clarity, the term “Triggering Event” as defined herein shall not include stock sale transactions whether by the Company or by the holders of capital stock of the Company; or

(iii) the termination of Holder’s Continuous Service Status: (A) by the Company without Cause; or (B) by Holder for Good Reason.

10. Section 83(b) Election. Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Code normally taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount paid for the Purchased Stock and the fair market value of the Purchased Stock as of the date any restrictions on the Purchased Stock lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the right of the Company to repurchase the Purchased Stock pursuant to the Repurchase Option. Purchaser further understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Purchased Stock is purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (an “83(b) Election” ) with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days from the Purchase Date. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an 83(b) Election in a timely manner may result in significant adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of any such 83(b) Election is required to be filed with Purchaser’s federal income tax return for the calendar year in which Purchase Date falls. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that it is Purchaser’s sole obligation and responsibility to timely file such an 83(b) Election, and neither the Company nor the Company’s legal or financial advisors shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to such filing. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Purchase Stock hereunder and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death. Purchaser assumes all responsibility for filing the 83(b) Election and paying all taxes resulting from such election or the lapse of the Repurchase Option.

 

12


11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Arbitration and Equitable Relief .

(i) Arbitration . IN CONSIDERATION OF THE PROMISES IN THIS AGREEMENT, HOLDER AGREES THAT ANY AND ALL CONTROVERSIES, CLAIMS, OR DISPUTES WITH ANYONE (INCLUDING THE COMPANY AND ANY EMPLOYEE, OFFICER, DIRECTOR, STOCKHOLDER OR BENEFIT PLAN OF THE COMPANY IN THEIR CAPACITY AS SUCH OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR RESULTING FROM THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO BINDING ARBITRATION UNDER THE ARBITRATION RULES SET FORTH IN CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 1280 THROUGH 1294.2, INCLUDING SECTION 1283.05 (THE “RULES” ) AND PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA LAW. DISPUTES WHICH HOLDER AGREES TO ARBITRATE, AND THEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, INCLUDE ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS UNDER STATE OR FEDERAL LAW, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CLAIMS UNDER TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT, THE WORKER ADJUSTMENT AND RETRAINING NOTIFICATION ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING ACT, THE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAMILY RIGHTS ACT, THE CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE, CLAIMS OF HARASSMENT, DISCRIMINATION OR WRONGFUL TERMINATION AND ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS. HOLDER FURTHER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY DISPUTES THAT THE COMPANY MAY HAVE WITH HOLDER.

(ii) Procedure . HOLDER AGREES THAT ANY ARBITRATION WILL BE ADMINISTERED BY THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION ( “AAA” ) AND THAT THE NEUTRAL ARBITRATOR WILL BE SELECTED IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH ITS NATIONAL RULES FOR THE RESOLUTION OF EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES. HOLDER AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ANY MOTIONS BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY TO THE ARBITRATION, INCLUDING MOTIONS FOR SUMMARY JUDGMENT AND/OR ADJUDICATION AND MOTIONS TO DISMISS AND DEMURRERS, PRIOR TO ANY ARBITRATION HEARING. HOLDER ALSO AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO AWARD ANY REMEDIES, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS, AVAILABLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. HOLDER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE COMPANY WILL PAY FOR ANY ADMINISTRATIVE OR HEARING FEES CHARGED BY THE ARBITRATOR OR AAA EXCEPT THAT HOLDER SHALL PAY THE FIRST $125.00 OF ANY FILING FEES ASSOCIATED WITH ANY ARBITRATION HOLDER INITIATES. HOLDER AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL

 

13


ADMINISTER AND CONDUCT ANY ARBITRATION IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH THE RULES AND THAT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE AAA’S NATIONAL RULES FOR THE RESOLUTION OF EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES CONFLICT WITH THE RULES, THE RULES SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. HOLDER AGREES THAT THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE IN WRITING.

(iii) Remedy . EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BY THE RULES AND THIS AGREEMENT, ARBITRATION SHALL BE THE SOLE, EXCLUSIVE AND FINAL REMEDY FOR ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN HOLDER AND THE COMPANY. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR BY THE RULES AND THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER HOLDER NOR THE COMPANY WILL BE PERMITTED TO PURSUE COURT ACTION REGARDING CLAIMS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION. NOTWITHSTANDING, THE ARBITRATOR WILL NOT HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO DISREGARD OR REFUSE TO ENFORCE ANY LAWFUL COMPANY POLICY, AND THE ARBITRATOR SHALL NOT ORDER OR REQUIRE THE COMPANY TO ADOPT A POLICY NOT OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW WHICH THE COMPANY HAS NOT ADOPTED.

(iv) Availability of Injunctive Relief . THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY PARTY MAY PETITION A COURT FOR INJUNCTIVE RELIEF AS PERMITTED BY THE RULES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WHERE EITHER PARTY ALLEGES OR CLAIMS A VIOLATION OF ANY CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OR INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN HOLDER AND THE COMPANY OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT REGARDING TRADE SECRETS, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, NONSOLICITATION OR LABOR CODE §2870. THE PARTIES UNDERSTAND THAT ANY BREACH OR THREATENED BREACH OF SUCH AN AGREEMENT WILL CAUSE IRREPARABLE INJURY AND THAT MONEY DAMAGES WILL NOT PROVIDE AN ADEQUATE REMEDY THEREFOR AND THE PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT TO THE ISSUANCE OF AN INJUNCTION. IN THE EVENT ANY PARTY SEEKS INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, THE PREVAILING PARTY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECOVER REASONABLE COSTS AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES.

(v) Administrative Relief . HOLDER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT PROHIBIT HOLDER FROM PURSUING AN ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIM WITH A LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BODY SUCH AS THE DEPARTMENT OF FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING, THE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION OR THE WORKERS’ COMPENSATION BOARD. THIS AGREEMENT DOES, HOWEVER, PRECLUDE HOLDER FROM PURSUING COURT ACTION REGARDING ANY SUCH CLAIM.

(c) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

 

14


(d) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then: (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement; (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded; and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(e) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between the parties and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of each of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(f) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient: (i) upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by email or fax (upon customary confirmation of receipt), or (ii) three (3) business days after being deposited in the U.S. mail as certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth on the signature page or as subsequently modified by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other party hereto.

(g) Further Execution . The parties agree to take all such further action(s) as may reasonably be necessary to carry out and consummate this Agreement as soon as practicable, and to take whatever steps may be necessary to obtain any governmental approval in connection with or otherwise qualify the issuance of the securities that are the subject of this Agreement.

(h) Independent Counsel . Purchaser acknowledges that this Agreement has been prepared on behalf of the Company by Paul Hastings LLP, counsel to the Company, and that Paul Hastings LLP does not represent, and is not acting on behalf of, Purchaser. Purchaser has been provided with an opportunity to consult with Purchaser’s own counsel with respect to this Agreement.

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or two counterparts, including counterparts transmitted by facsimile or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(j) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Holder under this Agreement shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed without the prior written consent of the Company.

[S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]

 

15


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT as of the date first set forth above.

 

THE COMPANY:
VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.:
By:  

/s/ Michael Dinerman

  (Signature)
Name:   Michael Dinerman
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
PURCHASER:
By:  

/s/ Brian Lian

  (Signature)
Name:   Brian Lian

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT ]


E XHIBIT A

A CKNOWLEDGEMENT AND A GREEMENT OF S POUSE

I,                     , spouse of Brian Lian (“ Purchaser ”), have read and hereby approve the foregoing C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT , dated February 20, 2014, by and between Viking Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” ) and Purchaser (as may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Agreement” ). In consideration for the Company granting Purchaser the right to purchase the shares of Common Stock of the Company as set forth in the Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agrees that any community property or similar interest that the undersigned may have in such shares shall be similarly bound by the Agreement. The undersigned hereby appoints Purchaser as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

By:  

 

  Signature of Spouse of Purchaser
Name:  

 

 

A-1


E XHIBIT B

S TOCK A SSIGNMENT S EPARATE FROM C ERTIFICATE

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , Brian Lian hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto V IKING T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), pursuant to the Repurchase Option under that certain C OMMON S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT , dated as of February 20, 2014, by and between the undersigned and the Company (as may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Agreement” ),                     (                    ) shares of Common Stock of the Company standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).                     and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Company’s Secretary as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact to transfer such shares of Common Stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: February 20, 2014

 

 

(Signature)

Brian Lian

(Print Name)

 

I NSTRUCTION :    Please do not fill in any blanks other than the “Signature” line and the “Print Name” line.

 

B-1


E XHIBIT C

J OINT E SCROW I NSTRUCTIONS

February 20, 2014

Dear Corporate Secretary:

As escrow agent (“ Escrow Agent ”) for both Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors or assigns, the “ Company ”), and Brian Lian (“ Purchaser ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Viking Therapeutics, Inc. Common Stock Purchase Agreement, by and between the Company and Brian Lian, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Agreement ”), to which a copy of these Joint Escrow Instructions is attached, in accordance with the following instructions (capitalized terms used but not defined in these Joint Escrow Instructions shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement):

1. In the event that the Company exercises the Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.00001 per share to be purchased (together with any shares into which such shares are converted or exchanged, “Shares” ), the purchase price and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignment(s) necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of Shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the same, together with the certificate evidencing the Shares to be transferred, to the Company against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by check, by cancellation of indebtedness or by a combination thereof) for the number of Shares being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing Shares to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said Shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as her attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a holder of shares of common stock of the Company while the Shares are held by you.

4. Upon written request of Purchaser, on the one-year anniversary of the date of the Agreement and on each one-year anniversary thereafter, unless the Repurchase Option has been exercised, you will cause to be delivered to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the number of Shares released from the Repurchase Option during such prior period. One (1) month and one (1) day after the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s Continuous Service

 

C-1


Status, you will, at the written request of Purchaser, deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of Shares sold and issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Repurchase Option and for which no certificate has previously been issued.

5. If, at the time of termination of this escrow, you should have in your possession any documents, securities or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under any applicable statute of limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

C-2


13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be given in accordance with Section 11(f) of the Agreement. All such notices or other communications shall be directed (a) in the case of the Company or Purchaser, to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address indicated for such person on the signature page of the Agreement, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto and (b) in the case of the Escrow Agent, shall be directed to the address or facsimile number first indicated above on these Joint Escrow Instructions or at such other address or facsimile number as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Very truly yours,
VIKING THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Michael Dinerman
Title:   COO
“PURCHASER”

 

Name:   Brian Lian
“ESCROW AGENT”

 

Name:   Michael Dinerman
Title:   Secretary

 

C-3


E XHIBIT D

C OMPANY R ECEIPT

Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby acknowledges receipt of (check each of the following that apply) :

 

  ¨ A check in the amount of $            

 

  ¨ The cancellation of indebtedness owing by the Company in the amount of $            

 

  ¨ A Promissory Note issued by the Company in the amount of $            

 

  ¨ Services rendered to the Company having a value equal to $10,000

 

  ¨ The assignment of certain intellectual property and/or other assets to the Company having an aggregate value equal to $10,000,

as consideration for Certificate No. CS-             for              shares of Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company issued to Brian Lian.

Dated: February 20, 2014

 

THE COMPANY:
Viking Therapeutics, Inc.
By:  

 

  (Signature)
Name:   Michael Dinerman
Title:   COO

 

D-1


E XHIBIT E

P URCHASER AND S POUSAL R ECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No. CS-             for              shares of Common Stock of Viking Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Dated: February 20, 2014

 

 

PURCHASER:

Brian Lian

(Name)
By:  

 

  (Signature)

 

Signature of Spouse of Purchaser

Name of Spouse of Purchaser:                                     

 

E-1


S CHEDULE I

M ILESTONE

[…***…]

*Confidential Treatment Requested

Exhibit 16.1

 

LOGO

July 1, 2014

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, NE

Washington, DC 20549

RE: Viking Therapeutics, Inc.

We have read the statements under the section “Changes in and Disagreements with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

on Accounting and Financial Disclosure” in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2014 regarding the change of auditors. We agree with all statements pertaining to us.

We have no basis to agree or disagree with statements pertaining to the successor  accountants.

/s/ MaloneBailey, LLP

www.malonebailey.com

Houston, TX

 

LOGO

Exhibit 23.1

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S CONSENT

We consent to the inclusion in this Form S-1 Registration Statement of Viking Therapeutics, Inc. of our report dated May 22, 2014, which includes an explanatory paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern , with respect to our audits of the financial statements of Viking Therapeutics, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the period from September 24, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2013, which report appears in this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the heading “Experts” in this Registration Statement.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Irvine, California

July 1, 2014